The books in the CLR are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
HV 1551 - 3024 People with disabilities Including blind, deaf, people with physical and mental disabilities.
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Applied Deaf Studies?
Test out Applied Deaf and Studies or Applied Deaf Studies as searches and see what you can find.
The Bachelor in Applied Deaf Studies (BAPDST) program allows the Deaf to study their identity, language, culture, and communities. Through this, they can volunteer, lead, mentor, and advocate for their rights, be self-determined, and work to realize their full potential. Students enrolled in the BAPDST program are also prepared to be employable and may choose between 3 tracks: Entrepreneurship, Visual Media Arts, and Business Outsourcing Services and Management.
The Entrepreneurship track prepares Deaf students to start, operate, and manage micro to small-level businesses.
The Visual Media Arts track prepares students for graphic design and computer imaging careers.
The Business Outsourcing Services and Management prepares the Deaf to harness the power of digital computing by learning computer programming, IT services, data analytics, and non-voice customer care.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Applied Deaf Studies available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines, online databases are recommended for the entire Applied Deaf Studies program. [Source]
QUICK LINKS
Academic Filipino Sign Language
This course explores the academic Filipino Sign Language to help learners identify and describe academic vocabulary and sentence structures used in Deaf Studies, Program Core, General Education, and Elective Track subjects using a cognitive linguistics approach. The Academic Filipino Sign Language course also includes a discussion of the language policy and planning, delivery of concepts, sandwiching or chaining techniques, and features of academic FSL essays.
101 activities for teaching ASL
by
American Sign Language
by
Learning a new language is easier than you think! This informative book teaches you the basics of American Sign Language. It's the third most used language in the United States--and yet it's "spoken" without even opening your mouth! It's estimated that as many as two million Americans speak American Sign Language, a method of communication that's both fun and useful, even if you or your friends and family are not hearing impaired. American Sign Language uses simple-to-follow photographs to teach you the alphabet, numbers, and simple words and phrases. Divided into categories such as Animals and People and Pronouns, the book and accompanying flashcards show you how to use your hands to communicate. Once you've learned the alphabet, you'll build on that knowledge to learn the words for "friend" and "family." And when you how the words for "chicken" and "cat" evoke a chicken opening and closing its beak and a cat stroking its whiskers, you'll truly understand how intuitive and enjoyable learning American Sign Language can be. Learning a new language is always a rewarding endeavor--and with American Sign Language, it's easier than ever!
American Sign Language
by
This signing dictionary contains more than 5,000 words and 8,000 diagrams.
American Sign Language, Units 10-18
by
Best known as the Green Books, the American Sign Language books provide teachers and students of American Sign Language (ASL) with the complete means for learning about the culture, community, and the native language of Deaf people. A group of 15 ASL teachers and linguists reviewed all five books to ensure that they were accurate and easy to comprehend. The three Student Texts are designed to help students acquire conversational ability in ASL and an awareness and appreciation of deaf people. Each text contains nine instructional units that present major grammatical features of ASL through dialogues, introduce students to the intricate features of ASL structure, and discuss individual grammatical features, with sample drills to reinforce mastery of each one.
American sign language : a student text, units 1-9
by
Best known as the Green Books, the American Sign Language books provide teachers and students of American Sign Language (ASL) with the complete means for learning about the culture, community, and the native language of Deaf people. A group of 15 ASL teachers and linguists reviewed all five books to ensure that they were accurate and easy to comprehend. The three Student Texts are designed to help students acquire conversational ability in ASL and an awareness and appreciation of deaf people. Each text contains nine instructional units that present major grammatical features of ASL through dialogues, introduce students to the intricate features of ASL structure, and discuss individual grammatical features, with sample drills to reinforce mastery of each one.
American sign language : a teacher's resource text on curriculum, methods, and evaluation
by
Best known as the Green Books, the American Sign Language books provide teachers and students of American Sign Language (ASL) with the complete means for learning about the culture, community, and the native language of Deaf people. A group of 15 ASL teachers and linguists reviewed all five books to ensure that they were accurate and easy to comprehend. This practical textbook details the framework for understanding and using second-language teaching techniques for ASL. Using this interactive approach to teaching language, instructors can create situations to help students learn how to converse in ASL. Conducting dialogues and drills in the classroom is explained fully; activities and exercises to supplement dialogues and drills in student textbooks are provided.
American sign language : a teacher's resource text on grammar and culture
by
American Sign Language Demystified with DVD
by
Get your message across using your hands and your body language Want to communicate with the Deaf community but are mystified how to start? With American Sign Language Demystified you'll learn this unique visual language, and a whole new world of communication will be opened to you. At your own pace, you will learn basic grammar structures, discover the nuances of body positioning, master how to convey time, and build a useful vocabulary of signs and phrases. To help you on your way, the accompanying 100-minute DVD features in-depth demonstrations of how to make signs and create phrases and sentences as executed in American Sign Language. This fast and easy guide offers: A DVD that contains all the signs and phrases in the book as well as hundreds of additional vocabulary signs Quizzes at the end of each chapter to monitor your progress Etiquette you need to know when using ASL A helpful history of ASL Simple enough for a beginner but challenging enough for a more advanced student, American Sign Language Demystified will help you communicate in ASL confidently and comfortably.
The American Sign Language Phrase Book
by
Open up a whole new world of communication through ASL You can easily learn ASL with help from The American Sign Language Phrase Book. With more than 500 phrases, this is the reference guide to everyday expressions in American Sign Language, providing a quick way for you to converse with deaf people. Clearly illustrated with hundreds of line drawings, this book focuses on areas such as health, family, school, sports, travel, religion, time, money, food and drink, and small talk. This edition's new chapter on technology boasts 50 phrases to help you communicate about the Internet, computing, video relay, and more. There is even a chapter that gives you phrases for communicating about signing: asking people to sign slower, indicating your fingerspelling ability, and requesting help with your fledgling skills. From asking simple questions (“How are you?”) to more complex phrases (“There's no sign for that, you have to fingerspell it.”), The American Sign Language Phrase Book gives you the power to communicate easily and comfortably in ASL.
American Sign Language the Easy Way
by
Current estimates have more than one million people using American Sign Language (ASL) in the United States, including approximately 450,000 deaf people. As growing numbers of deaf students are integrated into standard schools, the need for ASL interpreters continues to increase. Today, many public education systems offer an ASL course as a language elective in their curriculum, and this book--which can be used to teach both interpreters and the deaf--is an ideal text for such courses. Following a general introduction to American Sign Language and Deaf Culture, the author explains the use of "facial grammar" as a preliminary step to learning and understanding manual signing. Two succeeding chapters present the first eleven key grammatical rules of ASL. The 36 lessons that follow are divided into four groups that put these rules into practice and introduce additional rules. All lessons conclude with a practice session that reviews the lesson's material and progressively develops the student's proficiency in communicating in ASL. Following each of the four groups of nine lessons is a brief chapter dealing with Deaf Culture. The book's many line drawings illustrate approximately 720 ASL signs and their multiple meanings. The author has focused the text to make learning American Sign Language as easy as it is useful, both for instructors and students.
Barron's American Sign Language
by
Barron's American Sign Language is a brand-new title on ASL that can be used in the classroom, as a supplemental text to high school and college courses, or for anyone who wants to learn proper ASL. The only American Sign Language book with comprehensive instruction and online graded video practice quizzes, plus a comprehensive final video exam. Content includes topics on the Deaf culture and community, ASL Grammar, fingerspelling, combining signs to construct detailed sentences, Everyday ASL, and much more. More than 1,000 illustrations of signs with instructions on movement--step-by-step with dialogue, tip boxes, and practice exercises and quizzes throughout to reinforce retention and to track your progress. Essential Grammar: Our in-depth explanations will help you to understand core grammar, sentence structure, and facial grammar. Everyday Phrases: Sign phrases like "hello" or "sorry" that are used in daily conversations.
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
E-Z American Sign Language
by
This heavily illustrated, self-teaching guide to ASL--American Sign Language--is useful both for the deaf and for those men and women who teach or work among deaf people. E-Z American Sign Language presents ASL's 10 key grammatical rules and emphasizes the use of "facial grammar" as an important supplement to manual signing. Most of the book's content takes the form of a presentation of more than 800 captioned line drawings that illustrate signs for their equivalent words and then show how to combine signs in order to communicate detailed statements. Barron's E-Z Series books are updated, and re-formatted editions of Barron's older and perennially popular Easy Way books. Titles in the new E-Z Series feature extensive two-color treatment, a fresh, modern typeface, and more graphic material than ever. All are self-teaching manuals that cover a wide variety of practical and academic subjects, written on levels that range from senior high school to college-101 standards.
The Everything Sign Language Book
by
Explains basic communication using American Sign Language, including proper handshapes, body language, signing etiquette, and communicating with the hearing impaired.
Filipino sign language : a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines.
by
Interpretation skills : English to American sign language
by
An Introduction to Filipino Sign Language
by
Learning American sign language : levels I & II, beginning & intermediate
by
Learning American Sign Language: Levels I & II--Beginning & Intermediate, Second Edition, is a major revision of the first edition and is designed to help learners successfully interact with deaf American Sign Language (ASL) users. KEY TOPICS: Lessons are structured around language needed for common life situations, and examples are presented in the form of dialogues coupled with grammar and vocabulary instruction. Information is also included about the culture of Deaf people in the United States. MARKET: Anyone interested in learning or teaching ASL.
Random House Webster's American Sign Language Dictionary
by
The Random House Webster’s Unabridged American Sign Language Dictionary is a treasury of over 5,600 signs for the novice and experienced user alike. It includes complete descriptions of each sign, plus full-torso illustrations. There is also a subject index for easy reference as well as alternate signs for the same meaning.
Say it with signs : a sign language handbook for Filipinos
by
Academic Filipino Sign Language
This course explores the academic Filipino Sign Language to help learners identify and describe academic vocabulary and sentence structures used in Deaf Studies, Program Core, General Education, and Elective Track subjects using a cognitive linguistics approach. The Academic Filipino Sign Language course also includes a discussion of the language policy and planning, delivery of concepts, sandwiching or chaining techniques, and features of academic FSL essays.
American Sign Language and Early Literacy
by
The usual definition of the term "literacy" generally corresponds with mastering the reading and writing of a spoken language. This narrow scope often engenders unsubstantiated claims that print literacy alone leads to, among other so-called higher-order thinking skills, logical and rational thinking and the abstract use of language. Thus, the importance of literacy for deaf children in American Sign Language (ASL) is marginalized, asserts author Kristin Snoddon in her new book American Sign Language and Early Literacy: A Model Parent-Child Program. As a contrast, Snoddon describes conducting an ethnographic, action study of the ASL Parent-Child Mother Goose program, provided by a Deaf service agency in Ontario, Canada to teach ASL literacy to deaf children. According to current scholarship, literacy is achieved through primary discourse shared with parents and other intimates, which establishes a child's initial sense of identity, culture, and vernacular language. Secondary discourse derives from outside agents and interaction, such as expanding an individual's literacy to other languages. Snoddon writes that the focus of the ASL Parent-Child Mother Goose program is on teaching ASL through rhymes and stories and some facets of the culture of Deaf ASL users. This focus enabled hearing parents to impart first-language acquisition and socialization to their deaf children in a more natural primary discourse as if the parents were Deaf themselves. At the same time, hearing parents experience secondary discourses through their exposure to ASL and Deaf culture. Snoddon also comments on current infant hearing screening and early intervention and the gaps in these services. She discusses gatekeeper individuals and institutions that restrict access to ASL for young Deaf children and their families. Finally, she reports on public resources for supporting ASL literacy and the implications of her findings regarding the benefits of early ASL literacy programming for Deaf children and their families.
Form, Meaning, and Focus in American Sign Language
by
The meaning of any linguistic expression resides not only in the words, but also in the ways that those words are conveyed. In her new study, Miako N. P. Rankin highlights the crucial interrelatedness of form and meaning at all levels in order to consider specific types of American Sign Language (ASL) expression. In particular, Form, Meaning, and Focus in American Sign Language considers how ASL expresses non-agent focus, similar to the meaning of passive voice in English. Rankin's analyses of the form-meaning correspondences of ASL expressions of non-agent focus reveals an underlying pattern that can be traced across sentence and verb types. This pattern produces meanings with various levels of focus on the agent. Rankin has determined in her meticulous study that the pattern of form-meaning characteristic of non-agent focus in ASL is used prolifically in day-to-day language. The recognition of the frequency of this pattern holds implications regarding the acquisition of ASL, the development of curricula for teaching ASL, and the analysis of ASL discourse in effective interpretation.
Learning to Be Deaf
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. Contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholars and practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of efforts to identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself; and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Signed Language Interpretation and Translation Research
by
This volume brings together the best research presented at the first International Symposium on Signed Language Interpreting and Translation Research. Editors Brenda Nicodemus and Keith Cagle have gathered an international group of contributors who are recognized leaders in signed language interpreter education and research. The ten papers in Signed Language Interpretation and Translation Research cover a range of topics, including the need for Deaf perspectives in interpretation research, discourse strategies and techniques that are unique to video relay call settings, the benefits of using sociology as a lens for examining sign language interpreting work, translating university entrance exams from written Portuguese into Libras (Brazilian Sign Language), the linguistic choices interpreters make when interpreting ASL figurative language into English, the nature of designated interpreting, and grammatical ambiguity in trilingual VRS interpreting. The research findings and insights contained here will be invaluable to scholars, students, and practitioners.
Sign Language
by
Sign language linguists show here that all questions relevant to the linguistic investigation of spoken languages can be asked about sign languages. Conversely, questions that sign language linguists consider - even if spoken language researchers have not asked them yet - should also be asked of spoken languages. The HSK handbook Sign Language aims to provide a concise and comprehensive overview of the state of the art in sign language linguistics. It includes 44 chapters, written by leading researchers in the field, that address issues in language typology, sign language grammar, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, sociolinguistics, and language documentation and transcription. Crucially, all topics are presented in a way that makes them accessible to linguists who are not familiar with sign language linguistics.
Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities : Envisioning the Future for Deaf Students
by
Increased interaction between sign language communities and the mainstream societies in which they function is creating the potential for greater equality of opportunity for people who are deaf and hard of hearing. In this volume, renowned scholars and policy makers from around the world present innovative and groundbreaking perspectives on the relationships among sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities. The contributors to this volume offer creative and open-minded explorations of the construct of sustainability that are informed by their work with deaf individuals, deaf communities, families of deaf children, and other stakeholders. Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities describes sustainability in relation to: · identity, resilience, and well-being · participatory citizenship · historical perspectives on sign language use in educational contexts · sign language learning and teaching · human rights and inclusive education · literate thought and literacy · the sign language factor and the development of sign language communities in sub-Saharan Africa · sign language legislation These changing communities' understanding of what is required to become sustainable--in areas such as full participation and citizenship in society, economic well-being, access to quality education, and cultural and linguistic identity--is also taking new forms. This work contributes to the paradigm shifts regarding deaf emancipation and deaf education taking place around the world.
The Sign Language Interpreting Studies Reader
by
In Sign Language Interpreting (SLI) there is a great need for a volume devoted to classic and seminal articles and essays dedicated to this specific domain of language interpreting. Students, educators, and practitioners will benefit from having access to a collection of historical and influential articles that contributed to the progress of the global SLI profession. In SLI there is a long history of outstanding research and scholarship, much of which is now out of print, or was published in obscure journals, or featured in publications that are no longer in print. These readings are significant to the progression of SLI as an academic discipline and a profession. As the years have gone by, many of these readings have been lost to students, educators, and practitioners because they are difficult to locate or unavailable, or because this audience simply does not know they exist. This volume brings together the seminal texts in our field that document the philosophical, evidence-based and analytical progression of SLI work.
Sign Languages of the World
by
Sign Languages of the World is a one-of-a-kind handbook covering38 of the world's deaf sign languages and auxiliary sign languages. Each sign language has a dedicated chapter, written by experts for the volume. The book includes contributions from both deaf and hearing scholars.
Sign Multilingualism
by
This volume has arisen from a three-part, five-year study on language contact among multilingual sign language users, which has three strands: cross-signing, sign-switching, and sign-speaking. These phenomena are only sparsely documented so far, and thus the volume is highly innovative and presents data and analyses not previously available.
Signs and structures : formal approaches to sign language syntax
by
As sign language linguistics has become an important and prodigious field of research in the last few decades, it comes as no surprise that the repertoire of methodological approaches to the study of the communication of the Deaf has also expanded considerably. While earlier work on sign languages was often focused on providing arguments for them being full-fledged linguistic systems, current debates do no longer center on whether visual-spatial grammars are worth being researched, but on how this type of research should be conducted. This book contains a selection of papers that could be thought of as a good representative sample of current trends in formal approaches to the study of sign language syntax. It illustrates how generative research on the communication of the Deaf may contribute to our understanding of the syntax of natural languages in general and indicates to what extent it is possible to integrate advances in the analysis of visual-spatial grammar with current spoken language research. Originally published in Sign Language & Linguistics 16:2 (2013).
Signs and wonders
by
Current academic discourse frequently understates the role of religion in the development of the American Deaf community. In her new study, Tracy Ann Morse effects a sharp course correction by delineating the frequent use over time of religious rhetoric by members of the Deaf community to preserve and support sign language. In Chapter One, Morse analyzes Thomas Hopkins Gallaudet’s use of religious references in his 1817 maiden address at the first American school for deaf students. She examines his and other speeches as examples of the intersection of education for deaf Americans and Protestant missionary efforts to convert them. In the second chapter, she presents the different religious perspectives of the two deaf education camps: Manualists argued that sign language was a gift from God, while Oralists viewed hand gestures as animal-like, indicative of lower evolutionary development. Chapter Three explores the religious rhetoric in churches, sanctuaries where sign language flourished and deaf members formed relationships. In the fourth chapter, Morse shows how Deaf activist George Veditz signed using religious themes in his political films. She also comments on the impact of the bilingual staging of Big River: The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, which began to change the hearing world’s opinion about the Deaf community. Morse concludes with speculation on the shifting terrain for deaf people due to technological innovations that might supplant religious rhetoric as a tool to support the Deaf community.
The course taps the learners potential and ability to be able to discuss, argue for, lobby, and work together with others on issues affecting persons with disabilities with special focus on the Deaf. In this course, the learners will examine laws and policies as well as cultural norms on disability, propose ways to change inequality and learn to make an advocacy campaign using media and social partnerships.
Approaching Disability
by
Disability Studies is an area of study which examines social, political, cultural, and economic factors that define 'disability' and establish personal and collective responses to difference. This insightful new text will introduce readers to the discipline of Disability Studies and enable them to engage in the lively debates within the field. By offering an accessible yet rigorous approach to Disability Studies, the authors provide a critical analysis of key current issues and consider ways in which the subject can be studied through national and international perspectives, policies, culture and history. Key debates include: The relationship between activism and the academy Ways to study cultural and media representations of disability The importance of disability history and how societies can change National and international perspectives on children, childhood and education Political perspectives on disability and identity The place of the body in disability theory This text offers real-world examples of topics that are important to debates and offers a much needed truly international scope on the questions at hand. It is an essential read for any individual studying, practising or with an interest in Disability Studies.
Branding and Designing Disability
by
Over the past fifty years, design and branding have become omnipotent in the market and have made their way to other domains as well. Given their potential to divide humans into categories and label their worth and value, design and branding can wield immense but currently unharnessed powers of social change. Groups designed as devalued can be undesigned, redesigned and rebranded to seamlessly and equivalently participate in community, work and civic life. This innovative book argues that disability as a concept and category is created, reified, and segregated through current design and branding that begs for creative change. Transcending models of disability that locate it either as an embodied medical condition or as a socially constructed entity, this book challenges the very existence and usefulness of the category itself. Proposing and illustrating creative and responsible design, DePoy and Gilson include thinking and action strategies that are useful and potent for "undesigning", redesigning, and rebranding to meet the full range of human needs and to enhance full participation in local through global communities. Divided into two parts, the first section presents a critical examination of disability as a designed and branded phenomenon, exploring what exactly is being designed and branded and how. The second part investigates the redesign of disability and provides principles for redesign and rebranding illustrated with examples from high-tech to place-based sustainable strategies. The book provides a unique and contemporary framework for thinking about disability as well as providing relevant design and branding guidance to designers and engineers interested in embodiment issues.
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
Deaf Gain
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Deaf Interpreters at Work
by
Now, for the first time, a collection featuring 17 widely respected scholars depicts the everyday practices of deaf interpreters in their respective nations. Deaf Interpreters at Work: International Insights presents the history of Deaf translators and interpreters and details the development of testing and accreditation to raise their professional profiles. Other chapters delineate the cognitive processes of Deaf interpreting; Deaf-Deaf interpreter teams; Deaf and hearing team preparation; the use of Tactile American Sign Language by those interpreting for the Deaf-Blind community; and conference interpreting and interpreting teams. Along with volume coeditors Robert Adam, Christopher Stone, and Steven D. Collins, contributors include Markus Aro, Karen Bontempo, Juan Carlos Druetta, Senan Dunne, Eileen Forestal, Della Goswell, Juli af Klintberg, Patricia Levitzke-Gray, Jemina Napier, Brenda Nicodemus, Debra Russell, Stephanie Sforza, Marty Taylor, and Linda Warby. The scope of their research spans the world, including many unique facets of interpreting by deaf people in Argentina, Australia, Canada, England, Finland, Ireland, Sweden, and the United States, establishing this work as the standard in this burgeoning discipline.
Deaf studies today!: Beyond Talk
by
Beyond Talk: Deaf Studies Today! 2012 Conference Proceedings contains original submissions by presenters at the conference held on the campus of Utah Valley University. This volume is the fifth in the series of proceedings from the Deaf Studies Today! conference. It features papers by the following authors: Patti Durr Christine B Brown Andrew Byrne, Ph.D. Merrilee Gietz Heather Clark Hannah M. Dostal, Ph.D. and Lisa M. Bowers Brian Malzkuhn Joseph Hill, Ph.D. Lewis Kummer, Ed.D. and Cynthia Plue, Ed.D. J. Freeman King, Ed.D. Rebecca Furland Nigel Howard and Liz Scully David H. Smith, Ph.D. and Bryan Berrett, Ed.D Sheryl B. Cooper, Ph.D. and Jody H. Cripps, Ph.D. Tabitha Jacques Mark Zaurov Carol Sanderson-MacNicholl Noppawan Chainarong, Vee Yee Chong, and Jennifer Witteborg
Disability, Gender and the Trajectories of Power
by
This book argues for the rights of women with disabilities, who live on the periphery of society, and seeks to eradicate the exclusion and stigma that are part of their lives. It brings together the perspectives of academicians and activists in trying to understand the various social issues faced by women with disabilities and argues for a society where they are not denied respect, equality, and justice. Filling the gap in the existing feminist research, this book seeks to influence the way in which society treats women with disabilities and will be of interest to scholars and researchers in the field of women's rights, disability rights, and rehabilitation.
Disability and Social Media
by
Social media is popularly seen as an important media for people with disability in terms of communication, exchange and activism. These sites potentially increase both employment and leisure opportunities for one of the most traditionally isolated groups in society. However, the offline inaccessible environment has, to a certain degree, been replicated online and particularly in social networking sites. Social media is becoming an increasingly important part of our lives yet the impact on people with disabilities has gone largely unscrutinised. Similarly, while social media and disability are often both observed through a focus on the Western, developed and English-speaking world, different global perspectives are often overlooked. This collection explores the opportunities and challenges social media represents for the social inclusion of people with disabilities from a variety of different global perspectives that include Africa, Arabia and Asia along with European, American and Australasian perspectives and experiences.
Disability studies : an interdisciplinary introduction
by
Passionate, engaging and challenging, this second edition of the ground-breaking Disability Studies: An Interdisciplinary Introduction is a contemporary introduction to this diverse and complex field. Taking an interdisciplinary and critical approach, the book: examines a diverse range of theories and perspectives and engages with current debates in the field explores key areas of analysis, with chapters devoted to the individual, society, community and education applies a global perspective encompassing examples from the UK, Australia, Scandinavia, the US, and Canada. Encouraging and stimulating readers using thought-provoking questions, exercises and activities, Disability Studies is a rich and rewarding read for students and researchers engaging with disability across the social sciences.
The Disability Studies Reader
by
The fifth edition of The Disability Studies Reader addresses the post-identity theoretical landscape by emphasizing questions of interdependency and independence, the human-animal relationship, and issues around the construction or materiality of gender, the body, and sexuality. Selections explore the underlying biases of medical and scientific experiments and explode the binary of the sound and the diseased mind. The collection addresses physical disabilities, but as always investigates issues around pain, mental disability, and invisible disabilities as well. Featuring a new generation of scholars who are dealing with the most current issues, the fifth edition continues the Reader's tradition of remaining timely, urgent, and critical.
The Global Politics of Impairment and Disability
by
Disability is of central concern to the developing world but has largely been under-represented in global development debates, discourses and negotiations. Similarly, disability studies has overlooked both the theorists and the social experience of the global South, and there has been a one-way transfer of ideas and knowledge from the North to the South in this field. This volume seeks to redress the processes of scholarly colonialism by drawing together a diverse set of understandings, theorizing and experiences. The chapters situate disability within the Southern context and support the work of Southern disabled scholars and activists seeking to decolonize Southern experiences, knowledges and absences in the field while simultaneously attempting to make an intervention into able-bodied (mainstream) development discourses, practices and politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly.
Keywords for Disability Studies
by
Introduces key terms, concepts, debates, and histories for Disability Studies Keywords for Disability Studies aims to broaden and define the conceptual framework of disability studies for readers and practitioners in the field and beyond. The volume engages some of the most pressing debates of our time, such as prenatal testing, euthanasia, accessibility in public transportation and the workplace, post-traumatic stress, and questions about the beginning and end of life. Each of the 60 essays in Keywords for Disability Studies focuses on a distinct critical concept, including "ethics," "medicalization," "performance," "reproduction," "identity," and "stigma," among others. Although the essays recognize that "disability" is often used as an umbrella term, the contributors to the volume avoid treating individual disabilities as keywords, and instead interrogate concepts that encompass different components of the social and bodily experience of disability. The essays approach disability as an embodied condition, a mutable historical phenomenon, and a social, political, and cultural identity. An invaluable resource for students and scholars alike, Keywords for Disability Studies brings the debates that have often remained internal to disability studies into a wider field of critical discourse, providing opportunities for fresh theoretical considerations of the field's core presuppositions through a variety of disciplinary perspectives. Visit keywords.nyupress.org for online essays, teaching resources, and more.
Language, power, and resistance : mainstreaming deaf education
by
The current policy of educating d/Deaf and h/Hard of hearing (DHH) students in a mainstream setting, rather than in the segregated environments of deaf schools, has been portrayed as a positive step forward in creating greater equality for DHH students. In Language, Power, and Resistance, Elizabeth S. Mathews explores this claim through qualitative research with DHH children in the Republic of Ireland, their families, their teachers, and their experiences of the education system. While sensitive to the historical context of deaf education, Mathews focuses on the contemporary education system and the ways in which the mainstreaming agenda fits into larger discussions about the classification, treatment, and normalization of DHH children. The research upon which this book is based examined the implications that mainstreaming has for the tensions between the hegemonic medical model of deafness and the social model of Deafness. This volume explores how different types of power are used in the deaf education system to establish, maintain, and also resist medical views of deafness. Mathews frames this discussion as one of power relations across parents, children, and professionals working within the system. She looks at how various forms of power are used to influence decisions, to resist decisions, and to shape the structure and delivery of deaf education. The author's findings are a significant contribution to the debates on inclusive education for DHH students and will resonate in myriad social and geographic contexts.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Rethinking Disability
by
Now in its second edition, Rethinking Disability introduces new and experienced teachers to ethical framings of disability and strategies for effectively teaching and including students with disabilities in the general education classroom. Grounded in a disability studies framework, this text¿s unique narrative style encourages readers to examine their beliefs about disability and the influence of historical and cultural meanings of disability upon their work as teachers. The second edition offers clear and applicable suggestions for creating dynamic and inclusive classroom cultures, getting to know students, selecting appropriate instructional and assessment strategies, co-teaching, and promoting an inclusive school culture. This second edition is fully revised and updated to include a brief history of disability through the ages, the relevance of current educational policies to inclusion, technology in the inclusive classroom, intersectionality and its influence upon inclusive practices, working with families, and issues of transition from school to the post-school world. Each chapter now also includes a featured "voice from the field" written by persons with disabilities, parents, and teachers.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Some Kids Are Deaf
by
Some people are deaf. What does that mean? Using simple, engaging text and full-color photos, readers learn what deafness is, how it can be caused, and what daily life is like for someone who can't hear.
The course taps the learners potential and ability to be able to discuss, argue for, lobby, and work together with others on issues affecting persons with disabilities with special focus on the Deaf. In this course, the learners will examine laws and policies as well as cultural norms on disability, propose ways to change inequality and learn to make an advocacy campaign using media and social partnerships.
Approaches to social research : the case of deaf studies
by
In Approaches to Social Research: The Case of Deaf Studies, Alys Young and Bogusia Temple explore the relationship between key methodological debates in social research and the special context of studies concerning d/Deaf people(s). The book is organized around 7 topics: being d/Deaf as a site of contested identity and representation; epistemology and the boundaries of claims for population specific and plural epistemologies; ethics and the implications of collective identity on standard ethical principles and practices; populations and sampling given the highly heterogeneous nature of d/Deaf people(s); narrative methodologies re-examined in light of the visual nature of signed languages; interpretation, translation and transcription and the context of multiple modalities; and information and communication technologies as transformative epistemologies. Through these themes, new aspects of old debates within social research become evident, and the authors challenge specialist field of studies by, with, and about d/Deaf people. Throughout the volume, the authors also show how the field provides challenges to established ways of thinking and working. The book is of interest to scholars within and outside of research concerning d/Deaf people(s), as well as practitioners in the fields of deaf education, social work and allied health professions.
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Deaf Gain
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Disability and academic exclusion : voicing the student body
by
Disability and Academic Exclusion interrogates obstacles the disabled have encountered in education, from a historical perspective that begins with the denial of literacy to minorities in the colonial era to the later centuries' subsequent intolerance of writing, orality, and literacy mastered by former slaves, women, and the disabled. The text then questions where we stand today in regards to the university-wide rhetoric on promoting diversity and accomodating disability in the classroom. Brief studies on the devaluation of authenticity and literacy in the works of Sojourner Truth, Phillis Wheatley, and Helen Keller serve to demonstrate how earlier cultural viewpoints undermined the teachability of women, the disabled, and people of color, and to question if these viewpoints have been redressed or whether they are maintained in the academy's discursive relationship to educating the disabled. The guiding questions ask if colleges today recognize the exclusionary practices inherent in the category of disability, whether the delineation of disability in the classroom parallels earlier isolating minority categories across intersectional subjectivities and, accepting disability as a category that is necessary in order to protect civil rights, whether disability can be incorporated more inclusively in what E.R. Weatherup has termed a constellation of student learners. The text concludes that the academy must confront the persistent historical situating of disability as one of deficiency in order to bring disability into the classroom, and at the same time it must engage with a humanistic and humanizing vocabulary, allowing for more voices to be heard from the embodied, subjective experiences of the disabled student body.
Disability Studies
by
Education systems worldwide will only successfully serve the needs of people with disability when we inclusively examine and address disabling issues that currently exist at school level education as well as further and higher education and beyond. The chapters contributing to this edited volume are presented to assist readers with a critical examination of contemporary practice and offer a concerted response to improving inclusive education. The chapters address a range of important topics related to the field of critical disability studies in education and include sections dedicated to Schools, Higher Education, Family and Community and Theorising. The contributors entered into discussions during the 2014 AERA Special Interest Group annual meeting hosted by Victoria University in Australia. The perspectives offered here include academic, practitioner, student and parent with contributions from Australia, New Zealand, Nigeria, the UK and the US, providing transnational interest. This book will appeal to readers who are interested in innovative theoretical approaches, practical applications and personal narratives. The Introduction by Professor Roger Slee (The Victoria Institute, Victoria University, Australia) and Afterword by Professor David Connor (City University of New York) provide insightful and important commentary. Cover photograph by Paul Dunn and design by Hendrik Jacobs.
Disabled People, Work and Welfare
by
EPUB and EPDF available Open Access under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. This is the first book to challenge the concept of paid work for disabled people as a means to 'independence' and 'self determination'. Recent attempts in many countries to increase the employment rates of disabled people have actually led to an erosion of financial support for many workless disabled people and their increasing stigmatisation as 'scroungers'. Led by the disability movement's concern with the employment choices faced by disabled people, this controversial book uses sociological and philosophical approaches, as well as international examples, to critically engage with possible alternatives to paid work. Essential reading for students, practitioners, activists and anyone interested in relationships between work, welfare and disability.
The Human Enhancement Debate and Disability
by
Improving human characteristics goes beyond compensating for an impairment. This book explores the rich and complex relationship between enhancement and impairment, showing that the study of disability offers new ways of thinking about the social and ethical implications of improving the human condition.
Legal rights : the guide for deaf and hard of hearing people
by
The standard handbook on law affecting deaf and hard of hearing people has been completely rewritten and updated. The sixth edition of Legal Rights: The Guide for Deaf and Hard of Hearing People meticulously describes those statutes that prohibit discrimination against deaf and hard of hearing people, and any others with physical challenges. Written in easy-to-understand language, the new edition describes the core legislation and laws and their critical importance since their inception: The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The new Legal Rights also explains the significant amendments to these laws, including the ADA Amendments Act (ADAAA) and new regulations to its Title II concerning public entities and Title III pertaining to public accommodations and commercial facilities. The reauthorization of IDEA expanded the No Child Left Behind Act requirement for highly qualified teachers to all students with disabilities. This new edition also tracks the trend of passing a Deaf and Hard of Hearing Children's Bill of Rights in a growing number of state legislatures. This completely new resource also delineates new legislation such as the Twenty-First Century Communications Video and Accessibility Act, which ensures access to the newest communications technology for deaf and hard of hearing people. Legal Rights also includes information on the use of interpreters in the legal system, securing its position as the most comprehensive reference of legal information for deaf and hard of hearing people now available.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. Contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholars and practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of efforts to identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself; and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
The Power of Disability
by
"This book reminds us of what we have in common: the power to create a good life for ourselves and for others, no matter what the world has in store for us." -Michael J. Fox This book reveals that people with disabilities are the invisible force that has shaped history. They have been instrumental in the growth of freedom and birth of democracy. They have produced heavenly music and exquisite works of art. They have unveiled the scientific secrets of the universe. They are among our most popular comedians, poets, and storytellers. And at 1.2 billion, they are also the largest minority group in the world. Al Etmanski offers ten lessons we can all learn from people with disabilities, illustrated with short, funny, inspiring, and thought-provoking stories of one hundred individuals from twenty countries. Some are familiar, like Michael J. Fox, Greta Thunberg, Stephen Hawking, Helen Keller, Stevie Wonder, and Temple Grandin. Others deserve to be, like Evelyn Glennie, a virtuoso percussionist who is deaf-her mission is to teach the world to listen to improve communication and social cohesion. Or Aaron Philip, who has revolutionized the runway as the first disabled, trans woman of color to become a professional model. The time has come to recognize people with disabilities for who they really are: authoritative sources on creativity, love, sexuality, resistance, dealing with adversity, and living a good life.
Rethinking Disability Theory and Practice
by
Drawing from work in a wide range of fields, this book presents novel approaches to key debates in thinking about and defining disability. Differing from other works in Critical Disability Studies, it crucially demonstrates the consequences of radically rethinking the roles of language and perspective in constructing identities.
The Sage deaf studies encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community’s movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities
by
Increased interaction between sign language communities and the mainstream societies in which they function is creating the potential for greater equality of opportunity for people who are deaf and hard of hearing. In this volume, renowned scholars and policy makers from around the world present innovative and groundbreaking perspectives on the relationships among sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities. The contributors to this volume offer creative and open-minded explorations of the construct of sustainability that are informed by their work with deaf individuals, deaf communities, families of deaf children, and other stakeholders. Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities describes sustainability in relation to: · identity, resilience, and well-being · participatory citizenship · historical perspectives on sign language use in educational contexts · sign language learning and teaching · human rights and inclusive education · literate thought and literacy · the sign language factor and the development of sign language communities in sub-Saharan Africa · sign language legislation These changing communities' understanding of what is required to become sustainable--in areas such as full participation and citizenship in society, economic well-being, access to quality education, and cultural and linguistic identity--is also taking new forms. This work contributes to the paradigm shifts regarding deaf emancipation and deaf education taking place around the world.
Signs of disability
by
How can we learn to notice the signs of disability?We see indications of disability everywhere: yellow diamond-shaped "deaf person in area" road signs, the telltale shapes of hearing aids, or white-tipped canes sweeping across footpaths. But even though the signs are ubiquitous, Stephanie L. Kerschbaum argues that disability may still not be perceived due to a process she terms "dis-attention."To tell better stories of disability, this multidisciplinary work turns to rhetoric, communications, sociology, and phenomenology to understand the processes by which the material world becomes sensory input that then passes through perceptual apparatuses to materialize phenomena--including disability. By adding perception to the understanding of disability's materialization, Kerschbaum significantly expands our understanding of disability, accounting for its fluctuations and transformations in the semiotics of everyday life.Drawing on a set of thirty-three research interviews focused on disabled faculty members' experiences with disability disclosure, as well as written narratives by disabled people, this book argues for the materiality of narrative, suggesting narratives as a means by which people enact boundaries around phenomena and determine their properties. Signs of Disability offers strategies and practices for challenging problematic and pervasive forms of "dis-attention" and proposes a new theoretical model for understanding disability in social, rhetorical, and material settings.
Standing Together and Finding a Voice Apart Advocating for Intellectual Disability Rights.
by
Telling Deaf Lives
by
In July 2012, the 8th Deaf History International (DHI) Conference featured 27 presentations from members of Deaf communities around the world who related their own autobiographies as well as the biographies of historical Deaf individuals. The presenters came from 12 different countries, but their stories traverse many other locales. Thus, they created a transnational phenomenon of widespread interest in the collection, documentation, and dissemination of Deaf history by and for members of the deaf community. Telling Deaf Lives: Agents of Change brings together the best of the DHI Conference offerings in this volume. Due to the dearth of formal research on deaf people, Deaf community historians drove the preservation of the stories in this collection. Their diversity is remarkable: Melissa Anderson and Breda Carty describe the Cosmopolitan Correspondence Club, a group of Deaf individuals who corresponded in the early 20th century from Australia to Western Europe to the United States; Ulla-Bell Thorin recounts first-hand growing up deaf in Sweden and her process in authoring six memoirs; Harry Lang reflects on writing biographies of numerous Deaf Americans in the arts and science; Akio Suemori profiles the first Deaf president of a Japanese school for the Deaf; Tatiana Davidenko writes about her Deaf family's experience during the World War II siege of Leningrad; Theara Yim and Julie Chateauvert look at the evolution of ASL poetry by analyzing works of prominent ASL poets Clayton Valli, Peter Cook, and Kenny Lerner. These and the other contributions here enshrine Deaf people in collective memory by virtue of disseminating and preserving their stories.
Advanced Purposive Communication for the Deaf
Advanced Purposive Communication is a course where learners apply communication skills in a formal and academic setting. Having mastered concept mapping and development, the learners are expected to outline ideas and construct essays. The students will also learn to create reports and present them in a creative, but formal way. This course also includes introduction to research writing and business correspondence.
The Art of Creative Research
by
All writers conduct research. For some this means poring over records and combing, archives but for many creative writers research happens in the everyday world--when they scribble an observation on the subway, when they travel to get the feel for a city, or when they strike up a conversation with an interesting stranger. The Art of Creative Research helps writers take this natural inclination to explore and observe and turn it into a workable--and enjoyable--research plan. It shows that research shouldn't be seen as a dry, plodding aspect of writing. Instead, it's an art that all writers can master, one that unearths surprises and fuels imagination. This lends authenticity to fiction and poetry as well as nonfiction. Philip Gerard distills the process into fundamental questions: How do you conduct research? And what can you do with the information you gather? He covers both in-person research and work in archives and illustrates how the different types of research can be incorporated into stories, poems, and essays using examples from a wide range of writers in addition to those from his own projects. Throughout, Gerard brings knowledge from his seasoned background into play, drawing on his experiences as a reporter and a writer of both fiction and nonfiction. His enthusiasm for adventure is infectious and will inspire writers to step away from the keyboard and into the world. "Research can take you to that golden intersection where the personal meets the public, the private crosses the universal, where the best literature lives," Gerard writes. With his masterly guidance, anyone can become an expert in artful investigation.
Composing Research, Communicating Results
by
Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper provides communication students with the knowledge and necessary tools to compose a variety of course-required papers that are scholarly, accessible, and well-written. The first work of its kind to take students from brainstorming to outlining to sentence and paragraph construction to paper presentation, drawing on student-written examples Easy-to-understand explanations of passive voice, point of view, commonly accepted citation styles, and more, with current and relatable student-written examples Covers common writing assignments in communication and related courses, including the literature review, application paper, and empirical research paper Four pedagogical features enhance comprehension and support learning: "Write Away" quick exercises, integratable "Building Blocks" assignments, "Engaging Ethics" tips, and "Student Spotlight" examples
Developing Research Writing
by
Developing Research Writing is designed to encourage, inspire and improve the advisory practice of providing writing feedback. This book provides insights and advice that supervisors can use to advance their support of their research students' writing and, at the same time, survive increasing supervisory demands. Book parts are framed by empirical supervisor and doctoral student experiences and chapters within each part provide multiple approaches. The carefully chosen contributors are specialists on research writing and doctoral pedagogy, who guide the reader through the key stages of providing feedback. Split into nine key parts the book covers: starting a new supervision with writing in focus; making use of other resources along the way; encouraging style through control of langua≥ writing feedback on English as an Additional Language (EAL) writing; Master's and Honours smaller projects' writing feedback; thesis by publication or performance-based writing; maintaining and gathering momentum; keeping the examiner happy; writing feedback as nudging through identity transition. The parts cohere into a go-to handbook for developing the supervision process. Drawing on research, literature and experience, Developing Research Writing offers well-theorized, yet practical and grounded advice conducive to good practices.
Essential Communications Skills for Managers, Volume I
by
The purpose of this book is to provide practicing and aspiring managers and students of management a practical and comprehensive reference source for communicating on the job with all people in all situations. This "how-to" book provides readers with the essential knowledge, attitudes, and skills to perform the communicating aspects of their routine and special duties. The information is presented in two volumes and each topic is divided into "Things to Know" and "Things to Do."
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Purposeful Communication in a Digital Age
by
In recent years, the process and outlet for public speaking has grown with digital progressions such as TED talks and Facebook Live. Purposeful Communication in a Digital Age, 2nd Edition, provides a practical, step-by-step approach to developing and delivering effective speeches. Offering supplementary articles, case studies, and interviews with key leaders within the text and online, this is an all-in-one resource for the traditional, online, or hybrid classroom. The new edition devotes focus to presenting in the digital world, addressing both traditional and contemporary forms of presentation, and specifically directs students on seeking out credible sources when conducting research. Its eResource features video speech examples, classroom exercises, an instructor manual, and a quiz bank.
Purposive communication : using english in multilingual contexts
by
Research writing made simple : a modular approach for collegiate and graduate students
by
Social skills : developing effective interpersonal communication
by
What can we do to help those who struggle to develop effective social skills? Social Skills: Developing Effective Interpersonal Communication is a definitive guide to understanding and meeting the needs of those who have difficulty with social skills. Written in a clear and accessible manner, this book provides a theoretical framework to the teaching of social skills alongside a range of practical ideas for practitioners. The book offers a four-step plan that can be adapted for use with young people or adults who are struggling with any aspect of their social skills. A simple model for assessing social skills is provided, as well as ways to measure the impact of intervention. Full of interesting examples and case studies, it includes discussion of how to teach social skills, how social skills develop through childhood, why they sometimes might not, and why social skills difficulties can have an impact on self-esteem and friendships. It includes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills. cludes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills.
Writing Analytically
by
Learning to write well requires learning to use writing as a tool to think well--and this book shows you how. WRITING ANALYTICALLY leads you through the process of analysis and synthesis and helps you to generate original, well-developed ideas. Whether you're already a confident writer or someone who feels stranded amidst your notes and sources--waiting for the light bulb of inspiration to rescue you--this book will help you improve your skills. It's built on a series of tools for thinking that proceed step-by-step. Applying the tools will enable you to see more and arrive at better ideas about whatever you're analyzing. You'll learn to determine which details are important in your subject, how to go about figuring out why they are important, and most important, how to talk and write about what they mean.
Writing Math Research Papers
by
Mathematics research papers provide a forum for all mathematics enthusiasts to exercise their mathematical experience, expertise and excitement. The research paper process epitomizes the differentiation of instruction, as each student chooses their own topic and extends it as far as their motivation and desire takes them. The features and benefits of the research paper process offer a natural alignment with all eight Common Core State Standards for Mathematical Practice. Writing Math Research Papers serves both as a text for students and as a resource for instructors and administrators. The Writing Math Research Papers program started at North Shore High School in 1991, and it received the 1997 Chevron Best Practices in Education Award as the premier high school math course in the United States. Author Robert Gerver's articles on high school mathematics research programs were featured in the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics publication Developing Mathematically Promising Students, the NCTM's 1999 Yearbook, Developing Mathematical Reasoning in Grades K - 12, and in the September 2017 issue of the Mathematics Teacher.
Advanced Purposive Communication for the Deaf
Advanced Purposive Communication is a course where learners apply communication skills in a formal and academic setting. Having mastered concept mapping and development, the learners are expected to outline ideas and construct essays. The students will also learn to create reports and present them in a creative, but formal way. This course also includes introduction to research writing and business correspondence.
Advances in Corpus-Based Research on Academic Writing
by
This volume showcases some of the latest research on academic writing by leading and up-and-coming corpus linguists. The studies included in the volume are based on a wide range of corpora spanning first and second language academic writing at different levels of writing expertise, containing texts from a variety of academic disciplines (and sub-disciplines) and of different academic registers. Particularly novel aspects of the collection are the inclusion of research that combines rhetorical moves with multi-dimensional analysis, studies that cover both fixed and variable phraseological items (lexical bundles, phrase-frames, constructions), and work that is based on corpora of English as an academic lingua franca. Going beyond merely summarizing their findings, the authors also discuss what their research means for academic writing practice and pedagogical settings. The volume will be of interest to researchers, students, and teachers who would like to expand their knowledge of how academic writing functions and what it looks like in a variety of contexts.
The Art of Communication
by
Bring nuance, depth, and meaning to every conversation you have The Art of Communication is for anyone who senses that they could be communicating on a deeper level. Perhaps you are a confident communicator but suspect there may be more to the art of conversation that you have not yet been able to access. Or perhaps you feel that your conversations lack depth and meaning and that you'd like to enrich your relationships with others, if only you knew how. This book will address your concerns and show you how to engage wholeheartedly with others. There's more to conversation than just clear, rational thinking. Left-brain rationality is important, of course, but neuroscience increasingly shows that the right-brain skills of creativity, intuition and spontaneity are essential in good communication. In this guide, you'll discover ways of tapping into the full conversational potential that lies dormant within you, adding a level of nuance and watching the result as your relationships blossom. You may even find that untapped value in the form of new insights, ideas and creative thoughts, emerges from your daily conversations. Access the more nuanced arts of conversation to create strong connections and tangible results Build cross-disciplinary, cross-cultural connections to communicate effectively with people from different backgrounds Activate your whole mind -- not just your intellect -- to bring creativity and depth to communication Learn to be open-hearted, spontaneous, vulnerable, intuitive, and captivating in every conversation you hold From communication guru and bestselling author Judy Apps, The Art of Communication will show you how to breathe life into your relationships and produce powerful new thinking enabling you to transform the world you live in.
Chapters on Interdisciplinary Research and Research Skills
by
This book is a special edition, compiled for to the MSc Course Research Methodologies as taught at the Faculty of Aerospace Engineering at Delft University of Technology. It is a compilation of useful chapters from several sources on how to structure, set up, carry out and write up your (thesis) research to aid you in writing your research plan. Next to that it acts as a companion during your thesis research. After introducing you to the philosophy of scientific research, subsequent chapters each contribute to the different phases of your research. The book uniquely allows for the often multi- or interdisciplinary research many of you carry out, based on the established Dutch university tradition of (semi-)independent student research, creating a thread through the process for you to follow. This edition is a collection of chapters from An Introduction to Interdisciplinary Research (2016), edited by Steph Menken and Machiel Keestra, and Academic Skills for Interdisciplinary Studies. Revised edition (2019), by Koen van der Gaast, Laura Koenders and Ger Post, published by Amsterdam University Press.
Communicate with Mastery
by
Develop your leadership communication Communicating with Mastery provides readers with a rich treasure trove of frameworks and tools for leadership communication as developed and taught over the past decade at Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Designed for the business leader on the go, it provides you quick access to helpful approaches to vexing communication problems leaders face today in speaking and writing to various audiences. Projects often fail not because of the vision, but in the articulation of that vision. With the help of this book, you'll learn how to ensure you get the results you desire as a leader and communicator including: Speak with conviction and write with impact Tailor your communication to any goal, setting, or audience Scale your leadership through effective coaching Every time you write or speak, you need to make your words count. And this book shows you how.
Communication as a life process : beyond human cognition
by
This volume presents the meta-proposals of the ecolinguistic paradigm within contemporary language and communication studies, and will serve to incite further scholarly work within this research program. Eclectic and interdisciplinary as the contributions gathered here are, they all pertain to a dynamic, multilayer approach to human communication. The ecolinguistic framework delineated and put forth for consideration here is founded on the large and vibrant scientific plane of the holistic paradigm, also referred to in the book as the post-Newtonian paradigm. As such, the contributions compleme.
Cultivating Communication in the Classroom : Future-Ready Skills for Secondary Students.
by
Building 21st Century communication skills Students are expected to be innovators, creative thinkers, and problem solvers. But what if they can′t communicate their ideas persuasively? Just because many students are raised communicating through technology doesn't mean they know how to use it effectively. Knowing how to share ideas is as crucial as the ideas themselves. Unfortunately, many students don't get explicit opportunities to hone this skill. Cultivating Communication in the Classroom will help educators design authentic learning experiences that allow students to practice their skills. Readers will find: Real world insights into how students will be expected to communicate in their future careers and education Strategies for teaching communication skills throughout the curriculum Communication Catchers for igniting ideas Interviews with industry experts Tools for building 21st Century skills Written by Tech Chef Lisa Johnson, this book demonstrates how communication can be taught through the lens of college and career readiness. "This book is the most practical guide I have seen to truly help secondary students be ′future ready.′ The advice and tips that Lisa shares should become a standard digital literacy read for all middle school and high school students." Kyle Pace, Instructional Technology Coach Grain Valley School District, Kansas City, Missouri "This book has an unbelievable amount of tips, ideas and great advice for communicating in the 21st century. It′s not only helpful for teaching students to be better communicators but adults as well!" Jennie Magiera, Chief Technology Officer Des Plaines School District 62, IL
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Engaging Theories in Interpersonal Communication
by
Winner of the 2017 NCA Gerald R. Miller Book Award! Use and Understand Interpersonal Communication Theories Engaging Theories in Interpersonal Communication: Multiple Perspectives highlights key theories used to guide interpersonal communication research. The Second Edition features 30 theory chapters written by leading scholars in interpersonal communication, including new coverage of evolutionary theories, Problematic Integration Theory, supportive communication theories, Theory of Motivated Information Management, critical approaches to interpersonal communication, and Media Multiplexity Theory. Each theory chapter follows the same structure to help readers easily find and compare information across theories. An updated introductory chapter maps the history and the current state of interpersonal communication theory since publication of the first edition, based on comprehensive analysis of published scholarship. Presenting both classic and cutting-edge issues, the book organizes theories into three clusters--theories that are individually-centered; theories that are focused on discourse and interaction processes; and theories that examine how communication functions in personal relationships. All authors interweave abstract theoretical concepts with concrete examples in order to maximize readability and comprehension.
Essential Communications Skills for Managers, Volume I
by
The purpose of this book is to provide practicing and aspiring managers and students of management a practical and comprehensive reference source for communicating on the job with all people in all situations. This "how-to" book provides readers with the essential knowledge, attitudes, and skills to perform the communicating aspects of their routine and special duties. The information is presented in two volumes and each topic is divided into "Things to Know" and "Things to Do."
From Reading-Writing Research to Practice
by
Teachers regularly seek to update their practice with newly-developed tools from the realm of research, with the aim of applying them directly in the classroom, particularly for teaching reading and writing. Thus, teachers' continuing education is dependent on the effective dissemination and appropriation of research results. This book explores this problem from multiple angles, presenting research projects from France and Quebec, Canada. Using a variety of methods, including creating teaching materials and engaging classroom teachers in the research process, the authors demonstrate the importance of ownership and dissemination of research results in schools. Although this necessity sometimes complicates the work of researchers, it is vital to develop and maintain the relationship between reading-writing research and its practical applications.
How Strategic Communication Shapes Value and Innovation in Society
by
Communication is developed in our relation to others and in relation to what happens in the social context. It is therefore not neutral but mediates people's relationships and practices. Technological transitions, economical changes, medical advancements, environmental turbulence, political movements and other evolving circumstances influence public values that shape societies. It is important to analyse the situated meaning of these societal themes in everyday life, and the influence of public relations and strategic communication in this regard. Let's Talk Society - and the society we´re talking about is in transition to a green and sustainable society, to an inclusive society, to an innovative and reflective society. What is our role as communication professionals in all of this? How can we foster public debate? This book addresses these challenges and offers some answers. The chapters from primarily European countries were selected from a large number of peer-reviewed contributions for the 2016 congress of the European Public Relations Education and Research Association hosted by Hanze University of Applied Sciences in Groningen.
The Media and Communications Study Skills Student Guide
by
All the tips, ideas and advice given to, and requested by, MA students in Media and Communications, are brought together in an easy-to-use accessible guide to help students study most effectively. Based upon many years of teaching study skills and hundreds of lecture slides and handouts this introduction covers a range of general and generic skills that the author relates specifically towards media and communications studies. As well as the mechanics of writing and presentations, the book also shows how students can work on and engage with the critical and contemplative elements of their degrees whilst retaining motivation and refining timekeeping skills. Of course the nuts and bolts of reading, writing, listening, seminars and the dreaded dissertation and essays are covered too. In addition advice on referencing, citation and academic style is offered for those with concerns over English grammar and expression. Aimed primarily at postgraduate students, there is significant crossover with undergraduate work, so this book will also prove of use to upper level undergraduate readers whether using English as a first or second language.
Nonverbal Communication Today
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
On Understanding Grammar
by
In his foreword to the original edition of this classic of functionalism, typology and diachrony, Dwight Bolinger wrote: "I foresee it as one of the truly prizes statements of our current knowledge...a book about understanding done with deep understanding - of language and its place in Nature and in the nature of humankind... The book is rich in insights, even for those who have been with linguistics for a long time. And beginners could be thankful for having it as a starting point, from which so many past mistakes have been shed". Thoroughly revised, corrected and updated, On Understanding Grammar remains, as its author intended it in 1979, a book about trying to make sense of human language and of doing linguistics. Language is considered here from multiple perspectives, intersecting with cognition and communication, typology and universals, grammaticalization, development and evolution. Within such a broad cross-disciplinary context, grammar is viewed as an automated, structured language-processing device, assembled through evolution, diachrony and use. Cross-language diversity is not arbitrary, but rather is tightly constrained and adaptively motivated, with the balance between universality and diversity mediated through development, be it evolutionary or diachronic. The book's take on language harkens back to the works of illustrious antecedents such as F. Bopp, W. von Humbold, H. Paul, A. Meillet, O. Jespersen and G. Zipf, offering a coherent alternative to the methodological and theoretical strictures of Saussure, Bloomfield and Chomsky.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Writing and Language Learning
by
The current volume aspires to add to previous research on the connection between writing and language learning from a dual perspective: It seeks to reflect current progress in the domain as well as to foster future developments in theory and research. The theoretical postulations contained in Part I identify and expand in novel ways the diverse lenses through which the varied, multi-faceted dimensions of the connection between writing and language learning can be explored. The methodological reflections put forward in Part III signal theoretically-grounded and pedagogically-relevant paths along which future empirical work can grow. The empirical studies reported in Part II illuminate the myriad of individual, educational, and task-related variables that (may) mediate short-term and long-term language learning outcomes. These studies examine diverse forms of writing, performed in varied environments (including pen-and-paper and digital writing), conditions (writing individually and/or collaboratively), and instructional settings (academic settings - including secondary school and college level institutions - as well as out-of-school contexts).
This course teaches on the basics of photography, camera functions, video editing, media analysis, and filmmaking to develop the ability to capture great video images. The Deaf will be expected to understand: camera operation, basic directing, lighting, and editing. The students will work individually and in groups to write, shoot, and edit own projects. Sample of projects during the trimester include commercials, short films, music video and news stories. Selected videos are screened during class throughout the trimester to enhance the critique process.
Advanced Visual Effects Compositing
by
In Advanced Visual Effects Compositing: Techniques for Working with Problematic Footage, learn to tackle difficult visual effect composites in layer-based and node-based compositing programs. In this book, industry veteran and compositing expert Lee Lanier offers tips, tricks, techniques, and workflows for difficult visual effects shots, including poorly shot green screen, moving shots with no visible motion tracking marks, shots requiring three-dimensional (3D) elements that lack 3D renders, poor-quality stock footage, and incorrectly lit shots. Lanier details the common problems of visual effects shots and offers practical solutions using examples from Adobe After Effects and Blackmagic Design Fusion. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138668348) features video image sequences, 3D renders, and other tutorial materials, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques. The visual effects challenges covered in this book include: Chroma keying Motion tracking Relighting in the composite Repairing plates Replicating damage Adding depth with 2.5D Working with stock footage
The Art and Style of Product Photography
by
High quality images sell products. Here's how you do it. From cereal boxes to billboards to photos on Amazon, product photos have a strong impact on viewers. Now you can master the secrets of effective product photography with this essential guide. Author J. Dennis Thomas guides you through the basics, from selecting the right equipment and practicing different lighting techniques to controlling exposure, using backgrounds and props, and much more. Whether it's jewelry, food, fashion, or other products, learn how to photograph for effective selling, while building the skills and tools you need for a career. Explains how to produce quality photos for product or commercial photography, including fashion, food, jewelry, technology, and more The author is a professional photographer whose work has been published in major U.S. magazines including Rolling Stone, Elle, W Magazine, and US Weekly Covers choosing the right equipment, practicing different lighting techniques, controlling exposure, using backgrounds and props, and more Gives new and even experienced photographers the tools they need to build careers in product photography Take photographs that impress, intrigue, dazzle, and sell with The Art and Style of Product Photography.
Art of the cut : conversations with film and TV editors
by
Art of the Cut provides an unprecedented look at the art and technique of contemporary film and television editing. It is a fascinating "virtual roundtable discussion" with more than 50 of the top editors from around the globe. Included in the discussion are the winners of more than a dozen Oscars for Best Editing and the nominees of more than forty, plus numerous Emmy winners and nominees. Together they have over a thousand years of editing experience and have edited more than a thousand movies and TV shows. Hullfish carefully curated over a hundred hours of interviews, organizing them into topics critical to editors everywhere, generating an extended conversation among colleagues. The discussions provide a broad spectrum of opinions that illustrate both similarities and differences in techniques and artistic approaches. Topics include rhythm, pacing, structure, storytelling and collaboration. Interviewees include Margaret Sixel (Mad Max: Fury Road), Tom Cross (Whiplash, La La Land), Pietro Scalia (The Martian, JFK), Stephen Mirrione (The Revenant), Ann Coates (Lawrence of Arabia, Murder on the Orient Express), Joe Walker (12 Years a Slave, Sicario), Kelley Dixon (Breaking Bad, The Walking Dead), and many more. Art of the Cut also includes in-line definitions of editing terminology, with a full glossary and five supplemental web chapters hosted online at www.routledge.com/cw/Hullfish. This book is a treasure trove of valuable tradecraft for aspiring editors and a prized resource for high-level working professionals. The book's accessible language and great behind-the-scenes insight makes it a fascinating glimpse into the art of filmmaking for all fans of cinema. Please access the link below for the book's illustration files. Please note that an account with Box is not required to access these files: https://informausa.app.box.com/s/plwbtwndq4wab55a1p7xlcr7lypvz64c
A Companion to Photography
by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
Cryptographic and Information Security Approaches for Images and Videos
by
This book presents essential principles, technical information, and expert insights on multimedia security technology. Illustrating the need for improved content security as the Internet and digital multimedia applications rapidly evolve, it presents a wealth of everyday protection application examples in fields including . Giving readers an in-depth introduction to different aspects of information security mechanisms and methods, it also serves as an instructional tool on the fundamental theoretical framework required for the development of advanced techniques.
Digital Filmmaking for Kids for Dummies
by
The easy way for kids to get started with filmmaking If you've been bitten by the filmmaking bug--even if you don't have a background in video or access to fancy equipment--Digital Filmmaking For Kids makes it easy to get up and running with digital filmmaking! This fun and friendly guide walks you through a ton of cool projects that introduce you to all stages of filmmaking. Packed with full-color photos, easy-to-follow instruction, and simple examples, it shows you how to write a script, create a storyboard, pick a set, light a scene, master top-quality sound, frame and shoot, edit, add special effects, and share your finished product with friends or a global audience. Anyone can take a selfie or upload a silly video to YouTube--but it takes practice and skill to shoot professional-looking frames and make your own short film. Written by a film and video professional who has taught hundreds of students, this kid-accessible guide provides you with hands-on projects that make it fun to learn all aspects of video production, from planning to scripting to filming to editing. Plus, it includes access to videos that highlight and demonstrate skills covered in the book, making learning even easier and less intimidating to grasp. Create a film using the tools at hand Plan, script, light and shoot your video Edit and share your film Plan a video project from start to finish If you're a student aged 7-16 with an interest in creating and sharing your self-made video, this friendly guide lights the way for your start in digital filmmaking.
The Digital Filmmaking Handbook
by
THE DIGITAL FILMMAKING HANDBOOK, FIFTH EDITION is the one-stop resource to guide you in taking your digital film project from initial concept to finished project. Covering everything from writing and pre-production planning to shooting and post-production editing and effects, the book has been thoroughly updated to cover the latest hardware, software, and production processes. It also now includes coverage of the latest filmmaking-related apps and the shift toward digital distribution. You'll learn the ins and outs of the craft and you'll pick up techniques for creating shots and effects that transcend typical "low-budget" productions. Whether your goal is to create an industrial project, a short subject for a website, or a feature-length movie for a film festival, THE DIGITAL FILMMAKING HANDBOOK, FIFTH EDITION will guide you every step of the way.
Documentary Editing
by
Documentary Editing offers clear and detailed strategies for tackling every stage of the documentary editing process, from organizing raw footage and building select reels to fine cutting and final export. Written by a Sundance award- winning documentary editor with a dozen features to his credit and containing examples from over 100 films, this book presents a step-by-step guide for how to turn seemingly shapeless footage into focused scenes, and how to craft a structure for a documentary of any length. The book contains insights and examples from seven of America's top documentary editors, including Geoffrey Richman (The Cove, Sicko), Kate Amend (The Keepers, Into the Arms of Strangers), and Mary Lampson (Harlan County U.S.A.), and a companion website contains easy-to-follow video tutorials. Written for both practitioners and enthusiasts, Documentary Editing offers unique and invaluable insights into the documentary editing process.
DSLR cinema : a beginner's guide to filmmaking on a budget
by
The DSLR cinema revolution began over ten years ago. Professional filmmakers, students, video journalists, event video shooters, production houses, and others jumped at the opportunity to shoot cinematic images on these low budget cameras. The first edition of the book mapped the way focusing exclusively on DSLRs. This new edition shows how you can create stunning cinematic images using low budget cinema cameras, from iPhones to the C200. The author examines new cameras and new projects as filmmakers shoot action movies with the Panasonic GH5, craft personal stories with Blackmagic¿s Pocket Cinema Camera, make documentaries and short films with the Canon C100 Mark II, and create music videos with the 5D Mark IV. This book, like the previous edition, takes the wisdom of some of the best shooters and empowers you to create visually stunning images with low budget cinema cameras. It includes six all new case studies, as well as updated examples from short films and documentaries. This book contains the essential tools to make you a better visual storyteller. FEATURES An examination of the creative and technical choices filmmakers face¿everything from why we move cameras to shooting flat in order to widen the dynamic range of cameras Case studies from documentary filmmakers, news shooters, fiction makers, a visual anthropologist, and recent film school graduates An updated list of gear for low-budget filmmakers, including a section on what to look for in the gear you need to shoot and edit your projects
GoPro : professional guide to filmmaking
by
This guide to professional filmmaking with a GoPro is packed with hundreds of beautiful photos and interactive links to videos created by professional athletes, filmmakers, and inspired GoPro users around the world. As the only book to cover the art and technique of advanced filmmaking by the team at GoPro, you'll get a unique insider's look at GoPro's history, all the different camera modes and settings, standard and experimental mounts, shooting principles, and editing techniques. Compelling stories from users such as Kelly Slater, Shaun White, and Kevin Richardson offer a rare view into an incredible world of athleticism, artistic beauty, and storytelling. Whether you're a professional filmmaker, top athlete or an aspiring enthusiast, you'll get all the inspiration and instruction you need to capture and create your own engaging edits to share with the world.
Insta-perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
Langford's Basic Photography
by
This seminal photography text, now in its 10th edition and celebrating its 50th anniversary, has been revamped, reorganized, and modernized to include the most up-to-date, need to know information for photographers. Ideal for students, beginners, and advanced users wanting to brush up on the fundamentals of photography, this book is a must have for any photographer's bookcase. The heart of this text, however, retains the same comprehensive mix of scholarly and practical information. The new edition has been fully updated to reflect dynamic changes in the industry. These changes include: an expansion and overhaul of the information on digital cameras and digital printing; an emphasis on updating photographs to include a wider range of international work; replacement of many diagrams with photos; overhaul of the analogue sections to give a more modern tone (ie exposure measurement and film and filters with some more dynamic photo illustrations).
Photocommunication across media : beginning photography for professionals in mass media
by
Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That's no longer a specialty skill--in today's world of media, it's a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today's mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists, advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide, edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals, is everything you need to know--and nothing you don't--to take the next step for your career in communication.
Photographers on Photography
by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
The Power of Visual Storytelling: How to Use Visuals, Videos, and Social Media to Market Your Brand
by
Attention is the new commodity. Visual Storytelling is the new currency. Human brain processes visuals 60,000x faster than text. Web posts with visuals drive up to 180% more engagement than those without. Viewers spend 100% more time on web pages with videos. Filled with full-color images and thought-provoking examples from leading companies, The Power of Visual Storytelling explains how to grow your business and strengthen your brand by leveraging photos, videos, infographics, presentations, and other rich media. The book delivers a powerful road map for getting started, while inspiring new levels of creativity within organizations of all types and sizes. "This book is not only a complete overview of [visual storytelling] but, most importantly, the key to doing it right, a total Right Hook!" --Gary Vaynerchuk, New York Times bestselling author of Crush It! and Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook "A valuable guide to understanding how to develop powerful marketing programs using the art of visual storytelling." --Guy Kawasaki, author of APE: Author, Publisher, Entrepreneur and former chief evangelist of Apple "The Power of Visual Storytelling is the new marketing bible!" --Nancy Bhagat, Vice President, Global Marketing Strategy and Campaigns, Intel "If a picture is worth a thousand words, The Power of Visual Storytelling is worth a million." --Scott Monty, Global Digital & Multimedia Communications for Ford Motor Company
The Technique of Film and Video Editing
by
This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed, precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory, history, and practice across a range of genres, including action, comedy, drama, documentary and experimental forms, featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form, on the importance of surprise in editing, on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology, creative sound, point of view, and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014), Room (2015), Lincoln (2012), Tangerine (2015), The Beaches of Agnès (2008), American Sniper (2014), Son of Saul (2015), The Revenant (2015), and many more.
The Technique of Film and Video Editing
by
This updated sixth edition of The Technique of Film and Video Editing provides a detailed, precise look at the artistic and aesthetic principles and practices of editing for both picture and sound. Ken Dancyger puts into context the storytelling choices an editor will have to make against a background of theory, history, and practice across a range of genres, including action, comedy, drama, documentary and experimental forms, featuring analysis of dozens of classic and contemporary films. This new sixth edition includes new chapters on the influence of other media on the editing form, on the importance of surprise in editing, on the contributions of Robert Altman to the art of editing and on the experimental documentary. This edition also includes expanded coverage in technology, creative sound, point of view, and the long take. New case studies explore Whiplash (2014), Room (2015), Lincoln (2012), Tangerine (2015), The Beaches of Agnès (2008), American Sniper (2014), Son of Saul (2015), The Revenant (2015), and many more.
Video Field Production and Editing
by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Virtual Reality Filmmaking
by
Virtual Reality Filmmaking presents a comprehensive guide to the use of virtual reality in filmmaking, including narrative, documentary, live event production, and more. Written by Celine Tricart, a filmmaker and an expert in new technologies, the book provides a hands-on guide to creative filmmaking in this exciting new medium, and includes coverage on how to make a film in VR from start to finish. Topics covered include: The history of VR; VR cameras; Game engines and interactive VR; The foundations of VR storytelling; Techniques for shooting in live action VR; VR postproduction and visual effects; VR distribution; Interviews with experts in the field including the Emmy-winning studios Felix & Paul and Oculus Story Studio, Wevr, Viacom, Fox Sports, Sundance's New Frontier, and more.
This course teaches on the basics of photography, camera functions, video editing, media analysis, and filmmaking to develop the ability to capture great video images. The Deaf will be expected to understand: camera operation, basic directing, lighting, and editing. The students will work individually and in groups to write, shoot, and edit own projects. Sample of projects during the trimester include commercials, short films, music video and news stories. Selected videos are screened during class throughout the trimester to enhance the critique process.
Accountability on Camera
by
Online video can bypass police jurisdictional influence over traditional mass media and may be affecting police-civilian interactions in American public space as the initial cusp of a paradigm shift. Where a camera may have videorecorded police actions, exclusive police custody of that camera or its recording correlates with the video being lost, destroyed, reported as nonexistent, or concealed from the public. Where police destroy, falsify, fail to file, or omit data from required documentation, online video correlates with improved accountability through police disciplinary actions. Online video correlates with significantly higher civil suit settlements for police misconduct.
Awesome sauce : create videos to inspire students, engage parents and save you time
by
Playful book by award-winning educator Josh Stock shows teachers how to make simple videos to improve student learning and classroom culture, and connect with parents. The ability to use video to communicate has become a basic element of literacy – inside and outside the classroom. This fun-to-read book shows educators how to make simple videos that explain assignments, welcome students to new schools and grades, differentiate lessons for a range of learning levels and more. The book also helps teachers use video to address common issues like enhancing classroom culture and managing parent communication. Structured like a cookbook, Awesome Sauce discusses both the “why” and the “how” behind the strategies. Each section begins with the story of why Stock uses the strategy, demonstrating what teachers will get out of trying it with their students. These explanations are followed by “how-to” recipes that guide readers in creating the “awesome sauce” their videos will become. The book: Provides practical ways to create videos for the classroom to boost learning outcomes. Offers a creative and fresh approach to PD with manageable layout and friendly, accessible voice. Offers an accessible solution for all classroom teachers, regardless of tech skills, including basic setups that yield great results. For the author, it comes down to this: “I want to be the best teacher possible and using these recipes gives me the chance to make the biggest impact possible on the rock star students in my classroom.” Audience: K-12 teachers and tech coaches
Blender for video production quick start guide
by
One of the critical components of any workflow related to video production is a reliable tool to create and edit media such as video and audio. In most cases, you will find video producers using software that can only cut and mount video in a "traditional" way. What if you could use a software that offers not only options to edit and cut video, but also create 3D content and animation? With Blender, you can make use of a fantastic set of tools to edit and cut video, and also produce 3D content that will enable you to take your productions to the next level.
Chroma : a photographer's guide to lighting with color
by
Digital Music Videos
by
Music videos today sample and rework a century's worth of movies and other pop culture artifacts to offer a plethora of visions and sounds that we have never encountered before. As these videos have proliferated online, they have become more widely accessible than ever before. In Digital Music Videos, Steven Shaviro examines the ways that music videos interact with and change older media like movies and gallery art; the use of technologies like compositing, motion control, morphing software, and other digital special effects in order to create a new organization of time and space; how artists use music videos to project their personas; and how less well known musicians use music videos to extend their range and attract attention. Surveying a wide range of music videos, Shaviro highlights some of their most striking innovations while illustrating how these videos are creating a whole new digital world for the music industry.
The enthusiast's guide to DIY photography
by
The Enthusiast’s Guide to DIY Photography: 64 Projects, Hacks, Techniques, and Inexpensive Solutions for Getting Great Photos teaches you ingenious, clever, and inexpensive tricks and techniques that will help you shoot great images without breaking the bank. In this book, six chapters are broken down into 64 numbered lessons, with each lesson providing all you need to know to improve your photography. Photographer and author Mike Hagen covers lighting solutions, studio equipment, lens hacks, macro projects, and more.
Langford's Basic Photography
by
This seminal photography text, now in its 10thedition and celebrating its 50th anniversary, has been revamped, reorganized, and modernized to include the most up-to-date, need to know information for photographers. Ideal for students, beginners, and advanced users wanting to brush up on the fundamentals of photography, this book is a must have for any photographer's bookcase. The heart of this text, however, retains the same comprehensive mix of scholarly and practical information. The new edition has been fully updated to reflect dynamic changes in the industry. These changes include: an expansion and overhaul of the information on digital cameras and digital printing; an emphasis on updating photographs to include a wider range of international work; replacement of many diagrams with photos; overhaul of the analogue sections to give a more modern tone (ie exposure measurement and film and filters with some more dynamic photo illustrations).
Light it, shoot it, retouch it
by
Learn all three aspects of what it takes to create stunning portraits--lighting, shooting, and retouching! Scott Kelby, the world's #1 best-selling author of photography techniques books, has reinvented how lighting books are written by revealing the entire process from start to finish, all in this one book. In this fully revised and updated edition of his smash best-selling book Light It, Shoot It, Retouch It, you'll see everything from the complete lighting setup (and all the gear used), to the shoot (including all the camera settings and a contact sheet of the progression of the shoot), to the all-important part that most books don't dare include-the post-processing and retouching in Lightroom and Photoshop. This book also breaks new ground in the visual way that Scott teaches you the lighting setups. There aren't any sketches or 3D models-you see the actual lighting layout in photos taken during the live shoot. You'll see angles from above, to the side, and every other helpful perspective you may need, while also showing the exact distances between the light and the subject and the background. You name it--you see it all. Plus, you get additional behind-the-scenes views so you can be confident that you'll absolutely nail the lighting every time. Throughout the book, Scott uses speedlights/flash for all of the lighting techniques. So whether you use flashes or studio strobes, the book will work for you. You'll learn: ⁰́Ø The step-by-step layouts for creating the most-requested and sought-after lighting looks ⁰́Ø How to get more out of one light than you ever thought you could (this is worth buying the book alone!) ⁰́Ø How to control and shape your light without breaking the bank ⁰́Ø The camera settings, gear, and power settings for every shot ⁰́Ø The retouching techniques the pros really use to make their subjects look their very best ⁰́Ø How to retouch hair, eyes, lips, skin, and lots of other little retouching tricks that make a really big difference ⁰́Ø How to create high-contrast portrait effects without buying expensive plug-ins ⁰́Ø A host of insider tricks, invaluable shortcuts, and jaw-dropping special effects to give you a real advantage over the competition.
Light Science and Magic
by
Photographic lighting is a topic that will never go out of style, no matter how sophisticated cameras and other technology get. Even with the most high-tech gear, photographers still need to put a lot of thought and vision into lighting their photographs in order to get great results. This key skill has the power to dramatically and quickly improve photographs. Light Science and Magic provides you with a comprehensive theory of the nature and principles of light, with examples and instructions for practical application. Featuring photographs, diagrams, and step-by-step instructions, this book speaks to photographers of varying levels. It provides invaluable information on how to light the most difficult subjects, such as surfaces, metal, glass, liquids, extremes (black-on-black and white-on-white), and portraits. This new edition includes: All new chapter titled "Setting Up Your New Studio" A re-vamped and expanded chapter 8 now titled "Making Portraits" New appendix of reliable photo gear sources Over 100 new photographs and informational sidebars Updated information about advances in flash equipment, LED panels and fluorescent lights Styles of lighting continue to change, but the nature of light will always remain the same. Once photographers understand the basic physics of lighting, they can apply that knowledge to a broad range of photographic styles.
Media Servers for Lighting Programmers
by
Media Servers for Lighting Programmers is the reference guide for lighting programmers working with media servers - the show control devices that control and manipulate video, audio, lighting, and projection content that have exploded onto the scene, becoming the industry standard for live event productions, TV, and theatre performances. This book contains all the information you need to know to work effectively with these devices, beginning with coverage of the most common video equipment a lighting programmer encounters when using a media server - including terminology and descriptions - and continuing on with more advanced topics that include patching a media server on a lighting console, setting up the lighting console for use with a media server, and accessing the features of the media server via a lighting console. The book also features a look at the newest types of digital lighting servers and products. This book contains: Never-before-published information grounded in author Vickie Claiborne's extensive knowledge and experience Covers newest types of digital lighting servers and products including media servers, software, and LED products designed to be used with video Companion website with additional resources and links to additional articles on PLSN
MOJO : the mobile journalism handbook : how to make broadcast videos with an iPhone or iPad
by
MOJO: The Mobile Journalism Handbook is the first book devoted specifically to training citizens, journalism students and media professionals to produce professional-quality videos with only a mobile device. As journalism becomes increasingly competitive, students and emerging professionals need a broader skillset to make themselves more employable, whether as mainstream or entrepreneurial journalists. This book by Dr. Ivo Burum and Dr. Stephen Quinn, world experts in mobile journalism, provides comprehensive coverage of all the skills and practices needed to be a mobile journalist. Key features: Burum and Quinn underline the importance of story and storytelling, the crucial context journalists always need to keep in mind. Other books and tutorials merely offer step-by-step guidance to mobile technology and apps. The book synthesizes the knowledge and more than 70 years of combined expertise of two of the world's leading mobile journalism practitioners, offering sage advice and tips from people who have trained mojos in more than 20 countries. Companion Website: How-to videos on the companion website offer powerful ways for learners to absorb the content easily, walking them through the key mojo components of research, shooting, scripting, voice-over, editing and post-production. www.routledge.com/cw/burum Ivo Burum is an award-winning writer, director and television executive producer. He has more than 30 years' experience working across genres including frontline international current affairs. A pioneer in UGS creation, Dr. Burum lectures in multimedia journalism. This is his second book about mojo. He runs Burum Media, a mojo and web TV consultancy that provides training for journalists, educators and remote communities internationally. Stephen Quinn was a journalist for 20 years before he became a university professor in 1996. Dr. Quinn taught journalism in five countries until he returned to journalism in 2011 in Hong Kong. His UK-based company MOJO Media Insights trains mobile journalists around the world. This is his twenty-first print book. He has also produced 5 iBooks. He co-writes a weekly column syndicated to seven countries.
Photocommunication across media : beginning photography for professionals in mass media
by
Photocommunication Across Media is a must-have for aspiring mass media professionals who are striving to compete in the new landscape of convergence journalism and media. You will learn principles of photography both still and video and how to incorporate them into your storytelling. That's no longer a specialty skill--in today's world of media, it's a necessity. Editors Ross Collins and Keith Greenwood collaborate with highly accomplished photographers to make the concepts and techniques of today's mass media photography accessible to all readers. Photocommunication Across Media speaks directly to journalists, advertisers and professional communicators who want to round out their toolkit without sifting through dense texts meant specifically for photographers and photojournalists. This guide, edited by experts who teach these concepts to the next generation of media professionals, is everything you need to know--and nothing you don't--to take the next step for your career in communication.
Picture Perfect Lighting
by
Roberto Valenzuela is a photographer and educator who has a talent for identifying areas where photographers regularly hit roadblocks and a passion for developing clear and concise systems that allow photographers to break through those barriers and become better, more confident practitioners of their craft. His two previous books, Picture Perfect Practice and Picture Perfect Posing, shattered the mold of instructional photography books as they empowered readers to advance their composition and posing skills. Picture Perfect Lighting, the third book in the Picture Perfect series, brings that same spirit and approach to teaching lighting. With it, Roberto empowers photographers to embrace lighting as a source of creativity and expression in service of their vision for the image. In Picture Perfect Lighting, Roberto has created a truly original system for understanding and controlling light in photography. After discussing the universal nature of light, Roberto introduces the five key behaviors of light, which are essential to understand in order to improve your knowledge of light. With those behaviors established, Roberto introduces his concept of "circumstantial light," an ingenious way of examining and breaking down the light around you in any given situation. Providing a detailed analysis of circumstantial light, Roberto develops the top ten circumstantial light elements you need to know in order to fully harness the power of the light around you to create an image that is true to your vision. But how will you know if the circumstantial light is enough? The final piece of the Picture Perfect Lighting system is Roberto's "lighting benchmark test," a brilliant method for determining the quality of the light in any given situation. It is with the lighting benchmark test that you will determine if and when you need to use "helper light," the light that is needed or manipulated in order to "help" the circumstantial light so that your vision comes to life. Helper light is created with diffusers, reflectors, flashes, strobes, and light modifiers. Picture Perfect Lighting covers all of this in depth. Don't limit yourself to using only one kind of light, and don't depend on Photoshop actions and plug-ins to create the "wow" factor in your images. That is the job of light. With Picture Perfect Lighting by your side, you will learn to master light. With that mastery, you will finally have the ability to create that true "wow" factor in camera--and in your photographs.
Rapid Media Development for Trainers
by
Create stunning digital media quickly and affordably. Shaky camerawork and scratchy audio just won't cut it with your learners. But can your time- and budget-constrained training department produce the polished media they expect? Absolutely. In Rapid Media Development for Trainers, veteran trainer and author Jonathan Halls uses his experience running the BBC's prestigious production training department to help even the smallest learning team dazzle. Whether you need to build a training program, blend your offerings, or flip your classroom, this book will help you make learning dynamic with rapid media techniques. Free of overly technical jargon, Rapid Media Development for Trainers is for novice and expert learning professionals alike. It explains essential learning and media concepts and adapts standard production practices to your work schedule. You won't need to max out your budget on expensive equipment, or stress over camera models and editing software. Use simple tools-some that you already have-to create video, audio, and online content while avoiding common missteps. Turn once uninspiring training programs into riveting learning experiences that incorporate compelling video, crisp podcasts, and eye-catching presentations. Discover: * why planning media production always beats out winging it * which cost-effective tools can deliver high-quality digital media * what visual, auditory, and graphical concepts are indispensable during creation * how you can pull all your media together and edit it for a complete learning experience. Boost your production and content quality with this ultimate guide to fast and affordable media development.
RSPB Guide to Digital Wildlife Photography
by
This helpful and practical RSPB guide to all aspectsof digital wildlife photography is an updated version of our first edition. It is accessibly written by and beautifullyillustrated with the work of one of Britain's best known wildlifephotographers. The book's elegant design makes the most of the author'sincredible photos and informative text. The book discusses all aspects of digital wildlifephotography, from equipment, fieldcraft, locations and composition,post-processing and computer manipulation of images, through to getting yourphotos published. This is the ultimate referencebook for all aspiring and established natural history photographers, and willequip its readers with everything they need to know to help them take betterdigital wildlife photographs.Praise for the first edition:'A helpful and practical RSPB guide to all aspects of digital wildlife photography, accessibly written and beautifully illustrated with the work of one of Britain's best-known wildlife photographers.' Publishing News'For anyone new to digital photography, or wanting to judge their existing work against a professional standard, the technical content alone makes this book a square meal.' BBC Wildlife'A comprehensive and brilliantly illustrated guide to the pleasures and mysteries of digital photography, from choosing equipment to taking pictures, working on them at the computer and selling your work. If you are serious about your hobby, this is for you.' RSPB Birds
Writing, Directing, and Producing Documentary Films and Digital Videos
by
In a new edition of this popular guidebook, filmmakers Alan Rosenthal and Ned Eckhardt show readers how to utilize the latest innovations in equipment, technologies, and production techniques for success in the digital, web-based world of documentary film. All twenty-four chapters of the volume have been revised to reflect the latest advances in documentary filmmaking. Rosenthal and Eckhardt discuss the myriad ways in which technological changes have impacted the creation process of documentary films, including how these evolving technologies both complicate and enrich filmmaking today. The book provides crucial insights for the filmmaker from the film's conception to distribution of the finished film. Topics include creating dynamic proposals, writing narration, and navigating the murky world of contracts. Also included are many practical tips for first-time filmmakers. To provide context and to illustrate techniques, Rosenthal and Eckhardt reference more than one hundred documentaries in detail. A new appendix, "Using the Web and Social Media to Prepare for Your Career," guides filmmakers through the process of leveraging social media and crowdsourcing for success in filmmaking, fund-raising, and promotion. A day-to-day field manual packed with invaluable lessons, this volume is essential reading for both novice and experienced documentary filmmakers.
In this course, the Deaf will develop a website complete with web pages that contain text, links, and images. The learners will add and format web page text, utilize links to embed in web pages, and will import, manipulate, and add link images. The course aims for learners to be a proficient user of the operating system who needs to develop websites using notepad and other available website coding software and to convert web layout design to HTML pages to display websites.
ASP. NET Web API 2: Building a REST Service from Start to Finish
by
The ASP.NET MVC Framework has always been a good platform on which to implement REST-based services, but the introduction of the ASP.NET Web API Framework raised the bar to a whole new level. Now in release version 2.1, the Web API Framework has evolved into a powerful and refreshingly usable platform. This concise book provides technical background and guidance that will enable you to best use the ASP.NET Web API 2 Framework to build world-class REST services. New content in this edition includes: New capabilities in Web API 2 (currently version 2.1). Support for partial updates, or PATCH. API versioning. Support for legacy SOAP-based operations. How to handle non-resource APIs using REST How to best expose relationships between resources JSON Web Tokens, CORS, CSRF Get ready for authors Jamie Kurtz and Brian Wortman to take you from zero to REST service hero in no time at all. No prior experience with ASP.NET Web API is required; all Web API-related concepts are introduced from basic principles and developed to the point where you can use them in a production system. A good working knowledge of C# and the .NET Framework are the only prerequisites to best benefit from this book.
Basics of Web Design
by
Basics of Web Design: HTML5 and CSS3, 2e covers the basic concepts that web designers need to develop their skills: Introductory Internet and Web concepts Creating web pages with HTML5 Configuring text, color, and page layout with Cascading Style Sheets Configuring images and multimedia on web pages Web design best practices Accessibility, usability, and search engine optimization considerations Obtaining a domain name and web host Publishing to the Web
Developing Windows-Based and Web-Enabled Information Systems
by
Many professionals and students in engineering, science, business, and other application fields need to develop Windows-based and web-enabled information systems to store and use data for decision support, without help from professional programmers. However, few books are available to train professionals and students who are not professional programmers to develop these information systems. Developing Windows-Based and Web-Enabled Information Systems fills this gap, providing a self-contained, easy-to-understand, and well-illustrated text that explores current concepts, methods, and software tools for developing Windows-based and web-enabled information systems. Written in an easily accessible style, the book details current concepts, methods, and software tools for Windows-based and web-enabled information systems that store and use data. It is self-contained with easy-to-understand small examples to walk through concepts and implementation details along with large-scale case studies. The book describes data modeling methods including entity-relationship modeling, relational modeling and normalization, and object-oriented data modeling, to develop data models of a database. The author covers how to use software tools in the Microsoft application development environment, including Microsoft Access, MySQL, SQL, Visual Studio, Visual Basic, VBA, HTML, and XML, to implement databases and develop Windows-based and web-enabled applications with the database, graphical user interface, and program components. The book takes you through the entire process of developing a computer and network application for an information system, highlighting concepts and operation details. In each chapter, small data examples are used to manually walk through concepts and operational details. These features and more give you the conceptual understanding and practical skill required, even if you don't have a computer science background, to develop Windows-based or web-enabled applications for your specialized information system.
Fundamentals of Web Development
by
For courses in Web Programming and Design: Numerous Mark-up / Scripting Languages, as part of the CS1 course sequence. Master the fundamentals of web development Fundamentals of Web Development , 2nd Edition guides readers through the creation of enterprise-quality websites using current development frameworks. Written by a leading teacher in the field and designed for serious programmers, this book is as valuable to developers as a dev bootcamp. Its practical approach and comprehensive insight into the practice of web development covers HTML5, CSS3, Javascript, and the LAMP stack (that is, Linux, Apache, MySQL, and PHP), jQuery, XML, WordPress, Bootstrap, and a variety of third-party APIs that include Facebook, Twitter, Google, and Bing Maps. Coverage also includes the required ACM web development topics, aligned with real-world web development best practices. The 2nd Edition faithfully covers the most vital trends and innovations in the field since 2013, while continuing to provide a thorough and comprehensive overview.
Introduction to Web Development Using HTML 5
by
The HTML 5 Web Development book provides a hands-on experience that allows first-time Web-site developers to create their first Web pages and experienced developers to quickly master HTML 5. The book is filled with thousands of real-world examples. The book starts by introducing standard HTML and its use in creating traditional Web sites. Within this context, the book teaches developers how to format and style their pages using cascading style sheets (CSS) and how to automate pages using JavaScript and JQuery. HTML 5 allows Web developers to not only build pages for the World Wide Web, but also to build pages for mobile devices and tablet PCs. The second half of the book introduces developers to all aspects of HTML 5. Developers will learn to create location-aware applications that display content based on the user's current location, to drag and drop items within a Web page, and much more.Instructors will receive a Test Bank, while the Student Companion Website hosts chapter PowerPoints, assignments, learning objectives, a glossary of must-know terms and quizzes.
Introduction to Web Interaction Design
by
This book introduces standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties commonly used in Web design as well as design guidelines for their effective use. Its approach of explaining every line of code in the examples it uses to show the usage of the HTML elements and CSS properties introduced makes it an invaluable Web design resource for beginners as well as intermediates looking to fill in gaps in their knowledge. In addition, the inclusion of user-centered design process stages and how they are best managed in website development makes the book unique in its area. Also, the book's approach of including challenges after each topic to help refresh readers' knowledge, as well as make them think, ensures that there are ample activities to keep learners motivated and engaged. Key Features Comprehensively covers standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties. Includes a lot of challenges/exercises; one after each HTML element or CSS property introduced and demonstrated with examples. Example codes can be copied and pasted as-is to implement and experiment with. For every HTML element or CSS property introduced, guidelines are provided, where relevant, on how to best use them in a design to enhance usability and accessibility. Includes comprehensive explanation of flexible box and grid layout models and how to use them to create responsive and adaptive Web design. Covers the importance of visual aesthetics in design, including design elements and principles and examples of how they can be applied in Web design to produce good user experience. Includes comprehensive guidelines on how to design for standard and mobile screens, including discussion of touch gesture interaction design and standard gestures and the functions for which they are most commonly used. Introduces the stages of user-centered design process, including Web accessibility and user-experience testing, and managerial aspects of Web development, including intellectual property. Provides a brief introduction on how to make HTML and CSS codes more compact and more efficient and how to combine them with other languages commonly used in Web design and development, such as JavaScript, AJAX, and PHP.
JavaScript & jQuery : interactive front-end web development
by
Expert techniques to make your websites more interactive and engaging In JavaScript and jQuery: Interactive Front-End Development, best-selling author Jon Duckett delivers a fully illustrated guide to making your websites more interactive and your interfaces more interesting and intuitive. In the book, you'll explore basic programming concepts that assume no prior knowledge of programming beyond an ability to create a web page using HTML & CSS. You'll use core elements of the JavaScript language so you can learn how to write your own scripts from scratch, as well as jQuery, which will allow you to simplify the process of writing scripts (this is introduced half-way through the book once you have a solid understanding of JavaScript). You'll also learn to recreate techniques you have seen on other web sites such as sliders, content filters, form validation, Ajax content updates, and much more. Each chapter: Breaks subjects down into bite-sized chunks with a new topic on each page Contains clear descriptions of syntax, each one demonstrated with illustrative code samples Uses diagrams and photography to explain complex concepts in a visual way By the end of the book, not only will you be able to use the thousands of scripts, JavaScript APIs, and jQuery plugins that are freely available on the web - and be able to customize them - you will also be able to create your own scripts from scratch.
JavaScript Absolute Beginner's Guide
by
JavaScript Absolute Beginner''s Guide No experience necessary! Make the most of JavaScript -- even if you''ve never programmed anything before. This book is the fastest way to learn JavaScript and use it together with CSS3 and HTML5 to create powerful web and mobile experiences. Learn how to do what you want, the way you want, one incredibly easy step at a time. JavaScript has never been this simple! This is the easiest, most practical beginner''s guide to programming JavaScript with simple, reliable instructions for doing everything you really want to do! Here''s a small sample of what you''ll learn: Learn why JavaScript is awesome Organize your code with variables Understand how functions make your code reusable Use the popular if/else statement to help make a decision in code Learn about switch statements and when to use them Work with for, while, and do...while loops Learn how to use global and local scope Understand what closures are Learn about the various places your code can live Understand how to write comments and good commenting practices Learn about the basic types of objects you''ll run into in JavaScript Find out that pizza has an educational value beyond just being deliciously awesome Understand how text is treated in JavaScript Learn how to perform common string operations Use arrays to handle lists of data Learn to create custom objects Purchase of JavaScript Absolute Beginner''s Guide in any format includes free access to the online Web Edition, which provides several special features to help you learn: The complete text of the book online Short videos by the author introducing each chapter Interactive quizzes to test your understanding of the material Updates and corrections as they become available This Web Edition can be viewed on all types of computers and mobile devices with any modern web browser that supports HTML5. Contents at a Glance 1 Hello, World! Part I: The Basic Stuff 2 Values and Variables 3 Functions 4 Conditional Statements: If, Else, and Switch 5 Meet the Loops: For, While, and Do...While! 6 Timers 7 Variable Scope 8 Closures 9 Where Should Your Code Live? 10 Commenting Your Code Part II: It''s an Object-Oriented World 11 Of Pizza, Types, Primitives, and Objects 12 Strings 13 When Primitives Behave Like Objects 14 Arrays 15 Numbers 16 A Deeper Look at Objects 17 Extending Built-in Objects 18 Booleans and the Stricter === and !== Operators 19 Null and Undefined 20 Immediately Invoked Function Expressions Part III: Working with the DOM 21 JS, The Browser, and The DOM 22 Finding Elements in the DOM 23 Modifying DOM Elements 24 Styling Your Content 25 Traversing the DOM 26 Creating a
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies
by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Php 7 programming cookbook : over 80 recipes that will take your PHP 7 web development skills to the next level!
by
Over 80 recipes that will take your PHP 7 web development skills to the next level!About This Book* This is the most up-to-date book in the market on PHP* It covers the new features of version 7.x, best practices for server-side programming, and MVC frameworks* The recipe-based approach will allow you to explore the unique capabilities that PHP offers to web programmersWho This Book Is ForIf you are an aspiring web developer, mobile developer, or backend programmer, then this book is for you as it will take your PHP programming skills to next level. Basic knowledge of PHP programming is assumed.What You Will Learn* Use advanced PHP 7 features, such as the Abstract Syntax Tree, Uniform Variable Syntax, Scalar Type Hints, Generator Delegation, Anonymous Classes, and the Context Sensitive Lexer* Discover where and when PHP 5 code needs to be re-written to avoid backwards-compatibility breaks* Improve the overall application security and error handling by taking advantage of classes that implement the new throwable interface* Solve practical real-world programming problems using PHP 7* Develop middle-wareclasses that allow PHP developers to gluedifferent open source libraries together seamlessly* Define and Implement PSR-7 classes* Create custom middleware using PSR-7 compliant classes* Test and debug your code, and get to know the best practicesIn DetailPHP 7 comes with a myriad of new features and great tools to optimize your code and make your code perform faster than in previous versions. Most importantly, it allows you to maintain high traffic on your websites with low-cost hardware and servers through a multithreading web server.This book demonstrates intermediate to advanced PHP techniques with a focus on PHP 7. Each recipe is designed to solve practical, real-world problems faced by PHP developers like yourself every day. We also cover new ways of writing PHP code made possible only in version 7. In addition, we discuss backward-compatibility breaks and give you plenty of guidance on when and where PHP 5 code needs to be changed to produce the correct results when running under PHP 7. This book also incorporates the latest PHP 7.x features.By the end of the book, you will be equipped with the tools and skills required to deliver efficient applications for your websites and enterprises.Style and approachThis book takes a recipe-based approach, with real-world examples that can serve as building blocks for a larger application. Each recipe is self-contained with no external dependencies. This book follows a problem-solution strategy so you understand how to deal with various scenarios you may encounter while using PHP 7 in your daily activities.
PHP and MySQL Web Development: a Beginner's Guide
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Essential Skills--Made Easy! PHP and MySQL Web Development: A Beginner's Guide takes you from building static web pages to creating comprehensive database-driven web applications. The book reviews HTML, CSS, and JavaScript and then explores PHP--its structure, control statements, arrays, functions, use with forms, and file handling capabilities. Next, the book examines MySQL, including SQL, the MySQL command set, and how to use it with PHP to create a relational database and build secure, databasedriven web applications. This practical resource features complete,step-by-step examples with code that you can use as templates for your own projects. Designed for Easy Learning Key Skills & Concepts--Chapter-opening lists of specific skills covered in the chapter Try This--Hands-on exercises that show you how to apply your skills Notes--Extra information related to the topic being covered Tips--Helpful reminders or alternate ways of doing things Cautions--Errors and pitfalls to avoid Self Tests--End-of-chapter quizzes to reinforce your skills Annotated Syntax--Example code with commentary that describes the programming techniques being illustrated Ready-to-use code at www.mhprofessional.com
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers
by
Update your skill set for ES 6 and 7 with the ultimate JavaScript guide for pros Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the essential guide to next-level JavaScript development. Written for intermediate-to-advanced programmers, this book jumps right into the technical details to help you clean up your code and become a more sophisticated JavaScript developer. From JavaScript-specific object-oriented programming and inheritance, to combining JavaScript with HTML and other markup languages, expert instruction walks you through the fundamentals and beyond. This new fourth edition has been updated to cover ECMAScript 6 and 7 (also known as ES2015 and ES2016) and the major re-imagination and departure from ES 5.1; new frameworks and libraries, new techniques, new testing tools, and more are explained in detail for the professional developer, with a practical focus that helps you put your new skills to work on real-world projects. The latest--and most dramatic--ES release is already being incorporated into JavaScript engines in major browsers; this, coupled with the rise in mobile web traffic increasing demand for responsive, dynamic web design, means that all web developers need to update their skills--and this book is your ideal resource for quick, relevant guidance. Get up to date with ECMAScript 6 and 7, new frameworks, and new libraries Delve into web animation, emerging APIs, and build systems Test more effectively with mocks, unit tests, functional tests, and other tools Plan your builds for future ES releases Even if you think you know JavaScript, new ES releases bring big changes that will affect the way you work. For a professional-level update that doesn't waste time on coding fundamentals, Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the ultimate resource to bring you up to speed.
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies
by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
Web design : introductory
by
Wish you had the skills and knowledge to design powerful websites? Gain the expertise you need right now with WEB DESIGN: INTRODUCTORY, 6E. Learn how to balance target audience expectations, sound design principles, and technical considerations as you create successful, device- and platform-independent websites. Hands-on, interesting, and practical activities in each chapter check your comprehension, help build your web research skills, and develop your design awareness. You learn how to critically evaluate current issues in today's technology as you examine topics such as search engine optimization (SEO), HTML and responsive web design. WEB DESIGN: INTRODUCTORY, 6E equips you with the key skills you need to develop a solid web design plan of your own in no time.
Web technologies : HTML, JavaScript, PHP, Java, JSP, ASP.NET, XML and AJAX.
by
In this course, the Deaf will develop a website complete with web pages that contain text, links, and images. The learners will add and format web page text, utilize links to embed in web pages, and will import, manipulate, and add link images. The course aims for learners to be a proficient user of the operating system who needs to develop websites using notepad and other available website coding software and to convert web layout design to HTML pages to display websites.
Agile web development with Rails 6
by
Learn Rails the way the Rails core team recommends it, along with the tens of thousands of developers who have used this broad, far-reaching tutorial and reference. If you're new to Rails, you'll get step-by-step guidance. If you're an experienced developer, get the comprehensive, insider information you need for the latest version of Ruby on Rails. The new edition of this award-winning classic is completely updated for Rails 6 and Ruby 2.6, with information on system testing, Webpack, and advanced JavaScript.
Ruby on Rails helps you produce high-quality, beautiful-looking web applications quickly - you concentrate on creating the application, and Rails takes care of the details. Rails 6 brings many improvements, and this edition is updated to cover the new features and changes in best practices.
We start with a step-by-step walkthrough of building a real application, and in-depth chapters look at the built-in Rails features. Follow along with an extended tutorial as you write a web-based store application. Eliminate tedious configuration and housekeeping, seamlessly incorporate Ajax and JavaScript, send and receive emails, manage background jobs with ActiveJob, and build real-time features using WebSockets and ActionCable. Test your applications as you write them using the built-in unit, integration, and system testing frameworks, internationalize your applications, and deploy your applications easily and securely. New in this edition is coverage of Action Mailer, which allows you to receive emails in your app as well as ActionText, a zero-configuration rich text editing feature.
Rails 1.0 was released in December 2005. This book was there from the start, and didn't just evolve alongside Rails, it evolved with Rails. It has been developed in consultation with the Rails core team. In fact, Rails itself is tested against the code in this book.
Build your own web framework in Elixir make the most of elixir and phoenix for hands-on web... development.
by
Discover the secrets of building high-performing and scalable web applications with clean code using Elixir's metaprogramming Purchase of the print or Kindle book includes a free PDF eBook Key Features Explore the various web servers available to build robust web applications Leverage Elixir's powerful Plug module to build a request-response pipeline Explore advanced techniques of Elixir to create Domain-Specific languages and build scalable, maintainable web products Book Description Elixir's functional nature and metaprogramming capabilities make it an ideal language for building web frameworks, with Phoenix being the most ubiquitous framework in the Elixir ecosystem and a popular choice for companies seeking scalable web-based products. With an ever-increasing demand for Elixir engineers, developers can accelerate their careers by learning Elixir and the Phoenix web framework. With Build Your Own Web Framework in Elixir, you'll start by exploring the fundamental concepts of web development using Elixir. You'll learn how to build a robust web server and create a router to direct incoming requests to the correct controller. Then, you'll learn to dispatch requests to controllers to respond with clean, semantic HTML, and explore the power of Domain-Specific Languages (DSL) and metaprogramming in Elixir. You'll develop a deep understanding of Elixir's unique syntax and semantics, allowing you to optimize your code for performance and maintainability. Finally, you'll discover how to effectively test each component of your application for accuracy and performance. By the end of this book, you'll have a thorough understanding of how Elixir components are implemented within Phoenix, and how to leverage its powerful features to build robust web applications. What you will learn Get a comprehensive understanding of the Phoenix framework built on Elixir Use metaprogramming to optimize your Elixir code and create high-performance web applications Explore web development fundamentals including the principles of HTTP and HTML Employ Elixir's templating engine to dispatch requests to a controller and respond with dynamically generated HTML Improve the scalability and responsiveness of your web server by using OTP constructs Streamline your routing logic using error handling Who this book is for This book is for web developers seeking to deepen their understanding of Elixir's role in the Phoenix framework. Basic familiarity with Elixir is a must.
Django Design Patterns and Best Practices : Industry-standard web development techniques and solutions using Python
by
Build maintainable websites with elegant Django design patterns and modern best practices Key Features Explore aspects of Django from Models and Views to testing and deployment Understand the nuances of web development such as browser attack and data design Walk through various asynchronous tools such as Celery and Channels Book Description Building secure and maintainable web applications requires comprehensive knowledge. The second edition of this book not only sheds light on Django, but also encapsulates years of experience in the form of design patterns and best practices. Rather than sticking to GoF design patterns, the book looks at higher-level patterns. Using the latest version of Django and Python, you'll learn about Channels and asyncio while building a solid conceptual background. The book compares design choices to help you make everyday decisions faster in a rapidly changing environment. You'll first learn about various architectural patterns, many of which are used to build Django. You'll start with building a fun superhero project by gathering the requirements, creating mockups, and setting up the project. Through project-guided examples, you'll explore the Model, View, templates, workflows, and code reusability techniques. In addition to this, you'll learn practical Python coding techniques in Django that'll enable you to tackle problems related to complex topics such as legacy coding, data modeling, and code reusability. You'll discover API design principles and best practices, and understand the need for asynchronous workflows. During this journey, you'll study popular Python code testing techniques in Django, various web security threats and their countermeasures, and the monitoring and performance of your application. What you will learn Make use of common design patterns to help you write better code Implement best practices and idioms in this rapidly evolving framework Deal with legacy code and debugging Use asynchronous tools such as Celery, Channels, and asyncio Use patterns while designing API interfaces with the Django REST Framework Reduce the maintenance burden with well-tested, cleaner code Host, deploy, and secure your Django projects Who this book is for This book is for you whether you're new to Django or just want to learn its best practices. You do not have to be an expert in Django or Python. No prior knowledge of patterns is expected for reading this book but it would be helpful.
Essential ASP.NET Web Forms Development
by
Go from beginner to pro using one of the most effective and widely used technology stacks, Microsoft ASP.NET. Beginning with the basics, you will learn how to create interactive, professional-grade, database-driven web applications in no time, using ASP.NET, C#, SQL, Ajax, and JavaScript. Essential ASP.NET Web Forms Development is divided into six learning modules and will take you from soup to nuts with ASP.NET. Part I is an introduction to the major concepts, methodologies, and technologies associated with .NET web application development. You will learn about the client-server model, the .NET Framework, the ASP.NET and C# programming languages, and the Visual Studio integrated development environment. Part II teaches you how to develop a single-page .NET web application and add server and data validation controls, laying the foundation for learning languages in the context of an ASP.NET web application. Part III is all about C# operations and shows you how to perform assignment operations, conversion operations, control operations, string operations, arithmetic operations, date and time operations, array operations, collection operations, and file system operations, as well as create custom C# classes in the context of a .NET web application. In Part IV, you dive into a multiple-page .NET web application and learn how to maintain state between pages and create master pages, themes, and navigation controls. Part V shows you how to connect a .NET web application to a SQL Server database. You will learn to read a database schema, program in the SQL language, utilize data binding, perform single- and multiple-row database table maintenance, and write code behind database operations. And finally, Part VI teaches you how to enhance the interactivity of a .NET web application. You will learn how to generate email messages, make use of basic Ajax controls and the Ajax Control Toolkit, and program in the JavaScript language. What You Will Learn Delve into the basics of the client-server model, the .NET Framework, the ASP.NET and C# programming languages, and the Visual Studio integrated development environment Create a page and add server and data validation controls Develop basic programming skills in the C# language Maintain state between pages and create master pages, themes, and navigation controls Read a database schema, program in the SQL language, utilize data binding, perform single- and multiple-row database table maintenance, and write ...
Hello web design
by
Learn just enough design to complement your current career. Hello Web Design will teach you design principles and handy shortcuts so you can feel confident designing your homepage, side-project, future startup, your next presentation, and more.
Modern Web Development with ASP. NET Core 3
by
Explore the tools and techniques to build scalable and secured RESTful web services and web applications using C# 8 and ASP. NET Core 3.1 Key Features Delve into MVC patterns, configuration, routing, and deployment to build professional-grade applications Learn how to integrate ASP applications with the JavaScript frameworks React, Vue, and Angular Improve the performance of applications and the development team by implementing advanced ASP.NET Core concepts Book Description ASP.NET has been the preferred choice of web developers for a long time. With ASP.NET Core 3, Microsoft has made internal changes to the framework along with introducing new additions that will change the way you approach web development. This second edition has been thoroughly updated to help you make the most of the latest features in the framework, right from gRPC and conventions to Blazor, which has a new chapter dedicated to it. You'll begin with an overview of the essential topics, exploring the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern, various platforms, dependencies, and frameworks. Next, you'll learn how to set up and configure the MVC environment, before delving into advanced routing options. As you advance, you'll get to grips with controllers and actions to process requests, and later understand how to create HTML inputs for models. Moving on, you'll discover the essential aspects of syntax and processes when working with Razor. You'll also get up to speed with client-side development and explore the testing, logging, scalability, and security aspects of ASP.NET Core. Finally, you'll learn how to deploy ASP.NET Core to several environments, such as Azure, Amazon Web Services (AWS), and Docker. By the end of the book, you'll be well versed in development in ASP.NET Core and will have a deep understanding of how to interact with the framework and work cross-platform. What you will learn Understand the new capabilities of ASP.NET Core 3.1 Become well versed in how to configure ASP.NET Core to use it to its full potential Create controllers and action methods, and understand how to maintain state Implement and validate forms and retrieve information from them Improve productivity by enforcing reuse, process forms, and effective security measures Delve into the new Blazor development model Deploy ASP.NET Core applications to new environments, such as Microsoft Azure, AWS, and Docker Who this book is for If you are a developer with basic knowledge of ASP.NET MVC and want to build powerful applications, then this book is for you. Developers who want to explore the latest changes in ASP.NET Core 3.1 to build professional-level applications will also find this book useful. Familiarity with C#, ASP.NET Core, HTML, and CSS is expected to get the most out of this book.
Node.js Web Development
by
Build scalable web applications using Node.js, Express.js, and the latest ECMAScript techniques, along with deploying applications with AWS and Docker with this updated fifth edition Key Features Learn backend web programming with the JavaScript stack Explore best practices, right from configuring and building web servers to deploying them on a production cloud hosting system: AWS using Docker and Terraform Work through the different stages of developing robust and scalable apps using Node.js 14 Book Description Node.js is the leading choice of server-side web development platform, enabling developers to use the same tools and paradigms for both server-side and client-side software. This updated fifth edition of Node.js Web Development focuses on the new features of Node.js 14, Express 4.x, and ECMAScript, taking you through modern concepts, techniques, and best practices for using Node.js. The book starts by helping you get to grips with the concepts of building server-side web apps with Node.js. You'll learn how to develop a complete Node.js web app, with a backend database tier to help you explore several databases. You'll deploy the app to real web servers, including a cloud hosting platform built on AWS EC2 using Terraform and Docker Swarm, while integrating other tools such as Redis and NGINX. As you advance, you'll learn about unit and functional testing, along with deploying test infrastructure using Docker. Finally, you'll discover how to harden Node.js app security, use Let's Encrypt to provision the HTTPS service, and implement several forms of app security with the help of expert practices. With each chapter, the book will help you put your knowledge into practice throughout the entire life cycle of developing a web app. By the end of this Node.js book, you'll have gained practical Node.js web development knowledge and be able to build and deploy your own apps on a public web hosting solution. What you will learn Install and use Node.js 14 and Express 4.17 for both web development and deployment Implement RESTful web services using the Restify framework Develop, test, and deploy microservices using Docker, Docker Swarm, and Node.js, on AWS EC2 using Terraform Get up to speed with using data storage engines such as MySQL, SQLite3, and MongoDB Test your web applications using unit testing with Mocha, and headless browser testing with Puppeteer Implement HTTPS using Let's Encrypt and enhance application security with Helmet Who this book is for If you're looking for an alternative to the 'P' languages (Perl, PHP, and Python), or if you want to get started with server-side web development with JavaScript programming, or if you want a deep dive into deploying services to cloud hosting, this Node.js book is for you. A rudimentary understanding of JavaScript and web application development is a must before you get started with this book.
PHP 8 for absolute beginners : basic website and web application development
by
Embark on a practical journey of building dynamic sites aided by multiple projects that can be easily adapted to real-world scenarios. This third edition will show you how to become a confident PHP developer, ready to take the next steps to being a Full Stack Developer and/or successful website or web application programmer. You won't be swamped with every detail of the full PHP language up front - instead, you'll be introduced to a small, versatile subset of PHP by learning to use it creatively to develop dynamic projects. You will see how to use variables, control structures, functions, and object-oriented programming. Secure programming techniques are used throughout the book to demonstrate the proper way to defend against hackers. You will learn how to plan and create MySQL/MariaDB databases and access them using PHP. During this process, you will be introduced to data objects, UI design concepts, and design patterns. Model-View-Controller (MVC) methodology will be used to keep a consistent logical design for each project. Four main projects will be introduced: an image gallery, a blogging system, a data management dashboard, and an interactive game. Initially, a general discussion of how operating systems make programming easier, more reliable, and efficient will be provided. A brief example will follow to demonstrate installation of the latest versions of Apache, PHP, and MySQL/MariaDB. Basic PHP logic will be used during the development of the first project, an image gallery. Once these concepts have been absorbed, a further review of additional concepts of PHP 8 will be discussed, followed by an extensive blogging system will use MVC to reinforce and introduce additional PHP techniques. You'll also discover the use of Google Charts to create a data management dashboard. Finally, you'll explore arrays in more depth by developing logic for a checkers game. Along the way, exercises and projects are provided to reinforce what has been learned.
PHP 8 quick scripting reference : a pocket guide to PHP web scripting
by
This pocket reference has been updated with the new PHP 8 release. It is a condensed, code-rich scripting and syntax handbook for the PHP scripting language. You won’t find any technical jargon, bloated samples, drawn-out history lessons or witty stories in this book. What you will find is a web scripting language reference that is concise, to the point, and highly accessible. The book is packed with useful information and is a must-have for any PHP programmer or web developer. In it, you will find a concise reference to the PHP 8 scripting language syntax. It includes short, simple, and focused code examples; a well-laid-out table of contents; and a comprehensive index allowing easy review.
PHP 8 Quick Scripting Reference presents the essentials of PHP in a well-organized format, including new features in PHP 8 such as the just in time (JIT) compiler, union types, nullsafe operator, null coalescing assignment operator, match expressions, named arguments, throw expressions, static return type, non-capturing catches, reclassified engine warnings and constructor property promotion.
PHP 8 revealed : use attributes, the JIT compiler, union types, and more for web development
by
Discover the new and updated features of PHP 8, such as the JIT compiler, union types, and attributes, with code examples of each. For each feature, the author includes real-life cases for its use and explains its benefits. What You Will Learn Utilize the new features of PHP 8 and modern development technologies Work with the JIT compiler in PHP 8 Discover PHP 8 using real-life cases Increase your available resources to become more valuable in your development team Who This Book Is For Experienced PHP programmers new to PHP 8.
Practical web design : learn the fundamentals of web design with HTML5, CSS3, Bootstrap, jQuery, and Vue.js
by
Web design is the process of creating websites. It encompasses several different aspects, including webpage layout, content production, and graphic design. This book offers you everything you need to know for building your websites.
Pro Spring MVC with WebFlux : web development in Spring framework 5 and Spring boot 2
by
Explore the designs of the Spring MVC and WebFlux frameworks, and apply similar designs and techniques to your own code. Along with detailed analysis of the code and functionality, this book includes numerous tips and tricks to help you get the most out of Spring MVC, WebFlux, and Java-based web application development in general using Spring. You'll see how Spring MVC is a modern web application framework built upon the latest Spring Framework 5 and Spring Boot 2. Spring MVC is suitable for building reusable web controller modules that encapsulate rich page navigation rules. Pro Spring MVC with WebFlux takes great care in covering every inch of Spring MVC with WebFlux to give you the complete picture. Along with all the best-known features of these frameworks, you'll discover some new hidden treasures. You'll also learn how to correctly and safely extend the frameworks to create customized solutions. This book is for anyone who wishes to write robust, modern, and useful web applications with the Spring Framework. After reading and using this book, you'll become proficient with Spring MVC and be able to apply it to your own Java web applications and microservices. What You Will Learn Use Spring MVC with WebFlux to build Java-based web applications Employ the various Spring MVC architectures Work with controllers and routing functions Build microservices and web services using Spring MVC and REST Create reactive web applications using Spring WebFlux Secure Spring MVC and Spring WebFlux Deploy your Spring MVC application to the cloud Who This Book Is For Those with at least some prior experience with Java web application development. Some previous experience with Spring Boot or the Spring Framework is recommended.
Python web development with Sanic : an in-depth guide for Python web developers to improve the speed and scalability of web applications
by
Build a performant and scalable web application using Sanic, along with maintaining clean code to fit your unique challenges and business requirements Key Features Expand your knowledge of web application architecture for building scalable web apps Learn the core philosophies of performance and scalability from one of the creators of Sanic Create a complete Python web app from scratch and learn to translate the knowledge you gain across various use cases Book Description Today's developers need something more powerful and customizable when it comes to web app development. They require effective tools to build something unique to meet their specific needs, and not simply glue a bunch of things together built by others. This is where Sanic comes into the picture. Built to be unopinionated and scalable, Sanic is a next-generation Python framework and server tuned for high performance. This Sanic guide starts by helping you understand Sanic's purpose, significance, and use cases. You'll learn how to spot different issues when building web applications, and how to choose, create, and adapt the right solution to meet your requirements. As you progress, you'll understand how to use listeners, middleware, and background tasks to customize your application. The book will also take you through real-world examples, so you will walk away with practical knowledge and not just code snippets. By the end of this web development book, you'll have gained the knowledge you need to design, build, and deploy high-performance, scalable, and maintainable web applications with the Sanic framework. What you will learn Understand the difference between WSGI, Async, and ASGI servers Discover how Sanic organizes incoming data, why it does it, and how to make the most of it Implement best practices for building reliable, performant, and secure web apps Explore useful techniques for successfully testing and deploying a Sanic web app Create effective solutions for the modern web, including task management, bot integration, and GraphQL Identify security concerns and understand how to deal with them in your Sanic apps Who this book is for This book is for Python web developers who have basic to intermediate-level knowledge of how web technologies work and are looking to take their applications to the next level using the power of the Sanic framework. Working knowledge of Python web development along with frameworks such as Django and/or Flask will be helpful but is not required. A basic to intermediate-level understanding of Python 3, HTTP, RESTful API patterns, and modern development practices and tools, such as type annotations, pytest, and virtual environments will also be beneficial.
Web app development and real-time web analytics with Python
by
Learn to develop and deploy dashboards as web apps using the Python programming language, and how to integrate algorithms into web apps.
Author Tshepo Chris Nokeri begins by introducing you to the basics of constructing and styling static and interactive charts and tables before exploring the basics of HTML, CSS, and Bootstrap, including an approach to building web pages with HTML. From there, he’ll show you the key Python web frameworks and techniques for building web apps with them. You’ll then see how to style web apps and incorporate themes, including interactive charts and tables to build dashboards, followed by a walkthrough of creating URL routes and securing web apps. You’ll then progress to more advanced topics, like building machine learning algorithms and integrating them into a web app. The book concludes with a demonstration of how to deploy web apps in prevalent cloud platforms.
Web App Development and Real-Time Web Analytics with Python is ideal for intermediate data scientists, machine learning engineers, and web developers, who have little or no knowledge about building web apps that implement bootstrap technologies. After completing this book, you will have the knowledge necessary to create added value for your organization, as you will understand how to link front-end and back-end development, including machine learning.
Web Development with Django
by
Do you want to develop reliable and secure applications which stand out from the crowd, rather than spending hours on boilerplate code? Then the Django framework is where you should begin. Often referred to as a 'batteries included' web development framework, Django comes with all the core features needed to build a standalone application.
Web Development with Django takes this philosophy and equips you with the knowledge and confidence to build real-world applications using Python.
Starting with the essential concepts of Django, you'll cover its major features by building a website called Bookr – a repository for book reviews. This end-to-end case study is split into a series of bitesize projects that are presented as exercises and activities, allowing you to challenge yourself in an enjoyable and attainable way.
As you progress, you'll learn various practical skills, including how to serve static files to add CSS, JavaScript, and images to your application, how to implement forms to accept user input, and how to manage sessions to ensure a reliable user experience. Throughout this book, you'll cover key daily tasks that are part of the development cycle of a real-world web application.
By the end of this book, you'll have the skills and confidence to creatively tackle your own ambitious projects with Django.
This course is the foundation of two languages (FSL and written English) for communication with both Deaf and hearing people socially, academically and professionally. In this course, the students will learn the relationship of FSL and English as used by a bilingual person. This course will involve the use of videos and written materials as a guide in further improving bilingual skills . The students are expected to accomplish class requirements, such as, work book activities, essays, and projects both in Filipino Sign Language and English. At the end of the course, the learners will be equipped with bilingual skills needed to be successful in academic, professional, and social aspects of life.
Advances in the Sign Language Development of Deaf Children
by
The use of sign language has a long history. Indeed, humans' first languages may have been expressed through sign. Sign languages have been found around the world, even in communities without access to formal education. In addition to serving as a primary means of communication for Deafcommunities, sign languages have become one of hearing students' most popular choices for second-language study. Sign languages are now accepted as complex and complete languages that are the linguistic equals of spoken languages. Sign-language research is a relatively young field, having begunfewer than 50 years ago. Since then, interest in the field has blossomed and research has become much more rigorous as demand for empirically verifiable results have increased. In the same way that cross-linguistic research has led to a better understanding of how language affects development,cross-modal research has led to a better understanding of how language is acquired. It has also provided valuable evidence on the cognitive and social development of both deaf and hearing children, excellent theoretical insights into how the human brain acquires and structures sign and spokenlanguages, and important information on how to promote the development of deaf children. This volume brings together the leading scholars on the acquisition and development of sign languages to present the latest theory and research on these topics. They address theoretical as well as appliedquestions and provide cogent summaries of what is known about early gestural development, interactive processes adapted to visual communication, linguisic structures, modality effects, and semantic, syntactic, and pragmatic development in sign.Along with its companion volume, Advances in the Spoken Language Development of Deaf and Hard-of Hearing Children, this book will provide a deep and broad picture about what is known about deaf children's language development in a variety of situations and contexts. From this base of information,progress in research and its application will accelerate, and barriers to deaf children's full participation in the world around them will continue to be overcome.
The Art of Sign Language
by
Learning sign language is a rewarding experience, which can lead to greater communication skill. This basic introduction guide is for people without any prior knowledge of using sign language. The approach to "Signed English" is based upon the way a child would first be taught their first language. In 17 separate sections, The Art of Sign Language teaches different themed exercises.ranging from everyday communication with people to the body, home, school, and leisure, eating, drinking and general descriptions.
The Complete Idiot's Guide to Conversational Sign Language Illustrated
by
How to say it in sign. With over 500 photos and an instructional DVD. Focusing on the less formal and more popular PSE (Pidgin Sign English), this is the perfect guide to the fundamentals of communicating through sign in a variety of everyday situations. Inside, readers will discover how to sign for small talk, emotions, directions, weather, family and friends, special occasions, recreation, travel, around the house, dining out, shopping, education, at the workplace, emergencies, and more. * Includes more than 500 photos * First and only book on sign language that contains a DVD * There are approximately two million deaf people in the United States * 90% of deaf children are born to hearing parents, and PSE is the form of signing most often learned and taught by parents
A Concise Introduction to Linguistics
by
Now in its fifth edition, A Concise Introduction to Linguistics provides students with a detailed introduction to the core concepts of language as it relates to culture. The textbook includes a focus on linguistic anthropology, unpacking the main contributions of linguistics to the study of human communication and culture. Aimed at the general education student, the textbook also provides anthropology, linguistics, and English majors with the resources needed to pursue advanced courses in this area. Written in an accessible manner that does not assume previous knowledge of linguistics, this new edition contains expanded discussions on linguistic anthropology, sociolinguistics (including a section on gender and language), and pragmatics. The textbook incorporates a robust set of pedagogical features including marginal definitions, a substantial glossary, chapter summaries, and learning exercises. Brand new to this edition are suggested reading lists at the end of every chapter, and recommended websites and apps to further aid students in their study.
Deaf gain : raising the stakes for human diversity
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Deaf Interpreters at Work
by
Now, for the first time, a collection featuring 17 widely respected scholars depicts the everyday practices of deaf interpreters in their respective nations. Deaf Interpreters at Work: International Insights presents the history of Deaf translators and interpreters and details the development of testing and accreditation to raise their professional profiles. Other chapters delineate the cognitive processes of Deaf interpreting; Deaf-Deaf interpreter teams; Deaf and hearing team preparation; the use of Tactile American Sign Language by those interpreting for the Deaf-Blind community; and conference interpreting and interpreting teams. Along with volume coeditors Robert Adam, Christopher Stone, and Steven D. Collins, contributors include Markus Aro, Karen Bontempo, Juan Carlos Druetta, Senan Dunne, Eileen Forestal, Della Goswell, Juli af Klintberg, Patricia Levitzke-Gray, Jemina Napier, Brenda Nicodemus, Debra Russell, Stephanie Sforza, Marty Taylor, and Linda Warby. The scope of their research spans the world, including many unique facets of interpreting by deaf people in Argentina, Australia, Canada, England, Finland, Ireland, Sweden, and the United States, establishing this work as the standard in this burgeoning discipline.
Deaf world : a historical reader and primary sourcebook
by
An essential anthology of Deaf perspectives To many who hear, the deaf world is as foreign as a country never visited. Deaf World thus concerns itself less with the perspectives of the hearing and more with what Deaf people themselves think and do. Editor Lois Bragg asserts that English is for many signing people a second, infrequently used language and that Deaf culture is the socially transmitted pattern of behavior, values, beliefs, and expression of those who use American Sign Language. She has assembled an astonishing array of historical sources, political writings, and personal memoirs, from classic 19th-century manifestos to contemporary policy papers, on everything from eugenics to speech and lipreading, the right to work and marry, and the never-ending controversy over separation vs. social integration. At the heart of many of the selections lies the belief that Deaf Americans have long constituted an internal colony of sorts in the United States. While not attempting to speak for Deaf people en masse, this ambitious platform anthology places the Deaf on center stage, offering them an opportunity to represent the world--theirs as well as the hearing world--from a Deaf perspective. For Deaf readers, the book will be welcomed as a gift, both a companion to be savored and, as often, an opponent to be engaged and debated. And for the hearing, it serves as an unprecedented guide to a world and a culture so often overlooked. Comprising a judicious mix of published pieces and original essays solicited specifically for this volume, Deaf World marks a major contribution.
The Everything Sign Language Book
by
Explains basic communication using American Sign Language, including proper handshapes, body language, signing etiquette, and communicating with the hearing impaired.
Filipino sign language : a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines.
by
Interpretation skills : English to American sign language
by
An Introduction to Filipino Sign Language
by
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Psycholinguistics: the Key Concepts
by
Psycholinguistics is an authoritative, wide-ranging and up-to-date A to Z guide to this important field. Cross-referenced, with suggestions for further reading and a full index, this book is a highly accessible introduction to the main terms and concepts in psycholinguistics. Psycholinguistics offers over 170 entries covering the key areas: psychological processes first language acquisition the nature of language brain and language language disorders. This comprehensive guide is an essential resource for all students of English language, linguistics and psychology.
Sign Language for Everyone
by
"Sign Language for Everyone "is authored by Cathy Rice, who along with her late husband, Bill, founded the Bill Rice Ranch, the largest missionary enterprise dedicated to reaching the deaf for Christ. An extension of their ministry, this book covers lessons and rules to follow when learning to sign and interact with the deaf.
Sign Language Interpreting in the Workplace
by
The last forty years have seen a dramatic change in the nature of work, with deaf people increasingly moving into white collar or office-based professions. The rise of deaf professionals has led to employment opportunities for signed language interpreters across a variety of workplace settings, creating a unique set of challenges that require specialized strategies. Aspects such as social interaction between employees, the unwritten patterns and rules of workplace behavior, hierarchical structures, and the changing dynamics of deaf employee/interpreter relationships place constraints upon the interpreter's role and interpreting performance. Jules Dickinson's examination of interpreted workplace interactions is based on the only detailed, empirical study of this setting to date. Using practitioner responses and transcripts of real-life interpreted workplace interactions, Dickinson's findings demonstrate the complexity of the interpreter's role and responsibilities. The book concentrates on the ways in which signed language interpreters affect the interaction between deaf and hearing employees in team meetings by focusing on humor, small talk, and the collaborative floor. Signed Language Interpreting in the Workplace demonstrates that deaf employees require highly skilled professionals to enable them to integrate into the workplace on a level equal with their hearing peers. It also provides actionable insights for interpreters in workplace settings that will be a valuable resource for interpreting students, practitioners, interpreter trainers, and researchers.
Sign Language Made Simple
by
Sign Language Made Simple will include five Parts- Part One- an introduction, how to use this book, a brief history of signing and an explanation of how signing is different from other languages, including its use of non-manual markers (the use of brow, mouth, etc in signing.) Part Two- Fingerspelling- the signing alphabet illustrated, the relationship between signing alphabet and ASL signs Part Three- Dictionary of ASL signs- concrete nouns, abstractions, verbs, describers, other parts of speech-approx. 1,000 illustrations. Will also include instructions for non-manual markers, where appropriate. Part Four- Putting it all together- sentences and transitions, includes rudimentary sentences and lines from poems, bible verses, famous quotes-all illustrated. Also, grammatical aspects, word endings, tenses. Part Five- The Humor of Signing- puns, word plays and jokes. Sign Language Made Simple will have over 1,200 illustrations, be easy to use, fun to read and more competitively priced than the competition. It's a knockout addition to the Made Simple list.
The Study of Language
by
This bestselling textbook provides an engaging and user-friendly introduction to the study of language. Assuming no prior knowledge of the subject, Yule presents information in bite-sized sections, clearly explaining the major concepts in linguistics through all the key elements of language. This sixth edition has been revised and updated throughout, with substantial changes made to the chapters on phonetics, grammar and syntax, and eighty new study questions. To increase student engagement and to foster problem-solving and critical thinking skills, the book also includes twenty new tasks. An expanded and revised online study guide provides students with further resources, including answers and tutorials for all tasks, while encouraging lively and proactive learning. This is the most fundamental and easy-to-use introduction to the study of language.
Talking hands : what sign language reveals about the mind
by
"The house is a Babel tonight. There are snatches of English. There is Hebrew. There is a great deal of Arabic. But in the illuminated room, it is the other languages that catch the eye. They are signed languages, the languages of the deaf. As night engulfs the surrounding desert and the cameraman's lights throw up huge, signing shadows, it looks as though language itself has become animate, as conversations play out in grand silhouette on the whitewashed walls. "There are three signed languages going. There is American Sign Language, used by one of the visitors, a deaf linguist from California. There is Israeli Sign Language, the language of the deaf in that country. And there is a third language, the one the linguists have journeyed here to see: a signed language spoken in this village and nowhere else in the world." Book jacket.
Turn-Taking, Fingerspelling, and Contact in Signed Languages
by
This volume elucidates several key factors of the signed languages used in select international Deaf communities. Kristin Mulrooney studies ASL users to delve into the reasons behind the perceived differences in how men and women fingerspell. Bruce Sofinski assesses the current state of transliteration from spoken English to manually coded English, disclosing that competent transliterators do not necessarily produce the desired word-for-sign exchange. In the third chapter, Paul Dudis comments upon a remarkable aspect of discourse in ASL-grounded blends. He discusses how signers map particular concepts onto their hands and bodies, which allows them to enrich their narrative strategies. By observing meetings of deaf and nonsigning hearing people in the Flemish Deaf community, Mieke Van Herreweghe determines whether interpreters' turn-taking practices allow for equal participation. And the final chapter features a respected team of Spanish researchers led by Esperanza Morales-Lopez who investigate the Catalan/Spanish bilingual community in Barcelona. These scholars measure the influence of recent worldwide, Deaf sociopolitical movements advocating signed languages on deaf groups already familiar with bilingual education.
This course is the foundation of two languages (FSL and written English) for communication with both Deaf and hearing people socially, academically and professionally. In this course, the students will learn the relationship of FSL and English as used by a bilingual person. This course will involve the use of videos and written materials as a guide in further improving bilingual skills . The students are expected to accomplish class requirements, such as, work book activities, essays, and projects both in Filipino Sign Language and English. At the end of the course, the learners will be equipped with bilingual skills needed to be successful in academic, professional, and social aspects of life.
Bilingualism and Deafness
by
This book examines sociolinguistic, educational and psycholinguistic factors that shape the path to sign bilingualism in deaf individuals and contributes to a better understanding of the specific characteristics of a type of bilingualism that is neither territorial nor commonly the result of parent-to-child transmission. The evolution of sign bilingualism at the individual level is discussed from a developmental linguistics perspective on the basis of a longitudinal investigation of deaf learners' bilingual acquisition of German sign language (DGS) and German.　 The case studies included in this volume offer unique insights into bilingual deaf learners' sign language and written language productions, and the sophisticated nature of the bilingual competence they attain. Commonalities and differences between sign bilingual language development in deaf learners and language development in other language acquisition scenarios are identified on the basis of a dynamic model of change in the evolution of (learner) language, with a focus on the role of language contact in the organisation of multilingual knowledge and the scope of inter- and intra-individual variation in learner grammars. In many respects, as becomes apparent throughout the chapters of this work, sign bilingualism represents not only a challenge but also a resource. Given this cross-disciplinary perspective, the insights on bilingualism and deafness in this volume will be of interest to a wide range of researchers and professionals.
Emerging Sign Languages of the Americas
by
This volume is the first to bring together researchers studying a range of different types of emerging sign languages in the Americas, and their relationship to the gestures produced in the surrounding communities of hearing individuals. Contents Acknowledgements Olivier Le Guen, Marie Coppola and Josefina Safar Introduction: How Emerging Sign Languages in the Americas contributes to the study of linguistics and (emerging) sign languages Part I: Emerging sign languages of the Americas. Descriptions and analysis John Haviland Signs, interaction, coordination, and gaze: interactive foundations of "Z"--an emerging (sign) language from Chiapas, Mexico Laura Horton Representational strategies in shared homesign systems from Nebaj, Guatemala Josefina Safar and Rodrigo Petatillo Chan Strategies of noun-verb distinction in Yucatec Maya Sign Languages Emmanuella Martinod, Brigitte Garcia and Ivani Fusellier A typological perspective on the meaningful handshapes in the emerging sign languages on Marajó Island (Brazil) Ben Braithwaite Emerging sign languages in the Caribbean Olivier Le Guen, Rebeca Petatillo and Rita (Rossy) Kinil Canché Yucatec Maya multimodal interaction as the basis for Yucatec Maya Sign Language Marie Coppola Gestures, homesign, sign language: Cultural and social factors driving lexical conventionalization Part II: Sociolinguistic sketches John B. Haviland Zinacantec family homesign (or "Z") Laura Horton A sociolinguistic sketch of deaf individuals and families from Nebaj, Guatemala Josefina Safar and Olivier Le Guen Yucatec Maya Sign Language(s): A sociolinguistic overview Emmanuella Martinod, Brigitte Garcia and Ivani Fusellier Sign Languages on Marajó Island (Brazil) Ben Braithwaite Sociolinguistic sketch of Providence Island Sign Language Kristian Ali and Ben Braithwaite Bay Islands Sign Language: A Sociolinguistic Sketch Marie Coppola Sociolinguistic sketch: Nicaraguan Sign Language and Homesign Systems in Nicaragua
Foreign Vocabulary in Sign Languages
by
This book takes a close look at the ways that five sign languages borrow elements from the surrounding, dominant spoken language community where each is situated. It offers careful analyses of semantic, morphosyntactic, and phonological adaption of forms taken from a source language (in this case a spoken language) to a recipient signed language. In addition, the contributions contained in the volume examine the social attitudes and cultural values that play a role in this linguistic process. Since the cultural identity of Deaf communities is manifested most strongly in their sign languages, this topic is of interest for cultural and linguistic reasons. Linguists interested in phonology, morphology, word formation, bilingualism, and linguistic anthropology will find this an interesting set of cases of language contact. Interpreters and sign language teachers will also find a wealth of interesting facts about the sign languages of these diverse Deaf communities.
Grammar, Gesture, and Meaning in American Sign Language
by
Explores similarities and differences between spoken and signed languages, challenging notions of what constituteslanguage'.
Learning to Be Deaf
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
The linguistics of American sign language
by
The Linguistics of Sign Languages
by
How different are sign languages across the world? Are individual signs and signed sentences constructed in the same way across these languages? What are the rules for having a conversation in a sign language? How do children and adults learn a sign language? How are sign languages processed in the brain? These questions and many more are addressed in this introductory book on sign linguistics using examples from more than thirty different sign languages. Comparisons are also made with spoken languages. This book can be used as a self-study book or as a text book for students of sign linguistics. Each chapter concludes with a summary, some test-yourself questions and assignments, as well as a list of recommended texts for further reading. The book is accompanied by a website containing assignments, video clips and links to web resources.
Nonmanuals in Sign Language
by
In addition to the hands, sign languages make extensive use of nonmanual articulators such as the body, head, and face to convey linguistic information. This collected volume focuses on the forms and functions of nonmanuals in sign languages. The articles discuss various aspects of specific nonmanual markers in different sign languages and enhance the fact that nonmanuals are an essential part of sign language grammar. Approaching the topic from empirical, theoretical, and computational perspectives, the book is of special interest to sign language researchers, typologists, and theoretical as well as computational linguists that are curious about language and modality. The articles investigate phenomena such as mouth gestures, agreement, negation, topicalization, and semantic operators, and discuss general topics such as language and modality, simultaneity, computer animation, and the interfaces between syntax, semantics, and prosody. Originally published in Sign Language & Linguistics 14:1 (2011).
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Sign Language
by
Sign language linguists show here that all questions relevant to the linguistic investigation of spoken languages can be asked about sign languages. Conversely, questions that sign language linguists consider - even if spoken language researchers have not asked them yet - should also be asked of spoken languages. The HSK handbook Sign Language aims to provide a concise and comprehensive overview of the state of the art in sign language linguistics. It includes 44 chapters, written by leading researchers in the field, that address issues in language typology, sign language grammar, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, sociolinguistics, and language documentation and transcription. Crucially, all topics are presented in a way that makes them accessible to linguists who are not familiar with sign language linguistics.
Sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities : envisioning the future for deaf students
by
Increased interaction between sign language communities and the mainstream societies in which they function is creating the potential for greater equality of opportunity for people who are deaf and hard of hearing. In this volume, renowned scholars and policy makers from around the world present innovative and groundbreaking perspectives on the relationships among sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities. The contributors to this volume offer creative and open-minded explorations of the construct of sustainability that are informed by their work with deaf individuals, deaf communities, families of deaf children, and other stakeholders. Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities describes sustainability in relation to: · identity, resilience, and well-being · participatory citizenship · historical perspectives on sign language use in educational contexts · sign language learning and teaching · human rights and inclusive education · literate thought and literacy · the sign language factor and the development of sign language communities in sub-Saharan Africa · sign language legislation These changing communities' understanding of what is required to become sustainable--in areas such as full participation and citizenship in society, economic well-being, access to quality education, and cultural and linguistic identity--is also taking new forms. This work contributes to the paradigm shifts regarding deaf emancipation and deaf education taking place around the world.
Sign Multilingualism
by
This volume has arisen from a three-part, five-year study on language contact among multilingual sign language users, which has three strands: cross-signing, sign-switching, and sign-speaking. These phenomena are only sparsely documented so far, and thus the volume is highly innovative and presents data and analyses not previously available.
Signs and Structures
by
As sign language linguistics has become an important and prodigious field of research in the last few decades, it comes as no surprise that the repertoire of methodological approaches to the study of the communication of the Deaf has also expanded considerably. While earlier work on sign languages was often focused on providing arguments for them being full-fledged linguistic systems, current debates do no longer center on whether visual-spatial grammars are worth being researched, but on how this type of research should be conducted. This book contains a selection of papers that could be thought of as a good representative sample of current trends in formal approaches to the study of sign language syntax. It illustrates how generative research on the communication of the Deaf may contribute to our understanding of the syntax of natural languages in general and indicates to what extent it is possible to integrate advances in the analysis of visual-spatial grammar with current spoken language research. Originally published in Sign Language & Linguistics 16:2 (2013).
Understanding Deaf Culture : In Search of Deafhood
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
Business Outsourcing Services Management 102
In this course, the student will be exposed to a set of qualitative and quantitative topics aimed to enhanced process-oriented thinking to develop the knowledge and skills necessary to apricate and implement the programs of process reengineering, management, and excellence in organizations. Business Outsourcing 102 includes topics such as, the subsets of outsourcing, the contracting of the operations and responsibilities of specific business functions or processes to a third-party service provider, reffering to the outsourcing of business processing services to an outside firm, and replacing in-house services with labor from an outside firm. This course will discuss topics such as globalization, principles of outsourcing, the business process outsourcing industry, understanding the business side, and the management side of BPO.
Commercial Project Management
by
Selling and delivering a project to a satisfied client, and making a profit, is a complex task. Project manager and author Robin Hornby believes this has been neglected by current standards and is poorly understood by professionals in the field. Commercial Project Management aims to rectify this deficiency. As a unique 'how-to' guide for project and business managers, it offers practical guidance, and a wealth of explanatory illustrations, useful techniques, proven checklists, real life examples, and case stories. It will give project managers a needed confidence boost and a head start in their demanding role as they go 'on contract'. At the heart of Robin's approach is a vendor sales and delivery lifecycle that provides a framework for business control of projects. Unique elements include the integration of buyer and vendor project lifecycles, the recasting of project management as a cyclic set of functions to lead the work of the project, and the elevation of risk assessment from a project toolkit to a fundamental control process. Beyond project management, the book proposes a comprehensive template for the firm whose business is delivering projects. This is a how-to book for project and business managers working in a commercial environment looking for practical guidance on conducting their projects and organizing their firm.
Contracting-Out Welfare Services
by
Contracting-out Welfare Services focuses on the design and overhaul of welfare-to-work systems around the world in the light of the radical re-design of the welfare system; internationally based authors utilise a national/program case study, considering employment services policy and activation practices. International contributors bring a global comparative perspective to the subject Contributors are all experts in their field, who also draw on a much longer intellectual legacy Uses employment services as a case study to advance understanding in relation to a host of broader principles and concepts Each paper included within the text uses a national/program case study, and each considers employment services policy in general, and activation practices in particular
Developments in Global Sourcing
by
Theoretical and empirical perspectives on the fragmentation of production processes across borders, shedding light on global sourcing decisions and their economic effects. Recent decades have seen a fragmentation of production processes across borders, as firms find it increasingly profitable to organize production on a global scale. This fragmentation occurs across national borders as well as across firm boundaries; companies must decide not only the location of production but also how much control to exert over the different production stages. Economists have responded to this shift by developing new models of global sourcing, generating important insights into the driving forces and economic effects of this new form of globalization. Many questions, however, remain unanswered. This book tries to fill this gap. The contributors ask new questions or offer new modeling approaches to fragmentation of production, focusing in particular on time and uncertainty. They examine global sourcing in firms' multinationalization strategies, including offshoring, product scope, managerial incentives, supplier search, and contractual issues; and explore the interactions of global sourcing, exports, and economic development, investigating such topics as the complementarity of offshoring and exporting, product diversification, and the relationship between vertical linkages and development. Each chapter presents recent research that further develops existing models or documents new empirical patterns related to global sourcing. Contributors Pol Antràs, Sasan Bakhtiari, Sebastian Benz, Giuseppe Berlingieri, Johannes Boehm, Jeronimo Carballo, Huiya Chen, Alejandro Cuñat, Fabrice Defever, Swati Dhingra, Harald Fadinger, Ana P. Fernandes, Christian Fischer, Wilhelm Kohler, Bohdan Kukharskyy, Luca Marcolin, Antonio Minniti, John Morrow, Alireza Naghavi, Han (Steffan) Qi, Jens Suedekum, Deborah L. Swenson, Edwin L.-C. Lai, Anders Rosenstand Laugesen, Ngo Van Long, Heiwai Tang, Erdal Yalcin
Global Sourcing of Services: Strategies, Issues and Challenges
by
There are three stages to outsourcing: The first occurred at the dawn of industrial era in the 19th century, where mass production for consumption by many, became the norm and simple domestic means could not meet such demands. With the cost of labor soaring in developed countries, manufacturing of products started moving to countries like China to take advantage of labor arbitrage in the 1900s. This is the second stage of outsourcing. This book addresses issues and challenges in the third stage of outsourcing whose focus is on movement of services at electronic speed, utilizing the Internet platform.The book includes short essay questions, multiple choice questions, mini-cases at the end of most chapters and glossary of terms. It can also serve as a good reference book for practitioners.
Lean Principles and Application in BPO
by
Covers the theory of lean management principles and their application in BPO environment along with the strategic as well as operational level of Lean implementation. The book discusses the history of BPO industry and current challenges, introduces the fundamental concept of Lean Management principles, outlines the areas of application of Lean in BPO industry, talks about elimination of waste in BPO context, the Value Stream Maps - the basic tool for Leaning out a process, various Lean tools in detail and their application in BPO finally summarizing the approach for Lean deployment in BPO. The book is intended to be a guide for executives and quality professionals engaged in lean deployment in IT, ITES and other industries.
Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services
by
With cloud computing quickly becoming a standard in today's IT environments, many security experts are raising concerns regarding security and privacy in outsourced cloud environments--requiring a change in how we evaluate risk and protect information, processes, and people. Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services: Onshore, Offshore and the Cloud explains how to address the security risks that can arise from outsourcing or adopting cloud technology. Providing you with an understanding of the fundamentals, it supplies authoritative guidance and examples on how to tailor the right risk approach for your organization. Covering onshore, offshore, and cloud services, it provides concrete examples and illustrative case studies that describe the specifics of what to do and what not to do across a variety of implementation scenarios. This book will be especially helpful to managers challenged with an outsourcing situation--whether preparing for it, living it day to day, or being tasked to safely bring back information systems to the organization. Many factors can play into the success or failure of an outsourcing initiative. This book not only provides the technical background required, but also the practical information about outsourcing and its mechanics. By describing and analyzing outsourcing industry processes and technologies, along with their security and privacy impacts, this book provides the fundamental understanding and guidance you need to keep your information, processes, and people secure when IT services are outsourced.
Outsourcing Technology
by
Here, acclaimed technology author and speaker Robin Hastings brings both her own experience as a library's IT manager with outsourcing technical functions--including email and network backups as well as basic hardware maintenance--and that of others in her network of library techies to round out the book to help libraries of all types and sizes save money and expand services. Outsourced functions covered here range from using an outside firm to assist in creating a new library website to outsourcing basic computer maintenance and network administration. Outsourcing Technology: A Practical Guide for Librarians has something for every size and type of library: -Libraries with no IT people at all will learn how to create and manage an IT department made up of outside contractors and providers; -Libraries with small IT departments will learn how to supplement their existing skills and offload staff-intensive but non-essential functions to outsourced providers in order to focus on mission critical functions in-house; and, -Libraries with large IT departments will learn how to use consultants and vendors to get the most bang for their technology bucks. The care and maintenance of technology is a specialized field requiring a diverse set of skills to perform properly. Many libraries find it difficult to attract skilled people because of a lack of personnel budgets, because of a location that is rural enough to have a limited applicant pool, or because the library lacks enough technological savvy to make effective hiring decisions. Regardless of the reason for the lack of technological skill in a library's staff, there are ways to outsource major technological functions of the library so that even very small libraries can have the same access to technology as the big libraries - and big libraries can manage huge technological projects with the same resources and skills as multinational companies. Outsourcing Technology: A Practical Guide for Librarians will provide the information and guidance needed for both the smallest libraries to embrace technology and the largest libraries to get the most from their technology investments with tips and tricks for libraries of size between as well. Checklists and forms make this both a great source of information as well as a hands-on tool
Urban logistics : management, policy and innovation in a rapidly changing environment
by
Approximately 80 per cent of European and American citizens live in an urban environment. Due to their large populations and extensive commercial establishments, urban areas require large quantities of goods and services for commercial and domestic use. This results in increasing levels of demand for freight transport services. Freight transport in towns and cities is a major contributor to environmental impacts, particularly to local air pollution and noise. Urban Logistics addresses public policy makers, freight transport companies and receivers of supplies, providing them with the information and guidance to affect change in the logistics of the city.Urban Logistics is written by an outstanding team of international editors combining their expertise and using their research from leading business schools in Sweden and the US. There are also valuable contributions from academics and industry experts from companies and universities from all over the world. The book includes clear examples of initiatives that work and business case developments, as well as toolkits for policymakers and managers who are devising new initiatives. There is an in-depth examination of different aspects of urban logistics, such as retail logistics for cities, urban food supply chains, services and the special logistics requirements involved, construction, waste management and e-commerce and home delivery. There is also a focus on networks and partnerships and an analysis of innovation as a new constant.
Business Outsourcing Services Management 102
In this course, the student will be exposed to a set of qualitative and quantitative topics aimed to enhanced process-oriented thinking to develop the knowledge and skills necessary to apricate and implement the programs of process reengineering, management, and excellence in organizations. Business Outsourcing 102 includes topics such as, the subsets of outsourcing, the contracting of the operations and responsibilities of specific business functions or processes to a third-party service provider, reffering to the outsourcing of business processing services to an outside firm, and replacing in-house services with labor from an outside firm. This course will discuss topics such as globalization, principles of outsourcing, the business process outsourcing industry, understanding the business side, and the management side of BPO.
Contracting-Out Welfare Services
by
Contracting-out Welfare Services focuses on the design and overhaul of welfare-to-work systems around the world in the light of the radical re-design of the welfare system; internationally based authors utilise a national/program case study, considering employment services policy and activation practices. International contributors bring a global comparative perspective to the subject Contributors are all experts in their field, who also draw on a much longer intellectual legacy Uses employment services as a case study to advance understanding in relation to a host of broader principles and concepts Each paper included within the text uses a national/program case study, and each considers employment services policy in general, and activation practices in particular
Contracting and safety : exploring outsourcing practices in high-hazard industries
by
This open access book examines the increase in outsourcing, contracting and subcontracting as ways of organising work. It explores the impact of these employment arrangements on public safety, particularly when they are linked to complex supply networks in a range of engineering industries including oil and gas, nuclear power and aviation. The brief provides practical recommendations on how best to manage arrangements that target short-term profitability and also maintain excellence in long-term safety outcomes. The brief is a source of advice for organisations on how to maximise the benefits and minimise long-term system reliability issues that can be introduced by contracting and outsourcing, rather than assuming it to be a wholly negative or positive practice. Contracting and Safety comprises qualitative, empirical studies focusing on high-reliability organisation. As such, this brief provides a rich picture of the experience of working in complex supply chains. It will be of interest to researchers in industrial safety, as well as safety professionals and project managers within engineering industries.
Contract Strategies for Major Projects
by
Major Projects are Delayed by Months or Years, and Cost Millions More Than Budgeted, Because of Common Mistakes Made at the Contracting Stage Organizations that invest huge amounts of capital in major building/industrial projects almost never do the engineering and building themselves. They hire engineering and construction contractors to do it for them. Unfortunately, selecting contractors and negotiating the terms of a major project is one of the most difficult aspects of project management...and organizations waste billions of dollars and "bake in" months or years of delay by doing it wrong. Contracting is also the area of project management that is most prone to firmly held opinions unencumbered by any facts. We intend to remedy that situation with this book. Drawing on a properietary detailed database of over 1100 major projects, the world's leading industrial engineering project consultant, Ed Merrow explains: Key Principles of Contracting for Major Projects: Owners are from Mars; contractors are from Venus All the biggest risks in contracting belong to the owner Contracting "games" will normally be won by contractors, not owners Most risk transfer from owners to contractors is an illusion Contractors do good projects well and bad projects poorly Contractors may have shareholders, but they are not your shareholders! Mixing different contract types with different contractors on the same project is unwise Economize on the need for trust; trust only when being trustworthy has value Merrow also explains: Which contract incentives work and which don't and WHY Which of over a dozen contracting strategies work best and which ones hardly ever work and WHY The strategic advice in this book is designed for owners and contractor project managers, team members and supply chain, executives, and other business leaders involved in major projects. It's also an indispensable resource for engineers, leaders of industrial firms, bankers, and academics studying the messy realities of the construction and engineering industries.
Global mindset and international business : driving process outsourcing organizations
by
Global mindset is an emerging concept, influenced by globalization, that can support companies' growth in international settings and help develop a more effective, skilled workforce that can be open and adaptable. This book presents an analysis of current global mindset knowledge and explores how national culture and international business behaviors affect global mindset development in business process outsourcing organizations in both managerial and non-managerial groups. The authors outline how processes of skill development and their final impact differ within multinational enterprises among managers and non-managers and present the implications on how to apply it in various seniority, talent groups. The theoretical and practical research discusses and emphasizes the need to involve employees in international relationship building, developing international know-how, and focusing on the methods of communication and management in business, because they stimulate the development of global mindset among managers and non-managers contributing to further business success. This book will find an audience with researchers and astute students within international business, cross-cultural management, and business process outsourcing in particular. It will also be a valuable resource for those researching and operating in global teams. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Funded by Uniwersytet Jagielloski.
The Handbook of Global Outsourcing and Offshoring 3rd Edition
by
Now in its third edition, this is the only outsourcing and offshoring book to offer a broad but coherent guide to the strategy, operations and management of ITO and BPO outsourcing and offshoring, from how to source new relationships to managing business processes in a national and global context.
Innovative Models to Revive the Global Economy
by
The International Conferences on Economics and Social Sciences (ICESS)organized by Bucharest University of Economic Studies provide an opportunity for all those interested in Economics and Social Sciences to discuss and exchange research ideas. The papers presented at the Conference are available online in the Conference Proceedings series (ISSN 2704-6524): Volume 2019 Collaborative Research for Excellence in Economics and Social Sciences, ISBN 9788366675322 Volume 2020 Innovative Models to Revive the Global Economy, ISBN 9788395815072 Volume 2021 Resilience and Economic Intelligence Through Digitalization and Big Data Analytics, ISBN 9788366675704 Volume 2022 Fostering recovery through metaverse business modelling, ISBN 9788367405072 This conference provides an opportunity for all those interested in Economics and Social Sciences to discuss and exchange research ideas. We welcome both empirical and theoretical work that is broadly consistent with the conference'' general theme. Especially, researchers, PhD students and practitioners are invited to submit papers on the topics related to new models in entrepreneurship and innovation, sustainability and education, data science and digitalization, marketing and finance, Fintech & Insurtech etc. that will develop innovative instruments for countries, businesses and education. The innovative models for sustainable development aim to ensure simultaneous economic development, social development, and environmental protection, to achieve a higher quality of life for all people and protect all living beings and the planet. The main topics of the conference are focused on but not limited to the following sections: Fintech & Insurtech - towards a sustainable financial environment The role of innovation in public and private organizations Financial perspectives in turbulent times Global Challenges for Agri-Food Systems and Sustainable Development Economic Policies for Non-Cyclical Crises Education for Sustainable Development: impact of universities on society Marketing and Sustainability The role of accounting in Sustainable Development Global world after crisis: towards a new economic model Sustainability for future business Current challenges within demographic data: measurement, collection, retrieval, analysis and reporting Scientific Committee ACELEANU Mirela, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ALBU Lucian, Academia Romana, Romania ANGHEL Ion, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ARROYO GALLARDO Javier, Complutense University of Madrid, Spain AUSLOOS Marcel, Leicester University, United Kingdom BEGALLI Diego, University of Verona, Italy BELLINI Francesco, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy BRATOSIN Ștefan, Universite Montpellier 3, France CABANIS Andre, Universite Toulouse 1 Capitole, France CASTERAN Herbert, EM Strasbourg University, France CENȚIU Silvian, Retina Communications, San Francisco, USA CERQUETI Roy, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy CHAVEZ Gilbert, Globis University Tokyo, Japan COSTICÃ Ionela, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania COX Michael, London School of Economics, England, UK D''ASCENZO Fabrizio, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy DIMA Alina Mihaela, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DÂRDALÃ Marian, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DUMITRESCU Dan Gabriel, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania DUMITRU Ovidiu, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania FELEAGÃ Liliana, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania FONSECA Luis Miguel, Polytechnic of Porto, Portugal GARCÍA-GOÑI Manuel, Universitad Complutense de Madrid, Spain GIUDICI Paolo, The University of Pavia, Italy GRUBOR Aleksandar, University of Novi Sad, Serbia HÄRDLE Wolfgang Karl, Humboldt University of Berlin, Germany HURDUZEU Gheorghe, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania ISTUDOR Nicolae, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania KOKUSHO Kyoko, IBM Tokyo, Japan LOMBARDI Mariarosaria, University of Foggia, Italy MEHMANPAZIR Babak, EM Strasbourg University, France MIRON Dumitru, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania NABIRUKHINA Anna Vadimovna, Saint Petersburg State University, Russia NICA Elvira, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania NIJKAMP Peter, Jeronimus Academy of Data Science Den Bosch, Netherlands NOVO CORTI Maria Isabel, Universidade da Coruña, Spain ORDÓÑEZ MONFORT Javier, Jaume I University, Spain PANETTA Roberto, Bocconi University, Italy PARASCHIV Dorel Mihai, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PICATOSTE Xose, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Spain PIROȘCÃ Grigore, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania POINT Sébastien, EM Strasbourg University, France POPA Ion, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania PROFIROIU Marius Constantin, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania RICHMOND Peter, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland SÂRBU Roxana, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania SINGER Slavica, J.J. Strossmayer University of Osijek, Croatia SMEUREANU Ion, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STAMULE Tãnase, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STATE Radu, University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg STOIAN Mirela, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STRAT Vasile Alecsandru, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania STREET Donna, University of Dayton, USA TEIXEIRA DOMINGUES José Pedro, University of Minho, Portugal ȚIGU Gabriela, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania VALDEBENITO Carlos Ramirez, University of Chile, Santiago de Chile, Chile VEGHEȘ Cãlin Petricã, Bucharest University of Economic Studies, Romania VERHOEF Peter, University of Groningen, Netherlands VOLKMANN Christine Katharina, Schumpeter School of Business and Economics, Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany WALTER FARKAS Erich, University of Zurich, Switzerland WIERENGA Berend, Rotterdam School of Management, Netherlands WOODS Michael, University of Aberystwyth, Wales, UK ZIMMERMANN Klaus F., Bonn University (em.) end Global Labor Organization, Germany Open Access Statement These conference proceedings are Open Access proceedings that allow a free unlimited access to all its contents without any restrictions upon publication to all users. Open Access License These conference proceedings provide immediate open access to its content under the Creative Commons BY-NC-ND 4.0. Authors who publish with these proceedings retain all copyrights and agree to the terms of the above-mentioned CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 license. ABSTRACTING & INDEXING Innovative Models to Revive the Global Economy is covered by the following services: EBSCO Google Scholar Naviga (Softweco) Primo Central (ExLibris) ReadCube Summon (ProQuest) TDOne (TDNet) Web of Science - Conference Proceedings Citation Index WorldCat (OCLC) Online submission platform - Editorial Manager https://www.editorialmanager.com/icess/default1.aspx Editorial Policy ICESS Instruction for authors ICESS 2020 Review process
Lean Principles and Application in BPO
by
Covers the theory of lean management principles and their application in BPO environment along with the strategic as well as operational level of Lean implementation. The book discusses the history of BPO industry and current challenges, introduces the fundamental concept of Lean Management principles, outlines the areas of application of Lean in BPO industry, talks about elimination of waste in BPO context, the Value Stream Maps - the basic tool for Leaning out a process, various Lean tools in detail and their application in BPO finally summarizing the approach for Lean deployment in BPO. The book is intended to be a guide for executives and quality professionals engaged in lean deployment in IT, ITES and other industries.
Managing Information Technology Outsourcing
by
For decades, outsourcing has been a major international phenomenon in business. The areas of Technology, Information Technology and Management represent a unique case for outsourcing both in terms of benefits and potential interorganisational problems. This fully updated text has been brought up to date with this new landscape, including discussion of Robotic Process Automation, Internet of Things, cloud computing, low code and DevOps and agile. With a range of new global case studies in manufacturing, logistics, chemical industry and cloud services, this textbook offers a strong grounding in real-world industrial experience that effectively combines theory with practice. Uniquely, this book focuses on both sides of the outsourcing relationship, providing a balanced exploration of the ways in which these partnerships can be managed successfully. Accessible and cutting-edge, the third edition of Managing Information Technology Outsourcing provides an in-depth, practical perspective on this important and far-reaching challenge in information technology management. It is an ideal text for students, academics and practitioners alike.
Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services
by
With cloud computing quickly becoming a standard in today's IT environments, many security experts are raising concerns regarding security and privacy in outsourced cloud environments-requiring a change in how we evaluate risk and protect information, processes, and people.Managing Risk and Security in Outsourcing IT Services: Onshore, Offshore and
Managing Your Outsourced IT Services Provider
by
Managing Your Outsourced IT Services Provider teaches executives and managers of organizations how to unleash the full potential of their outsourced IT services workforce and IT-enabled business processes safely and profitably. Drawing on two decades of experience managing client relationships for global IT services companies, Venkatesh Upadrista guides outsourcing organizations around the hazards of geographic distance, linguistic miscommunication, organizational mismatch, and functional disparity between receiver requirements and provider capabilities. The first half of the book describes what an outsourcing organization needs to know about the IT services providers industry in general to deal intelligently with specific providers: namely, the industry's organizational types, strategic drivers, competitive labor market constraints, and tactics for hitting P&L targets. The second half of the book teaches outsourcers how to evaluate prospective providers, craft service level agreements, formalize best practices, and manage the full gamut of receiver─provider relationships to optimize outcome in terms of cost, timeliness, and quality of services received. The descriptions and prescriptions in Managing Your Outsourced IT Services Provider apply equally to onshore and offshore outsourcing, but examples and case studies focus on offshoring. In addition, Upadrista analyzes the advantages, disadvantages, and special considerations and caveats of single provider outsourcing and captive centers.
Nine Keys to World-Class Business Process Outsourcing
by
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)-the sourcing of business services through external third parties-is a global phenomenon, which generated nearly $300 billion worldwide in 2012. BPO is highly IT-enabled, and on a growth trajectory that impacts across functions of major, medium and small enterprises, including procurement, human resources, accounting and finance, sales, marketing, legal, asset management and key administrative processes. Despite this size and spread, BPO services and the ability of clients to manage their providers, are still evolving and have a mixed record. In the course of their research, the authors have found only 20% of outsourcing arrangements are world-class performers. A further 25% are 'good', 40% are 'OK' and 15% are 'poor'. This book pinpoints and describes in detail the effective practices that characterize the top global BPO performers, including Microsoft, BP, EMC and TalkTalk. The authors provide case illustrations and examples throughout of how world-class practices were generated and evolved, and how they can be applied to real life settings and problem areas.
Offshoring of White-Collar Services
by
This is one of the few books on the market dealing with offshoring of professional services, a dynamic phenomenon of high relevance in the global economy. The market for offshore services is worth more than 1 trillion dollars annually and employs millions of people. Global offshoring of services has been recently undergoing a profound transformation due to automation and robotisation of tasks. It can be associated with the increased codifi cation of knowledge, commoditisation of services and advancement in technology. The global perspective has been supplemented by a detailed analysis of offshoring in Central and Eastern Europe. It witnesses a dynamic growth of foreign direct investment (FDI) in professional services, resulting in capital and knowledge transfers. This books is a result of a holistic approach and an interdisciplinary research. It is enriched with conclusions from meetings with representatives of: authorities responsible for attracting FDI; associations of offshoring fi rms; and enterprises operating in professional services. It was also a result of numerous discussions with scholars during academic conferences and research seminars.
Out of sight : the long and disturbing story of corporations outsourcing catastrophe
by
A provocative analysis of labor, globalization, and environmental harm by the award-winning historian and author of A History of America in Ten Strikes. In the current state of our globalized economy, corporations have no incentive to protect their workers or the environment. Jobs moves seamlessly across national borders while the laws that protect us from rapacious behavior remain bound by them. As a result, labor exploitation and toxic pollution remain standard practice. In Out of Sight, Erik Loomis--a historian of both the labor and environmental movements--follows a narrative that runs from the 1911 Triangle Shirtwaist Factory fire in New York City to the collapse of the Rana Plaza factory outside of Dhaka, Bangladesh, in 2013. He demonstrates that our modern systems of industrial production are just as dirty and abusive as they were during the Industrial Revolution and the Gilded Age. The only difference is that the ugly side of manufacturing is now hidden in faraway places where workers are most vulnerable. In this Choice Outstanding Academic Title, Loomis shows that the great environmental victories of twentieth-century America--the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the EPA--were actually union victories. Using this history as a call to action, Out of Sight proposes a path toward regulations that follow corporations wherever they do business, putting the power back in workers' hands. "The story told here is tragic and important." --Bill McKibben "Erik Loomis prescribes how activists can take back our country--for workers and those who care about the health of our planet." --Senator Sherrod Brown (D-OH)
Outsourcing and offshoring
by
Outsourcing and offshoring are typically viewed as phenomena allowing competitive advantages for organizations, but some studies have not included the risks, benefits, and challenges of these types of strategies. As such, this book fills this gap by combining several studies from different perspectives. The chapters follow several approaches and applications that researchers explore in different contexts. This book adds to the body of knowledge in outsourcing and offshoring areas and shows how these strategies can stimulate organizations' development in various countries and regions worldwide.
Smart Contracts
by
Pacta sunt servanda, Vertrage muss man einhalten. Wo das misslingt, kommt es regelmassig zu Streit, der haufig nur mit grossem Aufwand zu losen ist. Geht es bald auch einfacher? So genannte Smart Contracts beinhalten eine Software, die die Einhaltung vertraglicher Pflichten kontrolliert und Pflichtverletzungen automatisch mit Sanktionen belegt. Damit lassen sich einerseits Dienstleistungen kundenfreundlicher gestalten, etwa wenn ein Fluggast automatisch die gesetzliche Entschadigung erhalt, sobald der Flighttracker eine Verspatung des gebuchten Fluges registriert. Andererseits konnen Unternehmen ihre Kunden mit Smart Contracts engmaschig kontrollieren, etwa wenn sie der Fahrerin eines Mietwagens den digitalen Zundschlussel ziehen, sobald diese vertragswidrig ins Ausland fahrt. Wie vertragt sich das mit dem geltenden Recht? Verbessern Smart Contracts die Rechtsdurchsetzung oder ubt die Software hier unzulassige Selbstjustiz? Mit Beitragen von:Heribert Anzinger, Jorn Erbguth, Michele Finck, Martin Fries, Franz Hofmann, Markus Kaulartz, Nico Kuhlmann, Robin Matzke, Boris P. Paal, Paulina Jo Pesch, Thomas Riehm
Business English for the Deaf is a course where students reinforce the skills they have learned previously, such as writing formal letters and reports. Being exposed to different business correspondence and instructional manuals, the students are expected to depen comprehension and to construct messages according to social needs, most especially for advocacy. Through constant practice and extended lab work, the course aims to equip the learners with the necessary skills needed to construct project proposal or business plan for advocacy, to qualify for employment and to competently be able to communicate with people in English and Filipino Sign Language.
10 Steps to Successful Business Writing, 2nd Edition
by
In Today's Business World, You Are What You Write Good writing can launch a career. It has the power to break through clutter and capture readers' imaginations. And good writing is not just a skill that marketers must master. Most workplace communication takes written form, and with the rising number of communication channels-social media, instant messaging, blogs-we're writing more and faster than ever. With new chapters on electronic communication, 10 Steps to Successful Business Writing is your guide to capturing readers' attention and imagination. Writing instructor and coach, Jack Appleman uses examples and exercises to help you write with clarity and confidence. This updated edition covers the essentials of how to organize your text to hold your readers' attention; edit yourself for grammar, tone, and excess words; and master the documents for any workplace situation. It doesn't matter if you're drafting a business plan, an email, or a Facebook post. Forget the shorthand, drop the exclamation points, and ditch the emojis. Learn to create concise, persuasive, and powerful text with 10 Steps to Successful Business Writing.
Business Communication
by
Discover a realistic approach to communication in today's organizations with BUSINESS COMMUNICATION: IN PERSON, IN PRINT, ONLINE, 10E. You learn today's most important business communication concepts in detail and within the context of how communication happens in organizations today. Company examples and situations demonstrate how principles work in the real business world. In addition to refining core written and oral communication skills, you learn to navigate complex relationships and use current, sophisticated technologies. You master the skills to create PowerPoint® decks, manage your online reputation with LinkedIn and other tools, engage customers using social media, lead web meetings and conference calls, and more. With self-reflection questions throughout the book, you develop a deeper understanding of yourself and how to communicate most effectively to reach your personal and professional goals.
Business communication : process & product
by
A trusted market leader, BUSINESS COMMUNICATION: PROCESS AND PRODUCT presents the market's most innovative coverage of workplace communication skills with an expanded emphasis on digital writing. Compelling, new infographics and a vibrant new design appeal to today's visual learners. Most importantly, the hallmark features that made Guffey the market leader ? abundant model documents, the 3x3 writing process, case studies, and an efficient 16-chapter format ? continue to enhance student learning and comprehension. Vast instructor resources, including new video-enhanced PowerPoint slides, help new and veteran instructors plan and manager their courses.
Business communication : process & product
by
Let BUSINESS COMMUNICATION: PROCESS AND PRODUCT, 9E prepare you for success in today�s digital workplace. This leading textbook and vast digital resources help you develop the communication competencies that employers value most, such as superior writing, speaking, presentation, critical thinking, and teamwork skills. Two thoroughly updated employment chapters offer tips to prepare you for a labor market that is more competitive, more mobile, and more dependent on technology than ever before. Authors Mary Ellen Guffey and Dana Loewy have interviewed practitioners as well as researched hundreds of articles and blogs to capture the latest trends, technologies, and practices for the most up-to-date advice on how to ace the job search, resumes, cover letters, interviews, and follow-up activities. Optional grammar reviews in each chapter, including a complete grammar guide in the end-of-book appendix, help you improve critical English language skills.
Business Communication Essentials
by
Directed primarily toward undergraduate business college/university majors, this text also provides practical content to current and aspiring industry professionals. Only Bovée/Thill texts thoroughly address the new-media skills that employees are expected to have in today's business environment. Business Communication Essentials presents these technologies in the context of proven communication strategies and essential business English skills. 0133098826 / 9780133098822 Business Communication Essentials Plus MyBCommLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card Package Package consists of 0132971321 / 9780132971324 Business Communication Essentials 0132992345 / 9780132992343 MyBCommLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card -- for Business Communication Essentials
Business correspondence with style : a guide to effective business English and correspondence for college students and professionals
by
Business English
by
BUSINESS ENGLISH, 11th Edition, by Mary Ellen Guffey and Carolyn Seefer helps students become successful communicators in any business arena with its proven grammar instruction and supporting in-text and online resources. The perennial leader in grammar and mechanics texts, the 11th edition of BUSINESS ENGLISH uses a three-level approach to break topics into manageable units, letting students identify and hone the most critical skills and measure their progress along the way. Packed with insights from more than thirty years of classroom experience in business communications, BUSINESS ENGLISH also includes access to the premier website and its many resources for building language skills.
Business Research Reporting
by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries-one each for primary and secondary research-round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Business Skills All-In-One for Dummies
by
Find workplace success There are some things that will never go out of style, and good business skills are one of them. With the help of this informative book, you'll learn how to wear multiple hats in the workplace no matter what comes your way--without ever breaking a sweat. Compiled from eight of the best Dummies books on business skills topics, Business Skills All-in-One For Dummies offers everything you need to hone your abilities and translate them into a bigger paycheck. Whether you're tasked with marketing or accounting responsibilities--or anything in between--this all-encompassing reference makes it easier than ever to tackle your job with confidence. Manage a successful operation Write more effectively Work on the go with Microsoft Office 365 Deal with marketing, accounting, and projects with ease If you've ever dreamed about being able to juggle all your work responsibilities without ever dropping the ball, the book is for you.
Business Writing for Dummies
by
Business writing that gets results The ability to write well is a key part of your professional success. From reports and presentations to emails and Facebook posts, whether you're a marketer, customer service rep, or manager, being able to write clearly and for the right audience is critical to moving your business forward. The techniques covered in this new edition of Business Writing For Dummies will arm you with the skills you need to write better business communications that inform, persuade, and win business. How many pieces of paper land on your desk each day, or emails in your inbox? Your readers-the people you communicate with at work-are no different. So how can you make your communications stand out and get the job done? From crafting a short and sweet email to bidding for a crucial project, Business Writing For Dummies gives you everything you need to achieve high-impact business writing. Draft reports, proposals, emails, blog posts, and more Employ editing techniques to help you craft the perfect messages Adapt your writing style for digital media Advance your career with great writing In today's competitive job market, being able to write well is a skill you can't afford to be without-and Business Writing For Dummies makes it easy!
Business Writing Today
by
Confident writers succeed. Whatever career you aim for, good writing enables you to win more opportunities, perform better on the job and build the relationships you want. In this practical, reader-friendly guide, Natalie Canavor shares a step-by-step framework that professional communicators use to determine what to say, and how to say it, in every situation. This guide shows you how to use strategic writing to achieve your own immediate and long-range goals in all media, from email to resumes, blogs to proposals, tweets to video. Discover easy to learn tools and techniques to recognize and fix your own writing problems, without grammar lessons. Business Writing Today prepares you to better understand the business world and communicate in ways that achieve your aims in today's highly competitive work environment. NEW TO THIS EDITION: A new chapter explores writing methods used by professional journalists and PR specialists including how to create media releases, find information, and interview effectively 'View from the Field' boxes feature advice from professionals who share their first-hand insights on a range of cutting-edge communication tactics 'Success Tip' boxes give practical ideas for succeeding in the workplace and leveraging your communication skills Expanded coverage of the job application process includes best practices for writing successful resumes, cover letters, and networking Expanded coverage of writing for oral communication covers planning for presentations, tips for crafting personal stories, ideas for using video and creating effective visuals ′Practice Opportunities′ provide exercises and activities to promote active learning, group projects and class discussion.
The Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics
by
The best survey of cognitive linguistics available, this Handbook provides a thorough explanation of its rich methodology, key results, and interdisciplinary context. With in-depth coverage of the research questions, basic concepts, and various theoretical approaches, the Handbook addresses newly emerging subfields and shows their contribution to the discipline. The Handbook introduces fields of study that have become central to cognitive linguistics, such as conceptual mappings and construction grammar. It explains all the main areas of linguistic analysis traditionally expected in a full linguistics framework, and includes fields of study such as language acquisition, sociolinguistics, diachronic studies, and corpus linguistics. Setting linguistic facts within the context of many other disciplines, the Handbook will be welcomed by researchers and students in a broad range of disciplines, including linguistics, cognitive science, neuroscience, gesture studies, computational linguistics, and multimodal studies.
College English and Business Communication
by
Double the Experience with College English and Business Communication, and create a Prepared Communicator for the Interconnected World. College English and Business Communication, provides a corrective approach to the fundamentals of communication including: reading, listening, speaking, writing, along with the application of these communication skills in the workplace such as e-mails and reports. College English and Business Communication closes with business use of technology, presentations, and employment communication. Rich in supplements, its activity workbook leads students to apply essential skills, leaving them doubly prepared for communicating in college and business. Combined with its digital component, it nurtures students' writing and presentation abilities, which are necessary for the interconnected world.
College English and Business Communication
by
Double the Experience with College English and Business Communication, and create a Prepared Communicator for the Interconnected World. . College English and Business Communication, provides a corrective approach to the fundamentals of communication including: reading, listening, speaking, writing, along with the application of these communication skills in the workplace such as e-mails and reports. College English and Business Communication closes with business use of technology, presentations, and employment communication. Rich in supplements, its activity workbook leads students to apply essential skills, leaving them doubly prepared for communicating in college and business. Combined with its digital component, it nurtures students' writing and presentation abilities, which are necessary for the interconnected world.
The college writer : a guide to thinking, writing, and researching
by
Combining streamlined instruction in the writing process with outstanding accessibility, THE COLLEGE WRITER is a fully updated four-in-one book-with a rhetoric, a reader, a research guide, and a handbook-for users at any skill level. Throughout the book, numerous student and professional writing samples highlight important features of academic writing-from voice to documentation-and offer models for users' own papers. The fifth edition features a greater focus on writing across the curriculum, further supported within the research chapters by additional coverage of report writing, primary research, and avoiding plagiarism.
Conducting business across borders : effective communication in English with non-native speakers
by
If you are a native speaker of English working in business or cross cultural communication, then this book is for you. You will learn how to communicate clearly in English with non-native speakers and minimize misunderstandings. The communication process is analyzed from the non- native perspective. You will thus understand the difficulties and frustrations that non-natives encounter in their relationships (work and social) with you, your colleagues and your company. Many misunderstandings boil down to language. However when working in an international environment we tend to blame misunderstandings on differences in culture. We thus often ignore the fact that we may simply have misinterpreted what the other person has said to us, or we may not have been clear in what we ourselves said to that person.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Signed Language Interpreting in the 21st Century
by
This text provides interpreting students with a broad knowledge base that encompasses the latest research, addresses current trends and perspectives of the Deaf community, and promotes critical thinking and open dialogue about the working conditions, ethics, boundaries, and competencies needed by a highly qualified interpreter in various settings. This volume expands the resources available to aspiring interpreters, including Deaf interpreters, and incorporates the voices of renowned experts on topics relevant to today's practitioners. Each chapter provides students with objectives, keywords, and discussion questions. The chapters convey clear information about topics that include credentialing, disposition and aptitude for becoming an interpreter, interpreting for people who are DeafBlind, and working within specialty settings, such as legal and healthcare. A key resource for interpreter certification test preparation, this text follows the interpreter's ethical, practical, and professional development through a career of lifelong learning and service.
Successful Writing at Work
by
SUCCESSFUL WRITING AT WORK, 11th Edition, is a comprehensive introduction to workplace writing with real-world examples and problems; an easy-to-read style; and thorough guidelines for planning, drafting, revising, editing, formatting, and producing professional documents in the global workplace. After a discussion of the writing process and collaboration, the author explores basic business communications (including e-communications and social media), letters, resumes, and other job search materials; proceeds to how to conduct research and document sources; and ends with guidance on more advanced tasks such as preparing visuals, websites, instructions, procedures, proposals, short and long reports, and presentations. You will learn how to be an effective problem solver at work, understand and write for a global audience, write clear and effective sentences, paragraphs, and documents, and select the best communication technologies to accomplish your goals.
Writing a Business Plan
by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Planis designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
Writing for the Workplace
by
Employers consider communication as one of the most critical skills for workers today. Writing for the Workplace: Business Communication for Professionals is an easy-to-follow guide that provides strategies for effective professional communication. Written to address the needs of both students entering the workforce and business professionals looking to improve their written communication, the book offers guides to compose typical workplace documents, from effective e-mails and convincing reports to winning presentations and engaging resumes. This concise book offers busy readers concrete strategies to improve their workplace writing.
Business English for the Deaf is a course where students reinforce the skills they have learned previously, such as writing formal letters and reports. Being exposed to different business correspondence and instructional manuals, the students are expected to depen comprehension and to construct messages according to social needs, most especially for advocacy. Through constant practice and extended lab work, the course aims to equip the learners with the necessary skills needed to construct project proposal or business plan for advocacy, to qualify for employment and to competently be able to communicate with people in English and Filipino Sign Language.
Business Report Guides
by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Business Writing for Dummies
by
Learn how to write for the results you want every time, in every medium! Do you wish you could write better? In today's business world, good writing is key to success in just about every endeavor. Writing is how you connect with colleagues, supervisors, clients, partners, employees, and people you've never met. No wonder strong writers win the jobs, promotions and contracts. Business Writing For Dummies shows you, from the ground up, how to create persuasive messages with the right content and language every time--messages your readers will understand and act on. This friendly guide equips you with a step-by-step method for planning what to say and how to say it in writing. This sytem empowers you to handle every writing challenge with confidence, from emails to proposals, reports to resumes, presentations to video scripts, blogs to social posts, websites to books. Discover down-to-earth techniques for sharpening your language and correcting your own writing problems. Learn how to adapt content, tone and style for each medium and audience. And learn to use every message you write to build better relationships and solve problems, while getting to the "yes" you want. Whether you're aiming to land your first job or are an experienced specialist in your field, Business Writing For Dummies helps you build your communication confidence and stand out. Present yourself with authority and credibility Understand and use the tools of persuasion Communicate as a remote worker, freelancer, consultant or entrepreneur Strategize your online presence to support your goals Bring out the best in people and foster team spirit as a leader Prepare to ace interviews, pitches and confrontations Good communication skills, particularly writing, are in high demand across all industries. Use this book to gain the edge you need to promote your own success, now and down the line as your career goals evolve.
Business Writing for Innovators and Change-Makers
by
Business Writing for Innovators and Change-Makers will empower you to build your confidence as a communicator, strengthen your brand, and increase your impact with your customers and clients. Business Writing for Innovators and Change-Makers is a writing guidebook with street-smarts. It recognizes the unique communication challenges entrepreneurs face and offers clear action steps for tackling them. As an entrepreneur with a pioneering product or service to offer the world, you can't rely on cookie-cutter communication templates to get your meaning across. You need a set of writing strategies that are quick to implement and easy to adapt to a wide variety of communication situations, from emails to pitch decks. Dawn Henwood provides a simple, flexible approach to writing that will open your eyes to the subtle ways written communication can engage and motivate your target audience. Whether you are just starting your business or scaling up to the next level of success, you'll find Dawn's straightforward teaching just the help you need to make your message heard. Business Writing for Innovators and Change-Makers will empower you to build your confidence as a communicator, strengthen your brand, and increase your impact with your customers and clients.
Business Writing for Technical People
by
Technically-minded people can struggle with business writing and many businesses get it wrong, losing their readers in avalanches of acronyms and jungles of technical jargon. It doesn't have to be that way. In this book you'll discover how to give your communication skills an upgrade, exploring the tips and tricks that will enable you to write effectively and persuasively for any audience. You'll discover how to write for maximum impact and how to make your enthusiasm even more infectious.
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Learn good business writing and communication
by
The Truth About the New Rules of Business Writing shows you how to master the art of effective business communication replacing the old standards of jargon, pomposity, and grammar drills with a simple, quick, and conversational writing style. Authors Natalie Canavor and Claire Meirowitz demonstrate how to plan and organize your content, make your point faster, tell your readers what's in it for them, construct winning documents of every kind--print, electronic, and even blog entries and text messages! The Truth about the New Rules of Business Writing brings together the field's best knowledge and shows exactly how to put it to work. With an "aha" on every page, it presents information in a clear, accessible style that's easy to understand and use. Written in short chapters, it covers the entire field, cuts to the heart of every topic, pulls back the curtain on expert secrets, and pops the bubble of commonly-held assumptions. Simply put, this book delivers easy, painless writing techniques that work. ¿ FranklinCovey Style Guide: For Business and Technical Communication can help any writer produce documents that achieve outstanding results. Created by FranklinCovey, the world-renowned leader in helping organizations enhance individual effectiveness, this edition fully reflects today's online media and global business challenges. The only style guide used in FranklinCovey's own renowned Writing AdvantageTM programs, it covers everything from document design and graphics to sentence style and word choice. This edition includes extensive new coverage of graphics, writing for online media, and international business English.
Multilingual Aspects of Signed Language Communication and Disorder
by
Inquiry into signed languages has added to what is known about structural variation and language, language learning, and cognitive processing of language. However, comparatively little research has focused on communication disorders in signed language users. For some deaf children, atypicality is viewed as a phase that they will outgrow, and this results in late identification of linguistic or cognitive deficits that might have been addressed earlier. This volume takes a step towards describing different types of atypicality in language communicated in the signed modality such as linguistic impairment caused by deficits in visual processing, difficulties with motor movements, and neurological decline. Chapters within the book also consider communication differences in hearing children acquiring signed and spoken languages.
Outstanding business English : #tips for email, social media and all your business communications
by
Outstanding Business English gives guidance to non-native English speakers on how to communicate clearly and concisely. With case studies and real-life examples that demonstrate how English is used internationally in business, and full of ideas to help you to get your communications right first time, Outstanding Business English sets the scene for describing the benefits of good Business English, ideal for multinational companies where communication is a priority.
For intermediate to advanced English speakers, it focuses on the areas that are easy to get wrong. This book draws on the author's wealth of experience, using real-life international business scenarios to develop your skills and provide you with some answers that even your boss might not know. You will learn a system to help you quickly and easily write emails, letters, CVs, social media communications and more.
Featuring sections on punctuation and grammar, checklists to help you assess how you are getting on before moving on to the next stage and with a chapter dedicated to how to write effectively for social media, Outstanding Business English has been praised by both native and non-native writers of English as an indispensable resource.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. Contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholars and practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of efforts to identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself; and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Signed Language Interpretation and Translation Research
by
This volume brings together the best research presented at the first International Symposium on Signed Language Interpreting and Translation Research. Editors Brenda Nicodemus and Keith Cagle have gathered an international group of contributors who are recognized leaders in signed language interpreter education and research. The ten papers in Signed Language Interpretation and Translation Research cover a range of topics, including the need for Deaf perspectives in interpretation research, discourse strategies and techniques that are unique to video relay call settings, the benefits of using sociology as a lens for examining sign language interpreting work, translating university entrance exams from written Portuguese into Libras (Brazilian Sign Language), the linguistic choices interpreters make when interpreting ASL figurative language into English, the nature of designated interpreting, and grammatical ambiguity in trilingual VRS interpreting. The research findings and insights contained here will be invaluable to scholars, students, and practitioners.
Teaching Business Information Literacy
by
Business is currently one of the most popular degree programs among both graduate and undergraduate students, and non-business programs including engineering, design, and pure sciences--all interested in innovation, commercialization, and marketing--are increasingly integrating business training into their curriculum in the name of interdisciplinarity and improved job placement. There is a sustained and growing need for libraries to effectively support business information literacy. At the same time, the resources, research techniques, and assignments that business students need to master often have little in common with a traditional research paper. Teaching Business Information Literacy provides guidance to new business specialists, generalists, and subject librarians in other disciplines being asked to teach business research classes for the first time. Featuring more than 40 practical, classroom-proven lesson plans for one-shot, embedded, and credit-bearing library classes, it's divided into nine sections: Basic Business Research Finance and Accounting Entrepreneurship Management Marketing Specialty Subjects Data Literacy/Data Visualization Experiential Learning/Career Using Technology in the Classroom Chapters cover such crucial topics as competitive intelligence, market research, financial analysis, ethics, intellectual property, accounting and auditing, supply chain management, job searching, and more. Each one guides you through the background of the topic and activity being taught, pre-class planning and preparation, a step-by-step lesson plan, how to adapt the activity for other institutional contexts, and learning outcomes. Additional supporting materials such as slide decks, worksheets, and game boards are freely available in the ACRL Sandbox (sandbox.acrl.org) and findable with the tag "#bizinfolit."
Technical Writing for Business People
by
Technical writing is about communicating key information to the people who need it. It might be a manual for an application, a guide to using heavy machinery, or a diagnostic aide for medical practitioners. It needs to be clear and it needs to be precise. This book shows you how to achieve this and more. Whatever the content or context, in this book you'll discover the essential tools and resources that you need to create technical writing that works for everyone.
Ultimate Guide to Business Writing
by
The Ultimate Guide to Business Writing is a comprehensive guide on how to write any kind of business document. Written clearly in an engaging voice, it explains in depth the whole process: from determining objectives to establishing readers' needs, conducting research, outlining, and designing a template; to writing the first draft; to editing for meaning, accuracy, concision, style and emotional impact; to creating glossaries and indices; to proofreading and working with reviewers. The book also explains how to exploit the psychology of perception and motivation, collaborate effectively with business colleagues, manage documents holistically across an organisation, and deal with the other everyday practicalities of managing knowledge in a corporate environment. Every section of the book is packed with questions to stimulate thinking and generate meaningful answers, and dozens of examples of what works and why. The book's also rich in practical examples drawn from real life, anecdotes, humour, and visual aids. But the advice isn't just practical and anecdotal: it's also rigorously supported by scientific evidence from notable linguists and psychologists such as Steven Pinker, Daniel Goleman and Yellowlees Douglas. And anyone keen to explore further will benefit from the bibliography and links to videos and other online resources. The book is ideal not just for professional business writers, such as editors, technical writers, copywriters and creative directors; it's also suitable for anyone whose job requires them to write, whether it's something as simple as an email or as complex as a set of policies or a handbook.
Writing business letters across languages : a guide to writing clear and concise business letters for translation purposes
by
Annotation Discussing the most widespread and acceptable approaches to writing business letters in a readily understandable fashion, this book explores rules and conventions based on actual contemporary practices. Emphasis is placed on types of business letters across languages, patterns of thinking, cross-cultural communication, the effect of style, tone and the mechanics of writing and grammar.
Writing for the Workplace : Business Communication for Professionals
by
Employers consider communication one of the most critical skills for workers today. Writing for the Workplace: Business Communication for Professionals is an easy- to-follow guide that provides strategies for effective professional communication. Written to address the needs of both students entering the workforce and business professionals looking to improve their written communication, the book offers guides to compose typical workplace documents, from effective e-mails and convincing reports to winning presentations and engaging resumes. This concise book offers busy readers concrete strategies to improve their workplace writing.
Zen and the art of business communication : a step-by-step guide to improving your business writing skills
by
In today's online world, our professional image depends on our ability to communicate. Whether we're communicating by email, text, social media, written reports or presentations, how we use our words often determines how others view us. This book offers tips and techniques that can improve anyone's professional image. The author covers how to analyze multiple audiences and strategies for communicating your message effectively for each; structuring your message for greatest readability and effect; persuasion and tone; and how to face your own fears of writing. The content is delivered in a simple, clear style that reflects the Zen approach of the title, perfect for both the entry-level employee and the seasoned executive.
This course will introduce the Deaf student to the fundamental principles of marketing. This will include topics like marketing strategies, marketing mix, market research and forecasting, and market analysis that are most applicable to an entrepreneurial setting. Specific topics like environmental scanning will equip the students with skills in identifying problems and making marketing decisions. Special interest will be the study of the marketing practice in the Philippine setting. To further enhance learning in this course, the students will be exposed to seminar-workshops, exhibits, trade fairs and Lakbay Aral.
The 30 Day MBA in Marketing
by
The 30 Day MBA in Marketing provides a complete marketing 'course' spanning twelve disciplinary areas, and including hot topics such as: buyer behaviour, marketing strategy, promotion and advertising, pricing, managing the marketing organization and marketing and the law. Each chapter includes at least one practical real life example to illustrate how marketing concepts apply to business decision making. Learn what they teach you on professional marketing courses and at the world's top Business Schools and why it matters to you; eliminate gaps in your marketing knowledge and take part in business decision making on an equal footing with MBA graduates or your company marketing director. The 30 Day MBA in Marketing includes detailed information on how to find and analyse market data on any business or market anywhere and online resources that enable you to test your own knowledge. It also provides an invaluable guide to finding further information and free resources on each topic covered.Online supporting resources for this book include a bonus chapter on business communication, self-test question and answers and appendices.
Advanced Marketing Management
by
Marketing as a practice is facing unprecedented challenges: a changing media landscape, an increasingly complex customer journey, innovative technologies, start-ups which disrupt traditional channels and a new generation of tech-savvy clients. How should students and practitioners adapt to this shifting landscape and address the skills gap that many of today's marketers face? Advanced Marketing Management prepares students for this new world of marketing. Since traditional marketing approaches fail to provide convincing solutions to modern business realities, a new approach is urgently needed if marketers are to regain trust within their organizations. Using contemporary examples, business case studies and supporting pedagogy, Advanced Marketing Management will provide a critical exploration into the more advanced aspects of marketing management, including the gap that exists between formal marketing literature and real-world practice, discussion of multidisciplinary tools, and the crucial evolution of the '4Ps'. Summarizing a large body of literature and academic research on new developments, this book is the go-to guide for students, lecturers and practitioners, wanting to succeed as modern marketers. Online resources include lecture slides and further questions for group discussion.
Business-To-Business Marketing
by
'This textbook stands out from others by combining multiple approaches to B2B marketing theory with up-to-date examples from practice. The inclusion of many international examples makes it invaluable for faculty and students worldwide. It is a must read for students and a truly refreshing addition to any marketing course.' - Catherine Sutton-Brady, Associate Professor of Marketing, The University of Sydney Business School Taking in both European and US approaches to form a balanced, global-minded text and covering both the theory and practice of global business-to-business marketing, the new Fourth Edition: Includes new coverage of digital and social media marketing in the B2B environment, to reflect online developments Is updated to reflect the effects and impact of global changes such as the legally binding deal signed at the Paris Climate Conference (Dec. 2015) Includes new 'scenario' boxes which provide reflective decision-based situations for students to think through, helping them prepare for future roles. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, tutor guide sample exam questions, SAGE journal articles, quizzes, web links and selected author videos to make the examples in each chapter come to life. Suitable for all students taking B2B marketing modules.
Business Skills All-In-One for Dummies
by
Find workplace success There are some things that will never go out of style, and good business skills are one of them. With the help of this informative book, you'll learn how to wear multiple hats in the workplace no matter what comes your way--without ever breaking a sweat. Compiled from eight of the best Dummies books on business skills topics, Business Skills All-in-One For Dummies offers everything you need to hone your abilities and translate them into a bigger paycheck. Whether you're tasked with marketing or accounting responsibilities--or anything in between--this all-encompassing reference makes it easier than ever to tackle your job with confidence. Manage a successful operation Write more effectively Work on the go with Microsoft Office 365 Deal with marketing, accounting, and projects with ease If you've ever dreamed about being able to juggle all your work responsibilities without ever dropping the ball, the book is for you.
The Business Student's Guide to Sustainable Management
by
Aimed at undergraduates, this is the first textbook to offer a full introduction to sustainable management, covering all subject areas relevant to business students. The book includes chapters and seminars on subjects such as: Corporate Sustainable Strategy; Sustainable Marketing; Sustainability Reporting; Supply Chain Management; Human Resources Management: Supporting Sustainable Business; Environmental Economics; Sustainable Operations Management; Greenhouse Gas Management and System Thinking in Sustainable Management. The book contains nearly 30 ready-made seminars employing various teaching methods. Each chapter follows the same, easy-to-use format. This book provides a true treasure chest of materials to support staff wanting to integrate sustainability into their teaching and provides support to effectively embed sustainability in the curriculum. The chapters also offer a starting point in developing teaching units for Masters and MBA students. The material is not just useful to people in business schools, but to those involved in wider scale curriculum change, and those looking to make links between different disciplines.
Business to Business Marketing Management
by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
Does It Work?: 10 Principles for Delivering True Business Value in Digital Marketing
by
In this new age of Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and countless other digital platforms, it doesn't matter how many views or followers or clicks you get. The only thing that matters is: Does it Work? Written by POSSIBLE's Global CEO Shane Atchison and President of the Americas Jason Burby, this revolutionary guide shows how to use the latest digital platforms to create a high-value marketing plan that really works. You'll learn how to: SET GOALS: Understand the importance of defining success and targets upfront for every initiative--and your business as a whole. INSPIRE BRILLIANT CREATIVE: Leverage data and insights to empower and drive creativity, spark ideas and drive innovation. MEASURE WHAT MATTERS: Focus efforts on the things that matter and drive real improvement. MAKE A DIFFERENCE: Know that you have contributed to measureable success in whatever you do. If you've ever wondered if your digital marketing is working, this book will help you reevaluate everything you're doing. By following 10 key principles, you'll be able to measure the data that really matters, launch the initiatives that really pay off, and inspire the creativity that really drives an effective campaign. You'll hear the personal insights of the world's greatest business leaders and the professional triumphs (and tumbles) of the world's biggest brands. You'll learn how to hire and inspire the rare creative "unicorns" who turn marketing into magic. You'll find new ways to turn data into ideas and obstacles into opportunities. You'll turn web site visitors into followers, followers into sharers, and sharers into your very best customers. In our new world of small screens, big ideas, and even greater competition, you have to ask the tough questions if you want to succeed. Does it Work? has the answers.
Fundamentals of Marketing
by
Introduces the key terms, concepts and practices to provide a firm foundation for undergraduate students. It discusses contemporary technologies used in marketing alongside established practices to develop an understanding of the positive effects of marketing balanced with critical discussion about it's contribution to the wider aims of society. International in approach, it highlights a range of real life practices through examples and short case studies. It includes: * Marketing as an idea and a practice. * How to understand and reach customers, researching and choosing segments * Marketing functions-providing value from products, services, pricing and distribution to branding and communications. * Responsible marketing and contemporary technologies To help support their learning, readers have access to a range of online resources including chapter-by-chapter multiple choice questions which will enable them to assess how well they have grasped individual chapters. The text also features a range of supplementary readings, in text exercises and cases/examples to help bring concepts to life.
Fundamentals of Marketing
by
Do you want to know how a traditionally French brand expands into an international market, how a department store can channel its business online, or how any organization can incorporate social media into their communication campaigns? What can you learn from these practices, how do theyincorporate sustainability and ethical practice, and how could it influence your career, whether in marketing or not?Incorporating the big brand case studies, unique expert insights, and engaging learning features of the best-selling Marketing by Baines, Fill, and Rosengren, Fundamentals of Marketing is the most complete resource for students looking for a briefer guide to help build their theoreticalunderstanding of marketing into skilful practice.Covering the most essential theories and latest trends, this book take you from the traditional marketing mix to the cutting-edge trends of the discipline, with a particular focus on sustainability, ethics, and digitalization. With cases featuring international companies such as YouTube, Kopparberg,and Nestle, and exploring issues such as greenwashing, guilt appeals, and responsible branding, the book goes beyond marketing theory to illustrate marketing at work in the business world, and how it can be used to promote a company's success.Review and discussion questions conclude each chapter, prompting readers to examine the themes discussed in more detail and critically engage with the theory. Links to seminal papers throughout each chapter also present the opportunity to take learning further and read in depth on selected topics.A fully integrated Online Resource Centre allows you to learn from real-life marketers whose video interviews expand on the book's Case Insights to offer a more in-depth view of their world. From Withers Worldwide to Aston Martin, Lanson International to Spotify, household names as well as SMEs andonline businesses discuss their real-life marketing dilemmas and how they navigated their way to a positive outcome. Test bank questions, internet activities, and web links also allow you to test your learning and explore key concepts further.Fundamentals of Marketing has all you need to begin your journey into the fascinating world of marketing.The book is accompanied by an Online Resource Centre that features:* For everyone:* Case Insight videos* Library of video links* WorksheetsFor students:* Author audio podcasts* Multiple-choice questions* Flashcard glossaries* Employability guidance and marketing careers insights* Internet activities* Research insights* Web linksFor lecturers:* VLE content* PowerPoint slides* Test bank* Essay questions* Tutorial activities* Marketing resource bank* Pointers on answering the discussion question at the end of each chapter of the book* Figures and tables from the book in electronic format* Transcripts of the Case Insight videos
Marketing Fundamentals for College Students (Preliminary Edition)
by
Marketing principles
by
Introduce the essentials and latest trends in today's marketing with strong visuals and exciting, timely discussions found in the proven marketing text for students of all backgrounds - Marketing Principles, 3e. This Asia-Pacific text contextualises marketing theory and practice with extensive real-world examples from Australia, New Zealand and individual countries across the region. This edition's extensive coverage of current marketing strategies and concepts addresses social media, sustainability, globalisation, customer relationship management, supply chain management, and digital marketing. Emerging topics, such as social and environmental responsibility, entrepreneurship, and new trends in marketing, resonate especially well with today's students who are striving for success in today's fast-paced, evolving business world. Captivating photos, screenshots, advertisements, and examples from actual life make concepts meaningful for students. A wealth of learning supplements, such as self-testing, videos, and an interactive marketing plan, further help your students develop critical decision-making and marketing skills.
Marketing with Social Media
by
Introduce your business to the world with this essential guide to social media marketing Marketing with Social Media: 10 Easy Steps to success for Business is your step-by-step guide to using Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, Google+, Pinterest and YouTube to promote your business. In 10 quick and easy steps, you'll learn how to use social media effectively, establish a simple marketing plan and measure the results of your efforts. You'll learn the basics of building profile pages, and how to create appropriate content that can be accessed by thousands of potential customers. This new edition is packed full of tips, traps to avoid and social media success stories, plus information on the newer platforms including Vine and Instagram. Social media is a low-cost marketing strategy that can be a huge bonus to small businesses. With the right technique, you can get to know your customers better, and expand your networks without breaking the bank, all while retaining full control over your message. Marketing with Social Media shows you how best to shape your social media strategy to suit your particular business, with practical advice and expert insight into the components of a successful campaign. You'll learn to: Create a profitable social media strategy for your business Exploit each platform to reap the highest returns Master the basics of each platform, and optimise your content Shape your reputation and promote your social media efforts Early success is important to the longevity of a resource-poor company's campaign. When done correctly, social media can propel a small business into unprecedented profitability, whereas misguided or half-hearted attempts result in wasted time. For small business owners seeking increased exposure without increased expenses, Marketing with Social Media is a roadmap to online social media campaigns.
MKTG 9
by
Created by the continuous feedback of a "student-tested, faculty-approved" process, MKTG 9 (Print + Online) maximizes student effort and engagement by empowering them to direct their own learning, through as single, affordable course solution. MKTG 9 offers full coverage of a course concepts through unique resources and features that reflect the natural study habits of students, accompanied by straightforward assignment options for instructors.
MKTG12 : principles of marketing
by
Students save money when purchasing bundled products. This bundle contains Lamb/Hair/McDaniel's MKTG, 12th Edition, and access to MindTap for one term via printed access card. With a single login for MindTap, you can connect with your instructor, organize coursework and have access to a range of study tools, including an e-book and apps all in one place! MindTap helps you learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes.
Research Handbook of Innovation and Creativity for Marketing Management
by
This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest. Contributors: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
Sales Promotion Decision Making
by
Up to 74% of marketing budgets can be spent on sales promotions, with manufacturers, suppliers and retailers employing a wide range of incentives from price discounts to complex Omni-channel consumer competitions and contests. Sales promotions are a vital strategic and tactical tool within the marketing value chain and those responsible for campaign planning must negotiate objectives, options and outcomes to ensure their initiatives deliver real results in competitive trading environments. Managers with limited understanding of the principles and practices of sales promotions often rely on past experience or preferences to guide their decision-making. Not surprisingly, without guiding principles, many sales promotions fail to achieve their full potential. This book is a resource for sales promotion professionals looking to improve the effectiveness of their sales promotions. The book is based on an extensive review of over 400 articles and cases. It presents the findings of global research which explores the very DNA of sales promotions, including their role, rationale, nature and function, key decision-making processes and campaign evaluation. Illustrations of sales promotion decision-making in practice based on research conducted in the retail supply chain is also incorporated. This book offers a comprehensive and critical appreciation of the core concepts that underpin sales promotion thinking. The goal is to empower decision-makers, consultants and stakeholders to make confident, informed and effective campaign decisions in the complex field of sales promotions.
Small Business Marketing Strategies All-In-One for Dummies
by
Transform your small business into a revenue-generating machine with this step-by-step marketing resource Running a small business is a fun and rewarding experience. It's even more fun and rewarding when clients and customers are clamoring to get a hand on your latest product or service. And effective marketing is the key to making that happen. In Small Business Marketing Strategies All-in-One For Dummies, small business experts from the United States Chamber of Commerce walk you through every single step of designing, launching, running, measuring, and improving your company's next marketing campaign. But don't worry--with Dummies, it's all about learning made easy. You'll discover techniques that work in any kind of small business, from full-time trades to brick-and-mortar shops and online side-hustles. Starting at the beginning of the marketing process, you'll move on to learn how to blend different marketing methods, such as content, social, search, and traditional, to generate massive customer interest. In this book, you will: Pour the foundation of your marketing strategy by defining your ideal customers, sizing up your market, and setting your goals Kick off a successful campaign the right way by picking the best software, platforms, and techniques to power your marketing Combine content marketing, social media, and traditional strategies to generate the perfect marketing and advertising mix Evolve past gut instincts and measure your results with hard data and reliable metrics Moving beyond individual strategies and techniques, Small Business Marketing Strategies All-in-One For Dummies shows you how to blend every tool at your disposal into one effective marketing strategy. It's a must-read for any small business owner trying to grow their company.
Starting a Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
Starting a business? Don't sweat it! With all-new content and updates reflecting the latest laws, business climate, and startup considerations, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies, 2nd Edition, is the book you need if you're starting a business today. Inside, you'll find the most important practical advice you need to start any type of business from the ground up, distilled from 10 bestselling For Dummies business titles. Covering all startup business phases through the first year of operation, this guide will help you turn your winning idea into a winning business plan. You'll get simple step-by-step instructions as you go, all the way to marketing, branding, taxes, and human resources. Start up a dream business from scratch Write a winning business plan Secure financing Manage your risks successfully Navigate your first year of operation If you're a go-getter looking for a way to launch a great idea and be your own boss, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies prepares you to beat the odds and become successful in your sector.
This course will introduce the Deaf student to the fundamental principles of marketing. This will include topics like marketing strategies, marketing mix, market research and forecasting, and market analysis that are most applicable to an entrepreneurial setting. Specific topics like environmental scanning will equip the students with skills in identifying problems and making marketing decisions. Special interest will be the study of the marketing practice in the Philippine setting. To further enhance learning in this course, the students will be exposed to seminar-workshops, exhibits, trade fairs and Lakbay Aral.
Built to grow : how to deliver accelerated, sustained and profitable business growth
by
'This book is straightforward, factual and to the point. Any Leader responsible for business growth should read it! A blueprint full of practical ideas and tools to inspire you into action'--Craig Donaldson - Chief Executive Officer, Metro Bank (RANKED NUMBER ONE IN GLASSDOOR'S HIGHEST RATED CEO 2016) If you asked a cross-section of business leaders, business owners and entrepreneurs what their biggest business challenge is, you would probably hear the same recurring thought: growing their business in a sustainable, predictable, yet profitable way - quickly. It's a reality that most businesses and individuals never reach their full potential, always yearning for the 'thing' that will catapult them into significance, but never really finding it. Whether you're an entrepreneur starting out, or a director, executive or business leader climbing the corporate ladder, the building blocks of Built to Grow are universally applicable. Developed in the real world laboratory of thousands of businesses in twenty-seven countries spanning over two decades, Built to Grow is a proven, time-tested model to unlock the real potential in your business. Avoid the common pitfalls of a trial and error approach to business growth. Built to Grow is full of practical strategies, tools and ideas, backed up with real world case studies to illustrate what can be achieved - leaving you equipped to transform your businesses performance and drive tangible results. Built to Grow is destined to become your handbook, your 'go to' guide, your roadmap to accelerated, sustained and profitable business growth.
Changing dynamics in business marketing
by
This eBook “Changing Dynamics in Business Marketing” for the Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing was prompted by the Academy of Marketing B2B SIG Colloquium at the University of Bournemouth. It includes a Guest Editorial which looks at the contributions from three practitioner commentary articles, four research papers and a book review. All the manuscripts presented in this issue include discussions of the impact of changes created in the marketing environment, such as from the last economic crisis and advances in IT, communication technologies and social media networks. There are insights into how B2B firms, CEOs and CMOs must reconsider their practices in interacting with other businesses, customers and employees to be more vigilant and competitive in their strategies. There are different definitions and perceptions of what the business model concept is and how it is applied, so this eBook starts with a commentary paper to identify those which seem most appropriate in exploring the relationship between business models and their resources, value chains, architecture, organisation and processes supported with a case study explanation from the international logistics industry. The second commentary paper addresses the indecision of B2B Chief Marketing Officers (CMOs) in using social media, resulting in their not being ready to meet the challenges the new media poses. The third commentary paper shows how a short-term view of capital investment affects marketing expenditure, often manifested some considerable time after goods have “left the factory”. The four research papers investigate a range of topics from: (a) implications of the use of Mobile Social Media (MSM) on interaction, exchange of information and creation of user-generated content in the B2B firms in the context of the UK advertising and marketing sector; (b) business adoption of Internet banking, in particular, in Tunisia, to highlight the relevance of integrating e-trust dimensions to the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) and for Internet banking adoption by businesses; (c) nature of the inter-personal relationship existing between the account managers of UK insurance brokers and their business customers and where mismatches in their perceptions of ‘relationship closeness’ results in role strain for such managers and conflicts; and (d) where a theoretical framework from the business literature can be developed to further a practical examination of an umbrella brand in the hotel sector in Germany and when behavioural characteristics play a significant role in explaining overall alliance success in matters of costs and services. The Book Review of Dr Sharad Sharin’s textbook on business marketing is substantially based on Indian firms, but with contexts from both Western and Indian business cultures. Written at a time when the global economy was still feeling the effects of upheavals from a world-wide recession, the book illustrates the principles of how good business practices using marketing could work. With many case study examples, it makes a strong contribution to books on business marketing. The collection of material in this eBook shows that the dynamism of the business marketing environment can be felt all too keenly and that there are implications for the B2B practices of firms when faced with the need to change to address new developments or challenges in their business environments. The contributions by authors in this issue are found in their discussions, insights and analyses with recommendations. With grateful thanks to all the contributors; to Professor Sharad Sarin for sending his book to be evaluated in the Book Review; to Professor Wesley Johnston (JBIM Editor); and to the Emerald team, particularly, Diane Richardson and Adrian Paylor for the publication of this special eBook.
Digital Marketing Fundamentals
by
Prepare for the OMCP certification exam and expand your digital marketing skillset Courses relying on the OMCP Digital Marketing Certification standards attract over 70,000 students at 900 universities around the world each year. This challenging curriculum requires strong command of content marketing, conversion rate optimization, and other digital marketing competencies in high market demand. In Digital Marketing Fundamentals, veteran digital media and marketing experts Greg Jarboe, Michael Stebbins, and Matt Bailey deliver an essential and accessible roadmap to completing the highly sought-after OMCP Digital Marketing Certification. You'll explore topics like digital analytics, social media marketing, and search engine optimization with the help of industry-leading authors and members of the OMCP Standards Committee. In the book, you'll also find: Full discussions of paid search marketing, email marketing, and marketing to mobile device users Exacting and focused instruction on all the competencies tested by the OMCP exam Accessible content suitable for experienced digital marketers looking for a new certification to boost their career, as well as novice practitioners trying to expand their skillset Perfect for aspiring and practicing digital marketers, Digital Marketing Fundamentals also belongs in the libraries of entrepreneurs, solopreneurs, and other small- and medium-sized business leaders looking for a starting point into the critical world of digital marketing.
Does it work? : 10 principles for delivering true business value in digital marketing
by
Today, marketers and advertisers can do so much more than launch campaigns and hope for the best. Thanks to data, they can finally know what works and doesn't, and use that information to become more effective in the future.
That's where this groundbreaking marketing guide comes into play.
From POSSIBLE, one of the world's most successful digital marketing agencies, Does Your Marketing Work? reveals 10 easy-to-understand principles for building a higly creative organization that thrives on data. You'll learn how to how to set business goals, inspire great ideas, find the right people, measure what matters, and act on insight. The book explains how to evaluate everything from simple projects to long-term brand vitality--all the while keeping the field wide open for brilliant creative work.
Dynamic Digital Marketing
by
8 powerful ways to market your business online to consistently generate an abundance of leads that convert into profitable customers. Dynamic Digital Marketing teaches any business or individual how to increase online visibility and presence, attract their target audience, generate leads, and convert them into profitable customers. Author Dawn McGruer is an expert at making businesses and brands shine online. She is passionate about helping entrepreneurs and businesses maximise their digital marketing profits by developing digital skills which scale and grow their businesses and accelerate their success. Most entrepreneurs and businesses fully understand the importance of digital marketing, yet many do not know where to start or, worse, continue to spend time, money, and effort on strategies that fail to provide the best results for their investment. To remedy this situation, Dawn developed her multi-award-winning digital marketing framework, Dynamic Digital Marketing Model. Offering step-by-step guidance, this book shows you how to use this model to market your business online whilst transforming yourself into a proficient digital marketer. This must-read book will help you: Gain invaluable insights on what works - and what doesn't - based on the author's 20 years' experience in digital marketing Avoid pitfalls and missteps by implementing the same proven success strategies used by key influencers Harness the power of search engine optimisation (SEO), social media, content marketing, online video, and more Amplify your brand, cultivate customers, and increase profits Incorporate e-mail marketing, customer analytics, strategic web design, and influencer partnerships in your overall digital marketing strategy Dynamic Digital Marketing: Master the world of online and social media marketing to grow your business is an indispensable resource for business leaders, business owners, marketing and sales professionals, digital strategists and consultants, entrepreneurs, and students in business and marketing programmes.
From Starting Small to Winning Big
by
Digital Marketing Guide for Start-up Entrepreneurs is a practical, step-by-step guide that will help budding entrepreneurs in setting up and executing their digital marketing strategy from scratch to achieve the goals they have set for their start-ups. Topics covered in this book include search engine optimization, content marketing, social media marketing, search engine marketing, and online reputation management are essential for entrepreneurs to learn and master for the success of their start-up. The author guides entrepreneurs in establishing a digital presence of their startups to jet fuel their business growth. He brings in real-life examples and insights gained from executing digital marketing strategies for start-ups and small businesses. This book is perfect for start-up entrepreneurs, founders, marketers, and small business owners who are unaware of digital marketing concepts and how to use digital marketing for their advantage. It will give them practical tips on applying digital marketing to increase their brand awareness and sales-a concise book that can be completed quickly. The text serves as a reference guide for start-up entrepreneurs, to which they can always come back to while setting up and executing their digital marketing strategy.
Principles of Marketing
by
"Principles of Marketing is designed to meet the scope and sequence for a one-semester marketing course for undergraduate business majors and minors. Principles of Marketing provides a solid grounding in the core concepts and frameworks of marketing theory and analysis so that business students interested in a major or minor in marketing will also be prepared for more rigorous, upper-level elective courses. Concepts are further reinforced through detailed, diverse, and realistic company and organization scenarios and examples from various industries and geographical locations. To illuminate the meaningful applications and implications of marketing ideas, the book incorporates a modern approach providing connections between topics, solutions, and real-world problems. Principles of Marketing is modular, allowing flexibility for courses with varied learning outcomes and coverage."--OpenStax.
Principles of Marketing
by
"Principles of Marketing teaches the experience and process of actually doing marketing - not just the vocabulary. It carries five dominant themes throughout in order to expose students to marketing in today's environment."--Open Textbook Library.
Shopper Marketing
by
The book follows the story of the Big Beverage Company, a large multinational company, whose main source of profit is coffee. Their growth has stalled though in the face of increased competition from private label brands, and consumption shifts to different channels. As their growth has slowed so too the total categories, and so one afternoon their biggest retail customer, Shopmart, calls to ask for their help in getting the category growing again. This sets the Big Beverage Company and their management team on a journey from being a brand-focused business, to one that understands how a broader emphasis on the category and its shoppers can lead to greater growth for themselves and their retail partners.
The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing
by
Transform your organization using Agile principles with this proven framework The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing provides a proven framework for applying Agile principles and processes to marketing. Written by celebrated consultant Jim Ewel, this book provides a concise, approachable, and adaptable strategy for the implementation of Agile in virtually any marketing organization. The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing discusses six key areas of practical concern to the marketer who hopes to adopt Agile practices in their organization. They include: Aligning the team on common goals Structuring the team for greater efficiency Implementing processes like Scrum and Kanban in marketing Validated Learning Adapting to Change Creating Remarkable Customer Experiences The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing also discusses four shifts in beliefs and behaviors necessary to achieving an Agile transformation in marketing organizations. They include: A shift from a focus on outputs to one based on outcomes A shift from a campaign mentality to one based on continuous improvement A shift from an internal focus to a customer focus A shift from top-down decisions to de-centralized decisions Perfect for anyone in a leadership position at a marketing agency, The Six Disciplines of Agile Marketing also belongs on the bookshelf of anyone interested in improving the efficacy and efficiency of their own marketing efforts. Full of practical advice and concrete strategies that have been successfully implemented at Fortune 500, Silicon Valley, and non-profit organizations alike, this book is an indispensable resource to help your organization make the leap to Agile.
Small Business Marketing Strategies All-In-One for Dummies
by
Transform your small business into a revenue-generating machine with this step-by-step marketing resource Running a small business is a fun and rewarding experience. It's even more fun and rewarding when clients and customers are clamoring to get a hand on your latest product or service. And effective marketing is the key to making that happen. In Small Business Marketing Strategies All-in-One For Dummies, small business experts from the United States Chamber of Commerce walk you through every single step of designing, launching, running, measuring, and improving your company's next marketing campaign. But don't worry--with Dummies, it's all about learning made easy. You'll discover techniques that work in any kind of small business, from full-time trades to brick-and-mortar shops and online side-hustles. Starting at the beginning of the marketing process, you'll move on to learn how to blend different marketing methods, such as content, social, search, and traditional, to generate massive customer interest. In this book, you will: Pour the foundation of your marketing strategy by defining your ideal customers, sizing up your market, and setting your goals Kick off a successful campaign the right way by picking the best software, platforms, and techniques to power your marketing Combine content marketing, social media, and traditional strategies to generate the perfect marketing and advertising mix Evolve past gut instincts and measure your results with hard data and reliable metrics Moving beyond individual strategies and techniques, Small Business Marketing Strategies All-in-One For Dummies shows you how to blend every tool at your disposal into one effective marketing strategy. It's a must-read for any small business owner trying to grow their company.
Social Media for Small Business
by
Discover how social media can transform your business and help you attract more customers Social Media For Small Business delivers a step-by-step guide to unlocking the potential of social media to grow your business. Award-winning author and entrepreneur Franziska Iseli walks you through how to use Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter, and Pinterest to market your small-to medium-sized business. The book provides you with: Effective marketing strategies to get more out of your social media efforts. Systems to bring structure into your entire marketing approach. Tools to make your brand irresistible across your customer touchpoints. Case studies to highlight the application of the book's principles to the real-world Practical strategies you can put in place immediately to see a rapid return on investment Perfect for busy business owners, business managers and marketing teams wanting to find new and effective marketing tools to attract more customers, Social Media For Small Business also belongs on the bookshelves of anyone who has difficulty with or wants to learn more about how social media can have a positive impact on their business and brand.
This course will orient the students to the different types of business structures or ventures. The student is expected to expand business creativeness and not limit self when it comes to business ventures. The learners will be introduced to different topics in business like, food and non-food products, manufacturing and service enterprise, e-commerce, export, direct marketing, wholesaling and retailing, managing family business, and other types of business ventures. From these different business settings vis-à-vis student's personal values and characteristics, one will be able to deduce the kind of entrepreneurial venture that is viable. The goal of this course is to expose the student to the different business opportunities and hopefully direct them to a specific field of business venture.
Business foundations : a changing world
by
Business Hack
by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Business Planning for New Ventures
by
Starting a new business takes a lot of energy and organization. The failure rate is alarmingly high and the task can look herculean at the outset. This new textbook provides a simple guide to help plan a successful new business, taking entrepreneurs and students through the steps required to avoid pitfalls and get a business going. Unlike most entrepreneurship textbooks, the author avoids dwelling on theories in favour of providing effective and practical guidance on how to start and manage a profitable business, with a focus on new ventures operating in high-growth, innovative sectors. Written by an expert with experience in academia and business consulting, this concise textbook will be valuable reading for students of entrepreneurship, new ventures and small business. The practical focus of the book means that it will be useful both for students in the classroom and for entrepreneurs wanting to start a new business.
Daring to compete : accelerate your business to market leadership with ey's 7 drivers of growth
by
The successful entrepreneur's guide to accelerating growth Daring to Compete offers real-world strategies to accelerate the growth of your business and secure your place as a market leader. This expert guide is the result of years of comprehensive research and experience from global professional services organization EY, originator of the celebrated "Entrepreneur Of The Year" program. Employing its worldwide reach and extensive network of successful entrepreneurs, EY has developed a model of sustainable business development--"The 7 Drivers of GrowthTM." This innovative and highly effective approach to strategic growth is an invaluable resource for high-growth businesses, entrepreneurs, and start-ups. Favoring practical strategies over abstract theories, this book provides clear guidance on the Customer; Funding and Finance; Transactions and Alliances; Risk; People, Behaviors, and Culture; Digital Technology and Analytics; and Operations. This book brings the application of these drivers to life by featuring insights from Entrepreneur Of The Year award-winning entrepreneurs from a wide range of industries and geographic locations. These entrepreneurs share how each driver functions in actual business situations and present first-hand advice on their application and implementation. Planned and sustainable growth is a challenge faced by businesses every day, from developing ventures to leading enterprises. Effective entrepreneurs embrace the drivers of growth and recognize what areas require sharper focus. This book allows you to identify and apply these elements in your own business--facilitating optimal outcomes and accelerating growth. This indispensable guide enables you to: Implement a proven business model to compete more effectively and achieve market leadership Gain the knowledge and confidence to face challenges, anticipate, and overcome obstacles Access research, tools, and services to accelerate growth and compete on a global scale Learn invaluable market leadership strategies from a team of highly successful entrepreneurs Developed from the real-life stories of EY Entrepreneur Of The Year winners, this book is an inspirational and informative must-read guide to business growth and market leadership. Daring to Compete is an invaluable resourcefor both aspiring and experienced entrepreneurs and established business leaders seeking to become more entrepreneurial.
The Economics of Business Enterprise
by
In its Fourth Edition, this textbook explores how economic activity is organised from a new institutional economics perspective. Using transactions costs as a continuing theme, the book delivers the necessary skills to understand the evolution of organisational forms and the strengths and weaknesses of different varieties of private and public governance. The importance of entrepreneurship is emphasised throughout. Public policy concerning competition, regulation and the public utilities is used to illustrate the involvement of subjective judgements about transactions costs in all types of organisational choice. Key features of the Fourth Edition: ? Using impartial analysis, Martin Ricketts evaluates business enterprise through Neoclassical, Austrian and Evolutionary economics, allowing students to learn the strengths and weaknesses of each methodological perspective? Using a clear conceptual framework, the author explains principal-agent theory and the transaction cost paradigm in detail? The chapters are designed around a set of classic papers, giving students an understanding of the historical development of the discipline? Updated examples emphasise the applicability to different technological circumstances and the dynamic nature of studying economic organisation? Additional examples are included for teachers to further discussion or create extended seminar work. A key resource for advanced undergraduate courses or an excellent introductory text at graduate level, this Fourth Edition will provide students of economics, business and political economy with a greater awareness of how business enterprises operate and adapt in response to technological change and competition.
Family Firms and Institutional Contexts
by
Family firms represent over 90 per cent of businesses globally, and play a significant role in the economies of many nations. This innovative book takes an interdisciplinary, cross-national approach to the study of family firms as institutions as well as the relationship between family firms and external institutions. In doing so, it demonstrates the impact of these interactions both on the firms and institutions themselves and on the wider economic context. Featuring in-depth analysis of original research, chapters take both theoretical and empirical approaches to explore the family firm as an organization, several key case studies. At a micro level, the social and cultural unit of the family and its behaviour is investigated, and at a macro level, external institutional contexts are examined to explain and theorise firms' behaviours and strategies, covering areas such as innovation, competitiveness and reputation. The book provides important conceptual insights, as well as up-to-date empirical research and ideas for future research agendas. Family Firms and Institutional Contextswill be a critical read for scholars and doctoral students in business and management, particularly those with an interest in family firms. Policymakers and practitioners in these areas will also find its insights of practical relevance.
Foundations of Business
by
Gain the understanding of business to become a better employee, more informed consumer and even a successful business owner with Pride/Hughes/Kapoor�s FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS, 6E. Every feature has been evaluated by experienced instructors and business students, like you. New applications and activities guide you in applying important concepts. This up-to-date edition highlights business ownership, management and organization, human resources, marketing, e-business, information systems, accounting and finance. You study ethics and social responsibility, small business and entrepreneurship and global issues. Cutting-edge content also emphasizes social media, international business, green and socially responsible business and sustainability. MindTap online resources help you further master important concepts and succeed in today's competitive business world and in your personal life.
Innovation and Internationalisation
by
This book provides a comprehensive examination of the many factors that influence the internationalisation of SMEs into China. SMEs represent more than 50 percent of the economic activity and employment in China. This book explores the experiences of SMEs that have internationalised to China from Australia. Australian SMEs are at the forefront of foreign SMEs in China with over 5000 Australian SMEs currently operating in China and a long history of association. The book is unique in that it presents a multidisciplinary perspective of the subject, considering seven different discipline perspectives (internationalisation, innovation, entrepreneurship, networks, resources, human resource management and barriers and liabilities). This makes the book one of the most comprehensive treatments of internationalisation to China so far. Each chapter in the book deals with a different perspective and includes own separate analysis. The chapters commence with a consideration of the current knowledge on internationalising to China for each perspective, analyse the interviews of representatives of 35 SMEs operating in China and then draw conclusions which are relevant to students, scholars and professionals. Each chapter includes extensive examples from the interviews. This integrated book is particularly useful for small business owners, international business management consultants, instructors and students.
The Joy in Business
by
Successfully cope with day-to-day problems--and find joy along the way The Business of Joy provides you with an abundance of practical and immediately applicable life-changing ideas and inspirational, thought-provoking, and entertaining stories and quotes--in an instant. Each chapter is designed to be read and absorbed in approximately 60 seconds, offering you "Golden Nuggets" and "Joy Gems" that will help make positive, lasting change. Inside, you get an abundance of time-tested formulas that can instantly be used to solve common and uncommon day-to-day issues. This, in and of itself, will help to better yourself today, with work and life moving at the lightning speed of thought. Find unique coping mechanisms when facing adversity Benefit from tangible, motivational, and self-management tools to forge ahead Keep perspective regardless of circumstance Build a sturdy foundation for positive culture and change With the simple information in The Business of Joy, you'll find all the guidance you need to find positivity in your daily life.
Launching New Ventures
by
LAUNCHING NEW VENTURES, 7e provides tomorrow's entrepreneurs with the tools to launch a successful new business in a global marketplace. The text follows the logical development process: from initial idea, to developing and testing a business model, to designing a business and preparing for growth. The seventh edition represents the most current thoughts, ideas, and practices in the field of entrepreneurship. Allen focuses on the pre-startup and startup stages of a new business, with special emphasis on the process and activities that must take place prior to opening a new business. The student-friendly material includes real-world case studies, new venture action plans, and advice from successful entrepreneurs and the author herself. Part One introduces the foundations of entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial opportunity that are important to understanding the decisions that entrepreneurs make, the environment in which they make those decisions, and the tasks they must undertake before launching a new company. Part Two addresses the heart of entrepreneurial activity--the development and testing of a new business model through feasibility analysis. Part Three focuses on the planning that goes into designing an effective, scalable startup organization. Part Four looks at planning for growth and change in the new organization.
Principles of Business
by
PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS, Updated Precision Exams Ninth Edition, provides complete instruction in business concepts and skills students need in today's competitive environment. This market-leading introductory business text offers extensive coverage in major business concepts, such as finance, marketing, operations, and management. Students gain valuable information and skills for the workplace, as well as preparation for success in competitive events, such as DECA, FBLA, and BPA. This edition correlates 100% to the Precision Exams Business Concepts Exam.MindTap for Principles of Business Updated, Precision Exams Edition, 9th edition is the digital learning solution that helps teachers engage and transform today's students into critical thinkers. Through paths of dynamic assignments and applications that you can personalize, real-time course analytics and an accessible reader, MindTap helps you turn cookie cutter into cutting edge, apathy into engagement, and memorizers into higher-level thinkers. MindTap for this course includes the full, interactive eBook as well as auto-graded reading activities throughout the eBook for each lesson as well as student tools like flashcards, practice quizzes, and auto-graded homework and tests.
Small business management : launching & growing entrepreneurial ventures
by
Realize your dream for small business success with this market-leading book. SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT: LAUNCHING AND GROWING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES, 17E provides the practical concepts, entrepreneurial insights, and comprehensive resources you'll find essential both now and throughout your management future. SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT delivers solid coverage of the fundamentals of business management as it teaches you not only how to start a business, but also how to manage, grow, and harvest a business.This market leading text places you in the role of decision maker, allowing you to immediately apply what you've learned to current challenges in today's small businesses. The book's thorough emphasis on building business plans ensures that you can effectively create, manage, and analyze a plan for your own venture. Unforgettable examples, exciting video cases, and coverage of the most current developments in business management today keep this engaging text as current and practical now as it was when it led the market in its first edition 50 years ago. Each edition builds upon past strengths with new innovations and breakthrough developments.SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT: LAUNCHING AND GROWING ENTREPRENEURIAL VENTURES, 17E offers the insights and practical principles that you'll reference again and again throughout your business career. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Startup, Scaleup, Screwup
by
Real-world tools to build your venture, grow your business, and avoid mistakes Startup, Scaleup, Screwup is an expert guide for emerging and established businesses to accelerate growth, facilitate scalability, and keep pace with the rapidly changing economic landscape. The contemporary marketplace is more dynamic than ever before--increased global competition, the impact of digital transformation, and disruptive innovation factors require businesses to implement agile management and business strategies to compete and thrive. This indispensable book provides business leaders and entrepreneurs the tools and guidance to meet growth and scalability challenges head on. Equal parts motivation and practical application, this book answers the questions every business leader asks from the startup ventures to established companies. Covering topics including funding options, employee hiring, product-market validation, remote team management, agile scaling, and the business lifecycle, this essential resource provides a solid approach to grow at the right pace and stay lean. This book will enable you to: Apply 42 effective tools to sustain and accelerate your business growth Avoid the mistakes and pitfalls associated with rapid business growth or organizational change Develop a clear growth plan to integrate into your overall business model Structure your business for rapid scaling and efficient management Startup, Scaleup, Screwup: 42 Tools to Accelerate Lean & Agile Business Growth is a must-read for entrepreneurs, founders, managers, and senior executives. Author Jurgen Appelo shares his wisdom on the creative economy, agile management, innovation marketing, and organizational change to provide a comprehensive guide to business growth. Practical methods and expert advice make this book an essential addition to any business professional's library.
This course will orient the students to the different types of business structures or ventures. The student is expected to expand business creativeness and not limit self when it comes to business ventures. The learners will be introduced to different topics in business like, food and non-food products, manufacturing and service enterprise, e-commerce, export, direct marketing, wholesaling and retailing, managing family business, and other types of business ventures. From these different business settings vis-à-vis student's personal values and characteristics, one will be able to deduce the kind of entrepreneurial venture that is viable. The goal of this course is to expose the student to the different business opportunities and hopefully direct them to a specific field of business venture.
The Art of Business Valuation
by
Starting from the practical viewpoint of, "I would rather be approximately right than perfectly wrong" this book provides a commonsense comprehensive framework for small business valuation that offers solutions to common problems faced by valuators and consultants both in performing valuations and providing ancillary advisory services to business owners, sellers, and buyers. If you conduct small business valuations, you may be seeking guidance on topics and problems specific to your work. Focus on What Matters: A Different Way of Valuing a Small Business fills a previous void in valuation resources. It provides a practical and comprehensive framework for small and very small business valuation (Companies under $10 million of revenues and often under $5 million of revenues), with a specialized focus on the topics and problems that confront valuators of these businesses. Larger businesses typically have at least Reviewed Accrual Accounting statements as a valuation starting point. However, smaller businesses rarely have properly reviewed and updated financials. Focus on What Matters looks at the issue of less reliable data, which affects every part of the business valuation. You'll find valuation solutions for facing this challenge. As a small business valuator, you can get direction on working with financial statements of lower quality. You can also consider answers to key questions as you explore how to value each small business. Is this a small business or a job? How much research and documentation do you need to comply with standards? How can you use cash basis statements when businesses have large receivables and poor cutoffs? Should you use the market method or income method of valuation? Techniques that improve reliability of the market method multiplier How might you tax affect using the income method with the advent of the Estate of Jones and Section 199A? Do you have to provide an opinion of value or will a calculation work? How do you calculate personal goodwill? As a valuation professional how can you bring value to owners and buyers preparing to enter into a business sale transaction? How does the SBA loan process work and why is it essential to current small business values? What is the business brokerage or sale process and how does it work? How do owners increase business value prior to a business sale? This book examines these and other questions you may encounter in your valuation process. You'll also find helpful solutions to common issues that arise when a small business is valued.
Blockchain for business 2019 : a user-friendly introduction to blockchain technology and its business applications
by
Blockchain has the potential to change the world and has become the hottest field in the tech sector now. Blockchain for Business is a comprehensive guide that enables you to fully understand the far-reaching applications beyond Bitcoin and empowers you to make fully-informed decisions.
Business Analysis for Dummies
by
Build a successful career in business analysis When it comes to doing good business, change is a very good thing. And effective business analysts are at the heart of identifying opportunities for growth and implementing the solutions that can transform an organization's foundation--and ultimately increase its profitability. Whether you're an aspiring business analysis professional or a seasoned analyst looking for the latest techniques and approaches, Business Analysis For Dummies helps you discover the newest tips and tricks for turning knowledge into the changes that have a real and meaningful impact on business and drive your organization towards value delivery. Identify areas for growth and create solutions Learn how to bring people together to collaborate effectively Discover ways to better understand and serve your customers  See how business analysis works in the real world  Learn the technology to make the job easier Find business solutions to improve your organization's performance  Understand how to dig deeply into your organization's data, processes, and business rules Dummies makes the path to business success clear. Start here to turn your love of business analysis into the catalyst that makes a difference.
Business and Emerging Technologies
by
The pace of innovation in modern times is staggering, and with the time demands of many careers, it is easy to lose touch with current trends. If business professionals do not actively stay up to date with new developments, they can quickly become outmoded in the workplace or unattractive in the job market. Business and Emerging Technologies is an extensive but straight-to-the-point guide designed to get business students and professionals up to speed with an electrifying range of emergent technologies and concepts in the shortest possible time. Readers will benefit from fluid, well-researched reviews of technologies like artificial intelligence, blockchain, cryptocurrencies, quantum computing, augmented reality, 3D printing, and nanotechnology, and will acquire the factual contexts needed to make insightful decisions as these technologies slowly, but surely, pop up in their occupational nexuses.
Business Valuation
by
A guide that demystifies modern valuation theory and shows how to apply fundamental valuation concepts The revised and updated third edition of Business Valuation: An Integrated Theory explores the core concepts of the integrated theory of business valuation and adapts the theory to reflect how the market for private business actually works. In this third edition of their book, the authors--two experts on the topic of business valuation--help readers translate valuation theory into everyday valuation practice. This important updated book: Includes an extended review of the core concepts of the integrated theory of business valuation and applies the theory on a total capital basis Explains "typical" valuation discounts (marketability and minority interest) and premiums (control premiums) in the context of financial theory, institutional reality and the behavior of market participants Explores evolving valuation perspectives in the context of the integrated theory Written by two experts on valuation theory from Mercer Capital The third edition of Business Valuation is the only book available regarding an integrated theory of business valuation--offering an essential, unprecedented resource for business professionals.
Digital Business Strategy: An Investigation of Generic Types, Performance Implications, and Path Dependence
by
In an ever more digitized world, it necessary to embed digital technology in business strategy, leading to an overarching phenomenon called the digital business strategy. Accordingly, this thesis sets out to advance the understanding, the digital business strategy concept in general as well as its influence on a company’s performance.At the same time, incumbents are often constrained by path dependencies and inertia as executives tend to make use of prior experiences and favor strategic choices they are familiar with over unfamiliar As a consequence, companies may stick to a specific path which restrains transformational change. Accordingly, the study elucidates the ongoing digital transformation as it manifests itself in the evolution of incumbents’ digital business strategies. In addition, this thesis seeks to derive important implications for business practice, as it helps practitioners to develop a better understanding of digital business strategies, especially considering that digitalization challenges the conventional wisdom of competition.
Digital transformation : towards new frontiers and business opportunities
by
In the business world, digital transformation involves finding and developing new strategies and modernizing the information technology of private and public companies. This book presents practices, challenges, and opportunities related to digital transformation. It includes fourteen chapters that address digital transformation in a variety of industries, including finance, construction, education, marketing, and more.
Doing Business 2019 : Training for Reform : comparing business regulation for domestic firms in 190 economies
by
Sixteenth in a series of annual reports comparing business regulation in 190 economies, Doing Business 2019 measures aspects of regulation affecting 10 areas of everyday business activity:* Starting a business* Dealing with construction permits* Getting electricity* Registering property* Getting credit* Protecting minority investors* Paying taxes* Trading across borders* Enforcing contracts* Resolving insolvencyThese areas are included in the distance to frontier score and ease of doing business ranking. Doing Business also measures features of labor market regulation, which is not included in these two measures. This edition also presents the findings of the pilot indicator entitled 'Contracting with the Government,' which aims at benchmarking the efficiency, quality and transparency of public procurement systems worldwide.The report updates all indicators as of May 1, 2018, ranks economies on their overall 'ease of doing business', and analyzes reforms to business regulation -- identifying which economies are strengthening their business environment the most.Doing Business illustrates how reforms in business regulations are being used to analyze economic outcomes for domestic entrepreneurs and for the wider economy. It is a flagship product produced in partnership by the World Bank Group that garners worldwide attention on regulatory barriers to entrepreneurship. Almost 140 economies have used the Doing Business indicators to shape reform agendas and monitor improvements on the ground.
Doing Business 2020
by
Doing Business 2020 is the 17th in a series of annual studies investigating the regulations that enhance business activity and those that constrain it. It provides quantitative indicators covering 12 areas of the business environment in 190 economies. The goal of the Doing Business series is to provide objective data for use by governments in designing sound business regulatory policies and to encourage research on the important dimensions of the regulatory environment for firms.
Doing Business in Germany
by
The focus of the book is to help readers understand how certain concepts and values influence the way Germans like to do business. Germany is the strongest economy in Europe, and one of the largest worldwide. The business climate is good, people are highly skilled, and consumers have plenty of spending money in their pockets; for companies that are doing business internationally, Germany is a market that simply cannot be overlooked. However, many business relationships with Germans come to an end even before they begin; intercultural differences very often result in misunderstandings, frustration, and an unnecessary loss of time and money. Especially with Germans, even small things can be crucial when you are speaking to a (potential) business contact. This book aims at helping students and professionals avoid the common pitfalls that international business people typically step into when dealing with Germans for the very first time. Unlike with the other business- or text-books focusing on culture, this book will do more than just arm you with some simple "Dos and Don'ts;" it will provide interesting and easy-to- understand descriptions and anecdotes that highlight the cultural standards and dimensions that are (typically) theoretically discussed in scientific texts. Essentially, while talking about what makes "the average" German tick, readers will be equipped with the relevant background knowledge. The focus of the book is to help readers understand how certain concepts and values influence the way Germans like to do business. It will guide them on how to successfully interact with Germans, whether at trade shows, during virtual and face-to-face meetings, or when they are negotiating their first contract.
The Emerald Handbook of Blockchain for Business
by
Although an emerging technology, blockchain is here to stay. Since its inception, imaginative thinkers have identified new ways for this powerful technology to bring innovative solutions to problems in the business world. Considered by many as an extreme and disruptive change, how can business leaders overcome resistance to the implementation of blockchain solutions and maximize its potential? The Emerald Handbook of Blockchain for Businessequips academics, practitioners, and students with a broad understanding of the cutting-edge developments and applications of emerging blockchain technology. Covering the basic concepts while also showcasing practical applications in intricate real-world situations, this handbook bridges the gap between theory and practice, providing a useful balance of detailed and user-friendly coverage. Facilitating readers with a working knowledge of how blockchain functions and integrates within the business world, this handbook is essential reading for academics looking for a springboard for further research and practitioners needing a go-to resource for navigating the implementation of this fast-moving new technology.
Entrepreneurship Trajectories : entrepreneurial opportunities, business models, and firm ... performance.
by
Entrepreneurship Trajectories: Entrepreneurial Opportunities, Business Models, and Firm Performance explores several entrepreneurship trajectories recognized by economists and entrepreneurs. It is not possible to talk about growth paths addressed by entrepreneurial ventures without recalling the business model and the type of entrepreneurial opportunity at their foundations. Diego Matricano assumes that the growth paths addressed by entrepreneurial ventures depend on both effective business models and promising opportunities. This pragmatic guide illuminates the entrepreneurial trajectories linking opportunities, business models, and growth paths, offering complete and nuanced views through its extensive use of case studies. Defines both theoretically and empirically the entrepreneurship trajectories that entrepreneurs can address Provides cases and data about ongoing startups from official websites such as Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, US Census Bureau, and Eurostat Describes a comprehensive view of entrepreneurship trajectories that link entrepreneurial opportunities, business models, and growth paths
Responsible innovation : business opportunities and strategies for implementation
by
This Open Access book, Responsible innovation provides benefits for society, for instance more sustainable products, more engagement with consumers and less anxiety about emerging technologies. As a governance tool it is mostly driven by research funders, including the European Commission, under the term "responsible research and innovation" (RRI). To achieve uptake in private industry is a challenge. This book provides successful case studies for the implementation of responsible innovation in businesses. The importance of social innovations is emphasized as a link between benefits for society and profits for businesses, especially SMEs. For corporate industry it is shown how responsible innovation can offer a competitive advantage to adopters. The book is based on the latest insights from theory and practice and combines conceptual work with first-hand experience. It is of interest to innovation managers, entrepreneurs and academics. For academics, the book will provide a combination of analysis and discussion, and present recent learnings from first-hand interaction with entrepreneurs. For innovation managers and entrepreneurs, it will provide inspiration and better ideas about what responsible innovation can look like in practice, why others have "done it" and what the potential benefits might be. The book will thus serve the purposes of spreading the word about the responsible innovation concept among different audiences whilst making it more accessible to innovation managers and entrepreneurs.
Teaching Business Information Literacy
by
Business is currently one of the most popular degree programs among both graduate and undergraduate students, and non-business programs including engineering, design, and pure sciences--all interested in innovation, commercialization, and marketing--are increasingly integrating business training into their curriculum in the name of interdisciplinarity and improved job placement. There is a sustained and growing need for libraries to effectively support business information literacy. At the same time, the resources, research techniques, and assignments that business students need to master often have little in common with a traditional research paper. Teaching Business Information Literacy provides guidance to new business specialists, generalists, and subject librarians in other disciplines being asked to teach business research classes for the first time. Featuring more than 40 practical, classroom-proven lesson plans for one-shot, embedded, and credit-bearing library classes, it's divided into nine sections: Basic Business Research Finance and Accounting Entrepreneurship Management Marketing Specialty Subjects Data Literacy/Data Visualization Experiential Learning/Career Using Technology in the Classroom Chapters cover such crucial topics as competitive intelligence, market research, financial analysis, ethics, intellectual property, accounting and auditing, supply chain management, job searching, and more. Each one guides you through the background of the topic and activity being taught, pre-class planning and preparation, a step-by-step lesson plan, how to adapt the activity for other institutional contexts, and learning outcomes. Additional supporting materials such as slide decks, worksheets, and game boards are freely available in the ACRL Sandbox (sandbox.acrl.org) and findable with the tag "#bizinfolit."
This course will introduce the students to the basics of feasibility studies and business planning. The knowledge on the different types of business will be emphasized. The students will learn the basics of business research, environmental scanning, issues and trends in business. The Deaf students will have the opportunity to apply learnings in fundamental management, marketing, operations, and financial management by developing a business plan. A viable and comprehensive business plan will be the final output in this subject.
Breaking Big
by
An MBA for the SME! Do you want to take your small business to the next level? Are you itching to achieve breakthrough success? Then it's time to give your business a full health check with the Business Doctors. The Business Doctors are a network of independent business advisors who offer their expert advice and guidance to small business owners and entrepreneurs in every industry sector. In Breaking Big they will help you assess where your business is right now and take you through ten strategic steps to get to the next level. Breaking Big is: Based on the concept of an "entrepreneurial bootcamp," it provides workouts to wake up small business owners and inspire them to kick their businesses into high gear A unique opportunity for entrepreneurs and SME owners to get back to basics and take a good look their core values and business vision Grounded in the authors' experience of helping hundreds of small business owners overcome real-life business issues, setbacks, and potential pitfalls
Business Development for Dummies
by
Growing a small business requires more than just sales Business Development For Dummies helps maximise the growth of small- or medium-sized businesses, with a step-by-step model for business development designed specifically for B2B or B2C service firms. By mapping business development to customer life cycle, this book helps owners and managers ensure a focus on growth through effective customer nurturing and management. It's not just sales! In-depth coverage also includes strategy, marketing, client management, and partnerships/alliances, helping you develop robust business practices that can be used every day. You'll learn how to structure, organise, and execute an effective development plan, with step-by-step expert guidance. Realising that you can't just "hire a sales guy" and expect immediate results is one of the toughest lessons small business CEOs have to learn. Developing a business is about more than just gaining customers - it's about integrating every facet of your business in an overarching strategy that continually works toward growth. Business Development For Dummies provides a model, and teaches you what you need to know to make it work for your business. Learn the core concepts of business development, and how it differs from sales Build a practical, step-by-step business development strategy Incorporate marketing, sales, and customer management in general planning Develop and implement a growth-enhancing partnership strategy Recognising that business development is much more than just sales is the first important step to sustained growth. Development should be daily - not just when business starts to tail off, or you fall into a cycle of growth and regression. Plan for growth, and make it stick - Business Development For Dummies shows you how.
Business Planning for New Ventures
by
Starting a new business takes a lot of energy and organization. The failure rate is alarmingly high and the task can look herculean at the outset. This new textbook provides a simple guide to help plan a successful new business, taking entrepreneurs and students through the steps required to avoid pitfalls and get a business going. Unlike most entrepreneurship textbooks, the author avoids dwelling on theories in favour of providing effective and practical guidance on how to start and manage a profitable business, with a focus on new ventures operating in high-growth, innovative sectors. Written by an expert with experience in academia and business consulting, this concise textbook will be valuable reading for students of entrepreneurship, new ventures and small business. The practical focus of the book means that it will be useful both for students in the classroom and for entrepreneurs wanting to start a new business.
Business Plans Kit for Dummies
by
Discover the ins and outs of constructing a winning business plan When you're establishing, expanding, or re-energizing a business, the best place to start is with your business plan. Whether you want start-up money from investors or are looking to expand or re-energize your business, a business plan will give you a defined road map to help you get your business moving. Business Plans Kit For Dummies, 4th Edition has been updated to give you the very latest information on today's current economy and its impact on business plans; dealing with venture capitalists; getting start-up money in any economy; incorporating social and ecological responsibility issues; and developing a plan conducive to marketplace changes and advancements. Refreshed examples and data sources for planning Updated "ten top plans" section CD includes new forms, worksheets, and resources If you're a small business owner, investor, or entrepreneur looking for expert guidance and friendly tips on developing and implementing a strategic plan to help your business succeed in any economy, Business Plans Kit For Dummies has you covered! Note: CD-ROM/DVD and other supplementary materials are not included as part of the e-book file, but are available for download after purchase.
Business process management : practical guidelines to successful implementations
by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston's practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM, including the robotics process automation, digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025--Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike.
Business Strategy
by
Embrace strategies for improving your business and reaching your organization's goals "I wholeheartedly agree with Patrick Stroh: Good leaders understand strategy and good strategists need to be good leaders. Make this book a strategic tool for improving your business strategy." -- Harvey Mackay, author of the #1 New York Times bestsellerSwim With The Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive In today's fast-moving and competitive business environment, strong leadership, insightful strategy, and effective innovation are critical links to staying ahead of your competition. Getting your business house in order can often be complicated, but does it really have to be? How do you take MBA 101 lessons, great models, and exceptional concepts and put them into play in the real world? Business Strategy: Plan, Execute, Win! strives to answers these questions in an educational and entertaining format. Working as a Fortune 20 practitioner with C-level executives, author Patrick Stroh has a keen understanding of the role played by current day strategists. With 5 chapters following the format of "All I Ever Needed to Learn About Business Strategy I Learned..." At the Movies, On the Farm, On Shark Tank, On Hell's Kitchen, and From the Bible, readers will gain valuable strategic insight regardless of industry, business maturity, or current business turbulence and how to apply these insights based on the factors impacting their own business. Each chapter ends with a One Chapter Conclusion, Two Gold Nuggets the reader is to write down and Three Additional Resources/Tools for more information, offering a practical roadmap to simplifying your success.
Creating a Business Plan for Dummies
by
Everything you need to know to design a profitable business plan Whether you're starting a new business or you've been trading for a while, Creating a Business Plan For Dummies covers everything you need to know. Figure out whether your business idea is likely to work, how to identify your strategic advantage, and what you can do to gain an edge on the competition. Discover why a business plan doesn't have to be a thrity-page document that takes days to write, but can be a simple process that you do in stages as you work through your business concept. Learn how to prepare an elevator pitch, create a start-up budget, and create realistic sales projections. Discover how to predict and manage expenses, and assemble a financial forecast that enables you to calculate your break-even. Look at the risk involved in this business and experiment with different scenarios to see if you're on the right track. Explains how to create a one-page business plan in just a few hours Takes a simple step-by-step approach, focusing on budgets, financials, and everyday practicalities Offers focused guidance on managing cashflow, designing marketing plans, and establishing a long-term vision for your business Includes access to downloadable templates and worksheets, as well as helpful online audio and video components Written by Veechi Curtis, bestselling author and business consultant A good business plan is the first step to success for any new business, and getting it right can mean the difference between big profits and big trouble. Creating a Business Plan For Dummies gives you the detailed advice you need to design a great business plan that will guide your business from concept to reality.
Creating Business Plans
by
A well-crafted business plan generates enthusiasm for your idea and boosts your odds of success--whether you're proposing a new initiative within your organization or starting an entirely new company.Creating Business Plans quickly walks you through the basics. You'll learn to: * Present your idea clearly * Develop sound financial plans * Project risks--and rewards * Anticipate and address your audience's concerns Don't have much time? Get up to speed fast on the most essential business skills withHBR's 20-Minute Manager series. Whether you need a crash course or a brief refresher, each book in the series is a concise, practical primer that will help you brush up on a key management topic. Advice you can quickly read and apply, for ambitious professionals and aspiring executives--from the most trusted source in business. Also available as an ebook.
The Financial Times Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan
by
In one engaging, outcome-oriented book, The FT Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan gives you: The essential knowledge you need to write a winning business plan - quickly and without fuss Guidance on how to focus throughout on the plan's purpose - to win backing Samples of what a good plan looks like, so you can benchmark your own as you write it Checklists, tips, examples and milestones to ensure you're on target Prompts to reflect on, evaluate and learn from your experience With advice that's instantly applicable, whether your business is a start-up or a more established company looking to grow, this is the one guide you need to create a credible and persuasive plan.
Get Fit for Digital Business
by
Is your organisation in good shape for today's digital world? Has it effectively changed the way it works to keep up with the new connected consumer? Or is it still stuck on the digital business basics, losing relevance and falling behind in the race for customers? Get Fit for Digital Businesswill help you to assess where you are now, where you need to go and how you can get there. Leaning on two decades of business transformation experience, Rob Laurens describes the difference between just doing digital and being digital. He provides a practical six-step process that any leader can use to accelerate change, seize the opportunities and counter the threats that digital technology brings. This is people-first business transformation for the real world; the way to build core strength, speed and agility throughout your organisation. Free from digital jargon and corporate gobbledegook, it's a complete framework for leaders who don't have time for an MBA in digital business - but who do want to get their teams in great shape to survive and thrive in a digital world. Get Fit for Digital Businesswill help you to create an enterprise that is not just more productive and profitable, but also happier and healthier - leaving you and your team feeling and performing better in every department. have time for an MBA in digital business - but who do want to get their teams in great shape to survive and thrive in a digital world. Get Fit for Digital Businesswill help you to create an enterprise that is not just more productive and profitable, but also happier and healthier - leaving you and your team feeling and performing better in every department.
Key Business Analytics
by
Key Business Analytics will help managers apply tools to turn data into insights that help them better understand their customers, optimize their internal processes and identify cost savings and growth opportunities. It includes analysis techniques within the following categories: Financial analytics - cashflow, profitability, sales forecasts Market analytics - market size, market trends, marketing channels Customer analytics - customer lifetime values, social media, customer needs Employee analytics - capacity, performance, leadership Operational analytics - supply chains, competencies, environmental impact Bare business analytics - sentiments, text, correlations Each tool will follow the bestselling Key format of being 5-6 pages long, broken into short sharp advice on the essentials: What is it? When should I use it? How do I use it? Tips and pitfalls Further reading This essential toolkit also provides an invaluable section on how to gather original data yourself through surveys, interviews, focus groups, etc.
Small business : an entrepreneur's business plan
by
Begin your small business success today as you transform your business idea into a powerful, functional business plan with Hiduke/Ryan's SMALL BUSINESS: AN ENTREPRENEUR'S BUSINESS PLAN, 9E. This indispensable guide to small business takes a practical action-step approach to help you sharpen your business talents and focus your business ownership dreams. You learn to identify business opportunities, market needs, and target customers as you develop an actual working business plan from the ground up. Timely business tools and ongoing links to the latest small business information available on the Internet keep the information you're using focused on the future. Throughout the book, you gain firsthand glimpses into the challenges and successes that other passionate entrepreneurs face. Whether you plan to build your own business, pursue a franchise, or purchase an existing business, in SMALL BUSINESS: AN ENTREPRENEUR'S BUSINESS PLAN, 9E, you'll find the timely advice, powerful skills, and effective plans you need for success. Make the grade with CourseMate + LivePlan! This interactive website helps you make the most of your study time by accessing everything you need to succeed in one convenient place. This version of CourseMate includes LivePlan from Palo Alto Software; a proven web-based business plan software that allows you to produce a professional-grade business plan through software used by real entrepreneurs. MANAGEMENT CourseMate also provides an interactive eBook, dynamic flashcards, interactive quizzes, videos, games, and more to help you master today's management concepts.
Starting a Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
Starting a business? Don't sweat it! With all-new content and updates reflecting the latest laws, business climate, and startup considerations, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies, 2nd Edition, is the book you need if you're starting a business today. Inside, you'll find the most important practical advice you need to start any type of business from the ground up, distilled from 10 bestselling For Dummies business titles. Covering all startup business phases through the first year of operation, this guide will help you turn your winning idea into a winning business plan. You'll get simple step-by-step instructions as you go, all the way to marketing, branding, taxes, and human resources. Start up a dream business from scratch Write a winning business plan Secure financing Manage your risks successfully Navigate your first year of operation If you're a go-getter looking for a way to launch a great idea and be your own boss, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies prepares you to beat the odds and become successful in your sector.
Starting Your Own Business
by
The easy way to help your kid start a business Do you have a budding entrepreneur on your hands who's anxious to bring the next great business idea to life? Make their dream come true with the accessible, expert help in Starting Your Own Business. Written with young learners in mind, this book walks your child through the steps that turn a bright idea into a profitable business. An extension of the trusted For Dummies brand, Starting Your Own Business speaks to juniors in a language they can understand, offering guidance and actionable plans to turn their business idea into a reality. From setting goals to putting together a plan that encourages others to help them get their idea off the ground, it offers everything kids need to get their business started and make it grow. The book features a design that is heavy on eye-popping graphics that hold children's attention The content focuses on the steps to completing a project A small, full-color, non-intimidating package instills confidence in the reader Basic projects set the reader on the road to further exploration Children are notorious for their huge imaginations. Now, their ideas can live in the real world--and translate to real profit--with the help of Starting Your Own Business.
Successful Business Plan
by
This essential step-by-step guide for anyone launching or expanding a successful business has been used by over a million entrepreneurs. It includes expert help, worksheets to jumpstart the process, a sample business plan, tips on impressing funders, winning tips for competitions, and more. Used in the top business schools throughout the nation, the book covers every aspect of a successful business plan, from the components of the actual plan, to making the plan compelling, to presentation methods, to looking for money, and much more.
Truth, growth, repeat : a business manual for generation why
by
The plain English guide to growing your business with purpose. Avoiding corporate jargon and overly-academic theorising in favor of a commonsense analysis of modern business behaviour, Truth, Growth, Repeat is like a user manual for company growth in a new world of commercial transparency. By mapping the way business works today at a very honest and human level, this street-smart book is a must-read for any business owner who wants to achieve growth and success without compromising their personal values. The book introduces The Circle of True Purpose, a virtuous sequence of knock-on effects that proves that enduring commercial growth is the result when a business owner's authentic motive is placed at the core of everything the business does. Author and brand expert Mike Edmonds explains the correct sequence to follow to acquire both financial return and personal fulfilment, and why going the other way leads to a never-ending cycle of inconsistent sales and consumer distrust. To illustrate these two key paths in life, the book contains many stories of actual businesses who've experienced these effects. This practical guide takes business owners through a series of exercises to help surface their own True Purpose and implement it in their sector of industry. Get tips on growing your business authentically from an expert in translating complex theory into usable advice Find out why truth is not only an admirable moral quality but is increasingly the key to lasting business success Discover ways to surface your True Purpose and learn the actual steps you can take to implement them in our always-on, super-connected world Bust the corporate myths that might be holding you back and obtain simple, usable tools that will help your higher ideal deliver higher returns If you feel there's a powerful truth inside your business that the world isn't seeing, Truth, Growth, Repeat could be the most important book you ever read.
Write Your Business Plan
by
A comprehensive companion to Entrepreneur's long-time bestseller Start Your Own Business, this essential guide leads you through the most critical startup step next to committing to your business vision--defining how to achieve it. Coached by a diverse group of experts and successful business owners, gain an in-depth understanding of what's essential to any business plan, what's appropriate for your venture, and what it takes ensure success. Plus, learn from real-world examples of plans that worked, helping to raise money, hone strategy, and build a solid business. Whether you're just starting out or already running a business, to successfully build a company, you need a plan. One that lays out your product, your strategy, your market, your team, and your opportunity. It is the blueprint for your business. The experts at Entrepreneur show you how to create it. Includes sample business plans, resources and worksheets.
Writing a Business Plan
by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Planis designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
This course will introduce the students to the basics of feasibility studies and business planning. The knowledge on the different types of business will be emphasized. The students will learn the basics of business research, environmental scanning, issues and trends in business. The Deaf students will have the opportunity to apply learnings in fundamental management, marketing, operations, and financial management by developing a business plan. A viable and comprehensive business plan will be the final output in this subject.
The Agile Guide to Business Analysis and Planning
by
How Product Owners and Business Analysts can maximize the value delivered to stakeholders by integrating BA competencies with agile methodologies "This book will become a staple reference that both product owners and business analysis practitioners should have by their side." -- From the Foreword by Alain Arseneault, former IIBA Acting President & CEO "[This book] is well organized in bite-sized chunks and structured for ready access to the essential concepts, terms, and practices that can help any agile team be more successful." -- Karl Wiegers The Agile Guide to Business Analysis and Planning provides practical guidance for eliminating unnecessary errors and delays in agile product development through effective planning, backlog refinement and acceptance criteria specification ---with hard-to-find advice on how and when to analyze the context for complex changes within an agile approach---including when to use Journey Maps, Value Stream Mapping, Personas, Story Maps, BPMN, Use Cases and other UML models. Renowned author and consultant Howard Podeswa teaches best practices drawn from agile and agile-adjacent frameworks, including ATDD, BDD, DevOps, CI/CD, Kanban, Scrum, SAFe, XP, Lean Thinking, Lean Startup, Circumstance-Based Market Segmentation, and theories of disruptive innovation. He offers a comprehensive agile roadmap for analyzing customer needs and planning product development, including discussion of legacy business analysis tools that still offer immense value to agile teams. Using a running case study, Podeswa walks through the full agile product lifecycle, from visioning through release and continuous value delivery. You learn how to carry out agile analysis and planning responsibilities more effectively, using tools such as Kano analysis, minimum viable products (MVPs), minimum marketable features (MMFs), story maps, product roadmaps, customer journey mapping, value stream mapping, spikes, and the definition of ready (DoR). Podeswa presents each technique in context: what you need to know and when to apply each tool. Read this book to Master principles, frameworks, concepts, and practices of agile analysis and planning in order to maximize value delivery throughout the product''s lifecycle Explore planning and analysis for short-term, long-term, and scaled agile initiatives using MVPs and data-informed learning to test hypotheses and find high-value features Split features into MMFs and small stories that deliver significant value and enable quick wins Refine, estimate, and specify features, stories, and their acceptance criteria, following ATDD/BDD guidance Address the unique analysis and planning challenges of scaled agile organizations Implement 13 practices for optimizing enterprise agility Supported by 175+ tools, techniques, examples, diagrams, templates, checklists, and other job aids, this book is a complete toolkit for every practitioner. Whatever your role, you''ll find indispensable guidance on agile planning and analysis responsibilities so you can help your organization respond more nimbly to a fast-changing environment. Register your book for convenient access to downloads, updates, and/or corrections as they become available. See inside book for details.
Brilliant strategy for business : how to plan, implement and evaluate strategy at any level of management
by
In Business, strategy is king. Leadership and hard work are all very well and luck is mighty useful, but it is strategy that makes or breaks a business, organisation or team. Of course, it is easier to talk a good strategic game than it is to execute one. This book will help you turn your words into effective and successful actions.
Business Analysis for Dummies
by
Build a successful career in business analysis When it comes to doing good business, change is a very good thing. And effective business analysts are at the heart of identifying opportunities for growth and implementing the solutions that can transform an organization's foundation--and ultimately increase its profitability. Whether you're an aspiring business analysis professional or a seasoned analyst looking for the latest techniques and approaches, Business Analysis For Dummies helps you discover the newest tips and tricks for turning knowledge into the changes that have a real and meaningful impact on business and drive your organization towards value delivery. Identify areas for growth and create solutions Learn how to bring people together to collaborate effectively Discover ways to better understand and serve your customers  See how business analysis works in the real world  Learn the technology to make the job easier Find business solutions to improve your organization's performance  Understand how to dig deeply into your organization's data, processes, and business rules Dummies makes the path to business success clear. Start here to turn your love of business analysis into the catalyst that makes a difference.
Business and Emerging Technologies
by
The pace of innovation in modern times is staggering, and with the time demands of many careers, it is easy to lose touch with current trends. If business professionals do not actively stay up to date with new developments, they can quickly become outmoded in the workplace or unattractive in the job market. Business and Emerging Technologies is an extensive but straight-to-the-point guide designed to get business students and professionals up to speed with an electrifying range of emergent technologies and concepts in the shortest possible time. Readers will benefit from fluid, well-researched reviews of technologies like artificial intelligence, blockchain, cryptocurrencies, quantum computing, augmented reality, 3D printing, and nanotechnology, and will acquire the factual contexts needed to make insightful decisions as these technologies slowly, but surely, pop up in their occupational nexuses.
Business Continuity Planning
by
Terrorism, natural disasters, or hazardous materials threaten the viability for all types of businesses. With an eye toward business scale, scope, and diversity, Business Continuity Planning: Increasing Workplace Resilience to Disasters, addresses a range of potential businesses from home-based to large corporations in the face of these threats, including the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic. Information on business continuity planning is easy to find but can be difficult to work through. Terminology, required content, and planning barriers often prevent progress. This volume solves such problems by guiding readers, step-by-step, through such actions as identifying hazards and assessing risks, writing critical functions, forming teams, and encouraging stakeholder participation. In essence, this volume serves as a business continuity planning coach for people new to the process or seeking to strengthen and deepen their ongoing efforts. By engaging stakeholders in a business continuity planning process, businesses can protect employees, customers, and their financial stability. Coupled with examples from recent disasters, planners will be able to inspire and involve stakeholders in creating a more resilient workplace. Designed for both educators and practitioners, Business Continuity Planning: Increasing Workplace Resilience to Disasters walks users through how to understand and execute the essential steps of business continuity planning. Presents evidence-based best practices coupled with standard operating procedures for business continuity planning in a stepwise, user-oriented manner Includes numerous examples and case studies bringing the ideas and procedures to life Provides user-friendly materials and resources, such as templated worksheets, checklists, and procedures with clear instructions, making the volume engaging and immediately operational
Business Partnership Essentials
by
Business partnerships are vital to the US economy yet their failure rate is alarming: 70% of them don't make it. Dr. Lehavi is leading the charge to reverse this statistic. As a business partnership relationship coach, she intimately knows the impact that these partnerships have on cofounders, employees, customers, families, local communities, and global markets. Business Partnership Essentials walks you through every phase of the process--from choosing the right partner and operating your business on a daily basis, all the way through to exit and planning for the unexpected. This book is not a book on business startups and so it does not address the finances of starting up a partnership, but rather, it focuses on agreeing on all aspects of your relationship with your business partner. Following Lehavi's guidance will ensure that you've done everything you can to help your partnership succeed.
Business Plan Development Guide
by
This textbook and its accompanying spreadsheet templates were designed with and for students wanting a practical and easy-to-follow guide for developing a business plan. It follows a unique format that both explains what to do and demonstrates how to do it.
Digital Business Strategy
by
In an ever more digitized world, it necessary to embed digital technology in business strategy, leading to an overarching phenomenon called the digital business strategy. Accordingly, this thesis sets out to advance the understanding, the digital business strategy concept in general as well as its influence on a company’s performance.At the same time, incumbents are often constrained by path dependencies and inertia as executives tend to make use of prior experiences and favor strategic choices they are familiar with over unfamiliar As a consequence, companies may stick to a specific path which restrains transformational change. Accordingly, the study elucidates the ongoing digital transformation as it manifests itself in the evolution of incumbents’ digital business strategies. In addition, this thesis seeks to derive important implications for business practice, as it helps practitioners to develop a better understanding of digital business strategies, especially considering that digitalization challenges the conventional wisdom of competition.
Entrepreneurial finance : fundamentals of financial planning and management for small business
by
Featuring key topics within finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship to develop and maintain prosperous business ventures With a comprehensive and organized approach to fundamental financial theories, tools, and management techniques, Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business equips readers with the necessary fundamental knowledge and advanced skills to succeed in small firm and business settings. With a unique combination of topics from finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship, the book prepares readers for the challenges of today's economy. Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business begins with key concepts of small business management and entrepreneurship, including management tools and techniques needed to establish, run, and lead business ventures. The book then delves into how small businesses are operated, managed, and controlled. General finance skills and methods are integrated throughout, and the book also features: Numerous practical examples and scenarios that provide a real-world perspective on entrepreneurship and small business management A brief summary, list of key concepts, and ten discussion questions at the end of each chapter to prepare readers for the challenges of today's economy A practical guide to the complete life of a small business, from establishing a new venture to training and developing young entrepreneurs tasked with maintaining and developing a prosperous economy An in-depth discussion of the entire process of writing a successful business plan, including the rationale, significance, and requirements Techniques needed to solidify the free enterprise tradition, develop entrepreneurial strategies, and grow small businesses Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate and first-year graduate courses in entrepreneurial finance within business, economics, management science, and public administration departments. The book is also useful for MBA-level courses as well as for business and management PhD majors as a resource in methodology. The book is also an idea reference for entrepreneurs, business managers, market analysts, and decision makers who require information about the theoretical and quantitative aspects of entrepreneurial finance.
The Financial Times Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan: How to Win Backing to Start up or Grow Your Business
by
Whether you seek financial backing or board consent, The Financial Times Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan will give you the critical knowledge you need to get the go-ahead. By focusing clearly on your objective, it will help you to gather the necessary evidence and address all your backers concerns. This brand-new edition draws out the specific challenges faced by start-ups, particularly on pinning down your perceived market niche and determining your competitive advantage. There are new chapters on pitching the plan and performing against the plan, using key performance indicators and milestones. Finally, new appendices outline alternative sources of funding and display an example business plan from start to finish.Written by a seasoned practitioner with years of experience in both writing and evaluating business plans for funding, it will help you formulate a coherent, consistent and convincing plan with your backers needs in mind. Follow its guidance and your plan will have every chance of winning the backing you need for your business to succeed.
How to Write a Business Plan
by
This guide presents the latest thinking on effective business planning. From diagnosing and measuring customer satisfaction to finding innovative ways to raise capital, this fifth edition explains how to organize and implement the planning process from beginning to end and position a company for success. Students will learn how to: evaluate a business's capabilities, strengths, and weaknesses; pinpoint crucial elements of the competitive environment, including market, economic, and technological factors; establish realistic goals, objectives, and strategies in areas including marketing, organization and management, production/services, R & D, finance, and information technology; develop operating and financial plans; identify and integrate customer requirements into the business plan; write the actual planning document and use it to steer a company to greater productivity and profits; obtain the capital needed to grow a business. -- Edited summary from book.
The new consultant's quick start guide : an action plan for your first year in business
by
An action plan for working as a consultant Management consulting is a $250 billion industry and growing at a rate of over four percent annually. Many predict that more than 40 percent of the U.S. workforce will soon be contingent, freelance, or consulting members of the workforce--making this book more relevant than ever. Individuals become independent consultants out of necessity or preference: necessity because they lost their job or the company offered an attractive exit packa≥ preference because they want a career change, more control over their time, or an enriched, varied work situation. Consulting also appeals to the Millennial workforce who are searching for careers that offer a good salary as well as meaningful work. The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide: * Serves as a companion to The New Business of Consulting * Provides you with a place to plan your transition into consulting * Helps you identify your niche, develop a business plan, charge what you're worth, and create a marketing strategy to ensure a steady stream of clients * Prepares you for changes you will encounter beyond your professional life, including social, family, and financial aspects The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide helps you work through the challenges of consulting such as working alone, deciding on necessary insurance coverage, finding your first clients, struggling with cash flow, and understanding market trends.
The New Leader's 100-Day Action Plan
by
Maximize your remote and in-person leadership impact in your first 100 days The New Leader's 100-Day Action Plan has sold over 100,000 copies because it's so practical. The author team of accomplished private equity/M&A transition leaders explains in great detail, how to succeed in new leadership roles, build high-performance teams, execute winning strategies, and achieve organizational goals. The heavily revised 5th edition explains how to your due diligence before accepting a new role, and how to lead in remote or hybrid environments and how to leverage diversity, equity, and inclusion to meet team goals, drive growth and enhance any organization. Readers will also find: Roadmaps, tools and tips to understanding, improving, and leading organizational change, including digital initiatives New chapters focused on crisis situations, post-M&A integrations, turnarounds, and transformations Practical counsel on managing your Board A critical resource for leaders in any industry, The New Leader's 100-Day Action Plan walks you through your first days, weeks, and months in any new leadership role, when stakes are high and time is of the essence.
Profit : Plan for It, Get It-The Entrepreneurs Handbook.
by
If you want to take your business to the next level, then this book could lead you there. You most likely have a love for whatever area you have chosen as a focus for your business. This is a great start. However, many small business owners do not have the business and management background to make that business as profitable as it could be. In consulting with many of these small businesses, I found that a few simple business practices could be very beneficial to their growth. In this book, I will try to share some of these practices with you. This book is designed to help an entrepreneur increase his profit by introducing how he can use a simplified profit-and-loss statement of four to ten items as a tool to analyze his business from a financial perspective. He will be shown how he can use these items in a formula to help him plan and make decisions for future growth and profit. We will discuss skills and practices that have been used to improve sales, management, leadership, and planning skills. This book is designed to help you improve your profitability.
Writing a Business Plan
by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Plan is designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
This is a continuation of the Business Plan Development course. The Deaf student will have the chance to put the business plan into realization by actually putting up and tryin the set business. The students are expected to go through each steps of setting up own business with the goal of gaining actual revenues.
Breaking Big
by
An MBA for the SME! Do you want to take your small business to the next level? Are you itching to achieve breakthrough success? Then it's time to give your business a full health check with the Business Doctors. The Business Doctors are a network of independent business advisors who offer their expert advice and guidance to small business owners and entrepreneurs in every industry sector. In Breaking Big they will help you assess where your business is right now and take you through ten strategic steps to get to the next level. Breaking Big is: Based on the concept of an "entrepreneurial bootcamp," it provides workouts to wake up small business owners and inspire them to kick their businesses into high gear A unique opportunity for entrepreneurs and SME owners to get back to basics and take a good look their core values and business vision Grounded in the authors' experience of helping hundreds of small business owners overcome real-life business issues, setbacks, and potential pitfalls
Business Development for Dummies
by
Growing a small business requires more than just sales Business Development For Dummies helps maximise the growth of small- or medium-sized businesses, with a step-by-step model for business development designed specifically for B2B or B2C service firms. By mapping business development to customer life cycle, this book helps owners and managers ensure a focus on growth through effective customer nurturing and management. It's not just sales! In-depth coverage also includes strategy, marketing, client management, and partnerships/alliances, helping you develop robust business practices that can be used every day. You'll learn how to structure, organise, and execute an effective development plan, with step-by-step expert guidance. Realising that you can't just "hire a sales guy" and expect immediate results is one of the toughest lessons small business CEOs have to learn. Developing a business is about more than just gaining customers - it's about integrating every facet of your business in an overarching strategy that continually works toward growth. Business Development For Dummies provides a model, and teaches you what you need to know to make it work for your business. Learn the core concepts of business development, and how it differs from sales Build a practical, step-by-step business development strategy Incorporate marketing, sales, and customer management in general planning Develop and implement a growth-enhancing partnership strategy Recognising that business development is much more than just sales is the first important step to sustained growth. Development should be daily - not just when business starts to tail off, or you fall into a cycle of growth and regression. Plan for growth, and make it stick - Business Development For Dummies shows you how.
Business Planning for New Ventures
by
Starting a new business takes a lot of energy and organization. The failure rate is alarmingly high and the task can look herculean at the outset. This new textbook provides a simple guide to help plan a successful new business, taking entrepreneurs and students through the steps required to avoid pitfalls and get a business going. Unlike most entrepreneurship textbooks, the author avoids dwelling on theories in favour of providing effective and practical guidance on how to start and manage a profitable business, with a focus on new ventures operating in high-growth, innovative sectors. Written by an expert with experience in academia and business consulting, this concise textbook will be valuable reading for students of entrepreneurship, new ventures and small business. The practical focus of the book means that it will be useful both for students in the classroom and for entrepreneurs wanting to start a new business.
Business Plans Kit for Dummies
by
Discover the ins and outs of constructing a winning business plan When you're establishing, expanding, or re-energizing a business, the best place to start is with your business plan. Whether you want start-up money from investors or are looking to expand or re-energize your business, a business plan will give you a defined road map to help you get your business moving. Business Plans Kit For Dummies, 4th Edition has been updated to give you the very latest information on today's current economy and its impact on business plans; dealing with venture capitalists; getting start-up money in any economy; incorporating social and ecological responsibility issues; and developing a plan conducive to marketplace changes and advancements. Refreshed examples and data sources for planning Updated "ten top plans" section CD includes new forms, worksheets, and resources If you're a small business owner, investor, or entrepreneur looking for expert guidance and friendly tips on developing and implementing a strategic plan to help your business succeed in any economy, Business Plans Kit For Dummies has you covered! Note: CD-ROM/DVD and other supplementary materials are not included as part of the e-book file, but are available for download after purchase.
Business process management : practical guidelines to successful implementations
by
Business Process Management, a huge bestseller, has helped thousands of leaders and BPM practitioners successfully implement BPM projects, enabling them to add measurable value to their organizations. The book's runaway success can be attributed partly to its overview of all major useful frameworks (such as LEAN and Six Sigma) without over-investment in one over another, and a unique emphasis on BPM's interrelationship with organizational management, culture and leadership. Its common-sense approach teaches how BPM must be well-integrated across an entire business if it's to be successful: augmented and aligned with other management disciplines. This highly anticipated fourth edition brings Jeston's practicable frameworks and solutions up to date with the latest developments in BPM, including the robotics process automation, digital strategies and the changes necessary as a result of the impact of the quad generations in the workforce. This thoroughly revised and updated new edition includes: Enhanced BPM House noting the importance of traceability from strategy to execution activities New and revised case studies An analysis of the risks and benefits of robotic automation and cognitive computing. The book highlights that millennials will be 50% of the global workforce in 2020 and 67% by 2025--Jeston warns managers to ignore them at your peril. Business processes and the way work is performed must evolve! This book will prove to be an indispensable guide to any senior business executive or chief financial officer while providing practical BPM examples to undergraduate and postgraduate students alike.
Business Strategy
by
Embrace strategies for improving your business and reaching your organization's goals "I wholeheartedly agree with Patrick Stroh: Good leaders understand strategy and good strategists need to be good leaders. Make this book a strategic tool for improving your business strategy." -- Harvey Mackay, author of the #1 New York Times bestsellerSwim With The Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive In today's fast-moving and competitive business environment, strong leadership, insightful strategy, and effective innovation are critical links to staying ahead of your competition. Getting your business house in order can often be complicated, but does it really have to be? How do you take MBA 101 lessons, great models, and exceptional concepts and put them into play in the real world? Business Strategy: Plan, Execute, Win! strives to answers these questions in an educational and entertaining format. Working as a Fortune 20 practitioner with C-level executives, author Patrick Stroh has a keen understanding of the role played by current day strategists. With 5 chapters following the format of "All I Ever Needed to Learn About Business Strategy I Learned..." At the Movies, On the Farm, On Shark Tank, On Hell's Kitchen, and From the Bible, readers will gain valuable strategic insight regardless of industry, business maturity, or current business turbulence and how to apply these insights based on the factors impacting their own business. Each chapter ends with a One Chapter Conclusion, Two Gold Nuggets the reader is to write down and Three Additional Resources/Tools for more information, offering a practical roadmap to simplifying your success.
Creating a Business Plan for Dummies
by
Everything you need to know to design a profitable business plan Whether you're starting a new business or you've been trading for a while, Creating a Business Plan For Dummies covers everything you need to know. Figure out whether your business idea is likely to work, how to identify your strategic advantage, and what you can do to gain an edge on the competition. Discover why a business plan doesn't have to be a thrity-page document that takes days to write, but can be a simple process that you do in stages as you work through your business concept. Learn how to prepare an elevator pitch, create a start-up budget, and create realistic sales projections. Discover how to predict and manage expenses, and assemble a financial forecast that enables you to calculate your break-even. Look at the risk involved in this business and experiment with different scenarios to see if you're on the right track. Explains how to create a one-page business plan in just a few hours Takes a simple step-by-step approach, focusing on budgets, financials, and everyday practicalities Offers focused guidance on managing cashflow, designing marketing plans, and establishing a long-term vision for your business Includes access to downloadable templates and worksheets, as well as helpful online audio and video components Written by Veechi Curtis, bestselling author and business consultant A good business plan is the first step to success for any new business, and getting it right can mean the difference between big profits and big trouble. Creating a Business Plan For Dummies gives you the detailed advice you need to design a great business plan that will guide your business from concept to reality.
Creating Business Plans
by
A well-crafted business plan generates enthusiasm for your idea and boosts your odds of success--whether you're proposing a new initiative within your organization or starting an entirely new company.Creating Business Plans quickly walks you through the basics. You'll learn to: * Present your idea clearly * Develop sound financial plans * Project risks--and rewards * Anticipate and address your audience's concerns Don't have much time? Get up to speed fast on the most essential business skills withHBR's 20-Minute Manager series. Whether you need a crash course or a brief refresher, each book in the series is a concise, practical primer that will help you brush up on a key management topic. Advice you can quickly read and apply, for ambitious professionals and aspiring executives--from the most trusted source in business. Also available as an ebook.
The Financial Times Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan
by
In one engaging, outcome-oriented book, The FT Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan gives you: The essential knowledge you need to write a winning business plan - quickly and without fuss Guidance on how to focus throughout on the plan's purpose - to win backing Samples of what a good plan looks like, so you can benchmark your own as you write it Checklists, tips, examples and milestones to ensure you're on target Prompts to reflect on, evaluate and learn from your experience With advice that's instantly applicable, whether your business is a start-up or a more established company looking to grow, this is the one guide you need to create a credible and persuasive plan.
Get Fit for Digital Business
by
Is your organisation in good shape for today's digital world? Has it effectively changed the way it works to keep up with the new connected consumer? Or is it still stuck on the digital business basics, losing relevance and falling behind in the race for customers? Get Fit for Digital Businesswill help you to assess where you are now, where you need to go and how you can get there. Leaning on two decades of business transformation experience, Rob Laurens describes the difference between just doing digital and being digital. He provides a practical six-step process that any leader can use to accelerate change, seize the opportunities and counter the threats that digital technology brings. This is people-first business transformation for the real world; the way to build core strength, speed and agility throughout your organisation. Free from digital jargon and corporate gobbledegook, it's a complete framework for leaders who don't have time for an MBA in digital business - but who do want to get their teams in great shape to survive and thrive in a digital world. Get Fit for Digital Businesswill help you to create an enterprise that is not just more productive and profitable, but also happier and healthier - leaving you and your team feeling and performing better in every department. have time for an MBA in digital business - but who do want to get their teams in great shape to survive and thrive in a digital world. Get Fit for Digital Businesswill help you to create an enterprise that is not just more productive and profitable, but also happier and healthier - leaving you and your team feeling and performing better in every department.
Key Business Analytics
by
Key Business Analytics will help managers apply tools to turn data into insights that help them better understand their customers, optimize their internal processes and identify cost savings and growth opportunities. It includes analysis techniques within the following categories: Financial analytics - cashflow, profitability, sales forecasts Market analytics - market size, market trends, marketing channels Customer analytics - customer lifetime values, social media, customer needs Employee analytics - capacity, performance, leadership Operational analytics - supply chains, competencies, environmental impact Bare business analytics - sentiments, text, correlations Each tool will follow the bestselling Key format of being 5-6 pages long, broken into short sharp advice on the essentials: What is it? When should I use it? How do I use it? Tips and pitfalls Further reading This essential toolkit also provides an invaluable section on how to gather original data yourself through surveys, interviews, focus groups, etc.
Small business : an entrepreneur's business plan
by
Begin your small business success today as you transform your business idea into a powerful, functional business plan with Hiduke/Ryan's SMALL BUSINESS: AN ENTREPRENEUR'S BUSINESS PLAN, 9E. This indispensable guide to small business takes a practical action-step approach to help you sharpen your business talents and focus your business ownership dreams. You learn to identify business opportunities, market needs, and target customers as you develop an actual working business plan from the ground up. Timely business tools and ongoing links to the latest small business information available on the Internet keep the information you're using focused on the future. Throughout the book, you gain firsthand glimpses into the challenges and successes that other passionate entrepreneurs face. Whether you plan to build your own business, pursue a franchise, or purchase an existing business, in SMALL BUSINESS: AN ENTREPRENEUR'S BUSINESS PLAN, 9E, you'll find the timely advice, powerful skills, and effective plans you need for success. Make the grade with CourseMate + LivePlan! This interactive website helps you make the most of your study time by accessing everything you need to succeed in one convenient place. This version of CourseMate includes LivePlan from Palo Alto Software; a proven web-based business plan software that allows you to produce a professional-grade business plan through software used by real entrepreneurs. MANAGEMENT CourseMate also provides an interactive eBook, dynamic flashcards, interactive quizzes, videos, games, and more to help you master today's management concepts.
Starting a Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
Starting a business? Don't sweat it! With all-new content and updates reflecting the latest laws, business climate, and startup considerations, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies, 2nd Edition, is the book you need if you're starting a business today. Inside, you'll find the most important practical advice you need to start any type of business from the ground up, distilled from 10 bestselling For Dummies business titles. Covering all startup business phases through the first year of operation, this guide will help you turn your winning idea into a winning business plan. You'll get simple step-by-step instructions as you go, all the way to marketing, branding, taxes, and human resources. Start up a dream business from scratch Write a winning business plan Secure financing Manage your risks successfully Navigate your first year of operation If you're a go-getter looking for a way to launch a great idea and be your own boss, Starting a Business All-In-One For Dummies prepares you to beat the odds and become successful in your sector.
Starting Your Own Business
by
The easy way to help your kid start a business Do you have a budding entrepreneur on your hands who's anxious to bring the next great business idea to life? Make their dream come true with the accessible, expert help in Starting Your Own Business. Written with young learners in mind, this book walks your child through the steps that turn a bright idea into a profitable business. An extension of the trusted For Dummies brand, Starting Your Own Business speaks to juniors in a language they can understand, offering guidance and actionable plans to turn their business idea into a reality. From setting goals to putting together a plan that encourages others to help them get their idea off the ground, it offers everything kids need to get their business started and make it grow. The book features a design that is heavy on eye-popping graphics that hold children's attention The content focuses on the steps to completing a project A small, full-color, non-intimidating package instills confidence in the reader Basic projects set the reader on the road to further exploration Children are notorious for their huge imaginations. Now, their ideas can live in the real world--and translate to real profit--with the help of Starting Your Own Business.
Successful Business Plan
by
This essential step-by-step guide for anyone launching or expanding a successful business has been used by over a million entrepreneurs. It includes expert help, worksheets to jumpstart the process, a sample business plan, tips on impressing funders, winning tips for competitions, and more. Used in the top business schools throughout the nation, the book covers every aspect of a successful business plan, from the components of the actual plan, to making the plan compelling, to presentation methods, to looking for money, and much more.
Truth, growth, repeat : a business manual for generation why
by
The plain English guide to growing your business with purpose. Avoiding corporate jargon and overly-academic theorising in favor of a commonsense analysis of modern business behaviour, Truth, Growth, Repeat is like a user manual for company growth in a new world of commercial transparency. By mapping the way business works today at a very honest and human level, this street-smart book is a must-read for any business owner who wants to achieve growth and success without compromising their personal values. The book introduces The Circle of True Purpose, a virtuous sequence of knock-on effects that proves that enduring commercial growth is the result when a business owner's authentic motive is placed at the core of everything the business does. Author and brand expert Mike Edmonds explains the correct sequence to follow to acquire both financial return and personal fulfilment, and why going the other way leads to a never-ending cycle of inconsistent sales and consumer distrust. To illustrate these two key paths in life, the book contains many stories of actual businesses who've experienced these effects. This practical guide takes business owners through a series of exercises to help surface their own True Purpose and implement it in their sector of industry. Get tips on growing your business authentically from an expert in translating complex theory into usable advice Find out why truth is not only an admirable moral quality but is increasingly the key to lasting business success Discover ways to surface your True Purpose and learn the actual steps you can take to implement them in our always-on, super-connected world Bust the corporate myths that might be holding you back and obtain simple, usable tools that will help your higher ideal deliver higher returns If you feel there's a powerful truth inside your business that the world isn't seeing, Truth, Growth, Repeat could be the most important book you ever read.
Write Your Business Plan
by
A comprehensive companion to Entrepreneur's long-time bestseller Start Your Own Business, this essential guide leads you through the most critical startup step next to committing to your business vision--defining how to achieve it. Coached by a diverse group of experts and successful business owners, gain an in-depth understanding of what's essential to any business plan, what's appropriate for your venture, and what it takes ensure success. Plus, learn from real-world examples of plans that worked, helping to raise money, hone strategy, and build a solid business. Whether you're just starting out or already running a business, to successfully build a company, you need a plan. One that lays out your product, your strategy, your market, your team, and your opportunity. It is the blueprint for your business. The experts at Entrepreneur show you how to create it. Includes sample business plans, resources and worksheets.
Writing a Business Plan
by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Planis designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
This is a continuation of the Business Plan Development course. The Deaf student will have the chance to put the business plan into realization by actually putting up and tryin the set business. The students are expected to go through each steps of setting up own business with the goal of gaining actual revenues.
The Agile Guide to Business Analysis and Planning
by
How Product Owners and Business Analysts can maximize the value delivered to stakeholders by integrating BA competencies with agile methodologies "This book will become a staple reference that both product owners and business analysis practitioners should have by their side." -- From the Foreword by Alain Arseneault, former IIBA Acting President & CEO "[This book] is well organized in bite-sized chunks and structured for ready access to the essential concepts, terms, and practices that can help any agile team be more successful." -- Karl Wiegers The Agile Guide to Business Analysis and Planning provides practical guidance for eliminating unnecessary errors and delays in agile product development through effective planning, backlog refinement and acceptance criteria specification ---with hard-to-find advice on how and when to analyze the context for complex changes within an agile approach---including when to use Journey Maps, Value Stream Mapping, Personas, Story Maps, BPMN, Use Cases and other UML models. Renowned author and consultant Howard Podeswa teaches best practices drawn from agile and agile-adjacent frameworks, including ATDD, BDD, DevOps, CI/CD, Kanban, Scrum, SAFe, XP, Lean Thinking, Lean Startup, Circumstance-Based Market Segmentation, and theories of disruptive innovation. He offers a comprehensive agile roadmap for analyzing customer needs and planning product development, including discussion of legacy business analysis tools that still offer immense value to agile teams. Using a running case study, Podeswa walks through the full agile product lifecycle, from visioning through release and continuous value delivery. You learn how to carry out agile analysis and planning responsibilities more effectively, using tools such as Kano analysis, minimum viable products (MVPs), minimum marketable features (MMFs), story maps, product roadmaps, customer journey mapping, value stream mapping, spikes, and the definition of ready (DoR). Podeswa presents each technique in context: what you need to know and when to apply each tool. Read this book to Master principles, frameworks, concepts, and practices of agile analysis and planning in order to maximize value delivery throughout the product''s lifecycle Explore planning and analysis for short-term, long-term, and scaled agile initiatives using MVPs and data-informed learning to test hypotheses and find high-value features Split features into MMFs and small stories that deliver significant value and enable quick wins Refine, estimate, and specify features, stories, and their acceptance criteria, following ATDD/BDD guidance Address the unique analysis and planning challenges of scaled agile organizations Implement 13 practices for optimizing enterprise agility Supported by 175+ tools, techniques, examples, diagrams, templates, checklists, and other job aids, this book is a complete toolkit for every practitioner. Whatever your role, you''ll find indispensable guidance on agile planning and analysis responsibilities so you can help your organization respond more nimbly to a fast-changing environment. Register your book for convenient access to downloads, updates, and/or corrections as they become available. See inside book for details.
Brilliant strategy for business : how to plan, implement and evaluate strategy at any level of management
by
In Business, strategy is king. Leadership and hard work are all very well and luck is mighty useful, but it is strategy that makes or breaks a business, organisation or team. Of course, it is easier to talk a good strategic game than it is to execute one. This book will help you turn your words into effective and successful actions.
Business Analysis for Dummies
by
Build a successful career in business analysis When it comes to doing good business, change is a very good thing. And effective business analysts are at the heart of identifying opportunities for growth and implementing the solutions that can transform an organization's foundation--and ultimately increase its profitability. Whether you're an aspiring business analysis professional or a seasoned analyst looking for the latest techniques and approaches, Business Analysis For Dummies helps you discover the newest tips and tricks for turning knowledge into the changes that have a real and meaningful impact on business and drive your organization towards value delivery. Identify areas for growth and create solutions Learn how to bring people together to collaborate effectively Discover ways to better understand and serve your customers  See how business analysis works in the real world  Learn the technology to make the job easier Find business solutions to improve your organization's performance  Understand how to dig deeply into your organization's data, processes, and business rules Dummies makes the path to business success clear. Start here to turn your love of business analysis into the catalyst that makes a difference.
Business and Emerging Technologies
by
The pace of innovation in modern times is staggering, and with the time demands of many careers, it is easy to lose touch with current trends. If business professionals do not actively stay up to date with new developments, they can quickly become outmoded in the workplace or unattractive in the job market. Business and Emerging Technologies is an extensive but straight-to-the-point guide designed to get business students and professionals up to speed with an electrifying range of emergent technologies and concepts in the shortest possible time. Readers will benefit from fluid, well-researched reviews of technologies like artificial intelligence, blockchain, cryptocurrencies, quantum computing, augmented reality, 3D printing, and nanotechnology, and will acquire the factual contexts needed to make insightful decisions as these technologies slowly, but surely, pop up in their occupational nexuses.
Business Continuity Planning
by
Terrorism, natural disasters, or hazardous materials threaten the viability for all types of businesses. With an eye toward business scale, scope, and diversity, Business Continuity Planning: Increasing Workplace Resilience to Disasters, addresses a range of potential businesses from home-based to large corporations in the face of these threats, including the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic. Information on business continuity planning is easy to find but can be difficult to work through. Terminology, required content, and planning barriers often prevent progress. This volume solves such problems by guiding readers, step-by-step, through such actions as identifying hazards and assessing risks, writing critical functions, forming teams, and encouraging stakeholder participation. In essence, this volume serves as a business continuity planning coach for people new to the process or seeking to strengthen and deepen their ongoing efforts. By engaging stakeholders in a business continuity planning process, businesses can protect employees, customers, and their financial stability. Coupled with examples from recent disasters, planners will be able to inspire and involve stakeholders in creating a more resilient workplace. Designed for both educators and practitioners, Business Continuity Planning: Increasing Workplace Resilience to Disasters walks users through how to understand and execute the essential steps of business continuity planning. Presents evidence-based best practices coupled with standard operating procedures for business continuity planning in a stepwise, user-oriented manner Includes numerous examples and case studies bringing the ideas and procedures to life Provides user-friendly materials and resources, such as templated worksheets, checklists, and procedures with clear instructions, making the volume engaging and immediately operational
Business Partnership Essentials
by
Business partnerships are vital to the US economy yet their failure rate is alarming: 70% of them don't make it. Dr. Lehavi is leading the charge to reverse this statistic. As a business partnership relationship coach, she intimately knows the impact that these partnerships have on cofounders, employees, customers, families, local communities, and global markets. Business Partnership Essentials walks you through every phase of the process--from choosing the right partner and operating your business on a daily basis, all the way through to exit and planning for the unexpected. This book is not a book on business startups and so it does not address the finances of starting up a partnership, but rather, it focuses on agreeing on all aspects of your relationship with your business partner. Following Lehavi's guidance will ensure that you've done everything you can to help your partnership succeed.
Business Plan Development Guide
by
This textbook and its accompanying spreadsheet templates were designed with and for students wanting a practical and easy-to-follow guide for developing a business plan. It follows a unique format that both explains what to do and demonstrates how to do it.
Digital Business Strategy
by
In an ever more digitized world, it necessary to embed digital technology in business strategy, leading to an overarching phenomenon called the digital business strategy. Accordingly, this thesis sets out to advance the understanding, the digital business strategy concept in general as well as its influence on a company’s performance.At the same time, incumbents are often constrained by path dependencies and inertia as executives tend to make use of prior experiences and favor strategic choices they are familiar with over unfamiliar As a consequence, companies may stick to a specific path which restrains transformational change. Accordingly, the study elucidates the ongoing digital transformation as it manifests itself in the evolution of incumbents’ digital business strategies. In addition, this thesis seeks to derive important implications for business practice, as it helps practitioners to develop a better understanding of digital business strategies, especially considering that digitalization challenges the conventional wisdom of competition.
Entrepreneurial finance : fundamentals of financial planning and management for small business
by
Featuring key topics within finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship to develop and maintain prosperous business ventures With a comprehensive and organized approach to fundamental financial theories, tools, and management techniques, Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business equips readers with the necessary fundamental knowledge and advanced skills to succeed in small firm and business settings. With a unique combination of topics from finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship, the book prepares readers for the challenges of today's economy. Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business begins with key concepts of small business management and entrepreneurship, including management tools and techniques needed to establish, run, and lead business ventures. The book then delves into how small businesses are operated, managed, and controlled. General finance skills and methods are integrated throughout, and the book also features: Numerous practical examples and scenarios that provide a real-world perspective on entrepreneurship and small business management A brief summary, list of key concepts, and ten discussion questions at the end of each chapter to prepare readers for the challenges of today's economy A practical guide to the complete life of a small business, from establishing a new venture to training and developing young entrepreneurs tasked with maintaining and developing a prosperous economy An in-depth discussion of the entire process of writing a successful business plan, including the rationale, significance, and requirements Techniques needed to solidify the free enterprise tradition, develop entrepreneurial strategies, and grow small businesses Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate and first-year graduate courses in entrepreneurial finance within business, economics, management science, and public administration departments. The book is also useful for MBA-level courses as well as for business and management PhD majors as a resource in methodology. The book is also an idea reference for entrepreneurs, business managers, market analysts, and decision makers who require information about the theoretical and quantitative aspects of entrepreneurial finance.
The Financial Times Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan: How to Win Backing to Start up or Grow Your Business
by
Whether you seek financial backing or board consent, The Financial Times Essential Guide to Writing a Business Plan will give you the critical knowledge you need to get the go-ahead. By focusing clearly on your objective, it will help you to gather the necessary evidence and address all your backers concerns. This brand-new edition draws out the specific challenges faced by start-ups, particularly on pinning down your perceived market niche and determining your competitive advantage. There are new chapters on pitching the plan and performing against the plan, using key performance indicators and milestones. Finally, new appendices outline alternative sources of funding and display an example business plan from start to finish.Written by a seasoned practitioner with years of experience in both writing and evaluating business plans for funding, it will help you formulate a coherent, consistent and convincing plan with your backers needs in mind. Follow its guidance and your plan will have every chance of winning the backing you need for your business to succeed.
How to Write a Business Plan
by
This guide presents the latest thinking on effective business planning. From diagnosing and measuring customer satisfaction to finding innovative ways to raise capital, this fifth edition explains how to organize and implement the planning process from beginning to end and position a company for success. Students will learn how to: evaluate a business's capabilities, strengths, and weaknesses; pinpoint crucial elements of the competitive environment, including market, economic, and technological factors; establish realistic goals, objectives, and strategies in areas including marketing, organization and management, production/services, R & D, finance, and information technology; develop operating and financial plans; identify and integrate customer requirements into the business plan; write the actual planning document and use it to steer a company to greater productivity and profits; obtain the capital needed to grow a business. -- Edited summary from book.
The new consultant's quick start guide : an action plan for your first year in business
by
An action plan for working as a consultant Management consulting is a $250 billion industry and growing at a rate of over four percent annually. Many predict that more than 40 percent of the U.S. workforce will soon be contingent, freelance, or consulting members of the workforce--making this book more relevant than ever. Individuals become independent consultants out of necessity or preference: necessity because they lost their job or the company offered an attractive exit packa≥ preference because they want a career change, more control over their time, or an enriched, varied work situation. Consulting also appeals to the Millennial workforce who are searching for careers that offer a good salary as well as meaningful work. The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide: * Serves as a companion to The New Business of Consulting * Provides you with a place to plan your transition into consulting * Helps you identify your niche, develop a business plan, charge what you're worth, and create a marketing strategy to ensure a steady stream of clients * Prepares you for changes you will encounter beyond your professional life, including social, family, and financial aspects The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide helps you work through the challenges of consulting such as working alone, deciding on necessary insurance coverage, finding your first clients, struggling with cash flow, and understanding market trends.
The New Leader's 100-Day Action Plan
by
Maximize your remote and in-person leadership impact in your first 100 days The New Leader's 100-Day Action Plan has sold over 100,000 copies because it's so practical. The author team of accomplished private equity/M&A transition leaders explains in great detail, how to succeed in new leadership roles, build high-performance teams, execute winning strategies, and achieve organizational goals. The heavily revised 5th edition explains how to your due diligence before accepting a new role, and how to lead in remote or hybrid environments and how to leverage diversity, equity, and inclusion to meet team goals, drive growth and enhance any organization. Readers will also find: Roadmaps, tools and tips to understanding, improving, and leading organizational change, including digital initiatives New chapters focused on crisis situations, post-M&A integrations, turnarounds, and transformations Practical counsel on managing your Board A critical resource for leaders in any industry, The New Leader's 100-Day Action Plan walks you through your first days, weeks, and months in any new leadership role, when stakes are high and time is of the essence.
Profit : Plan for It, Get It-The Entrepreneurs Handbook.
by
If you want to take your business to the next level, then this book could lead you there. You most likely have a love for whatever area you have chosen as a focus for your business. This is a great start. However, many small business owners do not have the business and management background to make that business as profitable as it could be. In consulting with many of these small businesses, I found that a few simple business practices could be very beneficial to their growth. In this book, I will try to share some of these practices with you. This book is designed to help an entrepreneur increase his profit by introducing how he can use a simplified profit-and-loss statement of four to ten items as a tool to analyze his business from a financial perspective. He will be shown how he can use these items in a formula to help him plan and make decisions for future growth and profit. We will discuss skills and practices that have been used to improve sales, management, leadership, and planning skills. This book is designed to help you improve your profitability.
Writing a Business Plan
by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Plan is designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
The Computer Operations course introduces the foundation and intermediate operation skills required in using the computer to Deaf students. The learners will become familiar with the application of different hardware and software. This course highlights proficiency in using the Microsoft Windows platform and different Microsoft Office applications in creating professional-looking documents, creative presentations, and creating managing a series of data and its application. The course emphasizes the development of keyboard typing skills, knowledge of the different storage devices, and greater access to the use of the internet and the World Wide Web in sending emails, conducting research on the web, and etc. Students will be given hands-on experience in using specific requirements of the subject as well as those from other subjects to expose them to the varied application of the software across platforms and necessities.
Beginning Security with Microsoft Technologies
by
Secure and manage your Azure cloud infrastructure, Office 365, and SaaS-based applications and devices. This book focuses on security in the Azure cloud, covering aspects such as identity protection in Azure AD, network security, storage security, unified security management through Azure Security Center, and many more. Beginning Security with Microsoft Technologies begins with an introduction to some common security challenges and then discusses options for addressing them. You will learn about Office Advanced Threat Protection (ATP), the importance of device-level security, and about various products such as Device Guard, Intune, Windows Defender, and Credential Guard. As part of this discussion you'll cover how secure boot can help an enterprise with pre-breach scenarios. Next, you will learn how to set up Office 365 to address phishing and spam, and you will gain an understanding of how to protect your company's Windows devices. Further, you will also work on enterprise-level protection, including how advanced threat analytics aids in protection at the enterprise level. Finally, you'll see that there are a variety of ways in which you can protect your information. After reading this book you will be able to understand the security components involved in your infrastructure and apply methods to implement security solutions. What You Will Learn Keep corporate data and user identities safe and secure Identify various levels and stages of attacks Safeguard information using Azure Information Protection, MCAS, and Windows Information Protection, regardless of your location Use advanced threat analytics, Azure Security Center, and Azure ATP Who This Book Is For Administrators who want to build secure infrastructure at multiple levels such as email security, device security, cloud infrastructure security, and more.
Computer Systems Experiences of Users with and Without Disabilities
by
This book provides the necessary tools for the evaluation of the interaction between the user who is disabled and the computer system that was designed to assist that person. The book creates an evaluation process that is able to assess the user's satisfaction with a developed system. Presenting a new theoretical perspective in the human computer interaction evaluation of disabled persons, it takes into account all of the individuals involved in the evaluation process.
DigitalSTS : a field guide for science & technology studies
by
New perspectives on digital scholarship that speak to today's computational realities Scholars across the humanities, social sciences, and information sciences are grappling with how best to study virtual environments, use computational tools in their research, and engage audiences with their results. Classic work in science and technology studies (STS) has played a central role in how these fields analyze digital technologies, but many of its key examples do not speak to today's computational realities. This groundbreaking collection brings together a world-class group of contributors to refresh the canon for contemporary digital scholarship. In twenty-five pioneering and incisive essays, this unique digital field guide offers innovative new approaches to digital scholarship, the design of digital tools and objects, and the deployment of critically grounded technologies for analysis and discovery. Contributors cover a broad range of topics, including software development, hackathons, digitized objects, diversity in the tech sector, and distributed scientific collaborations. They discuss methodological considerations of social networks and data analysis, design projects that can translate STS concepts into durable scientific work, and much more. Featuring a concise introduction by Janet Vertesi and David Ribes and accompanied by an interactive microsite, this book provides new perspectives on digital scholarship that will shape the agenda for tomorrow's generation of STS researchers and practitioners.
Emotions and Affect in Human Factors and Human-Computer Interaction
by
Emotions and Affect in Human Factors and Human-Computer Interaction is a complete guide for conducting affect-related research and design projects in H/F and HCI domains. Introducing necessary concepts, methods, approaches, and applications, the book highlights how critical emotions and affect are to everyday life and interaction with cognitive artifacts. The text covers the basis of neural mechanisms of affective phenomena, as well as representative approaches to Affective Computing, Kansei Engineering, Hedonomics, and Emotional Design. The methodologies section includes affect induction techniques, measurement techniques, detection and recognition techniques, and regulation models and strategies. The application chapters discuss various H/F and HCI domains: product design, human-robot interaction, behavioral health and game design, and transportation. Engineers and designers can learn and apply psychological theories and mechanisms to account for their affect-related research and can develop their own domain-specific theory. The approach outlined in this handbook works to close the existing gap between the traditional affect research and the emerging field of affective design and affective computing.
Excel 2019 All-In-One for Dummies
by
Make Excel work for you Excel 2019 All-In-One For Dummies offers eight books in one!! It is completely updated to reflect the major changes Microsoft is making to Office with the 2019 release. From basic Excel functions, such as creating and editing worksheets, to sharing and reviewing worksheets, to editing macros with Visual Basic, it provides you with a broad scope of the most common Excel applications and functions--including formatting worksheets, setting up formulas, protecting worksheets, importing data, charting data, and performing statistical functions. The book covers importing data, building and editing worksheets, creating formulas, generating pivot tables, and performing financial functions, what-if scenarios, database functions, and Web queries. More advanced topics include worksheet sharing and auditing, performing error trapping, building and running macros, charting data, and using Excel in conjunction with Microsoft Power BI (Business Intelligence) to analyze, model, and visualize vast quantities of data from a variety of local and online sources. Get familiar with Worksheet design Find out how to work with charts and graphics Use Excel for data management, analysis, modeling, and visualization Make sense of macros and VBA If you're a new or inexperienced user looking to spend more time on your projects than trying to figure out how to make Excel work for you, this all-encompassing book makes it easy!
Explorations in computing : an introduction to computer science and Python programming
by
An Active Learning Approach to Teaching the Main Ideas in Computing Explorations in Computing: An Introduction to Computer Science and Python Programming teaches computer science students how to use programming skills to explore fundamental concepts and computational approaches to solving problems. Tbook gives beginning students an introduction to computer science concepts and computer programming. Designed for CS0 and CS1 courses, it is very well suited for alternative lecture styles, including flipped classrooms. Prepares Students for Advanced Work in Computer Science A revised and updated version of the author's Explorations in Computing: An Introduction to Computer Science, this text incorporates two major differences. It now uses Python, instead of Ruby, as the lab software so that students can seamlessly transition from introductory projects to more advanced studies in later courses. The book also introduces Python programming, providing students with sufficient programming skills so they can implement their own programs. Practical, Step-by-Step Projects The interactive lab projects in each chapter allow students to examine important ideas in computer science, particularly how algorithms offer computational solutions to problems. Students can type expressions, view results, and run experiments that help them understand the concepts in a hands-on way. Web Resources The Python software modules for each lab project are available on the author's website. The modules include data files and sample Python code that students can copy and modify. In addition, the site provides a lab manual of installation instructions and tips for editing programs and running commands in a terminal emulator.
Foundations of computer science
by
Based on the Association for Computing Imagery model curriculum guidelines, this book gives students a bird's eye view of computer science. This easy-to-read and easy-to-navigate text covers all the fundamentals of computer science required for first year undergraduates embarking on a computing degree.
Intelligent Adaptive Systems
by
As ubiquitous as the atmosphere, intelligent adaptive systems (IASs) surround us in our daily lives. When designed well, these systems sense users and their environments so that they can provide support in a manner that is not only responsive to the evolving situation, but unnoticed by the user. A synthesis of recent research and developments on IASs from the human factors (HF) and human-computer interaction (HCI) domains, Intelligent Adaptive Systems: An Interaction-Centered Design Perspective provides integrated design guidance and recommendations for researchers and system developers. The book explores a recognized lack of integration between the HF and HCI research communities, which has led to inconsistencies between the research approaches adopted, and a lack of exploitation of research from one field by the other. The authors integrate theories and methodologies from these domains to provide design recommendations for human-machine developers. They then establish design guidance through the review of conceptual frameworks, analytical methodologies, and design processes for intelligent adaptive systems. The book draws on case studies from the military, medical, and distance learning domains to illustrate intelligent system design to examine lessons learned. Outlining an interaction-centered perspective for designing an IAS, the book details methodologies for understanding human work in complex environments and offers understanding about why and how optimizing human-machine interaction should be central to the design of IASs. The authors present an analytical and design methodology as well as an implementation strategy that helps you choose the proper design framework for your needs.
Invitation to Computer Science
by
Gain a contemporary overview of today's computer science with the best-selling INVITATION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE, 8E. This flexible, non-language-specific book uses an algorithm-centered approach that's ideal for your first introduction to computer science. Measurable learning objectives and a clear hierarchy help introduce algorithms, hardware, virtual machines, software development, applications, and social issues. Exercises, practice problems, and feature boxes emphasize real-life context as well as the latest material on privacy, drones, cloud computing, and net neutrality. Optional online language modules for C++, Java, Python, C#, and Ada let you learn a programming language. MindTap is available with online study tools, a digital Lab Manual and lab software with 20 laboratory projects. Hands-on activities enable you to truly experience the fundamentals of today's computer science.
Office 2019 All-In-One for Dummies
by
One practical book that's ten books in one: Learn everything you need to know about Microsoft Office with one comprehensive guide on your bookshelf To know your way around all the applications within Microsoft Office would require you to be part mathematician, part storyteller, and part graphic designer--with some scheduling wizard and database architect sprinkled in. If these talents don't come naturally to you in equal measure, don't panic--Office 2019 All-in-One For Dummies can help. This hefty but easily accessible tome opens with Book 1, an overview of the Office suite of applications and tips for handling text and becoming more efficient. From there, you'll find a book on each of the suite's major applications: Word: Learn the basics of word processing with Word, plus lay out text and pages; use Word's styles and proofing tools; construct tables, reports, and scholarly papers; and become familiar with manipulating documents. Excel: In addition to refining your worksheets so they're easier to understand, you can also master formulas, functions, and data analysis. PowerPoint: Find out how to make your presentations come alive with text, graphics, backgrounds, audio, and video. This book also contains a chapter with guidance and tips for delivering presentations--in person or virtually. Outlook: From helping you to manage your contacts, inbox, calendar, and tasks, Outlook can organize your days and keep you working productively. Access: Not everyone needs to build and maintain databases, but if that's part of your job, this book has all the hands-on information you need to get going: Build a database table, enter data, sort and query data, and filter data into report format. Publisher: The Publisher book is a quick-and-dirty introduction into desktop publishing, helping you to design a publication using built-in color schemes, templates, fonts, and finishing touches like borders and backgrounds. The last three books cover material that applies to all the applications. Book 8 shows you how to create charts, handle graphics and photos, and draw lines and shapes. Book 9 provides a quick primer on customizing the Ribbon, the Quick Access toolbar, and the Status bar, and guidance on distributing your work (via printing, emailing, converting to PDF, and more). Finally, Book 10 wraps up with how to use OneDrive, especially for file sharing and online collaboration. If you need to make sense of Office and don't have time to waste, Office 2019 All-in-One For Dummies is the reference you'll want to keep close by!
Office 2019 for Seniors for Dummies
by
Make sense of Office 2019 Just like using a computer for the first time, learning Microsoft Office applications can be confusing and intimidating at any age. Office 2019 For Seniors For Dummies helps seniors get up to speed quickly with clear-cut, easy-to-read-and-understand steps on how to get the most out of Microsoft Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook. The book assumes no prior information and starts with showing how to start each application, how to navigate the interface, dress up documents in Word, create spreadsheets in Excel, create a PowerPoint presentation, and use Outlook as an email client. You'll also find templates for each application for letters, faxes, a budget grid in Excel, and more. Use Word, Excel, Outlook, and PowerPoint Dress up your letters, invitations, and other documents Manage your finances with Excel Use your email to stay in touch with friends and family If you're an over-50 PC user looking for some gentle instruction on making the most of Office 2019, you've come to the right place!
Topological UML Modeling
by
Topological UML Modeling: An Improved Approach for Domain Modeling and Software Development presents a specification for Topological UML® that combines the formalism of the Topological Functioning Model (TFM) mathematical topology with a specified software analysis and design method. The analysis of problem domain and design of desired solutions within software development processes has a major impact on the achieved result - developed software. While there are many tools and different techniques to create detailed specifications of the solution, the proper analysis of problem domain functioning is ignored or covered insufficiently. The design of object-oriented software has been led for many years by the Unified Modeling Language (UML®), an approved industry standard modeling notation for visualizing, specifying, constructing, and documenting the artifacts of a software-intensive system, and this comprehensive book shines new light on the many advances in the field.
What Is Computer Science?
by
This engaging and accessible text addresses the fundamental question: What Is Computer Science? The book showcases a set of representative concepts broadly connected by the theme of information security, for which the presentation of each topic can be treated as a "mini" lecture course, demonstrating how it allows us to solve real problems, as well as how it relates to other subjects. The discussions are further supported by numerous examples and practical hands-on exercises. Features: presents a concise introduction to the study of algorithms and describes how computers work; introduces the concepts of data compression, and error detection and correction; highlights the role of data structures; explores the topic of web-search; reviews both historic and modern cryptographic schemes, examines how a physical system can leak information and discusses the idea of randomness; investigates the science of steganography; provides additional supplementary material at an associated website.
The Computer Operations course introduces the foundation and intermediate operation skills required in using the computer to Deaf students. The learners will become familiar with the application of different hardware and software. This course highlights proficiency in using the Microsoft Windows platform and different Microsoft Office applications in creating professional-looking documents, creative presentations, and creating managing a series of data and its application. The course emphasizes the development of keyboard typing skills, knowledge of the different storage devices, and greater access to the use of the internet and the World Wide Web in sending emails, conducting research on the web, and etc. Students will be given hands-on experience in using specific requirements of the subject as well as those from other subjects to expose them to the varied application of the software across platforms and necessities.
Beginning Security with Microsoft Technologies
by
Secure and manage your Azure cloud infrastructure, Office 365, and SaaS-based applications and devices. This book focuses on security in the Azure cloud, covering aspects such as identity protection in Azure AD, network security, storage security, unified security management through Azure Security Center, and many more. Beginning Security with Microsoft Technologies begins with an introduction to some common security challenges and then discusses options for addressing them. You will learn about Office Advanced Threat Protection (ATP), the importance of device-level security, and about various products such as Device Guard, Intune, Windows Defender, and Credential Guard. As part of this discussion you'll cover how secure boot can help an enterprise with pre-breach scenarios. Next, you will learn how to set up Office 365 to address phishing and spam, and you will gain an understanding of how to protect your company's Windows devices. Further, you will also work on enterprise-level protection, including how advanced threat analytics aids in protection at the enterprise level. Finally, you'll see that there are a variety of ways in which you can protect your information. After reading this book you will be able to understand the security components involved in your infrastructure and apply methods to implement security solutions. What You Will Learn Keep corporate data and user identities safe and secure Identify various levels and stages of attacks Safeguard information using Azure Information Protection, MCAS, and Windows Information Protection, regardless of your location Use advanced threat analytics, Azure Security Center, and Azure ATP Who This Book Is For Administrators who want to build secure infrastructure at multiple levels such as email security, device security, cloud infrastructure security, and more.
Classic Computer Science Problems in Java
by
Sharpen your coding skills by exploring established computer science problems! Classic Computer Science Problems in Java challenges you with time-tested scenarios and algorithms. You'll work through a series of exercises based in computer science fundamentals that are designed to improve your software development abilities, improve your understanding of artificial intelligence, and even prepare you to ace an interview. Classic Computer Science Problems in Java will teach you techniques to solve common-but-tricky programming issues. You'll explore foundational coding methods, fundamental algorithms, and artificial intelligence topics, all through code-centric Java tutorials and computer science exercises. As you work through examples in search, clustering, graphs, and more, you'll remember important things you've forgotten and discover classic solutions to your "new" problems! Key Features · Recursion, memorization, bit manipulation · Search algorithms · Constraint-satisfaction problems · Graph algorithms · K-means clustering For intermediate Java programmers. About the technology In any computer science classroom you'll find a set of tried-and-true algorithms, techniques, and coding exercises. These techniques have stood the test of time as some of the best ways to solve problems when writing code, and expanding your Java skill set with these classic computer science methods will make you a better Java programmer. David Kopec is an assistant professor of computer science and innovation at Champlain College in Burlington, Vermont. He is the author of Dart for Absolute Beginners (Apress, 2014), Classic Computer Science Problems in Swift (Manning, 2018), and Classic Computer Science Problems in Python (Manning, 2019).
Coding in the classroom : why you should care about teaching computer science
by
"Provides information for teachers, parents, or club coaches on how to implement computer science into a school curriculum. Begins with a brief overview of the core concepts of computer science and the benefits of learning it in a classroom, then moves into how to best teach it to K-12 students, along with specific exercises teachers can use with their students"-- Provided by publisher
Computer Science for Kids
by
A kid-friendly and rigorous new way to teach young readers the fundamentals of computer science In Computer Science for Kids: A Storytelling Approach, AWS Head of Academic Advocacy and Google Developer Expert Dr. Jen Looper delivers a colorful, fun, and exciting demonstration for young readers who want to learn the basics of computer science. Using a variety of technologies, the book covers the elements of computer science in concise detail and illustrates how to build projects to learn foundational concepts behind the technology powering the internet. In the book, you'll find projects to build using both basic and emerging technologies--like SQL, game development, storytelling software, and 3D augmented reality--as well as: Chapter projects aligned to K-12 curriculum standards for grades 6-8 and a GitHub repo featuring open-source projects Lesson plans for teachers An online space for classrooms to showcase and discuss their work An easy-to-follow and kid-friendly new resource for technology-curious middle school students, Computer Science for Kids is the fun and interesting web development resource that classroom teachers, parents, and homeschooling families have been waiting for.
Early Computer Science Education - Goals and Success Criteria for Pre-Primary and Primary Education
by
Das Buch beschreibt Ziele und Erfolgskriterien der frühen informatischen Bildung im Vorschul- und Grundschulalter. Zwei Expertisen benennen pädagogische Inhaltsdimensionen der informatischen Bildung und geben Empfehlungen für die Weiterentwicklung der Angebote der Stiftung "Haus der kleinen Forscher". Beschrieben wird auch die Umsetzung dieser fachlichen Empfehlungen in den Programmen der Stiftung "Haus der kleinen Forscher".
Essential computer science : a programmers guide to foundational concepts
by
Understand essential computer science concepts and skills. This book focuses on the foundational and fundamental concepts upon which expertise in specific areas can be developed, including computer architecture, programming language, algorithm and data structure, operating systems, computer networks, distributed systems, security, and more. According to code.org, there are 500,000 open programming positions available in the US compared to an annual crop of just 50,000 graduating computer science majors. The US Department of Labor predicted that there will be almost a million and a half computer science jobs in the very near future, but only enough programmers to fill roughly one third of these jobs. To bridge the gap, many people not formally trained in computer science are employed in programming jobs. Although they are able to start programming and coding quickly, it often takes them time to acquire the necessary understanding to gain the requisite skills to become an efficient computer engineer or advanced developer. You will learn: The fundamentals of how a computer works The basics of computer programming and programming paradigms How to write efficient programs How the hardware and software work together to provide a good user experience and enhance the usability of the system How computers can talk to each other How to ensure the security of the system The fundamentals of cloud offerings, implications/trade-offs, and deployment/adoption configurations The fundamentals of machine learning.
Learn Microsoft Office 2021
by
Take your Microsoft Office skills to the next level by mastering the exciting new edition features and enhancements of Microsoft Office 2021, including communicating, collaborating, and presenting using Teams. This second edition includes chapters full of new exciting features for desktop and web apps and new content to broaden the acquired skills in the previous edition.
Lessons in Teaching Computing in Primary Schools
by
Whether you are currently teaching or training to teach the primary computing curriculum, you need to know what effective teaching of computing in primary schools actually looks like. Written for non specialists and trainees, this book uses exemplar primary computing lessons as a starting point for developing subject knowledge. It's a unique but tried and tested approach to developing your computing subject knowledge alongside your teaching practice. The current computing curriculum is explored in manageable chunks and there is no "scary" tech speak; everything is explained clearly and accessibly. You will find example lesson plans alongside every element of the curriculum that can be adapted to suit different year groups and different schools. This resourceful guide inspires an approach to teaching computing that is about creativity and encouraging problem solving using technology as a tool. This book is part of the Lessons in Teaching series and includes additional online resources on its accompanying website.
MCA Microsoft Office Specialist (Office 365 and Office 2019) Study Guide
by
MCA Microsoft Office Specialist Study Guide: PowerPoint Associate Exam MO-300 is your roadmap to preparing for taking the MO-300 exam and earning the PowerPoint Associate (PowerPoint and PowerPoint 2019) certification. The following objectives are covered: Manage presentations Manage slides Insert and format text, shapes, and images Insert tables, charts, smartArt, 3D models, and media Apply transitions and animations Major topics include creating, editing, and enhancing presentations and slideshows, including the ability to create and manage presentations, insert and format shapes and slides, create slide content, apply transitions and animations, and manage multiple presentations. This Study Guide also covers creating professional-grade sales presentations, employee training, instructional materials, and kiosk slideshows. Readers will also have access to Sybex's superior online test bank, includng hundreds of practice questions, flashcards, and a glossary of important terms.
Microsoft Excel VBA and Macros (Office 2021 and Microsoft 365)
by
Renowned Excel experts Bill Jelen (MrExcel) and Tracy Syrstad help you automate Excel tasks to get more done, faster than ever. Use this guide to automate virtually any routine Excel task: save yourself hours, days, maybe even weeks. Make Excel do things you thought were impossible, discover macro techniques you won''t find anywhere else, and create automated reports that are amazingly powerful. Bill Jelen and Tracy Syrstad help you instantly visualize information to make it actionable; capture data from anywhere, and use it anywhere; and automate the best new features in Microsoft Excel. You''ll find simple, step-by-step instructions, real-world case studies, and 50 workbooks packed with examples and complete, easy-to-adapt solutions. By reading this book, you will: Quickly master Excel macro development Work more efficiently with ranges, cells, and formulas Generate automated reports and quickly adapt them for new requirements Learn to automate PivotTables to summarize, analyze, explore, and present data Leverage more of Excel VBA''s power with classes, collections, and Advanced Filter Make the most of User-Defined Functions (UDFs), including new LAMBDA functions Build sophisticated UserForm custom dialogs to collect data from other Excel users Integrate data from the Internet, Access and SQL Server databases, and other sources Automatically generate charts, visualizations, sparklines, and Word documents Extend Excel''s power by controlling other Office programs and Windows itself Create Office Add-ins to expand worksheet functionality or streamline retrieval of external information Get started creating brand-new TypeScript applications for Excel Online About This Book * For everyone who wants to get more done with Microsoft Excel in less time * For business and financial professionals, entrepreneurs, students, and others who need to efficiently manage and analyze data
Microsoft Office 365 Administration Cookbook
by
Make the most out of your investment in Office 365 apps and services with this Microsoft Office cookbook Key Features Learn how to manage and secure the entire Office 365 stack in addition to specific services Delve into newer and frequently shifting areas such as Power Platform, Microsoft Teams, and Microsoft Search administration Discover carefully selected techniques that cover a range of administrative tasks of varying difficulty levels Book Description Organizations across the world have switched to Office 365 to boost workplace productivity. However, to maximize investment in Office 365, you need to know how to efficiently administer Office 365 solutions. Microsoft Office 365 Administration Cookbook is packed with recipes to guide you through common and not-so-common administrative tasks throughout Office 365. Whether you're administering a single app such as SharePoint or organization-wide Security & Compliance across Office 365, this cookbook offers a variety of recipes that you'll want to have to hand. The book begins by covering essential setup and administration tasks. You'll learn how to manage permissions for users and user groups along with automating routine admin tasks using PowerShell. You'll then progress through to managing core Office 365 services such as Exchange Online, OneDrive, SharePoint Online, and Azure Active Directory (AD). This book also features recipes that'll help you to manage newer services such as Microsoft Search, Power Platform, and Microsoft Teams. In the final chapters, you'll delve into monitoring, reporting, and securing your Office 365 services. By the end of this book, you'll have learned about managing individual Office 365 services along with monitoring, securing, and optimizing your entire Office 365 deployment efficiently. What you will learn Get to grips with basic Office 365 setup and routine administration tasks Manage Office 365 identities and groups efficiently and securely Harness the capabilities of PowerShell to automate common administrative tasks Configure and manage core Office 365 services such as Exchange Online, SharePoint, and OneDrive Configure and administer fast-evolving services such as Microsoft Search, Power Platform, Microsoft Teams, and Azure AD Get up and running with advanced threat protection features provided by the Microsoft 365 Security & Compliance Center Protect your organization's sensitive data with Office 365 Data Loss Prevention Monitor activities and behaviors across all Office 365 services Who this book is for This book is for newer Office 365 administrators and IT pros alike, and comes with recipes of varying difficulty levels along with step-by-step guidance. Whether you are new to Office 365 administration or just seeking new ideas, this cookbook contains recipes to enhance your organization's app and service management and productivity.
Microsoft Office Step by Step (Office 2021 and Microsoft 365)
by
The quick way to learn popular Microsoft 365 apps! This is learning made easy. Get more done quickly with Microsoft Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook. Jump in wherever you need answers--brisk lessons and detailed screenshots show you exactly what to do, step by step. * Discover new time-savers and usability improvements for Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook * Format and organize high-impact documents and use Word's enhanced coauthoring tools * Build powerful, reliable Excel worksheets and analyze complex data sets * Prepare highly effective presentations with PowerPoint's newest visual tools * Improve your productivity with Outlook email, scheduling, and contacts * Make the most of the latest Accessibility Checker and other new features * Look up just the tasks and lessons you need Download your Step by Step practice files at: MicrosoftPressStore.com/MSOfficeSBS365/downloads
Office 365 for Dummies
by
Everything you need to get productive in the Cloud with Office 365 With 70 million users worldwide, Microsoft Office 365 combines the familiar Office desktop suite with cloud-based versions of Microsoft's next-generation communications and collaboration services. It offers many benefits including security, reliability, compatibility with other products, over-the-air updates in the cloud that don't require anything from the user, single sign on for access to everything right away, and so much more. Office 365 For Dummies offers a basic overview of cloud computing and goes on to cover Microsoft cloud solutions and the Office 365 product in a language you can understand. This includes an introduction to each component which leads into topics around using each feature in each application. Get up to speed on instant messaging Use audio, video, and web conferencing Get seamless access to the Office suite with Office Web apps Access information anywhere, anytime Office 365 is the key to office productivity -- and now you can put it to use for you!
Office 365 user guide : a comprehensive guide to increase collaboration and productivity with Microsoft Office 365
by
Work with the powerful subscription software, Office 365 to increase your organization's efficiency by managing file sharing, email exchange and much more. Key Features Become well versed with Office 365 and leverage its capabilities for your business Speed up your workflow and effectively collaborate using Office Web Apps Learn to set audio and web conferences and seamlessly access your workspace Book Description Microsoft Office 365 combines the popular Office suite with next-generation cloud computing capabilities. With this user guide, you'll be able to implement its software features for effective business communication and collaboration. This book begins by providing you with a quick introduction to the user interface (UI) and the most commonly used features of Office 365. After covering the core aspects of this suite, you'll learn how to perform various email functions via Exchange. Next, you will learn how to communicate using Skype for Business and Microsoft Teams. To boost your productivity, this book will help you learn everything from using instant messaging to conducting audio and web conferences, and even accessing business information from any location. In the final chapters, you will learn to work in a systematic style using file management and collaboration with OneDrive for Business using SharePoint. By the end of this book, you'll be equipped with the knowledge you need to take full advantage of Office 365 and level up your organization's productivity. What you will learn Understand the UI of Office 365 Perform a variety of email functions through Exchange Communicate using Skype for Business and Microsoft Teams Explore file management using OneDrive for Business Collaborate using SharePoint Understand how to leverage Office 365 in your daily tasks Who this book is for If you are an IT professional who wants to upgrade your traditional Office suite, this book is for you. Users looking to learn, configure, manage, and maintain an Office 365 environment in their organization will also find this book useful. Some understanding of Microsoft Office Suite and cloud computing basics will be beneficial.
Teaching Computational Thinking and Coding in Primary Schools
by
This is a guide to the teaching of computing and coding in primary schools, and an exploration of how children develop their computational thinking. It covers all areas of the National Curriculum for primary computing and offers insight into effective teaching. The text considers three strands of computer science, digital literacy and information technology. The teaching of coding is especially challenging for primary teachers, so it highlights learning on this, giving practical examples of how this can be taught. For all areas of the computing curriculum the text also provides guidance on planning age-appropriate activities with step-by-step guides and details of educationally appropriate software and hardware. This book helps you to connect what you need to teach with how it can be taught, and opens up opportunities in the new curriculum for creative and imaginative teaching. It also includes the full National Curriculum Programme of Study for Computing, key stages 1 and 2 as a useful reference for trainee teachers.
Teaching computing unplugged in primary schools : exploring primary computing through practical activities away from the computer
by
Teaching primary computing without computers? The Computing curriculum is a challenge for primary school teachers. The realities of primary school resources mean limited access to computer hardware. But computing is about more than computers. Important aspects of the fundamental principles and concepts of computer science can be taught without any hardware. Children can learn to analyse problems and computational terms and apply computational thinking to solve problems without turning on a computer. This book shows you how you can teach computing through 'unplugged' activities. It provides lesson examples and everyday activities to help teachers and pupils explore computing concepts in a concrete way, accelerating their understanding and grasp of key ideas such as abstraction, logic, algorithms and data representation. The unplugged approach is physical and collaborative, using kinaesthetic learning to help make computing concepts more meaningful and memorable. This book will help you to elevate your teaching, and your children′s learning of computing beyond the available hardware. It focuses on the building blocks of understanding required for computation thinking.
Communication Process and Human Relations
The Communication Process and Human Relations course is where students will explore human communication, its implication on Deaf people and their effective communication process in signed and written language. This course aims to develop the student abilities to resolve conflicts amicably and to address the various interpersonal issues congenially. The subject focuses on the systematic analysis of human behavior, preventing conflict, and resolution of behavioral problems. It also helps in the development of interpersonal relations and produces those abilities which promote good working relations with people at work and also in personal life.
Through various class activities, the learners will reflect on how the communication process affects personal, professional and societal relationships. In this course, one will develop a clear understanding and sensitivity to enhance the interaction within self, between and among persons.
The Cambridge Handbook of Language Policy
by
Over the last fifty years, language policy has developed into a major discipline, drawing on research and practice in many nations and at many levels. This is the first Handbook to deal with language policy as a whole and is a complete 'state-of-the-field' survey, covering language practices, beliefs about language varieties, and methods and agencies for language management. It provides a historical background which traces the development of classical language planning, describes activities associated with indigenous and endangered languages, and contains chapters on imperialism, colonialism, effects of migration and globalization, and educational policy. It also evaluates language management agencies, analyzes language activism and looks at language cultivation (including reform of writing systems, orthography and modernized terminology). The definitive guide to the subject, it will be welcomed by students, researchers and language professionals in linguistics, education and politics.
Communicating : the multiple modes of human communication
by
Many accounts of human communication suggest that we are limited to communicating through words, visual images, the mass media and by digital means. This perspective underestimates the multisensory qualities of much of our human interconnecting and the multiple sounds, touches, sights and material objects which humans use so creatively to interconnect both nearby and across space and time. Ruth Finnegan brings together research from linguistic and sensory anthropology, alternative approaches to 'material culture' and 'the body', non-verbal communication, cultural studies, computer-mediated communication, and illuminating work on animal communication. Examples from both western and non-western cultures together with plentiful illustrations enrich and deepen the analysis. The book uncovers the amazing array of sounds, sights, smells, gestures, looks, movements, touches and material objects which humans use so creatively to interconnect both nearby and across space and time - resources consistently underestimated in those western ideologies that prioritise 'rationality' and referential language. Focussing on embodied and material processes, and on practice rather than text, this comparative analysis challenges the underlying cognitive and word-centred model common to many approaches to communication. The second edition of Communicating includes a new introduction, updates to take account of recent work, an additional chapter covering ethereal non-verbal non-bodily communicating such as telepathy and dreams, fresh illustrations, a new conclusion and updated bibliography. This authoritative but accessible book is an essential transdisciplinary overview for researchers and advanced students in language and communication, anthropology and cultural studies.
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
Disability and social media : global perspectives
by
Social media is popularly seen as an important media for people with disability in terms of communication, exchange and activism. These sites potentially increase both employment and leisure opportunities for one of the most traditionally isolated groups in society. However, the offline inaccessible environment has, to a certain degree, been replicated online and particularly in social networking sites. Social media is becoming an increasingly important part of our lives yet the impact on people with disabilities has gone largely unscrutinised. Similarly, while social media and disability are often both observed through a focus on the Western, developed and English-speaking world, different global perspectives are often overlooked. This collection explores the opportunities and challenges social media represents for the social inclusion of people with disabilities from a variety of different global perspectives that include Africa, Arabia and Asia along with European, American and Australasian perspectives and experiences.
Effective Human Relations
by
Master the human relation skills you need to become successful managers in today's workplace with one of the most widely used human relations texts available. EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONS: INTERPERSONAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL APPLICATIONS, 12E uses an organizational perspective to help you understand the disparate factors that influence employee behavior. As one of the most practical and applied texts available, EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONS incorporates hundreds of examples of real human relations issues and practices in successful companies. The text establishes seven major themes of effective human relations communication, self-awareness, self-acceptance, motivation, trust, self-disclosure, and conflict resolution as the foundation for study. Self-assessments and self-development opportunities throughout the book teach you to assume responsibility for improving your personal skills and competencies. This comprehensive edition addresses topics of emerging importance with expanded coverage of generational differences. The text also explores goal setting, the root causes of negative attitudes, the use of "branding" in the job market, technostress, and emotional intelligence. With EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONS, gain the insights, knowledge and relationship skills you need to deal successfully with the wide range of people-related challenges in business today. Available with InfoTrac Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Effective Human Relations
by
Master the human relation skills you need to become successful in today's workplace with one of the most widely used human relations texts available. EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONS incorporates hundreds of examples of real human relations issues and practices in successful companies. This comprehensive 13th edition explores goal- setting, the root causes of negative attitudes, the use of "personal branding" and social media in the job market, emotional intelligence, positive psychology and happiness, and how companies create a dynamic company cultures. Self-assessments and self-development opportunities throughout the book teach you to assume responsibility for improving your personal skills and competencies. This text will help you gain the insights, knowledge and relationship skills you need to deal successfully with the wide range of people-related challenges in business today. It is a text you can continue to refer to throughout your life!
Fundamentals of Human Communication
by
Fundamentals of Human Communication presents the basic theoretical and practical concepts of the human communication process. DeFleur uses a multidisciplinary approach, with a balance of innovative and traditional perspectives to give students the tools to communicate effectively in the workplace and in everyday situations
Human Relations
by
Human Relations: Strategies for Success 5e by Lowell Lamberton and Leslie Minor will help you prepare for this changing world. This text covers time-tested, research-based social science and management principles, as well as newer theories and philosophies of human relations drawn from management theory, group theory, personality theory, and relationship theory. More than ever, effective human relations skills are crucial to business success as organizations grow and compete in a global business environment. Employees must have the knowledge and skill to adapt to a workplace where change is frequent and inevitable. Their commitment to the creation of a book that is at once interesting to read, motivating to study, and relevant to a wide variety has been the driving force behind Human Relations: Strategies for Success.
Human relations : strategies for success
by
Using time-tested, research-based psychology and management principles, as well as newer theories and philosophies of human relations drawn from management theory, group theory, personality theory, and relationship theory, Lamberton, Human Relations will help you prepare for this changing world. You will find strategies and techniques to achieve human relations success on and off the job, and human relations skills that transfer from the classroom to the real world of work.
Human relations in organizations : applications and skill building
by
Human Relations in Organizations: Applications and Skill Building
by
Lussier'sHuman Relations in Organizations: Applications and Skill Building, 10th Edition,offers a workbook-style approach that is perfect for incorporating activities and exercises into the classroom. This approach helps students master critical concepts as well as develop skills that they can use in their professional lives. The book provides a balanced, three-pronged approach: A clear concise understanding of human relations and organizational behavior concepts Application of human relations and organizational behavior in the business world Development of human relations and organizational behavior skills
Invitation to Human Communication
by
INVITATION TO HUMAN COMMUNICATION, working in partnership with National Geographic, acknowledges the complexity of today's world, the power of communication, and the necessity of teaching students the foundational skills they will need to both compete and succeed in this complex and exciting environment.
Nonverbal Communication in Human Interaction
by
NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION IN HUMAN INTERACTION is the most comprehensive and readable compendium of research and theory on nonverbal communication available today. Written by a communication scholar and two social psychologists, the book offers an interdisciplinary approach to the study of nonverbal communication that shows how it affects a wide variety of academic interests. The theory and research included in this text comes from scholars with a wide variety of academic backgrounds, including communication, anthropology, counseling, psychology, psychiatry, and linguistics. The eighth edition includes new material on nonverbal messages and technology/media that covers the increasing amount of communication that is mediated by some form of technology and newly added text boxes that acquaint readers with cutting-edge research questions and findings, and appeal to your real-life concerns.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Social skills : developing effective interpersonal communication
by
What can we do to help those who struggle to develop effective social skills? Social Skills: Developing Effective Interpersonal Communication is a definitive guide to understanding and meeting the needs of those who have difficulty with social skills. Written in a clear and accessible manner, this book provides a theoretical framework to the teaching of social skills alongside a range of practical ideas for practitioners. The book offers a four-step plan that can be adapted for use with young people or adults who are struggling with any aspect of their social skills. A simple model for assessing social skills is provided, as well as ways to measure the impact of intervention. Full of interesting examples and case studies, it includes discussion of how to teach social skills, how social skills develop through childhood, why they sometimes might not, and why social skills difficulties can have an impact on self-esteem and friendships. It includes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills. cludes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills.
Communication Process and Human Relations
The Communication Process and Human Relations course is where students will explore human communication, its implication on Deaf people and their effective communication process in signed and written language. This course aims to develop the student abilities to resolve conflicts amicably and to address the various interpersonal issues congenially. The subject focuses on the systematic analysis of human behavior, preventing conflict, and resolution of behavioral problems. It also helps in the development of interpersonal relations and produces those abilities which promote good working relations with people at work and also in personal life.
Through various class activities, the learners will reflect on how the communication process affects personal, professional and societal relationships. In this course, one will develop a clear understanding and sensitivity to enhance the interaction within self, between and among persons.
Communication as a life process : beyond human cognition
by
This volume presents the meta-proposals of the ecolinguistic paradigm within contemporary language and communication studies, and will serve to incite further scholarly work within this research program. Eclectic and interdisciplinary as the contributions gathered here are, they all pertain to a dynamic, multilayer approach to human communication. The ecolinguistic framework delineated and put forth for consideration here is founded on the large and vibrant scientific plane of the holistic paradigm, also referred to in the book as the post-Newtonian paradigm. As such, the contributions compleme.
Early intervention for deaf and hard-of-hearing infants, toddlers and their families : interdisciplinary perspectives
by
A "must-have" for every professional studying or working with the families of deaf and hard-of-hearing infants and toddlers, Dr. Marilyn Sass-Lehrer provides readers with the evidence-based knowledge needed to implement interdisciplinary and collaborative early interventional programming for professionals and students.Featuring a collaborative team of expert contributors across a variety of backgrounds and disciplines - including educators, audiologists, speech-language pathologists, and health care providers - Early Intervention for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Infants, Toddlers, and Their Families presents students and specialists with the fundamental knowledge they need to effectively design and deliver care to this population.
Human Bond Communication
by
This book approaches the topic area of the Internet of Things (IoT) from the perspective of the five types of human communication. Through this perspective on the human communication types, the book aims to specifically address how IoT technologies can support humans and their endeavors. The book explores the fields of sensors, wireless, physiology, biology, wearables, and the Internet. This book is organized with five sections, each covering a central theme; Section 1: The basics of human bond communication Section 2: Relevance IoT, BAN and PAN Section 3: Applications of HBC Section 4: Security, Privacy and Regulatory Challenges Section 5: The Big Picture (Where do we go from here?)
Interdisciplinary insights for digital touch communication
by
Communication is increasingly moving beyond 'ways of seeing' to 'ways of feeling'. This Open Access book provides social design insights and implications for HCI research and design exploring digitally mediated touch communication. It offers a socially orientated map to help navigate the complex social landscape of digitally mediated touch for communication: from everyday touch-screens, tangibles, wearables, haptics for virtual reality, to the tactile internet of skin. Drawing on literature reviews, new case-study vignettes, and exemplars of digital touch, the book examines the major social debates provoked by digital touch, and investigates social themes central to the communicative potential and societal consequences of digital touch: ʺ Communication environments, capacities and practices ʺ Norms associations and expectations ʺ Presence, absence and connection ʺ Social imaginaries of digital touch ʺ Digital touch ethics and values The book concludes with a discussion of the significance of social understanding and methods in the context of Interdisciplinary collaborations to explore touch, towards the design of digital touch communication, 'ways of feeling', that are useable, appropriate, ethical and socially aware.
On Understanding Grammar
by
In his foreword to the original edition of this classic of functionalism, typology and diachrony, Dwight Bolinger wrote: "I foresee it as one of the truly prizes statements of our current knowledge...a book about understanding done with deep understanding - of language and its place in Nature and in the nature of humankind... The book is rich in insights, even for those who have been with linguistics for a long time. And beginners could be thankful for having it as a starting point, from which so many past mistakes have been shed". Thoroughly revised, corrected and updated, On Understanding Grammar remains, as its author intended it in 1979, a book about trying to make sense of human language and of doing linguistics. Language is considered here from multiple perspectives, intersecting with cognition and communication, typology and universals, grammaticalization, development and evolution. Within such a broad cross-disciplinary context, grammar is viewed as an automated, structured language-processing device, assembled through evolution, diachrony and use. Cross-language diversity is not arbitrary, but rather is tightly constrained and adaptively motivated, with the balance between universality and diversity mediated through development, be it evolutionary or diachronic. The book's take on language harkens back to the works of illustrious antecedents such as F. Bopp, W. von Humbold, H. Paul, A. Meillet, O. Jespersen and G. Zipf, offering a coherent alternative to the methodological and theoretical strictures of Saussure, Bloomfield and Chomsky.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. Contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholars and practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of efforts to identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself; and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Perspectives on Abstract Concepts
by
Human language is the most powerful communication system that evolution has produced. Within this system, we can talk about things we can physically see, such as cats and tables, but also about more abstract entities, such as theories and feelings. But how are these abstract concepts grounded in human cognition and represented in the mind? How are they constructed in language? And how are they used in natural communication settings? This book addresses these questions through a collection of studies that relate to various theoretical frameworks, ranging from Conceptual Metaphor Theory to Words as Social Tools. Contributors investigate how abstract concepts are grounded in the mind, represented in language, and used in verbal discourse. This richness is matched by a range of methods used throughout the volume, from neuroimaging to computational modeling, and from behavioral experiments to corpus analyses.
The SAGE encyclopedia of human communication sciences and disorders
by
The SAGE Encyclopedia of Communication Sciences and Disorders is an in-depth encyclopedia aimed at students interested in interdisciplinary perspectives on human communication - both normal and disordered - across the lifespan. This timely and unique set will look at the spectrum of communication disorders, from causation and prevention to testing and assessment; through rehabilitation, intervention, and education. Examples of the interdisciplinary reach of this encyclopedia: A strong focus on health issues, with topics such as Asperger's syndrome, fetal alcohol syndrome, anatomy of the human larynx, dementia, etc. Including core psychology and cognitive sciences topics, such as social development, stigma, language acquisition, self-help groups, memory, depression, memory, Behaviorism, and cognitive development Education is covered in topics such as cooperative learning, special education, classroom-based service delivery The editors have recruited top researchers and clinicians across multiple fields to contribute to approximately 640 signed entries across four volumes.
Communication Skills for the Deaf in English
Communication Skills for the Deaf in English is a course where the learners build and develop vocabulary, reading and writing skills. With extended hours for lab work, the learners go on an adventure and enter a different world with each story and activity. Guided by the lessons in sentence structure, the Deaf students are expected to express themselves in both writing and signing to communicate well and to write with a purpose.
Communication Skills Training
by
Individuals, teams, and organizations are only as good as their ability to communicate effectively. Communication Skills Training offers the crucial tools you'll need to help your workshop participants master the skills that drive performance. The first book in the ATD Workshop Series offers practical, road-tested strategies and tactics for use at all levels of your organization. Built on the successful ASTD Trainer's Workshop title of the same name, this volume brings all-new content to users, including how to incorporate technology in the delivery of training programs. Communication Skills Training presents two-day, one-day, and half-day communication training programs along with relevant chapters on needs analysis, design, delivery, facilitation, and evaluation of the training event. Free tools and customization options The free, ready-to-use resources (PDF) that accompany this book include downloadable presentation materials, agendas, handouts, assessments, and tools. All workshop program materials, including MS Office PowerPoint presentations and MS Word handouts, may be customized for an additional licensing fee. Browse the licensing options in the Custom Material License pricing menu. Preview a sample activity from the book. About the series The new ATD Workshop Series is written for trainers by trainers, because no one knows workshops as well as the practitioners who have done it all. Each publication weaves in today's technology and accessibility considerations and provides a wealth of new content that can be used to create a training experience like no other.
English communication skills for college learners : a work text for college english
by
Essential Communications Skills for Managers, Volume I
by
The purpose of this book is to provide practicing and aspiring managers and students of management a practical and comprehensive reference source for communicating on the job with all people in all situations. This "how-to" book provides readers with the essential knowledge, attitudes, and skills to perform the communicating aspects of their routine and special duties. The information is presented in two volumes and each topic is divided into "Things to Know" and "Things to Do."
The Handbook of English for Specific Purposes
by
Featuring a collection of newly commissioned essays, edited by two leading scholars, this Handbook surveys the key research findings in the field of English for Specific Purposes (ESP). * Provides a state-of-the-art overview of the origins and evolution, current research, and future directions in ESP * Features newly-commissioned contributions from a global team of leading scholars * Explores the history of ESP and current areas of research, including speaking, reading, writing, technology, and business, legal, and medical English * Considers perspectives on ESP research such as genre, intercultural rhetoric, multimodality, English as a lingua franca and ethnography
Illustrated dictionary of communication and soft skills
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Reading and writing skills : senior high school core subject
by
Social skills : developing effective interpersonal communication
by
What can we do to help those who struggle to develop effective social skills? Social Skills: Developing Effective Interpersonal Communication is a definitive guide to understanding and meeting the needs of those who have difficulty with social skills. Written in a clear and accessible manner, this book provides a theoretical framework to the teaching of social skills alongside a range of practical ideas for practitioners. The book offers a four-step plan that can be adapted for use with young people or adults who are struggling with any aspect of their social skills. A simple model for assessing social skills is provided, as well as ways to measure the impact of intervention. Full of interesting examples and case studies, it includes discussion of how to teach social skills, how social skills develop through childhood, why they sometimes might not, and why social skills difficulties can have an impact on self-esteem and friendships. It includes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills. cludes a breakdown of social skills into the following areas: * body language * eye contact * listening and paralanguage * starting and ending conversations * maintaining conversations * assertiveness Written by one of the most well-known speech and language therapists in this field and the creator of the internationally successful Talkabout resources, this book provides a key reference for the study of social skills. It will be essential reading for educators, therapists, parents and anyone supporting others in developing communication and social skills.
Teaching English As a Second or Foreign Language
by
Now in its fourth edition, this comprehensive, best-selling methodology resource gives both prospective and experienced ESL/ELT teachers the theoretical background and practical applications they need to decide which approaches, materials, and resources can and should be used in their classrooms.
Thinking for yourself : developing critical thinking skills through reading and writing
by
Top 50 SAT Reading, Writing, and Language Skills, Third Edition
by
Proven and practical strategies for success on the Reading, Writing and Language Skills sections of the SAT --completely revised and updated for the latest version of the exam There are many comprehensive SAT prep books out there, but if you are looking to master specific skills and increase your score, Top 50 SAT Reading, Writing & Language Skills, Third Edition offers the most effective study strategy. The first book of its kind to present the heart of each of the 50 most important SAT concepts, this essential guide provides exercises that show exactly how each reading, writing and language concepts are tested on the SAT. Written by a renowned educational counselor, this book was created specifically for visual learners, with small bits of information to aid in quick, concentrated study. Within each topic, solved problems of gradually increasing difficulty help you build your problem-solving skills. Features: 50 essential skills, each presented clearly on a two-page spread, offer quick targeted review; the content was created specifically for the visual learner A pre-test designed to identify weaknesses in the critical reading, writing, and language concepts on the SAT that students often struggle with Visually appealing, two- to four-page spreads with lessons that boost knowledge in the 50 essential skills, with step-by-step sample exercises A post-test designed to track your progress in each specific skill A full answer key with helpful explanations 2 extra tests online
Communication Skills for the Deaf in English
Communication Skills for the Deaf in English is a course where the learners build and develop vocabulary, reading and writing skills. With extended hours for lab work, the learners go on an adventure and enter a different world with each story and activity. Guided by the lessons in sentence structure, the Deaf students are expected to express themselves in both writing and signing to communicate well and to write with a purpose.
Academic Skills for Interdisciplinary Studies
by
Academic skills are the tools that enable you to gain, develop and critically discuss new knowledge during and after your Bachelor's and Master's programme. This handbook offers practical instructions, tips, and tricks that help undergraduate students to develop the skills needed for an interdisciplinary curriculum.
Brilliant communication skills
by
What does it take to be a successful communicator? Just about every job requires excellent communication skills. To get ahead at work you need to be able to express yourself clearly and understand the feelings, needs and intentions of others. So how can you make sure other people understand you and that you respond appropriately to other people? Whether it's giving a presentation, getting your point across in a meeting, or understanding the effects of body language, the proven tips and techniques provided in this book will get you communicating more effectively and successfully in no time! Explain yourself clearly, and get your point across easily Know what to say to help others open up to you Feel confident about communicating with a wide range of people.
Communication Essentials for Dummies
by
Get ahead in your personal and professional life with crowd-pleasing communication skills Packed with advice on improving verbal and non-verbal communication skills alike, Communication Essentials For Dummies is a comprehensive, approachable guide to communication no one should be without. Utilising a core range of simple skills, this friendly guide shows you how easy it is to communicate effectively. You'll find out how to listen actively, establish rapport, communicate with credibility, manage communication in difficult situations and converse with ease using modern technology -- and lots more. Great communication skills can make all the difference in your personal and professional life, but for those who tend to get a bit tongue-tied under pressure or just have a hard time asserting themselves, voicing thoughts coherently and confidently can be a sweat-inducing experience. Here, expert author Elizabeth Kuhnke takes the intimidation out of communication by sharing her top tips for successful communication in any situation. Discover how to get ahead in the workplace by mastering your communication skills Realise the benefits of active listening and the value of establishing rapport Understand how the use of effective communication skills can help you secure a new job offer Recognise how to use effective communication to negotiate your way to personal and professional success Whether you're looking to climb the corporate ladder, take on a new professional challenge or just want to improve your communication skills in personal and professional relationships, Communication Essentials For Dummies will have you listening, voicing and articulating your way to success in no time.
Communication skills for your education degree
by
Communication Skills for your Education Degree will help you to: improve your oral and written communication skills in a range of academic and educational settings improve your public speaking, including academic presentations improve your practical writing and speaking skills If you are embarking on a university education or teaching degree, the books in this series will help you acquire and develop the knowledge, skills and strategies you need to achieve your goals. Tasks and activities are designed to foster aspects of learning which are valued in higher education, including learner autonomy and critical thinking, and to guide you towards reflective practice in your study and work life.
Communication skills for your social work degree
by
Communication Skills for your Social Work Degree will help you to: improve your oral and written communication skills in a range of academic and professional settings improve your public speaking, including academic presentations improve your practical writing and speaking skills If you are embarking on a university social work degree, the books in this series will help you acquire and develop the knowledge, skills and strategies you need to achieve your goals. Tasks and activities are designed to foster aspects of learning which are valued in higher education, including learner autonomy and critical thinking, and to guide you towards reflective practice in your study and work life.
Communication Skills Virtual Training
by
Communication Skills Virtual Training offers the crucial tools you'll need to help your workshop participants master the skills that drive performance. Providing your participants with a deeper more nuanced understanding of communication will give them a solid foundation upon which to build strong skills and relationships in the workplace. Derived from the first book in the ATD Workshop series, this edition focuses on delivering virtual training and workshops with practical, road-tested strategies and tactics for use at all levels of your organization. New content geared to virtual training is included in presentation materials, agendas, handouts, assessments, and tools. Communication Skills Virtual Training presents two-day, one-day, and half-day communication training programs, along with relevant chapters on needs analysis, design, delivery, facilitation, and evaluation of the training event.
Effective communication skills
by
If you need to be in the know in no time at all, Business Express will get you from beginner to brilliant in the blink of an eye.
This fast, focused and carefully crafted eBook will help you pick up all the essential knowledge you need about the skills that matter most at work, all in the shortest possible time.
Learn just when you need to or well in advance; read it at your desk or on the move; dip in and out or start from scratch _ it's all up to you. But however you use it, you'll quickly feel more confident, competent and better equipped to make things happen and keep moving ahead.
Save time _ it's quick and easy to read
Get smart - just the essential knowledge you need
Feel good - watch your confidence grow
Business Express - know how in no time!
Teaching communication skills to students with severe disabilities
by
How can educators and therapists support effective communication for students with severe and multiple disabilities? Today's best research and strategies are in the NEW third edition of this trusted textbook and teaching guide. Current and future education professionals will get up-to-date information and practical guidance on the entire process of supporting communication for students of all ages, from assessing their communication skills to involving peers and adults in intervention. An important textbook and professional reference, this comprehensive volume will help educators, paraprofessionals, SLPs, and other school staff skillfully support every student's right to communicate. TOPICS COVERED: communication assessment * intervention strategies * identification of natural opportunities to teach skills * augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) techniques * collaborative teaming * challenging behavior * Functional Communication Training * literacy instruction * peers as communication partners * teaching a wide range of skills that go beyond simple requesting, from commenting to gaining attention WHAT'S NEW: More emphasis on technology throughout the book Timely new contributions by experts in the field New chapter on the relationship between communication and challenging behavior New chapter on communication and literacy More on making AAC devices accessible and attainable Expanded guidance on friendship development and how peers can aid intervention More strategies for teaching specific communication skills, highlighted for easy reference New case examples to show strategies and interventions in action FAQs, extension activities, and study questions that highlight key ideas and trouble spots
Think on your feet : tips and tricks to improve your impromptu communication skills on the job
by
"Develop the confidence and poise needed to take your communication skills to the next level Preparing for a presentation, interview, or salary negotiation can instill a sense of dread and fear in many people. Part of the fear comes from the risk of being caught off-guard and having to improvise on the spot. This is where the tools associated with improv come into play. While improv is traditionally associated with acting, it can also be a useful tool for effective workplace communication. Improv by definition forces us to be put on the spot, so we can practice our fear and work on our soft workplace skills. Drawing from cognitive and social psychology, behavioral economics, and actual improv activities, Think on Your Feet offers a fresh approach designed to increase your confidence and communication skills. Packed with expert advice and engaging exercises, the book teaches you how speak and act with confidence in any situation. You'll learn how to: Identify and bring out your best style for every type of professional communication Hone your focus and develop more effective active listening, interpretation, and nonverbal skills Handle uncomfortable situations, such as negotiating a raise, resigning, and resolving conflict Become a more effective communicator in both your professional and personal life"-- Provided by publisher
In this course, the student will develop efficiency and accuracy in touch typing using different word processing and spreadsheets applications. Touch-typing is necessary skill in the business outsourcing industry.
Beginning Security with Microsoft Technologies
by
Secure and manage your Azure cloud infrastructure, Office 365, and SaaS-based applications and devices. This book focuses on security in the Azure cloud, covering aspects such as identity protection in Azure AD, network security, storage security, unified security management through Azure Security Center, and many more. Beginning Security with Microsoft Technologies begins with an introduction to some common security challenges and then discusses options for addressing them. You will learn about Office Advanced Threat Protection (ATP), the importance of device-level security, and about various products such as Device Guard, Intune, Windows Defender, and Credential Guard. As part of this discussion you'll cover how secure boot can help an enterprise with pre-breach scenarios. Next, you will learn how to set up Office 365 to address phishing and spam, and you will gain an understanding of how to protect your company's Windows devices. Further, you will also work on enterprise-level protection, including how advanced threat analytics aids in protection at the enterprise level. Finally, you'll see that there are a variety of ways in which you can protect your information. After reading this book you will be able to understand the security components involved in your infrastructure and apply methods to implement security solutions. What You Will Learn Keep corporate data and user identities safe and secure Identify various levels and stages of attacks Safeguard information using Azure Information Protection, MCAS, and Windows Information Protection, regardless of your location Use advanced threat analytics, Azure Security Center, and Azure ATP Who This Book Is For Administrators who want to build secure infrastructure at multiple levels such as email security, device security, cloud infrastructure security, and more.
Big Data Management and Processing
by
From the Foreword: "Big Data Management and Processing is [a] state-of-the-art book that deals with a wide range of topical themes in the field of Big Data. The book, which probes many issues related to this exciting and rapidly growing field, covers processing, management, analytics, and applications... [It] is a very valuable addition to the literature. It will serve as a source of up-to-date research in this continuously developing area. The book also provides an opportunity for researchers to explore the use of advanced computing technologies and their impact on enhancing our capabilities to conduct more sophisticated studies." ---Sartaj Sahni, University of Florida, USA "Big Data Management and Processing covers the latest Big Data research results in processing, analytics, management and applications. Both fundamental insights and representative applications are provided. This book is a timely and valuable resource for students, researchers and seasoned practitioners in Big Data fields. --Hai Jin, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, China Big Data Management and Processing explores a range of big data related issues and their impact on the design of new computing systems. The twenty-one chapters were carefully selected and feature contributions from several outstanding researchers. The book endeavors to strike a balance between theoretical and practical coverage of innovative problem solving techniques for a range of platforms. It serves as a repository of paradigms, technologies, and applications that target different facets of big data computing systems. The first part of the book explores energy and resource management issues, as well as legal compliance and quality management for Big Data. It covers In-Memory computing and In-Memory data grids, as well as co-scheduling for high performance computing applications. The second part of the book includes comprehensive coverage of Hadoop and Spark, along with security, privacy, and trust challenges and solutions. The latter part of the book covers mining and clustering in Big Data, and includes applications in genomics, hospital big data processing, and vehicular cloud computing. The book also analyzes funding for Big Data projects.
Excel 2019 All-In-One for Dummies
by
Make Excel work for you Excel 2019 All-In-One For Dummies offers eight books in one!! It is completely updated to reflect the major changes Microsoft is making to Office with the 2019 release. From basic Excel functions, such as creating and editing worksheets, to sharing and reviewing worksheets, to editing macros with Visual Basic, it provides you with a broad scope of the most common Excel applications and functions--including formatting worksheets, setting up formulas, protecting worksheets, importing data, charting data, and performing statistical functions. The book covers importing data, building and editing worksheets, creating formulas, generating pivot tables, and performing financial functions, what-if scenarios, database functions, and Web queries. More advanced topics include worksheet sharing and auditing, performing error trapping, building and running macros, charting data, and using Excel in conjunction with Microsoft Power BI (Business Intelligence) to analyze, model, and visualize vast quantities of data from a variety of local and online sources. Get familiar with Worksheet design Find out how to work with charts and graphics Use Excel for data management, analysis, modeling, and visualization Make sense of macros and VBA If you're a new or inexperienced user looking to spend more time on your projects than trying to figure out how to make Excel work for you, this all-encompassing book makes it easy!
Excel 2019 Bible
by
The complete guide to Excel 2019 Whether you are just starting out or an Excel novice, the Excel 2019 Bible is your comprehensive, go-to guide for all your Excel 2019 needs. Whether you use Excel at work or at home, you will be guided through the powerful new features and capabilities to take full advantage of what the updated version offers. Learn to incorporate templates, implement formulas, create pivot tables, analyze data, and much more. Navigate this powerful tool for business, home management, technical work, and much more with the only resource you need, Excel 2019 Bible. Create functional spreadsheets that work Master formulas, formatting, pivot tables, and more Get acquainted with Excel 2019's new features and tools Whether you need a walkthrough tutorial or an easy-to-navigate desk reference, the Excel 2019 Bible has you covered with complete coverage and clear expert guidance.
Excel Data Analysis for Dummies
by
Take Excel to the next level Excel is the world's leading spreadsheet application. It's a key module in Microsoft Office--the number-one productivity suite--and it is the number-one business intelligence tool. An Excel dashboard report is a visual presentation of critical data and uses gauges, maps, charts, sliders, and other graphical elements to present complex data in an easy-to-understand format. Excel Data Analysis For Dummies explains in depth how to use Excel as a tool for analyzing big data sets. In no time, you'll discover how to mine and analyze critical data in order to make more informed business decisions. Work with external databases, PivotTables, and Pivot Charts Use Excel for statistical and financial functions and data sharing Get familiar with Solver Use the Small Business Finance Manager If you're familiar with Excel but lack a background in the technical aspects of data analysis, this user-friendly book makes it easy to start putting it to use for you.
Excel Formulas and Functions for Dummies
by
Put the power of Excel functions to work in your formulas There are more than 400 built-in functions in Excel 2019, from AGGREGATE to Z.TEST. The question is which ones will make your work easier? How and why should you use a particular function in your formulas? Excel Formulas and Functions For Dummies offers thorough but easy-to-read coverage of powerful Excel functions. With this book, you'll learn to apply the power of Excel functions and formulas to make your work and other tasks easier. Compare 15-year vs. 30-year mortgage terms, choose between leasing or buying a car, compute classroom grades, create an amortization table, evaluate investment performance, calculate the real cost of credit card purchases, or forecast college expenses and savings. All of this and more is possible when you master functions and formulas in Excel. Although it covers the latest software version, Excel 2019, the techniques and functions described in this book can be used on any version of Excel. Step-by-step instruction on Excel's 150 most useful functions Each function is illustrated by helpful, real-world examples 85 specialized functions are described in abbreviated form Includes Excel's must-know functions This book is a must-read for beginning to intermediate Excel users who want to find out how to use Excel's powerful built-in functions.
Microsoft 365 Business for Admins for Dummies
by
Learn streamlined management and maintenance capabilities for Microsoft 365 Business If you want to make it easy for your teams to work together using the latest productivity solutions with built-in security--while saving thousands of dollars in implementing the solution--you've picked the right book. Inside, you'll gain an understanding of Microsoft 365 Business, a complete integrated solution for business productivity and security powered by Office 365 and Windows 10. You'll also learn how this cloud-based solution can help grow your business while protecting company data from potential threats using the same security management tools large enterprises use. Microsoft 365 Business For Admins For Dummies provides business owners, IT teams, and even end users an understanding of the capabilities of Microsoft 365 Business: an integrated platform and security solution built with the latest features to enable today's modern workforce and empower businesses to achieve their goals. De-mystifies the complexities of the bundled solution to help you avoid common deployment pitfalls Includes the latest information about the services included in Microsoft 365 Business Enhance team collaboration with intelligent tools Manage company-owned or bring your own device (BYOD) devices from one portal Step through a guided tour for running a successful deployment Get the guidance you need to deploy Microsoft 365 Business and start driving productivity in your organization while taking advantage of the built-in security features in the solution to grow and protect your business today.
Microsoft Office 2016: a Skills Approach
by
Microsoft® Office Skills on Demand! Microsoft® Office 2016: A Skills Approach provides a unique approach to learning Office skills by isolating skills for customized learning. Created from the learning side from SIMnet, McGraw-Hill's online training and assessment program, this textbook has 1:1 content with SIMnet. As a result, students have access to specific, isolated skills which creates the customized learning and makes Microsoft® Office 2016: A Skills Approach the most flexible book on the market. Additionally, the approach uses consolidated instruction with fewer steps to explain each skill, resulting in easier learning for today's students! Microsoft® Office 2016: A Skills Approach also offers projects to allow students to practice their skills and receive immediate feedback via autograding in the SIMgrader component. This integration with SIMnet helps meet the diverse needs of students and accommodate individual learning styles.
Office 2013 ELearning Kit for Dummies
by
Unlock your new Office with this one-of-a-kind learning package! Publisher's Note- The online training portion of this product is no longer available. Whether you're meeting Office 2013 for the first time or upgrading your knowledge from an earlier version, this value-packed eLearning kit makes it easy to learn 2013 at your own pace. This complete learning package includes a full-color printed book and an access code for one year of online self-paced training. You'll learn the basics of the Office interface, how to navigate it, and how to use the features common to all Office programs. Then you'll get detailed instructions for working with Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Outlook. Follow the material sequentially or jump in and out as you wish - it's set up so you can learn at your own pace. Throughout, you will benefit from illustrations, animations, voiceover explanations, and the option of closed captioning if you find you learn better when you can read the instructions. Helps self-motivated learners get going with Office 2013 and its new features Walk you through creating and formatting a Word document, setting up and working with an Excel spreadsheet, managing e-mail and calendars with Outlook, building a powerful PowerPoint presentation with graphics and sound, and more Includes an easy-to-follow, full-color book and an interactive Dummies eLearning Course that corresponds with book and is unlocked via online access code Allows you to follow the material sequentially or choose separate sections at your own time and pace Office 2013 eLearning Kit For Dummies is the key to unlocking all Office 2013 has to offer.
Office 2019 All-In-One for Dummies
by
One practical book that's ten books in one: Learn everything you need to know about Microsoft Office with one comprehensive guide on your bookshelf To know your way around all the applications within Microsoft Office would require you to be part mathematician, part storyteller, and part graphic designer--with some scheduling wizard and database architect sprinkled in. If these talents don't come naturally to you in equal measure, don't panic--Office 2019 All-in-One For Dummies can help. This hefty but easily accessible tome opens with Book 1, an overview of the Office suite of applications and tips for handling text and becoming more efficient. From there, you'll find a book on each of the suite's major applications: Word: Learn the basics of word processing with Word, plus lay out text and pages; use Word's styles and proofing tools; construct tables, reports, and scholarly papers; and become familiar with manipulating documents. Excel: In addition to refining your worksheets so they're easier to understand, you can also master formulas, functions, and data analysis. PowerPoint: Find out how to make your presentations come alive with text, graphics, backgrounds, audio, and video. This book also contains a chapter with guidance and tips for delivering presentations--in person or virtually. Outlook: From helping you to manage your contacts, inbox, calendar, and tasks, Outlook can organize your days and keep you working productively. Access: Not everyone needs to build and maintain databases, but if that's part of your job, this book has all the hands-on information you need to get going: Build a database table, enter data, sort and query data, and filter data into report format. Publisher: The Publisher book is a quick-and-dirty introduction into desktop publishing, helping you to design a publication using built-in color schemes, templates, fonts, and finishing touches like borders and backgrounds. The last three books cover material that applies to all the applications. Book 8 shows you how to create charts, handle graphics and photos, and draw lines and shapes. Book 9 provides a quick primer on customizing the Ribbon, the Quick Access toolbar, and the Status bar, and guidance on distributing your work (via printing, emailing, converting to PDF, and more). Finally, Book 10 wraps up with how to use OneDrive, especially for file sharing and online collaboration. If you need to make sense of Office and don't have time to waste, Office 2019 All-in-One For Dummies is the reference you'll want to keep close by!
Quantitative and Statistical Data in Education
by
This book presents different data collection and representation techniques: elementary descriptive statistics, confirmatory statistics, multivariate approaches and statistical modeling. It exposes the possibility of giving more robustness to the classical methodologies of education sciences by adding a quantitative approach. The fundamentals of each approach and the reasons behind them are methodically analyzed, and both simple and advanced examples are given to demonstrate how to use them. Subsequently, this book can be used both as a course for the uninitiated and as an accompaniment for researchers who are already familiar with these concepts.
Shelly Cashman Series Microsoft Office 365 and Office 2016
by
Discover the most important new features that the latest version of Microsoft® Office has to offer with the concise approach found in MICROSOFT® OFFICE 365 & OFFICE 2016: BRIEF. This new edition is part of the acclaimed Shelly Cashman Series® that has effectively introduced computer skills to millions of students like you. MICROSOFT® OFFICE 365 & OFFICE 2016: BRIEF continues the Series' strong history of innovation with an enhanced learning approach to address your needs, no matter what your learning style. A trademark step-by-step, screen-by-screen approach encourages you to expand your understanding of Microsoft® Office 2016 through experimentation, critical thought, and personalization. This new edition delivers the most effective educational materials specifically designed to engage, improve retention, and prepare you for success with MS Office 2016.
Using Excel for Business and Financial Modelling
by
A hands-on guide to using Excel in the business context First published in 2012, Using Excel for Business and Financial Modelling contains step-by-step instructions of how to solve common business problems using financial models, including downloadable Excel templates, a list of shortcuts and tons of practical tips and techniques you can apply straight away. Whilst there are many hundreds of tools, features and functions in Excel, this book focuses on the topics most relevant to finance professionals. It covers these features in detail from a practical perspective, but also puts them in context by applying them to practical examples in the real world. Learn to create financial models to help make business decisions whilst applying modelling best practice methodology, tools and techniques. * Provides the perfect mix of practice and theory * Helps you become a DIY Excel modelling specialist * Includes updates for Excel 2019/365 and Excel for Mac * May be used as an accompaniment to the author's online and face-to-face training courses Many people are often overwhelmed by the hundreds of tools in Excel, and this book gives clarity to the ones you need to know in order to perform your job more efficiently. This book also demystifies the technical, design, logic and financial skills you need for business and financial modelling.
In this course, the student will develop efficiency and accuracy in touch typing using different word processing and spreadsheets applications. Touch-typing is necessary skill in the business outsourcing industry.
Advanced Excel Formulas : Unleashing Brilliance with Excel Formulas
by
Enhance and upgrade your Excel knowledge with this comprehensive guide to formulas in Excel. Over 150 of the most useful Excel functions are covered with numerous practical examples of their use. This book is fully updated and includes examples of the most recently released functions in 2022. It is written in a manner that you can read it cover-to-cover or pick it up and learn something new in just 5 minutes. The book begins with a primer on Excel formulas and functions. Starting from a basic level, but diving into intricate detail and building a solid understanding of the fundamentals. It may not always be sexy, but learning why, in addition to how, is important to truly understanding Excel formulas. Having strong fundamentals is the most advanced skill. The book covers all the most popular functions in Excel including VLOOKUP, SUMPRODUCT, COUNTIFS, MATCH, SORT and so much more. You will learn how to return multiple results with a single formula. Harness the power of the dynamic array engine and functions such as SEQUENCE, SORTBY, UNIQUE, XLOOKUP and FILTER to create top N Lists, models and reports that would seem impossible without array formulas. In the final chapter, we discover the amazing LAMBDA function in Excel. Create your own Excel functions to simplify future Excel formulas and share them with others. In this book, the formulas are not only written to return values to the grid, but also for use with other Excel features such as charts and Conditional Formatting, to take them to another level. Practice files are provided to follow all examples shown in the book. What Will You Learn Gain intimate knowledge of Excel formulas Understand efficient and practical use of Defined Names and Tables Master the most popular functions of Excel - VLOOKUP, COUNTIFS, MATCH, SUMPRODUCT, and so much more Learn to return multiple results from a single formula with the magical array formulas. Know the best lookup functions for dynamic spreadsheets Know true power of classic Excel functions such as IF, SUM, and INDEX Use new Excel functions including XLOOKUP, VSTACK, LET, and LAMBDA Who Is This Book For Excel users who are familiar with formulas but want to improve their current skill level.
Data Munging with R
by
Data Munging with R shows readers how to take raw data and transform it for use in computations, tables, graphs, and more. Whether they already have some programming experience or they're just a spreadsheet whiz looking for a more powerful data manipulation tool, this book will help programmers get started. Readers will discover the ins and outs of using the data-oriented R programming language and its many task-specific packages. By the end, readers will be master mungers, with a robust, reproducible workflow and the skills to use data to strengthen their conclusions! Key Features * Practical examples * Step-by-step guide * Introduction to R Audience If you have beginner programming skills or you're comfortable with writing spreadsheet formulas, you have everything you need to get the most out of this book. About the technology R is a statistical programming language in that it was made for the purpose of performing statistics calculations, but it has grown to be so much more through community contributions. As a general purpose language, it is flexible enough to work with almost any data you can interact with; stored or streaming, images, text, or numbers.
Essential Excel 2019 : a step-by-step guide
by
Create, edit, sort, analyze, summarize, and format data as well as graph it in Excel 2019. Chock full of visuals, user-friendly instructions, and reader exercises, this in-depth guide makes it easy for you to get on the bandwagon taking advantage of this powerful software and what it can do. Essential Excel 2019 doesn't mess around. It provides the most clear and concise, but complete, information you need to successfully use the expansive features of Excel in your work environment. The second edition of this soup-to-nuts book delivers essential how-to and reference information for users who are new to Excel, those who want to continue building their Excel skills, or anyone who wants to get up to speed on the latest changes and features in Excel 2019. It is heavy on the practical examples and light on the theory, providing a step-by-step process of what you need to do when you are working with Excel. You will begin with the basics, advancing as each chapter builds on knowledge from previous chapters. You will appreciate real-life examples and exercises that reinforce what you have learned, and upon finishing the book, you will have the confidence to use much more than the typical 10% that most people use in Excel. What You Will Learn Create amazing visualizations of your data Get up to speed on easy and accurate methods for entering data Extract the information you want from imported data; manipulate and format it to meet your needs Export your results to other programs or share with others in the cloud Organize, summarize, filter, and consolidate your data in multiple ways Audit, validate, and protect your data Who This Book Is For Anyone new to Excel or looking to take better advantage of the advanced features of the platform.
Excel 2019 All-In-One for Dummies
by
Make Excel work for you Excel 2019 All-In-One For Dummies offers eight books in one!! It is completely updated to reflect the major changes Microsoft is making to Office with the 2019 release. From basic Excel functions, such as creating and editing worksheets, to sharing and reviewing worksheets, to editing macros with Visual Basic, it provides you with a broad scope of the most common Excel applications and functions--including formatting worksheets, setting up formulas, protecting worksheets, importing data, charting data, and performing statistical functions. The book covers importing data, building and editing worksheets, creating formulas, generating pivot tables, and performing financial functions, what-if scenarios, database functions, and Web queries. More advanced topics include worksheet sharing and auditing, performing error trapping, building and running macros, charting data, and using Excel in conjunction with Microsoft Power BI (Business Intelligence) to analyze, model, and visualize vast quantities of data from a variety of local and online sources. Get familiar with Worksheet design Find out how to work with charts and graphics Use Excel for data management, analysis, modeling, and visualization Make sense of macros and VBA If you're a new or inexperienced user looking to spend more time on your projects than trying to figure out how to make Excel work for you, this all-encompassing book makes it easy!
Excel 2019 Bible
by
The complete guide to Excel 2019 Whether you are just starting out or an Excel novice, the Excel 2019 Bible is your comprehensive, go-to guide for all your Excel 2019 needs. Whether you use Excel at work or at home, you will be guided through the powerful new features and capabilities to take full advantage of what the updated version offers. Learn to incorporate templates, implement formulas, create pivot tables, analyze data, and much more. Navigate this powerful tool for business, home management, technical work, and much more with the only resource you need, Excel 2019 Bible. Create functional spreadsheets that work Master formulas, formatting, pivot tables, and more Get acquainted with Excel 2019's new features and tools Whether you need a walkthrough tutorial or an easy-to-navigate desk reference, the Excel 2019 Bible has you covered with complete coverage and clear expert guidance.
Excel All-In-One for Dummies
by
Excel-erate your productivity with the only guide you'll need to the latest versions of Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel offers unsurpassed functionality and accessibility for data exploration and analysis to millions of users around the world. And learning to unlock its full potential is easier than you can imagine with help from Excel All-in-One For Dummies. Follow along with Excel expert and veteran author Paul McFedries as he walks you through every feature and technique you need to know to get the most out of this powerful software. You'll learn how to design worksheets, use formulas and functions, collaborate with colleagues and review their work, create charts and graphics, manage and analyze data, and create macros. Plus, you'll discover all the capabilities Microsoft has included in the newest versions of Excel, including dark mode and accessibility features. This indispensable reference allows you to: Get a firm grasp of Excel basics with the book's step-by-step guides before moving on to more advanced topics, like data analysis Access up-to-date information on all the new versions of Excel, including the ones bundled with Microsoft 365, Office 2021, and the LTSC/Enterprise Edition Enjoy the convenience of a single, comprehensive resource detailing everything you need to know about Excel Perfect for people coming to Excel for the very first time, Excel All-in-One For Dummies, Office 2021 Edition is also a must-read resource for anyone looking for a refresher on foundational or advanced Excel techniques.
Excel Data Analysis for Dummies
by
Turn jumbles of numbers into graphics, insights, and answers with Excel With Microsoft Excel, you can, well, excel at data analysis. And Excel Data Analysis For Dummies can help, with clear and easy explanations of the mountain of features for creating, visualizing, and analyzing data. PivotTables, charts, what-if analysis, statistical functions--it's all in here, with examples and ideas for Excel users of all skill levels. This latest edition covers the most recent updates to Excel and Microsoft 365. You'll beef up your data skills and learn powerful techniques for turning numbers into knowledge. For students, researchers, and business professionals, Excel is the spreadsheet and data application of choice--and Dummies is the best choice for learning how to make those numbers sing. Learn how to use Excel's built-in data analysis features and write your own functions to explore patterns in your data Create striking charts and visualizations, and discover multiple ways to tell the stories hidden in the numbers Clean up large datasets and identify statistical operations that will answer your questions Perform financial calculations, database operations, and more--without leaving Excel Excel Data Analysis For Dummies is the go-to resource for Excel users who are looking for better ways to crunch the numbers.
Hands-on financial modeling with Microsoft Excel 2019 : build practical models for forecasting, valuation, trading, and growth analysis using Excel 2019
by
Explore the aspects of financial modeling with the help of clear and easy-to-follow instructions and a variety of Excel features, functions, and productivity tips Key Features A non data professionals guide to exploring Excel's financial functions and pivot tables Learn to prepare various models for income and cash flow statements, and balance sheets Learn to perform valuations and identify growth drivers with real-world case studies Book Description Financial modeling is a core skill required by anyone who wants to build a career in finance. Hands-On Financial Modeling with Microsoft Excel 2019 examines various definitions and relates them to the key features of financial modeling with the help of Excel. This book will help you understand financial modeling concepts using Excel, and provides you with an overview of the steps you should follow to build an integrated financial model. You will explore the design principles, functions, and techniques of building models in a practical manner. Starting with the key concepts of Excel, such as formulas and functions, you will learn about referencing frameworks and other advanced components of Excel for building financial models. Later chapters will help you understand your financial projects, build assumptions, and analyze historical data to develop data-driven models and functional growth drivers. The book takes an intuitive approach to model testing, along with best practices and practical use cases. By the end of this book, you will have examined the data from various use cases, and you will have the skills you need to build financial models to extract the information required to make informed business decisions. What you will learn Identify the growth drivers derived from processing historical data in Excel Use discounted cash flow (DCF) for efficient investment analysis Build a financial model by projecting balance sheets, profit, and loss Apply a Monte Carlo simulation to derive key assumptions for your financial model Prepare detailed asset and debt schedule models in Excel Discover the latest and advanced features of Excel 2019 Calculate profitability ratios using various profit parameters Who this book is for This book is for data professionals, analysts, traders, business owners, and students, who want to implement and develop a high in-demand skill of financial modeling in their finance, analysis, trading, and valuation work. This book will also help individuals that have and don't have any experience in data and stats, to get started with building financial models. The book assumes working knowledge with Excel.
Managerial Decision Modeling : Business Analytics with Spreadsheets
by
This book fills a void for a balanced approach to spreadsheet-based decision modeling. In addition to using spreadsheets as a tool to quickly set up and solve decision models, the authors show how and why the methods work and combine the user's power to logically model and analyze diverse decision-making scenarios with software-based solutions. The book discusses the fundamental concepts, assumptions and limitations behind each decision modeling technique, shows how each decision model works, and illustrates the real-world usefulness of each technique with many applications from both profit and nonprofit organizations. The authors provide an introduction to managerial decision modeling, linear programming models, modeling applications and sensitivity analysis, transportation, assignment and network models, integer, goal, and nonlinear programming models, project management, decision theory, queuing models, simulation modeling, forecasting models and inventory control models. The additional material files Chapter 12 Excel files for each chapter Excel modules for Windows Excel modules for Mac 4th edition errata can be found at https://www.degruyter.com/view/product/486941
Microsoft 365 Word Tips and Tricks
by
Explore Word's top tools and undiscovered features, and learn how to use them optimally in a business or real-world settingKey Features*Use MS Word more efficiently and leverage this handy guide to help you when you get stuck*Collaborate online effectively and format a variety of professional documents expertly*Hone your MS Word troubleshooting skills to solve formatting problems and issues encountered by everyday usersBook DescriptionMicrosoft Word, or MS Word, is a word processor developed by Microsoft. Although Word is one of the office productivity applications included in the Microsoft Office suite, it can also be purchased as a standalone product. MS Word enables you to create, edit, and save professional documents, among other helpful features. Anyone who wants to get better at working with Word will be able to put their MS Word knowledge to use with this practical guide.The book takes a hands-on problem- and solution-based approach to implementation and provides associated methodologies that will have you up and running and productive in no time. Complete with step-by-step explanations of essential concepts and practical examples, you'll begin by exploring different versions of Microsoft Word and understand how these versions impact collaboration with others, along with exploring the features available. Throughout the book, you'll learn how to work more productively and efficiently, with others as well as by yourself, using Word's sharing and collaboration features and the new reading and accessibility features.By the end of this Microsoft Word book, you will be able to troubleshoot common issues that may arise when working with documents.What you will learn*Track a document's changes as well as comment on and review changes by others, both locally and remotely*Use Word's navigation and view features to improve productivity*Generate more consistently formatted documents with Styles*Perform common tasks through simple formatting techniques, Quick Parts, customizing AutoCorrect/AutoFormat, and memorizing keyboard shortcuts*Troubleshoot the most frustrating formatting problems experienced by Word users*Create more universally accessible documents by adding Alt Text using the accessibility checker and other Word featuresWho this book is forThis book is for business professionals with basic experience of Office apps looking to utilize the Windows version of Microsoft Word to create, edit, format, read, print, and collaborate with short and long documents at home, at work, and on the go. The book assumes some very basic knowledge of Word and word processing programs in general, such as open, save, copy, and paste.
Microsoft Excel 365 Bible
by
Your personal, hands-on guide to the latest and most useful features in Microsoft Excel 365 Excel 365 is Microsoft's latest cloud-based version of its world-famous spreadsheet app. Powerful and user-friendly, it's an ideal solution for businesses and people looking to make sense of--and draw intelligence from--their data. The Excel 365 Bible carries over the best content from the best-selling Excel 2019 Bible while reflecting how a new generation uses Excel in Excel 365. The authoring team with their decades of Excel and business intelligence experience and recognition from the Excel community as Excel MVPs delivers an accessible and authoritative roadmap to Excel 365. Interested in the basics? You'll learn to create spreadsheets and workbooks and navigate the user interface. If you're ready for more advanced topics you can skip right to the material on creating visualizations, crafting custom functions, and using Visual Basic for Applications to script automations. You'll also get: Over 900 pages of powerful tips, tricks, and strategies to unlock the full potential of Microsoft Excel 365 Guidance on how to import, manage, and analyze large amounts of data Advice on how to craft predictions and "What-If Analyses" based on data you already have Perfect for anyone new to Excel, as well as experts and advanced users, the Excel 365 Bible is your comprehensive, go-to guide for everything you need to know about the world's most popular, easy-to-use spreadsheet software.
Microsoft Excel 2019 pivot table data crunching
by
Renowned Excel experts Bill Jelen (MrExcel) and Michael Alexander help you crunch data from any source with Excel 2019 pivot tables. Use Excel 2019 pivot tables and pivot charts to produce powerful, dynamic reports in minutes instead of hours, to take control of your data and your business. Even if you've never created a pivot table before, this book will help you leverage all their remarkable flexibility and analytical power-including valuable improvements in Excel 2019 and Excel in Office 365. Drawing on more than 45 combined years of Excel experience, Bill Jelen and Michael Alexander offer practical "recipes" for solving real business problems, help you avoid common mistakes, and present tips and tricks you'll find nowhere else. By reading this book, you will: - Master easy, powerful ways to create, customize, change, and control pivot tables - Control all future pivot tables using new pivot table defaults - Transform huge data sets into clear summary reports - Instantly highlight your most profitable customers, products, or regions - Use Power Query to quickly import, clean, shape, and analyze disparate data sources - Build geographical pivot tables with 3D Map - Construct and share state-of-the-art dynamic dashboards - Revamp analyses on the fly by dragging and dropping fields - Build dynamic self-service reporting systems - Share your pivot tables with colleagues - Create data mashups using the full Power Pivot capabilities of Excel 2019 and Excel in Office 365 - Automate pivot tables with macros and VBA - Save time by adapting reports with GetPivotData - Discover today's most useful pivot table tips and shortcuts
Teach Yourself VISUALLY Word 2019
by
Master one of the most popular word processors ever with this essential, visual reference Teach Yourself VISUALLY: Word 2019 provides readers with a thorough and visual exploration of the 2019 edition of Microsoft Word. Written by the celebrated author of over 100 books on computing, Guy Hart-Davis, Teach Yourself VISUALLY: Word 2019 allows you to quickly get up to speed with one of the most popular word processors on the planet. The book covers all the topics you'll need to comprehensively master Word 2019, and includes: Full-color, step-by-step instructions showing you how to perform all the essential tasks of Microsoft Word 2019 How to set up and format documents, edit them, and add images and charts How to post documents online for sharing and reviewing and take advantage of all the newest features of Word Newly updated to include the latest features of Microsoft Word, like how to collaborate on documents in real time, draw and write with the digital pen, new accessibility options and the new Resume Assistant, Teach Yourself VISUALLY: Word 2019 belongs on the shelf of anyone who wants to improve their effectiveness with this essential word processor.
Word for Dummies
by
Write on with Microsoft Word! If you create professional-looking documents on a regular basis, you require a mighty word processor that offers all the power and capabilities to create them. Enter Microsoft Word! Pair it with Word For Dummies to hone all your word-processing skills. The book is filled with useful tips and suggestions that allow you to get the most out of Word, as well as helpful information on the latest features. It also shows you how to customize and configure Word for your optimal workflow. Get details on the new Word interface; tools to quickly edit and format your documents; methods to organize your text with tables; techniques to insert charts, photos, and other graphics for visual interest; ways to automate routine document creation tasks; and how best to collaborate, share, and exchange documents with co-workers. Use Windows tools to quickly access Word and optimize your productivity Seamlessly integrate Word with other Office applications (Outlook, PowerPoint, and Excel) Employ document formatting features to create a clean layout and text presentation Exchange comments with co-workers using @mention notifications Customize the Word interface, including the dark mode feature Have a friendly, useful guide on Microsoft Word on hand when you need it With Word For Dummies by your side, you can once again make working with Word a pleasure. Soon, you'll be creating picture-, letter- and word-perfect documents.
Deaf Appreciation for Literature
Deaf Appreciation for Literature is a course where students travel across the world and transcend through time as they read a selection of literary texts. This course hopes to widen students' perspectives at each story in a multidisciplinary sense and to appreciate and critique the different stories confidently through writing and signing. The aim of the course is for students to appreciate the uniqueness of culture as shown through literature and to realize that literature is universal, regardless of race or nationality, and a concrete manifestation of our humanity.
Children's Literature in the Reading Program
by
This indispensable teacher resource and course text, now revised and updated, addresses the "whats," "whys," and "how-tos" of incorporating outstanding children's literature into the K-8 reading program. A strong emphasis on diverse literature is woven throughout the fifth edition, with chapters emphasizing the need for books that reflect their readers and presenting dozens of carefully reviewed books that teachers will be eager to use in the classroom. Leading authorities provide advice on selecting texts, building core literacy and literary skills, supporting struggling readers, and maximizing engagement. The volume offers proven strategies for teaching specific genres and formats, such as fiction, nonfiction, picturebooks, graphic novels, biographies, and poetry. This title is a copublication with the International Literacy Association. New to This Edition *Many new teaching ideas and book recommendations, with an increased focus on culturally diverse literature. *Scope expanded from K-5 to K-8. *Chapter on using read-alouds and silent reading. *Chapters on diverse literature about the arts and on transitional chapter books. *Chapter on engaging struggling readers with authentic reading experiences.
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
Deaf Studies Today! 2008 Conference Proceedings
by
Deaf Studies Today! 2008 Conference Proceedings: Montage contains original submissions by presenters at the conference held on the campus of what is now Utah Valley University. This volume is the third in the series of proceedings from the Deaf Studies Today! conference. It features keynote addresses by Paddy Ladd and MJ Bienvenu.
Doing a Literature Review
by
The ultimate guide to the "what," "how," and "why" of literature reviewing, the Second Edition of the classic text shows how the literature review will unlock the full potential of one's research with: A thorough exploration of the literature review process from start to finish Two brand new chapters explaining the different types of review and evidence and evaluation Extended examples that show you how to apply key techniques and procedures A new "core skills" framework to help you turn your research experience into employability A critical thinking focus that will help you construct convincing arguments and improve your research decisions In combining a critical, philosophical approach with an expertly selected body of practical examples, the Second Edition of Chris Hart's landmark text provides both the intellectual understanding and the technical skills required to produce sophisticated, robust literature reviews of the very highest standard. SAGE Study Skills are essential study guides for students of all levels. From how to write great essays and succeeding at university, to writing your undergraduate dissertation and doing postgraduate research, SAGE Study Skills help you get the best from your time at university. Visit the SAGE Study Skills hub for tips, resources and videos on study success!
El Deafo
by
El Deafo is a funny, deeply honest graphic novel memoir for middle graders. It chronicles the author's hearing loss at a young age and her subsequent experiences with a powerful and very awkward hearing aid called the Phonic Ear. It gives her the ability to hear--sometimes things she shouldn't--but also isolates her from her classmates. She really just wants to fit in and find a true friend, someone who appreciates her, Phonic Ear and all. Finally, she is able to harness the power of the Phonic Ear and become "El Deafo, Listener for All." And more importantly, declare a place for herself in the world and find the friend she's longed for.
Literature : why it matters
by
'Facts alone are wanted in life,' exclaims Mr Gradgrind at the beginning of Dickens' Hard Times. Literature is not about facts alone, and - despite two and a half thousand years of arguments - no one can agree on what it is, or how to study it. But, argues Robert Eaglestone, it is precisely the open-ended nature of literature that makes it such a rewarding and useful subject. Eaglestone shows that studying literature can change who you are, turning you from a 'reader' into a 'critic': someone attuned to the ways we make meaning in our world. Literature is a living conversation which provides endless opportunities to rethink and reinterpret our societies and ourselves. With examples ranging from Sappho to Skyrim, this book shows how literature offers freer and deeper ways of thinking and being.
Mickey's harvest : a novel of a deaf boy's checkered life
by
Howard L. Terry wrote a novel between 1917 and 1922, which he donated to the Gallaudet University Archives in 1951. There it rested until a resurgence of interest in Deaf literature led to its recent rediscovery. Mickey's Harvest: A Novel of a Deaf Boy's Checkered Life recounts the rollicking tale of a young deaf man and how he learned to survive and thrive at the advent of the 20th century. Mickey Dunmore's story begins with the sinking of his father's merchant sailing ship and ends with a cliffhanger in World War I. In school, after an illness caused his deafness, Mickey finds himself constantly fighting the hearing boys and later competing with the signing students when he attends a residential school for deaf students. In college, he and his best friend Dick Wagner leave early to travel the nation with the hobos, carnies, and grifters. In one town, they outfox a barker who was using a deaf girl to "read" the minds of their marks. Further on, they meet Bunny, the Mighty Mite deaf man who helps expose a hearing woman posing as deaf to scam sympathetic people. Mickey faces his greatest challenge when he falls in love with Marion Carrel, a deaf girl whose hearing father forbids their romance on eugenics grounds. Terry, who became deaf at the age of 11, states from the outset that he means for his novel to reveal the biases confronting deaf people at the time. As a tonic, he populates Mickey's Harvest with artistic, talented deaf individuals who engage readers in an earlier, colorful time as they "show their stuff."
Some Kids Are Deaf
by
Some people are deaf. What does that mean? Using simple, engaging text and full-color photos, readers learn what deafness is, how it can be caused, and what daily life is like for someone who can't hear.
Toward a More Visual Literacy
by
Technology and multimodal texts must be included as part of the literacies we teach in 21st century schools. Implementing multiple modes of literacy requires that teachers shift their focus toward multiple genres and modes of text. This shift to the visual requires that teachers consider how students read images in the classroom, address visual literacy, and engage students in constructing visual texts. Students already live and communicate in a virtual world connected by expansive networks, and many also read young adult literature. Given this, researchers and practitioners in the field examine ways texts written for students can be combined with digital tools to craft more critical conversations around literary response and digital media consumption and production. This book explores ways adolescents read, engage, and construct meaning within the world around them and examines how teachers can leverage the use of young adult literature with digital practices within their classrooms.
What is literature? : a critical anthology
by
An essential guide to understanding literary theory and criticism in the European tradition What is Literature? A Critical Anthology explores the most fundamental question in literary studies. 'What is literature?' is the name of a problem that emerges with the idea of literature in European modernity. This volume offers a cross-section of modern literary theory and reflects on the history of thinking about literature as a specific form. What is Literature? reveals how ideas of the literary draw on the foundations of Western thought in ancient Greece and Rome, charting the emergence of modern literature in the eighteenth century, and including selections from the present state of the art. The anthology includes the work of leading writers and critics of the last two thousand years including Plato, Henry James, Virginia Woolf, Edward Said, Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, Jacques Rancière, and many others. The book is an insightful examination of the nature of literature, its meanings and values, functions and forms, provocations and mysteries. What is Literature? brings together in one volume influential and intriguing essays that show our enduring fascination with the idea of literature. This important guide: Contains a broad selection of the most significant texts on the topic of literature Includes leading writers from ancient times to the most recent thinkers on literature and criticism Encourages readers to reflect on the varied meanings of "literature" What is Literature? A Critical Anthology is a unique collection of texts that will appeal to every student and scholar of literature and literary criticism in the European tradition.
Why Reading Books Still Matters
by
Bringing together strands of public discourse about valuing personal achievement at the expense of social values and the impacts of global capitalism, mass media, and digital culture on the lives of children, this book challenges the potential of science and business to solve the world's problems without a complementary emphasis on social values. The selection of literary works discussed illustrates the power of literature and human arts to instill such values and foster change. The book offers a valuable foundation for the field of literacy education by providing knowledge about the importance of language and literature that educators can use in their own teaching and advocacy work.
Young Adult Literature and the Digital World
by
This book considers the practical intersection between digital media and young adult texts. In these books, teachers and teacher educators offer practical examples for engaging students with crafting critical responses to young adult literature through digital spaces. It examines how teachers can use these spaces to help students encounter, evaluate, and engage in the world in which they live. Young adult literature offers a vehicle through which students can discuss and explore the world in a more removed manner, while digital media offers a paradigm for helping students craft multimodal responses that extend beyond the traditional literary essay. This intersection asks teachers to consider how they are asking students to interact with the texts they read. It asks them to invite students to enter and contribute to broader conversations through the production of their own texts. This book illustrates pedagogical principles in practice, showing what is possible in literature study in classrooms.
Deaf Appreciation for Literature
Deaf Appreciation for Literature is a course where students travel across the world and transcend through time as they read a selection of literary texts. This course hopes to widen students' perspectives at each story in a multidisciplinary sense and to appreciate and critique the different stories confidently through writing and signing. The aim of the course is for students to appreciate the uniqueness of culture as shown through literature and to realize that literature is universal, regardless of race or nationality, and a concrete manifestation of our humanity.
A Companion to American Literature
by
A comprehensive, chronological overview of American literature in three scholarly and authoritative volumes A Companion to American Literature traces the history and development of American literature from its early origins in Native American oral tradition to 21st century digital literature. This comprehensive three-volume set brings together contributions from a diverse international team of accomplished young scholars and established figures in the field. Contributors explore a broad range of topics in historical, cultural, political, geographic, and technological contexts, engaging the work of both well-known and non-canonical writers of every period. Volume One is an inclusive and geographically expansive examination of early American literature, applying a range of cultural and historical approaches and theoretical models to a dramatically expanded canon of texts. Volume Two covers American literature between 1820 and 1914, focusing on the development of print culture and the literary marketplace, the emergence of various literary movements, and the impact of social and historical events on writers and writings of the period. Spanning the 20th and early 21st centuries, Volume Three studies traditional areas of American literature as well as the literature from previously marginalized groups and contemporary writers often overlooked by scholars. This inclusive and comprehensive study of American literature: Examines the influences of race, ethnicity, gender, class, and disability on American literature Discusses the role of technology in book production and circulation, the rise of literacy, and changing reading practices and literary forms Explores a wide range of writings in multiple genres, including novels, short stories, dramas, and a variety of poetic forms, as well as autobiographies, essays, lectures, diaries, journals, letters, sermons, histories, and graphic narratives. Provides a thematic index that groups chapters by contexts and illustrates their links across different traditional chronological boundaries A Companion to American Literature is a valuable resource for students coming to the subject for the first time or preparing for field examinations, instructors in American literature courses, and scholars with more specialized interests in specific authors, genres, movements, or periods.
Deafening Modernism : embodied language and visual poetics in American literature
by
Deafening Modernism tells the story of modernism from the perspective of Deaf critical insight. Working to develop a critical Deaf theory independent of identity-based discourse, Rebecca Sanchez excavates the intersections between Deaf and modernist studies. She traces the ways that Deaf culture, history, linguistics, and literature provide a vital and largely untapped resource for understanding the history of American language politics and the impact that history has had on modernist aesthetic production. Discussing Deaf and disability studies in these unexpected contexts highlights the contributions the field can make to broader discussions of the intersections between images, bodies, and text. Drawing on a range of methodological approaches, including literary analysis and history, linguistics, ethics, and queer, cultural, and film studies, Sanchez sheds new light on texts by T.S. Eliot, Ezra Pound, Gertrude Stein, William Carlos Williams, Charlie Chaplin, and many others. By approaching modernism through the perspective of Deaf and disability studies, Deafening Modernism reconceptualizes deafness as a critical modality enabling us to freshly engage topics we thought we knew.
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Deaf Gain
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
English as a foreign language for deaf and hard-of-hearing persons : challenges and strategies
by
Deaf and hard-of-hearing students form a specific group of foreign language learners. They need to use foreign languages just like their hearing peers if they want to enjoy the same benefits of globalization and technical advancements of today, yet they cannot take part in the same foreign language education. As sign language users, lip-readers or persons relying on hearing aids or cochlear implants in their everyday communication, they need special support in learning a foreign language. This book has been written by teachers and researchers involved in teaching English as a foreign language.
Literature and Disability
by
Literature and Disability introduces readers to the field of disability studies and the ways in which a focus on issues of impairment and the representation of disability can provide new approaches to reading and writing about literary texts. Disability plays a central role in much of the most celebrated literature, yet it is only in recent years that literary criticism has begun to consider the aesthetic, ethical and literary challenges that this poses. The author explores: key debates and issues in disability studies today different forms of impairment, with the aim of showing the diversity and ambiguity of the term "disability" the intersection between literary critical approaches to disability and feminist, post-colonial, and autobiographical writing genre and representations of disability in relation to literary forms including novels, short stories, poems, plays and life writing This volume provides students and academics with an accessible overview of literary critical approaches to disability representation.
Literature and the making of the world
by
"Positioning itself at the intersection of world literature studies, literary anthropology, and philosophical critiques of "world" and "globe" concepts, this volume investigates how literature imagines and shapes worlds for its readers through linguistically specific cosmopolitan-vernacular dynamics, both at the level of textual engagement and on a material level of textual production and circulation. Moving from textual analyses in Part One-"Worlds in Texts"-to combined analyses of texts, media, and agents in the literary field in Part Two-"Texts in Worlds"-the concerns of these 9 chapters range from multilingualism, genre, and style, to material forms such as the little magazine or the scrapbook archive, and finally to activities such as travel (as a writing profession) and literary promotion. With this focus on practice-which geographically engages with Constantinople, China, Russia, western Europe, North America, southern Africa, and India-the volume's contributors demonstrate methodologically how world literature studies can bring the empirically specific detail to bear on global modes of analysis. It is precisely through such a dual optic that the world-making capacity of literature becomes apparent"-- Provided by publisher.
Literature and the World
by
Literature and the World presents a broad and multifaceted introduction to world literature and globalization. The book provides a brief background and history of the field followed by a wide spectrum of exemplary readings and case studies from around the world. Amongst other aspects of World Literature, the authors look at: New approaches to digital humanities and world literature Ecologies of world literature Rethinking geography in a globalized world Translation Race and political economy Offering state of the art debates on world literature, this volume is a superb introduction to the field. Its critically thoughtful approach makes this the ideal guide for anyone approaching World Literature.
Literature as document
by
Literature as Document considers the relationship between documents and literary texts in Western Literature of the 1930s and attempts to provide answers to the problematic nature of that relationship.
No kids allowed : children's literature for adults
by
Children's literature isn't just for children anymore. This original study explores the varied forms and roles of children's literature--when it's written for adults. What do Adam Mansbach's Go the F**k to Sleepand Barbara Park's MA! There's Nothing to Do Here!have in common? These large-format picture books are decidedly intended for parents rather than children. In No Kids Allowed, Michelle Ann Abate examines a constellation of books that form a paradoxical new genre: children's literature for adults. Distinguishing these books from YA and middle-grade fiction that appeals to adult readers, Abate argues that there is something unique about this phenomenon. Principally defined by its form and audience, children's literature, Abate demonstrates, engages with more than mere nostalgia when recast for grown-up readers. Abate examines how board books, coloring books, bedtime stories, and series detective fiction written and published specifically for adults question the boundaries of genre and challenge the assumption that adulthood and childhood are mutually exclusive.
Popular Literature : Texts, Contexts, Contestations
by
This volume offers a selection of critical essays on texts that can be broadly categorized as popular literature. The essays are inclined to question the idea of 'the Canon' and re-consider the divide between the canonical and the popular. As such, besides engaging in a serious critical reading of typical popular literary texts like "The Jungle Book" and "The Hound of the Baskervilles", the book also considers populist tendencies in literary classics like "Jane Eyre" and "Frankenstein". It will be of interest to young scholars and readers of popular literature, science fiction, detective fiction, genre studies, and culture studies. The volume's contributors are: Anisha Ghosh, Arnab Dasgupta, Goutam Karmakar, Jaya Sarkar, Jaydip Sarkar, Madhuparna Mitra Guha, Mandika Sinha, Mitarik Barma, Pinaki Roy, Puja Chakraborty, Rajadipta Roy, Rupayan Mukherjee, Shirsendu Mandal, Shubham Dey.
Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities
by
Increased interaction between sign language communities and the mainstream societies in which they function is creating the potential for greater equality of opportunity for people who are deaf and hard of hearing. In this volume, renowned scholars and policy makers from around the world present innovative and groundbreaking perspectives on the relationships among sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities. The contributors to this volume offer creative and open-minded explorations of the construct of sustainability that are informed by their work with deaf individuals, deaf communities, families of deaf children, and other stakeholders. Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities describes sustainability in relation to: · identity, resilience, and well-being · participatory citizenship · historical perspectives on sign language use in educational contexts · sign language learning and teaching · human rights and inclusive education · literate thought and literacy · the sign language factor and the development of sign language communities in sub-Saharan Africa · sign language legislation These changing communities' understanding of what is required to become sustainable--in areas such as full participation and citizenship in society, economic well-being, access to quality education, and cultural and linguistic identity--is also taking new forms. This work contributes to the paradigm shifts regarding deaf emancipation and deaf education taking place around the world.
Uncanny bodies : superhero comics and disability
by
Superhero comics reckon with issues of corporeal control. And while they commonly deal in characters of exceptional or superhuman ability, they have also shown an increasing attention and sensitivity to diverse forms of disability, both physical and cognitive. The essays in this collection reveal how the superhero genre, in fusing fantasy with realism, provides a visual forum for engaging with issues of disability and intersectional identity (race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality) and helps to imagine different ways of being in the world. Working from the premise that the theoretical mode of the uncanny, with its interest in what is simultaneously known and unknown, ordinary and extraordinary, opens new ways to think about categories and markers of identity, Uncanny Bodiesexplores how continuums of ability in superhero comics can reflect, resist, or reevaluate broader cultural conceptions about disability. The chapters focus on lesser-known characters--such as Echo, Omega the Unknown, and the Silver Scorpion--as well as the famous Barbara Gordon and the protagonist of the acclaimed series Hawkeye, whose superheroic uncanniness provides a counterpoint to constructs of normalcy. Several essays explore how superhero comics can provide a vocabulary and discourse for conceptualizing disability more broadly. Thoughtful and challenging, this eye-opening examination of superhero comics breaks new ground in disability studies and scholarship in popular culture. In addition to the editors, the contributors are Sarah Bowden, Charlie Christie, Sarah Gibbons, Andrew Godfrey-Meers, Marit Hanson, Charles Hatfield, Naja Later, Lauren O'Connor, Daniel J. O'Rourke, Daniel Pinti, Lauranne Poharec, and Deleasa Randall-Griffiths.
World Literature and Dissent
by
World Literature and Dissent reconsiders the role of dissent in contemporary global literature. Bringing together scholars of world and postcolonial literatures, the contributors　explore the aesthetics of resistance through concepts　including　the epistemology of ignorance, the rhetoric of innocence, the subversion of paying attention, and the radical potential of everydayness.　　 　 Addressing a broad range of examples, from the　Maghrebian　humanist Ibn Khaldūn to India's Facebook poets and examining writers such as Langston Hughes, Ben　Okri, Sara Uribe, and Merle Collins, this highly relevant book reframes the field of world literature in relation to dissenting politics and aesthetic.　 It asks the urgent question:　how critical practice might　cultivate　radical thought, further social justice, and value human expression?
The Deaf Cultural Studies course explores the elements of Deaf culture both in the local and global perspective. Guided by class discussions, articles read, film showing, and reflections, the Deaf will learn the definition of terms, components and impact of culture on Deaf identity. This course includes discussions on the difference between the hearing and Deaf culture, analysis of the Filipino Deaf culture and the changing perspectives of the Deaf that contribute to or hinder the success of Deaf communities. After the course, the Deaf are expected to show appreciation of the richness of the Filipino Deaf culture to develop a deeper understanding of the Filipino Deaf community.
Deaf culture A to Z
by
An alphabetic look at Deaf culture.
Deaf gain : raising the stakes for human diversity
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Deaf studies today! : beyond talk
by
Beyond Talk: Deaf Studies Today! 2012 Conference Proceedings contains original submissions by presenters at the conference held on the campus of Utah Valley University. This volume is the fifth in the series of proceedings from the Deaf Studies Today! conference. It features papers by the following authors: Patti Durr Christine B Brown Andrew Byrne, Ph.D. Merrilee Gietz Heather Clark Hannah M. Dostal, Ph.D. and Lisa M. Bowers Brian Malzkuhn Joseph Hill, Ph.D. Lewis Kummer, Ed.D. and Cynthia Plue, Ed.D. J. Freeman King, Ed.D. Rebecca Furland Nigel Howard and Liz Scully David H. Smith, Ph.D. and Bryan Berrett, Ed.D Sheryl B. Cooper, Ph.D. and Jody H. Cripps, Ph.D. Tabitha Jacques Mark Zaurov Carol Sanderson-MacNicholl Noppawan Chainarong, Vee Yee Chong, and Jennifer Witteborg
Early literacy behaviors of Filipino deaf children
by
Filipino sign language : a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines.
by
For hearing people only : answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the deaf community, its culture, and the "deaf reality"
by
Provides answers to commonly asked questions about deaf people, their culture, and their language.
An Introduction to Filipino Sign Language
by
The Life Story of Mother Delight Rice and Her Children
by
Delight Rice, the hearing daughter of deaf parents, was a pioneering teacher of deaf-blind pupils at the Wisconsin and Ohio Schools for the Deaf during the early 1900s. In 1907 the U.S. government sent her to establish a deaf education system in the Philippines, which was occupied by American military forces during the Spanish-American War. Initially unable to find any deaf children in Manila and surrounding provinces, she and American constabularies ventured into the interior mountains, heavily populated by wild, hostile headhunting tribes, in search of deaf children. They rode U.S. Army wagons and on burros for more than 1,000 miles on their successful mission. This book chronicles Delight Rice's life and legendary contributions to deaf education in the United States and the Philippines.
Many Ways to Be Deaf
by
Twenty-four international scholars contribute articles on linguistic and cultural diversity in deaf communities worldwide, including Japan, Viet Nam, Nigeria, Ireland, Brazil, and the United States. The wide- ranging topics include the evolution of British fingerspelling beginning in the 17th centur
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education
by
The field of deaf studies, language, and education has grown dramatically over the past forty years. From work on the linguistics of sign language and parent-child interactions to analyses of school placement and the the mapping of brain function in deaf individuals, research across a range ofdisciplines has greatly expanded not just our knowledge of deafness and the deaf, but also the very origins of language, social interaction, and thinking.In this updated edition of the landmark original volume, a range of international experts present a comprehensive overview of the field of deaf studies, language, and education. Written for students, practitioners, and researchers, The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume1, is a uniquely ambitious work that has altered both the theoretical and applied landscapes.Pairing practical information with detailed analyses of what works, why, and for whom - all while banishing the paternalism that once dogged the field - this first of two volumes features specially-commissioned, updated essays on topics including: language and language development, hearing andspeech perception, education, literacy, cognition, and the complex cultural, social, and psychological issues associated with deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. The range of these topics shows the current state of research and identifies the opportunites and challenges that lie ahead.Combining historical background, research, and strategies for teaching and service provision, the two-volume Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education stands as the benchmark reference work in the field of deaf studies.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Signs and voices : deaf culture, identity, language, and arts
by
Cochlear implants, mainstreaming, genetic engineering, and other ethical dilemmas confronting deaf people mandated a new, wide-ranging examination of these issues, fulfilled by Signs and Voices: Deaf Culture, Identity, Language, and Arts. This collection, carefully chosen from the 2004 Signs and Voices Conference, the Presidential Forum on American Sign Language at the Modern Language Association Convention, and other sources, addresses all of the factors now changing the cultural landscape for deaf people. To ensure quality and breadth of knowledge, editors Kristin A. Lingren, Doreen DeLuca, and Donna Jo Napoli selected the work of renowned scholars and performers Shannon Allen, H-Dirksen L. Bauman, Adrian Blue, Brenda Jo Brueggemann, Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Peter Cook, David P. Corina, Michael Davidson, Kristen Harmon, Tom Humphries, Sotaro Kita, Heather Knapp, Robert G. Lee, Irene W. Leigh, Kenny Lerner, Carole Neidle, Peter Novak, AslI Özyürek, David M. Perlmutter, Anne Senghas, and Ronnie Wilbur. Signs and Voices is divided into three sections--Culture and Identity, Language and Literacy, and American Sign Language in the Arts--each of which focuses on a particular set of theoretical and practical concerns. Also, the included DVD presents many of the performances from the Arts section. Taken together, these essays and DVD point to new directions in a broad range of fields, including cognitive science, deaf studies, disability studies, education, linguistics, literary criticism, philosophy, and psychology. This extraordinary showcase of innovative and rigorous cross-disciplinary study will prove invaluable to everyone interested in the current state of the Deaf community.
Understanding Deaf Culture
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
The Deaf Cultural Studies course explores the elements of Deaf culture both in the local and global perspective. Guided by class discussions, articles read, film showing, and reflections, the Deaf will learn the definition of terms, components and impact of culture on Deaf identity. This course includes discussions on the difference between the hearing and Deaf culture, analysis of the Filipino Deaf culture and the changing perspectives of the Deaf that contribute to or hinder the success of Deaf communities. After the course, the Deaf are expected to show appreciation of the richness of the Filipino Deaf culture to develop a deeper understanding of the Filipino Deaf community.
The deaf history reader
by
The Deaf History Reader presents nine masterful chapters that bring together a remarkably vivid depiction of the varied Deaf experience in America. This collection features the finest scholarship from a noteworthy group of historians, including Reginald Boyd, Barry A. Crouch, Mary French, Brian H. Greenwald, Harlan Lane, Harry G. Lang, Kent R. Olney, Richard Pillard, Jill Hendricks Porco, Michael Reis, and volume editor John Vickrey Van Cleve. The incisive articles collected here include an exploration of the genesis of the Deaf community and early evidence of the use of sign language; a comparison of a failed, oralist school for deaf students in Virginia to the success of the American School for the Deaf in Hartford, Connecticut; the development of Deaf consciousness among people who carried a dominant gene for deafness; a biographical sketch of Mary Ann Walworth Booth, an accomplished deaf woman who lived on the Western frontier; an account of Deaf agency in the Indiana Institution and the Evansville Day School; the early antecedents of mainstreaming deaf children despite the objections of their parents; a profile of Alexander Graham Bell that contrasts his support of eugenics to his defense of Deaf rights; the conflicting actions of supervisors of the Pennsylvania Society for the Advancement of the Deaf; and finally, the critical role played by deaf people in the Chicago Mission for the Deaf's success in maintaining the Deaf community for more than five decades. The remarkably rich range of topics treated in The Deaf History Reader assure its future status as a standard resource for all Deaf scholars and students.
For hearing people only : answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the deaf community, its culture, and the "deaf reality"
by
Provides answers to commonly asked questions about deaf people, their culture, and their language.
Learning to Be Deaf
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education
by
The field of deaf studies, language, and education has grown dramatically over the past forty years. From work on the linguistics of sign language and parent-child interactions to analyses of school placement and the the mapping of brain function in deaf individuals, research across a range ofdisciplines has greatly expanded not just our knowledge of deafness and the deaf, but also the very origins of language, social interaction, and thinking.In this updated edition of the landmark original volume, a range of international experts present a comprehensive overview of the field of deaf studies, language, and education. Written for students, practitioners, and researchers, The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume1, is a uniquely ambitious work that has altered both the theoretical and applied landscapes.Pairing practical information with detailed analyses of what works, why, and for whom - all while banishing the paternalism that once dogged the field - this first of two volumes features specially-commissioned, updated essays on topics including: language and language development, hearing andspeech perception, education, literacy, cognition, and the complex cultural, social, and psychological issues associated with deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. The range of these topics shows the current state of research and identifies the opportunites and challenges that lie ahead.Combining historical background, research, and strategies for teaching and service provision, the two-volume Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education stands as the benchmark reference work in the field of deaf studies.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Understanding Deaf Culture
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
When the mind hears : a history of the deaf
by
"When the Mind Hears, the first comprehensive history of the deaf, is also a powerful and compassionate study of the anatomy of prejudice and the motives and means of oppression. It is a narrative, told largely from the vantage point of Laurent Clerc, the deaf Frenchman who was an intellectual leader of the deaf community in France and then in America. Ultimately, the story of the deaf is a tragic one, as educators throughout history have sought to abolish sign language from the education of the deaf. The debate, involving such issues as minority rights, integration (or "mainstreaming"), and bilingual education, rages anew today. Scrupulously documented but never dispassionate, When the Mind Hears vividly conveys the anger and frustration of all those who, deprived of their language, are deprived of their rightful heritage."--Provided by publisher.
Words Made Flesh : Nineteenth-Century Deaf Education and the Growth of Deaf Culture.
by
During the early nineteenth century, schools for the deaf appeared in the United States for the first time. These schools were committed to the use of the sign language to educate deaf students. Manual education made the growth of the deaf community possible, for it gathered deaf people together in sizable numbers for the first time in American history. It also fueled the emergence of Deaf culture, as the schools became agents of cultural transformations. a. Just as the Deaf community began to be recognized as a minority culture, in the 1850s, a powerful movement arose to undo it, namely oral education. Advocates of oral education, deeply influenced by the writings of public school pioneer Horace Mann, argued that deaf students should stop signing and should start speaking in the hope that the Deaf community would be abandoned, and its language and culture would vanish. In this revisionist history, Words Made Flesh explores the educational battles of the nineteenth century from both hearing and deaf points of view. It places the growth of the Deaf community at the heart of the story of deaf education and explains how the unexpected emergence of Deafness provoked the pedagogical battles that dominated the field of deaf education in the nineteenth century, and still reverberate today. a
In this course, the Deaf will gain knowledge of the different influences based on the society’s view of how persons with disabilities construct their own identities and meanings. Guided by class discussions, film showing, articles read, and seatwork, the learners can deepen your understanding about different perspectives on disability. The Deaf will also be exposed to policy making, and the relationship between policy outcomes and various political stakeholders. In this course, one will gain a deeper understanding of human rights. As a Deaf Leader-Advocate, the learner will be inspired to collaborate and to advocate to Philippine lawmakers and educational administrators about the rights of Filipino Deaf people especially on accessibility and sign language.
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies
by
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is the first introductory course book that explores the theoretical foundations used in sign language interpreting studies. Authors Roy, Brunson, and Stone examine the disciplines whose theoretical frameworks and methodologies have influenced the academic study of interpreting. With this text, explanations for how interpreted events occur, how interpreted products are created, and how the interpreting process is studied can be framed within a variety of theoretical perspectives, forming a foundation for the emerging transdiscipline of Interpreting Studies. ​​ As sign language interpreting has emerged and evolved in the last 20 years as an academic field of study, the scope of learning has broadened to include fields beyond the language and culture of deaf people. This text surveys six disciplines that have informed the study of sign language interpreting: history, translation, linguistics, sociology, social psychology, and cognitive psychology, along with their major ideas, principal scholars, and ways of viewing human interaction. Each chapter includes clear learning goals, definitions, discussion questions, and images to aid understanding. The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is required reading for upper-level undergraduate or first-year graduate students in interpreting, Deaf studies, and sign language programs.
Deaf and Disability Studies
by
This collection presents 14 essays by renowned scholars on Deaf people, Deafhood, Deaf histories, and Deaf identity, but from different points of view on the Deaf/Disability compass. Editors Susan Burch and Alison Kafer have divided these works around three themes. The first, Identities and Locations, explores Deaf identity in different contexts. Topics range from a history of activism shaped by the ableism of Deaf elites in the United States from 1880-1920, to a discussion of the roles that economics, location, race, and culture play in the experiences of a Deaf woman from northern Nigeria now living in Washington, D.C. Alliances and Activism showcases activism organized across differences. Studies include a feminist analysis of how deaf and hearing women working together share responsibility, and an examination of how intra-cultural variations in New York City and Quebec affect deaf-focus HIV/AIDS programs. The third theme, Boundaries and Overlaps, explicitly addresses the relationships between Deaf Studies and Disability Studies. Interviews with scholars from both disciplines help define these relationships. Another contributor calls for hearing/not-deaf people with disabilities to support their Deaf peers in gaining langue access to the United Nations. Deaf and Disability Studies: Interdisciplinary Perspectives reveals that different questions often lead to contrary conclusions among their authors, who still recognize that they all have a stake in this partnership.
Approaching Disability
by
Disability Studies is an area of study which examines social, political, cultural, and economic factors that define 'disability' and establish personal and collective responses to difference. This insightful new text will introduce readers to the discipline of Disability Studies and enable them to engage in the lively debates within the field. By offering an accessible yet rigorous approach to Disability Studies, the authors provide a critical analysis of key current issues and consider ways in which the subject can be studied through national and international perspectives, policies, culture and history. Key debates include: The relationship between activism and the academy Ways to study cultural and media representations of disability The importance of disability history and how societies can change National and international perspectives on children, childhood and education Political perspectives on disability and identity The place of the body in disability theory This text offers real-world examples of topics that are important to debates and offers a much needed truly international scope on the questions at hand. It is an essential read for any individual studying, practising or with an interest in Disability Studies.
Branding and Designing Disability
by
Over the past fifty years, design and branding have become omnipotent in the market and have made their way to other domains as well. Given their potential to divide humans into categories and label their worth and value, design and branding can wield immense but currently unharnessed powers of social change. Groups designed as devalued can be undesigned, redesigned and rebranded to seamlessly and equivalently participate in community, work and civic life. This innovative book argues that disability as a concept and category is created, reified, and segregated through current design and branding that begs for creative change. Transcending models of disability that locate it either as an embodied medical condition or as a socially constructed entity, this book challenges the very existence and usefulness of the category itself. Proposing and illustrating creative and responsible design, DePoy and Gilson include thinking and action strategies that are useful and potent for "undesigning", redesigning, and rebranding to meet the full range of human needs and to enhance full participation in local through global communities. Divided into two parts, the first section presents a critical examination of disability as a designed and branded phenomenon, exploring what exactly is being designed and branded and how. The second part investigates the redesign of disability and provides principles for redesign and rebranding illustrated with examples from high-tech to place-based sustainable strategies. The book provides a unique and contemporary framework for thinking about disability as well as providing relevant design and branding guidance to designers and engineers interested in embodiment issues.
Disability, Gender and the Trajectories of Power
by
This book argues for the rights of women with disabilities, who live on the periphery of society, and seeks to eradicate the exclusion and stigma that are part of their lives. It brings together the perspectives of academicians and activists in trying to understand the various social issues faced by women with disabilities and argues for a society where they are not denied respect, equality, and justice. Filling the gap in the existing feminist research, this book seeks to influence the way in which society treats women with disabilities and will be of interest to scholars and researchers in the field of women's rights, disability rights, and rehabilitation.
Disability and Digital Television Cultures
by
Disability and Digital Television Cultures offers an important addition to scholarly studies at the intersection of disability and media, examining disability in the context of digital television access, representation and reception. Television, as a central medium of communication, has marginalized people with disability through both representation on screen and the lack of accessibility to this medium. With accessibility options becoming available as television is switched to digital transmissions, audience research into television representations must include a corresponding consideration of access. This book provides a comprehensive and critical study of the way people with disability access and watch digital TV. International case studies and media reports are complimented by findings of a user-focused study into accessibility and representation captured during the Australian digital television switchover in 2013-2014. This book will provide a reliable, independent guide to fundamental shifts in media access while also offering insight from the disability community. It will be essential reading for researchers working on disability and media, as well as television, communications and culture; upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students in cultural studies;¿ along with general readers with an interest in disability and digital culture. ¿
Disability and Social Media
by
Social media is popularly seen as an important media for people with disability in terms of communication, exchange and activism. These sites potentially increase both employment and leisure opportunities for one of the most traditionally isolated groups in society. However, the offline inaccessible environment has, to a certain degree, been replicated online and particularly in social networking sites. Social media is becoming an increasingly important part of our lives yet the impact on people with disabilities has gone largely unscrutinised. Similarly, while social media and disability are often both observed through a focus on the Western, developed and English-speaking world, different global perspectives are often overlooked. This collection explores the opportunities and challenges social media represents for the social inclusion of people with disabilities from a variety of different global perspectives that include Africa, Arabia and Asia along with European, American and Australasian perspectives and experiences.
Disability As Diversity in Higher Education
by
Addressing disability not as a form of student impairment--as it is typically perceived at the postsecondary level--but rather as an important dimension of student diversity and identity, this book explores how disability can be more effectively incorporated into college environments. Chapters propose new perspectives, empirical research, and case studies to provide the necessary foundation for understanding the role of disability within campus climate and integrating students with disabilities into academic and social settings. Contextualizing disability through the lens of intersectionality, Disability as Diversity in Higher Education illustrates how higher education institutions can use policies and practices to enhance inclusion and student success.
Disability in Local and Global Worlds
by
The lives of many disabled people in Europe and North America have improved over the past two decades through innovative technologies and the efforts of the disability rights movement. These changes have been spreading to other societies around the globe--albeit unevenly. In this collection of essays, leading scholars explore global changes in disability awareness, technology, and policy from the viewpoint of disabled people and their families in a wide range of local contexts. The authors report on ethnographic research in Brazil, Uganda, Botswana, Somalia, Britain, Israel, China, Egypt, India, and Japan. They address the definition of disability, the new eugenics, human rights in local contexts, domestic and state citizenship of disabled people, and issues of identity and belonging.
Disability Rights and Wrongs
by
Over the last thirty years, the field of disability studies has emerged from the political activism of disabled people. In this challenging review of the field, leading disability academic and activist Tom Shakespeare argues that the social model theory has reached a dead end. Drawing on a critical realist perspective, Shakespeare promotes a pluralist, engaged and nuanced approach to disability. Key topics discussed include: dichotomies - the dangerous polarizations of medical model versus social model, impairment versus disability and disabled people versus non-disabled people identity - the drawbacks of the disability movement's emphasis on identity politics bioethics in disability - choices at the beginning and end of life and in the field of genetic and stem cell therapies care and social relationships - questions of intimacy and friendship. This stimulating and accessible book challenges orthodoxies in British disability studies, promoting a new conceptualization of disability and fresh research agenda. It is an invaluable resource for researchers and students in disability studies and sociology, as well as professionals, policy makers and activists.
Disability Studies
by
Passionate, engaging and challenging, this second edition of the ground-breaking Disability Studies: An Interdisciplinary Introduction is a contemporary introduction to this diverse and complex field. Taking an interdisciplinary and critical approach, the book: examines a diverse range of theories and perspectives and engages with current debates in the field explores key areas of analysis, with chapters devoted to the individual, society, community and education applies a global perspective encompassing examples from the UK, Australia, Scandinavia, the US, and Canada. Encouraging and stimulating readers using thought-provoking questions, exercises and activities, Disability Studies is a rich and rewarding read for students and researchers engaging with disability across the social sciences.
Disability Studies
by
This textbook brings together a wide range of expert voices from the field of disability studies and the disabled people′s movement to tackle the essential topics relevant to this area of study. From the outset disability is discussed from a social model perspective, demonstrating how future practice and discourse could break down barriers and lead to more equal relationships for disabled people in everyday life. An interdisciplinary and broad-ranging text, the book includes 50 chapters on topics relevant across health and social care. Reflective questions and suggestions for further reading throughout will help readers gain a critical appreciation of the subject and expand their knowledge. This will be valuable reading for students and professionals across disability studies, health, nursing, social work, social care, social policy and sociology.
Disability Studies and the Inclusive Classroom
by
This book¿s mission is to integrate knowledge and practice from the fields of disability studies and special education . Parts I & II focus on the broad, foundational topics that comprise disability studies (culture, language, and history) and Parts III & IV move into practical topics (curriculum, co-teaching, collaboration, classroom organization, disability-specific teaching strategies, etc.) associated with inclusive education. This organization conforms to the belief that least restrictive environments (the goal of inclusive education) necessarily emerges from least restrictive attitudes (the goal of disability studies). Discussions throughout the book attempt to illustrate the intersection of theory and practice.
The Disability Studies Reader
by
The fifth edition of The Disability Studies Reader addresses the post-identity theoretical landscape by emphasizing questions of interdependency and independence, the human-animal relationship, and issues around the construction or materiality of gender, the body, and sexuality. Selections explore the underlying biases of medical and scientific experiments and explode the binary of the sound and the diseased mind. The collection addresses physical disabilities, but as always investigates issues around pain, mental disability, and invisible disabilities as well. Featuring a new generation of scholars who are dealing with the most current issues, the fifth edition continues the Reader's tradition of remaining timely, urgent, and critical.
The Disability Studies Reader
by
The Fourth Edition of the Disability Studies Readerbreaks new ground by emphasizing the global, transgender, homonational, and posthuman conceptions of disability. Including physical disabilities, but exploring issues around pain, mental disability, and invisible disabilities, this edition explores more varieties of bodily and mental experience. New histories of the legal, social, and cultural give a broader picture of disability than ever before. Now available for the first time in eBook format 978-0-203-07788-7.
Disability Studies Today
by
Over recent years there has been an unprecedented upsurge ofinterest in the general area of disability and disability studiesamongst academics and researchers throughout the world. This hasgenerated an increasingly expansive literature, from a variety ofperspectives, including cultural studies, development studies,geography, history, philosophy, social policy, social psychologyand sociology. Perhaps inevitably, given this heightened interest,a number of important challenges and debates have emerged whichraise many significant questions for all those interested in thisnewly emergent and increasingly important field. DisabilityStudies Today provides an invaluable introduction to and anoverview of these concerns and controversies. Although the field is increasingly interdisciplinary in nature,the emphasis is primarily a sociological one since sociologycontinues to play a central role in the development of disabilitystudies. Whilst the focus is primarily on theoretical innovationand advancement, the arguments presented in this book haveimportant political and policy implications for both disabled andnon-disabled people. Moreover, since disability studies, likeethnic, women's and gay and lesbian studies, has developedfrom a position of engagement and activism rather than one ofdetachment, the articles in this volume maintain this tradition.The book contains contributions from established figures, as wellas newcomers to the field. Topics covered include: the history ofthe development of disability studies in Britain and America, keyideas, issues and thinkers, the role of the body, divisions andhierarchies, history, power and identity, work, politics and thedisabled peoples' movement, globalization, human rights,research and the role of the academy. This book will prove invaluable to scholars, researchers,students and policy makers and, indeed, all those involved in thisincreasingly important area of social enquiry.
The Global Politics of Impairment and Disability
by
Disability is of central concern to the developing world but has largely been under-represented in global development debates, discourses and negotiations. Similarly, disability studies has overlooked both the theorists and the social experience of the global South, and there has been a one-way transfer of ideas and knowledge from the North to the South in this field. This volume seeks to redress the processes of scholarly colonialism by drawing together a diverse set of understandings, theorizing and experiences. The chapters situate disability within the Southern context and support the work of Southern disabled scholars and activists seeking to decolonize Southern experiences, knowledges and absences in the field while simultaneously attempting to make an intervention into able-bodied (mainstream) development discourses, practices and politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly.
Handbook of Disability Studies
by
This path-breaking international handbook of disability studies signals the emergence of a vital new area of scholarship, social policy and activism. Drawing on the insights of disability scholars around the world and the creative advice of an international editorial board, the book engages the reader in the critical issues and debates framing disability studies and places them in an historical and cultural context. Five years in the making, this one volume summarizes the ongoing discourse ranging across continents and traditional academic disciplines. To provide insight and perspective, the volume is divided into three sections: The shaping of disability studies as a field; experiencing disability; and, disability in context. Each section, written by world class figures, consists of original chapters designed to map the field and explore the key conceptual, theoretical, methodological, practice and policy issues that constitute the field. Each chapter provides a critical review of an area, positions and literature and an agenda for future research and practice. The handbook answers the need expressed by the disability community for a thought provoking, interdisciplinary, international examination of the vibrant field of disability studies. The book will be of interest to disabled people, scholars, policy makers and activists alike. The book aims to define the existing field, stimulate future debate, encourage respectful discourse between different interest groups and move the field a step forward.
Identity in Applied Linguistics Research
by
This book provides a broad survey of historical and contemporary treatments of identity in various branches of Applied Linguistics, identifying common themes and areas for future research. The volume explores theoretical and methodological approaches and features detailed empirical accounts and case studies. The book not only presents current debates in Applied Linguistics and related fields but also the theoretical and practical implications of studying identity from various perspectives and disciplinary approaches. It also offers researchers a new approach to the study of identity: 'The Dynamic Integrated Systems Approach'. As such Identity in Applied Linguistics Research is an ideal text for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students, and academics and practitioners working on issues of identity.
Intellectual Disability
by
Intellectual Disability: Ethics, Dehumanization, and a New Moral Community presents an interdisciplinary exploration of the roots and evolution of the dehumanization of people with intellectual disabilities. Examines the roots of disability ethics from a psychological, philosophical, and educational perspective Presents a coherent, sustained moral perspective in examining the historical dehumanization of people with diminished cognitive abilities Includes a series of narratives and case descriptions to illustrate arguments Reveals the importance of an interdisciplinary understanding of the social construction of intellectual disability
Keywords for Disability Studies
by
Introduces key terms, concepts, debates, and histories for Disability Studies Keywords for Disability Studies aims to broaden and define the conceptual framework of disability studies for readers and practitioners in the field and beyond. The volume engages some of the most pressing debates of our time, such as prenatal testing, euthanasia, accessibility in public transportation and the workplace, post-traumatic stress, and questions about the beginning and end of life. Each of the 60 essays in Keywords for Disability Studies focuses on a distinct critical concept, including "ethics," "medicalization," "performance," "reproduction," "identity," and "stigma," among others. Although the essays recognize that "disability" is often used as an umbrella term, the contributors to the volume avoid treating individual disabilities as keywords, and instead interrogate concepts that encompass different components of the social and bodily experience of disability. The essays approach disability as an embodied condition, a mutable historical phenomenon, and a social, political, and cultural identity. An invaluable resource for students and scholars alike, Keywords for Disability Studies brings the debates that have often remained internal to disability studies into a wider field of critical discourse, providing opportunities for fresh theoretical considerations of the field's core presuppositions through a variety of disciplinary perspectives. Visit keywords.nyupress.org for online essays, teaching resources, and more.
Language and Reading Disabilities
by
Reports the growing evidence that language processes can underlie or contribute to reading disabilities in addition to the phonological processes that are more widely cited. Describes recent development in the early identification, assessment, and remediation of language-based reading disability. S
Learning Disabilities
by
This edition presents guidelines for using Response to Intervention (RTI) as an eligibility tool as well as differentiated instruction for the general education class. Detailed coverage of the most up-to-date classroom practices, the latest research, and critical issues are also presented. Using the author's more than 27 years of experience in working with children and adolescents who have learning disabilities, the Sixth Edition of Learning Disabilities presents the latest research and information on LD in each developmental area. It focuses on identification and eligibility issues, incorporating the newly released rules and regulations on RTI, IDEA 2004, and the No Child Left Behind legislation. The text also stresses both the characteristics of students with learning disabilities as well as classroom-tested instructional strategies. With up-to-date content, this practical guide also offers insight into practical educational concerns from a teacher's perspective, as well as the relevant scholarship.
Moving Beyond Boundaries in Disability Studies
by
What challenges are posed by changing transnational trends, agendas and movements that affect disabled people's lives, and what can disabled people, their representative organisations and their governments do to advance the agenda for self-determination and inclusion? This book draws together the writing of academics and activists to depict the experience and perspective of disabled people in relation to a range of contemporary social changes, with a focus firmly on ways in which disabled people and their allies can act to counter disabling policies and practices. Throughout the book there is an emphasis on disabled people's own voices and activism as the critical driver of theoretical critique and practical change. Chapters address a wide range of cultural, institutional and personal arenas to explore and contest the boundaries that disabled people seek to move beyond, from cross-border labour movements in Korea to experience of day services in England, from continuing and long-lasting realities of wars in Lebanon, Cambodia and Somalia to the beauty of harmony in Navajo traditions for understanding disability, from collective activism to individual participation in the Olympics. This book is recommended reading for students, researchers and activists interested in Disability Studies and is directly relevant to policy makers and practitioners in a position to reshape rights, spaces and innovations in response to the priorities disabled people feel and articulate are important for their lives. It was originally published as a special issue of Disability & Society.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Rethinking Disability
by
Now in its second edition, Rethinking Disability introduces new and experienced teachers to ethical framings of disability and strategies for effectively teaching and including students with disabilities in the general education classroom. Grounded in a disability studies framework, this text¿s unique narrative style encourages readers to examine their beliefs about disability and the influence of historical and cultural meanings of disability upon their work as teachers. The second edition offers clear and applicable suggestions for creating dynamic and inclusive classroom cultures, getting to know students, selecting appropriate instructional and assessment strategies, co-teaching, and promoting an inclusive school culture. This second edition is fully revised and updated to include a brief history of disability through the ages, the relevance of current educational policies to inclusion, technology in the inclusive classroom, intersectionality and its influence upon inclusive practices, working with families, and issues of transition from school to the post-school world. Each chapter now also includes a featured "voice from the field" written by persons with disabilities, parents, and teachers.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Sign Language Interpreting in the Workplace
by
The last forty years have seen a dramatic change in the nature of work, with deaf people increasingly moving into white collar or office-based professions. The rise of deaf professionals has led to employment opportunities for signed language interpreters across a variety of workplace settings, creating a unique set of challenges that require specialized strategies. Aspects such as social interaction between employees, the unwritten patterns and rules of workplace behavior, hierarchical structures, and the changing dynamics of deaf employee/interpreter relationships place constraints upon the interpreter's role and interpreting performance. Jules Dickinson's examination of interpreted workplace interactions is based on the only detailed, empirical study of this setting to date. Using practitioner responses and transcripts of real-life interpreted workplace interactions, Dickinson's findings demonstrate the complexity of the interpreter's role and responsibilities. The book concentrates on the ways in which signed language interpreters affect the interaction between deaf and hearing employees in team meetings by focusing on humor, small talk, and the collaborative floor. Signed Language Interpreting in the Workplace demonstrates that deaf employees require highly skilled professionals to enable them to integrate into the workplace on a level equal with their hearing peers. It also provides actionable insights for interpreters in workplace settings that will be a valuable resource for interpreting students, practitioners, interpreter trainers, and researchers.
In this course, the Deaf will gain knowledge of the different influences based on the society’s view of how persons with disabilities construct their own identities and meanings. Guided by class discussions, film showing, articles read, and seatwork, the learners can deepen your understanding about different perspectives on disability. The Deaf will also be exposed to policy making, and the relationship between policy outcomes and various political stakeholders. In this course, one will gain a deeper understanding of human rights. As a Deaf Leader-Advocate, the learner will be inspired to collaborate and to advocate to Philippine lawmakers and educational administrators about the rights of Filipino Deaf people especially on accessibility and sign language.
Culture - theory - disability : encounters between disability studies and cultural studies
by
Which theoretical and methodological approaches of contemporary cultural criticism resonate within the field of disability studies? What can cultural studies gain by incorporating disability more fully into its toolbox for critical analysis? Culture - Theory - Disability features contributions by leading international cultural disability studies scholars which are complemented with a diverse range of responses from across the humanities spectrum. This essential volume encourages the problematization of disability in connection with critical theories of literary and cultural representation, aesthetics, politics, science and technology, sociology, and philosophy. It includes essays by Lennard J. Davis, Rosemarie Garland-Thomson, Dan Goodley, Robert McRuer and Margrit Shildrick.
Deaf and disability studies : interdisciplinary perspectives
by
This collection presents 14 essays by renowned scholars on Deaf people, Deafhood, Deaf histories, and Deaf identity, but from different points of view on the Deaf/Disability compass. Editors Susan Burch and Alison Kafer have divided these works around three themes. The first, Identities and Locations, explores Deaf identity in different contexts. Topics range from a history of activism shaped by the ableism of Deaf elites in the United States from 1880-1920, to a discussion of the roles that economics, location, race, and culture play in the experiences of a Deaf woman from northern Nigeria now living in Washington, D.C. Alliances and Activism showcases activism organized across differences. Studies include a feminist analysis of how deaf and hearing women working together share responsibility, and an examination of how intra-cultural variations in New York City and Quebec affect deaf-focus HIV/AIDS programs. The third theme, Boundaries and Overlaps, explicitly addresses the relationships between Deaf Studies and Disability Studies. Interviews with scholars from both disciplines help define these relationships. Another contributor calls for hearing/not-deaf people with disabilities to support their Deaf peers in gaining langue access to the United Nations. Deaf and Disability Studies: Interdisciplinary Perspectives reveals that different questions often lead to contrary conclusions among their authors, who still recognize that they all have a stake in this partnership.
Disability, health and human development
by
This open access book introduces the human development model to define disability and map its links with health and wellbeing, based on Sen's capability approach. The author uses panel survey data with internationally comparable questions on disability for Ethiopia, Malawi, Tanzania and Uganda. It presents evidence on the prevalence of disability and its strong and consistent association with multidimensional poverty, mortality, economic insecurity and deprivations in education, morbidity and employment. It shows that disability needs to be considered from multiple angles including aging, gender, health and poverty. Ultimately, this study makes a call for inclusion and prevention interventions as solutions to the deprivations associated with impairments and health conditions.
Disability, Human Rights, and Information Technology
by
Disability, Human Rights, and Information Technology addresses the global issue of equal access to information and communications technology for persons with disabilities.
Disability and Discourse Analysis
by
Although efforts have been made to integrate disability into the discourse analysis and conversation analysis canon, the link between the two fields needs to be strengthened. This ground-breaking volume contributes to this link by thoroughly applying the analytical vocabulary of discourse analysis to issues that are central to the field of disability studies. It strengthens disability studies by supplying case studies of representations and constructions of disability and disabled people in discourse, theorizes the role played by language in the social construction of disability, and makes disability a more salient topic for discourse analysts.
Disability and social media : global perspectives
by
Social media is popularly seen as an important media for people with disability in terms of communication, exchange and activism. These sites potentially increase both employment and leisure opportunities for one of the most traditionally isolated groups in society. However, the offline inaccessible environment has, to a certain degree, been replicated online and particularly in social networking sites. Social media is becoming an increasingly important part of our lives yet the impact on people with disabilities has gone largely unscrutinised. Similarly, while social media and disability are often both observed through a focus on the Western, developed and English-speaking world, different global perspectives are often overlooked. This collection explores the opportunities and challenges social media represents for the social inclusion of people with disabilities from a variety of different global perspectives that include Africa, Arabia and Asia along with European, American and Australasian perspectives and experiences.
Disability Human Rights and the Limits of Humanitarianism
by
Contemporary human rights discourses problematically co-opt disabled bodies as 'evidence' of harms done under capitalism, war, and other forms of conflict, while humanitarian non-governmental organizations often use disabled bodies to generate resources for their humanitarian projects. It is the connection between civil rights and human rights, and the concomitant relationship between national and global, which foregrounds this book's contention that disability studies productively challenge such human rights paradigms, which troublingly eschew disability rights in favor of exclusionary humanitarianism.
Disability media studies
by
Introduces key ideas and offers a sense of the new frontiers and questions in the emerging field of disability media studies. Disability Media Studies articulates the formation of a new field of study, based in the rich traditions of media, cultural, and disability studies. Necessarily interdisciplinary and diverse, this collection weaves together work from scholars from a variety of disciplinary homes, into a broader conversation about exploring media artifacts in relation to disability. The book provides a comprehensive overview for anyone interested in the study of disability and media today. Case studies include familiar contemporary examples such as Iron Man 3, Lady Gaga, and Oscar Pistorius as well as historical media, independent disability media, reality television, and media technologies. The contributors consider disability representation, the role of media in forming cultural assumptions about ability, the construction of disability via media technologies, and how disabled audiences respond to particular media artifacts. The volume concludes with afterwords from two different perspectives on the field one by disability scholar Rachel Adams, the other by media scholars Mara Mills and Jonathan Sterne that reflect upon the collection, the ongoing conversations, and the future of disability media studies. -- Amazon.com.
Disability Studies
by
The chapters contributing to this edited volume are presented to assist readers with a critical examination of contemporary practice and offer a concerted response to improving inclusive education. The chapters address a range of important topics related to the field of critical disability studies in education and include sections dedicated to Schools, Higher Education, Family and Community and Theorising.
Disability Studies : a Student's Guide
by
This textbook brings together a wide range of expert voices from the field of disability studies and the disabled people's movement to tackle the essential topics relevant to this area of study. From the outset disability is discussed from a social model perspective, demonstrating how future practice and discourse could break down barriers and lead to more equal relationships for disabled people in everyday life.
An interdisciplinary and broad-ranging text, the book includes 50 chapters on topics relevant across health and social care. Reflective questions and suggestions for further reading throughout will help readers gain a critical appreciation of the subject and expand their knowledge.
This will be valuable reading for students and professionals across disability studies, health, nursing, social work, social care, social policy and sociology.
Disability Studies and the Environmental Humanities
by
Although scholars in the environmental humanities have been exploring the dichotomy between "wild" and "built" environments for several years, few have focused on the field of disability studies, a discipline that enlists the contingency between environments and bodies as a foundation of its scholarship. On the other hand, scholars in disability studies have demonstrated the ways in which the built environment privileges some bodies and minds over others, yet they have rarely examined the ways in which toxic environments engender chronic illness and disability or how environmental illnesses disrupt dominant paradigms for scrutinizing "disability." Designed as a reader for undergraduate and graduate courses, Disability Studies and the Environmental Humanities employs interdisciplinary perspectives to examine such issues as slow violence, imperialism, race, toxicity, eco-sickness, the body in environmental justice, ableism, and other topics. With a historical scope spanning the seventeenth century to the present, this collection not only presents the foundational documents informing this intersection of fields but also showcases the most current work, making it an indispensable reference.
The Disability Studies Reader
by
The Fourth Edition of the Disability Studies Reader breaks new ground by emphasizing the global, transgender, homonational, and posthuman conceptions of disability. Including physical disabilities, but exploring issues around pain, mental disability, and invisible disabilities, this edition explores more varieties of bodily and mental experience. New histories of the legal, social, and cultural give a broader picture of disability than ever before. Now available for the first time in eBook format 978-0-203-07788-7.
Feminist Disability Studies
by
Disability, like questions of race, gender, and class, is one of the most provocative topics among theorists and philosophers today. This volume, situated at the intersection of feminist theory and disability studies, addresses questions about the nature of embodiment, the meaning of disability, the impact of public policy on those who have been labeled disabled, and how we define the norms of mental and physical ability. The essays here bridge the gap between theory and activism by illuminating structures of power and showing how historical and cultural perceptions of the human body have been informed by and contributed to the oppression of women and disabled people.
Human Rights and Disability Advocacy
by
The United Nations adoption of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) constituted a paradigm shift in attitudes and approaches to disability rights, marking the first time in law-making history that persons with disabilities participated as civil society representatives and contributed to the drafting of an international treaty. On the way, they brought a new kind of diplomacy forward: empowering nongovernmental stakeholders, including persons with disabilities, within human rights discourse. This landmark treaty provides an opportunity to consider what it means to involve members of a global civil society in UN-level negotiations. Human Rights and Disability Advocacy brings together perspectives from individual representatives of the Disabled People's Organizations (DPOs), nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), indigenous peoples' organizations, states, and national institutions that played leading roles in the Convention's drafting process. The contributors provide vivid and personal accounts of the paths to victory, including stumbling blocks--not all of which were overcome--and offer a unique look into the politics of civil society organizations both from within and in its interaction with governments. Each essay describes the nonnegotiable key issues for which they advocated; the extent of success in reaching their goals; and insights into the limitations they faced. Through the plurality of voices and insider perspectives, Human Rights and Disability Advocacy presents fresh perspectives on the shift toward a new diplomacy and explores the implication of this model for human rights advocacy more generally. Contributors: Andrew Byrnes, Heidi Forrest, Phillip French, Lex Grandia, Huhana Hickey, Markku Jokinen, Liisa Kauppinen, Mi Yeon Kim, Gerison Lansdown, Connie Laurin-Bowie, Tirza Leibowitz, Don MacKay, Anna MacQuarrie, Ronald C. McCallum AO, Tara J. Melish, Pamela Molina Toledo, Maya Sabatello, Marianne Schulze, Belinda Shaw.
Inclusion, Disability and Culture
by
This book examines some theoretical and empirical aspects about complexities of inclusion, disability and culture. It challenges the globalized technical and reductionist approach of inclusion and argues that concepts of disability and inclusion are culturally constructed. Disability and inclusion are concepts which do not define a global agenda, in the sense that one size fits all.
Keywords for disability studies
by
Keywords for Disability Studies aims to broaden and define the conceptual framework of disability studies for readers and practitioners in the field and beyond. The volume engages some of the most pressing debates of our time, such as prenatal testing, euthanasia, accessibility in public transportation and the workplace, post-traumatic stress, and questions about the beginning and end of life. Each of the 60 essays in Keywords for Disability Studies focuses on a distinct critical concept, including "ethics," "medicalization," "performance," "reproduction," "identity," and "stigma," among other.
Righting Educational Wrongs : Disability Studies in Law and Education
by
Righting Educational Wrongs brings together the work of scholars from the fields of disability studies in education and law to examine contemporary struggles around in-clusion and access to education. Specifically, contributors examine policies and practices as they contribute to or undermine educational access for individuals with disabilities. Kanter and Ferri expand our understanding about the potential of legal studies to inform work around disability studies in education and vice versa. Contributors explore the intersections between disability studies, law, and education, forging a theoretical framework for thinking about educational access. Several essays take a critical look at some of the histories of exclusion in education and the ways that these exclusions have been upheld by a variety of educational policies and practices. Other essays reflect on how students with disabilities and their families experience the Individuals with Disabilities in Education Act. By bridging various disciplines, Righting Educational Wrongs offers new insights to allow us to better understand the multiple perspectives and voices within the field of disability studies.
Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies
by
This fully revised and expanded second edition of the Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies takes a multidisciplinary approach to disability and provides an authoritative and up-to-date overview of the main issues in the field around the world today. Adopting an international perspective and arranged thematically, it surveys the state of the discipline, examining emerging and cutting-edge areas as well as core areas of contention. Divided in five parts, this comprehensive handbook covers: Different models and approaches to disability. How key impairment groups have engaged with disability studies and the writings within the discipline. Policy and legislation responses to disability studies and to disability activism. Disability studies and its interaction with other disciplines, such as history, philosophy, sport, and science and technology studies. Disability studies and different life experiences, examining how disability and disability studies intersects with ethnicity, sexuality, gender, childhood and ageing. Containing 15 revised chapters and 12 new chapters from an international selection of leading scholars, this authoritative handbook is an invaluable reference for all academics, researchers, and more advanced students in disability studies and associated disciplines such as sociology, health studies and social work. Chapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license at https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138365308_oachapter6.pdf.
Studying Disability
by
Presenting a fully integrative text covering disability from a variety of disciplines, this innovative book first reviews existing theories, then sets forth a new viewpoint that incorporates elements from disability studies, sociology, human services, rehabilitation counseling, and public health. Authors Elizabeth DePoy and Stephen French Gilson explore the history of disability with a focus on both Western and non-Western cultures, examine the historical conceptions of disability and how they have affected the lives and civil rights of the disabled, and explore a wide range of both classic and new and emerging theories. The book concludes with a section on application of theory to practice and policy in the professional and public realm and the recommendation of a socially just community for the full range of disabled individuals.
Design Elements and Principles
This course deals with the elements and principles of design: the balance, color, texture, fonts, type readability and legibility. With the topic discussed, the Deaf will be armed with the knowledge of how to put ideas into a very well composed design. Design Elements and Principles is a project (plate) driven course and will need to be taken with specific materials.
Design Elements
by
This updated version of Rockport's bestselling Design Elements offers expanded and updated content in a new, cleaner format for easier navigation. Author Timothy Samara has added more than 50 new diagrams and more than 100 new images of real-world projects with an increased emphasis on web and environmental design projects. The "20 Rules for Good Design" has been revisited and expanded to 25 Rules. The book covers all the design fundamentals from working with grids, color application, typography, imagery to finally how to put it all together. Expansion and new material includes: -Composition/layout, visual hierarchy -Form and composition in relation to concepts and meaning -Color psychology and narrative-Color coding-Reference palettes for time periods, cultures, and businesses -Special color and printing techniques -Combining type styles, editorial text setting issues, plus-Web-related type style and hierarchy issues -Strategies for using photography; design drawing; medium and meaning; pictorial and non-pictorial -image-making options; semiotics, symbolic and metaphorical image use; type as image-Making type and imagery work better together -Finding flexibility in design systems -The design process, from creative concept development and practical work-flow standpoints... -Plus a complete project case study with major decision-moments keyed to respective sections! Being a creative designer is often about coming up with unique design solutions. Unfortunately, when the basic rules of design are ignored in an effort to be distinctive, design becomes useless. In language, a departure from the rules is only appreciated as great literature if recognition of the rules underlies the text. Graphic design is a "visual language," and brilliance is recognized in designers whose work seems to break all the rules, yet communicates its messages clearly.This book is a fun and accessible handbook that presents the fundamentals of design in lists, tips, brief text, and examples. Chapters include Graphic Design: What It Is; What Are They and What Do They Do?; 25 Basic Rules of Good Design; Form and Space-The Basics; Color Fundamentals; Choosing and Using Type; The World of Imagery; Putting it All Together? Essential Layout Concepts; The Right Design Choices: 20 Reminders for Working Designers; and Breaking the Rules: When and Why to Challenge all the Rules of this Book.
Design Fundamentals
by
Design Fundamentals: Notes on Visual Elements and Principles of Composition looks and functions like a student's sketchbook with handwritten notes and illustrations that capture the key concepts and assignments taught in a foundation course on the elements and principles of design. More than just a collection of gorgeously illustrated notes, this "notebook" is an essential guide to the basic elements of composition--dot, line, shape, form, color, texture, and pattern--as well as the principles for composing the elements on flat surfaces (paper, canvas, screens) and in three dimensions. Fun and fast-paced, this creative notebook isn't required reading, it's desired reading; and it's the second in a series of Design Fundamentals books that students will want to keep and enjoy long after they've mastered these basic building blocks of design. This book includes: (Core instruction on the foundational elements of visual design and the principles of composition including hierarchy, unity, balance, and rhythm Exercises and projects for practice and concept development (Strange and delightful illustrations created specifically for this book (to inspire action) A companion website stocked with additional projects, a bibliography, glossary, and links to additional visual examples.
The Design Student's Journey
by
Being a professional designer is one of the most intellectually rewarding careers. Learning to become a designer can be tremendous fun but it can also be frustrating and at times painful. What you have to do to become a designer is not often clearly laid out and can seem mysterious. Over the past 50 years or so we have discovered a great deal about how designers think. This book relies upon that knowledge but presents it in a way specifically intended to help the student and perhaps the teacher. Bryan Lawson's classic book How Designers Think has been in print since 1980 and has gone through four editions to keep it up to date. This book can be seen as a companion volume for the design student.
The Graphic Design Reader
by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Interaction Design
by
A new edition of the #1 text in the human computer Interaction field! Hugely popular with students and professionals alike, the Fifth Edition of Interaction Design is an ideal resource for learning the interdisciplinary skills needed for interaction design, human-computer interaction, information design, web design, and ubiquitous computing. New to the fifth edition: a chapter on data at scale, which covers developments in the emerging fields of 'human data interaction' and data analytics. The chapter demonstrates the many ways organizations manipulate, analyze, and act upon the masses of data being collected with regards to human digital and physical behaviors, the environment, and society at large. Revised and updated throughout, this edition offers a cross-disciplinary, practical, and process-oriented, state-of-the-art introduction to the field, showing not just what principles ought to apply to interaction design, but crucially how they can be applied. Explains how to use design and evaluation techniques for developing successful interactive technologies Demonstrates, through many examples, the cognitive, social and affective issues that underpin the design of these technologies Provides thought-provoking design dilemmas and interviews with expert designers and researchers Uses a strong pedagogical format to foster understanding and enjoyment An accompanying website contains extensive additional teaching and learning material including slides for each chapter, comments on chapter activities, and a number of in-depth case studies written by researchers and designers.
Layout Essentials Revised and Updated
by
This revised and updated version of Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids is an essential design text that outlines and demonstrates basic layout/grid guidelines and rules.
Notes on design : how creative practice works
by
The enjoyable essays in this book provide a panoramic view of design. They are written to encourage designers and students to reflect upon their field. Fundamental questions are raised about the nature of design, about designers themselves, and about the role of design within the broader contexts of business and society.
A Type Primer
by
A best-selling practical introduction to typography, this book analyzes the basic principles and applications of type. In this revised and expanded edition, the author includes more on digital type, as well as new material on setting of type, choosing an appropriate typeface, and the use of colour to reinforce typographic hierarchy. The section on grid systems has been strengthened with the addition of new explanatory diagrams. The book also includes a brief history of typography, numerous examples to illustrate the points raised, and a series of useful exercises to help readers put basic principles into practice. John Kane has set up an accompanying website with further information and exercises to be used in conjunction with the book. Engagingly written, this book is an invaluable resource for all students of graphic design and typography.
Typography essentials : 100 design principles for working with type
by
This completely revised and updated version of Typography Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Working with Type is a hands-on resource, organizing the many complex choices surrounding the effective use of typography.
Design Elements and Principles
This course deals with the elements and principles of design: the balance, color, texture, fonts, type readability and legibility. With the topic discussed, the Deaf will be armed with the knowledge of how to put ideas into a very well composed design. Design Elements and Principles is a project (plate) driven course and will need to be taken with specific materials.
101 UX principles : actionable solutions for product design success
by
Design is everywhere. Take a look around you right now and consider the products and services we use every day. You'll notice that our computer and phone operating systems, our web browsers, and the apps we use to work, order food, socialize and even date have been designed by UX specialists to offer you the best experiences when using their products and services. Of course, not all online experiences are designed with our best interests in mind. That's exactly why UX design is such an exciting and rewarding field--by learning the logic behind what people engage with and implementing it in your UX work, you can craft intuitive, accessible, and highly functional designs for your digital products. The 2nd edition of 101 UX Principles is the perfect companion when working on digital projects and making the right decisions for your users. From landing pages and checkout basket UIs to startup launch products and enterprise software solutions, a rich user experience design will maximize the success of your product. The book includes an exclusive invitation to join an online UX designers' community, where you can read the book alongside peers and other UX designers, and participate in various challenges and discussions with the author.
Design Elements
by
This updated version of Rockport's best-selling Design Elements covers all the design fundamentals, from working with grids, color application, typography, and imagery to finally how to put it all together.
Design Elements
by
This updated version of Rockport's bestselling Design Elements offers expanded and updated content in a new, cleaner format for easier navigation. Author Timothy Samara has added more than 50 new diagrams and more than 100 new images of real-world projects with an increased emphasis on web and environmental design projects. The "20 Rules for Good Design" has been revisited and expanded to 25 Rules. The book covers all the design fundamentals from working with grids, color application, typography, imagery to finally how to put it all together. Expansion and new material includes: -Composition/layout, visual hierarchy -Form and composition in relation to concepts and meaning -Color psychology and narrative-Color coding-Reference palettes for time periods, cultures, and businesses -Special color and printing techniques -Combining type styles, editorial text setting issues, plus-Web-related type style and hierarchy issues -Strategies for using photography; design drawing; medium and meaning; pictorial and non-pictorial -image-making options; semiotics, symbolic and metaphorical image use; type as image-Making type and imagery work better together -Finding flexibility in design systems -The design process, from creative concept development and practical work-flow standpoints... -Plus a complete project case study with major decision-moments keyed to respective sections! Being a creative designer is often about coming up with unique design solutions. Unfortunately, when the basic rules of design are ignored in an effort to be distinctive, design becomes useless. In language, a departure from the rules is only appreciated as great literature if recognition of the rules underlies the text. Graphic design is a "visual language," and brilliance is recognized in designers whose work seems to break all the rules, yet communicates its messages clearly.This book is a fun and accessible handbook that presents the fundamentals of design in lists, tips, brief text, and examples. Chapters include Graphic Design: What It Is; What Are They and What Do They Do?; 25 Basic Rules of Good Design; Form and Space-The Basics; Color Fundamentals; Choosing and Using Type; The World of Imagery; Putting it All Together? Essential Layout Concepts; The Right Design Choices: 20 Reminders for Working Designers; and Breaking the Rules: When and Why to Challenge all the Rules of this Book.
Design for Learning
by
Our purpose in this book is twofold. First, we introduce the basic skill set and knowledge base used by practicing instructional designers. We do this through chapters contributed by experts in the field who have either academic, research-based backgrounds, or practical, on-the-job experience (or both). Our goal is that students in introductory instructional design courses will be able to use this book as a guide for completing a basic instructional design project. We also hope the book is useful as a ready resource for more advanced students or others seeking to develop their instructional design knowledge and skills
Design fundamentals : notes on visual elements and principles of composition
by
Miss Visual Elements and Principles of Composition class,¿ again ? That's OK. You can borrow our notes. Lucky for you, we didn't miss a single class the entire semester so you'll find all of the important points explained in the notes, along with the class assignments. How does a dot turn into a line to create a shape that makes up a composition?¿We covered that and more. You'll see in the notes that we went over all of the basic elements of composition--dot, line, shape, texture, & pattern, color, and space--as well as the principles for composing the elements on flat surfaces (paper, canvas, screens) and in three dimensions.¿ We had some pop quizzes in this class so we put those in the notes too so you can test yourself, even if it won't count toward your actual grade. If anything doesn't make sense in the notes, just go to the class website at¿design-fundamentals.com. The instructor put extra projects and exercises on the site, a bunch of cool links, recommended reading, that sort of thing. Also, check out ¿our Pinterest boards at Pinterest.com/DSNFundamentals. You could spend hours looking through it all. Good luck!
Designing and prototyping interfaces with Figma : learn essential UX/UI design principles by creating interactive prototypes for mobile, tablet, and desktop
by
Discover user experience and user interface design best practices while mastering a wide array of tools across Figma and FigJam with this full-color guide Key Features Learn the basics of user experience research, result organization, and analysis in FigJam Create mockups, interactive animations, and high-fidelity prototypes using this platform-independent web application tool Collaborate with a team in real-time and create, share, and test your designs Book Description A driving force of the design tools market, Figma makes it easy to work with classic design features while enabling unique innovations and opening up real-time collaboration possibilities. It comes as no surprise that many designers decide to switch from other tools to Figma. In this book, you'll be challenged to design a user interface for a responsive mobile application having researched and understood user needs. You'll become well-versed with the process in a step-by-step manner by exploring the theory first and gradually moving on to practice. You'll begin your learning journey by covering the basics of user experience research with FigJam and the process of creating a complete design using Figma tools such as Components, Variants, Auto Layout, and much more. You'll also learn how to prototype your design and explore the potential of community resources such as templates and plugins. By the end of this Figma book, you'll have a solid understanding of the user interface workflow, managing essential Figma tools, and organizing your workflow. What you will learn Explore FigJam and how to use it to collect data in the research phase Wireframe the future interface with shape tools and vectors Define grids, typography, colors, and effect styles that can be reused in your work Get to grips with Auto Layout and the constraints to create complex layouts Create flexible components using styles and variants Make your user interface interactive with prototyping and smart animate Share your work with others by exporting assets and preparing development resources Discover templates and plugins from the community Who this book is for This book is for aspiring UX/UI designers who want to get started with Figma as well as established designers who want to migrate to Figma from other design tools. This guide will take you through the entire process of creating a full-fledged prototype for a responsive interface using all the tools and features that Figma has to offer. As a result, this Figma design book is suitable for both UX and UI designers, product and graphic designers, and anyone who wants to explore the complete design process from scratch.
Layout essentials : 100 design principles for using grids
by
A classic and essential text for designers since 2009, Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids just got better with a fresh exploration of its design principles, updated text, and new photos and international graphics. Grids are the basis for all design projects, and learning how to work with them is fundamental for all graphic designers. From working with multi-column formats to using type, color, images, and more, Layout Essentials not only demonstrates, using real world examples, how to use grids effectively, but shows you how to break the rules to use them effectively, too. This revised and updated version of Layout Essentials is your one-stop reference and resource for all layout design projects.
Universal principles of design : 200 ways to increase appeal, enhance usability, influence perception, and make better design decisions
by
The foundational title in the Rockport Universal series, Universal Principles of Design, Updated and Expanded Third Edition is the definitive multidisciplinary reference for design practitioners in a wide variety of fields.
UX for developers : how to integrate user-centered design principles into your day-to-day development work
by
This book shows you how the user experience is the responsibility of everyone involved in creating the product and how to redefine development principles when building user-centered digital products.
The Deaf Studies Research course explores the various researches by Deaf Studies scholars about the Deaf people in education, language, technology, arts, health, legislations and other areas that heavily influenced d/Deaf lives in the local and global perspectives. Guided by practical research projects, the students will learn how to conduct a study using basic research methodologies, data collection and analysis that is relevant to the Deaf Filipinos and/or the Deaf community. Furthermore, the students will improve skills, experiences, and understanding of the different methodologies that can be applied to any research endeavor.
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
Deaf Gain
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Disability and social media : global perspectives
by
Social media is popularly seen as an important media for people with disability in terms of communication, exchange and activism. These sites potentially increase both employment and leisure opportunities for one of the most traditionally isolated groups in society. However, the offline inaccessible environment has, to a certain degree, been replicated online and particularly in social networking sites. Social media is becoming an increasingly important part of our lives yet the impact on people with disabilities has gone largely unscrutinised. Similarly, while social media and disability are often both observed through a focus on the Western, developed and English-speaking world, different global perspectives are often overlooked. This collection explores the opportunities and challenges social media represents for the social inclusion of people with disabilities from a variety of different global perspectives that include Africa, Arabia and Asia along with European, American and Australasian perspectives and experiences.
Ethical Considerations in Educating Children Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing
by
The education of deaf or hard of hearing children has become as complex as the varying needs of each individual child. Teachers face classrooms filled with students who are culturally Deaf, hard of hearing, or post-lingually deaf; they might use American Sign Language, cochlear implants, hearing aids/FM systems, speech, Signed English, sign-supported speech, contact signing, nonverbal communication, or some combination of methods. Educators who decide what tools are best for these children are making far-reaching ethical decisions in each case. This collection features ten chapters that work as constructive conversations to make the diverse needs of these deaf students the primary focus. The initial essays establish fundamental points of ethical decision-making and emphasize that every situation should be examined not with regard for what is "right or wrong," but for what is "useful." Absolute objectivity is unattainable due to social influences, while "common knowledge" is ruled out in favor of "common awareness." Other chapters deal with the reality of interpreting through the professional's eyes, of how they are assessed, participate, and are valued in the total educational process, including mainstream environments. The various settings of education for deaf children are profiled, from residential schools to life in three cultures for deaf Latino students, to self-contained high school programs. Ethical Considerations in Educating Deaf Children Who Are Deaf or Hard of Hearing offers an invaluable set of guidelines for administrators and educators of children with hearing loss in virtually every environment in a postmodern world.
Ethics in Mental Health and Deafness
by
Mental health experts describe ethical decisions in working with deaf clients, particularly issues of communication. Addressing those who provide mental health services to deaf people, 10 chapters are presented by Gutman (psychology, Gallaudet U.) that explore a variety of issues of ethics in dealing with varied populations and settings. Discussions include examinations of the law and ethics, working with children and adolescents, working with minorities, training professionals for mental health services, genetic counseling and testing for deafness, and research involving deaf people.
The Handbook of Bilingual and Multilingual Education
by
The Handbook of Bilingual and Multilingual Education presents the first comprehensive international reference work of the latest policies, practices, and theories related to the dynamic interdisciplinary field of bilingual and multilingual education. Represents the first comprehensive reference work that covers bilingual, multilingual, and multicultural educational policies and practices around the world Features contributions from 78 established and emerging international scholars Offers extensive coverage in sixteen chapters of language and education issues in specific and diverse regional/geographic contexts, including South Africa, Mexico, Latvia, Cambodia, Japan, and Texas Covers pedagogical issues such as language assessment as well as offering evolving perspectives on the needs of specific learner populations, such as ELLs, learners with language impairments, and bilingual education outside of the classroom
Inner Lives of Deaf Children
by
"Professor of Social Work Martha Sheridan interviewed seven deaf children, ages 7-10, of diverse communication methods and educational environments. The results not only shatter negative stereotypes but also provide an original glimpse into the Inner Lives of Deaf Children."--Jacket.
Language, Power, and Resistance
by
The current policy of educating d/Deaf and h/Hard of hearing (DHH) students in a mainstream setting, rather than in the segregated environments of deaf schools, has been portrayed as a positive step forward in creating greater equality for DHH students. In Language, Power, and Resistance, Elizabeth S. Mathews explores this claim through qualitative research with DHH children in the Republic of Ireland, their families, their teachers, and their experiences of the education system. While sensitive to the historical context of deaf education, Mathews focuses on the contemporary education system and the ways in which the mainstreaming agenda fits into larger discussions about the classification, treatment, and normalization of DHH children. The research upon which this book is based examined the implications that mainstreaming has for the tensions between the hegemonic medical model of deafness and the social model of Deafness. This volume explores how different types of power are used in the deaf education system to establish, maintain, and also resist medical views of deafness. Mathews frames this discussion as one of power relations across parents, children, and professionals working within the system. She looks at how various forms of power are used to influence decisions, to resist decisions, and to shape the structure and delivery of deaf education. The author's findings are a significant contribution to the debates on inclusive education for DHH students and will resonate in myriad social and geographic contexts.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Sign language interpreting : exploring its art and science
by
Sign Language Interpreting: Exploring Its Art and Science is a comprehensive exploration of the practice and research relating to sign language interpreting. A pleasant conversational style of writing is used to present the problems, the issues, and the options in this field as they are known today. The reader is taken on a journey from the early days of interpreting, to the professionalization of interpreters, to an examination of past and present models of interpreting. The business and ethical aspects of interpreting are discussed while focusing on current practice.
Sign Language Interpreting and Interpreter Education
by
More the 1.46 million people in the United States have hearing losses in sufficient severity to be considered deaf; another 21 million people have other hearing impairments. For many deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals, sign language and voice interpreting is essential to their participationin educational programs and their access to public and private services. However, there is less than half the number of interpreters needed to meet the demand, interpreting quality is often variable, and there is a considerable lack of knowledge of factors that contribute to successfulinterpreting. Perhaps it is not surprising, then, that a study by the National Association of the Deaf (NAD) found that 70% of the deaf individuals are dissatisfied with interpreting quality. Because recent legislation in the United States and elsewhere has mandated access to educational,employment, and other contexts for deaf individuals and others with hearing disabilities, there is an increasing need for quality sign language interpreting. It is in education, however, that the need is most pressing, particularly because more than 75% of deaf students now attend regular schools(rather than schools for the deaf), where teachers and classmates are unable to sign for themselves. In the more than 100 interpreter training programs in the U.S. alone, there are a variety of educational models, but little empirical information on how to evaluate them or determine theirappropriateness in different interpreting and interpreter education-covering what we know, what we do not know, and what we should know. Several volumes have covered interpreting and interpreter education, there are even some published dissertations that have included a single research study, and afew books have attempted to offer methods for professional interpreters or interpreter educators with nods to existing research. This is the first volume that synthesizes existing work and provides a coherent picture of the field as a whole, including evaluation of the extent to which currentpractices are supported by validating research. It will be the first comprehensive source, suitable as both a reference book and a textbook for interpreter training programs and a variety of courses on bilingual education, psycholinguistics and translation, and cross-linguistic studies.
The Deaf Studies Research course explores the various researches by Deaf Studies scholars about the Deaf people in education, language, technology, arts, health, legislations and other areas that heavily influenced d/Deaf lives in the local and global perspectives. Guided by practical research projects, the students will learn how to conduct a study using basic research methodologies, data collection and analysis that is relevant to the Deaf Filipinos and/or the Deaf community. Furthermore, the students will improve skills, experiences, and understanding of the different methodologies that can be applied to any research endeavor.
Approaches to social research : the case of deaf studies
by
In Approaches to Social Research: The Case of Deaf Studies, Alys Young and Bogusia Temple explore the relationship between key methodological debates in social research and the special context of studies concerning d/Deaf people(s). The book is organized around 7 topics: being d/Deaf as a site of contested identity and representation; epistemology and the boundaries of claims for population specific and plural epistemologies; ethics and the implications of collective identity on standard ethical principles and practices; populations and sampling given the highly heterogeneous nature of d/Deaf people(s); narrative methodologies re-examined in light of the visual nature of signed languages; interpretation, translation and transcription and the context of multiple modalities; and information and communication technologies as transformative epistemologies. Through these themes, new aspects of old debates within social research become evident, and the authors challenge specialist field of studies by, with, and about d/Deaf people. Throughout the volume, the authors also show how the field provides challenges to established ways of thinking and working. The book is of interest to scholars within and outside of research concerning d/Deaf people(s), as well as practitioners in the fields of deaf education, social work and allied health professions.
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Disability and social media : global perspectives
by
Social media is popularly seen as an important media for people with disability in terms of communication, exchange and activism. These sites potentially increase both employment and leisure opportunities for one of the most traditionally isolated groups in society. However, the offline inaccessible environment has, to a certain degree, been replicated online and particularly in social networking sites. Social media is becoming an increasingly important part of our lives yet the impact on people with disabilities has gone largely unscrutinised. Similarly, while social media and disability are often both observed through a focus on the Western, developed and English-speaking world, different global perspectives are often overlooked. This collection explores the opportunities and challenges social media represents for the social inclusion of people with disabilities from a variety of different global perspectives that include Africa, Arabia and Asia along with European, American and Australasian perspectives and experiences.
Early intervention for deaf and hard-of-hearing infants, toddlers and their families : interdisciplinary perspectives
by
A "must-have" for every professional studying or working with the families of deaf and hard-of-hearing infants and toddlers, Dr. Marilyn Sass-Lehrer provides readers with the evidence-based knowledge needed to implement interdisciplinary and collaborative early interventional programming for professionals and students.Featuring a collaborative team of expert contributors across a variety of backgrounds and disciplines - including educators, audiologists, speech-language pathologists, and health care providers - Early Intervention for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Infants, Toddlers, and Their Families presents students and specialists with the fundamental knowledge they need to effectively design and deliver care to this population.
Functions of Head and Body Movements in Austrian Sign Language
by
Research on nonmanual elements - or 'nonmanuals' - in sign languages has focused on both the possible functions and the occurrence (frequency and form) of these elements in recent years. As a matter of fact, research on nonmanuals is still a quite uncharted territory in Austrian Sign Language (ÖGS) today, which has also initiated the study given. In order to identify head and body movements in ÖGS, these nonmanuals were determined and analyzed functionally via a new user-oriented methodology. Getting feedback of multiple native signers was a main part of this method. Accordingly, you will find the findings of this study in this volume: various functions such as negation, assertion, interrogativity, conditionality, and many more can be expressed nonmanually. Brand new insights into sign language research are given, as well as astonishing results: even (epistemic) modality can be expressed by particular head and body movements.
Legal rights : the guide for deaf and hard of hearing people
by
The standard handbook on law affecting deaf and hard of hearing people has been completely rewritten and updated. The sixth edition of Legal Rights: The Guide for Deaf and Hard of Hearing People meticulously describes those statutes that prohibit discrimination against deaf and hard of hearing people, and any others with physical challenges. Written in easy-to-understand language, the new edition describes the core legislation and laws and their critical importance since their inception: The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The new Legal Rights also explains the significant amendments to these laws, including the ADA Amendments Act (ADAAA) and new regulations to its Title II concerning public entities and Title III pertaining to public accommodations and commercial facilities. The reauthorization of IDEA expanded the No Child Left Behind Act requirement for highly qualified teachers to all students with disabilities. This new edition also tracks the trend of passing a Deaf and Hard of Hearing Children's Bill of Rights in a growing number of state legislatures. This completely new resource also delineates new legislation such as the Twenty-First Century Communications Video and Accessibility Act, which ensures access to the newest communications technology for deaf and hard of hearing people. Legal Rights also includes information on the use of interpreters in the legal system, securing its position as the most comprehensive reference of legal information for deaf and hard of hearing people now available.
Mental health services for deaf people : treatment advances, opportunities, and challenges
by
The World Congress on Mental Health and Deafness first met at Gallaudet University in October 1998, and it has convened five more times in the succeeding years. This volume collects the very best research presented at the Fifth World Congress, which took place in Monterrey, Mexico, in 2012. The eighteen international contributors represent the pioneers of mental health and deafness services in their respective countries. Volume editors Benito Estrada Aranda and Ines Sleeboom-van Raaij have divided the book into three parts--Mental Health Issues and Treatment, Deaf Populations, and Deaf Children and Their Families. In the first part, the contributors provide in-depth analysis of specific challenges and treatment modalities ranging from the provision of mental healthcare as a basic human right to psychopharmacological treatment, the challenges in developing mental health services for deaf and hard of hearing people in countries where none exist, and new treatment therapies. Part two looks at issues of self-esteem and cultural identity among deaf and hard of hearing adults in Greece and Cyprus, the services for deaf people at a public health clinic in Austria, and the quality of life among Latino Deaf bilinguals in the United States. In the last part, the contributors focus on mental health issues found in deaf children and adolescents and on the relationships between deaf teenagers and their hearing mothers. The volume concludes with a case study of a prelingually deaf child diagnosed as autistic. Taken all together, these cutting-edge articles explore the important issues within the specialized area of mental health and deafness.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly. This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural.
Read write easy research, practice and innovation in deaf multiliteracies
by
"This book is the first of two volumes on deaf multiliteracies based on research with deaf children and adults in India, Uganda and Ghana. Multiliteracies include not only reading and writing but also skills in sign language, drawing, acting, digitally mediated communication, and other modes. The book covers a variety of themes including the assessment of learners' progress, pedagogical issues as seen from teachers' perspectives, and issues related to curricula. Authors discuss, for instance, the use of multimedia portfolios for tracking the learning of deaf primary school children, the training needs of deaf teachers, and a collaborative approach to curriculum development. The book is of interest to both researchers and practitioners. In addition to four research chapters, it features four 'innovation sketches'. These are reports of innovative practices that have arisen in the context of the research, and they are particularly relevant for practitioners with an interest in methodologies."
Sign Bilingualism in education: challenges and perspectives along the research, policy, practice axis.
by
From the first attempts at including sign language in deaf education until today, the status of sign language in deaf education has been marked by changing perspectives on deafness and the needs and abilities of deaf students. The perception of deaf individuals using a sign language and a spoken/written language as bilinguals is a relatively new phenomenon, and so is a bimodal bilingual conception of deaf education. The present work elaborates on the status of sign language in deaf education from a historical perspective with a view to tracing the current diversity of approaches to the education of deaf students. It portrays the developments leading to the establishment of sign bilingual education programmes in diverse social contexts, and discusses the major components and objectives of sign bilingual education based on a comparison of bilingual programmes implemented in Europe and North America. Commonly, the primary promotion of sign language is a characteristic of sign bilingual education conceptions at the programmatic level. Yet, how is this demand put into practice? Are the sign bilingual education programmes established in the last decades based on a common didactic conception? If they are not, what are the main dimensions of variation? And what does the variation observed reveal about the objectives pursued? The systematic analysis of the information gathered about the conception, establishment and evaluation of sign bilingual education reveals the advances that have been made and the challenges that remain regarding the promotion of sign bilingualism in deaf education in the areas of research, policy and practice.
Signed Language Interpretation and Translation Research
by
This volume brings together the best research presented at the first International Symposium on Signed Language Interpreting and Translation Research. Editors Brenda Nicodemus and Keith Cagle have gathered an international group of contributors who are recognized leaders in signed language interpreter education and research. The ten papers in Signed Language Interpretation and Translation Research cover a range of topics, including the need for Deaf perspectives in interpretation research, discourse strategies and techniques that are unique to video relay call settings, the benefits of using sociology as a lens for examining sign language interpreting work, translating university entrance exams from written Portuguese into Libras (Brazilian Sign Language), the linguistic choices interpreters make when interpreting ASL figurative language into English, the nature of designated interpreting, and grammatical ambiguity in trilingual VRS interpreting. The research findings and insights contained here will be invaluable to scholars, students, and practitioners.
The Deaf Studies Internship course highlights students' training in Deaf Studies. All of the theories and learnings gained in previous Deaf Studies courses will be applied in the community where the Deaf will be engaged in. Community work may be done in the following sites: Deaf-led organizations, organizations working with the deaf and organizations working for the Deaf. Other alternatives would be doing field research in the Deaf communities. After the course, the learner will improve on community building skills and know how to contribute positively to an organization working with and for the d/Deaf community.
Advances in Teaching Sign Language Interpreters
by
Picking up where Innovative Practices in Teaching Sign Language Interpreters left off, this new collection presents the best new interpreter teaching techniques proven in action by the eminent contributors assembled here. In the first chapter, Dennis Cokely discusses revising curricula in the new century based upon experiences at Northeastern University. Jeffrey E. Davis delineates how to teach observation techniques to interpreters, while Elizabeth Winston and Christine Monikowski suggest how discourse mapping can be considered the Global Positioning System of translation. In other chapters, Laurie Swabey proposes ways to handle the challenge of referring expressions for interpreting students, and Melanie Metzger describes how to learn and recognize what interpreters do in interaction. Jemina Napier contributes information on training interpreting students to identify omission potential. Robert G. Lee explains how to make the interpreting process come alive in the classroom. Mieke Van Herreweghe discusses turn-taking and turn-yielding in meetings with Deaf and hearing participants in her contribution. Anna-Lena Nilsson defines "false friends," or how contextually incorrect use of facial expressions with certain signs in Swedish Sign Language can be detrimental influences on interpreters. The final chapter by Kyra Pollitt and Claire Haddon recommends retraining interpreters in the art of telephone interpreting, completing Advances in Teaching Sign Language Interpreters as the new authoritative volume in this vital communication profession.
ASL skills development : teacher's guide
by
Cognitive processing skills in ASL : teacherś guide
by
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
Deaf Interpreters at Work
by
Now, for the first time, a collection featuring 17 widely respected scholars depicts the everyday practices of deaf interpreters in their respective nations. Deaf Interpreters at Work: International Insights presents the history of Deaf translators and interpreters and details the development of testing and accreditation to raise their professional profiles. Other chapters delineate the cognitive processes of Deaf interpreting; Deaf-Deaf interpreter teams; Deaf and hearing team preparation; the use of Tactile American Sign Language by those interpreting for the Deaf-Blind community; and conference interpreting and interpreting teams. Along with volume coeditors Robert Adam, Christopher Stone, and Steven D. Collins, contributors include Markus Aro, Karen Bontempo, Juan Carlos Druetta, Senan Dunne, Eileen Forestal, Della Goswell, Juli af Klintberg, Patricia Levitzke-Gray, Jemina Napier, Brenda Nicodemus, Debra Russell, Stephanie Sforza, Marty Taylor, and Linda Warby. The scope of their research spans the world, including many unique facets of interpreting by deaf people in Argentina, Australia, Canada, England, Finland, Ireland, Sweden, and the United States, establishing this work as the standard in this burgeoning discipline.
Innovative Practices for Teaching Sign Language Interpreters
by
Researchers now understand interpreting as an active process between two languages and cultures, with social interaction, sociolinguistics, and discourse analysis as more appropriate theoretical frameworks. Roy's penetrating new book acts upon these new insights by presenting six dynamic teaching practices to help interpreters achieve the highest level of skill. Elizabeth Winston and Christine Monikowski begin by explaining discourse mapping to enable students to develop a mental picture of a message's meaning and the relationships of context, form, and content. Kyra Pollitt discusses critical discourse analysis, to reveal some of the cultural influences that shape a speaker's language use. Melanie Metzger describes preparing role-plays so that students learn to effectively switch back and forth between languages, manage features such as overlap, and make relevant contributions to interaction, such as indicating the source of an utterance. Jeffrey Davis illustrates the translation skills that form the basis,for teaching consecutive and simultaneous interpreting to help students understand the intended meaning of the source message, and also the manner in which listeners understand it. Rico Peterson demonstrates the use of recall protocols, which can be used to teach metacognitive skills and to assess the student's sign language comprehension. Finally, Janice Humphrey details the use of graduation portfolios, a valuable assessment tool used by the faculty to determine a student's level of competency. These imaginative techniques in Innovative Practices promise gains in sign language interpreting that will benefit teachers, students, and clients alike.
In Our Hands
by
Deaf Americans have identified healthcare as the most difficult setting in which to obtain a qualified interpreter. Yet, relatively little attention has been given to developing evidence-based resources and a standardized body of knowledge to educate healthcare interpreters. In Our Hands: Educating Healthcare Interpreters addresses these concerns by delineating the best practices for preparing interpreters to facilitate full access for deaf people in healthcare settings. The first section of this volume begins with developing domains and competencies toward a teaching methodology for medical and mental health interpreters. The next chapter describes a discourse approach that relies on analyzing actual transcripts and recordings to train healthcare interpreters. Other chapters feature a model mental health interpreter training program in Alabama; using a Demand-Control Schema for experiential learning; the risk of vicarious trauma to interpreters; online educational opportunities; and interpreting for deaf health care professionals. The second section offers four perspectives on education, including healthcare literacy of the clients; the education of Deaf interpreters; the development of standards for spoken-language healthcare interpreters; and the perspectives of healthcare interpreter educators in Europe. The range and depth of In Our Hands takes significant strides in presenting educational opportunities that can enhance the critical services provided by healthcare interpreters to deaf clients.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Service learning in interpreter education : strategies for extending student involvement in the deaf community
by
Institutions of higher learning around the nation have embraced the concept of student civic engagement as part of their curricula, a movement that has spurred administrators in various fields to initiate programs as part of their disciplines. In response, sign language interpreting educators are attempting to devise service-learning programs aimed at Deaf communities. Except for a smattering of journal articles, however, they have had no primary guide for fashioning these programs. Sherry Shaw remedies this in her new book Service Learning in Interpreter Education: Strategies for Extending Student Involvement in the Deaf Community. Shaw begins by outlining how to extend student involvement beyond the field experience of an internship or practicum and suggests how to overcome student resistance to a course that seems atypical. She introduces the educational strategy behind service-learning, explaining it as a tool for re-centering the Deaf community in interpreter education. She then provides the framework for a service-learning course syllabus, including establishing Deaf community partnerships and how to conduct student assessments. Service Learning in Interpreter Education concludes with first-person accounts from students and community members who recount their personal and professional experiences with service learning. With this thorough guide, interpreter education programs can develop stand-alone courses or modules within existing coursework.
Sign Language Interpreting and Interpreter Education
by
More the 1.46 million people in the United States have hearing losses in sufficient severity to be considered deaf; another 21 million people have other hearing impairments. For many deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals, sign language and voice interpreting is essential to their participationin educational programs and their access to public and private services. However, there is less than half the number of interpreters needed to meet the demand, interpreting quality is often variable, and there is a considerable lack of knowledge of factors that contribute to successfulinterpreting. Perhaps it is not surprising, then, that a study by the National Association of the Deaf (NAD) found that 70% of the deaf individuals are dissatisfied with interpreting quality. Because recent legislation in the United States and elsewhere has mandated access to educational,employment, and other contexts for deaf individuals and others with hearing disabilities, there is an increasing need for quality sign language interpreting. It is in education, however, that the need is most pressing, particularly because more than 75% of deaf students now attend regular schools(rather than schools for the deaf), where teachers and classmates are unable to sign for themselves. In the more than 100 interpreter training programs in the U.S. alone, there are a variety of educational models, but little empirical information on how to evaluate them or determine theirappropriateness in different interpreting and interpreter education-covering what we know, what we do not know, and what we should know. Several volumes have covered interpreting and interpreter education, there are even some published dissertations that have included a single research study, and afew books have attempted to offer methods for professional interpreters or interpreter educators with nods to existing research. This is the first volume that synthesizes existing work and provides a coherent picture of the field as a whole, including evaluation of the extent to which currentpractices are supported by validating research. It will be the first comprehensive source, suitable as both a reference book and a textbook for interpreter training programs and a variety of courses on bilingual education, psycholinguistics and translation, and cross-linguistic studies.
Toward Competent Practice
by
This monograph describes a study that provides helpful historical context for understanding the roots of interpreter education. It exposes readers to the thoughts of several distinguished thinkers in the field who articulate their recommendations for the ideal interpreter preparation program. The recommendations emphasize the need for research-based curricula a baccalaureate degree as the minimum requirement for entry into the field and the need for applicants to demonstrate linguistic competency in American Sign Language and English prior to entering a preparation program.This book will serve as a valuable resource for working interpreters interpreter educators student interpreters and consumers of interpreting in shaping a future that is desired and supported by the field. It invites readers to reflect on the critical issues impacting the field of interpreting and to work from a problem-solving interest cycle and a research interest cycle.
Translating from ASL : teacher's guide
by
The Deaf Studies Internship course highlights students' training in Deaf Studies. All of the theories and learnings gained in previous Deaf Studies courses will be applied in the community where the Deaf will be engaged in. Community work may be done in the following sites: Deaf-led organizations, organizations working with the deaf and organizations working for the Deaf. Other alternatives would be doing field research in the Deaf communities. After the course, the learner will improve on community building skills and know how to contribute positively to an organization working with and for the d/Deaf community.
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Information Structure in Sign Languages
by
This book presents a first comprehensive overview of existing research on information structure in sign languages. Furthermore, it is combined with novel in-depth studies of Russian Sign Language and Sign Language of the Netherlands. The book discusses how topic, focus, and contrast are marked in the visual modality and what implications this has for theoretical and typological study of information structure. Such issues as syntactic and prosodic markers of information structure and their interactions, relations between different notions of information structure, and grammaticalization of markers of information structure are highlighted. Empirical studies of the two sign languages also showcase different methodologies that are used in such research and discuss their advantages and disadvantages. The book contains a general introduction to the field of information structure and thus can be used by linguists new to the field.
Mouth Actions in Sign Languages
by
Editorial board: Carlo Geraci, Rachel McKee, Victoria Nyst, Marianne Rossi Stumpf, Felix Sze, Sandra Wood Over the past decades, the field of sign language linguistics has expanded considerably. Recent research on sign languages includes a wide range of subdomains such as reference grammars, theoretical linguistics, psycho- and neurolinguistics, sociolinguistics, and applied studies on sign languages and Deaf communities. The SLDC series is concerned with the study of sign languages in a comprehensive way, covering various theoretical, experimental, and applied dimensions of sign language research and their relationship to Deaf communities around the world. The series provides a multidisciplinary platform for innovative and outstanding research in sign language linguistics and aims at linking the study of sign languages to current trends in modern linguistics, such as new experimental and theoretical investigations, the importance of language endangerment, the impact of technological developments on data collection and Deaf education, and the broadening geographical scope of typological sign language studies, especially in terms of research on non-Western sign languages and Deaf communities.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. Contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholars and practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of efforts to identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself; and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Sign Language Interpreting and Interpreter Education
by
More the 1.46 million people in the United States have hearing losses in sufficient severity to be considered deaf; another 21 million people have other hearing impairments. For many deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals, sign language and voice interpreting is essential to their participation in educational programs and their access to public and private services. However, there is less than half the number of interpreters needed to meet the demand, interpreting quality is often variable, and there is a considerable lack of knowledge of factors that contribute to successful interpreting. Perhaps it is not surprising, then, that a study by the National Association of the Deaf (NAD) found that 70% of the deaf individuals are dissatisfied with interpreting quality. Because recent legislation in the United States and elsewhere has mandated access to educational, employment, and other contexts for deaf individuals and others with hearing disabilities, there is an increasing need for quality sign language interpreting. It is in education, however, that the need is most pressing, particularly because more than 75% of deaf students now attend regular schools (rather than schools for the deaf), where teachers and classmates are unable to sign for themselves. In the more than 100 interpreter training programs in the U.S. alone, there are a variety of educational models, but little empirical information on how to evaluate them or determine their appropriateness in different interpreting and interpreter education-covering what we know, what we do not know, and what we should know. Several volumes have covered interpreting and interpreter education, there are even some published dissertations that have included a single research study, and a few books have attempted to offer methods for professional interpreters or interpreter educators with nods to existing research. This is the first volume that synthesizes existing work and provides a coherent picture of the field as a whole, including evaluation of the extent to which current practices are supported by validating research. It will be the first comprehensive source, suitable as both a reference book and a textbook for interpreter training programs and a variety of courses on bilingual education, psycholinguistics and translation, and cross-linguistic studies.
The Sign Language Interpreting Studies Reader
by
In Sign Language Interpreting (SLI) there is a great need for a volume devoted to classic and seminal articles and essays dedicated to this specific domain of language interpreting. Students, educators, and practitioners will benefit from having access to a collection of historical and influential articles that contributed to the progress of the global SLI profession. In SLI there is a long history of outstanding research and scholarship, much of which is now out of print, or was published in obscure journals, or featured in publications that are no longer in print. These readings are significant to the progression of SLI as an academic discipline and a profession. As the years have gone by, many of these readings have been lost to students, educators, and practitioners because they are difficult to locate or unavailable, or because this audience simply does not know they exist. This volume brings together the seminal texts in our field that document the philosophical, evidence-based and analytical progression of SLI work.
Teaching and Learning in Bilingual Classrooms
by
A new initiative known as the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) strives to improve education today by methodically examining and assessing the vital component of classroom interaction. This collection presents research by five professors who adopted SoTL methodology to study their own classrooms at Gallaudet University, a uniquely diverse bilingual institution that employs both American Sign Language (ASL) and written English. The Gallaudet study, called the GSTLI, intended to create an engaged learning community that investigated, reflected upon, and documented strategies that most effectively enhance learning for linguistically diverse, visually oriented populations. After extensive SoTL training, the GSTLI professors reviewed interaction in their respective classrooms. Through meticulous study of class videos and written assignments in three General Studies Requirements courses for first-year students, the teachers learned how to ensure connecting with students who have a variety of language differences and communication methods. The other professors assessed bottlenecks in classes on the linguistic structure of ASL, and on criminal justice. The linguistics professor identified the bottleneck as the students' inability to conceptualize the interrelationship between definitions and examples, a fundamental skill to scientific thinking. In the criminal justice class, the professor saw the need to guide students through linguistic bottlenecks by providing materials in both ASL and English. The successes of the GSTLI presented in this unique volume can benefit other teachers by better preparing them to meet the needs of bilingual diverse learners in more effective ways.
Understanding International Sign
by
In Understanding International Sign, Lori A. Whynot examines International Sign (IS) to determine the extent to which signers from different countries comprehend it. She focuses exclusively on expository lecture IS used in conference settings and presents the first empirical research on its effectiveness for communicating rich information to diverse audience members. International Sign is regarded as a lingua franca that is employed by deaf people to communicate with other deaf people who do not share the same conventionalized local sign language. Contrary to widely-held belief, sign languages are not composed of a unified system of universal gestures--rather, they are distinctly different, and most are mutually unintelligible from one another. The phenomenon of IS has emerged through increased global interaction during recent decades, driven by a rise in the number of international conferences and events and by new technologies that allow for enhanced global communication. IS is gaining acceptance for providing communicative access to conference audience members who do not have knowledge of the designated conference languages, and it is being recruited for use due to the prohibitive expense of providing interpreting services in numerous different sign languages. However, it is not known how well audience members understand IS, and it may actually limit equal access to the interpreted information. Whynot compares IS to native sign languages and analyzes the distribution of linguistic elements in the IS lexicon and their combined effect on comprehension. Her findings indicate that audiences with diverse sign languages understand much less of IS presentations than has been previously assumed. Whynot's research has crucial implications for expository IS usage, training, and interpreting, and it sheds light on the strengths and weaknesses inherent in cross-linguistic, signed contact settings.
In this course, the students are introduced to the basic knowledge, skills, abilities, processes, and tools required for graphics and animation production. With Adobe Animate CC, the Deaf student can design and author interactive quizzes, animations etc. with rich media such as video and graphics. The student will be involved in hands-on computer lab activities designed to help create and develop their own digital portfolio.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Animate CC 2018 release
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Animate choose Adobe Animate CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 12 project-based step-by-step lessons in this book show users the key techniques for working in Animate. Adobe Animate CC provides more expressive tools, powerful controls for animation, and robust support for playback across a wide variety of platforms. Learn how to use and create vector-based brushes for painterly effects. Gain more advanced control over complex animations with the Camera tool, and learn to focus the action on different parts of the Stage. Explore the new Layer Depth panel which lets you control the depth level of individual layers, creating a more realistic sense of space. Support for SVG, WebGL, HTML5 animation and video, and seamless collaboration with other designers and with other Adobe applications through Creative Cloud libraries make Adobe Animate the ideal development environment for creative animation and multimedia. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
After Effects for Designers
by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Computer graphics : from pixels to programmable graphics hardware
by
Complete Coverage of the Current Practice of Computer Graphics Computer Graphics: From Pixels to Programmable Graphics Hardware explores all major areas of modern computer graphics, starting from basic mathematics and algorithms and concluding with OpenGL and real-time graphics. It gives students a firm foundation in today's high-performance graphics. Up-to-Date Techniques, Algorithms, and API The book includes mathematical background on vectors and matrices as well as quaternions, splines, curves, and surfaces. It presents geometrical algorithms in 2D and 3D for spatial data structures using large data sets. Although the book is mainly based on OpenGL 3.3, it also covers tessellation in OpenGL 4.0, contains an overview of OpenGL ES 2.0, and discusses the new WebGL, which allows students to use OpenGL with shaders directly in their browser. In addition, the authors describe a variety of special effects, including procedural modeling and texturing, fractals, and non-photorealistic rendering. They also explain the fundamentals of the dominant language (OpenCL) and platform (CUDA) of GPGPUs. Web Resource On the book's CRC Press web page, students can download many ready-to-use examples of C++ code demonstrating various effects. C++ wrappers for basic OpenGL entities, such as textures and programs, are also provided. In-Depth Guidance on a Programmable Graphics Pipeline Requiring only basic knowledge of analytic geometry, linear algebra, and C++, this text guides students through the OpenGL pipeline. Using one consistent example, it leads them step by step from simple rendering to animation to lighting and bumpmapping. Key Features Covers the main aspects of modern computer graphics Explains how to create various special effects using OpenGL Describes a wide range of current topics, such as tessellation, spherical harmonics, and geometric shaders Contains practical exercises and examples as well as numerous illustrations, including several color images Offers full, cross-platform source code and examples on the book's CRC Press web page Figure slides available upon qualifying course adoption
Design for Motion
by
Plumb the depths of core motion design fundamentals and harness the essential techniques of this diverse and innovative medium. Combine basic art and design principles with creative storytelling to create compelling style frames, design boards, and motion design projects. Here, in one volume, Austin Shaw covers all the principles any serious motion designer needs to know in order to make their artistic visions a reality and confidently produce compositions for clients, including: Illustration techniques Typography Compositing Cinematography Incorporating 3D elements Matte painting Concept development, and much more Lessons are augmented by illustrious full color imagery and practical exercises, allowing you to put the techniques covered into immediate practical context. Industry leaders and pioneers, including Karin Fong, Bradley G Munkowitz (GMUNK), Will Hyde, Erin Sarofsky, Danny Yount, and many more, contribute their professional perspectives, share personal stories, and provide visual examples of their work. Additionally, a robust companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/shaw) features project files, video tutorials, bonus PDFs, and rolling updates to keep you informed on the latest developments in the field.
Essential Effects
by
Animate the world around you! Follow along with veteran Disney effects artist Mauro Maressa as he teaches you how to create and animate natural phenomena like water, fire, smoke, lightning, lava, mud, and wind. Essential Effects will help you plan, draw, design, and animate traditional 2D effects, taking your ideas all the way from rough sketch to finished product. Using a series of full-color visual breakdowns and diagrams, this book gives you a clear, concise understanding of what it takes to create credible, compelling effects in your own projects. Key Features Build a strong foundation of observation and drawing skills that you can rely on for the rest of your career Tips and tricks for applying classic effects principles to computer-animated and CG projects Over 400 full-color images and diagrams for clear step-by-step learning
Lighting for Animation
by
Lighting for Animation is designed with one goal in mind - to make you a better artist. Over the course of the book, Jasmine Katatikarn and Michael Tanzillo (Senior Lighting TDs, Blue Sky Studios) will train your eye to analyze your work more critically, and teach you approaches and techniques to improve your craft. Focusing on the main philosophies and core concepts utilized by industry professionals, this book builds the foundation for a successful career as a lighting artist in visual effects and computer animation. Inside you'll find in-depth instruction on: * Creating mood and storytelling through lighting * Using light to create visual shaping * Directing the viewer's eye with light and color * Gathering and utilizing reference images * Successfully lighting and rendering workflows * Render layers and how they can be used most effectively * Specific lighting scenarios, including character lighting, environment lighting, and lighting an animated sequence * Material properties and their work with lighting * Compositing techniques essential for a lighter * A guide on how to start your career and achieve success as a lighting artist This book is not designed to teach software packages--there are websites, instructional manuals, online demos, and traditional courses available to teach you how to operate specific computer programs. That type of training will teach you how to create an image; this book will teach you the technical skills you need to make that image beautiful. Key Features Stunning examples from a variety of films serve to inspire and inform your creative choices. Unique approach focuses on using lighting as a storytelling tool, rather than just telling you which buttons to press. Comprehensive companion website contains lighting exercises, assets, challenges, and further resources to help you expand your skillset.
Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016
by
Go from 'beginner' to 'expert' with this professional, tutorial-based guide to Maya 2016 Mastering Autodesk Maya 2016 is your professional hands-on coverage to getting the most out of Maya. If you already know the basics of Maya, this book is your ticket to full coverage of all Maya 2016's latest features, and showcases the tools and methods used in real-world 3D animation and visual effects. From modeling, texturing, animation, and effects to high-level techniques for film, television, games, and more, this book expands your skill set, and helps you prepare for the Autodesk Maya certification exam. Filled with challenging tutorials and real-world scenarios this book provides valuable insight into the entire CG production timeline. Take your Maya skills to the next level with step-by-step instruction and insight from the industry professionals. Learn professional techniques used in real-world visual effects Master Dynamics, Maya Muscle, Stereo Cameras, mental ray, and more Expand your skills with advanced techniques for cloth, fur, and fluids Understand everything you need to know for the Maya certification exam
Story structure and development : a guide for animators, VFX artists, game designers, and virtual reality
by
Professor Craig Caldwell's Story Structure and Development offers a clear approach to the essentials of story. It lays out the fundamental elements, principles, and structure for animators, designers, and artists so they can incorporate these concepts in their work. As a practical guide it includes extensive insights and advice from industry professionals. Readers will learn the universal patterns of story and narrative used in today's movies, animation, games, and VR. With over 200 colorful images, this book has been designed for visual learners, and is organized to provide access to story concepts for the screen media professional and student. Readers will discover the story fundamentals referred to by every director and producer when they say "It's all about story". Key Features Consolidates into one text universal story structure used across the digital media industry Includes enormous visuals that illustrate and reinforce concepts for visual learners Organizes content for faculty to use sections in a non-linear manner Includes chapter objectives, review questions, and key terms to guide the reader
The Web Collection Revealed Creative Cloud
by
This invaluable, all-in-one guide provides a thorough introduction to web design and development with Adobe Dreamweaver CC, Adobe Flash CC, and�new to this edition�Adobe Edge CC. In addition to detailed information on the current interface, features, and functionality of each program, the text includes step-by-step tutorials and hands-on projects to help you master industry-leading software while honing practical skills with real-world relevance. The text concludes with a chapter devoted to integration of all three applications to create a dynamic website incorporating Flash and Edge elements. In addition to accurate, up-to-date content, the text features full-color illustrations and an appealing, user-friendly presentation style to facilitate learning and make even complex material easier to master.
In this course, the students are introduced to the basic knowledge, skills, abilities, processes, and tools required for graphics and animation production. With Adobe Animate CC, the Deaf student can design and author interactive quizzes, animations etc. with rich media such as video and graphics. The student will be involved in hands-on computer lab activities designed to help create and develop their own digital portfolio.
Adobe Animate 2022 for Creative Professionals
by
Step into the world of animation and go beyond the fundamentals of Adobe Animate to bring experiences to life with the help of expert-led contentKey Features* Produce rich motion graphics and interactive animations for multiple platforms* Explore the key features and enhancements in the latest Adobe Animate release* Take your Adobe Animate projects to the next level with creative workflowsBook DescriptionAdobe Animate is platform-agnostic asset creation, motion design, animation, and interactivity software. Complete with explanations of essential concepts and step-by-step walkthroughs of practical examples, this book will guide you in using Adobe Animate to create immersive experiences by breaking through creative limitations across every medium.We begin by getting up to speed with all that you need to know about Adobe Animate. You'll learn how to get started with Animate as a creative platform and explore the features introduced in its most recent versions. The book will show you how to consume and produce media assets for multiple platforms through both the publish and export workflows. Following this, you'll explore advanced rigging techniques and discover how to create more dynamic animation with advanced depth and movement techniques. You'll also find out how to build projects such as games, virtual reality experiences, and apps for various platforms as the book demonstrates different ways to use Animate. Finally, it covers the different methods used to extend the software for various needs.By the end of this Adobe Animate book, you'll be able to produce a variety of media assets, motion graphic design materials, animated artifacts, and interactive content pieces for platforms such as HTML5 Canvas, WebGL, and mobile devices.What you will learn* Gain a solid understanding of Adobe Animate foundations and new features* Understand the nuances associated with publishing and exporting rich media content to various platforms* Make use of advanced layering and rigging techniques to create engaging motion content* Create dynamic motion using the camera and variable layer depth techniques* Develop web-based games, virtual reality experiences, and multiplatform mobile applications* Extend Animate with extensions, application-level scripting, and the creation of custom integrated tutorialsWho this book is forThis book is for web, graphic, and motion design professionals with basic experience in animation who want to take their existing skills to the next level. A clear understanding of fundamental animation concepts will help you to get the most out of this book and produce impressive results.
Adobe Animate CC Classroom in a Book
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Animate choose Adobe Animate CC Classroom in a Book from Adobe Press. The project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in Animate. Adobe Animate CC provides more expressive tools, powerful controls for animation, and robust support for playback across a wide variety of platforms. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete eBook enhanced with video and interactive multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2022 Release)
by
The 2022 release of Adobe Animate provides significant new controls for animation with puppet warping and improvements to layer parenting, and enhancements to paint brush preferences and symbol options. Learn to use the revamped Asset Warp tool for a modern rigging approach to animating shapes and bitmap images. Work with a more robust set of playback options for graphic symbols that provides total control over looping. Quickly publish to social media channels with support for SVG, WebGL, HTML5, animated GIFs, and HD video. Seamless collaboration through Adobe Creative Cloud makes Adobe Animate the ideal development environment for creative animation and multimedia. The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2022 release) contains 11 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Animate (2022 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Animate software.
Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2023 Release)
by
Develop creative animation and multimedia using Adobe Animate Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Harness controls for animation including puppet warping, layer parenting, and paint brush preferences and symbol options Use the revamped Asset Warp tool for a modern rigging approach to animating shapes and bitmap images Work with a more robust set of playback options for graphic symbols that provide total control over looping Quickly publish to social media channels with support for SVG, WebGL, HTML5, animated GIFs, and HD video Seamlessly collaborate through Adobe Creative Cloud Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Animate (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Animate software.
Beginning 3D game assets development pipeline : learn to integrate from Maya to Unity
by
This project-based tutorial covers the creation of 3D assets in a game engine, from concept to implementation. You will learn the 3D pipeline using Maya and Substance Painter, which are industry-standard programs used for content creation in game development. You also will know how to add them and work with them in Unity. The book begins with an overall look at the production of game development and the different roles in creating assets. Then, starting with Maya, you learn how to start with a concept and take it through the entire production pipeline: base mesh, UV mapping, high poly, texturing, rigging, and animation. You will be working on one asset project throughout the entire book to understand how one phase leads to the next one. Lastly, you will cover asset placement and integration into Unity. What You Will Learn Build a thorough knowledge of the 3D game asset production workflow Understand how each phase leads up to the next one Know how 3D assets are implemented into Unity Texture, rig, and animate the 3D model Export and import the 3D asset or model Understand the iterative design process Who This Book Is For 3D artists, from beginners to specialists, who are interested in learning the 3D production pipeline of game assets as a whole.
Beginning VFX with Autodesk Maya : create industry-standard visual effects from scratch
by
Dive into the nuances of visual effects (VFX) design, from planning to execution, using Autodesk Maya. This book introduces the methods and techniques required for your first foray into 3D FX generation from scratch. You will start with the fundamentals of visual effects, including a history of VFX, tools and techniques for creating believable visual effects, and popular tools used in the industry. Next, you are introduced to Autodesk Maya and its various components that make it a favorite among professionals. You will learn how to create rigid body collisions and simulate realistic particles such as dust, fire, water, and more. This book also presents strategies for creating a vortex, rain, hair, fluids, and other soft body simulations and also demonstrates nature element simulations for computer-generated production. At the end of the book, there is a capstone project to make your own visual effects scene in a practical way. After going through this book, you will be able to start building computer-generated visual effects from your imagination through to production. What You Will Learn Understand the basic physics behind effect creation Create 3D visual effects scenes from scratch Know the details of dynamic simulation in the computer generation space using various functionalities available in Autodesk Maya.
Character rigging and advanced animation : bring your character to life using Autodesk 3ds Max
by
Gain a thorough understanding of animation and character rigging using Autodesk 3ds Max to create realistic character animations. This book is split into three modules that are subsequently divided into chapters. The first module is the foundation module: in this module youll cover, among other topics, the 12 cardinal principles of animation with reference to classic real-world examples and famous movies/animation shots. Using these, the further chapters explore using key frames and graph editors to obtain fluid motion in your animations. Practical examples are used to better explain which feature suits a particular scenario. The second module, called the backbone module, introduces you to deformation tools and their use for character animation. Further chapters cover driven animations, constraints posed by bones, bipeds, and the CAT tools available in 3ds Max 2019. The final module, the lifeline module, encourages you to bring your character to life by applying principles learnt in the previous modules. Here you will be guided on how to retarget animations from one character to other characters or rigs. On completing Character Rigging and Advance Animation, you will be able to create character rigs for bipeds and quadrupeds with ease, animating them with life-like motion. You will: Understand the 12 principles of animation Set up an animation-ready character rig from scratch Master the deformation tools available for animation.
The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics
by
BlenderTM　is a　free Open Source 3D Computer Modeling and Animation Suite　incorporating Character Rigging, Particles, Real World Physics Simulation, Sculpting, Video Editing with Motion Tracking and 2D Animation within the 3D Environment. Blender is　FREE　to download and use by anyone for anything. The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling and Animation,　Seventh Edition is a unified manual describing the operation of the program with reference to the Graphical User Interface for　Blender Version　3.0.0, including nearly 100 pages of completely new content. The book introduces the program's Graphical User Interface and shows how to implement tools for modeling and animating characters and created scenes with the application of color, texture and special lighting effects. Key Features: The book provides instruction for New Users starting at the very beginning. Instruction is presented in a series of chapters incorporating visual reference to the program's interface. The initial chapters are designed to instruct the user in the operation of the program while introducing and demonstrating interesting features of the program. Chapters are developed in a building block fashion providing forward and reverse reference to relevant material. The book is also available in a discounted set along with Blender 2D Animation: The Complete Guide to the Grease Pencil.
Immersive 3D design visualization : with Autodesk Maya and Unreal Engine 4
by
Discover the methods and techniques required for creating immersive design visualization for industry. This book proposes ways for industry-oriented design visualization from scratch. This includes fundamentals of creative and immersive technology; tools and techniques for architectural visualization; design visualization with Autodesk Maya; PBR integration; and texturing, material design, and integration into UE4 for immersive design visualization. You'll to dive into design and visualization, from planning to execution. You will start with the basics, such as an introduction to design visualization as well as to the software you will be using. You will next learn to create assets such as virtual worlds and texturing, and integrate them with Unreal Engine 4. Finally, there is a capstone project for you to make your own immersive visualization scene. By the end of the book you'll be able to create assets for use in industries such as game development, entertainment, architecture, design engineering, and digital education. You will: Gain the fundamentals of immersive design visualization Master design visualization with Autodesk Maya Study interactive visualization with UE4 Create your immersive design portfolio.
Mastering Adobe Animate 2021
by
Adobe Animate is platform-agnostic asset creation, motion design, animation, and interactivity software. Complete with step-by-step explanations of essential concepts, practical examples, and hands-on walkthroughs, this book shows you how to use Adobe Animate to create immersive experiences by breaking through creative limitations across every medium.
You will begin by getting up to speed with what you need to know about Adobe Animate quickly. Next, you will learn how to get started with Animate as a creative platform and explore the features introduced in the most recent version of the software. Moving on, you'll consume and produce media assets for multiple platforms through both the publish and export workflows. Following this, you'll delve into advanced rigging techniques and discover how to create more dynamic animation with advanced depth and movement techniques. You'll also find out how to build projects such as games, virtual reality experiences, and apps for various platforms. The book concludes with an examination of different methods used to extend the software for various needs.
By the end of this book, you'll be able to produce a variety of media assets, motion design materials and animated artifacts, and interactive content pieces - all while targeting a variety of platforms including HTML5 Canvas, WebGL, and mobile devices.
Mastering Adobe Animate 2023
by
Become an accomplished motion designer, animator, and interactive content producer with the help of expert-led material Key Features Produce rich motion graphics and interactive animations for multiple platforms by exploring the Adobe Animate ecosystem Get acquainted with the key features and enhancements in the latest Adobe Animate release such as depth, layering, and object warping Take your Adobe Animate projects to the next level with creative workflows using diverse animation techniques Book Description Adobe Animate is a platform-agnostic asset creation application that enables you to create motion design and vector animations while facilitating interactivity across other Adobe software such as After Effects, Photoshop, and Illustrator. This book comes packed with explanations of essential concepts and step-by-step walk-throughs of practical examples, guiding you in using Animate to create immersive experiences and breaking the walls of creative limitations.In this third edition, you'll begin by getting up to speed with the features of Adobe Animate. You'll learn how to set up Animate as a creative platform and explore the enhancements introduced in its most recent versions. The book will show you how to consume and produce media assets for different platforms through the publish and export workflows. You'll explore advanced rigging workflows and discover how to create more dynamic animations with complex depth and movement techniques. As the book demonstrates different ways of channeling your creativity through Animate, you'll be able to build projects such as games, virtual reality experiences, generative art, and apps for various platforms. Finally, this graphic design book covers the different methods used to extend the software to meet various user requirements.By the end of this book, you'll be able to produce a variety of media assets, motion graphic designs, animated artifacts, and interactive content pieces for platforms such as HTML5 Canvas, WebGL, and mobile devices. What you will learn Gain an understanding of Adobe Animate foundations and new features Understand how to publish and export rich media content to various platforms Find out how to use advanced layering and rigging techniques to create engaging motion content Explore how to create dynamic motions using variable layer depth techniques Develop web-based games, generative art, virtual reality experiences, and multiplatform mobile applications Make the most of Animate with extensions, application-level scripting, and the creation of custom-integrated tutorials Who this book is for This book is for web, graphic, and motion design professionals with basic experience in animation who want to take their existing skills to the next level. A clear understanding of fundamental animation concepts will help you to get the most out of this book and produce impressive results. ]]>
MoCap for artists : workflow and techniques for motion capture
by
Make motion capture part of your graphics and effects arsenal. This introduction to motion capture principles and techniques delivers a working understanding of today's state-of-the-art systems and workflows without the arcane pseudocodes and equations. Learn about the alternative systems, how they have evolved, and how they are typically used, as well as tried-and-true workflows that you can put to work for optimal effect. Demo files and tutorials provided on the downloadable resources deliver first-hand experience with some of the core processes.
Modeling and Animation Using Blender
by
Discover the 3D-modeling and animation power of Blender 3D. This book starts with a brief introduction to Blender 3D including installation and the user interface. The following two chapters then introduce you to the upgraded tools in Blender 2.80 for 3D modeling, texturing, shading, and animation. The last chapter discusses the Blender game engine and all its core features. Along the way you'll see why Blender 3D has proved its competency in UV unwrapping, texturing, raster graphic editing, rigging, sculpting, animating, motion graphics, and video editing through the years. Modeling and Animation Using Blender gives a thorough tour of Blender Eevee, covering its new features and how to make best use of them. After reading this book you will have the confidence to choose Blender for your next project. What You Will Learn Master the features of Blender Eevee Work with modeling, animation, and much more using the updated software Understand important concepts such as physics and particles Who This Book Is For Art enthusiasts and professionals who want to learn Blender 3D. Blender 3D professionals who want to learn about the latest version would find the book useful.
Real-Time Animation with Adobe Character Animator
by
Build real-time animations without expensive equipment using this quick how-to guide printed in full-color Key Features: Get the hang of enhancing and polishing character rigsCreate quick and effective animations for business or entertainment without having to delve into all the intricacies of the craftCreate triggers to customize your animated experience Book Description: Adobe Character Animator is a power app for non-animators that provides easy rigging and easy-to- understand tools that enable you to create entertainment or business videos in no time. This guide to Character Animator gives you a comprehensive overview of the app, helping you learn the entire process-from importing a character designed in Adobe Photoshop to animating a sequence. Complete with background art, multiple character rigs and Character Animator project files, this book will show you how to animate a scene in Character Animator from start to finish. Starting with a character PSD from another artist, you'll organize and condense the file to prepare it for rigging and animation. From there, you'll systematically rig the character while exploring advanced behaviors and triggers to animate a complex scene that takes advantage of the app's best features. By the end of this book, you'll be able to create appealing animations in Character Animator for any purpose. What You Will Learn: Assemble rigs in Photoshop for Character AnimatorAdd tags, handles, draggable limbs, swap sets, and physics effectsUse a webcam and microphone for lip-syncing, head turns, and other real-time actionsWork with multiple characters, scene layers, and audio filesAdd loopable motions such as walk cyclesRecord a short animation for export Who this book is for: If you are a beginner in animation and looking to get up and running quickly by creating your own animated scenes, this is the book for you. With just basic computer knowledge and a webcam and microphone connected, you'll be able to follow along effectively. Although not a prerequisite, knowing the principles of animation or having any history with other animation software will be helpful.
Reimagining Characters with Unreal Engine's MetaHuman Creator
by
Discover the power of Unreal Engine 5 and the MetaHuman Creator to develop realistic digital characters, infusing them with full body and facial animation Key Features: Create realistic characters using the MetaHuman Creator using a mixture of preset and custom toolsImport your character into Unreal Engine 5 to access more editing options and begin animating itCombine face and body motion capturing to fully animate your digital humans Book Description: MetaHuman Creator (MHC) is an online, user-friendly 3D design tool for creating highly realistic digital humans that can be animated within Unreal Engine (UE) and enhanced with motion capture technology. This means that filmmakers and game developers now have access to a high quality, affordable solution that was previously only available to specialist studios. This book will focus on using UE5 and MHC from a filmmaker angle. Firstly, you'll understand how to use the online MHC to create a digital character, changing its facial structure, body type, and clothing. After that, you'll learn all the necessary steps to bring the character into UE5 and set it up for animation. Then, using an iPhone and a webcam to capture face and body movements, you'll mix these motion capture files, refine the animations using the MetaHuman Control Rig, and save these takes to be reused and edited again within the Level Sequencer. On top of that, you'll learn how to create a rendered video file for film production using both the Level Sequencer and a VR Cinematic Camera. By the end of this book, you'll have created your own MetaHuman character, as well as face and body motion capture data, and learned the necessary skills to give your future projects further realism and creative control. What You Will Learn: Create your own bespoke character using MHCDevelop custom faces based on real peopleUtilize Blueprints to take control of your digital characterRetarget animations using the Unreal MannequinUse DeepMotion and Live Link for complete body and face animationUse the Control Rig to refine animationsExport and render your character Who this book is for: This book is for filmmakers and hobbyists who are planning to make a film using Unreal Engine for the first time, having worked in live action or purely digital media previously, either professionally or as a hobby. No experience with Unreal Engine is required, however it is useful to have some knowledge of 3D development applications and concepts like wireframes, skin weights, transform tools, and motion capture. It is recommended that you have access to an iPhone X (or a later model). Alternatively, you can use a free or paid version of Faceware, along with a basic webcam.
UI Animations with Lottie and after Effects
by
Lottie is a small and scalable JSON-based animation file. LottieFiles is the platform where Lottie animations can be uploaded, tested, and shared. By combining the LottieFiles plugin and the LottieFiles platform, youll be able to create stunning animations that are very easy to integrate in any device. Youll also see how to use the Bodymovin plugin in AE to export your animation to a JSON file.
This course is a graphic oriented course that will enable the Deaf to utilize imaging software, used in industry for producing sophisticated graphics for the web and for print. Emphasis on creation of your projects, including newsletters, web, brochures, and promotional materials. Principles of layout and design will be practiced.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Becoming a digital designer : a complete career guide
by
Camera and Craft
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Color Management and Quality Output
by
We have all felt the frustration of wasting time, paper, and effort when our prints or web images don't match the images we see on our monitors. Fortunately, you're holding the resource that will help solve these problems. This book guides you through the hardware settings and software steps you'll need to post professional images and make stunning prints that showcase your artistic vision. In Color Management & Quality Output, Tom P. Ashe, a color expert and gifted teacher, shows you how to color manage your files from input all the way through output, by clearly explaining how color works in our minds, on our monitors and computers, and through our printers. You'll learn to: properly calibrate your monitor understand Adobe Photoshop color settings build and evaluate color profiles for all your devices navigate the print menu in both Photoshop and Lightroom appreciate the differences between inkjet prints and C-prints optimize sharpening for a variety of print media understand how and why to use RIPs communicate with creative professionals, clients, and output service providers to ensure the highest quality results. This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Masters of Professional Studies in Digital Photography created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Digital Storytelling
by
In this revised and updated edition of the StoryCenter's popular guide to digital storytelling, StoryCenter founder Joe Lambert offers budding storytellers the skills and tools they need to craft compelling digital stories. Using a "Seven Steps" approach, Lambert helps storytellers identify the fundamentals of dynamic digital storytelling - from conceiving a story, to seeing, assembling, and sharing it. Readers will also find new explorations of the global applications of digital storytelling in education and other fields, as well as additional information about copyright, ethics, and distribution. The book is filled with resources about past and present projects on the grassroots and institutional level, including new chapters specifically for students and a discussion of the latest tools and projects in mobile device-based media. This accessible guide's meaningful examples and inviting tone makes this an essential for any student learning the steps toward digital storytelling.
Discovering Computers, Essentials ©2018: Digital Technology, Data, and Devices
by
Learn to maximize the use of mobile devices, make the most of online tools for collaboration and communication, and fully utilize the web and cloud with the latest edition of DISCOVERING COMPUTERS 2018. Clearly see how technology skills can assist you both in gaining employment and advancing your career. This edition highlights web development, how to create a strong web presence, and take full advantage of the latest Windows 10. To keep your instruction as current as possible, online coverage of contemporary technology developments builds on the book's timely discussions.The authors provide helpful suggestions within a proven learning structure and emphasize meaningful practice to reinforce your skills. Self-assessments open each module and enable you to focus your study and learn more in less time. DISCOVERING COMPUTERS presents the key content you need to succeed, using an approach that ensures understanding.
Drawing from the Model
by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
The Graphic Design Reader
by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Handbook of Digital Imaging
by
A comprehensive and practical analysis and overview of the imaging chain through acquisition, processing and display The Handbook of Digital Imaging provides a coherent overview of the imaging science amalgam, focusing on the capture, storage and display of images. The volumes are arranged thematically to provide a seamless analysis of the imaging chain from source (image acquisition) to destination (image print/display). The coverage is planned to have a very practical orientation to provide a comprehensive source of information for practicing engineers designing and developing modern digital imaging systems. The content will be drawn from all aspects of digital imaging including optics, sensors, quality, control, colour encoding and decoding, compression, projection and display. Contains approximately 50 highly illustrated articles printed in full colour throughout Over 50 Contributors from Europe, US and Asia from academia and industry The 3 volumes are organized thematically for enhanced usability: Volume 1: Image Capture and Storage; Volume 2: Image Display and Reproduction, Hardcopy Technology, Halftoning and Physical Evaluation, Models for Halftone Reproduction; Volume 3: Imaging System Applications, Media Imaging, Remote Imaging, Medical and Forensic Imaging 3 Volumes www.handbookofdigitalimaging.com
Introduction to visual computing : core concepts in computer vision, graphics, and image processing
by
Introduction to Visual Computing: Core Concepts in Computer Vision, Graphics, and Image Processing covers the fundamental concepts of visual computing. Whereas past books have treated these concepts within the context of specific fields such as computer graphics, computer vision or image processing, this book offers a unified view of these core concepts, thereby providing a unified treatment of computational and mathematical methods for creating, capturing, analyzing and manipulating visual data (e.g. 2D images, 3D models). Fundamentals covered in the book include convolution, Fourier transform, filters, geometric transformations, epipolar geometry, 3D reconstruction, color and the image synthesis pipeline. The book is organized in four parts. The first part provides an exposure to different kinds of visual data (e.g. 2D images, videos and 3D geometry) and the core mathematical techniques that are required for their processing (e.g. interpolation and linear regression.) The second part of the book on Image Based Visual Computing deals with several fundamental techniques to process 2D images (e.g. convolution, spectral analysis and feature detection) and corresponds to the low level retinal image processing that happens in the eye in the human visual system pathway. The next part of the book on Geometric Visual Computing deals with the fundamental techniques used to combine the geometric information from multiple eyes creating a 3D interpretation of the object and world around us (e.g. transformations, projective and epipolar geometry, and 3D reconstruction). This corresponds to the higher level processing that happens in the brain combining information from both the eyes thereby helping us to navigate through the 3D world around us. The last two parts of the book cover Radiometric Visual Computing and Visual Content Synthesis. These parts focus on the fundamental techniques for processing information arising from the interaction of light with objects around us, as well as the fundamentals of creating virtual computer generated worlds that mimic all the processing presented in the prior sections. The book is written for a 16 week long semester course and can be used for both undergraduate and graduate teaching, as well as a reference for professionals.
This course is a graphic oriented course that will enable the Deaf to utilize imaging software, used in industry for producing sophisticated graphics for the web and for print. Emphasis on creation of your projects, including newsletters, web, brochures, and promotional materials. Principles of layout and design will be practiced.
Camera and Craft: Learning the Technical Art of Digital Photography
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Computer Graphics and Imaging
by
Computer graphics development is so quick that it has expanded from devices designed for military and top industrial applications to equipment for schools and households as common information media for education and entertainment. Computer graphics helps to mass expand computers and remove the barriers that ordinary people experience when working with them. In this book, modern approaches, procedures, algorithms, as well as devices in the area of light and colors, shading and lighting, realistic and photorealistic imaging, definition of graphical scenes or objects, and security based on graphical objects are presented. Graphical transformations and projections, spatial imaging, curves and surfaces, filling and texturing, image filtering, and virtual reality are also covered.
Computer graphics from scratch : a programmer's introduction to 3D rendering
by
"An introduction to computer graphics that focuses on raytracing and rasterization. Topics and algorithms are presented without the use of external libraries or APIs and with pseudocode that is not specific to a programming language. Includes links to interactive demonstrations for each algorithm"-- Provided by publisher
Computer Graphics Programming in OpenGL with C++
by
This new edition provides step-by-step instruction on modern 3D graphics shader programming in OpenGL with C++, along with its theoretical foundations. It is appropriate both for computer science graphics courses and for professionals interested in mastering 3D graphics skills. It has been designed in a 4-color, "teach-yourself" format with numerous examples that the reader can run just as presented. Every shader stage is explored, from the basics of modeling, textures, lighting, shadows, etc., through advanced techniques such as tessellation, normal mapping, noise maps, as well as new chapters on simulating water, stereoscopy, and ray tracing. FEATURES: Covers modern OpenGL 4.0+ shader programming in C++, with instructions for both PC/Windows and Macintosh Adds new chapters on simulating water, stereoscopy, and ray tracing Includes companion files with code, object models, figures, and more (also available for downloading by writing to the publisher) Illustrates every technique with running code examples. Everything needed to install the libraries, and complete source code for each example Includes step-by-step instruction for using each GLSL programmable pipeline stage (vertex, tessellation, geometry, and fragment) Explores practical examples for modeling, lighting, and shadows (including soft shadows), terrain, water, and 3D materials such as wood and marble Explains how to optimize code for tools such as Nvidia's Nsight debugger. The companion files and instructor resources are available online by emailing the publisher with proof of purchase at info@merclearning.com.
Computer Graphics Programming in OpenGL with JAVA
by
This new edition provides step-by-step instruction on modern 3D graphics shader programming in OpenGL, along with its theoretical foundations. It is appropriate both for computer science undergraduate graphics programming courses in degree programs that emphasize Java, and for professionals interested in mastering 3D graphics skills who prefer Java. It has been designed in a 4-color, "teach-yourself" format with numerous examples that the reader can run just as presented. New sections have been added covering soft shadows, performance optimization, Nsight debugging, as well as updated industry-standard libraries and steps for running the examples on a Macintosh. Includes companion files with all of the source code, models, textures, skyboxes and normal maps used in the book. Features: * Includes new sections on implementing soft shadows, performance optimization, and updated tools such as the JOML math library and the NVIDIA® Nsight(tm) debugger. * Covers modern OpenGL 4.0+ shader programming in Java/JOGL, with instructions for both PC/Windows and Macintosh. * Illustrates every technique with complete running code examples. Everything needed to install the libraries and run every example is provided and fully explained. * Includes step-by-step instruction for every GLSL programmable pipeline stage (vertex, tessellation, geometry, and fragment). * Includes companion files with code, object models, figures, and more.
Developing Graphics Frameworks with Python and OpenGL
by
Developing Graphics Frameworks with Python and OpenGL shows you how to create software for rendering complete three-dimensional scenes. The authors explain the foundational theoretical concepts as well as the practical programming techniques that will enable you to create your own animated and interactive computer-generated worlds. You will learn how to combine the power of OpenGL, the most widely adopted cross-platform API for GPU programming, with the accessibility and versatility of the Python programming language. Topics you will explore include generating geometric shapes, transforming objects with matrices, applying image-based textures to surfaces, and lighting your scene. Advanced sections explain how to implement procedurally generated textures, postprocessing effects, and shadow mapping. In addition to the sophisticated graphics framework you will develop throughout this book, with the foundational knowledge you will gain, you will be able to adapt and extend the framework to achieve even more spectacular graphical results.
Digital Imaging
by
Digital imaging is used widely in various real-life applications today. There are a number of potential digital imaging applications that include different areas such as television, photography, robotics, remote sensing, medical diagnosis, reconnaissance, architectural and engineering design, art, crime prevention, geographical information systems, communication, intellectual property, retail catalogs, nudity detection, face finding, industrial, and others. This book is specifically dedicated to digital imaging research, applications, techniques, tools, and algorithms that originate from different fields such as image processing, computer vision, pattern recognition, signal processing, artificial intelligence, intelligent systems, and soft computing. In general, this comprehensive book contains state-of-the-art chapters focusing on the latest developments using theories, methods, approaches, algorithms, analyses, display of images, visual information, and videos.
Foundations of Digital Art and Design with Adobe Creative Cloud
by
Foundations of Digital Art and Design, Second Edition Fuses design fundamentals and software training into one cohesive approach! All students of digital design and production-whether learning in a classroom or on their own-need to understand the basic principles of design. These principles are often excluded from books that teach software. Foundations of Digital Art and Design reinvigorates software training by integrating design exercises into tutorials that fuse design fundamentals and core Adobe Creative Cloud skills. The result is a comprehensive design learning experience organized into five sections that focus on vector art, photography, image manipulation, typography, and effective work habits for digital artists. Design topics and principles include: Bits, Dots, Lines, Shapes, Unity, Rule of Thirds, Zone System, Color Models, Collage, Appropriation, Gestalt, The Bauhaus Basic Course Approach, Continuity, Automation, and Revision. This book: Teaches art and design principles with references to contemporary digital art alongside digital tools and processes in Adobe Creative Cloud Addresses the growing trend of compressing design fundamentals and design software into the same course in universities and design colleges Times each lesson to be used in 50 to 90-minute class sessions with additional practice materials available online Includes free video screencasts that demonstrate key concepts in every chapter Download work files and bonus chapters, view screencasts, connect with the author online and more; see the Introduction to the book for details. "This ambitious book teaches visual thinking and software skills together. The text leads readers step-by-step through the process of creating dynamic images using a range of powerful applications. The engaging, experimental exercises take this project well beyond the typical software guide." ELLEN LUPTON, co-author of Graphic Design: The New Basics
Fundamentals of Computer Graphics
by
Drawing on an impressive roster of experts in the field, Fundamentals of Computer Graphics, Fifth Edition offers an ideal resource for computer course curricula as well as a user-friendly personal or professional reference. Focusing on geometric intuition, this book gives the necessary information for understanding how images get onto the screen by using the complementary approaches of ray tracing and rasterization. It covers topics common to an introductory course, such as sampling theory, texture mapping, spatial data structure, and splines. It also includes a number of contributed chapters from authors known for their expertise and clear way of explaining concepts. HIGHLIGHTS Major updates and improvements to numerous chapters, including shading, ray tracing, physics-based rendering, math, and sampling Updated coverage of existing topics The absorption and reworking of several chapters to create a more natural flow to the book The fifth edition of Fundamentals of Computer Graphics continues to provide an outstanding and comprehensive introduction to basic computer graphic technology and theory. It retains an informal and intuitive style while improving precision, consistency, and completeness of material, allowing aspiring and experienced graphics programmers to better understand and apply foundational principles to the development of efficient code in creating film, game, or web designs.
The Image Processing Handbook
by
Consistently rated as the best overall introduction to computer-based image processing, The Image Processing Handbook covers two-dimensional (2D) and three-dimensional (3D) imaging techniques, image printing and storage methods, image processing algorithms, image and feature measurement, quantitative image measurement analysis, and more. Incorporating image processing and analysis examples at all scales, from nano- to astro-, this Seventh Edition: Features a greater range of computationally intensive algorithms than previous versions Provides better organization, more quantitative results, and new material on recent developments Includes completely rewritten chapters on 3D imaging and a thoroughly revamped chapter on statistical analysis Contains more than 1700 references to theory, methods, and applications in a wide variety of disciplines Presents 500+ entirely new figures and images, with more than two-thirds appearing in color The Image Processing Handbook, Seventh Edition delivers an accessible and up-to-date treatment of image processing, offering broad coverage and comparison of algorithms, approaches, and outcomes.
Imaging identity : media, memory and portraiture in the digital age
by
Imaging Identity presents potent reflections on the human condition through the prism of portraiture. Taking digital imaging technologies and the dynamic and precarious dimensions of contemporary identity as critical reference points, these essays consider why portraits continue to have such galvanising appeal and perform fundamental work across so many social settings. This multidisciplinary enquiry brings together artists, art historians, art theorists and anthropologists working with a variety of media. Authors look beyond conventional ideas of the portrait to the wider cultural contexts, governmental practices and intimate experiences that shape relationships between persons and pictures. Their shared purpose centres on a commitment to understanding the power of images to draw people into their worlds. Imaging Identity tracks a fundamental symbiosis -- to grapple with the workings of images is to understand something vital of what it is to be human.
Learn Adobe Indesign CC for Print and Digital Media Publication
by
Used by graphic designers worldwide, Adobe InDesign CC is a layout powerhouse. But that power is easy to harness, as you'll soon learn. These real-world projects teach you to think like a designer and master the details that set your work apart. Hone your InDesign skills as you: Produce an advertising poster Design a magazine for print and tablet delivery Build interactive forms Add controls for video, animations, and more to a digital media publication This study guide uses more than 11 hours of video integrated with text to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career designing publications for print and screen using InDesign CC. It lays the foundation for taking the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) certification exam and helps prepare you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market. Purchasing this book gives you access to valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Web Edition containing instructional video embedded in the complete text of the book with interactive review questions along with product updates Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book
Learning Web design : a beginner's guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and web graphics
by
Do you want to build web pages but have no prior experience? This friendly guide is the perfect place to start. You'll begin at square one, learning how the web and web pages work, and then steadily build from there. By the end of the book, you'll have the skills to create a simple site with multicolumn pages that adapt for mobile devices. Each chapter provides exercises to help you learn various techniques and short quizzes to make sure you understand key concepts. This thoroughly revised edition is ideal for students and professionals of all backgrounds and skill levels. It is simple and clear enough for beginners, yet thorough enough to be a useful reference for experienced developers keeping their skills up to date. Build HTML pages with text, links, images, tables, and forms. Use style sheets (CSS) for colors, backgrounds, formatting text, page layout, and even simple animation effects. Learn how JavaScript works and why the language is so important in web design. Create and optimize web images so they'll download as quickly as possible. Use CSS Flexbox and Grid for sophisticated and flexible page layout. Learn the ins and outs of Responsive Web Design to make web pages look great on all devices. Become familiar with the command line, Git, and other tools in the modern web developer's toolkit. Get to know the super-powers of SVG graphics.
Mastering SVG : ace web animations, visualizations, and vector graphics with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript
by
SVG is the most powerful image format in use on the web. In addition to producing resolution-independent images for today's multi-device world, SVG allows you to create animations and visualizations to add to your sites and applications. The simplicity of cross-platform markup, mixed with familiar modern web languages, such as CSS and JavaScript, creates a winning combination for designers and developers alike.
In this book, you will learn how to author an SVG document using common SVG features, such as elements and attributes, and serve SVG on the web using simple configuration tips for common web servers. You will also use SVG elements and images in HTML documents.
Further, you will use SVG images for a variety of common tasks, such as manipulating SVG elements, adding animations using CSS, mastering the basic JavaScript SVG (API) using Document Object Model (DOM) methods, and interfacing SVG with common libraries and frameworks, such as React, jQuery, and Angular.
You will then build an understanding of the Snap.svg and SVG.js APIs, along with the basics of D3, and take a look at how to implement interesting visualizations using the library. By the end of the book, you will have mastered creating animations with SVG.
Python graphics : a reference for creating 2D and 3D images
by
Use Python's built-in features to create innovative graphics for data visualization and technical illustrations. This book goes beyond simple commands and libraries to explain how to not only display but also rotate, shade, and edit graphics for any purpose. Starting with the essential Python functions to set up a plotting space and produce 2 and 3-dimensional objects, you'll learn how to construct more complex objects, translate and rotate them, remove hidden lines, introduce shading to add realism, and project images to visualize any dataset. The final chapter includes several worked applications in science and engineering including planetary models, which you can adapt for your own use. Written for developers who want to harness Python's capabilities to fine-tune their images, Python Graphics covers the different commands for plotting dots, lines, arrows, or arcs, creating custom plotting grids, correcting distortions, adding text and labels to illustrations, manipulating arcs and circles, specify and use colors, and more. Armed with these techniques and core math skills, you'll be ready to create and customize detailed technical illustrations or data visualizations.
Real-time 3D graphics with WebGL 2 : build interactive 3D applications with JavaScript and WebGL 2 (OpenGL ES 3.0)
by
As highly interactive applications have become an increasingly important part of the user experience, WebGL is a unique and cutting-edge technology that brings hardware-accelerated 3D graphics to the web.
Packed with 80+ examples, this book guides readers through the landscape of real-time computer graphics using WebGL 2. Each chapter covers foundational concepts in 3D graphics programming with various implementations. Topics are always associated with exercises for a hands-on approach to learning.
This book presents a clear roadmap to learning real-time 3D computer graphics with WebGL 2. Each chapter starts with a summary of the learning goals for the chapter, followed by a detailed description of each topic. The book offers example-rich, up-to-date introductions to a wide range of essential 3D computer graphics topics, including rendering, colors, textures, transformations, framebuffers, lights, surfaces, blending, geometry construction, advanced techniques, and more. With each chapter, you will "level up" your 3D graphics programming skills. This book will become your trustworthy companion in developing highly interactive 3D web applications with WebGL and JavaScript.
In this course, the Deaf are given an opportunity to practice illustrator’s tools and its effects to produce images that is suitable for the web as well as for print. The learners will develop skills in thinking creatively through the projects that they will undertake throughout the course. This course is intended for who will eventually become designers, publishers, pre-press professionals, marketing communications professionals, or people switching to a design job or taking on design responsibilities using a vector based application such as illustrator to create graphics, logos, advertisement materials or other illustration designs.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe after Effects CC Visual Effects and Compositing Studio Techniques
by
This is the only book to focus exclusively on the creation of visual effects for After Effects, and is a one-stop resource for students who wants in-depth explanations that demystify the realm of visual effects and how they were created. A thoroughly packed, informative read, this masterful guide focuses on explaining the essential concepts, features, and techniques that are key to creating seamless movie-quality visual effects. Students who are comfortable with After Effects will find a helpful review of the fundamentals--managing footage, viewing and editing layers, animating type, and more--so they can learn how to work smarter and more efficiently. Students of all levels will learn core techniques for effects compositing including color matching, keying, rotoscoping, motion tracking, emulating the camera, and concluding with using expressions in After Effects. The final section of the book delves into creative explorations, demonstrating professional effects that students might want to re-create.
Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Illustrator CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show users the key techniques for realizing your creative potential with Adobe Illustrator CC. Following hands-on step-by-step projects, users create logos, illustrations, posters, and more. Explore the new Essentials workspace that makes learning Illustrator even easier. Learn how to use the Shaper tool and Live Shapes along with dynamic symbols to streamline graphics creation. Create website assets and export them in multiple formats to support modern responsive web designs. From exacting illustration to free-form painting, you'll build a strong foundation in Illustrator as you progress through the lessons. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Illustrator Creative Cloud Revealed
by
ADOBE ILLUSTRATOR CREATIVE CLOUD REVEALED offers you comprehensive coverage in all areas of Adobe Illustrator. Beginning with fundamental concepts and progressing to in-depth exploration of the software's full set of features, these step-by-step lessons offer you a guided tour of all the program's great features - including an illustrated tutorial on �how to draw with the Pen tool� that you won't find in any other book. This new edition highlights extensive coverage of important and exciting new features, including dramatic improvements to Illustrator's built-in tracing utility and a major upgrade for creating patterns.
The Adobe Illustrator Wow! Book for CS6 and CC
by
Adobe Illustrator WOW! Book is updated to help intermediate through advanced students get up to speed on the more creative features of Illustrator and efficiently integrate workflow updates and improvements. With its practical, yet beautiful examples, this book focuses on real-world tips, tricks, and techniques extracted from the artwork of many of the world's best Illustrator artists. This 14th edition of the book will help students harness the most powerful creative features of Adobe Illustrator CS6 and CC (including the latest 2014 release), from painting and generating objects with raster brushes, to creating complex repeating patterns, and inserting Illustrator objects into an editable 3D perspective grid. They'll learn how to incorporate the vast array of feature enhancements designed to improve object and text creation and editing, including Live Corners, Live Rectangles, the new Path Reshaping functions, and the Touch Type tool. In addition, they'll discover how to add automatic corners to pattern brushes, apply gradients to strokes, prepare artwork for animation and the web, and use Image Trace to transform raster art to vectors. Through real-world step-by-step lessons and stunning artwork, students will be inspired to master even the most challenging aspects of Adobe Illustrator.
After Effects and Cinema 4D Lite
by
One of the most exciting new features in After Effects is the integration of Cinema 4D using the CINEWARE plug-in and a free version of Cinema 4D Lite. Both provide a wide assortment of new 3D tools and options that are difficult or nearly impossible to achieve in After Effects alone. This book clearly demonstrates how the new 3D workflow bridges the two applications together to raise the design bar for motion graphics and broadcast design. Hands-on exercises teach you essential production skills including: Modeling in CINEMA 4D Lite Importing 3D models in After Effects Tracking 3D motion in After Effects Compositing with CINEWARE Using MoGraph features in CINEMA 4D Rendering and optimization techniques Additional online materials include project files and videos showcasing the techniques covered in the book. To access these materials, please see the 'eResources' tab.
After Effects for Designers
by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
The Graphic Designer's Digital Toolkit
by
THE GRAPHIC DESIGNER�S DIGITAL TOOLKIT, 7th Edition not only introduces students to the essential features of industry-standard software applications, but also gives them an understanding of how to integrate these programs into a seamless whole. Using a highly visual and project-based approach, this fully revised new edition examines Macintosh OS X Maverick, Windows 7 and Windows 8 operating systems, as well the most up to date Creative Cloud features of the �Big 3� digital design programs used in the graphics industry today: Adobe Illustrator, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe InDesign . After thoroughly examining the features of each application from the designer�s perspective, the author then reveals in practical detail the traditional skills and technology necessary for effective design for print and Web media. Using online project files, students are encouraged to practice what they have learned by tackling design projects throughout the text from concept to completion. Effectively merging theory with practice, THE GRAPHIC DESIGNER'S DIGITAL TOOLKIT, 7th Edition stresses the critical importance of integration in design while meeting design parameters and client expectations. Contact your Learning Consultant to learn more about how CourseMate can enhance the way you teach and your students learn.
Illustrator CC
by
For almost two decades, the best-selling Visual QuickStart Guides by Elaine Weinmann and Peter Lourekas have been the textbooks of choice in classrooms and the go-to tutorial and reference for art and design professionals. This edition includes their trademark features: clear, concise, step-by-step instructions; hundreds of full-color illustrations; screen captures of program features; and supplemental tips and sidebars in every chapter. This fully updated edition for Illustrator CC (2014 release) covers the new enhancements and features, including significant upgrades to the Pencil tool, Swatches panel, Artboard panel, as well as new Live Corners, reshaping methods, and much more. The new and updated Illustrator CC features are clearly marked with bright red stars in both the table of contents and main text. Readers can follow the steps in a tutorial fashion, or use the book as a reference guide to individual program features. Many of the key illustrations used in the book are available via Web download for practice by readers.
In this course, the Deaf are given an opportunity to practice illustrator’s tools and its effects to produce images that is suitable for the web as well as for print. The learners will develop skills in thinking creatively through the projects that they will undertake throughout the course. This course is intended for who will eventually become designers, publishers, pre-press professionals, marketing communications professionals, or people switching to a design job or taking on design responsibilities using a vector based application such as illustrator to create graphics, logos, advertisement materials or other illustration designs.
Adobe after Effects
by
Adobe After Effects: A Complete Course and Compendium of Features is your guide to editing and enhancing videos in Adobe After Effects. Whether you're animating text or objects, changing a scene's setting, or creating a 3D scene, After Effects is the tool for you--and this book will teach you what you need to know. First, with a complete Course that includes a set of projects and lessons derived from video editor and Adobe Certified Instructor Ben Goldsmith, you will learn the procedures needed to use After Effects effectively and professionally. Dozens of exercises are included that can be applied to any videos you have in mind. Through step-by-step lessons, you'll be exposed to all of After Effects' features in practical contexts and its best practices for optimal workflows. To complete the Course, we'll supply lesson documents and their assets to download, so you can work alongside the text. Then, for greater depth of knowledge and subsequent reference, you'll use the Compendium to uncover more of the "how" and "why" of After Effects. With each topic easy to access, you can find and explore all of Premiere Pro's key features and concepts in depth. With cross-references between the Course and Compendium, the two parts of the book complement each other perfectly. Best of all, when the lessons in the Course are done, the Compendium will continue to serve for months and years to come.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2017 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2017 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2017 release) from Adobe Press. The 14 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and interactive multiple-choice quizzes. As always with the Classroom in a Book, Instructor Notes are available for teachers to download.
Adobe After Effects CC classroom in a book (2018 release) : the official training workbook from Adobe
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC (2018 release) choose Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons in this book show users step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Create Motion Graphics templates in After Effects so colleagues can make specific edits in Premiere Pro without accidentally changing other critical settings. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software).
The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe after Effects CC Classroom in a Book (2019 Release)
by
The project-based lessons in this book show students step-by-step the key techniques for working in After Effects and how to work efficiently and deliver in the widest possible range of media types. In addition to learning the key elements of the After Effects interface, this revised edition covers new features and techniques (details to come). Some of what you'll learn: Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, and correcting color. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web version of the eBook enhanced by embedded videos and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe after Effects CC Visual Effects and Compositing Studio Techniques
by
This is the only book to focus exclusively on the creation of visual effects for After Effects, and is a one-stop resource for students who wants in-depth explanations that demystify the realm of visual effects and how they were created. A thoroughly packed, informative read, this masterful guide focuses on explaining the essential concepts, features, and techniques that are key to creating seamless movie-quality visual effects. Students who are comfortable with After Effects will find a helpful review of the fundamentals--managing footage, viewing and editing layers, animating type, and more--so they can learn how to work smarter and more efficiently. Students of all levels will learn core techniques for effects compositing including color matching, keying, rotoscoping, motion tracking, emulating the camera, and concluding with using expressions in After Effects. The final section of the book delves into creative explorations, demonstrating professional effects that students might want to re-create.
Adobe after Effects Classroom in a Book (2020 Release)
by
Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book (2020 release) is the best-selling guide to Adobe's powerful motion graphics program. The 15 project-based lessons in this book teach students step-by-step the key techniques for working efficiently in After Effects and delivering in the widest possible range of media types. In addition to the key elements of the After Effects interface, this revised edition covers new features and techniques. Learn how to create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, DVD, the web, and mobile devices. Gain hands-on experience animating text and images, customizing a wide range of effects, tracking and syncing content, rotoscoping, removing unwanted objects, and correcting color. Learn to create 3D content with both After Effects and Maxon Cinema 4D Lite (included with the software). The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: A Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book (2023 Release)
by
Learn video compositing, motion graphics design, and animation using Adobe After Effects Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Create, manipulate, and optimize motion graphics for film, video, the web, and mobile devices Animate text and images, customize a wide range of effects, track and sync content, rotoscope, manipulate timing, correct color, and remove unwanted objects Customize cameras and lighting to create compelling 3D content Design Motion Graphics templates for editing in Adobe Premiere Pro Deform and animate objects and video using robust Puppet tools Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program doesan official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe After Effects (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe After Effects software.
Adobe Illustrator
by
Adobe Illustrator: A Complete Course and Compendium of Features is your guide to building vector graphics, whether you're creating logos, icons, drawings, typography, or other illustrations--and regardless of their destination: print, web, video, or mobile. First, with a complete Course that includes a set of projects and lessons derived from Adobe Certified Instructor Jason Hoppe, you will learn the procedures needed to use Illustrator effectively and professionally. Dozens of lessons are included that can be applied to any graphics you have in mind. Through these step-by-step lessons, you'll be exposed to all of Illustrator's features in practical contexts and its best practices for optimal workflows. To complete the Course, we'll supply lesson documents and their assets to download. These can even serve as starting points for your own projects. Then, for greater depth of knowledge and subsequent reference, you'll use the Compendium to uncover more of the "how" and "why" of Illustrator. With each topic easy to access, you can find and explore all of Illustrator's key features and concepts in depth. With cross references between the Course and Compendium, the two parts of the book complement each other perfectly. Best of all, when the lessons in the Course are done, the Compendium will continue to serve for months and years to come. Learn step by step how to: * Draw basic shapes and lines * Build graphics using Illustrator's deep and diverse toolset * Create complex icons using the Pathfinder and Shape Builder * Use color with predictable and harmonic results * Work effectively with type * And much more!
Adobe Illustrator CC Classroom in a Book
by
The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn. The best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Contains 15 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Build a strong foundation by following hands-on projects for creating logos, illustrations, and posters. Learn how to use the Shaper tool and Live Shapes along with dynamic symbols to streamline graphics creation. Create website assets and export them in multiple formats to support modern responsive web designs. From exacting illustration to more free-form painting, you'll gain vital skills as you progress through the lessons.
Adobe Illustrator CC for Dummies
by
Get to know your digital drawing board Adobe Illustrator CC offers a vibrant tool for creating drawings and illustrations in a digital environment. It takes some practice to get a feel for the digital pens, pencils, paintbrushes, and erasers, though. Adobe Illustrator CC For Dummies offers the guidance you need to turn your ideas into real drawings. Written by an Illustrator trainer and expert, this book walks those new to the tool through the basics of drawing, editing, and applying the unique tools found in this popular program. Create illustrations using simple shapes Touch up images using pen, pencil, and brush tools Import your illustrations into other graphic apps Apply special effects and add type This book is essential reading for new and beginning illustrators who are either adopting a digital tool for the first time, switching from an existing tool to Illustrator, or adding Illustrator know-how to existing Adobe knowledge.
Adobe Illustrator Classroom in a book (2020 release) : the official training workbook from Adobe
by
The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn. The best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Contains 16 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Build a strong foundation by following hands-on projects for creating logos, illustrations, and posters. Learn how to use the Shaper tool and Live Shapes along with dynamic symbols to streamline graphics creation. Create website assets and export them in multiple formats to support modern responsive web designs. From exacting illustration to more free-form painting, you'll gain vital skills as you progress through the lessons. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: A Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Illustrator Classroom in a Book (2023 Release) : the official training workbook from Adobe
by
Build valuable graphic art skills and create digital artwork using Adobe Illustrator Adobe Illustrator Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Create artwork, from precise drawings to stylistic paintings Make logos, illustrations, posters, podcast covers, flyers, and more Explore selections, shapes, and color Progress to freeform gradients and layers Work with dynamic symbols, artistic brushes, and creative effects Efficiently export assets for the web, print, and more Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program doesan official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Illustrator (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Illustrator software. This book covers Illustrator on desktop only. It does not address Illustrator on the iPad. .
Adobe Illustrator for Creative Professionals
by
Adobe Illustrator is a vector-based art tool for visual creatives. It is an industry-standard tool that helps you take a design from concept to completion, including the process of peer collaboration and client feedback.
Complete with step-by-step explanations of essential concepts and practical examples, you'll begin to build confidence as you master the methods of successful illustrators in the industry by exploring crucial tools and techniques of Adobe Illustrator. You'll learn how to create objects using different tools and methods while assigning varied attributes and appearances. Throughout the book, you'll strengthen your skills in developing structures for maintaining organization as your illustration grows.
By the end of this Adobe Illustrator book, you'll have gained the confidence you need to not only create content in the desired format and for the right audience but also build eye-catching vector art based on solid design principles.
Adobe Illustrator Visual QuickStart Guide
by
Learn Adobe Illustrator with the Visual QuickStart Guide--the quick and easy way! Visual QuickStart Guide is an easy, visual approach to learning. Concise steps and explanations guide you through Adobe Illustrator, getting you up and running in no time. In addition, the free Web Edition of the book includes more than 40 videos, enhancing and expanding the information in the book while providing an alternative method for learning. Whether you're an experienced designer or an enthusiastic newcomer, Illustrator gives you all the tools you need to begin creating impressive vector artwork. Learn how to navigate the application and set up your documents to start drawing quickly, using a variety of tools and features. Then you'll move on to applying appearance attributes and effects for adding visual interest to your artwork. Once your artwork is complete you'll learn how to save and export it using best practices. This book provides you with: An easy visual approach that uses pictures to guide you through Adobe Illustrator features and shows you what to do. Concise steps and explanations that let you get up and running in no time. The best content and value around, page for page.
The Adobe Illustrator WOW! Book for CS6 and CC
by
For decades, Sharon Steuer and her international WOW! team have been showcasing the world's best artists and designers working in Adobe Illustrator. In this edition of the best-selling and award-winning Illustrator WOW! Book, you'll find hundreds of tips, tricks, and techniques derived from actual projects from top illustrators. You'll discover exciting ways to create complex effects, learn fresh ways to use venerable tools to speed up your workflow, and find updated information on features through the 2019 CC release. This edition is loaded with lessons, technical information, and stunning artwork galleries including: Coloring with Freeform Gradients, Gradients, Mesh Transforming with Puppet Warp Painting and generating artwork with raster brushes Harnessing Live Corners/Rectangles, and new reshaping tools Mastering type effects and controls Creating airbrush and neon effects with gradients on strokes Quickly styling with multiple lines, fills, and effects Creating complex repeating patterns Forming 3D and perspective effects Exploring different ways to globally change artwork Preparing and saving artwork for print and web Using Adobe Illustrator with Adobe Photoshop and other apps Register your book at peachpit.com to download artwork that you can manipulate in Adobe Illustrator, see the "How to use this book" section for details. "This book has the perfect mix of inspiration and instruction-I have yet to find a better motivational tool for using Illustrator to push the envelope and create art that forces people to notice." MORDY GOLDING, Senior Director of Content, lynda.com "Every Illustrator user should have a copy of the WOW! book. Period." DAVID BLATNER, co-publisher of CreativePro.com and InDesignSecrets.com
Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and Indesign Collaboration and Workflow
by
Learn effective ways to collaborate across Adobe's design apps Even if you're already comfortable with Photoshop, Illustrator, or InDesign, Adobe Creative Cloud now offers powerful opportunities for improving efficiency and collaboration that few design and marketing professionals are using. Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign Collaboration and Workflow Classroom in a Book uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Improve both team and individual efficiency in a range of projects spanning print, web, video, UX, and online marketing Establish powerful workflows that leverage the remarkable capabilities of Adobe's native file formats Improve content collaboration via Adobe cloud documents and Creative Cloud Libraries Draw on concise, focused insights for managing tradeoffs Optimize workflows and collaboration strategies in your own organization Experience all the added value built into today's Adobe Creative Cloud Take full advantage of Adobe's unparalleled integration and cloud resources Leverage tips and tricks from Adobe Solutions Consultant Manager Bart Van de Wiele Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign software.
Classroom in a Book
by
The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe Systems Incorporated, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe After Effects CC Classroom in a Book contains 14 lessons that cover the basics, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchasing this book gives you access to the downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book, and to electronic book updates covering new features that Adobe releases for Creative Cloud customers. For access, go to www.peachpit.com/redeem and redeem the unique code provided inside this book. "The Classroom in a Book series is by far the best training material on the market. Everything you need to master the software is included: clear explanations of each lesson, step-bystep instructions, and the project files for the students." Barbara Binder, Adobe Certified Instructor Rocky Mountain Training
Learn Adobe after Effects CC for Visual Effects and Motion Graphics
by
Motion graphics are no longer just for movie and television screens. You now see motion graphics anywhere there's a moving image, including your desktop web browser, your smartphone, and on digital signage when you shop or travel. Creating motion graphics with Adobe After Effects can enhance your value as a creative professional. Learn Adobe After Effects CC by building cool creative projects that teach you how to: Apply and customize effects and layer styles, and use animation presets to apply pre-built animations and effect combinations Achieve advanced effects quickly using techniques such as green screen background removal, masking, speed changes, motion tracking, and animation in 3D space Animate individual layers of still graphics imported from Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator Animate text, including changing type size, letter spacing, rotation, and color over time, and flowing text along a path Create a set of visually consistent intro videos for a social media platform, while practicing efficient production techniques Export a motion graphics composition once and render multiple versions for different delivery media (such as television, web sites, and smartphones) This study guide uses over 7 hours of video integrated with text to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career in motion graphics. It lays the foundation for taking the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) certification exam and helps prepare you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market.
Learn Adobe Illustrator CC for Graphic Design and Illustration
by
Adobe Illustrator CC is the most popular vector illustration application available. Print and screen designers use it to create powerful artwork composed of shapes, color, and highly styled text. Illustrator is a necessary tool for anyone considering a career in the visual design or illustration field. Learn Adobe Illustrator CC by building cool creative projects that teach you how to: Design and illustrate a promotional postcard Style text to create a logotype for a business Combine illustrations and text to create infographics Trace a photograph to use in an eye-catching concert poster Design icons and graphics for a mobile device interface This study guide uses video integrated with text to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career in graphic design using Adobe Illustrator CC 2018 and lays the foundation for taking the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) certification exam in that field. A mix of 6 project-based lessons, 8 hours of practical videos, and interactive quizzes prepares you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market. Purchasing this book gives you access to valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Web Edition containing instructional video embedded in the complete text of the book with interactive review questions along with product updates Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book
This course will help the Deaf become well-rounded in the fundamentals of digital photography. Four areas of instruction will be emphasized: How cameras work, how composition works, how lighting works, and how to use photo editing software. The Deaf will learn about photographic elements of art and principles of design, composition, and lighting.
Adobe Lightroom Classic CC
by
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book® New ways to assemble collections and more search filters make it easier than ever to organize your growing library and find the photos you need. Streamline your editing workflow using intelligent tools trained with thousands of professionally corrected images, and make more selective local adjustments with sophisticated color and tone range masking. Work on your photos on any device; then, create stylish books and print layouts, dynamic slideshows, and interactive web galleries to showcase your images-or publish them online with just a click. The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC! Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) contains 11 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchase of this book includes valuable online features. Follow the instructions in the book's Getting Started section to unlock access to: * Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book * Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step, and updated material covering new feature releases from Adobe What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC (2018 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC software.
Adobe Photoshop CC Book for Digital Photographers, the (2017 Release)
by
AN AMAZING NEW VERSION OF THE PHOTOSHOP BOOK THAT BREAKS ALL THE RULES! Scott Kelby, Editor and Publisher of Photoshop User magazine-and the best-selling photography techniques author in the world today-once again takes this book to a whole new level as he uncovers more of the latest, most important, and most useful Adobe Photoshop techniques for photographers. This update to his award-winning, record-breaking book does something for digital photographers that's never been done before-it cuts through the bull and shows you exactly "how to do it." It's not a bunch of theory; it doesn't challenge you to come up with your own settings or figure it out on your own. Instead, Scott shows you step by step the exact techniques used by today's cutting-edge digital photographers, and best of all, he shows you flat-out exactly which settings to use, when to use them, and why. LEARN HOW THE PROS DO IT The photographer's workflow in Photoshop has evolved greatly over time, and in this current version of book you'll wind up doing a lot of your processing and editing in Photoshop's Adobe Camera Raw feature (whether you shoot in RAW, JPEG or TIFF-it works for all three). That's because for years now, Adobe has been adding most of Photoshop's new features for photography directly into Camera Raw itself. Since today's photography workflow in Photoshop is based around Camera Raw, about one third of this book is about mastering Camera Raw like a pro. Plus, you'll learn: * The sharpening techniques the pros really use. * The pros' tricks for fixing the most common digital photo problems fast! * The most useful retouching techniques for photographers, and how to make "impossible" selections like wind-blown hair (it's easy, once you know the secrets), and how to use Layers like a pro. * How to seamlessly remove distracting junk from your images. * How to stitch panoramas, how to process HDR for a realistic look, and tricks for pulling way more out of your images than you ever dreamed possible. * The latest Photoshop special effects for photographers (there's a whole chapter just on these!). * A host of shortcuts, workarounds, and slick "insider" tricks to send your productivity through the roof! Scott includes a special chapter with his own workflow, from start to finish, plus, each chapter ends with a Photoshop Killer Tips section, packed with time-saving, job-saving tips that make all the difference. He also provides four bonus chapters, along with the images used in the book for download so you can follow right along. If you're ready to learn all the "tricks of the trade"-the same ones that today's leading pros use to correct, edit, retouch, and sharpen their work-then you're holding the book that will do just that.
Adobe Photoshop CC for Dummies
by
The fast and easy way to grasp Photoshop CC essentials Photoshop is the gold standard when it comes to photo and image editing tools. But unless you've ever taken a class or gotten help from a Photoshop guru, you may find yourself a bit confused on where to start and how to get things done. Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition is the book for those of us who don't know a layer from a level and just want to learn how to make photos look better. This update to Photoshop CC For Dummies, the first since the product launched, packs an even more powerful punch to help you manage and enhance your images. In Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition you'll find clear explanations of the menus, panels, tools, options, and shortcuts you'll use the most. Plus, you'll discover invaluable tips for fixing common photo flaws, improving color quality, adjusting brightness, removing unwanted background elements, and more. Whether you want to improve how your family photos look or need to add a new skillset to your resume, this friendly guide gives you all the steps to navigating the software and getting top-notch results. Get a handle on the most common tools Improve focus and color in photos Add text and illustrations to create stunning graphics Find insider tips and tricks the pros use The sky's the limit for stunning photos and innovative images when you have Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition in your design toolbox!
Camera and Craft
by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
Complete Digital Photography
by
In this thoroughly updated eighth edition of COMPLETE DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY, popular photographer, writer, and teacher Ben Long is your guide through the creative and challenging world of digital photography. In this book is everything you'll need to know in order to create great digital photos, from how a camera works and how to choose the right camera for you, to all the details of shooting, image editing, output, and workflow. The step-by-step tutorials included here offer great tips and techniques on improving your processes from start to finish; you'll learn about exposure theory, composition, lighting, complex masking, image adjustment, and much more. No prior experience is needed or assumed, and by the end of the book you'll be tackling complex photographic challenges with your own growing expertise. And the results will astound you.
David Busch's Mastering Digital SLR Photography
by
This completely updated fourth edition of DAVID BUSCH'S MASTERING DIGITAL SLR PHOTOGRAPHY is a comprehensive guide to taking great photos with digital SLR cameras. Today's digital SLRs are more affordable--and more powerful--than ever, letting you create stunning images with technology that would have been unthinkable just a few years ago. If you're comfortable with the basic operations of your digital SLR camera and are eager to explore more advanced creative concepts, this book will help you expand your knowledge of the many new capabilities and improvements that are now standard on today's cameras. Suitable for pros and hobbyists alike, this book takes you beyond the coverage found in most general camera books and includes helpful how-to info on new technologies such as autofocus innovations, HDTV movie-making, and new tools from Wi-Fi to GPS. This fully-illustrated, full-color guide also covers the basics, including file formats, resolution, aperture/priority exposure, and much more. Master the art of digital photography, with DAVID BUSCH'S MASTERING DIGITAL SLR PHOTOGRAPHY, FOURTH EDITION.
Digital Photo Assignments
by
This collection of more than 40 photo assignments is designed to help all students--from beginning freshmen to experienced seniors--improve or reinvigorate their work and reach their full potential as photographers. Whether you are building a syllabus for your first photography class, revitalizing assignments for your students, or looking to add DSLR video, workflow, or color correction to your class, you will find a wealth of ideas in this wonderful working guide. The assignments begin with using the camera, and progress through learning composition and lighting, working in genres, building a portfolio and more.
The Digital Photography Book, Part 2
by
Scott Kelby, author of The Digital Photography Book, part 1, the top-selling digital photography book of all time, is back with an entirely new book that picks up right where part 1 left off. It's more of that "Ah ha-so that's how they do it," straight-to-the-point, skip-thetechno- jargon stuff you can really use today that made part 1 so successful. This book truly has a brilliant premise, and here's how Scott describes it: "If you and I were out on a shoot and you asked me, 'When I use my flash, the background behind the person I'm shooting turns black. How do I fix that?' I wouldn't give you a lecture on flash ratios, or start a discussion on flash synchronization and rear curtain sync. I'd just say, 'Lower your shutter speed to 1/60 of a second. That should do it.' Well, that's what this book is all about: you and I out shooting, where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I've learned just like I would with a friend-without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak." Each page covers a single concept on how to make your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you'll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you're tired of taking shots that look "okay," and if you're tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, "Why don't my shots look like that?" then this is the book for you. This isn't a book of theory-full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic "tricks of the trade," this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time.
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Your fun guide to digital photography with any device Whether you're shooting with an inexpensive point-and-shoot camera, a smartphone or tablet, a high-priced contraption, or one of those new-fangled action cameras, it's possible to take your digital photos from good to great by applying a few simple tricks'and Digital Photography For Dummies shows you how! Packed with tips, advice, and insight you won't find in your camera's manual, this friendly guide quickly gets you up to speed on proven photography techniques to help your digital pictures say more than a thousand words! No longer a hobby or profession limited to those with access to fancy and expensive equipment, digital photography is all around us. But if you want to take your shoots a bit more seriously and produce images you'd be proud enough to give as gifts or decorate your home, this friendly guide has you covered. From figuring out how to make the most of your camera's settings to applying exposure tricks the pros use all the time, frame-worthy digital photos are a page'and a click'away. Interpret your camera's settings and apply them for better photos Shoot better portraits, action shots, and low-light photos Collect your photos in a place where you won't lose them Grasp simple digital photography techniques that apply to any kind of camera If you've been experimenting with digital photography for a while or just caught the bug, this new edition of Digital Photography For Dummies is the picture-perfect guide you'll turn to again and again.
Digital SLR Cameras and Photography for Dummies
by
The perennial DSLR bestseller--now expanded with more photography tips Digital SLR Cameras & Photography For Dummies has remained the top-selling book on DSLR photography since the first edition was published. Now in its Fifth Edition, itcovers the latest technologies in the world of DSLR cameras and photography to help you master the techniques that will take your digital photography skills to the next level. Written in plain English and complemented with full-color photos, this hands-on, friendly guide covers the mechanics of the camera; exposure, lenses, and composition; how to capture action, portrait, and low-light shots; editing and sharing images; tips for improving your digital photography skills; and much more. Digital SLR cameras offer the mechanisms and flexibility of traditional pro-level cameras with the instant results and output of digital cameras. If you're a proud owner of a DSLR camera and want to take stunning shots that were once only achievable by the pros, this is the guide you need. Written by one of the most recognized authors in digital photography, this accessible resource makes it fast and easy to start capturing professional-quality photos. Full-color format helps bring the information to life Includes coverage of the latest DSLR cameras to hit the market Provides a foundation on exposure settings, file formats, and editing photos Offers expanded content on capturing the portraits, action shots, nature shots, and night shots photographers love to take If you're interested in capturing more than just a "selfie" and truly want to hone the craft of digital SLR photography, Digital SLR Cameras and Photography For Dummies sets you up for success.
The Fundamentals of Digital Photography
by
The Fundamentals of Digital Photography takes a different view of the relationship between technology and practice in digital photography - by embedding the text within project themes rather than presenting it as a complex data processing activity. The aim is to synchronize simple and efficient digital workflows with inspirational practical projects, so readers can improve their digital photographs without getting bogged down in technical details. By shooting these carefully devised assignments, learners become confident software users, while developing all-important visual and conceptual skills essential for a career as a successful photographer.
Insta-perfect : creative photography for social media today
by
As 21st-century technology has enabled nearly anyone to sell merchandise to an international customer base, the need for high-quality presentation has never been higher. Social media allows sellers to share images and information, but the tool is wasted if the product itself isn't presented in an engaging, attractive way. Insta- Perfect is the ultimate inspiration guide to just that, featuring bold and memorable examples of product photography and art direction for a wide range of products. In interviews throughout the book, expert marketers and successful Instagram stars share their insights on a variety of topics, including setting, image composition/framing photo editing/retouching. A gallery of visual splendor in the age of social media for amateurs and professionals alike.
The Photographer's Handbook
by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photoshop Elements 2019 for Dummies
by
Turn blah photos into dazzling images Photoshop Elements offers enough of the power you'll find in full Photoshop to make both basic and artistic edits to your photos. Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies helps you learn how to use Photoshop Elements to take your shots to stunning new heights! Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies offers photographers of all skill levels the power to turn run-of-the-mill digital pictures into beautiful photographs. This friendly and helpful guidebook directs you on how to harness all the tools this powerful software has to offer. Simple explanations for handling image editing Steps for giving your photos a digital makeover Ways to turn your photos into works of art Guidance on fixing your pics with one click No matter if you're a photo editing newcomer looking for advice on making the most common fixes or an experienced editor in need of a road map to this version of Photoshop Elements, this book has you covered!
This course will help the Deaf become well-rounded in the fundamentals of digital photography. Four areas of instruction will be emphasized: How cameras work, how composition works, how lighting works, and how to use photo editing software. The Deaf will learn about photographic elements of art and principles of design, composition, and lighting.
David Busch's Canon EOS R5/R6 Guide to Digital Photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R5/R6 Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting new Canon EOS R5 and R6 full-frame mirrorless cameras. Enthusiasts can choose between the super-high resolution of the R5’s 45-megapixel sensor, or the superior low-light performance and action-friendly high-capacity buffer of the 20-megapixel R6. Both cameras boast continuous shooting up to 20 frames per second, in-body image stabilization, and 1,053 Dual-Pixel II phase-detection AF points for lightning-fast, precise autofocus. Their high-resolution OLED electronic viewfinders provide a bright, clear view. Three available adapters make it easy to supplement your R-mount lenses with a broad selection of legacy Canon EF and EF-S optics. The EOS R5 and R6 have wireless connectivity to allow linking to a computer and iOS or Android smart device, high-definition 4K and Full HD movie-making capabilities, and a versatile swiveling touch-screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS R5 or R6. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS R5/R6 Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the cameras' features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author’s recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera’s capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS R5/R6 today.
David Busch's Canon EOS R6 II guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R6 II Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting new Canon EOS R6 II full-frame mirrorless camera. The EOS R6 II boasts continuous shooting up to 40 frames per second, in-body image stabilization, and a 24 MP sensor. Its upgraded autofocus subject recognition now provides lightning-fast tracking of people, animals, motor sports vehicles, aircraft, and trains. Three available adapters make it easy to supplement your R-mount lenses with a broad selection of legacy Canon EF and EF-S optics. The EOS R6 II has wireless connectivity to allow linking the camera to a computer and iOS or Android smart devices, high-definition 4K and Full HD movie-making capabilities, and a versatile swiveling touch screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS R6 II. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS R6 II Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy EOS R6 II "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the camera's features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author’s recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera’s capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS R6 II today.
David Busch's Canon EOS R7 : guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R7 Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting new APS-C format Canon EOS R7. Enthusiasts will appreciate this 33-megapixel camera’s superior low-light performance and action-friendly 30 frames-per second continuous shooting capabilities. Image stabilization built into the R7’s body integrates with lens-based stabilization found in many lenses. Three available adapters make it easy to supplement your RF-mount lenses with a broad selection of legacy Canon EF and EF-S optics. The R7 also has two memory card slots, wireless connectivity to computers and smart devices, and high-definition 4K and Full HD movie-making capabilities. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS R7. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS R7 Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the cameras' features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author’s recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera’s capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS R7.
David Busch's Canon EOS R10 guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Canon EOS R10 Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the highly-affordable APS-C format Canon EOS R10. Beginners and budding enthusiasts alike will appreciate this 24-megapixel camera’s action-friendly 23 frames-per second continuous shooting capabilities. Image stabilization built into many RF-mount lenses – including two all-new RF-S optics introduced with the camera – virtually eliminates blur from camera shake at slow shutter speeds. Three available adapters make it easy to supplement your RF-mount lenses with a broad selection of legacy Canon EF and EF-S lenses. The R10 has wireless connectivity to computers and smart devices and high-definition 4K and Full HD movie-making capabilities. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS R10. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Canon EOS R10 Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale camera's features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the cameras' features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author’s recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera’s capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS R10.
David Busch's Nikon Z6 guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Nikon Z6 Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting and affordable Nikon Z6 compact mirrorless camera. This ground-breaking enthusiast camera is built around a 24.5 megapixel sensor, that offers excellent image quality and ISO speeds from ISO 100-51200. The Z6 can be fitted with any of the new ultra-sharp S-series, Z-mount lenses, or mount a full line of Nikon's existing F-mount lenses, with the optional FTZ adapter. Five-axis in-body image stabilization provides up to five stops of anti-shake performance so you can hand-hold the camera at slower shutter speeds. With 273 phase-detect AF focus points, covering 90 percent of the frame, and the next-generation EXPEED 6 processing chip, the Z6 can shoot sports and action at up to 12 frames per second, with lightning fast focus. The Z6 can capture both 4K and Full HD movies, too. With this book in hand, you'll master all the camera's impressive features, and fine tune your camera skills as develop your creativity taking great photographs with your new Z6. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Nikon Z6 Guide to Digital Photography covers all the camera's capabilities in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy visual guide to the Z6, with close-up photos and descriptions of the camera's essential features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Nikon Z6 today.
David Busch's Nikon Z7 guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Nikon Z7 Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the exciting Nikon Z7 compact mirrorless camera. This ground-breaking pro/enthusiast camera is built around a 45.7 megapixel back-illuminated sensor, that offers incredible image quality, especially when coupled with a new line of ultra-sharp S-series, Z-mount lenses. The affordable FTZ adapter allows you to use more than 300 different lenses in Nikon’s F-mount lineup, too. Five-axis in-body image stabilization provides up to five stops of anti-shake performance so you can hand-hold the camera at slower shutter speeds. With 493 phase-detect AF focus points, covering 90 percent of the frame, and the next-generation EXPEED 6 processing chip, the Z7 offers lightning fast focus for stills and both 4K and Full HD movie-shooting. The stunning 3.7 megapixel Quad VGA electronic viewfinder presents a crystal-clear image as you shoot. With this book in hand, you’ll master all the camera’s impressive features, and fine tune your camera skills as develop your creativity taking great photographs with your new Z7. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Nikon Z7 Guide to Digital Photography covers all the camera's capabilities in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy visual guide to the Z7, with close-up photos and descriptions of the camera's essential features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author’s recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera’s capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Nikon Z7 today.
David Busch's Nikon Z50 Guide to Digital Photography
by
David Busch's Nikon Z50 Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for getting the most out of your Nikon Z50 mirrorless camera. Nikon's first APS-C format mirrorless model is compact, weighs just 14 ounces, and is very affordable, making it the perfect camera for budding photo enthusiasts. It's built around a 21-megapixel sensor that offers excellent image quality and is sensitive enough for low light shooting. With a 209-point phase-detect autofocus system covering more than 85 percent of the frame, the Z50 can shoot sports and action at up to 11 frames per second, with lightning fast focus. The Z50 can capture both 4K and Full HD movies, too, and the flip-down rear LCD is ideal for selfies and vlogging. With this book in hand, you'll master all the camera's impressive features, and fine tune your camera skills as develop your creativity taking great photographs with your new Z50. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Nikon Z50 Guide to Digital Photography covers all the camera's capabilities in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy visual guide to the Z50, with close-up photos and descriptions of the camera's essential features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Nikon Z50 today.
David Busch's Sony A[lpha] a7 IV : guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Sony Alpha a7 IV Guide to Digital Photography is the most comprehensive resource and reference for Sony’s long-awaited 33-megapixel full frame mirrorless camera. Capable of 10 frame-per-second bursts even at full resolution, the a7 IV is fast enough for action photography, and its enhanced dynamic range delivers the image quality that the most demanding landscape or fine-art photographer requires. This camera’s remarkable low-light performance, fast sensor-based phase detect autofocus (with real-time face and eye tracking in both still and movie modes), and improved 5-axis in-body image stabilization, the a7 IV has all the tools needed to take incredible images. This book will show you how to master those features as you explore the world of digital photography and hone your creativity with your a7 IV. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Sony Alpha a7 IV Guide to Digital Photography covers every feature of this camera in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy camera "roadmap" chapter, an easy-to-use visual guide to the camera's features and controls. Learn when to use every option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author’s recommended settings for each menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera’s capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast exploring full frame photography for the first time, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Sony a7 IV.
David Busch's Sony [alpha] a6100/ILCE-6100 : guide to digital photography
by
David Busch's Sony Alpha a6100/ILCE-6100 Guide to Digital Photography is your essential handbook for learning all the powerful - but easy to use -- features of Sony's most advanced entry-level APS-C mirrorless camera. Its new LCD swivels to face forward, making the camera excellent for self-portraits, vlogging, and other applications. The a6100 features a 24 megapixel sensor with 425 embedded phase-detect pixels for lightning-fast autofocus at up to 11 frames per second. With an electronic shutter that provides a silent shooting option, stunning 4K/UHD video capabilities, and new time-lapse photography features, the a6100/ILCE-6100 is a versatile digital camera that has simple operation yet boasts all the features you need to take great photos. With this book in hand, you will discover all the capabilities of the Sony Alpha a6100/ILCE-6100 as you explore the world of digital photography, develop your creativity, and capture the best photographs you've ever taken. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Busch's Sony Alpha a6100/ILCE-6100 Guide to Digital Photography describes every feature of this sophisticated camera in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more. It relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy camera "roadmap," an easy-to-use visual guide to the a6100/ILCE-6100's features and controls. Learn when to use every option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the author's recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, you'll quickly have full creative mastery of your camera's capabilities, whether you're shooting on the job, taking pictures as an advanced enthusiast pushing the limits of your imagination, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Sony Alpha a6100/ILCE-6100
David Buschs Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography
by
"David Buschs Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography is your all-in-one comprehensive resource and reference for the advanced Canon EOS 90D camera. This upgraded 32.5 megapixel APS-C model features a 45-point autofocus system. The Dual Pixel CMOS hybrid autofocus brings lightning-fast phase detect AF to live view and high-definition movie modes, too. The 90Ds metering system includes a 220,000-pixel RGB+Infrared sensor with Face Detection for accurate exposure control. The 90D has Wi-Fi/ Bluetooth connectivity to allow linking the camera to a computer and iOS or Android smart devices, and an improved swiveling touch screen LCD. With this book in hand, you can quickly apply all these advanced features to your digital photography, while boosting your creativity to take great photographs with your Canon EOS 90D. Filled with detailed how-to steps and full-color illustrations, David Buschs Canon EOS 90D Guide to Digital Photography covers all this upscale cameras features in depth, from taking your first photos through advanced details of setup, exposure, lens selection, lighting, and more, and relates each feature to specific photographic techniques and situations. Also included is the handy 90D "roadmap," an easy-to-use visual guide to the cameras features and controls. Learn when to use each option and, more importantly, when not to use them, by following the authors recommended settings for every menu entry. With best-selling photographer and mentor David Busch as your guide, youll quickly have full creative mastery of your cameras capabilities, whether youre shooting on the job, as an advanced enthusiast, or are just out for fun. Start building your knowledge and confidence, while bringing your vision to light with the Canon EOS 90D today."--From publishers description.
Digital Image Systems
by
How have digital technologies affected the truth claim of photography? What has been the artistic response to the technological and societal transformations the digital revolution has brought about? Claus Gunti explores the widespread implications of the digital in the work of renowned photographers of the Düsseldorf School, Thomas Ruff, Andreas Gursky and Jörg Sasse, stretching from ties to conceptual art to the development of a globalized visual culture. The study provides a model for understanding the digital revolution in photography and shows that it ought to be understood beyond a strictly technological perspective.
The Digital Photography Book
by
Learn how to take professional-quality photographs using the same tricks today's top photographers use (surprisingly, it's easier than you'd think)! This is a completely, totally updated version of the #1 best-selling digital photography book of all time! It's the award winning, worldwide smash hit, written by Scott Kelby, that's been translated into dozens of different languages. Here's how Scott describes this book's brilliant premise: "If you and I were out on a shoot, and you asked me, 'Hey, how do I get this flower to be in focus, with the background out of focus?,' I wouldn't stand there and give you a photography lecture. In real life, I'd just say, 'Put on your zoom lens, set your f-stop to f/2.8, focus on the flower, and fire away.' That's what this book is all about: you and I out shooting where I answer questions, give you advice, and share the secrets I've learned just like I would with a friend--without all the technical explanations and techie photo speak." This isn't a book of theory--full of confusing jargon and detailed concepts. This is a book on which button to push, which setting to use, and when to use it. With over 200 of the most closely guarded photographic "tricks of the trade," this book gets you shooting dramatically better-looking, sharper, more colorful, more professional-looking photos every time. Each page covers a single concept that makes your photography better. Every time you turn the page, you'll learn another pro setting, tool, or trick to transform your work from snapshots into gallery prints. If you're tired of taking shots that look "okay," and if you're tired of looking in photography magazines and thinking, "Why don't my shots look like that?" then this is the book for you. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1: Pro Tips for Getting Sharp Photos Chapter 2: The Scoop on Lenses Chapter 3: Shooting Landscapes Like a Pro Chapter 4: Shooting Travel Like a Pro Chapter 5: Making Portraits Like a Pro Chapter 6: Making Portraits with Flash Like a Pro Chapter 7: Shooting Weddings Like a Pro Chapter 8: Shooting Sports Like a Pro Chapter 9: Shooting Other Stuff Like a Pro Chapter 10: Pro Tips for Getting Better Photos Chapter 11: How to Print Like a Pro Chapter 12: Photo Recipes to Help You Get the Shot
Digital Photography for Dummies
by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
Digital Photography Mastery
by
This manual is being written with the full insight about digital photography and it's unrevealed the right way and secret techniques to help you getting started on your photography business that actually works! Digital Photography Mastery is a step-by-step, paint-by-the-numbers eBook guide showing you how to use the right lenses, equipment and how to get the perfect pictures at any time you ...
Digital SLR Photography All-In-One for Dummies
by
Click your way to stunning digital images with this thorough resource! With the six mini-guides in Digital SLR Photography All-in-One For Dummies, you've got the six ingredients you need to cook up some fantastic photos. This book will help you make friends with your dSLR whether it's the latest model or an older hand-me-down. Together, you'll find the perfect angles, exposure, and lighting to capture magical images. It wouldn't be digital photography without a bit of tech--SD cards, file transfers, resolution, and a few other things you might have never encountered before you picked up a dSLR. With this book, you can become a camera-wrangler extraordinaire, getting your shots and using digital editing tools to help them look their best. Now you have the tools you need to start building your portfolio--including some friendly advice on which images to include! Get out there and get shooting! Explore your camera's features and settings, then pick the perfect lenses for your photography style Learn how to make beautiful images by controlling the key components of exposure -- aperture, shutter speed, and ISO settings Light your shots perfectly with or without a flash or other lighting equipment Use digital tools to make your photos shine and create an outstanding portfolio Upgrading to a digital SLR is a sign that you're serious about becoming a better photographer. Let this chummy Dummies guide, well, guide you as you become an image maker!
Mastering Adobe Photoshop Elements : Excel in Digital Photography and Image Editing for Print and Web Using Photoshop Elements 2019
by
Adobe Photoshop Elements is a raster graphics editor for entry-level photographers, image editors, and hobbyists. Though it shares many of Photoshop CC's high-end features, it also boasts a significant number of simple to use, yet highly effective tools not found at the professional level.
This book presents the complexities of image editing in easy-to-follow, bite-sized chunks, allowing you to quickly recognize the editing challenge, and helps you to identify the tools and techniques required to make improvements, and to apply those techniques quickly and efficiently. You will start by learning how to import, organize, manage, edit, and use your pictures in a format that's designed for creative photography projects. Going further, you'll discover how to fix a wide range of photographic problems based on the book's extensive repertoire of commonly applied solutions. You'll be escorted through a wide range of common processes that include applying artistic effects to creative projects, custom image makeovers, processing images for social media, and other file export methods.
Towards the end of the book, you will understand what the most important tools and features actually do in Photoshop Elements, answering the often-asked question; What, when, and where would you use these features in a precise and practical way.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo
by
"Teaches the core concepts that underlie digital photography with highly visual and comprehensive explanations. Topics covered include the fundamentals of exposure, how lens choice affects creative control, digital image characteristics, and how to make the most of natural light"--Provided by publisher.
In this course the students will create and organize websites that are attractive, informative and fun. Discussed in this subject is the process of site creation, starting from an idea to the collection of materials, to organizing files and styles, to publishing the site, and tracking site access and usage. Included in the course is a discussion on how to make the site visible and easy to find using search engine optimization. This is a hands-on course and that will require submission of a functioning website.
Developing Windows-Based and Web-Enabled Information Systems
by
Many professionals and students in engineering, science, business, and other application fields need to develop Windows-based and web-enabled information systems to store and use data for decision support, without help from professional programmers. However, few books are available to train professionals and students who are not professional programmers to develop these information systems. Developing Windows-Based and Web-Enabled Information Systems fills this gap, providing a self-contained, easy-to-understand, and well-illustrated text that explores current concepts, methods, and software tools for developing Windows-based and web-enabled information systems. Written in an easily accessible style, the book details current concepts, methods, and software tools for Windows-based and web-enabled information systems that store and use data. It is self-contained with easy-to-understand small examples to walk through concepts and implementation details along with large-scale case studies. The book describes data modeling methods including entity-relationship modeling, relational modeling and normalization, and object-oriented data modeling, to develop data models of a database. The author covers how to use software tools in the Microsoft application development environment, including Microsoft Access, MySQL, SQL, Visual Studio, Visual Basic, VBA, HTML, and XML, to implement databases and develop Windows-based and web-enabled applications with the database, graphical user interface, and program components. The book takes you through the entire process of developing a computer and network application for an information system, highlighting concepts and operation details. In each chapter, small data examples are used to manually walk through concepts and operational details. These features and more give you the conceptual understanding and practical skill required, even if you don't have a computer science background, to develop Windows-based or web-enabled applications for your specialized information system.
Fundamentals of Web Development
by
For courses in Web Programming and Design: Numerous Mark-up / Scripting Languages, as part of the CS1 course sequence. Master the fundamentals of web development Fundamentals of Web Development , 2nd Edition guides readers through the creation of enterprise-quality websites using current development frameworks. Written by a leading teacher in the field and designed for serious programmers, this book is as valuable to developers as a dev bootcamp. Its practical approach and comprehensive insight into the practice of web development covers HTML5, CSS3, Javascript, and the LAMP stack (that is, Linux, Apache, MySQL, and PHP), jQuery, XML, WordPress, Bootstrap, and a variety of third-party APIs that include Facebook, Twitter, Google, and Bing Maps. Coverage also includes the required ACM web development topics, aligned with real-world web development best practices. The 2nd Edition faithfully covers the most vital trends and innovations in the field since 2013, while continuing to provide a thorough and comprehensive overview.
Getting a Web Development Job for Dummies
by
Craving a career in web dev? Chart your path with this helpful guide Getting a Web Development Job For Dummies provides a roadmap to one of the "hot jobs" in the booming world of tech. The web development field is large, and it encompasses many actual functions. This book helps you understand the web development career opportunities and determine the path you should take, based on your own personal needs and preferences, to launch your career. You'll learn about various career options, the skills you'll need to become an attractive candidate, how to go about learning the ropes, and proving your abilities to a potential employer or client. With so many possible goals and no one right way to get there, this book cuts through the confusion to put you on the path to a career you want. The web development industry is expected to grow for the foreseeable future, and there is already a shortage of trained workers to fill the jobs. Whether you lean technical or aesthetic, you can find your place in the industry with right skills--both hard and soft--and with the right plan. Getting a Web Development Job For Dummies is your guide to formulating that plan and getting started right. Find formal or informal ways to build the tech skills you'll need Discover where you fit, whether as a freelancer or within an organization Learn how to build a resume, develop a portfolio, and impress interviewers Get expert tips on finding resources, building a reputation, and more If your pet peeves include malfunctioning forms, flashing banners, and sites that take way too long to load, the web development world needs you. But before you begin your journey, you need a destination and a route in mind. Getting a Web Development Job For Dummies is your roadmap, so you can set out today.
Introduction to Web Development Using HTML 5
by
The HTML 5 Web Development book provides a hands-on experience that allows first-time Web-site developers to create their first Web pages and experienced developers to quickly master HTML 5. The book is filled with thousands of real-world examples. The book starts by introducing standard HTML and its use in creating traditional Web sites. Within this context, the book teaches developers how to format and style their pages using cascading style sheets (CSS) and how to automate pages using JavaScript and JQuery. HTML 5 allows Web developers to not only build pages for the World Wide Web, but also to build pages for mobile devices and tablet PCs. The second half of the book introduces developers to all aspects of HTML 5. Developers will learn to create location-aware applications that display content based on the user's current location, to drag and drop items within a Web page, and much more.Instructors will receive a Test Bank, while the Student Companion Website hosts chapter PowerPoints, assignments, learning objectives, a glossary of must-know terms and quizzes.
JavaScript & jQuery : interactive front-end web development
by
Expert techniques to make your websites more interactive and engaging In JavaScript and jQuery: Interactive Front-End Development, best-selling author Jon Duckett delivers a fully illustrated guide to making your websites more interactive and your interfaces more interesting and intuitive. In the book, you'll explore basic programming concepts that assume no prior knowledge of programming beyond an ability to create a web page using HTML & CSS. You'll use core elements of the JavaScript language so you can learn how to write your own scripts from scratch, as well as jQuery, which will allow you to simplify the process of writing scripts (this is introduced half-way through the book once you have a solid understanding of JavaScript). You'll also learn to recreate techniques you have seen on other web sites such as sliders, content filters, form validation, Ajax content updates, and much more. Each chapter: Breaks subjects down into bite-sized chunks with a new topic on each page Contains clear descriptions of syntax, each one demonstrated with illustrative code samples Uses diagrams and photography to explain complex concepts in a visual way By the end of the book, not only will you be able to use the thousands of scripts, JavaScript APIs, and jQuery plugins that are freely available on the web - and be able to customize them - you will also be able to create your own scripts from scratch.
Learn Java for Web Development
by
Web development is still one of today's most popular, active, and important programming and development activities. From a single web page to an e-commerce-enabled web site to a fully-fledged web application, the Java programming language and its frameworks allow you great flexibility and productivity for your web application development. Learn Java for Web Development teaches web developers who are new to Java key skills, Java-based languages, and frameworks to build simple or complex web sites and applications. As soon as you pick up this book, Vishal Layka's experience guides you on a very practical learning and building journey. You will learn the Java nuts and bolts necessary to build a simple "HelloWorld" Java (native) application, as well as a "HelloWorld" Java-based web application example that utilizes servlets and Java Server Pages (JSPs). Over the course of the book, you'll learn more about servlets and JSPs and delve into Java Server Faces (JSFs) and the expression language found in each of these by applying them in a real-world case study--a book store e-commerce application. Then you'll build your web application using Apache Struts2 and the Spring MVC framework. The book concludes by exploring the web application that you've built and examining industry best practices and how these might fit with your application, as well as covering alternative Java Web frameworks like Groovy/Grails and Scala/Play 2. You also can explore the basics of Java, Groovy, and Scala in the book's appendices. While reading this book, you'll see all this in action and you can use it as a starting point for further Java web development. Study and experiment with the many source code examples, and later apply them to your own web application building endeavors and 2:00 AM challenges.
Learn PHP 7 : object oriented modular programming using HTML5, CSS3, Javascript, XML, JSON, and MySQL
by
This new book on PHP 7 introduces writing solid, secure, object-oriented code in the new PHP 7: you will create a complete three-tier application using a natural process of building and testing modules within each tier. This practical approach teaches you about app development and introduces PHP features when they are actually needed rather than providing you with abstract theory and contrived examples. In Learn PHP 7, programming examples take advantage of the newest PHP features, including enhanced password encryption using password_hash. This book takes a learn-by-doing approach, providing you with complete coding examples. "Do It" exercises in each chapter provide the opportunity to make adjustments to the example code. The end of chapter programming exercises allow you to develop your own applications using the algorithms demonstrated in the chapter. Each tier is logically and physically separated using object-oriented and dependency injection techniques, thus allowing independent tiers that can be updated with little or no effect on the other tiers. In addition to teaching good programming practices through OOP, there is a strong emphasis on creating secure code. As each chapter is completed, the reader is provide the opportunity to design and create an application reinforcing the concepts learned.
Php 7 programming cookbook : over 80 recipes that will take your PHP 7 web development skills to the next level!
by
Over 80 recipes that will take your PHP 7 web development skills to the next level!About This Book* This is the most up-to-date book in the market on PHP* It covers the new features of version 7.x, best practices for server-side programming, and MVC frameworks* The recipe-based approach will allow you to explore the unique capabilities that PHP offers to web programmersWho This Book Is ForIf you are an aspiring web developer, mobile developer, or backend programmer, then this book is for you as it will take your PHP programming skills to next level. Basic knowledge of PHP programming is assumed.What You Will Learn* Use advanced PHP 7 features, such as the Abstract Syntax Tree, Uniform Variable Syntax, Scalar Type Hints, Generator Delegation, Anonymous Classes, and the Context Sensitive Lexer* Discover where and when PHP 5 code needs to be re-written to avoid backwards-compatibility breaks* Improve the overall application security and error handling by taking advantage of classes that implement the new throwable interface* Solve practical real-world programming problems using PHP 7* Develop middle-wareclasses that allow PHP developers to gluedifferent open source libraries together seamlessly* Define and Implement PSR-7 classes* Create custom middleware using PSR-7 compliant classes* Test and debug your code, and get to know the best practicesIn DetailPHP 7 comes with a myriad of new features and great tools to optimize your code and make your code perform faster than in previous versions. Most importantly, it allows you to maintain high traffic on your websites with low-cost hardware and servers through a multithreading web server.This book demonstrates intermediate to advanced PHP techniques with a focus on PHP 7. Each recipe is designed to solve practical, real-world problems faced by PHP developers like yourself every day. We also cover new ways of writing PHP code made possible only in version 7. In addition, we discuss backward-compatibility breaks and give you plenty of guidance on when and where PHP 5 code needs to be changed to produce the correct results when running under PHP 7. This book also incorporates the latest PHP 7.x features.By the end of the book, you will be equipped with the tools and skills required to deliver efficient applications for your websites and enterprises.Style and approachThis book takes a recipe-based approach, with real-world examples that can serve as building blocks for a larger application. Each recipe is self-contained with no external dependencies. This book follows a problem-solution strategy so you understand how to deal with various scenarios you may encounter while using PHP 7 in your daily activities.
Php 7 Quick Scripting Reference, Second Edition
by
This pocket reference guide has been updated with the new PHP 7.0 release. It is a condensed, code-rich scripting and syntax handbook for the PHP scripting language. PHP 7 Quick Scripting Reference presents the essential PHP script in a well-organized format. You won't find any technical jargon, bloated samples, drawn out history lessons or witty stories in this book. What you will find is a Web scripting language reference that is concise, to the point and highly accessible. The book is packed with useful information and is a must-have for any PHP programmer or Web developer. In it, you will find a concise reference to the PHP 7 scripting language syntax. It includes short, simple and focused code examples and a well laid out table of contents and a comprehensive index allowing easy review. What you'll learn Discover what is new in PHP 7 and how to get started with it Work with variables, operators, strings, arrays, conditionals, loops and other language constructs Group and reuse code with functions, methods and namespaces Use object-oriented features such as classes, inheritance, abstract classes and interfaces Import files and retrieve user data Make use of type declarations and type conversions Test variables, create references and use overloading methods Store user data with cookies and sessions Deal with errors through error handling, exception handling and assertions Who this book is for Experienced PHP programmers and web developers, who may be new to PHP.
PHP and MySQL Web Development: a Beginner's Guide
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Essential Skills--Made Easy! PHP and MySQL Web Development: A Beginner's Guide takes you from building static web pages to creating comprehensive database-driven web applications. The book reviews HTML, CSS, and JavaScript and then explores PHP--its structure, control statements, arrays, functions, use with forms, and file handling capabilities. Next, the book examines MySQL, including SQL, the MySQL command set, and how to use it with PHP to create a relational database and build secure, databasedriven web applications. This practical resource features complete,step-by-step examples with code that you can use as templates for your own projects. Designed for Easy Learning Key Skills & Concepts--Chapter-opening lists of specific skills covered in the chapter Try This--Hands-on exercises that show you how to apply your skills Notes--Extra information related to the topic being covered Tips--Helpful reminders or alternate ways of doing things Cautions--Errors and pitfalls to avoid Self Tests--End-of-chapter quizzes to reinforce your skills Annotated Syntax--Example code with commentary that describes the programming techniques being illustrated Ready-to-use code at www.mhprofessional.com
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies
by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
In this course the students will create and organize websites that are attractive, informative and fun. Discussed in this subject is the process of site creation, starting from an idea to the collection of materials, to organizing files and styles, to publishing the site, and tracking site access and usage. Included in the course is a discussion on how to make the site visible and easy to find using search engine optimization. This is a hands-on course and that will require submission of a functioning website.
Advanced JavaScript : Speed up Web Development with the Powerful Features and Benefits of JavaScript.
by
Gain a deeper understanding of JavaScript and apply it to build small applications in backend, frontend, and mobile frameworks. Key Features Explore the new ES6 syntax, the event loop, and asynchronous programming Learn the test-driven development approach when building apps Master advanced JavaScript concepts to enhance your web developments skill Book Description If you are looking for a programming language to develop flexible and efficient applications, JavaScript is an obvious choice. Advanced JavaScript is a hands-on guide that takes you through JavaScript and its many features, one step at a time. You'll begin by learning how to use the new JavaScript syntax in ES6, and then work through the many other features that modern JavaScript has to offer. As you progress through the chapters, you'll use asynchronous programming with callbacks and promises, handle browser events, and perform Document Object Model (DOM) manipulation. You'll also explore various methods of testing JavaScript projects. In the concluding chapters, you'll discover functional programming and learn to use it to build your apps. With this book as your guide, you'll also be able to develop APIs using Node.js and Express, create front-ends using React/Redux, and build mobile apps using React/Expo. By the end of Advanced JavaScript, you will have explored the features and benefits of JavaScript to build small applications. What you will learn Examine major features in ES6 and implement those features to build applications Create promise and callback handlers to work with asynchronous processes Develop asynchronous flows using Promise chaining and async/await syntax Manipulate the DOM with JavaScript Handle JavaScript browser events Explore Test Driven Development and build code tests with JavaScript code testing frameworks. List the benefits and drawbacks of functional programming compared to other styles Construct applications with the Node.js backend framework and the React frontend framework Who this book is for This book is designed to target anyone who wants to write JavaScript in a professional environment. We expect the audience to have used JavaScript in some capacity and be familiar with the basic syntax. This book would be good for a tech enthusiast wondering when to use generators or how to use Promises and Callbacks effectively, or a novice developer who wants to deepen their knowledge on JavaScript and understand TDD.
Agile web development with Rails 6
by
"Learn Rails the way the Rails core team recommends it, along with the tens of thousands of developers who have used this broad, far-reaching tutorial and reference. If you're new to Rails, you'll get step-by-step guidance. If you're an experienced developer, get the comprehensive, insider information you need for the latest version of Ruby on Rails. The new edition of this award-winning classic is completely updated for Rails 6 and Ruby 2.6, with information on system testing, Webpack, and advanced JavaScript. Ruby on Rails helps you produce high-quality, beautiful-looking web applications quickly - you concentrate on creating the application, and Rails takes care of the details. Rails 6 brings many improvements, and this edition is updated to cover the new features and changes in best practices."-- Provided by publisher
Angular cookbook : over 90 recipes to develop your enterprise-scale angular web development skills
by
The Angular framework, powered by Google, is the framework of choice for many web development projects built across varying scales. It's known to provide much-needed stability and a rich tooling ecosystem for building production-ready web and mobile apps. This recipe-based guide enables you to learn Angular concepts in depth using a step-by-step approach. You'll explore a wide range of recipes across key tasks in web development that will help you build high-performance apps.
The book starts by taking you through core Angular concepts such as Angular components, directives, and services to get you ready for building frontend web apps. You'll develop web components with Angular and go on to cover advanced concepts such as dynamic components loading and state management with NgRx for achieving real-time performance. Later chapters will focus on recipes for effectively testing your Angular apps to make them fail-safe, before progressing to techniques for optimizing your app's performance. Finally, you'll create Progressive Web Apps (PWA) with Angular to provide an intuitive experience for users.
By the end of this Angular book, you'll be able to create full-fledged, professional-looking Angular apps and have the skills you need for frontend development, which are crucial for an enterprise Angular developer.
Beginning Jakarta EE web development : using JSP, JSF, MySQL, and Apache Tomcat for building Java web applications
by
Start building Java-based web applications now, even if youre a complete newcomer to Java. Comprehensive and example-driven, this book is all you need to develop dynamic Java-based web applications using JSP, connect to databases with JSF, and put them into action using the popular open source Java web server, Apache Tomcat. Beginning Jakarta EE Web Development is a comprehensive introduction to building Java-based web applications using JSP, JSF, MySQL, and the Apache Tomcat web application server. Other APIs including JSON, JSTL, and XML parser are covered along the way. Key concepts are made easy to grasp with numerous working examples and a walk-through of the development of a complete ecommerce project. This book is written for professionals by practicing Java web application professionals and experts. You will: Build Java-based web applications using JSP and JSF with Eclipse Jakarta EE Configure your database with MySQL Define XML documents for your applications Use the Apache MyFaces APIs to create JSF applications Integrate and implement JSF and JSP together Build an online ecommerce web application.
Build websites with Hugo fast web development with Markdown
by
Database-driven sites bring complexity you might not need, but building a site by hand is too much work. Hugo is a static site generator and web development framework that creates content sites quickly without the overhead or dependencies of a dyanmic web framework. With Hugo, you use HTML templates and Markdown to build static sites you can host anywhere, letting you use the skills you already have. Develop your own theme using standard HTML and CSS, using Hugo's powerful templating features to organize your site's components. Create your site's content with HTML or Markdown and use Hugo's content templating features to build new content quickly. Build a fully-featured blog with archive pages, tagging, and pagination, and integrate an external commenting system to provide interactivity. Use data from front-matter, site-wide configuration, and external JSON sources to add content, and generate JSON others can use. Integrate JavaScript with your site to create a search engine. Get Hugo working with Webpack so you can leverage the wider web development ecosystem, and explore ways to publish your site to various services. Finally, learn how you can move your existing content site to Hugo. Dive in and build your next site with Hugo!
Deno Web Development write, test, maintain and deploy javascript and typescript web... applications using deno.
by
Deno Web Development is the definitive guide to starting to write, test, and deploy reliable Deno applications. You'll be able to apply Deno to common use cases from simple command-line interface (CLI) utilities to multi-featured APIs. By the end of this Deno book, you'll be comfortable with using Deno for real-world web application development.
Developing web components with TypeScript : native web development using thin libraries
by
Create professional and progressive web apps with the native HTML API on the latest technology stack. This book describes the basics of web components and how to create them using plain JavaScript as well as how to make professional applications based on web components using TypeScript. Developing Web Components with TypeScript looks at APIs using examples, techniques, and tricks. You will start with a brief introduction to web components, including slots and templates, handling custom events, and styling components with or without shadow DOM. Then, it introduces TypeScript as part of the tool set. It shows the internal construction of a professional thin library. It also helps you learn how to deal with web components in real-life projects; this includes techniques such as creating a single-page app without framework code. All code samples used here are supported by all modern browsers for you to follow along. Library code and examples are available on GitHub. You will: Create isolated web components using shadow DOM, slots, and templates Understand the advantage of an enhanced toolset, especially TypeScript Pick up styles and customizations Master professional web apps using native APIs Understand the life cycle of a component.
Elevating React Web Development with Gatsby
by
Learn how to create SEO-friendly, powerful static websites using Gatsby by harnessing the power of React Key Features Understand how to use Gatsby to build, test, and deploy an end-to-end website and manage SEO Build reusable templates to streamline your workflows Create plugins, add authentication, and work with real-time data Book Description Gatsby is a powerful React static site generator that enables you to create lightning-fast web experiences. With the latest version of Gatsby, you can combine your static content with server-side rendered and deferred static content to create a fully rounded application. Elevating React Web Development with Gatsby provides a comprehensive introduction for anyone new to GatsbyJS and will help you get up to speed in no time. Complete with hands-on tutorials and projects, this easy-to-follow guide starts by teaching you the core concepts of GatsbyJS. You'll then discover how to build performant, accessible, and scalable websites with the GatsbyJS framework. Once you've worked through the practical projects in the book, you'll be able to build anything from a personal website to large-scale applications with authentication and make your site rise through those SEO rankings. By the end of this Gatsby development book, you'll be well-versed in every aspect of the tool's performance and accessibility and have learned how to build client websites that your users will love. What you will learn Understand what GatsbyJS is, where it excels, and how to use it Structure and build a GatsbyJS site with confidence Elevate your site with an industry-standard approach to styling Configure your GatsbyJS projects with search engine optimization to improve their ranking Get to grips with advanced GatsbyJS concepts to create powerful and dynamic sites Supercharge your site with translations for a global audience Discover how to use third-party services that provide interactivity to users Who this book is for This book is for web developers who want to use GatsbyJS with React to build better static and dynamic client-side apps. Prior experience of working with React basics is necessary. Knowledge of Node.js fundamentals will help you to get the most out of this web development book.
Full-Stack Web Development with Go
by
A Go programmer's hands-on guide to go from building basic server-side templates to full single page apps using Tailwind CSS, Vue.js, and more Key Features: Learn how to structure your Go projects, be smarter with SQLc, create middleware and secure your appsExplore different frontend frameworks and dive into Vue and Tailwind CSSUse Terraform and Docker and deploy in minutes Book Description: Go is a modern programming language with capabilities to enable high-performance app development. With its growing web framework ecosystem, Go is a preferred choice for building complete web apps. This practical guide will enable you to take your Go skills to the next level building full stack apps. This book walks you through creating and developing a complete modern web service from auth, middleware, server-side rendering, databases, and modern frontend frameworks and Go-powered APIs. You'll start by structuring the app and important aspects such as networking, before integrating all the different parts together to build a complete web product. Next, you'll learn how to build and ship a complete product by starting with the fundamental building blocks of creating a Go backend. You'll apply best practices for cookies, APIs, and security, and level up your skills with the fastest growing frontend framework, Vue. Once your full stack application is ready, you'll understand how to push the app to production and be prepared to serve customers and share it with the world. By the end of this book, you'll have learned how to build and ship secure, scalable, and complete products and how to combine Golang with existing products using best practices. What You Will Learn: Discover how to quickly scaffold, structure, and build your Golang applicationsDesign and build databases using PostgreSQL and SQLc to generate type-safe SQL codeMonitor applications with centralized logging and metrics collection for high performanceExplore frontend frameworks and libraries such as Vuetify, Buefy, and Tailwind CSS to build a responsive frontend for your appCommunicate securely between the frontend and backend with cookies and session handling with middlewareUnderstand how to package applications using Docker and set up CI pipelines in GitHub Who this book is for: This book is for Go programmers who want to combine the power of the Go language with modern web development technologies to build complete web apps from frontend to backend. The book assumes beginner-level knowledge of HTML, CSS, and the web.
Full-stack web development with GraphQl and React
by
Unleash the power of GraphQL, React 17, Node, and Express to build a scalable and production-ready application from scratch to be deployed on AWS Key Features Build full-stack applications with modern APIs using GraphQL and React Hooks Integrate Apollo into React and build frontend components using GraphQL Implement a self-updating notification pop-up with a unique GraphQL feature called Subscriptions Book Description React and GraphQL, when combined, provide you with a very dynamic, efficient, and stable tech stack to build web-based applications. GraphQL is a modern solution for querying an API that represents an alternative to REST and is the next evolution in web development. This book guides you in creating a full-stack web application from scratch using modern web technologies such as Apollo, Express.js, Node.js, and React. First, you'll start by configuring and setting up your development environment. Next, the book demonstrates how to solve complex problems with GraphQL, such as abstracting multi-table database architectures and handling image uploads using Sequelize. You'll then build a complete Graphbook from scratch. While doing so, you'll cover the tricky parts of connecting React to the backend, and maintaining and synchronizing state. In addition to this, you'll also learn how to write Reusable React components and use React Hooks. Later chapters will guide you through querying data and authenticating users in order to enable user privacy. Finally, you'll explore how to deploy your application on AWS and ensure continuous deployment using Docker and CircleCI. By the end of this web development book, you'll have learned how to build and deploy scalable full-stack applications with ease using React and GraphQL. What you will learn Build a GraphQL API by implementing models and schemas with Apollo and Sequelize Set up an Apollo Client and build frontend components using React Write Reusable React components and use React Hooks Authenticate and query user data using GraphQL Use Mocha to write test cases for your full-stack application Deploy your application to AWS using Docker and CircleCI Who this book is for This React GraphQL book is for web developers familiar with React and GraphQL who want to enhance their skills and build full-stack applications using industry standards like React, Apollo, Node.js, and SQL at scale while learning to solve complex problems with GraphQL.
Learn Rails 6 : accelerated web development with Ruby on Rails
by
Effectively learn and apply software development and engineering techniques to web application development using Rails 6 with this accelerated tutorial. This book teaches modern engineering practices including git flow, containerization, debugging, testing, and deployment. Along the way, you'll see how to build a social network application and then deploy it on a cloud provider such as Amazon Web Services. After reading and using this book, you'll be able to effectively build and deploy your Rails application to the cloud. You'll also have used the Ruby on Rails framework to carry out the rapid development of an idea into a product without sacrificing quality. What You Will Learn Use the Ruby on Rails 6 web development framework Integrate Docker with your Ruby on Rails code Apply software engineering techniques to learning the Rails framework Design, build, and deploy a social networking application to the Amazon cloud Who This Book Is For Beginners with at least some prior programming experience. Ruby experience is helpful, but not required.
Modern CSS : master the key concepts of CSS for modern web development
by
Come on a tour of "modern" CSS in 2020. This example-driven book demonstrates the concepts by showing code examples, screenshots, and diagrams to help clearly communicate the information. You'll start with the very basics of CSS: box model, colors, selectors and combinators, and specificity. Then gradually move through more intermediate topics - styling text, positioning, Z-index and stacking contexts, gradients, borders, and then to more advanced topics such as transforms, transitions, animations, flexbox, and CSS grid. Some features are only available in modern browsers (Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox), but information about IE11 compatibility is included where possible. There is a lot of discussion about how hard CSS is, and how intimidated some people are by it, but it doesn't have to be this way. Modern CSS uses a logical and understandable approach to break down down and clearly explain the ins and outs of CSS. You will: Work with the syntax of CSS selectors and calculate specificity Use styling techniques, fonts and text styling Review custom properties (variables) Explore the different ways an element can be transformed Use animating elements with CSS transitions Position elements using Flexbox layout Understand the basics of responsive design.
Modern Web Development with ASP. NET Core 3
by
Explore the tools and techniques to build scalable and secured RESTful web services and web applications using C# 8 and ASP. NET Core 3.1 Key Features Delve into MVC patterns, configuration, routing, and deployment to build professional-grade applications Learn how to integrate ASP applications with the JavaScript frameworks React, Vue, and Angular Improve the performance of applications and the development team by implementing advanced ASP.NET Core concepts Book Description ASP.NET has been the preferred choice of web developers for a long time. With ASP.NET Core 3, Microsoft has made internal changes to the framework along with introducing new additions that will change the way you approach web development. This second edition has been thoroughly updated to help you make the most of the latest features in the framework, right from gRPC and conventions to Blazor, which has a new chapter dedicated to it. You'll begin with an overview of the essential topics, exploring the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern, various platforms, dependencies, and frameworks. Next, you'll learn how to set up and configure the MVC environment, before delving into advanced routing options. As you advance, you'll get to grips with controllers and actions to process requests, and later understand how to create HTML inputs for models. Moving on, you'll discover the essential aspects of syntax and processes when working with Razor. You'll also get up to speed with client-side development and explore the testing, logging, scalability, and security aspects of ASP.NET Core. Finally, you'll learn how to deploy ASP.NET Core to several environments, such as Azure, Amazon Web Services (AWS), and Docker. By the end of the book, you'll be well versed in development in ASP.NET Core and will have a deep understanding of how to interact with the framework and work cross-platform. What you will learn Understand the new capabilities of ASP.NET Core 3.1 Become well versed in how to configure ASP.NET Core to use it to its full potential Create controllers and action methods, and understand how to maintain state Implement and validate forms and retrieve information from them Improve productivity by enforcing reuse, process forms, and effective security measures Delve into the new Blazor development model Deploy ASP.NET Core applications to new environments, such as Microsoft Azure, AWS, and Docker Who this book is for If you are a developer with basic knowledge of ASP.NET MVC and want to build powerful applications, then this book is for you. Developers who want to explore the latest changes in ASP.NET Core 3.1 to build professional-level applications will also find this book useful. Familiarity with C#, ASP.NET Core, HTML, and CSS is expected to get the most out of this book.
Node.js Web Development
by
Build scalable web applications using Node.js, Express.js, and the latest ECMAScript techniques, along with deploying applications with AWS and Docker with this updated fifth edition Key Features Learn backend web programming with the JavaScript stack Explore best practices, right from configuring and building web servers to deploying them on a production cloud hosting system: AWS using Docker and Terraform Work through the different stages of developing robust and scalable apps using Node.js 14 Book Description Node.js is the leading choice of server-side web development platform, enabling developers to use the same tools and paradigms for both server-side and client-side software. This updated fifth edition of Node.js Web Development focuses on the new features of Node.js 14, Express 4.x, and ECMAScript, taking you through modern concepts, techniques, and best practices for using Node.js. The book starts by helping you get to grips with the concepts of building server-side web apps with Node.js. You'll learn how to develop a complete Node.js web app, with a backend database tier to help you explore several databases. You'll deploy the app to real web servers, including a cloud hosting platform built on AWS EC2 using Terraform and Docker Swarm, while integrating other tools such as Redis and NGINX. As you advance, you'll learn about unit and functional testing, along with deploying test infrastructure using Docker. Finally, you'll discover how to harden Node.js app security, use Let's Encrypt to provision the HTTPS service, and implement several forms of app security with the help of expert practices. With each chapter, the book will help you put your knowledge into practice throughout the entire life cycle of developing a web app. By the end of this Node.js book, you'll have gained practical Node.js web development knowledge and be able to build and deploy your own apps on a public web hosting solution. What you will learn Install and use Node.js 14 and Express 4.17 for both web development and deployment Implement RESTful web services using the Restify framework Develop, test, and deploy microservices using Docker, Docker Swarm, and Node.js, on AWS EC2 using Terraform Get up to speed with using data storage engines such as MySQL, SQLite3, and MongoDB Test your web applications using unit testing with Mocha, and headless browser testing with Puppeteer Implement HTTPS using Let's Encrypt and enhance application security with Helmet Who this book is for If you're looking for an alternative to the 'P' languages (Perl, PHP, and Python), or if you want to get started with server-side web development with JavaScript programming, or if you want a deep dive into deploying services to cloud hosting, this Node.js book is for you. A rudimentary understanding of JavaScript and web application development is a must before you get started with this book.
Python web development with Sanic : an in-depth guide for Python web developers to improve the speed and scalability of web applications
by
Build a performant and scalable web application using Sanic, along with maintaining clean code to fit your unique challenges and business requirements Key Features Expand your knowledge of web application architecture for building scalable web apps Learn the core philosophies of performance and scalability from one of the creators of Sanic Create a complete Python web app from scratch and learn to translate the knowledge you gain across various use cases Book Description Today's developers need something more powerful and customizable when it comes to web app development. They require effective tools to build something unique to meet their specific needs, and not simply glue a bunch of things together built by others. This is where Sanic comes into the picture. Built to be unopinionated and scalable, Sanic is a next-generation Python framework and server tuned for high performance. This Sanic guide starts by helping you understand Sanic's purpose, significance, and use cases. You'll learn how to spot different issues when building web applications, and how to choose, create, and adapt the right solution to meet your requirements. As you progress, you'll understand how to use listeners, middleware, and background tasks to customize your application. The book will also take you through real-world examples, so you will walk away with practical knowledge and not just code snippets. By the end of this web development book, you'll have gained the knowledge you need to design, build, and deploy high-performance, scalable, and maintainable web applications with the Sanic framework. What you will learn Understand the difference between WSGI, Async, and ASGI servers Discover how Sanic organizes incoming data, why it does it, and how to make the most of it Implement best practices for building reliable, performant, and secure web apps Explore useful techniques for successfully testing and deploying a Sanic web app Create effective solutions for the modern web, including task management, bot integration, and GraphQL Identify security concerns and understand how to deal with them in your Sanic apps Who this book is for This book is for Python web developers who have basic to intermediate-level knowledge of how web technologies work and are looking to take their applications to the next level using the power of the Sanic framework. Working knowledge of Python web development along with frameworks such as Django and/or Flask will be helpful but is not required. A basic to intermediate-level understanding of Python 3, HTTP, RESTful API patterns, and modern development practices and tools, such as type annotations, pytest, and virtual environments will also be beneficial.
Rust Web Development
by
Create bulletproof, high-performance web apps and servers with Rust. In Rust Web Development you will learn: Handling the borrow checker in an asynchronous environment Creating web APIs and using JSON in Rust Graceful error handling Testing, tracing, logging, and debugging Deploying Rust applications Efficient database access Rust Web Development is a hands-on guide to building server-based web applications with Rust. If you''ve built web servers using Java, C#, or PHP, you''ll instantly fall in love with the performance and development experience Rust delivers. This book shows you how to work efficiently using pure Rust, along with important Rust libraries such as tokio for async runtimes, warp for web servers and APIs, and reqwest to run external HTTP requests. about the technology Web development languages and libraries can be resource hungry, with poor safety for maintaining vital web services. Rust services perform better and guarantee better safety. Plus, Rust''s awesome compiler gives you an amazing developer experience. You''ll get the speed of low-level programming languages like C along with the ease-of-use you''d expect from high-level languages Python or Ruby, with a super strong compiler that automatically prevents common mistakes such as null pointers. about the book In Rust Web Development, you''ll learn to build server-side web applications using the Rust language and its key libraries. If you know the basics of Rust, you''ll quickly pick up some pro tips for setting up your projects and organizing your code. This book gets you hands-on fast, with numerous small and large examples. You''ll get up to speed with how Rust streamlines backend development, implements authentication flows, and even makes it easier for your APIs to interact. As you go, you''ll build a complete Q&A web service and iterate on your code chapter-by-chapter, just like a real development project. RETAIL SELLING POINTS * Handling the borrow checker in an asynchronous environment * Creating web APIs and using JSON in Rust * Graceful error handling * Testing, tracing, logging, and debugging * Deploying Rust applications * Efficient database access AUDIENCE For experienced web developers familiar with Java, Node, or Go, and the absolute basics of Rust
Rust Web Development with Rocket
by
Explore the world of Rocket-fueled web application development and the power of the Rust programming language Key Features Discover solutions to the common problems faced while creating web applications with Rocket Learn everything about Rust, from structs and crates to generics and debugging Combine Rust and Rocket to create, test, and deploy a full-featured web app Book Description Looking for a fast, powerful, and intuitive framework to build web applications? This Rust book will help you kickstart your web development journey and take your Rust programming skills to the next level as you uncover the power of Rocket - a fast, flexible, and fun framework powered by Rust. Rust Web Development with Rocket wastes no time in getting you up to speed with what Rust is and how to use it. You'll discover what makes it so productive and reliable, eventually mastering all of the concepts you need to play with the Rocket framework while developing a wide set of web development skills. Throughout this book, you'll be able to walk through a hands-on project, covering everything that goes into making advanced web applications, and get to grips with the ins and outs of Rocket development, including error handling, Rust vectors, and wrappers. You'll also learn how to use synchronous and asynchronous programming to improve application performance and make processing user content easy. By the end of the book, you'll have answers to all your questions about creating a web application using the Rust language and the Rocket web framework. What you will learn Master the basics of Rust, such as its syntax, packages, and tools Get to grips with Rocket's tooling and ecosystem Extend your Rocket applications using Rust and third-party libraries Create a full-fledged web app with Rocket that handles user content Write pattern-matching logic and handle Rust object lifetimes Use APIs and async programming to make your apps secure and reliable Test your Rocket application and deploy it to production Containerize and scale your applications for maximum efficiency Who this book is for This web development book is for software engineers who want to learn how to use the Rocket framework to build web applications. Although not mandatory, basic knowledge of the Rust programming language will help you understand the topics covered easily.
Web Development with Django
by
Learn how to create your own websites simply, safely, and quickly with Django by tackling practical activities based on realistic case studies Key Features Understand Django functionality and the Model-View-Template (MVT) paradigm Create and iteratively build a book review website, adding features as you build your knowledge Explore advanced concepts such as REST API implementation and third-party module integration Book Description Do you want to develop reliable and secure applications which stand out from the crowd, rather than spending hours on boilerplate code? Then the Django framework is where you should begin. Often referred to as a 'batteries included' web development framework, Django comes with all the core features needed to build a standalone application. Web Development with Django takes this philosophy and equips you with the knowledge and confidence to build real-world applications using Python. Starting with the essential concepts of Django, you'll cover its major features by building a website called Bookr - a repository for book reviews. This end-to-end case study is split into a series of bitesize projects that are presented as exercises and activities, allowing you to challenge yourself in an enjoyable and attainable way. As you progress, you'll learn various practical skills, including how to serve static files to add CSS, JavaScript, and images to your application, how to implement forms to accept user input, and how to manage sessions to ensure a reliable user experience. Throughout this book, you'll cover key daily tasks that are part of the development cycle of a real-world web application. By the end of this book, you'll have the skills and confidence to creatively tackle your own ambitious projects with Django. What you will learn Create a new application and add models to describe your data Use views and templates to control behavior and appearance Implement access control through authentication and permissions Develop practical web forms to add features such as file uploads Develop a RESTful API and JavaScript code that communicates with it Connect to a database such as PostgreSQL Who this book is for Web Development with Django is designed for programmers who want to gain web development skills with the Django framework. To fully understand the concepts explained in this book, you must have basic knowledge of Python programming, as well as familiarity with JavaScript, HTML, and CSS.
Web Development with Django
by
Work through realistic case studies to create your own websites easily, securely, and quickly Purchase of the print or Kindle book includes a free PDF eBook Key Features: Understand Django functionality and the Model-View-Template (MVT) paradigmCreate and iteratively build a book review website, adding features as you build your knowledgeExplore advanced concepts such as REST API implementation and third-party module integration Book Description: Do you want to develop reliable and secure applications that stand out from the crowd without spending hours on boilerplate code? You've made the right choice trusting the Django framework, and this book will tell you why. Often referred to as a "batteries included" web development framework, Django comes with all the core features needed to build a standalone application. Web Development with Django will take you through all the essential concepts and help you explore its power to build real-world applications using Python. Throughout the book, you'll get the grips with the major features of Django by building a website called Bookr - a repository for book reviews. This end-to-end case study is split into a series of bitesize projects presented as exercises and activities, allowing you to challenge yourself in an enjoyable and attainable way. As you advance, you'll acquire various practical skills, including how to serve static files to add CSS, JavaScript, and images to your application, how to implement forms to accept user input, and how to manage sessions to ensure a reliable user experience. You'll cover everyday tasks that are part of the development cycle of a real-world web application. By the end of this Django book, you'll have the skills and confidence to creatively develop and deploy your own projects. What You Will Learn: Create a new application and add models to describe your dataUse views and templates to control behavior and appearanceImplement access control through authentication and permissionsDevelop practical web forms to add features such as file uploadsBuild a RESTful API and JavaScript code that communicates with itConnect to a database such as PostgreSQL Who this book is for: This book is for programmers looking to enhance their web development skills using the Django framework. To fully understand the concepts explained in this book, basic knowledge of Python programming as well as familiarity with JavaScript, HTML, and CSS is assumed.
Web Development with Julia and Genie
by
Get a practical overview of web development in Julia and learn how to build MVC applications with a REST API, and an interactive data dashboard using the Genie web framework Key Features A tutorial on web development from Julia expert, Ivo Balbaert and the creator of the Genie framework, Adrian Salceanu A step-by-step approach to building a complete web app with the Genie framework Develop secure and fast web apps using server-side development on Julia Book Description Julia's high-performance and scalability characteristics and its extensive number of packages for visualizing data make it an excellent fit for developing web apps, web services, and web dashboards. The two parts of this book provide complete coverage to build your skills in web development. First, you'll refresh your knowledge of the main concepts in Julia that will further be used in web development. Then, you'll use Julia's standard web packages and examine how the building blocks of the web such as TCP-IP, web sockets, HTTP protocol, and so on are implemented in Julia's standard library. Each topic is discussed and developed into code that you can apply in new projects, from static websites to dashboards. You'll also understand how to choose the right Julia framework for a project. The second part of the book talks about the Genie framework. You'll learn how to build a traditional to do app following the MVC design pattern. Next, you'll add a REST API to this project, including testing and documentation. Later, you'll explore the various ways of deploying an app in production, including authentication functionality. Finally, you'll work on an interactive data dashboard, making various chart types and filters. By the end of this book, you'll be able to build interactive web solutions on a large scale with a Julia-based web framework. What you will learn Understand how to make a web server with HTTP.jl and work with JSON data over the web Discover how to build a static website with the Franklin framework Explore Julia web development frameworks and work with them Uncover the Julia infrastructure for development, testing, package management, and deployment Develop an MVC web app with the Genie framework Understand how to add a REST API to a web app Create an interactive data dashboard with charts and filters Test, document, and deploy maintainable web applications using Julia Who this book is for This book is for beginner to intermediate-level Julia programmers who want to enhance their skills in designing and developing large-scale web applications. The book helps you adopt Genie without any prior experience with the framework. Julia programming experience and a beginner-level understanding of web development concepts are required.
The digital era requires an individual to be proficient in technology. Being adept to E-Commerce will harness the Deaf's potential as a business outsourcing professional. The student will learn the processes involved in e-business from product promotion, marketing, payments, and logistics using the web project created in PROGRA2. The Deaf student will also learn the different platform that one can use in online business.
Day Trading for Dummies
by
Understand how day trading works--and get an action plan Due to the fluctuating economy, trade wars, and new tax laws, the risks and opportunities for day traders are changing. Now, more than ever, trading can be intimidating due to the different methods and strategies of traders on Wall Street. Day Trading For Dummies provides anyone interested in this quick-action trading with the information they need to get started and maintain their assets. From classic and renegade strategies to the nitty-gritty of daily trading practices, this book gives you the knowledge and confidence you'll need to keep a cool head, manage risk, and make decisions instantly as you buy and sell your positions. New trading products such as cryptocurrencies Updated information on SEC rules and regulations and tax laws Using options to manage risk and make money Expanded information on programming If you're someone who needs to know a lot about day trading in a short amount of time, this is your place to start.
E-Commerce 2015
by
E-Commerce 2015 is intended for use in undergraduate and graduate e-commerce courses in any business discipline. The market-leading text for e-commerce This comprehensive, market-leading text emphasizes the three major driving forces behind e-commerce--technology change, business development, and social issues--to provide a coherent conceptual framework for understanding the field. Teaching and Learning Experience This program will provide a better teaching and learning experience--for both instructors and students. Comprehensive Coverage Facilitates Understanding of the E-Commerce Field: In-depth coverage of technology change, business development, and social issues gives readers a solid framework for understanding e-commerce. Pedagogical Aids Help Readers See Concepts in Action: Infographics, projects, and real-world case studies help readers see how the topics covered in the book work in practice.
E-commerce : business, technology, society
by
This market-leading text for E-commerce emphasizes the three major driving forces behind E-commerce, technology change, business development, and social issues to provide a coherent conceptual framework for understanding the field. This edition features updates to the text, data, figures, and tables based on the latest marketing and business intelligence available from eMarketer, Pew Internet & American Life Project, Forrester Research, comScore, Gartner Research, and other industry sources. All opening, closing and Insight on cases are new or updated.
E-Commerce Operations Management (2Nd Edition)
by
This updated edition of the book blends in new e-commerce technologies. Mobile commerce (M-commerce) and use of cloud computing are offering a new set of challenges and opportunities for those individuals who know what they are and how they are related to e-commerce. Their use opens up new markets, expanding the need for larger operations, which in turn requires greater knowledge of the operations management subjects presented in this book.The book is focused on issues, concepts, philosophies, procedures, methodologies, and practices of running e-commerce operations. It connects the basic operations management activities undertaken by every organization (e.g., inventory management, scheduling, etc.) and translates their application into issues and problems faced in the field of e-commerce.The book also provides current research findings, strategies, and practices that can help students in the field of operations management run and improve their e-commerce operations. It covers most of the basic operations management activities and functions and has been designed for an upper-level undergraduate business, a graduate business or engineering management course on e-commerce operations management for university students. Students interested in e-commerce operations will find this book a valuable guide to the important aspects of starting up and running an e-commerce operation. They can learn from reading this book how supply chains, products and processes, human resources and purchasing functions can supported and enhanced by the use of e-commerce. In addition, students can learn how to undertake forecasting and scheduling in e-commerce operations. Decision-makers and managers who have to reengineer e-commerce operations can also use this book as a guide to understanding e-commerce.
E-Commerce Strategy
by
E-Commerce Strategy builds awareness and sharpens readers' understanding of the key issues about e-commerce strategies. To link theory of e-commerce strategy with practice in the real world, it brings together theoretical perspectives based on academic research, integrated use of technologies and large amount of cases, especially those of China. With regard to the innovative technical standards and frameworks, it proposes strategic analysis from a technical point of view. The book is intended for postgraduate students in e-commerce and computer science as well as government officials, entrepreneurs and managers. Prof. Zheng Qin is the Director of Software Engineering and Management Research Institute, Tsinghua University, China; Dr. Shundong Li is a Professor at the School of Computer Science, Shaanxi Normal University, China; Dr. Yang Chang and Dr. Fengxiang Li are both Research Assistants at the School of Software, Tsinghua University, China.
EBay Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
The selling, marketing, and business tips you need to succeed eBay is the perfect place to learn the ropes of what it's like running an online business. It provides the tools, technology, and platform a would-be entrepreneur needs to launch their first successful small business. It takes some know-how, however, to get that business off the ground and grow it into a success. In eBay Business All-in-One For Dummies, Marsha Collier shares the expertise she gained as one of eBay's first Power Sellers on how to get ahead, stay ahead, and expand your business onto other platforms when it's time to grow. eBay continues to grow as it connects new individuals with items to sell with would-be buyers every day. Combining essential information covering seven key topics, this all-encompassing guide shows fledgling entrepreneurs how to sell like a pro, present and market your items, become a power seller, deal with office and legal issues, and so much more. Discover the secrets behind driving views for listings Find out how to source merchandise for resale Get advice on the back-office tasks of running a business Grow your business beyond the eBay platform If you have an eye on building a business on eBay--and beyond--this is the one-stop guide you need to succeed.
Electronic Commerce
by
Packed with real-world examples and business cases, ELECTRONIC COMMERCE, 11E continues to lead the market with its cutting-edge coverage of all things e-commerce. Comprehensive coverage of emerging online business strategies, up-to-the-minute technologies, and the latest developments from the field equips readers with a solid understanding of the dynamics of this fast-paced industry. The new edition offers thorough discussions of e-commerce growth in China and the developing world, social media and online marketing strategies, technology-enabled outsourcing, online payment processing systems, and much more. In addition, "Business Case Approaches" and "Learning From Failure" boxes highlight the experiences of actual companies to illustrate real-world practice in action.
The Entrepreneur's Guide to Law and Strategy
by
Business Insider calls The ENTREPRENEUR'S GUIDE "perhaps the most useful business book you can ever read" and lists it among twenty-five must-read books for entrepreneurs. THE ENTREPRENEUR'S GUIDE TO LAW AND STRATEGY, 5E examines stages of starting a business -- from start-up and growth to public offering, while highlighting legal preparations and pitfalls. Cutting-edge examples show how legally astute entrepreneurs can strategically increase realizable value, deploy resources, and manage risk. The book discusses leaving your job, hiring former coworkers, competing with a former employer, workplace legislation, product liability, and bankruptcy. You examine current issues including today's workforce in the "gig" economy, "crowdsourcing" capital and social media, computer hacking and identity theft. Legal discussion integrates with core strategic concepts, such as Porter's Five Forces, the resource-based view of the firm, the value proposition, activities in the value chain and more.
Facebook Marketing for Dummies
by
Add Facebook to your marketing plan--and watch your sales grow With 2 billion monthly active users across the world, Facebook has evolved into a community of consumers, creating a primary resource for marketers. This presents a demand for knowledge about how to strategically plan, execute, and analyze a successful Facebook marketing campaign. Now, the trusted Facebook Marketing For Dummies has been fully updated to cover the newest tools and features important to marketers and Facebook page owners. If you're a marketer looking to effectively add Facebook to your overall marketing mix, consider this book the mecca of Facebook marketing. Inside, you'll discover the psychology of the Facebook user, establish a social media presence, increase your brand awareness, integrate Facebook marketing with other marketing strategies, learn to target a specific audience, and much more. Develop a desirable community Sell products and services Use Facebook events to drive sales Get new business tips and avoid common mistakes Whether you're a novice or a pro, you're no stranger to the power of Facebook. And this book makes Facebook marketing that much more exciting and easy!
How to Build an Online Business
by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
Innovations in e-Systems for Business and Commerce
by
Innovations in E-Systems for Business and Commerce presents some of the latest research and direction in the field of e-business and e-commerce. With up-to-date information for top researchers from around the world, the volume covers a wide selection of topics on innovations in e-business and e-commerce. E-systems are becoming standard practice across all sectors, including healthcare, engineering, business, education, security, and citizen interaction with local and national government. The use of Internet technologies facilitates rapid and easy dissemination of information and data as well as increased convenience and efficiency to assist service providers and end-users. This book is aimed at three groups of people: undergraduate students and postgraduate students conducting research in the areas of e-systems related to e-business or e-commerce; researchers at universities and other institutions working in these fields; and practitioners in the research and development departments of industrial settings. The volume can also be used as an advanced reference for classroom use.
Make an e-Commerce Site in a Weekend
by
Learn to build e-commerce sites using PHP by installinga server using WAMP, configuring MySQL for your product database, creating yourproduct database and tables, and writing the required PHP scripts for accessingand inserting data into the database. Make anE-commerce Site in a Weekend: Using PHP details how to createshopping carts for your customers and how to set up secure payment andprocessing options. Even if you are an absolute beginner and don't have muchprogramming experience, you can build a responsive, powerful, and fullyfeatured e-commerce site quickly using the information in this book. You will learn to: Create andmaintain your e-commerce website using PHP scripts Create, edit,and update your product database using MySQL Manage visitorsto your site, create custom forms, manage session handling, and more Manage shoppingcarts and shipping information Receive moneythrough different payment modes on the sale of merchandise Who This Book is For: This book is for people who want to quickly set up their first e-commerce site. The book addresses beginners w ho don't have a deep experience in programming languages. It teaches how to build professional fully featured e-commerce websites using PHP. The book uses practical, step-by step examples to explain all of the topics required in designing, creating, and managing an interactive e-commerce web site.
Secrets of Online Entrepreneurs
by
Discover the secrets of success behind Australia's top online businesses and maximise your own online potential Secrets of Online Entrepreneurs is the ultimate 'how to' guide for creating, building, and selling an online business. Packed with inspiring stories of how some of Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs built their businesses, these internet mavericks will reveal the secrets of their success and provide valuable insights into how anyone with a hobby, passion, or innovative business idea can take advantage of the vast opportunities that a global market now offers. Whether you want to build an online business from scratch or amplify your existing online presence, these hard-hitting interviews will give you the practical tools, tips, and strategies you need to fast-track your business idea and take it from concept to completion. You'll discover what industries are ready for disruption, how to spot a profitable niche, how to growth hack a database, why most online businesses fail, how to access a vast array of free tools to help you get your online idea off the ground, and much more. Most importantly, you'll discover why there's never been a better time to launch an online business. Discover the 7-step process for building an online business that will exponentially increase your likelihood of success Learn how to measure, test, and evaluate demand for an online product or service before you launch it Access the templates, cheat sheets, websites, and apps used by the entrepreneurs to build their businesses and learn how you can apply them to your business too. Don't miss this next wave of industry disruption. Get on board the internet express and snare a slice of the pie for what promises to be one of the most transformational times in business history.
Starting an Online Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
Start a successful online business--and be your own boss! Being an online entrepreneur means more than just building a website--and this book breaks down everything you need to know to be successful. Inside, you'll get plain-English explanations and easy-to-follow instruction on online business basics, legal and accounting issues, website design, Internet security, boosting sales, e-commerce, and so much more. While the ideas and concepts behind starting an online business are tried and true, the tools available to entrepreneurs change and evolve quickly--and often. Starting an Online Business All-in-One For Dummies gets you up to speed on the best new tools, resources, and communities, and shows you how to best leverage them to up your chances of success. Discover your niche and create a business plan Design your website and storefront Increase your reach and market with social media Choose the best web host for your needs If you're a budding entrepreneur with dreams of running your own online business, this book has everything you need to get started and grow your company to extraordinary heights!
The digital era requires an individual to be proficient in technology. Being adept to E-Commerce will harness the Deaf's potential as a business outsourcing professional. The student will learn the processes involved in e-business from product promotion, marketing, payments, and logistics using the web project created in PROGRA2. The Deaf student will also learn the different platform that one can use in online business.
Blockchain for business 2019 : a user-friendly introduction to blockchain technology and its business applications
by
Blockchain for Business 2019 is a comprehensive guide that enables you to bring in various blockchain functionalities to extend your existing business models and make correct fully-informed decisions. You will learn how decentralized applications are transforming numerous business sectors that are expected to play a huge role in the future. You will see how large corporations are already implementing blockchain technology now. You will then learn about the various blockchain services, such as Bitcoin, Ethereum, Hyperledger, and others to understand their use cases in a variety of business domains. You will develop a solid fundamental understanding of blockchain architecture.
Moving ahead, you will get to grips with the inner workings of blockchain, with detailed explanations of mining, decentralized consensus, cryptography, smart contracts, and many other important concepts. You will delve into a realistic view of the current state of blockchain technology, along with its issues, limitations, and potential solutions that can take it to the next level.
By the end of this book, you will all be well versed in the latest innovations and developments in the emerging blockchain space.
The Business of Innovating Online
by
The Business of Innovating Onlineresponds to a critical need for concrete narratives of innovation success that can serve as a foundation for administrators and leaders who are in need of practical guidance as they scale and grow their online learning organizations. Through specific examples and practical suggestions from experienced e-learning leaders, readers will be introduced to concrete strategies for how to create a climate of creativity and innovation that can lead to more successful and scalable online programs and initiatives. The Business of Innovating Onlinedemystifies the relationship between business, creativity, and innovation by describing the logistics required to create an agile online education enterprise. Topics discussed will include: - Defining innovation and creativity for online education and e-learning - Knowing when and how to innovate - Creating a culture of innovation - Effectively leading innovation - Collaborative innovation - Making innovation stick and transitioning innovative strategies into day-to-day practice - Assuring quality in the midst of innovation - Staffing structures/administrative stability to support creativity and innovation The Business of Innovating Onlineprovides both novice and experienced online education administrators with a comprehensive overview of a range of online innovations, how they came to be created, the components that led to their success, and concrete steps that they can take to create a more innovative culture for their own e-learning organization.
Designing professional websites with Odoo website builder : create and customize state-of-the-art websites and e-commerce apps for your modern business needs
by
The Odoo website builder is an operational tool in the Odoo platform that allows you to design, develop, and manage a website. This book introduces and explains all the features of the Odoo website builder that will help you to be more productive while creating websites.
The book starts with an overview of the Odoo website builder, its functionalities, and the tools it offers. Using descriptive illustrations and practical examples, you'll gain detailed insights into the block operations of the Odoo website builder and learn how to work with structure blocks, features blocks, and dynamic content blocks. As you advance, you'll discover how to use the HTML, CSS, or JS editor in Odoo website builder applications for customization. This Odoo book will take you through the different aspects of website building and show you how e-commerce websites can be designed and developed using website builder applications. You'll build a website, manage it, and run a discussion forum in Odoo using the website builder, and apply your knowledge to add a live chat tool that can be incorporated into your website using the Odoo website builder.
By the end of this book, you'll have gained a solid understanding of the Odoo website builder and be able to leverage its features to develop your own website.
E-Commerce, Competition and ASEAN Economic Integration
by
The e-commerce market has grown rapidly within the ASEAN region in recent years. This trend is expected to continue in the future given the region's large population base, rising middle-class and improvements in connectivity. This edited volume examines the current state of e-commerce in ASEAN countries. It highlights some of the key domestic and cross-border challenges faced by ASEAN member states in developing e-commerce. These challenges include the regulatory and legal environment in which e-commerce firms operate across ASEAN, and the supporting infrastructure in ASEAN member states."A comprehensive snapshot of the latest emerging regulatory, policy and consumer issues. It's essential reading for anyone working in this field. E-commerce is fundamentally altering the way in which businesses are being conducted, both within and between ASEAN countries. More than just an alternate distribution channel, online trading offers new opportunities and challenges for consumers, businesses, regulators and policymakers. How do markets operate in the new paradigm? How should regulators and governments ensure that dynamic competitive economies evolve, instead of descending into anti-competitive structures? And how are markets evolving in different parts of Southeast Asia? All of these issues--and much more--are discussed in here. The editors are to be congratulated for assembling a range of insightful perspectives from across ASEAN. These are issues that will affect the region for many years to come. The lessons here are timely and timeless." --Michael Schaper Ph.D., Deputy Chairman, Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, 2008-18
E-Commerce in India
by
E -commerce is growing at an exponential rate in India. Despite this, it is still at an evolving stage as economic and regulatory frameworks pertaining to various segments of e-commerce are being put into place by the government. This book presents a comprehensive analysis of the economic and regulatory aspects of the e-commerce sector by assessing the trends and characteristics, and addressing the issues and challenges associated with it. It dwells into key issues including FDI regulations, taxation, valuation of e-commerce companies, market structure, competition, payment mechanism, blockchain and cryptocurrencies, and logistics. The issues and challenges addressed in this book frequently appear as discussion points in policy debates, research forums and popular media. However, information on these is scant and often scattered. This book bridges gaps in the available literature on e-commerce
E-Commerce mit Amazon
by
Fueling the online trade revolution : a new customs security framework to secure and facilitate small business e-commerce
by
Across the United States, individuals and small businesses are increasingly buying and selling goods and services online. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the total value of online transactions in the United States grew from $3 trillion in 2006 to $5.4 trillion in 2012, about a third of U.S. GDP. Increasingly, these transactions are cross border. By 2017, a third of U.S. business-to-consumer (B2C) and consumer-to-consumer (C2C) e-commerce transactions will be with foreign counterparts, up from 16 percent today.
Gatsby e-commerce : a practical introduction to creating e-commerce sites with the Gatsby framework
by
Leverage the power of Gatsby to quickly produce e-commerce sites that are efficient, fast, and secure. This project-oriented book simplifies the process of setting up a Gatsby e-commerce site from start to finish, providing a starting toolset that you can use to develop future projects and incorporate into your existing workflows. You'll learn to reduce reliance on tools that are bloated, prone to being hacked, and not the most efficient, and move over to the newest framework on the block. You'll also see how to use the Gatsby framework to rapidly create and deploy e-commerce sites that are performant and secure, with the minimum of fuss. Understand how to source data, build a catalog, add a blog, finesse your site (including performance), implement the checkout and payment processes with the help of third-party tools such as Stripe, and deploy to production. Finally, you'll learn how to migrate existing WooCommerce sites to Gatsby, and adapt for mobile. Gatsby is fast and does away with the need for databases, thereby removing one of the biggest weak spots in any e-commerce site. It is based on Node.js and JavaScript, making it easy to extend and customize as requirements dictate. Learn to make your customers lives easier and simpler using this book today. You will: Implement e-commerce sites using Gatsby Explore some of the options for architecting an e-commerce site using this framework Gain an appreciation of pointers around maintenance requirements and ancillary needs (such as SEO) Compare your site to others that use different tools Work through a project from start to finish, understanding what can be achieved using Gatsby, and where other tools may need to be brought into play.
How to Build an Online Business
by
The ultimate guide to launching and growing an online business You've got a crazy idea, a hobby, a business or special expertise. You want to take it online, and you want to it be a money-making success. But what do you do next? Using a simple 5-step approach, best-selling author and digital marketing specialist Bernadette Schwerdt uncovers the inside tips and tricks that Australia's most successful online entrepreneurs use to build their multi-million dollar businesses. For those just starting out, this book will help you identify the best business idea to pursue, guide you on how to set it up and give you the strategies to grow it quickly using low-cost tools. For those with existing businesses, you'll learn how to maximise your online impact and access the little-known but powerful tools and technologies the top disruptors use to create a global presence. Featuring dozens of case studies of how Australia's most successful disruptors have done it, Bernadette reveals the underlying patterns common to all successful online businesses - what they did right, what they did wrong, what they would do differently and the short cuts to building an online business that only the successful know. You'll learn how to: Develop the entrepreneurial mindset needed to turn your passion, hobby or expertise into an online business Access free tools and technologies to help you build and test your online idea (before launching) to ensure a viable market exists Create a minimum viable product (MVP) that attracts attention and generates instant income Source web developers, designers and other important suppliers for a fraction of the usual cost Write, pitch, persuade and present like a professional to attract investors, customers and high-quality strategic partners Understand the basics of the Internet of Things, virtual reality, augmented reality and artificial intelligence and use these technologies to help your business create a point of difference Work from home and set up your online business in just a few hours a week Whether you are starting an online business or building on an existing one, How to Build an Online Business is your complete, how-to guide for making it a success.
How to sell online : the experts' guide to making your business more successful and profitable online
by
THE ALL-IN-ONE GUIDE TO GROWING YOUR ONLINE BUSINESS. Christer Holloman, the bestselling author and The Guardian technology expert, has lined up the leaders behind some of the most successful online retailers, and those that advise them, to reveal their best kept secrets on how to grow your online retail business. * Discover how to grow your online business for short, medium and long term growth * Find out how to acquire, retain and understand your customers * Use cost-effective sales, marketing and social media to build revenue and profile * Understand how to shape the customer journey and convert browsers into buyers * Ensure technology works for you by using the right platforms and software Visit www.sell-online.co for free extra material such as top tips, downloadable case studies, and video interviews with the leaders featured in the book and more. Make sure your online presence is searchable, usable, buyable and profitable with How to Sell Online.
PHP web development with Laminas : build a fully secured and functional e-commerce application with PHP using the Laminas framework
by
Learn how to develop modern object-oriented applications with PHP using test-driven development (TDD) and behavior-driven development (BDD) aided by mature reusable components Key Features: Create clean code based on components' reusability to create large-scale enterprise applicationsMake effective use of design patterns in an object-oriented softwareUnderstand the division of a PHP web application structure in layers to build customized websites and apps for various business needs Book Description: Considered the next generation of the Zend framework, Laminas is a high-performance PHP framework for creating powerful web applications with an evolutive architecture. This book takes a hands-on approach to equip you with the knowledge of the Laminas framework necessary to start building web applications based on the reuse of loosely coupled components. You'll learn how to create the basic structure of a PHP web application divided into layers, understand Laminas' MVC components, and be able to take advantage of the Eclipse platform as a method for developing with Laminas. Step by step, you'll build an e-commerce application based on the technical requirements of a fictional business, and get to grips with implementing those requirements using Laminas components. By the end of this web development book, you'll be able to build a completely secured MVC application in PHP language using Laminas. What You Will Learn: Discover how object-relational mapping is implemented with laminas-dbUnderstand behavior-driven development concepts to sharpen your skillsCreate lean controllers and flexible viewsBuild complete models and reusable componentsExplore the Eclipse platform for developing with LaminasFind out how easy it is to generate HTML forms with laminas-formPractice test-driven development to write precise programs Who this book is for: This book is best suited for programming beginner or developers with some experience looking to create clean-coded object-oriented web applications. Knowledge of basic PHP syntax, specifically variables, control structures, and functions, will aid you in understanding the concepts covered.
Pilot to profit : navigating modern entrepreneurship to build your business using online marketing, social media, content marketing and sales
by
Ready to generate sales, build brand buzz, and watch your cash flow soar? Entrepreneurs, prepare for takeoff! Pilot to Profit clears up the confusion of modern entrepreneurship--so you can build a smart, successful, and sustainable business with sky-high returns. If you find yourself overwhelmed with questions--Do I really need to be on Instagram, Facebook and Twitter? How do these other people command such high fees (and how can I)? How do I double my profits this year without doubling the work?--this book can provide answers to help you get unstuck, as well as proven strategies to help your business get found and turn connections into paying customers, whether you're an established enterprise or just starting out. Learn how to: Gain a stronger money mindset and stop sabotaging your ability to be paid what you're worth for the work you do Set your money-making "radar" on high alert Create a clearly defined business model that maximizes what comes in, with less effort put out Find the right channels to grow your business so you can reach more people Create content that raises your credibility and puts you on the map (because without great content, your business might never be found) Use email and social media to grow your fan base Lastly, you'll walk away understanding how to sell what you do, whom to sell it to, and precisely how to find and connect with those people. This book takes you step-by-step on your journey to building a successful, profitable business you love. With Pilot to Profit, you're officially cleared for takeoff.
Starting an Online Business All-In-One for Dummies
by
The tools you need to follow your dream of starting and running an online business! With the right knowledge and resources, you can take action to start the online business you've been dreaming of. This comprehensive guide provides tips and tricks for turning your dream into a reality. The sixth edition of Starting an Online Business: All-in-One For Dummieswill teach you the basics and beyond. It will prepare you to set up your business website, offer your products in an online store, and keep accurate books. The authors help you navigate the primary legal, accounting, and security challenges related to running an online business. Fund your business for success and future growth Use SEO strategically to drive traffic to a well-designed site Market your business effectively as an entrepreneur Stand out, build customer relationships, and sell on social media Keep up with ecommerce trends to stay a step ahead With some guidance, you can find your market niche, create a business plan, and decide on a revenue model. Then, it's time to set up shop! Starting an Online Business can help bring your dream of an online business to life and guide you on the road to success.
Unpacking E-commerce Business Models, Trends and Policies
by
As digital transformation has accelerated, the e-commerce landscape has become increasingly dynamic. New players have emerged at the same time that established actors have taken on new roles; some barriers to e-commerce at the firm, individual and country levels have been overcome, while other barriers have emerged. Innovative business models have transformed buyer-seller relationships and pushed out the frontier of what is possible to buy and sell online. This report analyses new and emerging e-commerce business models, examines e-commerce trends along a range of dimensions, and offers new insights on the policies needed to exploit the opportunities and mitigate the challenges of unlocking the potential of e-commerce for all.
Entrepreneurial Transaction One
Entrepreneurial Transaction 1 is a course that introduces the Deaf student to the basic accounting concepts, procedures and techniques as applied to entrepreneurial ventures. Emphasis is placed on recording, summarizing aspects and other critical skills needed for set-up, application and management of accounting records and methodologies. This course teaches the student to be able to express business transactions in accounting and financial aspects. It introduces the learner to various computer applications used in entrepreneurial accounting.
21st century accounting process : basic concepts and procedures
by
Accounting : basic reports
by
This introductory accounting series comes in a format of 2 volumes. The companion volume to this text is Accounting to Trial Balance. This current edition has undergone a number of revisions to ensure it rigorously addresses competencies in the TAFE and RTO markets and to incorporate the changes made to FNS. It also includes a significant number of support materials, to assist students in courses with limited teacher interaction.
Accounting : information for business decisions
by
A business focused introduction to Accounting for all students - not just those intending to be Accounting majors. Lead students through the real-world business cycle and how accounting information informs decision-making. Students learn how to base decisions on two kinds of accounting information - managerial and financial. Departing from the traditional approach taken by other introductory accounting textbooks, students apply both managerial and financial approaches within the topics examined in each chapter. The conversational writing engages students in the theoretical content and how it applies to contemporary real-world scenarios. The new edition updates includes the fully integrated Cafe Revive case study. Students follow a retail coffee business through the book to learn about applying accounting issues in the real world.
Entrepreneurship
by
Entrepreneurship, by Robert Hisrich, Michael Peters and Dean Shepherd has been designed to clearly instruct students on the process of formulating, planning, and implementing a new venture. Students are exposed to detailed descriptions of 'how to' embark on a new venture in a logical manner. Comprehensive cases at the end of the text have been hand-picked by the authors to go hand-in-hand with chapter concepts, helping to reinforce key topics.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success
by
Entrepreneurship : theory, process, practice
by
Evolving Entrepreneurial Education
by
The ability to enrich student learning is fundamental to the educational process and requires a broad range of talents. A truly great educator will inspire students through a well-grounded approach to stimulating intellectual curiosity and growth, while maintaining high standards of performance. This inspiration and stimulation requires a great deal of effort in course and program development, delivery, and performance, as well as the sharing of experiences. The individual is the core of entrepreneurial thought and action, and this book is unique in that it offers insight and detail into how self and contextual awareness is created and delivered at Babson College, a school that takes a strong leadership role in entrepreneurial education. In this book, educational scholars from a variety of academic disciplines share their experiences. These scholars view teaching as both a serious responsibility and a wonderful opportunity and have created a consequential learning environment that enhances intellectual growth and practical achievement. This book has been written by educators for educators who want to engage and inspire the next generation of entrepreneurial leaders.
Partnership and corporation accounting
by
The Routledge Companion to Entrepreneurship
by
Research in entrepreneurship has been booming, with perspectives from a range of disciplines and numerous developing schools of thought. It can be difficult for young scholars and even long-time researchers to find their way through the lush garden of ideas we see before us. 　 The purpose of this book is to map the research terrain of entrepreneurship, providing the perfect starting point for new and existing researchers looking to explore. Topics covered range from emerging perspective, through issues at the core of the field to innovative methodologies. Starting off with a preface by Bill Gartner, each section of the book brings together a world class set of established leading researchers and rising stars.　 This considered, comprehensive and conclusive companion integrates the recent debates in entrepreneurship research under one cover, to provide a resource which will be useful across disciplinary boundaries and for a whole range of students and researchers.
Entrepreneurial Transaction One
Entrepreneurial Transaction 1 is a course that introduces the Deaf student to the basic accounting concepts, procedures and techniques as applied to entrepreneurial ventures. Emphasis is placed on recording, summarizing aspects and other critical skills needed for set-up, application and management of accounting records and methodologies. This course teaches the student to be able to express business transactions in accounting and financial aspects. It introduces the learner to various computer applications used in entrepreneurial accounting.
Accounting All-In-One for Dummies (+ Videos and Quizzes Online)
by
A complete and easy-to-follow resource covering every critical step of the accounting process Learning to love the language of business is easier than you think! In the newly revised Third Edition of Accounting All-In-One For Dummies with Online Practice, finance expert Michael Taillard walks you through every step of the accounting process, from setting up your accounting system to auditing and detecting financial irregularities. You'll enjoy a unified compilation of mini-books and online practice and video resources that bring together everything you need to know about accounting into one convenient book and web portal. You'll learn to record accounting transactions, adjust and close entries, prepare income statements and balance sheets, and more. You'll also get: Online instructional videos that describe the modern reality of accounting in the digital age Guidance and instruction on how to make savvy financial decisions to help guide your business in the right direction Advice on how to handle case and make intelligent purchasing decisions Helpful practice quizzes for each topic to help you crunch the numbers Perfect for anyone who's just beginning their career or education in accounting--as well as those who just love numbers--Accounting All-in-One For Dummies is also a must-read for business owners, founders, and managers who want to get a better understanding of the financial side of commerce.
Accounting for Business
by
This book is written for those who may be responsible for, or are generally interested in, the activities of organizations but do not have the knowledge to interpret the financial information that is available. As an owner of a business or a manager, you will deal with numbers of various types. This book is written for those who may be responsible for, or are generally interested in, the activities of organizations but do not have the knowledge to interpret the financial information that is available. The book identifies the types of organizations that generate financial information and explains how you can use it for your benefit. The early chapters focus on the information that is publicly available for large companies and demonstrate how to select and analyze the figures for decision making. The later chapters concentrate on the detailed management accounting information that is available internally for managers so that they can make decisions, investigate problems, and set performance targets. The final chapter, explores emerging and very pertinent issues such as "Can the organization obtain the basic resources to stay in business?" and "Are its activities harmful to the environment?"
Accounting for Dummies
by
Demystify your financial statements and figure out what your accountant is talking about with this straightforward roadmap to the world of accounting Few skills are as useful as a basic understanding of accounting language. And with the right resources, learning the language of business can be intuitive, empowering, and fun. Accounting For Dummies is the perfect place to start, whether you're operating a small business, just need help managing the family budget, or you're a rising star in corporate America. It's a financial blueprint for the everyday person, easy-to-understand, and full of practical advice. You'll learn the basic ABC's of accounting, how to read and understand financial statements, create best in class budgets & forecasts, craft profitable business plans, take control of your own finances, gain insight on how companies get money from investors and banks, and avoid common money mistakes that trip up even the best of us. You'll also find out how to: Diagnose the financial health of your business and make a realistic plan to grow your company Improve your own or your family's money situation with sound financial planning and understanding Understand each of the three basic financial statements and what they say about a company's past, present, and future Enhance your knowledge of how accounting functions and operates in today's digital age and cloud-based world As a useful tool for business or as a guide to your personal finances, nothing compares to accounting mastery. And once you've nailed the basics, you'll wonder how you ever lived without this universal and beautiful language.
Accounting standards setting
by
Research can describe current practices which can help the AASB identify whether any potential reporting problems exist (e.g., excessive diversity in accounting for a particular type of transaction). Research, to the extent it informs theory, can potentially assist the AASB to predict what the consequences might be (or at least some of those consequences) if alternative accounting choices are mandated in a proposed standard and Research can provide feedback on what the actual consequences were once a standard hasbeen implemented and identify whether there were any unanticipated effects. Such research can inform the Post-Implementation Review (PIR) process that has become more formalised among standard setters.
Advances in Accounting Education
by
Advances in Accounting Education is a refereed, academic research publication whose purpose is to help meet the needs of faculty members interested in ways to improve accounting classroom instruction at the college and university level. We publish thoughtful, well-developed articles that are readable, relevant, and reliable. Articles may be either empirical or non-empirical, and should emphasize pedagogy, i.e., explaining how faculty members can improve their teaching methods or how accounting units can improve their curricula and programs.
Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory
by
As the breadth and empirical diversity of entrepreneurship research have increased rapidly during the last decade, the quest to find a "one-size-fits-all" general theory of entrepreneurship has given way to a growing appreciation for the importance of contexts. This promises to improve both the practical relevance and the theoretical rigor of research in this field. Entrepreneurship means different things to different people at different times and in different places and both its causes and its consequences likewise vary. For example, for some people entrepreneurship can be a glorious path to emancipation, while for others it can represent the yoke tethering them to the burdens of overwork and drudgery. For some communities it can drive renaissance and vibrancy while for others it allows only bare survival. In this book, we assess and attempt to push forward contemporary conceptualizations of contexts that matter for entrepreneurship, pointing in particular to opportunities generating new insights by attending to contexts in novel or underexplored ways. This book shows that the ongoing contextualization of entrepreneurship research should not simply generate a proliferation of unique theories - one for every context - but can instead result in better theory construction, testing and understanding of boundary conditions, thereby leading us to richer and more profound understanding of entrepreneurship across its many forms. Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory will critically review the current debate and existing literature on contexts and entrepreneurship and use this to synthesize new theoretical and methodological frameworks that point to important directions for future research.
Digital entrepreneurship : impact on business and society
by
This open access book explores the global challenges and experiences related to digital entrepreneurial activities, using carefully selected examples from leading companies and economies that shape world business today and tomorrow. Digital entrepreneurship and the companies steering it have an enormous global impact; they promise to transform the business world and change the way we communicate with each other. These companies use digitalization and artificial intelligence to enhance the quality of decisions and augment their business and customer operations. This book demonstrates how cloud services are continuing to evolve; how cryptocurrencies are traded in the banking industry; how platforms are created to commercialize business, and how, taken together, these developments provide new opportunities in the digitalized era. Further, it discusses a wide range of digital factors changing the way businesses operate, including artificial intelligence, chatbots, voice search, augmented and virtual reality, as well as cyber threats and data privacy management. "Digitalization mirrors the Industrial Revolution's impact. This book provides a complement of perspectives on the opportunities emanating from such a deep seated change in our economy. It is a comprehensive collection of thought leadership mapped into a very useful framework. Scholars, digital entrepreneurs and practitioners will benefit from this timely work." Gina O'Connor, Professor of Innovation Management at Babson College, USA "This book defines and delineates the requirements for companies to enable their businesses to succeed in a post-COVID19 world. This book deftly examines how to accomplish and achieve digital entrepreneurship by leveraging cloud computing, AI, IoT and other critical technologies. This is truly a unique "must-read" book because it goes beyond theory and provides practical examples." Charlie Isaacs, CTO of Customer Connection at Salesforce.com, USA "This book provides digital entrepreneurs useful guidance identifying, validating and building their venture. The international authors developed new perspectives on digital entrepreneurship that can support to create impact ventures." Felix Staeritz, CEO FoundersLane, Member of the World Economic Forum Digital Leaders Board and bestselling author of FightBack, Germany.-- Provided by publisher.
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education
by
This book is a compilation of tools, techniques and frameworks for use in the field of entrepreneurship and innovation (E&I) education. Developed and honed over the past two decades, these teaching approaches are combined with well-versed practical insight. As professors know all too well, the human brain cannot articulate more than three or four dimensions of a problem without the aid of what could be referred to as �checklists for thinking�: frameworks (visual or otherwise) that help students think in terms of multiple variables affecting a problem. Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education provides a �toolbox� of more than 50 frameworks for analyzing entrepreneurship and innovation problems, and for enabling effective decision-making. It is a useful guide for professors and students alike who are looking for an overview of available tools, methods and approaches to actively learn how to go from the visionary idea to the market.
Entrepreneurship Education
by
The discussion around whether entrepreneurship can be taught is becoming obsolete as the number of entrepreneurship courses, specializations and degrees is rising at an unprecedented rate all over the world and the demand for entrepreneurial education teachers or instructors is constantly growing. The global community of entrepreneurial education proponents is enthusiastic about the possibility of spreading the idea of entrepreneurship, as it is believed to benefit societies and economies in addition to influencing human development on an individual level. The fervour is nurtured by public policies and the development of an enterprising culture in the public discourse. In this discourse, entrepreneurship is treated as a panacea for numerous social and economic problems. This book is a solid reference point for all who are interested in conducting research on entrepreneurial education or engaged in teaching entrepreneurship. It is a compendium of knowledge about entrepreneurial education as a research field, seen from the perspective of the last four decades, its complete contemporary history. It reviews the progress of the field from the outset to the present in terms of its socio-economic context, changes in the academic community, but also its research focus and methodological development. This uniquely comprehensive book is a resource of both knowledge on entrepreneurial education research and inspiration for future studies within the field. This timely and relevant book provides practical insights for educators when developing their teaching practice and will be of interest to entrepreneurship educators and entrepreneurship education researchers.
Entrepreneurship for Dummies
by
The perfect resource for your journey to start a business Entrepreneurship For Dummies is the essential guide to becoming your own boss and a successful entrepreneur. We make it simple to learn every step of the process. Identify an opportunity, learn your customers' needs, test your product, protect your intellectual property, secure funding, and get ready for that all-important launch. In classic Dummies style, this book is packed with practical information and useful advice, all in a fun and easy-to-follow format. Take fear out of the entrepreneurship equation and build the confidence you need to make your fantastic business idea take flight. Get up to date on the latest lingo, new ideas for raising money, and the latest ways to do business in the digital age. Understand the process of starting a business, from beginning to end Complete the necessary planning and meet legal requirements, without the headache Get expert tips and tricks on funding your idea and bringing your product or service to market Build the foundation you need to keep your business thriving and growing Entrepreneurship For Dummies supports you as you travel along the road to success.
Supporting Entrepreneurship and Innovation
by
Libraries have recently begun doing more to support entrepreneurship and innovation within their communities. Makerspaces and business incubators have become featured attractions in public and academic libraries and provide a unique way to reach out to a user group that can bolster a community in dynamic ways. In this volume of Advances in Library Administration and Organization, we delve beyond examples and case studies to look at how library leaders can develop support for innovation and entrepreneurship within their libraries and within the profession. Chapters include examinations of design thinking and space planning, staffing, mission statements, and makerspaces. The contributors to this volume cover libraries and their activities in North America, Europe and Africa, and also discuss professional development in entrepreneurship topics as well as support of innovation. Libraries are increasing support of entrepreneurship and innovation across the board, and this volume will position administrators and managers of libraries to better understand what's happening, and how to bring it into their own institutions.
Entrepreneurial Transaction Two
Entrepreneurial Transaction 2 is a course that emphasizes on analysis using financial statements. This financial analysis will be furthered enhanced by training in cash flow management. This course exposes the student to the different processes in capital sourcing- starting from the inflow of financial resources, computing for a needed capital start-up, identifying sources of capital, networking to maintain potential fund sources up until to ensuring the viability and sustainability of your business. The skills acquired in creating and using tools to monitor financial transactions are used to demonstrate decision- making skills on cash management. This course also helps the student in developing the discipline needed in the day-to-day management of business especially on its financial aspect.
Analysis for financial management
by
Contemporary Financial Management
by
Packed with current examples from companies you know, CONTEMPORARY FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 14e, equips you with the knowledge and skills to enhance enterprise value, manage risk, and effectively manage cash flow. Completely up to date with the latest developments from the field, the text explores the international aspects of financial management, the ethical behavior of managers, the unique finance-related concerns of entrepreneurs, and the effects of the 2008-2009 recession. Chapter-opening "Financial Challenges," integrative cases, and other learning features highlight critical concepts and enable you to apply what you learn to real-world practice. Excel® templates allow you to use technology to achieve financial management objectives.
Financial Management
by
This book combines the fundamentals of finance with relevance and effectiveness. It allows for the practice of this subject and covers all the programs of business schools, universities' finance courses, and engineering schools. This book is a relevant tool to acquire all the knowledge required for examination success and the achievement of proven practical competences.
Financial Statement Analysis
by
Financial Statement Analysis, 11e, emphasizes effective business analysis and decision making by analysts, investors, managers, and other stakeholders of the company. It continues to set the standard in showing students the keys to effective financial statement analysis. The textbook is set up in a three part framework which makes this textbook one of the best-selling books in the market. It begins with an overview (chapters 1-2), followed by accounting analysis (chapters 3-6) and then financial analysis (chapters 7-11 and a Comprehensive Case). The book presents a balanced view of analysis, including both equity and credit analysis, and both cash-based and earnings-based valuation models. The eleventh edition is aimed at accounting and finance classes, and the professional audience - as it shows the relevance of financial statement analysis to all business decision makers. The author: Uses numerous and timely “real world” examples and cases Draws heavily on actual excerpts from financial reports and footnotes Focuses on analysis and interpretation of financial reports and their footnotes Illustrates debt and equity valuation that uses results of financial statement analysis Applies a concise and succinct writing style to make the material accessible
Foundations of financial management
by
Fraud in Financial Statements
by
As the monetary cost of fraud escalates globally, and the ensuing confidence in financial markets deteriorates, the international demand for quality in financial statements intensifies. But what constitutes quality in financial statements? This book examines financial statement fraud, a topical and increasingly challenging area for financial accounting, business, and the law. Evidence shows that accounting anomalies in an organization's financial statements diminish the quality and serviceability of financial information. However, an anomaly does not necessarily signal fraud. Financial statement fraud is intended to mislead shareholders and other stakeholders. In this book, elements that underpin diversity of accounting anomalies likely found in fraudulent financial accounting statements are revealed. Multiple research methods are used in the analysis of selected international fraud cases, each illustrating examples of financial statement fraud, including: revenue recognition, overstatement and/or misappropriation of assets, understatement of expenses and liabilities, disclosure fraud, bribery and corruption. Additionally, the phoenix phenomenon with regard to fraud in financial accounting is investigated. Drawing on documented observations of commercial and legal cases globally this study highlights the necessity for continued development of financial audit practices and other audit services.
Fundamentals of Financial Management
by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel® Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
How to analyze : financial statements
by
International financial management
by
Equip your students for success in international finance with the unrivalled depth of theory and practical applications presented in Madura's INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Asia-Pacific 1st edition. This APAC edition builds on the fundamental principles of corporate finance to provide the timely information and contemporary insights your students need to prosper in today's global business environment. With the original US edition being well known for its inviting reader-friendly style and clear explanations, this APAC 1st edition introduces international finance with a focus on the important role of modern multinational corporations in global commerce within a strong APAC context. Using a strong corporate perspective, it discusses a wide range of managerial topics and emphasises the most recent changes in the international environment. Relevant examples, instructive diagrams, self-tests, and other learning features provide hands-on experience to help your students develop the skills they need to effectively manage in contemporary practice.-publisher's description.
International Financial Statement Analysis
by
Better analysis for more accurate international financial valuation International Financial Statement Analysis provides the most up-to-date detail for the successful assessment of company performance and financial position regardless of country of origin. The seasoned experts at the CFA Institute offer readers a rich, clear reference, covering all aspects from financial reporting mechanics and standards to understanding income and balance sheets. Comprehensive guidance toward effective analysis techniques helps readers make real-world use of the knowledge presented, with this new third edition containing the most current standards and methods for the post-crisis world. Coverage includes the complete statement analysis process, plus information on income tax accounting, employee compensation, and the impact of foreign exchange rates on the statements of multinational corporations. Financial statement analysis gives investment professionals important insights into the true financial condition of a company. With it, realistic valuations can be made for investment, lending, or merger and acquisition purposes. The process is becoming increasingly complex, but this book helps readers deal with the practical challenges that arise at the international level. Understand the accounting mechanics behind financial reporting Discover the differences between statements from around the world Learn how each financial statement element affects securities valuation Master analysis for clues into operations and risk characteristics Amid an uncertain global economic climate, in today's volatile international markets, the ability to effectively evaluate financial statements is a critical skill. Standards and conditions are continuously evolving, and investment professionals need a strong, up-to-date resource for the latest rules and best practices. International Financial Statement Analysis provides this and more, with clarity and expert advice.
Introduction to finance : markets, investments, and financial management
by
Practical Financial Management
by
Let a professor who used to be a financial executive and CFO introduce you to today�s most important financial management topics within the pages of PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Eighth Edition. Author William R. Lasher uses his experience as a CFO to give you an insider�s look into the issues and challenges facing financial managers every day. From hidden agendas to decision maker biases and their effect on the analyses of financial proposals, you will see principles in action in this dynamic text. You will examine the latest developments, like activist investors who put pressure on companies to change their ways and behavioral finance which uses psychological ideas to explain financial markets. Dr. Lasher keeps the presentation as relevant and practical as it is engaging with a thorough approach that�s ideal for today�s business students. He has made the necessary mathematics simple and easy to follow and included lots of worked out examples to show you how to do homework problems. Develop the first-hand understanding of financial management you�ll need for your future success with PRACTICAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, Eighth Edition.
Entrepreneurial Transaction Two
Entrepreneurial Transaction 2 is a course that emphasizes on analysis using financial statements. This financial analysis will be furthered enhanced by training in cash flow management. This course exposes the student to the different processes in capital sourcing- starting from the inflow of financial resources, computing for a needed capital start-up, identifying sources of capital, networking to maintain potential fund sources up until to ensuring the viability and sustainability of your business. The skills acquired in creating and using tools to monitor financial transactions are used to demonstrate decision- making skills on cash management. This course also helps the student in developing the discipline needed in the day-to-day management of business especially on its financial aspect.
Accounting and Finance - New Perspectives on Banking, Financial Statements and Reporting
by
Accounting and finance are common terms for users of financial information. Nowadays the reporting of financial as well as non-financial information of an entity, and efficiency in the banking system, are considered to be important issues by creditors, investors, and managers of financial markets.Over four sections this book addresses topics including national accounting standards and financial statement disclosure; foreign direct investment and the roles of accounting valuations and earnings management during the global financial crisis; and bankruptcy risk, banking efficiency, and debt restructuring in the United Nations General Assembly Resolution.
Entrepreneurial Financial Management
by
This new edition presents an applied, realistic view of entrepreneurial finance for today's entrepreneur. The book provides an integrated set of concepts and applications, drawing from entrepreneurship, finance, and accounting. The book's contents are designed to follow the life cycle of a new business venture. Topics are presented in a logical order, as entrepreneurs will likely face them as they begin the process of business start-up and move into growing the business. A comprehensive financial statements template is included with the book. This tool allows for the application of many of the concepts to actual businesses, and will be a valuable supplement to the process of developing a full business plan. The templates are available for unlimited free downloads at www.drjeffcornwall.com.
Essentials of financial management
by
An Open Access edition of this book is available on the Liverpool University Press website (
The Financial Advisor's Success Manual
by
Do you want to become a million-dollar financial advisor, boost client satisfaction, and dramatically expand your business? This book provides all the answers and strategies you need to do just that. Complete with proven techniques, expert insights, and practical tips to maximize your profitability, The Financial Advisor's Success Manual will show you how to break the cycle of moderate growth by teaching you how to: Develop a differentiation strategy Define and implement your six core client-facing processes Balance the cost of services with the value delivered Enhance client loyalty Perfect your personal marketing and sales approach You didn't start your financial services firm with a goal of modest gains. So don't settle for that! By implementing the methodologies and strategies in this manual, you can grow your business beyond your wildest expectations--all while serving your clients better.
Financial Management
by
Most newly qualified architects have scant knowledge about the practicalities of running a practice and in particular the challenges of managing the financial side of the business. This book highlights the major financial risks and how these can be avoided. The chapters give straightforward advice and practical solutions based on the author's years of hard-won experience. Friendly, clear and concise, it will give you all the knowledge and tools you need to plan for business success. Based on the original Good Practice Guide, this updated and re-designed version is now even more comprehensive and contains detailed information on fees, as well as real life anecdotal advice from practitioners, updated references, and is in line with the latest legislation. This is invaluable reading for sole and small practitioners of architecture and other creative industries.
Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations
by
Essential tools and guidance for effective nonprofit financial management Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides students, professionals, and board members with a comprehensive reference for the field. Identifying key objectives and exploring current practices, this book offers practical guidance on all major aspects of nonprofit financial management. As nonprofit organizations fall under ever-increasing scrutiny and accountability, this book provides the essential knowledge and tools professional need to maintain a strong financial management system while serving the organization's stated mission. Financial management, cash flow, and financial sustainability are perennial issues, and this book highlights the concepts, skills, and tools that help organizations address those issues. Clear guidance on analytics, reporting, investing, risk management, and more comprise a singular reference that nonprofit finance and accounting professionals and board members should keep within arm's reach. Updated to reflect the post-recession reality and outlook for nonprofits, this new edition includes new examples, expanded tax-exempt financing material, and recession analysis that informs strategy going forward. Articulate the proper primary financial objective, target liquidity, and how it ensures financial health and sustainability Understand nonprofit financial practices, processes, and objectives Manage your organization's resources in the context of its mission Delve into smart investing and risk management best practices Manage liquidity, reporting, cash and operating budgets, debt and other liabilities, IP, legal risk, internal controls and more Craft appropriate financial policies Although the U.S. economy has recovered, recovery has not addressed the systemic and perpetual funding challenges nonprofits face year after year. Despite positive indicators, many organizations remain hampered by pursuit of the wrong primary financial objective, insufficient funding and a lack of investment in long-term sustainability; in this climate, financial managers must stay up-to-date with the latest tools, practices, and regulations in order to serve their organization's interests. Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations provides clear, in-depth reference and strategy for navigating the expanding financial management function.
Financial Statement Analysis
by
This book presents financial statements as a set of dynamic instruments that can be used for accurate, relevant, and timely financial decisions. It focuses on the economic and financial conditions that cause statements to change and discover how businesses can manage liquidity, debt, and profitability. Plus, explore effect ratios, causal ratios, pro forma analysis, sustainable growth, and much more. Key topics covered include: valuation techniques, effect ratios, DuPont system for analyzing profitability, causal analysis. how to conduct a financial statement analysis, users of financial statements, forecasting sustainable growth, and bankruptcy prediction models.
Financial Statement Analysis
by
The updated, real-world guide to interpreting and unpacking GAAP and non-GAAP financial statements In Financial Statement Analysis, 5th Edition, leading investment authority Martin Fridson returns with Fernando Alvarez to provide the analytical framework you need to scrutinize financial statements, whether you're evaluating a company's stock price or determining valuations for a merger or acquisition. Rather than taking financial statements at face value, you'll learn practical and straightforward analytical techniques for uncovering the reality behind the numbers. This fully revised and up-to-date 5th Edition offers fresh information that will help you to evaluate financial statements in today's volatile markets and uncertain economy. The declining connection between GAAP earnings and stock prices has introduced a need to discriminate between instructive and misleading non-GAAP alternatives. This book integrates the alternatives and provides guidance on understanding the extent to which non-GAAP reports, particularly from US companies, may be biased. Understanding financial statements is an essential skill for business professionals and investors. Most books on the subject proceed from the questionable premise that companies' objective is to present a true picture of their financial condition. A safer assumption is that they seek to minimize the cost of raising capital by portraying themselves in the most favorable light possible. Financial Statement Analysis teaches readers the tricks that companies use to mislead, so readers can more clearly interpret statements. Learn how to read and understand financial statements prepared according to GAAP and non-GAAP standards Compare CFROI, EVA, Valens, and other non-GAAP methodologies to determine how accurate companies' reports are Improve your business decision making, stock valuations, or merger and acquisition strategy Develop the essential skill of quickly and accurately gathering and assessing information from financial statements of all types Professional analysts, investors, and students will gain valuable knowledge from this updated edition of the popular guide. Filled with real-life examples and expert advice, Financial Statement Analysis, 5th Edition, will help you interpret and unpack financial statements.
Fundamentals of Finance
by
Finance is the study of how individuals, institutions, governments, and businesses acquire, spend, and manage their money and other financial assets to maximize their value or wealth. Fundamentals of Finance introduces the nuances of finance in a comprehensive yet concise manner and is essential reading for professionals building a career in finance or for students taking a course in finance. The book consists of four parts: Part I: "Introduction to Finance, Money and Interest Rates, and Time Value of Money" focuses on the role financial markets play in the financial system and financial basics that underlie how markets operate. Part II: "Investments and Portfolio Management" discusses the characteristics of stocks and bonds, how securities are valued, the operations of securities markets, formation of optimal portfolios, and derivatives. Part III: "Financial Management/Corporate Finance" explores financial planning, asset management, and fund-raising activities that will enhance a firm's value. Part IV: "Management of Financial Institutions" focuses on management of financial institutions in general, and risk management in financial institutions in particular. The book's many examples, appendices, graphs and tables provide valuable know-how to a wide audience, making it an excellent resource for professionals as well as students who wish to attain a broad understanding of finance. Please contact Stefan.Giesen@degruyter.com to request additional instructional material comprising a chapter-wise listing of questions and answers.
Microsoft Dynamics 365 enterprise edition - financial management : maximize your business productivity through modern financial management in Dynamics 365
by
Microsoft Dynamics 365 for finance and operations is a rapidly growing application and is widely used in enterprise organizations. Because of its ability to maximize business productivity, it is a fast-growing business application package in the ERP market. We will start by looking into ERP concepts, implementation needs, and interface design, giving you basic knowledge of financial management aspects and explaining key concepts along the way. To begin with, you'll be taken through the general ledger and financial dimension functions. You'll later learn about the sales tax mechanism and multi-currency in Microsoft Dynamics 365. We tackle each topic with focused examples and explanations on topics such as payable/receivable accounts, forecasting, cash and bank management, budgeting planning/control, and fixed assets. Finally, we walk you through intercompany, consolidation, costing basics, and financial reporting. By the end of this book, your finance team will have a much richer understanding of Microsoft Dynamics 365 for finance and operations and its powerful capabilities.
Reading Financial Reports for Dummies
by
Your personal roadmap to becoming fluent in financial reports At first glance, the data in financial reports might seem confusing or overwhelming. But, with the right guide at your side, you can learn to translate even the thickest and most complex financial reports into plain English. In Reading Financial Reports For Dummies, you'll move step-by-step through each phase of interpreting and understanding the data in a financial report, learning the key accounting and business fundamentals as you go. The book includes clear explanations of basic and advanced topics in finance, from the difference between private and public companies to cash flow analysis. In this book, you'll also find: Full coverage of how to analyze annual reports, including their balance sheets, income statements, statements of cash flow, and consolidated statements Real-world case studies and financial statement examples from companies like Mattel and Hasbro Strategies for analyzing financial reports to reveal opportunities for operations optimization Reading Financial Reports For Dummies is a can't-miss resource for early-career investors, traders, brokers, and business leaders looking to improve their financial literacy with a reliable, accurate, and easy-to-follow financial handbook.
Small Business Finance and Valuation
by
This book covers the financial aspects of a business, including those that are important to start, grow, and sustain an enterprise. According to the U.S. Small Business Administration, over 99 percent of businesses are small or medium size yet the majority of books are focused on large corporations. This book aims to close that gap and also focus on the practitioners--the entrepreneurs, small business owners, consultants--and students aspiring to practice in this space. Small businesses are the growth engine of the economy and it is important that we provide them with the tools for success. This book covers the financial aspects of a business, including those that are important to start, grow, and sustain an enterprise. We accomplish this by providing concepts, tools, and techniques that are important for the practitioner. The overall aim is to provide this information in straightforward way while also providing the depth required for areas that warrant it.
Using Fiscal Policy and Public Financial Management to Promote Gender Equality
by
This book examines how fiscal policy and management can promote gender equality in developing as well as developed countries. Providing an international look at gender budgeting, it draws on countries at different levels of development, with an emphasis on low-income developing countries. It introduces the reader to the main trends in gender equality, the key ideas and rationale of gender budgeting from a fiscal policy perspective and where gender budgeting fits into public financial management. It offers case studies and other empirical evidence from developing, emerging, and developed countries on what works in using fiscal policy and public financial management to narrow gender gaps in education, health care, access to infrastructure, and economic empowerment. It also provides policy recommendations appropriate to countries at different levels of development. The reader will gain an understanding of how fiscal policy and public financial management can contribute to gender equality and women's advancement. The book provides a well-grounded set of conclusions and policy recommendations, drawn from evaluation of the evidence. The focus is on low-income developing countries but is combined with a well-rounded look at developing countries, more generally, emerging markets, and developed countries as well. This book will be a valuable resource for economists and policy makers, particularly those in developing countries still grappling with large disparities between women and men. It will also prove useful to researchers and those who provide technical assistance and aid to countries on fiscal policies and tools for gender equality.
Wiley GAAP: Financial Statement Disclosure Manual
by
Streamline financial statement preparation with this cross-referenced guide Financial Statement Disclosures Manual is a natural complement to Wiley GAAP, providing a complete set of tools for statement preparation. This useful reference is formatted in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification® (ASC) schema, with information delineated as Presentation, Assets, Liabilities, Equity, Revenue, Expenses, and Broad Transactions. When used with other Wiley GAAP resources, this arrangement helps users perform additional research and easily find more detailed information on requirements, with disclosures referenced to FASB's ASC. Explicit examples enable easy customization, streamlining the statement preparation process and potentially improving the effectiveness of disclosures with clear presentation of information that is most important to users. Determining the correct wording and presentation formats for disclosures is a time consuming effort. Standards are continually updated, and the latest changes to revenue recognition impact virtually all financial statements. This book is a guide to enhanced disclosure as standardized by FASB, and works in conjunction with other Wiley GAAP products to provide a complete professional reference. Find specific GAAP codification and explanations quickly and easily Get up to speed on the latest developments and updates Follow references to relevant content in Wiley GAAP and the Disclosure Checklist Study expertly-prepared examples to understand GAAP applications Enhanced disclosure requirements have come about in response to accounting scandals, the proliferation of complicated instruments, and the pressure toward transparency. Keeping abreast of the latest developments - and their applications and requirements - is an essential but time-consuming part of the accountant's role. Financial Statement Disclosures Manual simplifies statement preparation by providing complete disclosures information, cross-referenced to relevant GAAP information and tools.
In this course, the students will have a chance to train in an existing entrepreneurial endeavor. The Deaf student will learn the intricacies, procedures, rules, work values and communication process in an entrepreneurial setting. This experience will eventually help in deciding what course of entrepreneurial endeavor the student will take in preparing the business plan. While on internship, the student will have regular processing session with the teacher, as well as with the identified supervisor to discuss performance output, working environment, and Deaf and Hearing work relations.
Brains vs capital : entrepreneurship for everyone lean, smart, simple
by
Entrepreneurship is not a calling only for the selected few. Creative work and economic self-realization are goals that anyone can pursue. Learn how to create your own 'idea-masterpiece' as a collage or puzzle made from existing pieces, and construct your own company from pre-existing components that are freely available to everyone. Brains versus Capital: Entrepreneurship for Everyone opens up many channels of opportunity for many people who never thought that they would start their own company. This book emphasizes knowledge-based start-ups, which offers a crucial difference to classic self-employment and the new technology based start-ups. G nter Faltin has been teaching this approach for decades, and he has applied his theoretical concept with great success to 'The Tea Campaign' (Teekampagne), the largest mail-order tea company in Germany. A growing number of companies uses Professor Faltin's principles successfully. Featuring practical examples of successful companies, G nter Faltin shows how anyone can refine an idea to create a new company. By combining components that already exist, a small start-up founder could even challenge the big companies.
Digital Entrepreneurship
by
Technology has enabled a new age of entrepreneurship as entrepreneurs find digital tools that enable new ventures to exploit commercial opportunities around the world. This textbook provides students with expert guidance on using technology platforms to start new ventures. With an award-winning approach, the author guides readers through the process of a lean startup, taking a "digital first" approach to entrepreneurship. Students using the book will emerge with enhanced understanding of different digital business models, analytical skills for digital ventures, and the confidence to move from prototype to product. Online resources such as slides, a sample syllabus, and exercises encourage the classroom to become an interactive and dynamic space.
Employee to entrepreneur : how to earn your freedom and do work that matters
by
Make the leap and become an entrepreneur today Are you living for the weekend? Are you dissatisfied at work? Are you itching to do something that is important to you? How can you avoid the pitfalls that many first-time entrepreneurs have fallen into? How do you explore whether entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job? Employee to Entrepreneur is your guide to leaving your job behind and building something for yourself. Author and employee-turned-entrepreneur Steve Glaveski, shows you how to navigate the challenges, find the entrepreneurial success that is right for you and become a better person along the way. Employee to Entrepreneur combines storytelling with a step-by-step framework to teach you how to effectively explore and leverage entrepreneurship to gain freedom, fulfillment and financial security. understand what you want to do by first understanding yourself explore if entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job avoid the common pitfalls faced by first-time entrepreneurs fund, test and prioritise your ideas in a fast and cost-effective way develop the mindset to succeed in your business. If you're ready to leave your cushy employee life behind and build a business and a life you believe in, reading this essential guidebook is your first step to making it happen.
Entrepreneurship
by
Entrepreneurship, by Robert Hisrich, Michael Peters and Dean Shepherd has been designed to clearly instruct students on the process of formulating, planning, and implementing a new venture. Students are exposed to detailed descriptions of 'how to' embark on a new venture in a logical manner. Comprehensive cases at the end of the text have been hand-picked by the authors to go hand-in-hand with chapter concepts, helping to reinforce key topics.
Entrepreneurship: Ideas in Action Updated, 6th, Precision Exams Edition
by
ENTREPRENEURSHIP: IDEAS IN ACTION 6E provides students with the knowledge needed to realistically evaluate their potential as a business owner. This text encourages students to examine all the major steps involved in starting a new business: Ownership, Strategy, Finance, and Marketing. As students complete the chapters, they will develop a business plan and learn what it takes to get an entrepreneurial venture off to a good start.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success
by
Entrepreneurship : theory, process, practice
by
Never too old to get rich : the entrepreneur's guide to starting a business mid-life
by
Start a successful business mid-life When you think of someone launching a start-up, the image of a twenty-something techie probably springs to mind. However, Gen Xers and Baby Boomers are just as likely to start businesses and reinvent themselves later in life. Never Too Old to Get Rich is an exciting roadmap for anyone age 50+ looking to be their own boss and launch their dream business. This book provides up-to-date resources and guidance for launching a business when you're 50+. There are snappy profiles of more than a dozen successful older entrepreneurs, describing their inspirational journeys launching businesses and nonprofits, followed by Q&A conversations, and pull-out boxes containing action steps. The author walks you through her three-part fitness program: guidelines for becoming financially fit, physically fit, and spiritually fit, before delving more deeply into how would-be entrepreneurs over 50 can succeed. * Describes how you can find capital to start your own business * Offers encouraging stories of real people who have become their own bosses and succeeded as entrepreneurs * Written by PBS Next Avenue's entrepreneur expert, Kerry Hannon * Teaches you how to start your own business Never Too Old to Get Rich is the ideal book for older readers looking to pursue new business ventures later in life.
Shaping Entrepreneurship Research
by
Shaping Entrepreneurship Research: Made, as Well as Foundis a collection of readings designed to support entrepreneurship research. Focused on a worldview in which the future is open-ended and shapeable through human action - i.e. "made", this collection reframes entrepreneurship as a science of the artificial rather than as a natural or social science. It posits an open-ended universe for the making of human artifacts even if large swathes of nature and society are not within the control of the people making them. The book explores the notion of "made" through 25 foundational readings - classics from the history of ideas. Organized into five sections, each classic is individually introduced by the editors in one of five chapters written to explain its relevance and significance for a "made" view of entrepreneurship. Readers will benefit from exposure to these classic ideas and ongoing research in a variety of areas that fall somewhat outside the line-of-sight of traditional entrepreneurship research. Both individually and collectively, the readings suggest opportunities to ask new questions and develop new ways of framing entrepreneurship research that carry the discussion beyond worlds found to worlds made as well as found. The book is crafted to be valuable to three groups of scholars: young scholars with limited or no access to research infrastructure but with a desire to participate in deep conversations; young scholars with access to research infrastructure who also desire to listen-in on a different kind of conversation; and established entrepreneurship scholars who are contemplating an alternative set of foundational ideas to support their conversations in the discipline.
Start before you're ready : the young entrepreneur's guide to extraordinary success in work and life
by
Unleash your entrepreneurial spirit with a counterintuitive approach to starting your own venture or taking your career to the next level Start Before You're Ready offers entrepreneurs an inspiring new roadmap to success -- one that runs against nearly everything you've ever been taught about business. Author Mick Spencer is living proof that success doesn't always rest down the traditional path of formal education and deep pockets. At the age of 22, with nothing to his name, he founded ONTHEGO Custom Apparel (www.otgcustom.com), a customised apparel and uniform company. Since then he has built a worldwide network of movers and shakers and raised millions in venture capital. His company is now a multi-million-dollar player on the international stage, disrupting the slow-moving industry with a modern blend of technological disruptions and social responsibility. In this book, he presents a solid case that analysis paralysis and endless 'preparation' won't get you anywhere -- you have to take that leap and do what you really want to do. Indeed, start before you're ready. Spencer challenges you to get outside your comfort zone and, although intimidating, his approach forces you to learn 'on the go' and focus on what you can do rather than what you can't. Engrossing personal anecdotes coach you through the frustrations and challenges, while vital tools and clear strategies give you a concrete plan for making every day count, many of which have been taught to Mick by billionaires, global CEO's and highly sought after founders. Chart your own path to success -- even without a university degree or financial assets Focus on what you can do right now to achieve your goals Master self-reliance, overcome adversity and discover your true purpose Learn positive habits and build confidence to overcome challenges Starting your own venture or pushing the boundaries in your career is always a leap of faith. It's saying 'yes' before figuring out how to deliver. It's moments of self-doubt followed by fiery adventurousness and courageous optimism. You are at once inspired, vulnerable, motivated and proud -- and you are capable of extraordinary things. Start Before You're Ready equips you with the inspiration and practical advice you need to succeed in today's entrepreneurial environment.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship
by
The way organizations manage entrepreneurship has changed dramatically over the past decade. Today, organizations take account of economic issues, but they also adopt a broader perspective of their purpose including social and environmental issues (i.e. sustainability). Yet, despite its global spread, sustainable entrepreneurship remains an uncertain and poorly defined ambition with few absolutes. This book reaffirms the important need to improve comprehension and explore the subtleties of how individuals, groups, and organizations can discover, create, and seize opportunities for blended value generation, by designing and operating sustainable ventures. It examines, in an interdisciplinary fashion and across sectoral and geographical boundaries, how entrepreneurial activities can be developed to be generally consistent with sustainable development goals, as well as by whom, for what reasons, and with what implications. The Editors comprehensively review key dimensions of the sustainable entrepreneurship phenomenon to establish an essential definition and up-to-date picture of the field. The 19 chapters cover 4 main topics: Understanding the intentions and motivations for sustainable entrepreneurship Fostering and enacting sustainability through entrepreneurial action Leading and inspiring sustainable entrepreneurial action Finding the contextually grounded implications of and challenges to sustainable entrepreneurship and blended value generation This book is an important resource for entrepreneurs and policy makers as well as students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation, and sustainability.
In this course, the students will have a chance to train in an existing entrepreneurial endeavor. The Deaf student will learn the intricacies, procedures, rules, work values and communication process in an entrepreneurial setting. This experience will eventually help in deciding what course of entrepreneurial endeavor the student will take in preparing the business plan. While on internship, the student will have regular processing session with the teacher, as well as with the identified supervisor to discuss performance output, working environment, and Deaf and Hearing work relations.
Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory
by
As the breadth and empirical diversity of entrepreneurship research have increased rapidly during the last decade, the quest to find a "one-size-fits-all" general theory of entrepreneurship has given way to a growing appreciation for the importance of contexts. This promises to improve both the practical relevance and the theoretical rigor of research in this field. Entrepreneurship means different things to different people at different times and in different places and both its causes and its consequences likewise vary. For example, for some people entrepreneurship can be a glorious path to emancipation, while for others it can represent the yoke tethering them to the burdens of overwork and drudgery. For some communities it can drive renaissance and vibrancy while for others it allows only bare survival. In this book, we assess and attempt to push forward contemporary conceptualizations of contexts that matter for entrepreneurship, pointing in particular to opportunities generating new insights by attending to contexts in novel or underexplored ways. This book shows that the ongoing contextualization of entrepreneurship research should not simply generate a proliferation of unique theories - one for every context - but can instead result in better theory construction, testing and understanding of boundary conditions, thereby leading us to richer and more profound understanding of entrepreneurship across its many forms. Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory will critically review the current debate and existing literature on contexts and entrepreneurship and use this to synthesize new theoretical and methodological frameworks that point to important directions for future research.
Digital entrepreneurship : impact on business and society
by
This open access book explores the global challenges and experiences related to digital entrepreneurial activities, using carefully selected examples from leading companies and economies that shape world business today and tomorrow. Digital entrepreneurship and the companies steering it have an enormous global impact; they promise to transform the business world and change the way we communicate with each other. These companies use digitalization and artificial intelligence to enhance the quality of decisions and augment their business and customer operations. This book demonstrates how cloud services are continuing to evolve; how cryptocurrencies are traded in the banking industry; how platforms are created to commercialize business, and how, taken together, these developments provide new opportunities in the digitalized era. Further, it discusses a wide range of digital factors changing the way businesses operate, including artificial intelligence, chatbots, voice search, augmented and virtual reality, as well as cyber threats and data privacy management. "Digitalization mirrors the Industrial Revolution's impact. This book provides a complement of perspectives on the opportunities emanating from such a deep seated change in our economy. It is a comprehensive collection of thought leadership mapped into a very useful framework. Scholars, digital entrepreneurs and practitioners will benefit from this timely work." Gina O'Connor, Professor of Innovation Management at Babson College, USA "This book defines and delineates the requirements for companies to enable their businesses to succeed in a post-COVID19 world. This book deftly examines how to accomplish and achieve digital entrepreneurship by leveraging cloud computing, AI, IoT and other critical technologies. This is truly a unique "must-read" book because it goes beyond theory and provides practical examples." Charlie Isaacs, CTO of Customer Connection at Salesforce.com, USA "This book provides digital entrepreneurs useful guidance identifying, validating and building their venture. The international authors developed new perspectives on digital entrepreneurship that can support to create impact ventures." Felix Staeritz, CEO FoundersLane, Member of the World Economic Forum Digital Leaders Board and bestselling author of FightBack, Germany.-- Provided by publisher.
Entrepreneurship : contemporary issues
by
Entrepreneurship plays an exceptional role in the development of economies and is a vital source of change in all aspects of society. This book tries to facilitate a fundamental rethinking of entrepreneurial activity and how it is manifested. It addresses a critical shortcoming in much of the research, education, and economic development work that deals with entrepreneurship. Instead of the general theories of entrepreneurship, the book lays a foundation for developing theories of different kinds of entrepreneurial ventures. As the reader navigates these pages, he or she should hopefully broaden their entrepreneurial landscape and identify critical factors that drive contemporary entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship and Development
by
In analyzing the complex link between entrepreneurship, innovation and development in the context of the emerging world, this book offers a holistic reading of this triptych based on a theoretical foundation that is itself subject to controversy: the national system of innovative entrepreneurship. The "emerging" nature of the studied countries provides specific insights, and allows the theoretical developments to be fine-tuned to the current issues. In a context that makes competitive advantages transient, emerging markets can provide a real test case for responding in a structural and innovative way to social and economic challenges, thus ensuring the sustainable performance of their innovative entrepreneurial system. Entrepreneurship and Development advocates for the integration of the social and cultural history of a given country within the framework of public policies, and proposes more targeted actions for innovative entrepreneurial activities. Moreover, the education system must integrate the entrepreneurial culture and foster multidisciplinarity to support the transfer of knowledge to markets.
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education
by
This book is a compilation of tools, techniques and frameworks for use in the field of entrepreneurship and innovation (E&I) education. Developed and honed over the past two decades, these teaching approaches are combined with well-versed practical insight. As professors know all too well, the human brain cannot articulate more than three or four dimensions of a problem without the aid of what could be referred to as �checklists for thinking�: frameworks (visual or otherwise) that help students think in terms of multiple variables affecting a problem. Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education provides a �toolbox� of more than 50 frameworks for analyzing entrepreneurship and innovation problems, and for enabling effective decision-making. It is a useful guide for professors and students alike who are looking for an overview of available tools, methods and approaches to actively learn how to go from the visionary idea to the market.
Entrepreneurship Education
by
The discussion around whether entrepreneurship can be taught is becoming obsolete as the number of entrepreneurship courses, specializations and degrees is rising at an unprecedented rate all over the world and the demand for entrepreneurial education teachers or instructors is constantly growing. The global community of entrepreneurial education proponents is enthusiastic about the possibility of spreading the idea of entrepreneurship, as it is believed to benefit societies and economies in addition to influencing human development on an individual level. The fervour is nurtured by public policies and the development of an enterprising culture in the public discourse. In this discourse, entrepreneurship is treated as a panacea for numerous social and economic problems. This book is a solid reference point for all who are interested in conducting research on entrepreneurial education or engaged in teaching entrepreneurship. It is a compendium of knowledge about entrepreneurial education as a research field, seen from the perspective of the last four decades, its complete contemporary history. It reviews the progress of the field from the outset to the present in terms of its socio-economic context, changes in the academic community, but also its research focus and methodological development. This uniquely comprehensive book is a resource of both knowledge on entrepreneurial education research and inspiration for future studies within the field. This timely and relevant book provides practical insights for educators when developing their teaching practice and will be of interest to entrepreneurship educators and entrepreneurship education researchers.
Entrepreneurship for Dummies
by
The perfect resource for your journey to start a business Entrepreneurship For Dummies is the essential guide to becoming your own boss and a successful entrepreneur. We make it simple to learn every step of the process. Identify an opportunity, learn your customers' needs, test your product, protect your intellectual property, secure funding, and get ready for that all-important launch. In classic Dummies style, this book is packed with practical information and useful advice, all in a fun and easy-to-follow format. Take fear out of the entrepreneurship equation and build the confidence you need to make your fantastic business idea take flight. Get up to date on the latest lingo, new ideas for raising money, and the latest ways to do business in the digital age. Understand the process of starting a business, from beginning to end Complete the necessary planning and meet legal requirements, without the headache Get expert tips and tricks on funding your idea and bringing your product or service to market Build the foundation you need to keep your business thriving and growing Entrepreneurship For Dummies supports you as you travel along the road to success.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
by
Learn about entrepreneurship and what makes entrepreneurs successful, all while developing your entrepreneurial skills.
Supporting Entrepreneurship and Innovation
by
Libraries have recently begun doing more to support entrepreneurship and innovation within their communities. Makerspaces and business incubators have become featured attractions in public and academic libraries and provide a unique way to reach out to a user group that can bolster a community in dynamic ways. In this volume of Advances in Library Administration and Organization, we delve beyond examples and case studies to look at how library leaders can develop support for innovation and entrepreneurship within their libraries and within the profession. Chapters include examinations of design thinking and space planning, staffing, mission statements, and makerspaces. The contributors to this volume cover libraries and their activities in North America, Europe and Africa, and also discuss professional development in entrepreneurship topics as well as support of innovation. Libraries are increasing support of entrepreneurship and innovation across the board, and this volume will position administrators and managers of libraries to better understand what's happening, and how to bring it into their own institutions.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship
by
Sustainable Entrepreneurship: How entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunitiespresents new frameworks to illustrate how entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunities and producing benefits for their business, society, and the environment. Employing research and analytical techniques from a wide variety of disciplines, including strategic management, regional studies, and innovation studies, Sustainable Entrepreneurship contributes to existing literature on this subject by delving deeply into the nature of sustainable entrepreneurial opportunities through the analysis of how contemporary wealth creators capitalize on those openings. Francesca Masciarelli and Simona Leonelli argue that entrepreneurship plays a crucial role in resolving ecological challenges through the creation of products, services and production methods that are simultaneously environmentally friendly and competitive on the market. This rigorous work offers unique new insights and represents a step towards the development of a more comprehensive analysis of sustainable entrepreneurship. By drawing on diverse perspectives, it demonstrates that the entrepreneur should consider the main sources of entrepreneurial opportunities and scrutinize the strategies and the local conditions that enable firms to create value.
Technology Entrepreneurship
by
Technology Entrepreneurship: Taking Innovation to the Marketplace, Third Edition provides a practical toolkit for potential entrepreneurs with technology backgrounds that will help them navigate complex issues such as raising capital, IP protection, product development, and more. The book's structure follows the entrepreneurial process in a step-by-step way, defining key terms and helping readers without business qualifications engage with the activities addressed. In addition, it covers a discussion of current trends and developments relevant for tomorrow's entrepreneurs. In-depth information on the practicalities of technology entrepreneurship are combined with experience from academics to provide a unique resource on how to approach this crucial subject. Presents an intense focus on product design and development, with customers and markets in mind Includes extensive discussions on intellectual property development, management and protection Provides potent insights into marketing and selling technology products to the global marketplace Covers techniques for forecasting financials, raising funds, establishing venture valuation, and exit strategies
Financial Literacy Management for the Deaf
Financial Literacy is a course where the students will know and develop acuity in financial matters. As learners become adults, they will have to know how to balance wealth, time, and health. In this course, the students will learn how to use math to help examine, plan, and decide about own financial wealth and stability by learning how to budget, invest, and how to make the money earn work for them.
100% Financial Literacy
by
100% FINANCIAL LITERACY SUCCESS helps students develop the basic knowledge and skills necessary to manage their personal finances during college and beyond. Topics including personal banking, financial aid, budgeting, credit cards, and taxes are introduced through case studies to help students understand the real-world applications and begin to think critically about the role of these concepts in their own lives. Throughout the text, individual, group, and online exercises encourage students to explore and apply skills from the text, helping them create a pathway for long-term financial success.
Analysis for financial management
by
Cryptocurrency Investing for Dummies
by
The ultimate guide to the world of cryptocurrencies! While the cryptocurrency market is known for its volatility--and this volatility is often linked to the ever-changing regulatory environment of the industry--the entire cryptocurrency market is expected to reach a total value of $1 trillion this year. If you want to get in on the action, this book shows you how. Cryptocurrency Investing For Dummies offers trusted guidance on how to make money trading and investing in the top 200 digital currencies, no matter what the market sentiment. You'll find out how to navigate the new digital finance landscape and choose the right cryptocurrency for different situations with the help of real-world examples that show you how to maximize your cryptocurrency wallet. Understand how the cryptocurrency market works Find best practices for choosing the right cryptocurrency Explore new financial opportunities Choose the right platforms to make the best investments This book explores the hot topics and market moving events affecting cryptocurrency prices and shows you how to develop the smartest investment strategies based on your unique risk tolerance.
Essentials of Investments
by
The market leading undergraduate investments textbook, "Essentials of Investments," 9e by Bodie, Kane, and Marcus, emphasizes asset allocation while presenting the practical applications of investment theory. The authors have eliminated unnecessary mathematical detail and concentrate on the intuition and insights that will be useful to practitioners throughout their careers as new ideas and challenges emerge from the financial marketplace. The Ninth Edition includes increased attention to changes in market structure and trading technology, while continuing to be organized around one basic theme - that security markets are nearly efficient. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
Foundations of financial management
by
The integrated solutions for Block, Hirt, and Danielsen's Foundations of Financial Management have been specifically designed to help improve student performance so that students are engaged in the course and can successfully solve problems and analyze the results. McGraw-Hill's adaptive learning component, LearnSmart, provides assignable modules that help students master chapter core concepts and come to class better prepared. In addition, resources within Connect Plus help students solve financial problems and apply what they've learned. Block's real-world emphasis, clear writing style, and step-by-step explanations combine with a complete digital solution to help your students achieve higher outcomes in the course. SmartBook is a powerful customized online reading experience available for Foundations of Financial Management. Powered by an intelligent diagnostic and adaptive engine, SmartBook facilitates the reading process by identifying what a student knows and doesn't know through assessments. As the student reads, the material constantly adjusts to ensure the student is focused on the content he or she needs the most to close any knowledge gaps. -- from back cover
Fundamentals of Financial Management
by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel® Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
Fundamentals of Investment
by
Post the Financial Crash, the role of regulation and the impact of regulation on all aspects of the financial industry has broadened and intensified. This book offers a comprehensive review of the operations of the industry post-financial crisis from a variety of perspectives. This new edition builds upon the authors' predecessor book, Fundamentals of Investment: An Irish Perspective. The core of the original text is retained particularly concerning fundamental concepts such as discounted cash flow valuation techniques. Changes in this new text are driven by two important factors. First, the long shadow of the Global Financial Crisis and the ensuing Great Recession continues to impact economies and financial markets. Second, the new text adopts a more international perspective with a focus on the UK and Ireland. The authors present the reader with a clear linkage between investment theory and concepts (the 'fundamentals') and the practical application of these concepts to the financial planning and advisory process. This practical perspective is driven by the decades-long fund management and stockbroking experience of the authors. Investment knowledge is a core competence required by large numbers of organisations and individuals in the financial services industry. This new edition will be an invaluable resource for financial advisers, financial planners and those engaged in advisory and/or support functions across the investment industry. Those taking investment modules in third-level educational institutes will find this book to be a useful complement to the more academically focused textbooks. l application of these concepts to the financial planning and advisory process. This practical perspective is driven by the decades-long fund management and stockbroking experience of the authors. Investment knowledge is a core competence required by large numbers of organisations and individuals in the financial services industry. This new edition will be an invaluable resource for financial advisers, financial planners and those engaged in advisory and/or support functions across the investment industry. Those taking investment modules in third-level educational institutes will find this book to be a useful complement to the more academically focused textbooks.
Introduction to Finance
by
Introduction to Finance, 17th Edition offers students a balanced introduction to the three major areas of finance: institutions and markets, investments, and financial management. Updated to incorporate recent economic and financial events, this new edition is an ideal textbook for first courses in finance--reviewing the discipline's essential concepts, principles, and practices in a clear, reader-friendly manner. Students gain an integrated perspective of finance by learning how markets and institutions influence, and are influenced by, individuals, businesses, and governments. Designed to impart financial literacy to readers with no previous background in the subject, the text provides a solid foundation for students to build upon in later courses in financial management, investments, or financial markets. Equations and mathematical concepts are kept to a minimum, and include understandable, step-by-step solutions. Divided into three parts, the book explains financial markets, discusses the functions of financial systems, reviews savings and investments in different sectors, describes accounting concepts and organizational structures, and more. Real-world examples featured throughout the text help students understand important concepts and appreciate the role of finance in various local, national, and global settings.
Invest like a shark : how a deaf guy with no job and limited capital made a fortune investing in the stock market
by
Profit from Your Unique Advantages as a Small Investor--Speed and Flexibility! "The book you are holding is, hands-down, one of the most original and insightful books I have ever read when it comes to teaching you, the individual investor, not only why you have the ability to beat the Whales of Wall Street, but also how you can do it." --from the foreword by James J. Cramer, CNBC's Mad Money and TheStreet.com "Even investors who concentrate on fundamentals can benefit from Jim DePorre's Shark approach to investing. At the very least they will know why, for a time, they can get the facts right but the stock wrong." --Herb Greenberg, senior columnist, MarketWatch.com "There are very few traders who have RevShark's intuitive feel for the market. I especially appreciate Rev's unique ability to recognize and utilize the distinct advantages of being a smaller, individual investor versus the less agile large institutions." --Barry Ritholtz, Chief Investment Officer, Ritholtz Capital Partners As an individual investor, you can swim circles around the "whales" of Wall Street...by investing like a shark! In this book, James "RevShark" DePorre reveals how to maximize your powerful and unique advantages as a small investor: speed and flexibility. You'll develop a completely new way of looking at the stock market, learn when to attack, how to move aggressively, how to stay flexible...and when to swim away in the face of danger. You'll learn why "buy and hold" is today's riskiest strategy...and exactly what to do instead. In short, you'll learn the same disciplined investment techniques that helped DePorre build a tiny nest egg into a huge fortune and transformed his life. If you read TheStreet.com, RealMoney.com, or SharkInvesting.com, you already know DePorre and his inspiring personal story of how he lost his hearing, career, and marriage...turned to online investing out of desperation...and succeeded beyond his wildest dreams. Now, in this fast-paced, insightful, and entertaining book, DePorre shows how you can do it, too. How to invest like a shark... Stay in motion, trolling for your "next meal" Stalk your prey patiently, relentlessly, and without emotion Move fast when there's blood in the water Know when to strike Know when to swim away Sell when you sense danger Feed on the frenzied crowd Profit from others' fear, despair, stupidity, and greed Use all your unique advantages and strengths Leverage small caps, technical analysis, and the tremendous power of cash Invest with the shark's attitude Be active, adaptive--and control your own destiny
Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management
by
Learn to manage your money to maximize your earning potential with Reilly/Brown/Leeds' INVESTMENT ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT, 11th Edition. Extremely reader friendly in a succinct 18 chapters, this text equips you with a solid understanding of investment instruments, capital markets, behavioral finance, hedge funds, international investing and much more. Real-world examples and hands-on applications bring chapter concepts to life as you learn to use the same tools as investment professionals. The 11th edition's unparalleled international coverage provides specific information on non-U.S. markets, instruments, conventions and techniques. New detailed discussions explain the impact of changes in both technology and regulations on global security markets. In addition, three chapters are devoted to derivatives securities--which are now standard investment instruments.
Personal Financial Literacy Updated, 3rd Precision Exams Edition
by
PERSONAL FINANCIAL LITERACY, Third Edition, covers the most current and relevant financial topics that impact today's students, including budgeting, identity theft, saving, investing, risk management, and careful use of credit. This text teaches students how to plan and manage their personal finances; how to live a financially successful life; and what their financial responsibilities are as citizens. It is aligned with the Jump$tart Coalition's National Standards for Personal Financial Literacy. The personal focus of this course makes it relevant and meaningful to those just starting down the path to personal financial independence.MindTap for Personal Financial Literacy, Updated Precision Exams Edition, 3rd edition is the digital learning solution that helps teachers engage and transform today's students into critical thinkers. Through paths of dynamic assignments and applications that you can personalize, real-time course analytics and an accessible reader, MindTap helps you turn cookie cutter into cutting edge, apathy into engagement, and memorizers into higher-level thinkers. MindTap for this course includes the full, interactive eBook as well as auto-graded reading activities throughout the eBook for each lesson as well as student tools like flashcards, practice quizzes, and auto-graded homework and tests.
PFIN 3
by
Created through an extensive "student-tested, faculty-approved" review process with student and faculty input, PFIN3 is an engaging and accessible solution designed to accommodate the diverse lifestyles of today's learners at a value-based price. PFIN3 continues to provide the personal finance content students need in a concise, approachable format that appeals to today's busy learner. Shorter chapters, an inviting design, engaging visuals, and removable Chapter-in-Review cards work with numerous online student study tools to reinforce the book's solid life-cycle approach to personal financial management. Students study financial plans, assets, credit, insurance, investment, and retirement as individuals and families progress through life.Numerous real-life examples and step-by-step learning features help ensure that students master course material and today's critical financial tools and technology. This edition highlights the most recent current statistical information and laws regarding topics such as taxes, health care, credit, banking, and estate planning to equip students with contemporary, practical skills.All online tools, including Excel® worksheets that correspond to the book's exercises and Kiplinger videos with money management and investing advice, are easily accessed through PFIN3's CourseMate website. Time-saving CengageNOW online course management and Aplia for Finance automated homework solutions further ensure that students develop today's most important personal finance skills.
Financial Literacy Management for the Deaf
Financial Literacy is a course where the students will know and develop acuity in financial matters. As learners become adults, they will have to know how to balance wealth, time, and health. In this course, the students will learn how to use math to help examine, plan, and decide about own financial wealth and stability by learning how to budget, invest, and how to make the money earn work for them.
The book of alternative data a guide for investors, traders and risk managers
by
The first and only book to systematically address methodologies and processes of leveraging non-traditional information sources in the context of investing and risk management Harnessing non-traditional data sources to generate alpha, analyze markets, and forecast risk is a subject of intense interest for financial professionals. A growing number of regularly-held conferences on alternative data are being established, complemented by an upsurge in new papers on the subject. Alternative data is starting to be steadily incorporated by conventional institutional investors and risk managers throughout the financial world. Methodologies to analyze and extract value from alternative data, guidance on how to source data and integrate data flows within existing systems is currently not treated in literature. Filling this significant gap in knowledge, The Book of Alternative Data is the first and only book to offer a coherent, systematic treatment of the subject. This groundbreaking volume provides readers with a roadmap for navigating the complexities of an array of alternative data sources, and delivers the appropriate techniques to analyze them. The authors--leading experts in financial modeling, machine learning, and quantitative research and analytics--employ a step-by-step approach to guide readers through the dense jungle of generated data. A first-of-its kind treatment of alternative data types, sources, and methodologies, this innovative book: Provides an integrated modeling approach to extract value from multiple types of datasets Treats the processes needed to make alternative data signals operational Helps investors and risk managers rethink how they engage with alternative datasets Features practical use case studies in many different financial markets and real-world techniques Describes how to avoid potential pitfalls and missteps in starting the alternative data journey Explains how to integrate information from different datasets to maximize informational value The Book of Alternative Data is an indispensable resource for anyone wishing to analyze or monetize different non-traditional datasets, including Chief Investment Officers, Chief Risk Officers, risk professionals, investment professionals, traders, economists, and machine learning developers and users.
Buffett's Tips A Guide to Financial Literacy and Life
by
What if you could learn financial literacy from Warren Buffett himself? Finance is a language like any other: the more fluently you speak it, the further--and more comfortably--you travel. And if you want to improve your financial literacy, what better teacher could you have than Warren Buffett? Often described as the greatest investor of all time, Warren Buffett started his investment firm with$100 in the late 1950s and went on to become the billionaire and sage we know today. Along the way he's reaped huge profits for fellow investors in Berkshire Hathaway and remains one of the most sought-after and closely watched figures in the business world. So how did he do it? In Buffett's Tips, award-winning professor and professional investor John M. Longo demonstrates just how by translating decades of Buffett's writings and media appearances into a 100 straightforward tips and strategies anyone can follow for enhanced financial literacy and independence, including: Essential concepts like the time value of money and compound interest Basic financial instruments, such as savings and checking accounts and certificates of deposit Approaches to valuing stock, including discounted cash flow and relative valuation How to build a portfolio in accordance with Buffett's two golden rules Whether you want to grow your personal finances, develop your business acumen, or improve softer career skills such as emotional intelligence, there's no one better to learn from than the most famous investor in the world--and no better way to do that than having a copy of Buffett's Tips close at hand.
Economics for life : real-world financial literacy
by
America has evolved into an ownership society. Home-buying decisions, resource allocation, debt exposure, and financial planning for the future are now left to individuals, many of whom may lack the financial understanding to evaluate and make sound decisions. Economics, with its insistence on quantifying ideas and putting specific quantitative values on all manner of phenomena, can help sort through the questions. Economics for Life: Real-World Financial Literacy is designed to help soon-to-be college graduates start their "real lives" with a better understanding of how to analyze the financial decisions that they will soon have to make. Written in an easy-to-read, conversational style, this textbook will help students learn how to make decisions on saving and investing for retirement, buying a car, buying a home, as well as how to safely navigate the use of debit and credit cards-- publisher's website.
Essentials of financial management
by
An Open Access edition of this book is available on the Liverpool University Press website (
Financial Derivatives : A Blessing or a Curse?
by
Financial Derivatives have long been the subject of conflicting views. For some, they are a useful instrument, too often maligned by those who do not understand them; for others, they are a complete waste of time and money. But which is it? Should we embrace financial derivatives, or fear them? In Financial Derivatives: A Blessing or a Curse?Simon Grima and Eleftherios I. Thalassinos rigorously explore the theory and debates surrounding this controversial topic. First exploring the perceived problems and the uses of derivatives, they study and evaluate the people who use financial derivatives; the impacts of derivatives use; and examples of safe use of derivatives. Looking at real-world examples, Grima and Thalassinos include public case studies on financial firms such as Barings Bank PLC, Allied Irish Bank, and Société Générale, as well as non-financial firms including Metallgesellschaft AG and Enron. Through these case studies, the roots of firm failure and large losses become clear, asking whether it is the misuse of this financial instrument, rather than the derivatives instrument itself, that is the cause. For students and researchers in finance, or practitioners involved in trading, regulating, or auditing, this is a fundamental text exploring a controversial and relevant concept.
Financialization, Financial Literacy, and Social Education
by
The objective of this book is to prompt a re-examination of financial literacy, its social foundations, and its relationship to citizenship education. The collection includes topics that concern indigenous people's perspectives, critical race theory, and transdisciplinary perspectives, which invite a dialogue about the ideologies that drive traditional and critical perspectives. This volume offers readers opportunities to learn about different views of financial literacy from a variety of sociological, historical and cultural perspectives. The reader may perceive financial literacy as representing a multifaceted concept best interpreted through a non-segregated lens. The volume includes chapters that describe groundings for revising standards, provide innovative teaching concepts, and offer unique sociological and historical perspectives. This book contains 13 chapters, with each one speaking to a distinctive topic that, taken as a whole, offers a well-rounded vision of financial literacy to benefit social education, its research, and teaching. Each chapter provides a response from an alternative view, and the reader can also access an eResource featuring the authors' rejoinders. It therefore offers contrasting visions about the nature and purpose of financial education. These dissimilar perspectives offer an opportunity for examining different social ideologies that may guide approaches to financial literacy and citizenship, along with the philosophies and principles that shape them. The principles that teach and inform about financial literacy defines the premises for base personal and community responsibility. The work invites researchers and practitioners to reconsider financial literacy/financial education and its social foundations. The book will appeal to a range of students, academics and researchers across a number of disciplines, including economics, personal finance/personal economics, business ethics, citizenship, moral education, consumer education, and spiritual education.
International Handbook of Financial Literacy
by
This Handbook presents in-depth research conducted on a myriad of issues within the field of financial literacy. Split into six sections, it starts by presenting prevalent conceptions of financial literacy before covering financial literacy in the policy context, the state and development of financial literacy within different countries, issues of assessment and evaluation of financial literacy, approaches to teaching financial literacy, and teacher training and teacher education in financial literacy. In doing so, it provides precise definitions of the construct of financial literacy and elaborates on the state and recent developments of financial literacy around the world, to show ways of measuring and fostering financial literacy and to give hints towards necessary and successful teacher trainings. The book also embraces the diversity in the field by revealing contrasting and conflicting views that cannot be bridged, while at the same time making a contribution by re-joining existing materials in one volume which can be used in academic discourse, in research-workshops, in university lectures and in the definition of program initiatives within the wider field of financial literacy. It allows for a landscape of financial literacy to be depicted which would foster the implementation of learning opportunities for human beings for sake of well-being within financial living-conditions. The Handbook is useful to academics and students of the topic, professionals in the sector of investment and banking, and for every person responsible for managing his or her financial affairs in everyday life.
Intersections of Financial Literacy, Citizenship, and Spirituality
by
Conversations about social education curricula largely neglect elements of spirituality and consciousness. This omission undermines the quality of the learning that occurs. This book presents spirituality as a legitimate basis for reframing these social decision-making by examining how revisiting notions of spirituality may redefine patterns of social relationships and financial choices. This work presents an interpretation of spirituality that offers the foundation for an alternative ideology to capitalist practices founded on principles of merit and blame. By acknowledging a spiritual sense of being, citizens may gain a renewed sense of personal responsibility toward community and social justice. The work draws from a fate-based ideology, which claims that individual and group choices originate from conditions outside their control. It describes art-based instructional processes that may stimulate students' affective awareness. It encourages facilitation of compassionate environments founded on principles of selflessness and provides a basis for conversation about the nature of social education and its foundations. This book represents an invaluable resource for researchers, leaders and practitioners in the field of social education.
Invest like a shark : how a deaf guy with no job and limited capital made a fortune investing in the stock market
by
Profit from Your Unique Advantages as a Small Investor--Speed and Flexibility! "The book you are holding is, hands-down, one of the most original and insightful books I have ever read when it comes to teaching you, the individual investor, not only why you have the ability to beat the Whales of Wall Street, but also how you can do it." --from the foreword by James J. Cramer, CNBC's Mad Money and TheStreet.com "Even investors who concentrate on fundamentals can benefit from Jim DePorre's Shark approach to investing. At the very least they will know why, for a time, they can get the facts right but the stock wrong." --Herb Greenberg, senior columnist, MarketWatch.com "There are very few traders who have RevShark's intuitive feel for the market. I especially appreciate Rev's unique ability to recognize and utilize the distinct advantages of being a smaller, individual investor versus the less agile large institutions." --Barry Ritholtz, Chief Investment Officer, Ritholtz Capital Partners As an individual investor, you can swim circles around the "whales" of Wall Street...by investing like a shark! In this book, James "RevShark" DePorre reveals how to maximize your powerful and unique advantages as a small investor: speed and flexibility. You'll develop a completely new way of looking at the stock market, learn when to attack, how to move aggressively, how to stay flexible...and when to swim away in the face of danger. You'll learn why "buy and hold" is today's riskiest strategy...and exactly what to do instead. In short, you'll learn the same disciplined investment techniques that helped DePorre build a tiny nest egg into a huge fortune and transformed his life. If you read TheStreet.com, RealMoney.com, or SharkInvesting.com, you already know DePorre and his inspiring personal story of how he lost his hearing, career, and marriage...turned to online investing out of desperation...and succeeded beyond his wildest dreams. Now, in this fast-paced, insightful, and entertaining book, DePorre shows how you can do it, too. How to invest like a shark... Stay in motion, trolling for your "next meal" Stalk your prey patiently, relentlessly, and without emotion Move fast when there's blood in the water Know when to strike Know when to swim away Sell when you sense danger Feed on the frenzied crowd Profit from others' fear, despair, stupidity, and greed Use all your unique advantages and strengths Leverage small caps, technical analysis, and the tremendous power of cash Invest with the shark's attitude Be active, adaptive--and control your own destiny
Investment Decision-Making Using Optional Models
by
In order to create value, companies must allocate their resources effectively and evaluate investment alternatives. This book examines, from a theoretical and empirical point of view, how managerial flexibility can be integrated into investment decisions through the optional approach. Unlike the traditional net present value method, the actual options take into account indeterminate elements. These lead to unpredictable cash flows at the time of the investment decision, especially in the context of complex and risky projects. The book puts into perspective the use of optional models and their interactions. The different categories of options are the subject of practical applications, through analysis of investment decisions where uncertainty is growing. Therefore, studies make it possible to consider the flexible nature of investment choices by integrating new information and risk over time.
Marketing alternative investments
by
"Master the process of effectively marketing alternative investments a critical but overlooked aspect of ensuring fund success"-- Provided by publisher.
The Savvy Investor's Guide to Building Wealth Through Traditional Investments
by
Would you like to be a millionaire? If you're like most people, your answer is "yes". But unlike popular opinion, this goal is not beyond your reach. Building wealth is more common sense than secret formula. You need to invest wisely. This easy-to-read guide focuses on traditional investments - stocks, bonds, and cash or cash equivalents. Stocks and bonds are the heartbeat of Wall Street. Finance experts H. Kent Baker, John R. Nofsinger, and Andrew C. Spieler take you through how to invest in a single security, as well as mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (ETFs), which offer many potential benefits to individual investors. This practical and straightforward book is written for novice investors. It takes an innovative question-and-answer format to help you learn about traditional investments and to become a better investor. If you want to become a millionaire, and don't have the luck of buying a winning lottery ticket, this guide is for you.
Understanding the Investor
by
In finance, understanding investors and their motivations is key for any business and policy-maker. Analyzing financial decisions and investor behavior can shed light on the major characteristics and variables behind trading decisions, giving researchers and investors a better understanding of the influences that affect the stock market. Understanding the Investor: A Maltese Study of Risk and Behavior in Financial Investment Decisions offers a nuanced view of the Maltese investor and the Malta Stock Exchange. In this in-depth study, author Antonietta Bonello explores the major risk appetite and tolerance characteristics of decision-taking for local financial investors. With foreign direct investment (FDI) growing by around 21% between 2014-2017, Malta's investment activities can be seen and used as an example of actual investment decisions taken by active investors. Looking across investor expectations, return of income, risk and loss aversions, disposition effect, financial literacy and overconfidence, Bonello offers an exciting perspective on investors in Malta, and the implications of this on the wider financial world. For individual investors and researchers in the area of personal finance, this new case study offers an in-depth look at investor behavior, allowing readers to understand the motivations behind emerging investment trends and to draw far-reaching conclusions on how best to prepare for upcoming challenges in financial investment.
Financial Transaction for Business Outsourcing
Financial Transaction for Business Outsourcing is a course that introduces the students to the basic financial concepts, procedures and techniques as applied to financial transaction procedures. This course describes skills and knowledge required to prepare, process and maintain financial transactions in BPO industries. The Deaf student will be exposed to the bank systems and procedures, payment platforms, and financial data analysis using spreadsheets. This course will enable the learner to make critical and sound decision related to job responsibilities. After taking the course, the student will be able to work as an administrative support in an organization who have been assigned to financial responsibilities.
Analysis for financial management
by
Basic Finance
by
Combing up-to-the-minute coverage with best practices from the field, BASIC FINANCE: AN INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INVESTMENTS, AND MANAGEMENT, 12Eillustrates how all three primary aspects of finance -- investments, financial institutions, and corporate finance -- are interrelated to give you a solid foundation in the essentials of finance. Extremely reader friendly, each chapter offers a concise, self-contained treatment of specific concepts or institutions. Comprehensive coverage of time value of money uses equations, interest tables, and financial calculator keystrokes to ensure your understanding of this key topic that permeates finance. In addition, numerous hands-on problems, financial calculation illustrations, an Excel appendix, and the MindTap digital solution help you put what you learn into practice and maximize your success.
Communication Essentials for Financial Planners
by
Exploring the Human Element of Financial Planning Communication Essentials for Financial Planners tackles the counseling side of practice to help financial planners build more productive client relationships. CFP Board's third book and first in the Financial Planning Series, Communication Essentials will help you learn how to relate to clients on a more fundamental level, and go beyond "hearing" their words to really listen and ultimately respond to what they're saying. Expert coverage of body language, active listening, linguistic signals, and more, all based upon academic theory. There is also an accompanied set of videos that showcase both good and bad communication and counseling within a financial planning context. By merging written and experiential learning supplemented by practice assignments, this book provides an ideal resource for any client-facing financial professional as well as any student on their pathway to CFP® certification. Counseling is a central part of a financial planner's practice, and attention to interpersonal communication goes a long way toward progressing in the field; this guide provides practical instruction on the proven techniques that make a good financial planner great. Build client relationships based on honesty and trust Learn to read body language and the words not spoken Master the art of active listening to help your clients feel heard Tailor your communications to suit the individual client's needs The modern financial planning practice is more than just mathematics and statistical analysis--at its heart, it is based on trust, communication, and commitment. While interpersonal skills have always been a critical ingredient for success, only recently has this aspect been given the weight it deserves with its incorporation into the certification process. Communication Essentials for Financial Planners provides gold-standard guidance for certification and beyond.
Financial Analysis with Microsoft Excel
by
Help students master the latest features in Excel® 2013 while establishing a strong foundation in corporate finance. With Mayes's FINANCIAL ANALYSIS WITH MICROSOFT® EXCEL® 2013,7E, your students develop a proficiency in using Excel® 2013 to solve real financial problems without sacrificing any finance background. This edition covers all of the topics in today's corporate finance course, including financial statements, budgets, the Market Security Line, pro forma statements, cost of capital, equities, and debt. A reader-friendly, self-directed learning approach and numerous study tools make this book both an ideal resource for independent learning and a valuable long-term reference tool. Because today's typical students enter college with basic spreadsheet skills, this new edition covers the basics early for those with no background, before moving quickly into many of the more advanced and most powerful features of Excel® 2013. This edition offers new focus on Excel® tables, pivot tables and pivot charts and other areas that have become increasingly important to today's employers. The book's easy-to-understand presentation helps students build upon or transfer skills from other spreadsheet programs as they establish a strong understand of contemporary corporate finance. Give your students the valuable, highly marketable skills in Excel® 2013 with the understanding of corporate finance that they need to succeed with Mayes' FINANCIAL ANALYSIS WITH MICROSOFT® EXCEL® 2013,7E.
Fundamentals of corporate finance
by
Fundamentals of Financial Management
by
Updated with the latest trends, developments, and practices from the field, Brigham/Houston's FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, 15e equips you with a thorough understanding of today's corporate finance and financial management. This longtime market leader offers insight into federal debt, the ongoing recovery of financial markets, and other emerging issues straight from today's headlines. Clear explanations and real-world examples help you understand the "what" and the "why" of corporate budgeting, financing, working capital decision making, forecasting, valuation, and Time Value of Money, while hands-on exercises, cases, Excel® Spreadsheet Models, and digital resources like MindTap let you put theory into action.
International Financial Statement Analysis
by
Better analysis for more accurate international financial valuation International Financial Statement Analysis provides the most up-to-date detail for the successful assessment of company performance and financial position regardless of country of origin. The seasoned experts at the CFA Institute offer readers a rich, clear reference, covering all aspects from financial reporting mechanics and standards to understanding income and balance sheets. Comprehensive guidance toward effective analysis techniques helps readers make real-world use of the knowledge presented, with this new third edition containing the most current standards and methods for the post-crisis world. Coverage includes the complete statement analysis process, plus information on income tax accounting, employee compensation, and the impact of foreign exchange rates on the statements of multinational corporations. Financial statement analysis gives investment professionals important insights into the true financial condition of a company. With it, realistic valuations can be made for investment, lending, or merger and acquisition purposes. The process is becoming increasingly complex, but this book helps readers deal with the practical challenges that arise at the international level. Understand the accounting mechanics behind financial reporting Discover the differences between statements from around the world Learn how each financial statement element affects securities valuation Master analysis for clues into operations and risk characteristics Amid an uncertain global economic climate, in today's volatile international markets, the ability to effectively evaluate financial statements is a critical skill. Standards and conditions are continuously evolving, and investment professionals need a strong, up-to-date resource for the latest rules and best practices. International Financial Statement Analysis provides this and more, with clarity and expert advice.
Principles of Corporate Finance
by
Throughout the book the authors show how managers use financial theory to solve practical problems and as a way of learning how to respond to change by showing not just how but why companies and management act as they do. The first eleven chapters are essentially the same as those in Principles. They cover the time value of money, the valuation of bonds and stocks, and practical capital budgeting decisions. The remaining chapters discuss market efficiency, payout policy, and capital structure, option valuation, and long and short-term financial planning. The text is modular, so that Parts can be introduced in an alternative order.
Financial Transaction for Business Outsourcing
Financial Transaction for Business Outsourcing is a course that introduces the students to the basic financial concepts, procedures and techniques as applied to financial transaction procedures. This course describes skills and knowledge required to prepare, process and maintain financial transactions in BPO industries. The Deaf student will be exposed to the bank systems and procedures, payment platforms, and financial data analysis using spreadsheets. This course will enable the learner to make critical and sound decision related to job responsibilities. After taking the course, the student will be able to work as an administrative support in an organization who have been assigned to financial responsibilities.
Corporate and Project Finance Modeling
by
A clear and comprehensive guide to financial modeling and valuation with extensive case studies and practice exercises Corporate and Project Finance Modeling takes a clear, coherent approach to a complex and technical topic. Written by a globally-recognized financial and economic consultant, this book provides a thorough explanation of financial modeling and analysis while describing the practical application of newly-developed techniques. Theoretical discussion, case studies and step-by-step guides allow readers to master many difficult modeling problems and also explain how to build highly structured models from the ground up. The companion website includes downloadable examples, templates, and hundreds of exercises that allow readers to immediately apply the complex ideas discussed. Financial valuation is an in-depth process, involving both objective and subjective parameters. Precise modeling is critical, and thorough, accurate analysis is what bridges the gap from model to value. This book allows readers to gain a true mastery of the principles underlying financial modeling and valuation by helping them to: Develop flexible and accurate valuation analysis incorporating cash flow waterfalls, depreciation and retirements, updates for new historic periods, and dynamic presentation of scenario and sensitivity analysis; Build customized spreadsheet functions that solve circular logic arising in project and corporate valuation without cumbersome copy and paste macros; Derive accurate measures of normalized cash flow and implied valuation multiples that account for asset life, changing growth, taxes, varying returns and cost of capital; Incorporate stochastic analysis with alternative time series equations and Monte Carlo simulation without add-ins; Understand valuation effects of debt sizing, sculpting, project funding, re-financing, holding periods and credit enhancements. Corporate and Project Finance Modeling provides comprehensive guidance and extensive explanation, making it essential reading for anyone in the field.
Corporate Finance
by
Get a distinctly European take on corporate finance The newly revised Sixth Edition of Corporate Finance: Theory and Practice delivers a uniquely European perspective on the foundations and latest trends in corporate finance, including the marked shifts brought about by sustainability, environmental, and social concerns. Containing updated statistics and graphs, the book covers the latest innovations in financial practice, like the rise of private equity investment, the continuous decline in listed companies, and the dramatic surge of sustainability-linked financing products. Readers get access to an accompanying website that offers regularly updated statistics, graphs, and charts, direct email access to the authors, quizzes, case studies, articles, and more. The book also includes: A balanced blend of theory and practice from an author team with a presence in academia and business Access to The Vernimmen.com Newsletter, which provides monthly updates on corporate finance to over 60,000 subscribers Ideal for students studying corporate finance as part of an MBA or a master's level programme in Finance, Corporate Finance: Theory and Practice is also required reading for practicing professionals in the UK and continental Europe seeking a distinctly European treatment of a critically important subject.
Corporate Finance for Dummies
by
Get a handle on one of the most powerful forces in the world today with this straightforward, no-jargon guide to corporate finance A firm grasp of the fundamentals of corporate finance can help explain and predict the behavior of businesses and businesspeople. And, with the right help from us, it's not that hard to learn! In Corporate Finance For Dummies, an expert finance professor with experience in everything from small business to large, public corporations walks you through the basics of the subject. You'll find out how to read corporate financial statements, manage risks and investments, understand mergers and acquisitions, and value corporate assets. In this book, you will also: Get a plain-English introduction to the financial concepts, instruments, definitions, and strategies that govern corporate finance Learn how to value a wide variety of instruments, from physical assets to intangible property, bonds, equities, and derivatives Explore the intricacies of financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows Perfect for students in introductory corporate finance classes looking for an easy-to-follow supplementary resource, Corporate Finance For Dummies, delivers intuitive instruction combined with real-world examples that will give you the head start you need to get a grip on everything from the cost of capital to debt analytics, corporate bonds, derivatives, and more.
Emerging Market Finance
by
Emerging economies have faced new challenges and opportunities in banking and finance in the post-crisis era under increasing uncertainty. This edited volume of International Finance Reviewcontains original papers that examine rising challenges facing emerging financial markets and institutions. It covers issues such as global banking, risk and contagion, stock market behaviour, global financing for firms, and financial inclusion in the major emerging economies. Particular emphasis on banking is given to the impact of foreign banks on lending by domestic banks, bank loan pricing behaviour with corporate default risk, determinants of nonperforming loans and their macrofinancial implications, foreign bank activities of emerging market entry, international financial shock transmission through the foreign bank lending channel via internal capital markets, and spillover effects of global monetary shocks from an advanced to an emerging economy. Additional emphasis on stock market behaviour and financing is given to emerging stock markets under policy uncertainty from advanced economies, extended multifactor models for emerging stock markets, asymmetric volatility and herd behaviour in geopolitical crises, trade financing as an important cause of the recent trade collapse, determinants of capital structure, and social and financial inclusion in the major emerging markets. This volume also provides significant insight and important policy implications for market participants, researchers, and policy makers in emerging market finance.
Entrepreneurial Finance
by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Get your business up and running-and keep it thriving-with the latest edition of the classic entrepreneurial resource For over 20 years, Steven Rogers's Entrepreneurial Finance has been the definitive guide to setting up and managing the financial aspects of any small- to medium-sized business. But how can today's entrepreneurs learn to thrive in the most difficult economy in generations? In this long-awaited fourth edition, Rogers updates his classic content for the 21st century, revising every chart, graph, and case study to reflect the modern entrepreneurial landscape. Inside, you'll find the most up-to-date information on writing a growth business plan, compiling and understanding financial statements, making a company profitable, valuing a company, cash flow management, debt and equity financing, and much more. The book is also packed with brand-new content on such current topics as: " Entrepreneurship and intrapreneurship models " Raising venture capital in private markets " Crowdfunding vs. crowdsourcing " Financing for minorities and women " Taking a job with an entrepreneurial firm Along with real-world case studies and detailed analysis, all-new classroom materials for MBA students, and a streamlined approach that makes the material more accessible than ever, Rogers's updated content demystifies the ever-changing world of entrepreneurial finance and guides you, step by step, through the process of maintaining steady profitability and business longevity. Whatever business you run or plan to launch, this essential guide provides the tools you need to build a sturdy foundation that will support it for many years to come.
Entrepreneurial finance : fundamentals of financial planning and management for small business
by
Featuring key topics within finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship to develop and maintain prosperous business ventures With a comprehensive and organized approach to fundamental financial theories, tools, and management techniques, Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business equips readers with the necessary fundamental knowledge and advanced skills to succeed in small firm and business settings. With a unique combination of topics from finance, small business management, and entrepreneurship, the book prepares readers for the challenges of today's economy. Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business begins with key concepts of small business management and entrepreneurship, including management tools and techniques needed to establish, run, and lead business ventures. The book then delves into how small businesses are operated, managed, and controlled. General finance skills and methods are integrated throughout, and the book also features: Numerous practical examples and scenarios that provide a real-world perspective on entrepreneurship and small business management A brief summary, list of key concepts, and ten discussion questions at the end of each chapter to prepare readers for the challenges of today's economy A practical guide to the complete life of a small business, from establishing a new venture to training and developing young entrepreneurs tasked with maintaining and developing a prosperous economy An in-depth discussion of the entire process of writing a successful business plan, including the rationale, significance, and requirements Techniques needed to solidify the free enterprise tradition, develop entrepreneurial strategies, and grow small businesses Entrepreneurial Finance: Fundamentals of Financial Planning and Management for Small Business is an ideal textbook for upper-undergraduate and first-year graduate courses in entrepreneurial finance within business, economics, management science, and public administration departments. The book is also useful for MBA-level courses as well as for business and management PhD majors as a resource in methodology. The book is also an idea reference for entrepreneurs, business managers, market analysts, and decision makers who require information about the theoretical and quantitative aspects of entrepreneurial finance.
Finance for Non-Finance Executives
by
This book is intended to help professionals gain an extensive working knowledge of critical financial principles in an easy-to-follow manner. This book is intended to help professionals, especially from functional areas other than finance--such as sales, marketing, human resource, research and development, production, and procurement--to gain an extensive working knowledge of critical financial principles in an easy-to-follow manner, enabling them to make critical business decisions involving cost-savings, budgets, new projects decisions, and growth strategies. The author introduces the key concepts of finance so you can contribute to the success of your business. These will help you understand the language used by accountants and how financial statements fit together. Furthermore, you will understand how to use ratio analysis to get a sense of the company's performance. In addition, readers will learn the concepts of management accounting and various kinds of decisions, including make-or-buy and shutdown. Readers will gain an understanding of how to implement budgeting and working capital management. The exciting part is also the chapter on investment appraisal, where readers will learn how to evaluate business proposals from a return standpoint.
Fundamentals of Finance
by
Finance is the study of how individuals, institutions, governments, and businesses acquire, spend, and manage their money and other financial assets to maximize their value or wealth. Fundamentals of Finance introduces the nuances of finance in a comprehensive yet concise manner and is essential reading for professionals building a career in finance or for students taking a course in finance. The book consists of four parts: Part I: "Introduction to Finance, Money and Interest Rates, and Time Value of Money" focuses on the role financial markets play in the financial system and financial basics that underlie how markets operate. Part II: "Investments and Portfolio Management" discusses the characteristics of stocks and bonds, how securities are valued, the operations of securities markets, formation of optimal portfolios, and derivatives. Part III: "Financial Management/Corporate Finance" explores financial planning, asset management, and fund-raising activities that will enhance a firm's value. Part IV: "Management of Financial Institutions" focuses on management of financial institutions in general, and risk management in financial institutions in particular. The book's many examples, appendices, graphs and tables provide valuable know-how to a wide audience, making it an excellent resource for professionals as well as students who wish to attain a broad understanding of finance. Please contact Stefan.Giesen@degruyter.com to request additional instructional material comprising a chapter-wise listing of questions and answers.
Personal Finance after 50 for Dummies
by
The best way to take control of your post-career financial future Retirement is lasting longer for all of us. That's why--and however long you decide to keep working--it's essential to plan ahead so you can live your post-career life as you wish. The latest edition of Personal Finance After 50 For Dummies details what you need to know--making it the perfect book to shelve next to your diet and fitness library, so you can keep your finances, as well as your health, in peak condition. Whether you're new to financial planning or are pretty savvy but want to cut through the noise with targeted information and advice, you'll find everything you need to know about how best to spend, invest, and protect your wealth so you can make your senior years worry-free, healthy, and fun. In plain English, retirement and financial experts Eric Tyson and Bob Carlson cover all the issues from investing, Social Security, and the long-term insurance marketplace to taxes and estate planning--including state-by-state differences. They demystify the muddy world of financial planning and provide strategies that make the course ahead crystal clear. They also dive into less obvious territory, showing how it's possible to strategize financially to avoid the worst impact of unexpected events--such as the COVID-19 crisis--as well as exploring what investment approaches you can take to protect the most important possession of all: your own and your family's health. Minimize your taxes and make wise investing decisions Find out how the SECURE Act affects retirement accounts and savings Navigate the latest Medicare, Social Security, and property tax rules Dig into what's new in estate planning and reverse mortgages Get what you want from your career as you approach retirement Whether doing it for yourself or for parents, it's never too late to begin retirement planning--and this highly praised, straightforward book is the best way to take control, so you can be confident your senior years are exactly what you want them to be: golden.
SAS for Finance : Forecasting and data analysis techniques with real-world examples to build powerful financial models
by
Leverage the analytical power of SAS to perform financial analysis efficiently Key Features Leverage the power of SAS to analyze financial data with ease Find hidden patterns in your data, predict future trends, and optimize risk management Learn why leading banks and financial institutions rely on SAS for financial analysis Book Description SAS is a groundbreaking tool for advanced predictive and statistical analytics used by top banks and financial corporations to establish insights from their financial data. SAS for Finance offers you the opportunity to leverage the power of SAS analytics in redefining your data. Packed with real-world examples from leading financial institutions, the author discusses statistical models using time series data to resolve business issues. This book shows you how to exploit the capabilities of this high-powered package to create clean, accurate financial models. You can easily assess the pros and cons of models to suit your unique business needs. By the end of this book, you will be able to leverage the true power of SAS to design and develop accurate analytical models to gain deeper insights into your financial data. What you will learn Understand time series data and its relevance in the financial industry Build a time series forecasting model in SAS using advanced modeling theories Develop models in SAS and infer using regression and Markov chains Forecast inflation by building an econometric model in SAS for your financial planning Manage customer loyalty by creating a survival model in SAS using various groupings Understand similarity analysis and clustering in SAS using time series data Who this book is for Financial data analysts and data scientists who want to use SAS to process and analyze financial data and find hidden patterns and trends from it will find this book useful. Prior exposure to SAS will be helpful but is not mandatory. Some basic understanding of the financial concepts is required.
Swiss finance : banking, finance, and digitalization
by
How could a small country in the middle of Europe, surrounded by much bigger countries and economic giants like Germany and France and in direct competition with North American and Asian rivals, develop world-class, cutting-edge financial markets? Swiss Finance answers this question, separating myth from reality, by explaining how Switzerland managed dramatic pressures brought to bear on its financial markets during the past two decades, perhaps none of them so great as the: · Competitive challenges caused by changes in Switzerland's banking secrecy laws and practices, · Shifting tide of new wealth generation toward Asia (e.g., China, Singapore, and South Korea), · Burdensome federal stamp and withholding taxes, and · Digitalization of the financial services industry, including cybersecurity, cryptocurrencies, smart contracts, central bank digital currencies, the FinTech revolution, and DLT applications. Swiss Finance thoroughly analyzes Swiss financial markets’ successes and challenges. It covers critical topics for practitioners and academics to fully understand this unique development in world financial markets and private wealth administration. ; Provides thorough coverage of Swiss financial markets, their development, status, and expected position in the global economy Discusses the dramatic changes that have taken place in global financial markets, which have affected Swiss financial governance, regulation, financial structures, and institutions Covers new topics such as financial digitalization, FinTech, the collaborative economy, the impact of cryptocurrencies, distributed ledger technologies, and smart contracts.
Tools and Techniques for Financial Stability Analysis
by
Combatting financial stability risks is a highly challenging task which can by no means be concentrated into a 'one-size fits all' approach. It is important to select the appropriate tools and techniques in order to monitor, analyse, and maintain financial stability through proactive policy measures. Tools and Techniques for Financial Stability Analysisexplores all key aspects of analytical tools and challenges for sound financial stability assessments. Comprehensive coverage is given to value at risk, stress testing, graphical tools for financial stability, the financial system stress index, as well as ratios and metrics of financial stability assessment. Finally, a concluding chapter is devoted to understand the key challenges involved in maintaining financial stability. This book will prove valuable to central bankers, economists, and policy-makers who are involved in the field of financial stability, as well as researchers studying the field.
The valuation of financial companies : tools and techniques to value banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions
by
This book presents the main valuation approaches that can be used to value financial institutions. By sketching 1) the different business models of banks (both commercial and investment banks) and insurance companies (life, property and casualty and reinsurance); 2) the structure and peculiarities of financial institutions' reporting and financial statements; and 3) the main features of regulatory capital frameworks for banking and insurance (ie Basel III, Solvency II), the book addresses why such elements make the valuation of financial institutions different from the valuation of non-financial companies. The book then features the valuation models that can be used to determine the value of banks and insurance companies including the Discounted Cash Flow, Dividend Discount Model, and Residual Income Model (with the appropriate estimation techniques for the cost of capital and cash flow in financial industries). The main techniques to perform the relative valuation of financial institutions are then presented: along the traditional multiples (P/E, P/BV, P/TBV, P/NAV), the multiples based on industry-specific value drivers are discussed (for example, P/Pre Provision Profit, P/Deposits, P/Premiums, P/Number of branches). Further valuation tools such as the "Value Maps" or the "Warranted Equity Method" will be explained and discussed. The closing section of the book will briefly focus on the valuation of specific financial companies/vehicles such as closed-end funds, private equity funds, leasing companies, etc.
Filipino Sign Language Linguistics
FSL Linguistics course is comprehensively designed to help the Deaf study and understand the importance of Filipino Sign Language as the official language of the Filipino Deaf community. It will also help deepen knowledge and understanding about the phonology, morphology and syntax of Filipino Sign Language through class work with extended hours. Furthermore, the course explores the traditional and emerging signs thus inspiring the Deaf to be more appreciative of the native language. Eventually, this sense of appreciation will lead one to be more engage in Filipino Sign Language advocacy. This course also involves lectures, instructional activities, film showing, group activities and research project.
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies - an Introduction to Its Theories
by
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is the first introductory course book that explores the theoretical foundations used in sign language interpreting studies. Authors Roy, Brunson, and Stone examine the disciplines whose theoretical frameworks and methodologies have influenced the academic study of interpreting. With this text, explanations for how interpreted events occur, how interpreted products are created, and how the interpreting process is studied can be framed within a variety of theoretical perspectives, forming a foundation for the emerging transdiscipline of Interpreting Studies. ​​ As sign language interpreting has emerged and evolved in the last 20 years as an academic field of study, the scope of learning has broadened to include fields beyond the language and culture of deaf people. This text surveys six disciplines that have informed the study of sign language interpreting: history, translation, linguistics, sociology, social psychology, and cognitive psychology, along with their major ideas, principal scholars, and ways of viewing human interaction. Each chapter includes clear learning goals, definitions, discussion questions, and images to aid understanding. The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is required reading for upper-level undergraduate or first-year graduate students in interpreting, Deaf studies, and sign language programs.
Advances in Teaching Sign Language Interpreters
by
Picking up where Innovative Practices in Teaching Sign Language Interpreters left off, this new collection presents the best new interpreter teaching techniques proven in action by the eminent contributors assembled here. In the first chapter, Dennis Cokely discusses revising curricula in the new century based upon experiences at Northeastern University. Jeffrey E. Davis delineates how to teach observation techniques to interpreters, while Elizabeth Winston and Christine Monikowski suggest how discourse mapping can be considered the Global Positioning System of translation. In other chapters, Laurie Swabey proposes ways to handle the challenge of referring expressions for interpreting students, and Melanie Metzger describes how to learn and recognize what interpreters do in interaction. Jemina Napier contributes information on training interpreting students to identify omission potential. Robert G. Lee explains how to make the interpreting process come alive in the classroom. Mieke Van Herreweghe discusses turn-taking and turn-yielding in meetings with Deaf and hearing participants in her contribution. Anna-Lena Nilsson defines "false friends," or how contextually incorrect use of facial expressions with certain signs in Swedish Sign Language can be detrimental influences on interpreters. The final chapter by Kyra Pollitt and Claire Haddon recommends retraining interpreters in the art of telephone interpreting, completing Advances in Teaching Sign Language Interpreters as the new authoritative volume in this vital communication profession.
Advances in the Sign Language Development of Deaf Children
by
The use of sign language has a long history. Indeed, humans' first languages may have been expressed through sign. Sign languages have been found around the world, even in communities without access to formal education. In addition to serving as a primary means of communication for Deafcommunities, sign languages have become one of hearing students' most popular choices for second-language study. Sign languages are now accepted as complex and complete languages that are the linguistic equals of spoken languages. Sign-language research is a relatively young field, having begunfewer than 50 years ago. Since then, interest in the field has blossomed and research has become much more rigorous as demand for empirically verifiable results have increased. In the same way that cross-linguistic research has led to a better understanding of how language affects development,cross-modal research has led to a better understanding of how language is acquired. It has also provided valuable evidence on the cognitive and social development of both deaf and hearing children, excellent theoretical insights into how the human brain acquires and structures sign and spokenlanguages, and important information on how to promote the development of deaf children. This volume brings together the leading scholars on the acquisition and development of sign languages to present the latest theory and research on these topics. They address theoretical as well as appliedquestions and provide cogent summaries of what is known about early gestural development, interactive processes adapted to visual communication, linguisic structures, modality effects, and semantic, syntactic, and pragmatic development in sign.Along with its companion volume, Advances in the Spoken Language Development of Deaf and Hard-of Hearing Children, this book will provide a deep and broad picture about what is known about deaf children's language development in a variety of situations and contexts. From this base of information,progress in research and its application will accelerate, and barriers to deaf children's full participation in the world around them will continue to be overcome.
The Art of Sign Language
by
Learning sign language is a rewarding experience, which can lead to greater communication skill. This basic introduction guide is for people without any prior knowledge of using sign language. The approach to "Signed English" is based upon the way a child would first be taught their first language. In 17 separate sections, The Art of Sign Language teaches different themed exercises.ranging from everyday communication with people to the body, home, school, and leisure, eating, drinking and general descriptions.
The Complete Idiot's Guide to Conversational Sign Language Illustrated
by
How to say it in sign. With over 500 photos and an instructional DVD. Focusing on the less formal and more popular PSE (Pidgin Sign English), this is the perfect guide to the fundamentals of communicating through sign in a variety of everyday situations. Inside, readers will discover how to sign for small talk, emotions, directions, weather, family and friends, special occasions, recreation, travel, around the house, dining out, shopping, education, at the workplace, emergencies, and more. * Includes more than 500 photos * First and only book on sign language that contains a DVD * There are approximately two million deaf people in the United States * 90% of deaf children are born to hearing parents, and PSE is the form of signing most often learned and taught by parents
A Concise Introduction to Linguistics
by
Now in its fifth edition, A Concise Introduction to Linguistics provides students with a detailed introduction to the core concepts of language as it relates to culture. The textbook includes a focus on linguistic anthropology, unpacking the main contributions of linguistics to the study of human communication and culture. Aimed at the general education student, the textbook also provides anthropology, linguistics, and English majors with the resources needed to pursue advanced courses in this area. Written in an accessible manner that does not assume previous knowledge of linguistics, this new edition contains expanded discussions on linguistic anthropology, sociolinguistics (including a section on gender and language), and pragmatics. The textbook incorporates a robust set of pedagogical features including marginal definitions, a substantial glossary, chapter summaries, and learning exercises. Brand new to this edition are suggested reading lists at the end of every chapter, and recommended websites and apps to further aid students in their study.
Deaf Interpreters at Work
by
Now, for the first time, a collection featuring 17 widely respected scholars depicts the everyday practices of deaf interpreters in their respective nations. Deaf Interpreters at Work: International Insights presents the history of Deaf translators and interpreters and details the development of testing and accreditation to raise their professional profiles. Other chapters delineate the cognitive processes of Deaf interpreting; Deaf-Deaf interpreter teams; Deaf and hearing team preparation; the use of Tactile American Sign Language by those interpreting for the Deaf-Blind community; and conference interpreting and interpreting teams. Along with volume coeditors Robert Adam, Christopher Stone, and Steven D. Collins, contributors include Markus Aro, Karen Bontempo, Juan Carlos Druetta, Senan Dunne, Eileen Forestal, Della Goswell, Juli af Klintberg, Patricia Levitzke-Gray, Jemina Napier, Brenda Nicodemus, Debra Russell, Stephanie Sforza, Marty Taylor, and Linda Warby. The scope of their research spans the world, including many unique facets of interpreting by deaf people in Argentina, Australia, Canada, England, Finland, Ireland, Sweden, and the United States, establishing this work as the standard in this burgeoning discipline.
The Everything Sign Language Book
by
Explains basic communication using American Sign Language, including proper handshapes, body language, signing etiquette, and communicating with the hearing impaired.
Filipino sign language : a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines.
by
Interpretation skills : English to American sign language
by
An Introduction to Filipino Sign Language
by
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Sign Language for Everyone
by
"Sign Language for Everyone "is authored by Cathy Rice, who along with her late husband, Bill, founded the Bill Rice Ranch, the largest missionary enterprise dedicated to reaching the deaf for Christ. An extension of their ministry, this book covers lessons and rules to follow when learning to sign and interact with the deaf.
Sign Language Interpreting
by
Sign Language Interpreting: Exploring Its Art and Science is a comprehensive exploration of the practice and research relating to sign language interpreting. A pleasant conversational style of writing is used to present the problems, the issues, and the options in this field as they are known today. The reader is taken on a journey from the early days of interpreting, to the professionalization of interpreters, to an examination of past and present models of interpreting. The business and ethical aspects of interpreting are discussed while focusing on current practice.
Sign Language Interpreting in the Workplace
by
The last forty years have seen a dramatic change in the nature of work, with deaf people increasingly moving into white collar or office-based professions. The rise of deaf professionals has led to employment opportunities for signed language interpreters across a variety of workplace settings, creating a unique set of challenges that require specialized strategies. Aspects such as social interaction between employees, the unwritten patterns and rules of workplace behavior, hierarchical structures, and the changing dynamics of deaf employee/interpreter relationships place constraints upon the interpreter's role and interpreting performance. Jules Dickinson's examination of interpreted workplace interactions is based on the only detailed, empirical study of this setting to date. Using practitioner responses and transcripts of real-life interpreted workplace interactions, Dickinson's findings demonstrate the complexity of the interpreter's role and responsibilities. The book concentrates on the ways in which signed language interpreters affect the interaction between deaf and hearing employees in team meetings by focusing on humor, small talk, and the collaborative floor. Signed Language Interpreting in the Workplace demonstrates that deaf employees require highly skilled professionals to enable them to integrate into the workplace on a level equal with their hearing peers. It also provides actionable insights for interpreters in workplace settings that will be a valuable resource for interpreting students, practitioners, interpreter trainers, and researchers.
Sign Language Made Simple
by
Sign Language Made Simple will include five Parts- Part One- an introduction, how to use this book, a brief history of signing and an explanation of how signing is different from other languages, including its use of non-manual markers (the use of brow, mouth, etc in signing.) Part Two- Fingerspelling- the signing alphabet illustrated, the relationship between signing alphabet and ASL signs Part Three- Dictionary of ASL signs- concrete nouns, abstractions, verbs, describers, other parts of speech-approx. 1,000 illustrations. Will also include instructions for non-manual markers, where appropriate. Part Four- Putting it all together- sentences and transitions, includes rudimentary sentences and lines from poems, bible verses, famous quotes-all illustrated. Also, grammatical aspects, word endings, tenses. Part Five- The Humor of Signing- puns, word plays and jokes. Sign Language Made Simple will have over 1,200 illustrations, be easy to use, fun to read and more competitively priced than the competition. It's a knockout addition to the Made Simple list.
The Study of Language
by
This bestselling textbook provides an engaging and user-friendly introduction to the study of language. Assuming no prior knowledge of the subject, Yule presents information in bite-sized sections, clearly explaining the major concepts in linguistics through all the key elements of language. This sixth edition has been revised and updated throughout, with substantial changes made to the chapters on phonetics, grammar and syntax, and eighty new study questions. To increase student engagement and to foster problem-solving and critical thinking skills, the book also includes twenty new tasks. An expanded and revised online study guide provides students with further resources, including answers and tutorials for all tasks, while encouraging lively and proactive learning. This is the most fundamental and easy-to-use introduction to the study of language.
Talking hands : what sign language reveals about the mind
by
"The house is a Babel tonight. There are snatches of English. There is Hebrew. There is a great deal of Arabic. But in the illuminated room, it is the other languages that catch the eye. They are signed languages, the languages of the deaf. As night engulfs the surrounding desert and the cameraman's lights throw up huge, signing shadows, it looks as though language itself has become animate, as conversations play out in grand silhouette on the whitewashed walls. "There are three signed languages going. There is American Sign Language, used by one of the visitors, a deaf linguist from California. There is Israeli Sign Language, the language of the deaf in that country. And there is a third language, the one the linguists have journeyed here to see: a signed language spoken in this village and nowhere else in the world." Book jacket.
Filipino Sign Language Linguistics
FSL Linguistics course is comprehensively designed to help the Deaf study and understand the importance of Filipino Sign Language as the official language of the Filipino Deaf community. It will also help deepen knowledge and understanding about the phonology, morphology and syntax of Filipino Sign Language through class work with extended hours. Furthermore, the course explores the traditional and emerging signs thus inspiring the Deaf to be more appreciative of the native language. Eventually, this sense of appreciation will lead one to be more engage in Filipino Sign Language advocacy. This course also involves lectures, instructional activities, film showing, group activities and research project.
Bilingualism and Deafness
by
This book examines sociolinguistic, educational and psycholinguistic factors that shape the path to sign bilingualism in deaf individuals and contributes to a better understanding of the specific characteristics of a type of bilingualism that is neither territorial nor commonly the result of parent-to-child transmission. The evolution of sign bilingualism at the individual level is discussed from a developmental linguistics perspective on the basis of a longitudinal investigation of deaf learners' bilingual acquisition of German sign language (DGS) and German.　 The case studies included in this volume offer unique insights into bilingual deaf learners' sign language and written language productions, and the sophisticated nature of the bilingual competence they attain. Commonalities and differences between sign bilingual language development in deaf learners and language development in other language acquisition scenarios are identified on the basis of a dynamic model of change in the evolution of (learner) language, with a focus on the role of language contact in the organisation of multilingual knowledge and the scope of inter- and intra-individual variation in learner grammars. In many respects, as becomes apparent throughout the chapters of this work, sign bilingualism represents not only a challenge but also a resource. Given this cross-disciplinary perspective, the insights on bilingualism and deafness in this volume will be of interest to a wide range of researchers and professionals.
Emerging Sign Languages of the Americas
by
This volume is the first to bring together researchers studying a range of different types of emerging sign languages in the Americas, and their relationship to the gestures produced in the surrounding communities of hearing individuals. Contents Acknowledgements Olivier Le Guen, Marie Coppola and Josefina Safar Introduction: How Emerging Sign Languages in the Americas contributes to the study of linguistics and (emerging) sign languages Part I: Emerging sign languages of the Americas. Descriptions and analysis John Haviland Signs, interaction, coordination, and gaze: interactive foundations of "Z"--an emerging (sign) language from Chiapas, Mexico Laura Horton Representational strategies in shared homesign systems from Nebaj, Guatemala Josefina Safar and Rodrigo Petatillo Chan Strategies of noun-verb distinction in Yucatec Maya Sign Languages Emmanuella Martinod, Brigitte Garcia and Ivani Fusellier A typological perspective on the meaningful handshapes in the emerging sign languages on Marajó Island (Brazil) Ben Braithwaite Emerging sign languages in the Caribbean Olivier Le Guen, Rebeca Petatillo and Rita (Rossy) Kinil Canché Yucatec Maya multimodal interaction as the basis for Yucatec Maya Sign Language Marie Coppola Gestures, homesign, sign language: Cultural and social factors driving lexical conventionalization Part II: Sociolinguistic sketches John B. Haviland Zinacantec family homesign (or "Z") Laura Horton A sociolinguistic sketch of deaf individuals and families from Nebaj, Guatemala Josefina Safar and Olivier Le Guen Yucatec Maya Sign Language(s): A sociolinguistic overview Emmanuella Martinod, Brigitte Garcia and Ivani Fusellier Sign Languages on Marajó Island (Brazil) Ben Braithwaite Sociolinguistic sketch of Providence Island Sign Language Kristian Ali and Ben Braithwaite Bay Islands Sign Language: A Sociolinguistic Sketch Marie Coppola Sociolinguistic sketch: Nicaraguan Sign Language and Homesign Systems in Nicaragua
Foreign Vocabulary in Sign Languages
by
This book takes a close look at the ways that five sign languages borrow elements from the surrounding, dominant spoken language community where each is situated. It offers careful analyses of semantic, morphosyntactic, and phonological adaption of forms taken from a source language (in this case a spoken language) to a recipient signed language. In addition, the contributions contained in the volume examine the social attitudes and cultural values that play a role in this linguistic process. Since the cultural identity of Deaf communities is manifested most strongly in their sign languages, this topic is of interest for cultural and linguistic reasons. Linguists interested in phonology, morphology, word formation, bilingualism, and linguistic anthropology will find this an interesting set of cases of language contact. Interpreters and sign language teachers will also find a wealth of interesting facts about the sign languages of these diverse Deaf communities.
Grammar, Gesture, and Meaning in American Sign Language
by
Explores similarities and differences between spoken and signed languages, challenging notions of what constituteslanguage'.
Learning to Be Deaf
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
The linguistics of American sign language
by
The Linguistics of Sign Languages
by
How different are sign languages across the world? Are individual signs and signed sentences constructed in the same way across these languages? What are the rules for having a conversation in a sign language? How do children and adults learn a sign language? How are sign languages processed in the brain? These questions and many more are addressed in this introductory book on sign linguistics using examples from more than thirty different sign languages. Comparisons are also made with spoken languages. This book can be used as a self-study book or as a text book for students of sign linguistics. Each chapter concludes with a summary, some test-yourself questions and assignments, as well as a list of recommended texts for further reading. The book is accompanied by a website containing assignments, video clips and links to web resources.
Nonmanuals in Sign Language
by
In addition to the hands, sign languages make extensive use of nonmanual articulators such as the body, head, and face to convey linguistic information. This collected volume focuses on the forms and functions of nonmanuals in sign languages. The articles discuss various aspects of specific nonmanual markers in different sign languages and enhance the fact that nonmanuals are an essential part of sign language grammar. Approaching the topic from empirical, theoretical, and computational perspectives, the book is of special interest to sign language researchers, typologists, and theoretical as well as computational linguists that are curious about language and modality. The articles investigate phenomena such as mouth gestures, agreement, negation, topicalization, and semantic operators, and discuss general topics such as language and modality, simultaneity, computer animation, and the interfaces between syntax, semantics, and prosody. Originally published in Sign Language & Linguistics 14:1 (2011).
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Sign Language
by
Sign language linguists show here that all questions relevant to the linguistic investigation of spoken languages can be asked about sign languages. Conversely, questions that sign language linguists consider - even if spoken language researchers have not asked them yet - should also be asked of spoken languages. The HSK handbook Sign Language aims to provide a concise and comprehensive overview of the state of the art in sign language linguistics. It includes 44 chapters, written by leading researchers in the field, that address issues in language typology, sign language grammar, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, sociolinguistics, and language documentation and transcription. Crucially, all topics are presented in a way that makes them accessible to linguists who are not familiar with sign language linguistics.
Sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities : envisioning the future for deaf students
by
Increased interaction between sign language communities and the mainstream societies in which they function is creating the potential for greater equality of opportunity for people who are deaf and hard of hearing. In this volume, renowned scholars and policy makers from around the world present innovative and groundbreaking perspectives on the relationships among sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities. The contributors to this volume offer creative and open-minded explorations of the construct of sustainability that are informed by their work with deaf individuals, deaf communities, families of deaf children, and other stakeholders. Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities describes sustainability in relation to: · identity, resilience, and well-being · participatory citizenship · historical perspectives on sign language use in educational contexts · sign language learning and teaching · human rights and inclusive education · literate thought and literacy · the sign language factor and the development of sign language communities in sub-Saharan Africa · sign language legislation These changing communities' understanding of what is required to become sustainable--in areas such as full participation and citizenship in society, economic well-being, access to quality education, and cultural and linguistic identity--is also taking new forms. This work contributes to the paradigm shifts regarding deaf emancipation and deaf education taking place around the world.
Sign Multilingualism
by
This volume has arisen from a three-part, five-year study on language contact among multilingual sign language users, which has three strands: cross-signing, sign-switching, and sign-speaking. These phenomena are only sparsely documented so far, and thus the volume is highly innovative and presents data and analyses not previously available.
Signs and Structures
by
As sign language linguistics has become an important and prodigious field of research in the last few decades, it comes as no surprise that the repertoire of methodological approaches to the study of the communication of the Deaf has also expanded considerably. While earlier work on sign languages was often focused on providing arguments for them being full-fledged linguistic systems, current debates do no longer center on whether visual-spatial grammars are worth being researched, but on how this type of research should be conducted. This book contains a selection of papers that could be thought of as a good representative sample of current trends in formal approaches to the study of sign language syntax. It illustrates how generative research on the communication of the Deaf may contribute to our understanding of the syntax of natural languages in general and indicates to what extent it is possible to integrate advances in the analysis of visual-spatial grammar with current spoken language research. Originally published in Sign Language & Linguistics 16:2 (2013).
Health Education course is a one stop course for everything and anything health-related. Part-science, part-arts (and definitely loads of fun!) this course takes the student on a journey into the forms and functions of the body systems and guide them in the art of healthy living. Health Education --- feeding the mind and body for a healthier, beautiful person.
Emotional literacy : supporting emotional health and wellbeing in school
by
One of the five books in the Mental Health and Wellbeing Toolkit for teachers and other professionals working with children, this practical resource focuses on the topic of 'Emotional Literacy' and how to support children and young people on a journey of self-discovery where they learn to recognise, understand, share and manage a range of emotions. Promoting a proactive rather than a reactive approach to dealing with the social and emotional aspects of learning and managing the world of today, Emotional Literacy addresses the increasing number of mental health issues arising among young people. Chapters span key topics including Recognising Emotions, Understanding Emotions, Self-Regulation and Empathy. This book offers: * Easy to follow, and flexible, lesson plans that can be adapted and personalised for use in lessons or smaller groups or 1:1 work. * Resources that are linked to the PSHE and Wellbeing curriculum for KS1, KS2 and KS3. * New research, 'Circles for Learning', where the introduction of baby observation into the classroom by a teacher is used to understand and develop self-awareness, skills for learning, relationships, neuroscience and awareness of others. * Sections on the development of key skills in communication, skills for learning, collaboration, empathy and self-confidence. * Learning links, learning objectives and reflection questions. Offering research-driven, practical strategies and lesson plans, Emotional Literacy is an essential resource book for educators and health professionals looking to have a positive impact on the mental health and wellbeing of the children in their care; both now and in the future. S1, KS2 and KS3. * New research, 'Circles for Learning', where the introduction of baby observation into the classroom by a teacher is used to understand and develop self-awareness, skills for learning, relationships, neuroscience and awareness of others. * Sections on the development of key skills in communication, skills for learning, collaboration, empathy and self-confidence. * Learning links, learning objectives and reflection questions. Offering research-driven, practical strategies and lesson plans, Emotional Literacy is an essential resource book for educators and health professionals looking to have a positive impact on the mental health and wellbeing of the children in their care; both now and in the future.
Health Education
by
Health Education: Critical perspectives provides a socio-cultural and critical approach to health education. The book draws together international experts in the fields of health and education who deconstruct contemporary discourses and practices, and re-imagine a health education that both connects with young people and offers a way forward in addressing issues of health and wellbeing. Chapters within specifically link academic work on neoliberalism, healthism, risk and the body to wider discourses of health and health education. They challenge current practices and call for a re-thinking of current health programs in education settings. A unique feature of this book is the analyses of health education from both political and applied levels across a range of international contexts. The book is divided into three sections: the social and political contexts informing health education how individual health issues (sexuality, alcohol, mental health, the body and obesity, nutrition) articulate in education in complex ways alternative ways to think about health and health education pedagogy. The overall theme of the book offers a perspective that the current approach to health education - promoting a fear of ill health, self-surveillance and individual responsibility - can become a form of health fascism, and we need to be cognisant of this potential and its consequences for young people. The book will be of key interest to academics and researchers exploring the political context of health education.
The Impact of New Health Imperatives on Educational Policy and Schooling
by
Currently a great deal of public discourse around health is on the assumed relationship between childhood inactivity, young people's diets, and a putative steep rise in obesity. Children and young people are increasingly being identified as a population at 'risk' in relation to these health concerns. Such concerns are driving what might be described as new 'health imperatives' which prescribe the choices young people should make around lifestyle: physical activity, body regulation, dietary habits, and sedentary behaviour. These health imperatives are a powerful force driving major policy initiatives on health and education in a number of countries in the Western world. Schools in particular have been targeted for the implementation of a plethora of initiatives designed to help children and young people lose weight, become more active and change their eating patterns inside and outside school. Addressing these issues requires an innovative theoretical approach. Neither the fields of 'eating disorders' nor 'obesity research' has addressed these issues from a sociological and pedagogical perspective. The contributors to this edited collection draw on a range of social theories, including Michel Foucault and Basil Bernstein to interpret the data collected across three countries (Australia and New Zealand, United Kingdom) and from a range of primary and secondary schools. Each chapter addresses various aspects of the relationship between health imperatives as constituted in government policies, school programs and practices, their recontextualised in school practices and the impact of this on the subjectivities of children and teachers. This book was originally published as a special issue of Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education.
In our hands : educating healthcare interpreters
by
Deaf Americans have identified healthcare as the most difficult setting in which to obtain a qualified interpreter. Yet, relatively little attention has been given to developing evidence-based resources and a standardized body of knowledge to educate healthcare interpreters. In Our Hands: Educating Healthcare Interpreters addresses these concerns by delineating the best practices for preparing interpreters to facilitate full access for deaf people in healthcare settings. The first section of this volume begins with developing domains and competencies toward a teaching methodology for medical and mental health interpreters. The next chapter describes a discourse approach that relies on analyzing actual transcripts and recordings to train healthcare interpreters. Other chapters feature a model mental health interpreter training program in Alabama; using a Demand-Control Schema for experiential learning; the risk of vicarious trauma to interpreters; online educational opportunities; and interpreting for deaf health care professionals. The second section offers four perspectives on education, including healthcare literacy of the clients; the education of Deaf interpreters; the development of standards for spoken-language healthcare interpreters; and the perspectives of healthcare interpreter educators in Europe. The range and depth of In Our Hands takes significant strides in presenting educational opportunities that can enhance the critical services provided by healthcare interpreters to deaf clients.
Physical activity toward health and fitness 1 (PATH-FIT 1) : health & wellness, movement education and exercise program
by
Skills-Based Health Education
by
Every new print copy includes access to the Navigate Student Companion Website which includes PDF Worksheets.The Second Edition of Skills-Based Health Education provides pre-service and practicing teachers with the pedagogical foundation and tools to develop a comprehensive PreK-12 health education program using the National Health Education Standards. It takes each standard by grade span, provides scenarios based on research to explain the skill, and then provides a step-by-step approach to planning assessment and instruction.Early chapters connect skills-based health education to coordinated school health and the national initiatives of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Healthy People 2020, The Whole Child, and 21st Century Skills. The remaining chapters provide guidance to plan, implement, and assess performance tasks. Readers are shown how to establish student needs, select content and skill performance indicators to meet those needs, and plan and implement assessment and instructions. Key Features of the Second Edition:- Provides an in depth study of the National Health Education Standards and outlines how to use them to implement skills-based health education- Discusses how to align standards to curriculum, instruction, and assessment- Outlines how to successfully teach health education content through the National Health Education Standards- Addresses the use of formative and summative assessment tools to improve teaching and learning- Incorporates anecdotes from teachers who are currently teaching content through skills
Health Education course is a one stop course for everything and anything health-related. Part-science, part-arts (and definitely loads of fun!) this course takes the student on a journey into the forms and functions of the body systems and guide them in the art of healthy living. Health Education --- feeding the mind and body for a healthier, beautiful person.
Cultural Competence in Health Education and Health Promotion
by
Cultural Competence in Health Education and Health Promotion, 2nd edition, examines the importance of ethnic and cultural factors for community health practice. Edited and written by a stellar list of contributors who are experts in field, this book describes essential theories, models, and practices for working with race, ethnicity, gender, and social issues. The authors cover a wide range of topics including demographics, disparities, complementary and alternative medicine, spiritually grounded approaches, multicultural populations, culturally competent needs assessment and planning, communication, workforce, program planning, aging, sexual orientation, and future challenges. This edition has substantially expanded coverage on working with diverse groups, social determinants of health, spirituality, theoretical models for multicultural populations, planning and program evaluation, and aging, with new content includes coverage of disability and health literacy. This edition also reflects the latest standards for Certified Health Education Specialist certification and national standards on Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS), from Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Minority Health
Digital Transformation in Healthcare
by
This book presents a collection of papers revealing the impact of advanced computation and instrumentation on healthcare. It highlights the increasing global trend driving innovation for a new era of multifunctional technologies for personalized digital healthcare. Moreover, it highlights that contemporary research on healthcare is performed on a multidisciplinary basis comprising computational engineering, biomedicine, biomedical engineering, electronic engineering, and automation engineering, among other areas.
Healthcare Interpreting
by
This volume - the first-ever collection of research on healthcare interpreting - centers on three interrelated themes: cross-cultural communication in healthcare settings, the interactional role of persons serving as interpreters and the discourse patterns of interpreter-mediated interaction. The individual chapters, by seven innovative researchers in the area of community-based interpreting, represent a pioneering attempt to look beyond stereotypical perceptions of interpreter-mediated interactions. First published as a Special Issue of Interpreting 7:2 (2005), this volume offers insights into the impact of the interpreter - whether s/he is a trained professional or a member of the patient's family - including ways in which s/he may either facilitate or impair reliable communication between patient and healthcare provider. The five articles cover a range of settings and specialties, from general medicine to pediatrics, psychiatry and speech therapy, using languages as diverse as Arabic, Dari, Farsi, Italian and Spanish in combination with Danish, Dutch, English and French.
Healthcare of the Future
by
Imagining the healthcare of the future is an interesting exercise, and although nobody can predict precisely what systems might operate in ten year's time, the possibilities which already exist can give us a clue as to how healthcare may be managed by 2030.This book presents papers from the conference Healthcare of the Future, held in Biel/Bienne, Switzerland, on 5 April 2019. The conference reflects some of the results of a two year multi-stakeholder Swiss research program in medical informatics. The research program, which began in 2016, saw 25 stakeholders cooperating for an integrated cross-sectoral treatment pathway with the goal of avoiding communication gaps and information loss among the different participants within the treatment process. The principal goals were to improve and accelerate healthcare processes and empower the patient to play an active and decisive role within their own care process. The project highlighted interaction between caregivers, patients and healthcare institutions based on modern information technology. Topics covered are divided into 4 sections: workflows in healthcare; how does eHealth change the care process; knowledge based IT support; and eHealth and the informed patient, and the book also includes the keynote conference speech on improving the hospital-patient relationship with digital communication.The book will be of interest to all those involved in healthcare whose aim is to improve and accelerate healthcare processes and empower patients to play a more active and decisive role in their own care.
Health education : diet, food and eating and the health promoting school
by
This eBook discusses the health promoting school. The world is in a time of economic crisis and change and concerns include the increase in health inequalities among children and young people, and a particular focus on how schools, working with families and local communities, can play an active role in challenging this trend. Food and eating, so basic to life, are in the modern context proving highly problematic in a range of ways. Obesity is the most obvious health related problem, bringing with it a host of serious medical and social problems, and is of epidemic proportions throughout the Western world. Childhood obesity, and its accompanying short and long term consequences such as bullying, self-image, diabetes, heart disease, and cancer, affects low-income communities disproportionally. Obesity is, however, not the only food related issue and the overriding focus on diet and weight may even be contributing to the level of eating disorders and problems with body image that is growing rapidly across developed countries, particularly in the young. Schooling, which in many countries is compulsory, can be key in responding to these challenges. The health promoting school movement is thriving: at least 34, 000 schools in the WHO European Region were identified as health promoting schools in the 2012/2013 school year and the movement is worldwide. Health promoting schools use a whole-school approach to enhance the health and educational outcomes of children and adolescents through teaching and learning experiences initiated in the schools. They combine a range of complimentary approaches directed towards knowledge and action that enable individuals and communities to increase control over determinants of health. It is recognized that how children develop and how they behave in terms of their self-concept, self-efficacy and sense of control over their lives is strongly influenced by their years at school, and that positive experiences in the context of health promotion contribute to their independence, strength, social awareness, and psychosocial resilience. Diet, eating, food choices, and their connection with physical and mental health have long been a strong theme within the health promoting school movement. The papers in this eBook examine the interconnected and complex links between food choices, eating and wider aspects of childrens environment including childrens eating habits and preferences, the largely unhealthy options available to them in schools, particularly but not exclusively in low income neighbourhoods, and the association of unhealthy eating with not only low levels of physical activity but also, and less predictably, with poor school performance. Authors also explore some school related strategies to tackle these problems. The reasons why children and young people eat as they do are highly complex. They relate to the cost and availability of healthy foods, the actions of the food industry, media pressures to conform to a certain body type, the cultural transmission of dietary patterns, changes in family and peer group life that affect eating patterns and habits, and emotional and mental health issues such as poor self-image and mood. Some of these factors, and some suggested responses in the school context, are explored by the varied papers in this eBook but, as the papers make clear, there is much we still do not know, and the pressures on the young to eat unhealthily appear to be increasing. It is hoped that this eBook will both inform and kindle interest in some of the newer challenges ahead of us on this fundamental issue.
Health Education and Prevention
by
Social representations, beliefs, values and knowledge are just some of the aspects that affect how the beneficiaries of preventative health measures perceive their wellbeing. Health Education and Prevention questions and analyzes these concepts in order to consider new ways of theorizing patients' conceptions of their health. From a methodological point of view, these analyses are put into practice with the design of prevention tools and devices. The use of a corpora of photographs is particularly meaningful in this respect. This book offers an authoritative perspective by noting important points of vigilance in training, and especially by distinguishing instructive contents conducive to the development of an explicit health pedagogy for more effective prevention measures. A model for categorizing situations integrating both educational and healthcare paths is also proposed.
The human right to health : solidarity in the era of healthcare commercialization
by
"This timely book offers a fresh perspective on how to effectively address the issue of unequal access to healthcare. It analyses the human right to health from the underexplored legal principle of solidarity, proposing a non-commercial understanding of the positive obligations inherent in the right to health."
Interpreting in Legal and Healthcare Settings
by
The importance of quality interpreting in legal and healthcare settings can never be stressed enough, when any mistake - no matter how small - can compromise the delivery of justice or put someone's health at risk. This book addresses issues arising from interpreting in legal and healthcare settings by presenting cutting-edge research findings in interpreting and interpreter education in a number of countries around the world - including those which are relatively new to the field. It contains selected papers from a conference dedicated to such themes - the First International Conference on Legal and Healthcare Interpreting - as well as other invited papers related to the fields of legal and healthcare interpreting. This book is useful not only to scholars and educators, interpreters and translators working in legal or healthcare settings, but also to legal and healthcare professionals who work with interpreters in their day-to-day work, including judges, lawyers, police officers, doctors, midwives and nurses.
Investigations in Healthcare Interpreting
by
In healthcare, the accuracy of interpretation is the most critical component of safe and effective communication between providers and patients in medical settings characterized by language and cultural barriers. Although medical education should prepare healthcare providers for common issues they will face in practice, their training often does not adequately teach the communication skills necessary to work with patients who use interpreters. This new volume in the Studies in Interpretation series addresses critical topics in communication in healthcare settings around the world. Investigations in Healthcare Interpreting consists of ten chapters contributed by a broad array of international scholars. They address topics as diverse as the co-construction of medical conversation between interlocutors, healthcare interpretation in Ireland, and how interpreters make requests for clarification in their work. Using a variety of methodological approaches including ethnography, questionnaires, observation, and diary accounts, these scholars report on trials of simultaneous video interpreting in Austrian hospitals; direct, interpreted, and translated healthcare information for Australian deaf people; the interpretation of medical interview questions from English into ASL; and specialized psychological/psychiatric diagnostic tests for deaf and hard of hearing clients. Researchers, practitioners, and students, as well as all healthcare professionals, will find this volume to be an invaluable resource.
Lean Thinking for Emerging Healthcare Leaders
by
Lean Thinking for Emerging Healthcare Leaders: How to Develop Yourself and Implement Process Improvements aims to solve the issues in modern day healthcare by handing over the reins of the improvement process to healthcare professionals. Putting those who are doing the work and are closest to the actual situation in the lead. The purpose of this book is to help you understand how to develop yourself and your leadership in such a way that will best benefit your team and your patients. This includes change management practices that will help to build commitment with your team members, colleagues, management, patients, and other stakeholders. This book educates you, as a leading medical professional, in the principles and values of Lean leadership and management. It will teach you how to improve healthcare from the inside, making it safer, better, faster, more accessible, and more affordable. With this book we want to inspire, motivate, and stimulate you to lead continuous improvement--while being respectful to people--on your way to ideal care for every patient. The primary target audience for the book are medical professionals who have (recently) acquired leadership, management, or business responsibilities. The book will also be of high value to those who obtained temporary leadership positions, like project leaders, problem solvers, change managers, and innovators. Because most of the teachings in the book are meta skills and ways of thinking, the book is easily relatable and transferable to other disciplines and even sectors.
School Health Education and Promotion
by
This ebook is the second in a series that aims to place the spotlight on educational research and its contribution to the field of school-based health and wellbeing promotion. The purpose of both ebooks is to bring together researchers, scholars and practitioners from across the world to consider current developments in research on curricula, interventions, policies and practices concerning health education and promotion and related professional development of teachers. This second collection of papers offers important new insights into diverse forms of critical research related to health and wellbeing education and promotion practices in different educational and sociopolitical contexts, which can offer valuable inspiration for further research and practice development.
Translating and interpreting healthcare discourses
by
Because of the increasing number of patients with limited language proficiency due to immigration in many countries, the need for healthcare interpreters and translators has grown swiftly in the last decade. This book gathers contributions by outstanding researchers, practitioners and trainers in translation and interpreting in healthcare situations. Biographische Informationen Dr. María-José Varela Salinas is Senior Lecturer at the University of Malaga (Spain) in the Department for Translation and Interpreting. Her main research topic is specialised translation. Dr. Bernd Meyer is a linguist by training, and a specialist for different aspects of multilingual communication in institutional settings. Since 2010, he is Professor for Intercultural Communication and Cultural Studies at the Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz (Germany) in the Department for Translation, Linguistics, and Cultural Studies. Reihe TRANSÜD. Arbeiten zur Theorie und Praxis des Übersetzens und Dolmetschens - Band 79
History of the Filipino Deaf Community
In this course, the Deaf will explore and understand the nature and dynamics of existing Deaf communities in the Philippines, and trace the history of existing Deaf organizations, schools and communities as they struggle for the welfare, rights and career opportunities of the Deaf. It will also help the learner reflect on the perspectives of the deaf which can either contribute or hinder the improvement of lives of Deaf people and discover how students can contribute to the development of the communities and organizations working with and for deaf people. Through researches, visual projects, interviews, and exhibits, the learner will be able to express and show the insights gained in this subject.
Deaf culture A to Z
by
An alphabetic look at Deaf culture.
Deaf gain : raising the stakes for human diversity
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Deaf studies today! : beyond talk
by
Beyond Talk: Deaf Studies Today! 2012 Conference Proceedings contains original submissions by presenters at the conference held on the campus of Utah Valley University. This volume is the fifth in the series of proceedings from the Deaf Studies Today! conference. It features papers by the following authors: Patti Durr Christine B Brown Andrew Byrne, Ph.D. Merrilee Gietz Heather Clark Hannah M. Dostal, Ph.D. and Lisa M. Bowers Brian Malzkuhn Joseph Hill, Ph.D. Lewis Kummer, Ed.D. and Cynthia Plue, Ed.D. J. Freeman King, Ed.D. Rebecca Furland Nigel Howard and Liz Scully David H. Smith, Ph.D. and Bryan Berrett, Ed.D Sheryl B. Cooper, Ph.D. and Jody H. Cripps, Ph.D. Tabitha Jacques Mark Zaurov Carol Sanderson-MacNicholl Noppawan Chainarong, Vee Yee Chong, and Jennifer Witteborg
Early literacy behaviors of Filipino deaf children
by
Filipino sign language : a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines.
by
For hearing people only : answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the deaf community, its culture, and the "deaf reality"
by
Provides answers to commonly asked questions about deaf people, their culture, and their language.
An Introduction to Filipino Sign Language
by
The Life Story of Mother Delight Rice and Her Children
by
Delight Rice, the hearing daughter of deaf parents, was a pioneering teacher of deaf-blind pupils at the Wisconsin and Ohio Schools for the Deaf during the early 1900s. In 1907 the U.S. government sent her to establish a deaf education system in the Philippines, which was occupied by American military forces during the Spanish-American War. Initially unable to find any deaf children in Manila and surrounding provinces, she and American constabularies ventured into the interior mountains, heavily populated by wild, hostile headhunting tribes, in search of deaf children. They rode U.S. Army wagons and on burros for more than 1,000 miles on their successful mission. This book chronicles Delight Rice's life and legendary contributions to deaf education in the United States and the Philippines.
Many Ways to Be Deaf
by
Twenty-four international scholars contribute articles on linguistic and cultural diversity in deaf communities worldwide, including Japan, Viet Nam, Nigeria, Ireland, Brazil, and the United States. The wide- ranging topics include the evolution of British fingerspelling beginning in the 17th centur
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education
by
The field of deaf studies, language, and education has grown dramatically over the past forty years. From work on the linguistics of sign language and parent-child interactions to analyses of school placement and the the mapping of brain function in deaf individuals, research across a range ofdisciplines has greatly expanded not just our knowledge of deafness and the deaf, but also the very origins of language, social interaction, and thinking.In this updated edition of the landmark original volume, a range of international experts present a comprehensive overview of the field of deaf studies, language, and education. Written for students, practitioners, and researchers, The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume1, is a uniquely ambitious work that has altered both the theoretical and applied landscapes.Pairing practical information with detailed analyses of what works, why, and for whom - all while banishing the paternalism that once dogged the field - this first of two volumes features specially-commissioned, updated essays on topics including: language and language development, hearing andspeech perception, education, literacy, cognition, and the complex cultural, social, and psychological issues associated with deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. The range of these topics shows the current state of research and identifies the opportunites and challenges that lie ahead.Combining historical background, research, and strategies for teaching and service provision, the two-volume Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education stands as the benchmark reference work in the field of deaf studies.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Signs and voices : deaf culture, identity, language, and arts
by
Cochlear implants, mainstreaming, genetic engineering, and other ethical dilemmas confronting deaf people mandated a new, wide-ranging examination of these issues, fulfilled by Signs and Voices: Deaf Culture, Identity, Language, and Arts. This collection, carefully chosen from the 2004 Signs and Voices Conference, the Presidential Forum on American Sign Language at the Modern Language Association Convention, and other sources, addresses all of the factors now changing the cultural landscape for deaf people. To ensure quality and breadth of knowledge, editors Kristin A. Lingren, Doreen DeLuca, and Donna Jo Napoli selected the work of renowned scholars and performers Shannon Allen, H-Dirksen L. Bauman, Adrian Blue, Brenda Jo Brueggemann, Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Peter Cook, David P. Corina, Michael Davidson, Kristen Harmon, Tom Humphries, Sotaro Kita, Heather Knapp, Robert G. Lee, Irene W. Leigh, Kenny Lerner, Carole Neidle, Peter Novak, AslI Özyürek, David M. Perlmutter, Anne Senghas, and Ronnie Wilbur. Signs and Voices is divided into three sections--Culture and Identity, Language and Literacy, and American Sign Language in the Arts--each of which focuses on a particular set of theoretical and practical concerns. Also, the included DVD presents many of the performances from the Arts section. Taken together, these essays and DVD point to new directions in a broad range of fields, including cognitive science, deaf studies, disability studies, education, linguistics, literary criticism, philosophy, and psychology. This extraordinary showcase of innovative and rigorous cross-disciplinary study will prove invaluable to everyone interested in the current state of the Deaf community.
Understanding Deaf Culture
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
History of the Filipino Deaf Community
In this course, the Deaf will explore and understand the nature and dynamics of existing Deaf communities in the Philippines, and trace the history of existing Deaf organizations, schools and communities as they struggle for the welfare, rights and career opportunities of the Deaf. It will also help the learner reflect on the perspectives of the deaf which can either contribute or hinder the improvement of lives of Deaf people and discover how students can contribute to the development of the communities and organizations working with and for deaf people. Through researches, visual projects, interviews, and exhibits, the learner will be able to express and show the insights gained in this subject.
The deaf history reader
by
The Deaf History Reader presents nine masterful chapters that bring together a remarkably vivid depiction of the varied Deaf experience in America. This collection features the finest scholarship from a noteworthy group of historians, including Reginald Boyd, Barry A. Crouch, Mary French, Brian H. Greenwald, Harlan Lane, Harry G. Lang, Kent R. Olney, Richard Pillard, Jill Hendricks Porco, Michael Reis, and volume editor John Vickrey Van Cleve. The incisive articles collected here include an exploration of the genesis of the Deaf community and early evidence of the use of sign language; a comparison of a failed, oralist school for deaf students in Virginia to the success of the American School for the Deaf in Hartford, Connecticut; the development of Deaf consciousness among people who carried a dominant gene for deafness; a biographical sketch of Mary Ann Walworth Booth, an accomplished deaf woman who lived on the Western frontier; an account of Deaf agency in the Indiana Institution and the Evansville Day School; the early antecedents of mainstreaming deaf children despite the objections of their parents; a profile of Alexander Graham Bell that contrasts his support of eugenics to his defense of Deaf rights; the conflicting actions of supervisors of the Pennsylvania Society for the Advancement of the Deaf; and finally, the critical role played by deaf people in the Chicago Mission for the Deaf's success in maintaining the Deaf community for more than five decades. The remarkably rich range of topics treated in The Deaf History Reader assure its future status as a standard resource for all Deaf scholars and students.
For hearing people only : answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the deaf community, its culture, and the "deaf reality"
by
Provides answers to commonly asked questions about deaf people, their culture, and their language.
Learning to Be Deaf
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education
by
The field of deaf studies, language, and education has grown dramatically over the past forty years. From work on the linguistics of sign language and parent-child interactions to analyses of school placement and the the mapping of brain function in deaf individuals, research across a range ofdisciplines has greatly expanded not just our knowledge of deafness and the deaf, but also the very origins of language, social interaction, and thinking.In this updated edition of the landmark original volume, a range of international experts present a comprehensive overview of the field of deaf studies, language, and education. Written for students, practitioners, and researchers, The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume1, is a uniquely ambitious work that has altered both the theoretical and applied landscapes.Pairing practical information with detailed analyses of what works, why, and for whom - all while banishing the paternalism that once dogged the field - this first of two volumes features specially-commissioned, updated essays on topics including: language and language development, hearing andspeech perception, education, literacy, cognition, and the complex cultural, social, and psychological issues associated with deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. The range of these topics shows the current state of research and identifies the opportunites and challenges that lie ahead.Combining historical background, research, and strategies for teaching and service provision, the two-volume Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education stands as the benchmark reference work in the field of deaf studies.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Understanding Deaf Culture
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
When the mind hears : a history of the deaf
by
"When the Mind Hears, the first comprehensive history of the deaf, is also a powerful and compassionate study of the anatomy of prejudice and the motives and means of oppression. It is a narrative, told largely from the vantage point of Laurent Clerc, the deaf Frenchman who was an intellectual leader of the deaf community in France and then in America. Ultimately, the story of the deaf is a tragic one, as educators throughout history have sought to abolish sign language from the education of the deaf. The debate, involving such issues as minority rights, integration (or "mainstreaming"), and bilingual education, rages anew today. Scrupulously documented but never dispassionate, When the Mind Hears vividly conveys the anger and frustration of all those who, deprived of their language, are deprived of their rightful heritage."--Provided by publisher.
Words Made Flesh : Nineteenth-Century Deaf Education and the Growth of Deaf Culture.
by
During the early nineteenth century, schools for the deaf appeared in the United States for the first time. These schools were committed to the use of the sign language to educate deaf students. Manual education made the growth of the deaf community possible, for it gathered deaf people together in sizable numbers for the first time in American history. It also fueled the emergence of Deaf culture, as the schools became agents of cultural transformations. a. Just as the Deaf community began to be recognized as a minority culture, in the 1850s, a powerful movement arose to undo it, namely oral education. Advocates of oral education, deeply influenced by the writings of public school pioneer Horace Mann, argued that deaf students should stop signing and should start speaking in the hope that the Deaf community would be abandoned, and its language and culture would vanish. In this revisionist history, Words Made Flesh explores the educational battles of the nineteenth century from both hearing and deaf points of view. It places the growth of the Deaf community at the heart of the story of deaf education and explains how the unexpected emergence of Deafness provoked the pedagogical battles that dominated the field of deaf education in the nineteenth century, and still reverberate today. a
This course is designed for novices who want to learn interactive multimedia technology through a hands-on approach. The course provides an overview of the interactive multimedia/hypermedia technology through working with a state-of-art authoring system/program. The emphasis of the course is not only on the understanding of the authoring program, but, more importantly, on how various media can be used and on being able to create an educational application using the program. The contexts for this learning will be primarily interactive, collaborative, multi-disciplinary, and student-centered. A large portion of this course will be devoted to hands-on activities.
Adobe Indesign CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe InDesign choose Adobe InDesign CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based step-by-step lessons show users the key techniques for working in InDesign. Designers will build a strong foundation of typographic, page layout, and document-construction skills that will enable them to produce a broad range of print and digital publications--from a simple postcard to an interactive Adobe PDF with form fields. The real-world tasks in this comprehensive book are presented in an easy-to-follow, step-by-step format and are designed to train beginning Adobe InDesign users in the program--from fundamental features to powerful layout and output skills. This book will also help experienced InDesign users elevate their skills, understand best practices, and learn about new features. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Indesign Creative Cloud Revealed
by
Graphic design professionals and design students alike have embraced Adobe InDesign as the industry standard for page layout software--and they're mastering it with ADOBE INDESIGN CREATIVE CLOUD. A thorough, in-depth exploration of the latest release, this highly visual book covers all the fundamental concepts, starting with the workspace and proceeding logically and intuitively to more advanced topics. Chock full of new lessons covering new features, this edition retains its step-by-step tutorials and user-friendly design, resulting in a resource that is comprehensive, clear, and effective.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems
by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Exploring Adobe Indesign Creative Cloud
by
With many software guides serving as high-tech "recipe books," teaching cookie-cutter habits with little relevance to complex, real-world projects, EXPLORING ADOBE INDESIGN Creative Cloud takes a different approach. Emphasizing on fundamental design principles, critical thinking skills, and practical applications to prepare you for professional success, this unique text features step-by-step tutorials, vibrant illustrations, and realistic exercises to engage your interest while helping you develop essential software skills. Each chapter builds on what you have learned, guiding you from exploring basic operations to creating complex documents with confidence and efficiency. In addition to mastering InDesign--including standard functionality and features new to Creative Cloud--the text prepares you to analyze new design projects, identify potential challenges, develop effective strategies, and apply industry-standard principles and practices to execute your plans successfully. The Data Files used to complete the projects found in the book are now available online. For access information please refer to the directions available in the preface of the book.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling
by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with Indesign
by
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with InDesign guides readers to learn to create a wide range of interfaces, from mobile to desktop. With InDesign, interface prototyping takes minutes instead of days. This book is code-free and entirely hands-on with InDesign tools. This book acts as a guide for how to prototype user interfaces with InDesign, using diagrams, illustrations, and screen shots. This illustrated book concerns the creation and prototyping of eBooks, eMagazines, websites, desktop apps and movile apps. InDesign is an important tool for rapid prototyping, as no coding is involved. Key Features No available book provides this information. The reader will learn how to prototype a wide range of interfaces for both desktop and movile platforms. The book will include software screen shots and guide the reader step by step. The example prototypes will be interactive. Users can test them using interactive devices, such as desktop computers, tablets or mobile phones. The reader will learn how to prepare an effective portfolio and resume.
This course is designed for novices who want to learn interactive multimedia technology through a hands-on approach. The course provides an overview of the interactive multimedia/hypermedia technology through working with a state-of-art authoring system/program. The emphasis of the course is not only on the understanding of the authoring program, but, more importantly, on how various media can be used and on being able to create an educational application using the program. The contexts for this learning will be primarily interactive, collaborative, multi-disciplinary, and student-centered. A large portion of this course will be devoted to hands-on activities.
Adobe Animate 2022 for Creative Professionals
by
Step into the world of animation and go beyond the fundamentals of Adobe Animate to bring experiences to life with the help of expert-led contentKey Features* Produce rich motion graphics and interactive animations for multiple platforms* Explore the key features and enhancements in the latest Adobe Animate release* Take your Adobe Animate projects to the next level with creative workflowsBook DescriptionAdobe Animate is platform-agnostic asset creation, motion design, animation, and interactivity software. Complete with explanations of essential concepts and step-by-step walkthroughs of practical examples, this book will guide you in using Adobe Animate to create immersive experiences by breaking through creative limitations across every medium.We begin by getting up to speed with all that you need to know about Adobe Animate. You'll learn how to get started with Animate as a creative platform and explore the features introduced in its most recent versions. The book will show you how to consume and produce media assets for multiple platforms through both the publish and export workflows. Following this, you'll explore advanced rigging techniques and discover how to create more dynamic animation with advanced depth and movement techniques. You'll also find out how to build projects such as games, virtual reality experiences, and apps for various platforms as the book demonstrates different ways to use Animate. Finally, it covers the different methods used to extend the software for various needs.By the end of this Adobe Animate book, you'll be able to produce a variety of media assets, motion graphic design materials, animated artifacts, and interactive content pieces for platforms such as HTML5 Canvas, WebGL, and mobile devices.What you will learn* Gain a solid understanding of Adobe Animate foundations and new features* Understand the nuances associated with publishing and exporting rich media content to various platforms* Make use of advanced layering and rigging techniques to create engaging motion content* Create dynamic motion using the camera and variable layer depth techniques* Develop web-based games, virtual reality experiences, and multiplatform mobile applications* Extend Animate with extensions, application-level scripting, and the creation of custom integrated tutorialsWho this book is forThis book is for web, graphic, and motion design professionals with basic experience in animation who want to take their existing skills to the next level. A clear understanding of fundamental animation concepts will help you to get the most out of this book and produce impressive results.
Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2020 release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Animate choose Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2020 release) from Adobe Press. The 11 project-based step-by-step lessons in this book show users the key techniques for working in Animate. Adobe Animate provides more expressive tools, powerful controls for animation, and robust support for playback across a wide variety of platforms. Create interactive virtual reality immersive environments with VR 360 and VR Panorama documents. Gain advanced control over character animations with layer parenting and AI-driven lip syncing. Learn to create dynamic strokes with the new fluid brush, and work smarter with the revamped Timeline, Tools palette and Properties inspector. Support for SVG, WebGL, HTML5, animated GIFs, and HD video, and seamless collaboration with other designers and with other Adobe applications through Creative Cloud libraries make Adobe Animate the ideal development environment for creative animation and multimedia.
Adobe InDesign CC : a complete course and compendium of features, lessons, reference
by
Adobe InDesign CC: A Complete Course and Compendium of Features is your guide to building publications great or small in this ubiquitous page layout application. First, with a complete Course that includes a set of projects and lessons derived from the curriculum of award-winning and Adobe Certified Instructor Steve Laskevitch, you will learn the procedures needed to use InDesign professionally. Dozens of lessons are included that can be applied to any document you have in mind: engineering proposals, marketing collateral, spec sheets, magazines, newsletters, books, and more. Through these step-by-step lessons, you’ll be exposed to all of InDesign’s features in practical contexts and its best practices for publishing workflows.
Adobe Indesign CC Classroom in a Book (2019 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe InDesign choose Adobe InDesign CC Classroom in a Book (2019 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based step-by-step lessons show users the key techniques for working in InDesign. Designers will build a strong foundation of typographic, color, page layout, and document-construction skills that will enable them to produce a broad range of print and digital publications--from a simple postcard to an interactive Adobe PDF with form fields. The real-world tasks in this comprehensive book are presented in an easy-to-follow, step-by-step format and are designed to train beginning Adobe InDesign users in the program--from fundamental features to powerful layout and output skills. This book also enables experienced InDesign users to elevate their skills, understand best practices, and learn about new features. Enhancements in this version target usability and productivity, including the ability to browse fonts visually, using Content Aware Fit for intelligent image placement, use Layout Adjust to automatically adjust layout when changing page sizes, and quickly access common controls in the Properties panel. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: A Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Indesign Classroom in a Book (2020 Release)
by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe InDesign choose Adobe InDesign Classroom in a Book (2020 release) from Adobe Press. The project-based step-by-step lessons show users the key techniques for working in InDesign. Designers will build a strong foundation of typographic, color, page layout, and document-construction skills that will enable them to produce a broad range of print and digital publications--from a simple postcard to an interactive Adobe PDF with form fields. The real-world tasks in this comprehensive book are presented in easy-to-follow lessons and are designed to train beginning Adobe InDesign users in the program--from fundamental features to powerful layout and output skills. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: A Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Indesign Classroom in a Book (2023 Release)
by
Learn graphic design using Adobe InDesign Adobe InDesign Classroom in a Book (2023 release) uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Build a strong foundation of typographic, page layout, and document-construction skills Handle images from Adobe Photoshop and line drawings from Adobe Illustrator Create effects with layers and transparency Bring messages to life with beautiful typography and color Export work for professional printing, websites, social media, eBooks, and more Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe InDesign (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe InDesign software.
Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and Indesign Collaboration and Workflow
by
Learn effective ways to collaborate across Adobe's design apps Even if you're already comfortable with Photoshop, Illustrator, or InDesign, Adobe Creative Cloud now offers powerful opportunities for improving efficiency and collaboration that few design and marketing professionals are using. Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign Collaboration and Workflow Classroom in a Book uses real-world, project-based learning to cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. For beginners and experienced users alike, you can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Learn to: Improve both team and individual efficiency in a range of projects spanning print, web, video, UX, and online marketing Establish powerful workflows that leverage the remarkable capabilities of Adobe's native file formats Improve content collaboration via Adobe cloud documents and Creative Cloud Libraries Draw on concise, focused insights for managing tradeoffs Optimize workflows and collaboration strategies in your own organization Experience all the added value built into today's Adobe Creative Cloud Take full advantage of Adobe's unparalleled integration and cloud resources Leverage tips and tricks from Adobe Solutions Consultant Manager Bart Van de Wiele Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does--an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Purchasing this book includes valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign (2023 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign software.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems
by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Enterprise LMS with Adobe Captivate Prime Design and Develop World-Class Learning Experiences for Your Employees, Partners, and Customers
by
Adobe Captivate Prime is an enterprise learning management system (LMS) that enables organizations to deliver, manage, and track engaging learning experiences for employees, partners, and customers. This book will help you unlock the full potential of this platform to deliver world-class learning experiences.
Complete with walkthroughs, examples, and strategies to fully understand Captivate Prime, this book will set you on the path to becoming an administrator, author, or teacher and see you experiment with Captivate Prime from different perspectives. You'll gain an in-depth understanding of how the features relate to one another and to your business.
After setting up the platform, you'll learn how to push learning content online and arrange it to build an online course that provides a blended learning experience. You'll be able to deploy your content to different devices and explore Captivate Prime's features for monitoring your students' progress on a daily basis. Finally, you'll see how to organize and maintain your course catalog and take the learner experience to the next level.
By the end of the book, you'll be able to implement your organization's training strategy and provide engaging learning experiences while building meaningful reports to monitor their effectiveness.
Graphics and multimedia for the web with Adobe Creative Cloud : navigating the Adobe software landscape
by
Upgrade your skills in Adobe Creative Cloud and enhance your corporate or personal website with multimedia and graphics. In this book you'll look at the latest versions of five core Adobe programs: Photoshop, Illustrator, Animate (formerly Flash), Media Encoder and Dreamweaver. As you work with each of these programs to create images, animations, audio and video you will see how each one can help you complete and finally integrate your multimedia files into a final mobile friendly website.
Adding new multimedia features to your website does not have to be difficult or confusing. If you plan your route and goals correctly, along the way you will see how each software has its own use, but ultimately, how they can all work together for a common goal. This book also shows you how additional Creative Cloud software can be used with the core five programs should you want to add further interactivity.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling
by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Learn Adobe Indesign CC for Print and Digital Media Publication
by
Used by graphic designers worldwide, Adobe InDesign CC is a layout powerhouse. But that power is easy to harness, as you'll soon learn. These real-world projects teach you to think like a designer and master the details that set your work apart. Hone your InDesign skills as you: Produce an advertising poster Design a magazine for print and tablet delivery Build interactive forms Add controls for video, animations, and more to a digital media publication This study guide uses more than 11 hours of video integrated with text to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career designing publications for print and screen using InDesign CC. It lays the foundation for taking the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) certification exam and helps prepare you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market. Purchasing this book gives you access to valuable online extras. Follow the instructions in the book's "Getting Started" section to unlock access to: Web Edition containing instructional video embedded in the complete text of the book with interactive review questions along with product updates Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book
PowerPoint for Dummies, Office 2021 Edition
by
Make PowerPoint the most "power"ful weapon in your Office arsenal and captivate your audience Presentations are your opportunity to stand out from the crowd, impress your colleagues, and be the smartest person in the room. And upping your PowerPoint game is the key to making your next talk one to remember. But where do you start? Luckily, the trusted For Dummies series is here to help you put the umph back in your PowerPoint decks, one compelling slide at a time. Don't worry if you're completely new to PowerPoint, or even Microsoft Office in general. PowerPoint For Dummies, Office 2021 Edition quickly gets you up to speed on the basics of this world-famous presentation software, starting with understanding and using the interface. You'll learn to create a new presentation from scratch, leverage free templates to accelerate the making of your next slide deck, and even import data from other applications. Already know the fundamentals? Then skip straight to the sizzle with step-by-step instructions on integrating charts and graphics into your next presentation. Knock your audience's socks off with attention-grabbing videos, special effects that make it impossible to look away, and seamless slide transitions. Organized for easy and fast reference, this practical guide walks you through the strategies and techniques you'll need to: Keep your presentation audiences engaged from the first slide to the very last Collaborate with team members and colleagues, and share your presentation with others Take advantage of all the latest features in the newest version of PowerPoint that will help you drive your deck past the finish line Your next presentation is your chance to deliver your best ideas with power, dynamism, and enthusiasm. Get the tools you need to engage your audience in PowerPoint For Dummies, Office 2021 Edition. You'll soon discover that creating a slide deck, whether it's your first or your fiftieth, can be fun, easy, and exciting.
Teaching with interactive technology
by
The practice of marketing continues to become more strategized, particularly direct and highly focused, with what seems to be consistently updated and/or new interactive technology. Teaching with interactive technology allows those educating to engage in a way that differs from the traditional lecture-style model. Additionally, it allows those teaching to bridge the gap between marketing and practice by allowing learners hands-on opportunities to interact with platforms that are used in the daily practice of marketing. Although teaching can be highly rewarding, it can also be quite daunting with the ever-changing technology that is available. The aim to strike a balance between conceptual knowledge and theory with that of skills training can be challenging. The pressure of responsibility for preparing the next generation of marketing professionals in our global society can be stressful. Yet, even with these challenges, interactive technology has opened new doors and helped propel marketing education into engaging and exciting new arena in pedagogy. The goal of this ebook is the further develop our understanding of teaching with interactive technology by expanding the body of knowledge pertaining to the subject and advancing the marketing pedagogy in respect to the applications, tools, and techniques of teaching with interactive technological platforms. This issue includes a wide variety of work from wide-lens view of how storytelling and interactive technology is reshaping the experiences our students have within the marketing classroom to very specific studies focusing on social media platforms such as Twitter and LinkedIn.
Introduction to Business Outsourcing Management
Business Outsourcing is one of the rapidly growing industries in the Philippines. In this course the student will get to know the fundamentals of business outsourcing, its history and current developments, its forms and characteristics, and the different industries that maximize outsourcing. This course includes developing skills, knowledge and attitude the Deaf student would need as required by the industry.
DigitalSTS : a field guide for science & technology studies
by
New perspectives on digital scholarship that speak to today's computational realities Scholars across the humanities, social sciences, and information sciences are grappling with how best to study virtual environments, use computational tools in their research, and engage audiences with their results. Classic work in science and technology studies (STS) has played a central role in how these fields analyze digital technologies, but many of its key examples do not speak to today's computational realities. This groundbreaking collection brings together a world-class group of contributors to refresh the canon for contemporary digital scholarship. In twenty-five pioneering and incisive essays, this unique digital field guide offers innovative new approaches to digital scholarship, the design of digital tools and objects, and the deployment of critically grounded technologies for analysis and discovery. Contributors cover a broad range of topics, including software development, hackathons, digitized objects, diversity in the tech sector, and distributed scientific collaborations. They discuss methodological considerations of social networks and data analysis, design projects that can translate STS concepts into durable scientific work, and much more. Featuring a concise introduction by Janet Vertesi and David Ribes and accompanied by an interactive microsite, this book provides new perspectives on digital scholarship that will shape the agenda for tomorrow's generation of STS researchers and practitioners.
Enterprising places : leadership and governance networks
by
Mobilising an enterprise surge in specific places has become the leitmotif of contemporary spatial interventions and state-sponsored strategies. Global economic shocks, rising demands for welfare services and public sector austerity measures are signifiers of the complex processes that have heightened public policy imperatives associated with 'enabling enterprise'. Consequently, the search for entrepreneurial synergies has intensified the need for devising mechanisms for delivering broader social, cultural, environmental, economic and political objectives. However, developing collaborative leadership necessary to mobilise diverse networks of actors that can implement strategies sensitive to the plurality of place is not a straightforward task: negotiating the generation of entrepreneurial synergies in places calls for alternative conceptual tools, and complementary policies. Using theoretical explanations and empirical analysis, the chapters critically examine the entrepreneurial turn of public policy and urban studies.
Essentials of Strategic Management: the Quest for Competitive Advantage
by
Essentials of Strategic Management presents a conceptually strong treatment of strategic management principles and analytic approaches that features straight-to-the-point discussions, timely examples, and a writing style that captures the interest of students. The standout features of this fifth edition of Essentials of Strategic Management are its concisely written and robust coverage of strategic management concepts and its compelling collection of cases. The text presents a conceptually strong treatment of strategic management principles and analytic approaches that features straight-to-the-point discussions, timely examples, and a writing style that captures the interest of students. The fundamental character of the fifth edition is very much in step with the best academic thinking and contemporary management practice. The chapter content continues to be solidly mainstream and balanced, mirroring both the penetrating insight of academic thought and the pragmatism of real-world strategic management.
Global Sourcing of Services: Strategies, Issues and Challenges
by
There are three stages to outsourcing: The first occurred at the dawn of industrial era in the 19th century, where mass production for consumption by many, became the norm and simple domestic means could not meet such demands. With the cost of labor soaring in developed countries, manufacturing of products started moving to countries like China to take advantage of labor arbitrage in the 1900s. This is the second stage of outsourcing. This book addresses issues and challenges in the third stage of outsourcing whose focus is on movement of services at electronic speed, utilizing the Internet platform.The book includes short essay questions, multiple choice questions, mini-cases at the end of most chapters and glossary of terms. It can also serve as a good reference book for practitioners.
Operations management in the supply chain : decisions and cases
by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
Trust and Partnership : Strategic IT Management for Turbulent Times
by
Proven methodologies to enhance business value by exploiting the latest global technology trends and best business and IT practices There is no doubt that a tidal wave of change is hitting the area of business technology; new business models are forming around the cloud, new insights on how an enterprise runs is being aided by mining massive transactional and operational data sets. Decision-making is becoming almost prescient through new classes of data visualization, data analytics, and dashboards. Despite the promise of technologies to make a difference, or perhaps because of it, IT organizations face continued challenges in realizing partnerships and trust with their business partners. While many books take on elements of these emerging developments or address the stubborn barriers to "real" partnership, none make the practices involved fit together in a highly effective fashion - until now. Strategic IT Management in Turbulent Times reveals how this framework ensures that organizations make the right strategic decisions to succeed in times of turbulence and change. Draws together authors with global experience including the Americas, Europe, Pacific Rim, and Africa Offers a comprehensive framework for IT and business managers to maximize the value IT brings to business Addresses the effects of turbulence on business and IT Focuses on developing partnerships and trust with business With practical examples and implementation guidance based on proven techniques developed by the authors over the past twenty years, Strategic IT Management in Turbulent Times considers the challenges facing today's enterprise, IT's critical role in value creation, and the practical road map for achieving strategic IT management competencies.
Introduction to Business Outsourcing Management
Business Outsourcing is one of the rapidly growing industries in the Philippines. In this course the student will get to know the fundamentals of business outsourcing, its history and current developments, its forms and characteristics, and the different industries that maximize outsourcing. This course includes developing skills, knowledge and attitude the Deaf student would need as required by the industry.
Contracting and safety : exploring outsourcing practices in high-hazard industries
by
This open access book examines the increase in outsourcing, contracting and subcontracting as ways of organising work. It explores the impact of these employment arrangements on public safety, particularly when they are linked to complex supply networks in a range of engineering industries including oil and gas, nuclear power and aviation. The brief provides practical recommendations on how best to manage arrangements that target short-term profitability and also maintain excellence in long-term safety outcomes. The brief is a source of advice for organisations on how to maximise the benefits and minimise long-term system reliability issues that can be introduced by contracting and outsourcing, rather than assuming it to be a wholly negative or positive practice. Contracting and Safety comprises qualitative, empirical studies focusing on high-reliability organisation. As such, this brief provides a rich picture of the experience of working in complex supply chains. It will be of interest to researchers in industrial safety, as well as safety professionals and project managers within engineering industries.
Data Service Outsourcing and Privacy Protection in Mobile Internet
by
Mobile internet data has the characteristics of large scale, variety of patterns, and complex association. On the one hand, it needs an efficient data processing model to provide support for data services, and, on the other hand, it needs certain computing resources to provide data security services. Due to the limited resources of mobile terminals, it is impossible to complete large-scale data computation and storage. However, outsourcing to third parties may cause risks in user privacy protection. This monograph focuses on key technologies of data service outsourcing and privacy protection, including the existing methods of data analysis and processing, fine-grained data access control through effective user privacy protection mechanisms, and data sharing in the mobile internet.
Global Mindset and International Business: Driving Process Outsourcing Organizations
by
Global mindset is an emerging concept, influenced by globalization, that can support companies' growth in international settings and help develop a more effective, skilled workforce that can be open and adaptable. This book presents an analysis of current global mindset knowledge and explores how national culture and international business behaviors affect global mindset development in business process outsourcing organizations in both managerial and non-managerial groups. The authors outline how processes of skill development and their final impact differ within multinational enterprises among managers and non-managers and present the implications on how to apply it in various seniority, talent groups. The theoretical and practical research discusses and emphasizes the need to involve employees in international relationship building, developing international know-how, and focusing on the methods of communication and management in business, because they stimulate the development of global mindset among managers and non-managers contributing to further business success. This book will find an audience with researchers and astute students within international business, cross-cultural management, and business process outsourcing in particular. It will also be a valuable resource for those researching and operating in global teams. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Funded by Uniwersytet Jagielloski.
Managing Information Technology Outsourcing
by
For decades, outsourcing has been a major international phenomenon in business. The areas of Technology, Information Technology and Management represent a unique case for outsourcing both in terms of benefits and potential interorganisational problems. This fully updated text has been brought up to date with this new landscape, including discussion of Robotic Process Automation, Internet of Things, cloud computing, low code and DevOps and agile. With a range of new global case studies in manufacturing, logistics, chemical industry and cloud services, this textbook offers a strong grounding in real-world industrial experience that effectively combines theory with practice. Uniquely, this book focuses on both sides of the outsourcing relationship, providing a balanced exploration of the ways in which these partnerships can be managed successfully. Accessible and cutting-edge, the third edition of Managing Information Technology Outsourcing provides an in-depth, practical perspective on this important and far-reaching challenge in information technology management. It is an ideal text for students, academics and practitioners alike.
Nine Keys to World-Class Business Process Outsourcing
by
Business Process Outsourcing (BPO)-the sourcing of business services through external third parties-is a global phenomenon, which generated nearly $300 billion worldwide in 2012. BPO is highly IT-enabled, and on a growth trajectory that impacts across functions of major, medium and small enterprises, including procurement, human resources, accounting and finance, sales, marketing, legal, asset management and key administrative processes. Despite this size and spread, BPO services and the ability of clients to manage their providers, are still evolving and have a mixed record. In the course of their research, the authors have found only 20% of outsourcing arrangements are world-class performers. A further 25% are 'good', 40% are 'OK' and 15% are 'poor'. This book pinpoints and describes in detail the effective practices that characterize the top global BPO performers, including Microsoft, BP, EMC and TalkTalk. The authors provide case illustrations and examples throughout of how world-class practices were generated and evolved, and how they can be applied to real life settings and problem areas.
Outsourcing/Offshoring Insights
by
The last decades have seen manufacturing and services offshored from industrialized countries to low labor cost regions like Asia. These geographic locational decisions were often made based on low price and ignored other important criteria such as additional cost measures and risk in the decision-making process. Because of increasing wages in typical low cost countries and other added complexity such as economic and supply chain risk, many well-known global organizations as well as smaller companies are re-evaluating their supply chain designs. Also, continuously rising automation and robotization (“Internet of Things”) with low or even without human intervention in industrialized countries is driving many organizations to re-evaluate their “shoring” decisions from both a manufacturing and a supply perspective. Re-evaluations of “shoring” decisions inherently create a need to re-examine theoretical and academic contributions to this rapidly changing phenomenon. As editors, the intent of this ebook was to nurture and develop manuscripts that add to the exciting and dynamic body of knowledge on “rightshoring.”
Outsourcing and offshoring
by
Outsourcing and offshoring are typically viewed as phenomena allowing competitive advantages for organizations, but some studies have not included the risks, benefits, and challenges of these types of strategies. As such, this book fills this gap by combining several studies from different perspectives. The chapters follow several approaches and applications that researchers explore in different contexts. This book adds to the body of knowledge in outsourcing and offshoring areas and shows how these strategies can stimulate organizations' development in various countries and regions worldwide.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
This is a foundation course for the Deaf who are interested to go into business and become entrepreneurs. The students will be exploring business terms in writing and in sign, the business cycle, and the kinds of business. The course includes opportunities to know successful Deaf and hearing business entrepreneurs and set standards for own personal business values and characteristics. The course will help students reflect on own behavior and values to become a successful Deaf entrepreneur. In this introductory course, the students' skills in problem solving and problem analysis, scenario setting, and decision making will be developed. Through lectures, film showing, resource persons’ sharing and interviews as well as case studies, the students will be oriented with the different business tools.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship
by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Creative industries and entrepreneurship : paradigms in transition from a global perspective
by
This book analyses the relationship between creative and cultural industries, local economic development and entrepreneurship from a global perspective. In so doing, it investigates the evolving paradigm of creative industries and creative entrepreneurship and their related economy over time.Creative Industries and Entrepreneurship explores cultural and creative economics, management, entrepreneurship, international business, and urban and regional sciences, in both developed and newly emerging countries. The authors provide a framework to understand the evolving paradigm of creative industries and creative entrepreneurship while highlighting the distinction between 'first generation countries' such as the US, Canada, Australia and Europe, and 'second generation countries' in Asia, South America and North Africa. By adopting a multidisciplinary approach, the book develops a comprehensive overview of the composite phenomenon of the creative economy and its relationship with entrepreneurship.This inter-disciplinary work will appeal to researchers and scholars interested in creative industries, the creative economy and entrepreneurship, in addition to policy makers and managers within these areas. Readers will find an up-to-date presentation of existing and new research perspectives in these domains.
Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship
by
Entrepreneurship is largely considered to be a positive force, driving venture creation and economic growth. Critical Perspectives on Entrepreneurship questions the accepted norms and dominant assumptions of scholarship on the matter, and reveals how they can actually obscure important questions of identity, ideology and inequality. The book's distinguished authors and editors explore how entrepreneurship study can privilege certain forms of economic action, whilst labelling other, more collective forms of organization and exchange as problematic. Demystifying the archetypal vision of the white, male entrepreneur, this book gives voice to other entrepreneurial subjectivities and engages with the tensions, paradoxes and ambiguities at the heart of the topic. This challenging collection seeks to further the momentum for alternate analyses of the field, and to promote the growing voice of critical entrepreneurship studies. It is a useful tool for researchers, advanced students and policy-makers.
Cultural entrepreneurship : the cultural worker's experience of entrepreneurship
by
This book explores the lived experience of cultural entrepreneurship examining the challenges associated with cultural labour including the insecurities of managing precarious working conditions. Drawing on interviews conducted with cultural workers, Cultural Entrepreneurship focuses on how individuals articulate their experience of entrepreneurship in the cultural and creative industries. Noting the importance of place, the local cultural milieu is examined as a means of situating entrepreneurial practices through cultural and enterprise policies, local networks, and significant relationships. Within this framework, the cultural entrepreneurs¿ stories reveal means of subverting or re-interpreting identities and the possibility for ¿rethinking cultural entrepreneurship.¿ Aimed at researchers, academics and students investigating cultural entrepreneurship, cultural policy and cultural labour, Cultural Entrepreneurship will additionally be of value to creative industry consultants, cultural policymakers, and those setting up creative enterprises. Researchers from fields such as geography, investigating different aspects of the cultural industries in relation to cultural policy and place, will also find this book to be a useful contribution.
Digital Entrepreneurship
by
Technology has enabled a new age of entrepreneurship as entrepreneurs find digital tools that enable new ventures to exploit commercial opportunities around the world. This textbook provides students with expert guidance on using technology platforms to start new ventures. With an award-winning approach, the author guides readers through the process of a lean startup, taking a "digital first" approach to entrepreneurship. Students using the book will emerge with enhanced understanding of different digital business models, analytical skills for digital ventures, and the confidence to move from prototype to product. Online resources such as slides, a sample syllabus, and exercises encourage the classroom to become an interactive and dynamic space.
The dynamics of entrepreneurial contexts : frontiers in European entrepreneurship research
by
Context is everything in entrepreneurship research. This book compellingly demonstrates the ways in which the distinctive European cultural, societal and geographic environments enable research into new entrepreneurial phenomena. It also gives guidance as to how future research should endeavour to understand the influences of context. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Contexts explores the European methodological diversity encompassing various academic disciplines and research paradigms. Contributors suggest European entrepreneurship research should give priority to the local and individual to enable new research questions that are resonant with context. Finally, the book welcomes critical analyses of entrepreneurship that aim at questioning the taken-for-granted assumptions and analyses that increase our understanding of the counterproductive forms of entrepreneurship. Providing a unique insight into the emerging topics of entrepreneurship research, both European and international researchers will benefit from the different analytical and methodological perspectives provided to understand the differences, similarities and configurations of context. With a variety of regional and industry examples, postgraduates will significantly benefit from the overview of new and important research.
Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Education
by
Entrepreneurship education is an area of growing importance within entrepreneurship research. This book critically discusses innovation and entrepreneurship in new and varied contexts in Europe.Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Education explores the need for researching innovation and learning in family firms, micro firms, SMEs and in rural and network contexts. The chapters offer new insights into the antecedents of business performance in SMEs by investigating social capital and marketing capabilities. The book includes a new typology for analysing entrepreneurship education programmes, discusses opportunities for embedding entrepreneurship in teacher education and explores entrepreneurship in the informal learning arenas in universities. This book includes a wide range of studies from different analytical and methodological perspectives and from various regional and industrial contexts. As such, it is a valuable tool for advanced students of European entrepreneurship. Researchers in entrepreneurship will also benefit from the up-to-date research analysis in this book.
Entrepreneurship: Ideas in Action Updated, Precision Exams Edition
by
ENTREPRENEURSHIP: IDEAS IN ACTION 6E provides students with the knowledge needed to realistically evaluate their potential as a business owner. This text encourages students to examine all the major steps involved in starting a new business: Ownership, Strategy, Finance, and Marketing. As students complete the chapters, they will develop a business plan and learn what it takes to get an entrepreneurial venture off to a good start.
Entrepreneurship : the art, science, and process for success
by
Entrepreneurship : theory, process, practice
by
Entrepreneurship : the practice and mindset
by
Winner of the 2018 Textbook & Academic Authors Association's The Most Promising New Textbook Award From Heidi Neck, one of the most influential thinkers in entrepreneurship education today, Chris Neck, an award-winning professor, and Emma Murray, business consultant and author, comes this ground-breaking new text. Entrepreneurship: The Practice and Mindset catapults students beyond the classroom by helping them develop an entrepreneurial mindset so they can create opportunities and take action in uncertain environments. Based on the world-renowned Babson Entrepreneurship program, this new text emphasizes practice and learning through action. Students learn entrepreneurship by taking small actions and interacting with stakeholders in order to get feedback, experiment, and move ideas forward. Students walk away from this text with the entrepreneurial mindset, skillset, and toolset that can be applied to startups as well as organizations of all kinds. Whether your students have backgrounds in business, liberal arts, engineering, or the sciences, this text will take them on a transformative journey. Interactive eBook also available--Save when you bundle it with the print version! Save when you bundle the print version with the interactive eBook version. Use bundle ISBN: 978-1-5063-7615-8. Learn more! SAGE coursepacks: Our Content Tailored to Your LMS Instructors! SAGE coursepacks makes it easy to import our quality instructor and student resource content into your school's learning management system (LMS). Intuitive and simple to use, SAGE coursepacks allows you to customize course content to meet your students' needs. Learn more. Thank you to our reviewers and contributors for all their hard work on this book.
Entrepreneurship : tools to start your own business
by
Entrepreneurship As Organizing
by
This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes.
Entrepreneurship for Dummies
by
The perfect resource for your journey to start a business Entrepreneurship For Dummies is the essential guide to becoming your own boss and a successful entrepreneur. We make it simple to learn every step of the process. Identify an opportunity, learn your customers' needs, test your product, protect your intellectual property, secure funding, and get ready for that all-important launch. In classic Dummies style, this book is packed with practical information and useful advice, all in a fun and easy-to-follow format. Take fear out of the entrepreneurship equation and build the confidence you need to make your fantastic business idea take flight. Get up to date on the latest lingo, new ideas for raising money, and the latest ways to do business in the digital age. Understand the process of starting a business, from beginning to end Complete the necessary planning and meet legal requirements, without the headache Get expert tips and tricks on funding your idea and bringing your product or service to market Build the foundation you need to keep your business thriving and growing Entrepreneurship For Dummies supports you as you travel along the road to success.
Entrepreneurship in Philippine Setting for Senior High School
by
Entrepreneurship in Theory and Practice
by
Aimed primarily at undergraduate students, this highly successful textbook provides the reader with a broad overview of the entrepreneurship phenomenon. It focuses on the emergence, evaluation, and organizing of entrepreneurial opportunities in various organizational contexts. This thoroughly revised second edition brings the reader up to date with the newest trends in the entrepreneurship field and includes four insightful new chapters, covering:* nascent entrepreneurship* design thinking* public entrepreneurship* entrepreneurship policy.New diagrams and figures have been added throughout to clarify key concepts and to clearly illustrate workflow relationships. With real-life international case stories by high profile entrepreneurship scholars, such as William B. Gartner, Saras Sarasvathy, Alain Fayolle, Benson Honig, the book highlights the paradoxes and dilemmas entrepreneurs may encounter on their entrepreneurial journey. Including student involvement, theory, paradoxes, actions, and exercises, all undergraduate students with or without prior entrepreneurship education can enjoy the many benefits, puzzles, and insights the book has to offer.
Exploring Entrepreneurship
by
A detailed and critical analysis of the multiple types of entrepreneurship, helping students to understand the practical skills and theoretical concepts needed to create their very own entrepreneurial venture.Split into two parts, the book provides an even balance between theory and practice. Part 1 covers the practical activities involved in new entrepreneurial ventures, and Part 2 uses the latest research to explore entrepreneurship from different perspectives. The second edition features a new author, Catherine Wang, who brings specialist knowledge in entrepreneurial learning, ethnic minority entrepreneurship and international entrepreneurship. There are new chapters on the Varieties of Entrepreneurship, including social entrepreneurship (not-for-profit) and Intrapreneurship (employees within organizations) and Entrepreneurial Learning, which explores how entrepreneurs hone and develop their thinking. There is also a collection of new international case studies, including Dyson, Facebook, Made.com, and examples of entrepreneurship in China and Ghana. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring online resources for instructors and students, including PowerPoint Slides, additional mini case studies, multiple choice questions, video links, and revision tips.Suitable reading for students taking modules in Entrepreneurship or New venture creation at upper undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Financiing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets
by
Financing Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Markets offers an original perspective on the links between macro data on innovation, data on micro-entrepreneurial processes and venture capital supply. The authors synthesize two disparate fields of research and thinking--innovation and entrepreneurship and economics--to illuminate how domestic companies compete and the business environment in which entrepreneurial firms operate. Its broad scope and firm linkages between processes at different levels leapfrogs research topics. For those investigating entrepreneurship and innovation in the early stages of economic development, this book demonstrates how micro and macro foundations of productivity, and hence economic growth and development, are inextricably intertwined.
Geography, Open Innovation and Entrepreneurship
by
Developed countries must be incredibly innovative to secure incomes and welfare so that they may successfully compete against international rivals. This book focuses on two specific but interrelated aspects of innovation by incumbent firms and entrepreneurs, the role of geography and of open innovation. Geography, Open Innovation and Entrepreneurship discusses entrepreneurship from both theoretical and empirical viewpoints to provide readers with a wide range of cutting-edge and compelling studies. The authors highlight the critical importance of open innovation for performance and progress, putting forward determinants of economic growth and development rarely analysed in standard growth studies. Researchers and students will find this book useful for innovation and entrepreneurship studies. It is also a helpful tool for policymakers, planners and consultants involved in economic development and regional policies.
Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research
by
The Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research is a user-friendly collection of multi-item measures developed and used in the research of international entrepreneurship and important areas related to it: international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and innovation. Editors Nicole Coviello and Helena Yli-Renko carefully compiled 212 scales from over 820 possible measures using rigorous selection criteria. The scales fall into eight distinct categories:* Individual-level influences* Firm and team-level influences* External environmental influences* Relationships, networks, and social capital* Organizational learning* Capabilities* Orientation and strategy* Performance and innovation outcomesFor each scale, the book includes the following information to enable ease of use: summary, construct definition, description, source, development or adaptation procedures, sample, validity, scores, references, and scale items. This standout Handbook not only builds a compelling case for a more rigorous approach to research methods in international entrepreneurship research, but also explores the best practices in development, adaptation, use, and reporting of multi-item measures.Academic researchers in international entrepreneurship, international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and/or innovation will find this reference tool a welcome addition to their survey research practices. Policy-makers conducting research in these areas will also appreciate this book.
Handbook of Research on International Entrepreneurship Strategy
by
This impressive Handbook provides a dynamic perspective on the international entrepreneurial strategies of SMEs, including the role and experience of their founders, as well as the collaboration of these SMEs in networks with larger firms. The expert contributors from all over the world and the editors explore the origin and evolution of internationalizing SMEs, the changing history and the future outlook of this sector. They study the effects of different cultures on the origin and growth of entrepreneurship and SMEs. The Handbook also outlines the various types of Born Globals that emerge from different parts of the world. This book will prove essential reading for researchers and students of international business, entrepreneurship and SMEs. Founders of internationalizing SMEs will also learn about novel management practices, whilst educational institutions and governments will find invaluable insights on how to foster and support SMEs in their internationalization efforts.
Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Choices and Challenges in Knowledge Economy
by
This book discusses practical issues of innovation and entrepreneurship. It first outlines the basic factors contributing to economic growth in the knowledge-based economy. Portraying wealth creation as taking scientific research results from lab to market, it identifies two interlinking components of the innovation process: turning scientific research to industrial technology and nurturing an eco-system conducive to technology business. Thus, it clarifies the position and role of four institutional players of the national innovation system: university (U), technology institute (T), government (G) and business (B). Making these players interact synergistically provides a fertile environment for innovation and entrepreneurship. The development of Silicon Valley, Hsinchu, Shenzhen and Singapore are illustrated as examples.For the technology entrepreneur, having a novel technology or unique product does not guarantee commercial success. It requires an effective business model, ability to execute business plan and entrepreneurial culture, all related to the soft power attributes of the entrepreneur team. The competitiveness of innovation and management of entrepreneurship are analyzed based on the concepts of Laozi and Confucius.Every entrepreneurship must learn to manage the challenges brought about by the changing business environment. The competitiveness and sustainability of a business is reflected by its ability to manage the change, both in bad and in good times. Every choice it makes will bring about new challenge. This is a definite, continuous and cyclic phenomenon occurring to all types of business. Some case examples of success or failure in managing challenges are given. They include: Alibaba Group, Ardentec IC testing, Cisco Systems, Delta Electronics, Eastman Kodak, Epistar HBLED, Fairchild Semiconductors, General Motors, GIANT carbon fiber bicycles, Tencent Holdings, TSMC, Volkswagen and others.This book is based on the author's practice and observation in technology and economic development especially in the Asia Pacific region during the post-1990s period. It is intended to be a reference of best practices for entrepreneurs, corporations and countries striving to make its mark in the knowledge-based economy.
Innovation engines : entrepreneurs and enterprises in a turbulent world
by
In an uncertain economy where business risk is significant, the company tends to rely more on its environment than to invest, for example, in all steps of technological creation; This can be explained by the fact that investments in the acquisition (ownership) of production resources are less expensive than those implied in the formation of these resources; which also explains the attractiveness (in an open economy) of regions with abundant scientific and technical resources. To understand and analyze the innovation process in order to better design and launch new goods, services and technologies, one has to consider the creative dimension of the individual, the business and the organization in general. In new approaches to innovation, the entrepreneur and the company are analyzed through their skills, and their function of resource generation; Innovation thus becomes endogenous, gradual or radical, integrated in a complex process with many feedbacks and interactions. The innovative organization (small or large) is presented in this book as a dynamic system composed of specific and diverse skills (including those of the contractor, engineers or managers). By acquiring, combining and mobilizing these skills, the innovative agent (entrepreneur or company) can create technological resources and develop relations with its environment. Hence the importance of management in design, implementation, protection of intellectual property as well as of the development of new goods, services and technology, commercial and organizational models.
Institutional Case Studies on Necessity Entrepreneurship
by
An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneur​s. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world.Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials.
International Entrepreneurship
by
Rich in examples from the real world, International Entrepreneurship illustrates how theory and practice go hand in hand. Specially designed for courses and tutors of International Entrepreneurship, this essential text discusses the opportunities and challenges facing internationalising entrepreneurial ventures. With clear and concise explanations of the current literature, the subject is explored from the different perspectives of social, cross-cultural and comparative entrepreneurship, as well as including analysis of the relationship to marketing and finance. Key features include: * A dedicated overview illustrating the state of the art from the point of view of International Entrepreneurship, rather than from a general business context, allowing students to build in-depth knowledge on the topic from a single resource* Interesting and accessible international case studies provide insight into how real companies handle modern issues, preparing students for future entrepreneurial ventures. Examples include ofo, Nokero, Wonderbly, FacilityLive and Blueseed* Flexibility of use for instructors to fit their own context and needs, particularly for integrating into current entrepreneurship or business courses* Further reading references and supplementary example boxes allow students to extend their knowledge outside the lecture hall and inspire a passion for the subject* Case studies inspire a variety of activities for both theoretical discussion and practical applications and can easily be enriched and updated. International Entrepreneurship is a much-needed text for all IE courses, as well as an ideal supplementary text for postgraduate students studying entrepreneurship, international business, management, and marketing.
Issues in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
by
How different is the sharing economy from the traditional economy? What can entrepreneurs learn from failure? Can start-ups change the world? SAGE Business Researcher's Issues in Entrepreneurship offers an in-depth and nuanced look at a wide range of today's latest issues and controversies in entrepreneurship. This new collection of timely readings delves into current topics such as learning from failure, social entrepreneurship, flat management, crowdfunding, and more. Written with the rigor and immediacy of the best explanatory journalism, each issue provides deep, balanced, and authoritative coverage on the selected topic and key research, pointing students to reliable resources for further inquiry. These articles are perfect for outside reading assignments or in-class debates for any introductory entrepreneurship course.
New venture creation : entrepreneurship for the 21st century
by
Open innovation essentials for small and medium enterprises : a guide to help entrepreneurs in adopting the open innovation paradigm in their business
by
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have to approach open innovation differently than large companies. This practical guide on open innovation is expressly for entrepreneurs and managers in SMEs. The authors provide strategies, techniques, and tricks of the trade enabling SMEs to practice open innovation systems profitability and enhance the long-term value of their company. Included are tools such as brokers, auctions, crowdsourcing, technology transfer, and spin-ups, making it useful for people already in business, starting businesses, or seeking supplemental material for courses.
Poverty and Entrepreneurship in Developed Economies
by
This is the first in-depth examination of entrepreneurship and the poor within advanced economies. Entrepreneurship is presented as a source of empowerment that represents an alternative pathway out of poverty. The book explores the underlying nature of poverty and draws implications for new venture creation. This book fosters a richer dialog among academics, government officials, policy-makers, economic development professionals, bankers and the financial community, leaders of non-profit organizations, and others committed to moving beyond status quo solutions - committed to finding ways to help people create their own entrepreneurial pathways out of poverty.
Shaping Entrepreneurship Research
by
Shaping Entrepreneurship Research: Made, as Well as Foundis a collection of readings designed to support entrepreneurship research. Focused on a worldview in which the future is open-ended and shapeable through human action - i.e. "made", this collection reframes entrepreneurship as a science of the artificial rather than as a natural or social science. It posits an open-ended universe for the making of human artifacts even if large swathes of nature and society are not within the control of the people making them. The book explores the notion of "made" through 25 foundational readings - classics from the history of ideas. Organized into five sections, each classic is individually introduced by the editors in one of five chapters written to explain its relevance and significance for a "made" view of entrepreneurship. Readers will benefit from exposure to these classic ideas and ongoing research in a variety of areas that fall somewhat outside the line-of-sight of traditional entrepreneurship research. Both individually and collectively, the readings suggest opportunities to ask new questions and develop new ways of framing entrepreneurship research that carry the discussion beyond worlds found to worlds made as well as found. The book is crafted to be valuable to three groups of scholars: young scholars with limited or no access to research infrastructure but with a desire to participate in deep conversations; young scholars with access to research infrastructure who also desire to listen-in on a different kind of conversation; and established entrepreneurship scholars who are contemplating an alternative set of foundational ideas to support their conversations in the discipline.
Social Entrepreneurship:An Affirmative Critique
by
Pascal Dey and Chris Steyaert provide a timely critique on the idea of social entrepreneurship and its reputation as a means for positive social change. The book uses different traditions and modes of critique to interrogate, disrupt and reimagine the concept of social entrepreneurship. Presented in five parts, each individual contribution uses a different critical perspective to analyse and assess social entrepreneurship in its mythological, ideological and performative constitution, looking for its democratic possibilities and alternative affirmations. Using varied analytical approaches, the resulting work highlights the need for a greater recognition of the unintended effects of social entrepreneurship and in doing so, adds nuance to a concept that has gone relatively unchallenged. In addition, each chapter identifies intriguing points for further research.Scholars in the fields of social entrepreneurship, management and organizational studies will find this a relevant and insightful work. Those with a wider scholarly interest in critical research, particularly in the humanities or social sciences, will also find the critical approaches compelling.
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship
by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation.Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation
by
Sustainable entrepreneurship has attracted growing attention in both scholarly and practitioner circles. Focusing on generating social, environmental and business value, the notion has been raised more recently to address the contribution of entrepreneurial activities to sustainable economic and social development. Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation builds on a theoretical framework that addresses related topics via a combination of insights from sustainability, policy, managerial, strategic, innovation and institutional perspectives. Providing empirical casework as well as a conceptual and theoretical framework, the book takes a global, interdisciplinary approach to the emergent field of sustainable entrepreneurship. The book highlights elements of sustainable entrepreneurship which have a societal impact as well as regional relevance and related aspects of innovation are also presented. Definitional issues are further elaborated in order to encompass the main inter-connected fields of study, sustainable entrepreneurship and social innovation. This book is an important resource for academic researchers, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and sustainability.
Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development
by
Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development is about developing entrepreneurial communities, and goes beyond theories of the firm to demonstrate how local and regional society contributes in important ways to the vitality of entrepreneurs. The literature is rich with insights about leadership and culture within SMEs, and the behaviours and attitudes of their founders, founding teams, and managers. Since most of the attention in the entrepreneurship literature is focused on firms, we wish to explore everyone else: The social environment surrounding the entrepreneur, and how leadership and culture outside the firm can have pervasive effects on the business. This book reaches across disciplinary boundaries, integrating and advancing knowledge on entrepreneurial community development. The book identifies actionable leadership strategies that can be used by literally anyone to help make a community or region a more culturally-supportive, interactive home for entrepreneurial minds. We draw from original research to compare high and low entrepreneurship communities, and present an emergent picture of how community-level actors can (or fail to) work together to support entrepreneurship in places that are culturally distant from the Silicon Valley (i.e., most places). Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development then offers techniques for entrepreneurial community leadership, including how to build lasting alliances, create an image, and harness the local culture for entrepreneurial advantage. The result is a book that provides the reader with the latest advancements and techniques in entrepreneurship development in a straight-forward, readable format. No matter the reader, Toward Entrepreneurial Community Development demonstrates how anyone, in any position, can lead a local entrepreneurship movement starting anywhere, anytime.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
This is a foundation course for the Deaf who are interested to go into business and become entrepreneurs. The students will be exploring business terms in writing and in sign, the business cycle, and the kinds of business. The course includes opportunities to know successful Deaf and hearing business entrepreneurs and set standards for own personal business values and characteristics. The course will help students reflect on own behavior and values to become a successful Deaf entrepreneur. In this introductory course, the students' skills in problem solving and problem analysis, scenario setting, and decision making will be developed. Through lectures, film showing, resource persons’ sharing and interviews as well as case studies, the students will be oriented with the different business tools.
Academic entrepreneurship in theory and practice
by
With the increasing interest in academic entrepreneurship (AE), an interdisciplinary and multidimensional phenomenon, this book provides insights on the different aspects of the process, especially from the CEE countries. The topics cover include the theoretical issues related to defining and understanding AE as well as the empirical research featuring aspects of AE at the organizational levels of analysis that encourage the interchange of experiences from diverse institutional environments. The audience for this book comprises researchers, policymakers and university students in the fields of management, strategy and entrepreneurship.
Building 21st Century Entrepreneurship
by
Entrepreneurship develops around the world in accordance to the different cultural, political, economic and social contexts. Governments promote entrepreneurship as a way to improve economic growth. As capitalism changes, entrepreneurship also changes. This book describes some of the new profiles of entrepreneurs that are creating the entrepreneurial economy of the 21st Century. It presents entrepreneurship in a theoretical and pragmatic way in order to help readers to understand what entrepreneurship means today. Illustrated by socio-economic information and case studies of an international scope, two main questions are explicitly studied in this book: who are the new figures of entrepreneurs and how are they creating the companies of the future? The book is based on academic literature and serves as a reference to researchers interested in the evolution of entrepreneurship.
Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory
by
As the breadth and empirical diversity of entrepreneurship research have increased rapidly during the last decade, the quest to find a "one-size-fits-all" general theory of entrepreneurship has given way to a growing appreciation for the importance of contexts. This promises to improve both the practical relevance and the theoretical rigor of research in this field. Entrepreneurship means different things to different people at different times and in different places and both its causes and its consequences likewise vary. For example, for some people entrepreneurship can be a glorious path to emancipation, while for others it can represent the yoke tethering them to the burdens of overwork and drudgery. For some communities it can drive renaissance and vibrancy while for others it allows only bare survival. In this book, we assess and attempt to push forward contemporary conceptualizations of contexts that matter for entrepreneurship, pointing in particular to opportunities generating new insights by attending to contexts in novel or underexplored ways. This book shows that the ongoing contextualization of entrepreneurship research should not simply generate a proliferation of unique theories - one for every context - but can instead result in better theory construction, testing and understanding of boundary conditions, thereby leading us to richer and more profound understanding of entrepreneurship across its many forms. Contextualizing Entrepreneurship Theory will critically review the current debate and existing literature on contexts and entrepreneurship and use this to synthesize new theoretical and methodological frameworks that point to important directions for future research.
Culture and Commerce : The Value of Entrepreneurship in Creative Industries
by
Art and business are often described as worlds apart, even diametric opposites. And yet, these realms are close cousins in creative industries where firms bring cultural goods to market, attaching price tags to music, paintings, theater, literature, film, and fashion.Building on theories of value construction and cultural production, Culture and Commerce details the processes by which artistic worth is decoded, translated, and converted to economic value. Mukti Khaire introduces readers to three industry players: creators, producers (who bring to market and distribute cultural goods), and intermediaries (who critique and rave about them). Case studies of firms from Chanel and Penguin to tastemakers like the Pritzker Prize and The Sundance Institute illuminate how these professionals construct a vital value chain. Highlighting the role of "pioneer entrepreneurs"--who carve out space for radical, new product categories--Khaire illustrates how creative professionals influence our sense of value, shifting consumer behavior and our culture in deep, surprising ways.
Digital entrepreneurship : impact on business and society
by
This open access book explores the global challenges and experiences related to digital entrepreneurial activities, using carefully selected examples from leading companies and economies that shape world business today and tomorrow. Digital entrepreneurship and the companies steering it have an enormous global impact; they promise to transform the business world and change the way we communicate with each other. These companies use digitalization and artificial intelligence to enhance the quality of decisions and augment their business and customer operations. This book demonstrates how cloud services are continuing to evolve; how cryptocurrencies are traded in the banking industry; how platforms are created to commercialize business, and how, taken together, these developments provide new opportunities in the digitalized era. Further, it discusses a wide range of digital factors changing the way businesses operate, including artificial intelligence, chatbots, voice search, augmented and virtual reality, as well as cyber threats and data privacy management. "Digitalization mirrors the Industrial Revolution's impact. This book provides a complement of perspectives on the opportunities emanating from such a deep seated change in our economy. It is a comprehensive collection of thought leadership mapped into a very useful framework. Scholars, digital entrepreneurs and practitioners will benefit from this timely work." Gina O'Connor, Professor of Innovation Management at Babson College, USA "This book defines and delineates the requirements for companies to enable their businesses to succeed in a post-COVID19 world. This book deftly examines how to accomplish and achieve digital entrepreneurship by leveraging cloud computing, AI, IoT and other critical technologies. This is truly a unique "must-read" book because it goes beyond theory and provides practical examples." Charlie Isaacs, CTO of Customer Connection at Salesforce.com, USA "This book provides digital entrepreneurs useful guidance identifying, validating and building their venture. The international authors developed new perspectives on digital entrepreneurship that can support to create impact ventures." Felix Staeritz, CEO FoundersLane, Member of the World Economic Forum Digital Leaders Board and bestselling author of FightBack, Germany.-- Provided by publisher.
The Entrepreneurial Adventure
by
The Entrepreneurial Adventure is perfect for anyone with an interest in business or with aspirations to start their own business. The author outlines key principles of the entrepreneurial adventure and the business world, bringing it to life using case studies. This book contains useful and practical information about business and entrepreneurship gives a robust understanding of the theory and real-world implications of running a successful business. It describes and explains the whole process from understanding the implications and risks, the start-up stage through to future expansion. The authors clearly demonstrate that if the good business habits and practices described in this book are followed consistently, you really will achieve entrepreneurial success and the opportunities that come with it.
Entrepreneurial Behaviour
by
Entrepreneurial Behaviour: Unveiling the Cognitive and Emotional Aspects of Entrepreneurshipprovides a range of scholarly explorations of how decisions permeate the success of entrepreneurial ventures throughout their life cycle. This bridges the gaps in current research on entrepreneurship and innovative behaviours with decision making and negotiation. The success, longevity, and survival of SMEs are deeply linked to the effectiveness of individual decision-making processes, and established firms need to develop an entrepreneurial decision-making processes to maintain competitive advantages in a continuously changing and increasingly turbulent environment. The book leads off with the core themes of the series and incorporates new perspectives around entrepreneurial emotions, passion and trust. Previous research has not studied in sufficient detail the negotiation processes in entrepreneurship. This edited work explores these negotiation processes in depth, while also providing a discussion forum for scholars interested in researching and understanding how decisions permeate the life of entrepreneurial ventures during their life cycle.
Entrepreneurial Valuation
by
Value is a verb, and entrepreneurial valuation is the process of figuring out what others (should) value. The process is a challenging one, fraught with difficulties. If you are considering your own entrepreneurial journey, how do you start? How do you come up with a good idea? How do you know if your idea is good or if consumers would pay for it? Entrepreneurial Valuation brings to life cutting-edge research on value theory, challenging the prevailing wisdom that entrepreneurial valuation is as simple as asking consumers what they want. In fact, consumers often don't know what they (should) want. Value is a learning process, and consumers are learning what to want over time. Entrepreneurial Valuation will teach you how to follow consumers through this value learning process until you understand them enough to lead them on their journey.
Entrepreneurship : contemporary issues
by
Entrepreneurship plays an exceptional role in the development of economies and is a vital source of change in all aspects of society. This book tries to facilitate a fundamental rethinking of entrepreneurial activity and how it is manifested. It addresses a critical shortcoming in much of the research, education, and economic development work that deals with entrepreneurship. Instead of the general theories of entrepreneurship, the book lays a foundation for developing theories of different kinds of entrepreneurial ventures. As the reader navigates these pages, he or she should hopefully broaden their entrepreneurial landscape and identify critical factors that drive contemporary entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship and Development
by
In analyzing the complex link between entrepreneurship, innovation and development in the context of the emerging world, this book offers a holistic reading of this triptych based on a theoretical foundation that is itself subject to controversy: the national system of innovative entrepreneurship. The "emerging" nature of the studied countries provides specific insights, and allows the theoretical developments to be fine-tuned to the current issues. In a context that makes competitive advantages transient, emerging markets can provide a real test case for responding in a structural and innovative way to social and economic challenges, thus ensuring the sustainable performance of their innovative entrepreneurial system. Entrepreneurship and Development advocates for the integration of the social and cultural history of a given country within the framework of public policies, and proposes more targeted actions for innovative entrepreneurial activities. Moreover, the education system must integrate the entrepreneurial culture and foster multidisciplinarity to support the transfer of knowledge to markets.
Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education
by
This book is a compilation of tools, techniques and frameworks for use in the field of entrepreneurship and innovation (E&I) education. Developed and honed over the past two decades, these teaching approaches are combined with well-versed practical insight. As professors know all too well, the human brain cannot articulate more than three or four dimensions of a problem without the aid of what could be referred to as Âchecklists for thinkingÂ: frameworks (visual or otherwise) that help students think in terms of multiple variables affecting a problem. Entrepreneurship and Innovation Education provides a Âtoolbox of more than 50 frameworks for analyzing entrepreneurship and innovation problems, and for enabling effective decision-making. It is a useful guide for professors and students alike who are looking for an overview of available tools, methods and approaches to actively learn how to go from the visionary idea to the market.
Entrepreneurship During the Times of COVID-19 Pandemic Challenges and Consequences
by
Every crisis brings challenges and threats to entrepreneurs and their organisations, no matter if initiated by human behaviour, natural disasters or economic mechanisms (Doern et al., 2019). At the end of December 2019, the coronavirus (so-called COVID-19) started spreading globally, and by 11th March 2020, World Health Organization - WHO (2020) declared COVID-19 pandemic. As a response to mitigate coronavirus spread and save lives, governments in affected countries imposed desperate measures of social distancing, widespread lockdown, restrictions on travelling, movement, and people gatherings. Many private and public life aspects had to be moved online (Liguori and Winkler, 2020). Entrepreneurs were not an exception. They had to start moving their business activities online. However, not everything could be solved conveniently online. COVID-19 has significantly influenced the entrepreneurial engagement of self-employed persons. Some entrepreneurs had to close their businesses due to governmental restrictions temporarily; others had to impose precautions and run their activities to a reduced extent. They also needed to find innovative solutions in all aspects of their entrepreneurial endeavour as the consequences of the pandemic linger. It took time before the entrepreneurs got oriented in the new situation and before governments started helping them out with particular policy actions aiming to deliver information, advisory and financial support (Kuckertz et al., 2020; Turner and Akinremi, 2020). It is expected that the current pandemic will very likely influence traditional entrepreneurial decision-making processes (Chell, 2013), communication and conflict management (Aldairany et al., 2018), well-being (Stephan, 2018) and entrepreneurial outcomes (Wach et al., 2016). This is especially the case in emerging economies, where institutional responses to Covid-19 have been varied and where the global pandemic has exploited existing instutional voids (Chan and Mustafa, 2020)
Entrepreneurship Education
by
The discussion around whether entrepreneurship can be taught is becoming obsolete as the number of entrepreneurship courses, specializations and degrees is rising at an unprecedented rate all over the world and the demand for entrepreneurial education teachers or instructors is constantly growing. The global community of entrepreneurial education proponents is enthusiastic about the possibility of spreading the idea of entrepreneurship, as it is believed to benefit societies and economies in addition to influencing human development on an individual level. The fervour is nurtured by public policies and the development of an enterprising culture in the public discourse. In this discourse, entrepreneurship is treated as a panacea for numerous social and economic problems. This book is a solid reference point for all who are interested in conducting research on entrepreneurial education or engaged in teaching entrepreneurship. It is a compendium of knowledge about entrepreneurial education as a research field, seen from the perspective of the last four decades, its complete contemporary history. It reviews the progress of the field from the outset to the present in terms of its socio-economic context, changes in the academic community, but also its research focus and methodological development. This uniquely comprehensive book is a resource of both knowledge on entrepreneurial education research and inspiration for future studies within the field. This timely and relevant book provides practical insights for educators when developing their teaching practice and will be of interest to entrepreneurship educators and entrepreneurship education researchers.
Entrepreneurship for Deprived Communities
by
This study investigates barriers to developing enterprise in deprived communities, highlights trade-offs local authorities face and offers guidance that contributes to a model for developing a community-centered enterprise culture that is critical for reinvigorating disadvantaged groups. Alex Avramenko and Nikolai Mouraviev focus on deprived communities where entrepreneurship traditionally was extremely difficult to conceive and offer insights on under-researched issues, such as enablers of entrepreneurship by local government's integrated approach that blends opportunity generation with capacity and skill building, complemented by support services. They also focus on the formation of an enterprise culture that should become a foundation of policy, enablers and tools for revitalizing deprived communities.Chapters explore range of issues and examples, including rethinking the dynamics of micro enterprise, rural entrepreneurship, senior entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship in a cosmopolitan city, civic/community-centered entrepreneurship and lifestyle entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship for Dummies
by
The perfect resource for your journey to start a business Entrepreneurship For Dummies is the essential guide to becoming your own boss and a successful entrepreneur. We make it simple to learn every step of the process. Identify an opportunity, learn your customers' needs, test your product, protect your intellectual property, secure funding, and get ready for that all-important launch. In classic Dummies style, this book is packed with practical information and useful advice, all in a fun and easy-to-follow format. Take fear out of the entrepreneurship equation and build the confidence you need to make your fantastic business idea take flight. Get up to date on the latest lingo, new ideas for raising money, and the latest ways to do business in the digital age. Understand the process of starting a business, from beginning to end Complete the necessary planning and meet legal requirements, without the headache Get expert tips and tricks on funding your idea and bringing your product or service to market Build the foundation you need to keep your business thriving and growing Entrepreneurship For Dummies supports you as you travel along the road to success.
Entrepreneurship in Policing and Criminal Contexts
by
Entrepreneurship in Policing and Criminal Contextsexplores the contemporary and under researched themes of 'entrepreneurial policing' and 'entrepreneurialism in criminal justice contexts' which are emerging topics of both theoretical and practical interest in the current rapidly changing criminal justice environment. This volume of Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship Research critically opens up a new area of policing research, innovatively using theories of entrepreneurship, management and leadership, to illuminate a novel aspect of policing. Moreover, it presents a scholarly discussion about concepts and theories underpinning the topic. It is evident from readings that there are numerous crossovers in the literatures of entrepreneurship and policing because innovation, transformation and change are integral facets of both phenomena. This timely contribution spans theories of criminology, entrepreneurship and policing and as such is a seminal work which will engage practitioners, scholars and students of entrepreneurship and policing in thinking differently about how entrepreneurship can help change traditional thinking in relation to policing and criminal contexts.
Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs
by
Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs is about an exciting, still emerging superpower. One that empowers you to use, repurpose and create games that will help solve the great societal and organisational challenges that companies, startups and nonprofits are facing today - games that are explicitly designed and can be iteratively improved to engage stakeholders, facilitate experimentation and actually drive innovation. What makes gamification a superpower is its use of powerful methods and techniques from diverse disciplines and traditions - like futures studies, user experience, agile management, design thinking or business design - in a new, action-oriented and engaging framework. Each game world is a safe, playful space, where groups are free to experiment in innovative and inclusive forms of collaboration. Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs builds on insights and knowledge from over 150 leading experts in the field. It provides a rich collection of materials for innovators, entrepreneurs and game designers that allows you to dive deep into innovation and entrepreneurship, into games and gamification. You can build on 36 gamification design patterns - like dilemma solving, experiential learning, innovation markets and storytelling - and use a game design canvas to create your own innovation games. Or you can customize some of the 70+ games featured in the book that are already in use by innovators, entrepreneurs and professional trainers. Additional resources are provided for teachers and game facilitators. The superpower of gamification does not yield simplistic solutions - but the resources from Gamification for Innovators and Entrepreneurs will provide you with the means and the confidence to tackle some of the great challenges we are all facing today. An easily accessible and comprehensive overview on gamification and games in the context of innovation and entrepreneurship Draws on several collaborative research projects involving partners such as Lego, Deutsche Telekom, Lufthansa Systems, 3M, Danske Bank, and Nokia Systems. Extensive experience of the authors in the facilitation of games, their role as an enabler of learning and their potential to facilitate transformation. 36 reusable gamification design patterns, a five-step process and a game design canvas to create one's own innovation games Summaries and references of more than 70+ customizable games that are already in use by innovators, entrepreneurs and professional trainers Educational materials for teachers, trainers and game facilitators
Global Entrepreneurship
by
The role that small- and medium-sized enterprises play in the economic development and growth of cities, regions and nations has been an increasing subject of debate and study for the last half century. This volume focuses on the opportunities and challenges that entrepreneurs and small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) face in a world of global competition. The papers therein provide an overview of successful strategies that global entrepreneurs and SMEs have employed that have allowed them to establish regional and international footprint and of how local resources, culture and managerial capabilities have contributed to startups' global success. In doing so it highlights original, edgy ideas and theoretical advances that will provide the foundation for future doctoral dissertations and other research projects on international entrepreneurship.
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
by
Learn about entrepreneurship and what makes entrepreneurs successful, all while developing your entrepreneurial skills.
Making Ecopreneurs : Developing Sustainable Entrepreneurship
by
The first edition of this book looked at the emergence of 'ecopreneurs' - environmental entrepreneurs gaining competitive advantage for their firms through understanding and utilising green issues. These green entrepreneurs have led the way in enabling market forces to generate economic growth whilst protecting the environment and encouraging sustainability. This new edition continues the examination of what distinguishes these green entrepreneurs from others. It draws on a diverse range of case studies embracing examples of both successful and unsuccessful ecopreneurial ventures on at least four continents. Contributions have been updated and a number of entirely new chapters describe sustainable business projects in places ranging from the USA , India, western Europe, UK, Australia, central America and New Zealand. Making Ecopreneurs, second edition, charts recent developments and remains highly relevant to researchers in the fields of sustainable business development and entrepreneurship, to policymakers within governments and NGOs, and to those running businesses.
Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation
by
Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Innovation is the first textbook for non-business based entrepreneurship courses, focussed on students with a background in science and technology. Its comprehensive, rigorous and yet accessible approach originates from the authors' considerable experience mentoring students as they turn their technological ideas into real-life business ventures. . The text is separated into three parts providing a roadmap for successful entrepreneurial projects: Part I focusses on how to create your venture, turning technology into businesses and how to link together entrepreneurship and innovation Part II shows you how to grow your venture and make it profitable, looking at the early development of academic spin-outs and how to adapt your technology to the customers' needs. Part III takes you through the day-to-day running on your business; whether to adopt a contingency or contextual approach, how to develop new products and services and alternative options for growth. With a wide range of practical steps, lists of things to consider and guidelines on how to turn your technology based ideas into a successful business, this text will be essential for all non-business students who need to understand entrepreneurship, management and innovation. It will also prove a useful introduction to all Masters-level students taking these subjects in business schools.
Next Generation Entrepreneurship
by
The book deals with next-generation entrepreneurship and aims to answer the questions of in which ways, how, through which focal directions, and by which means will next-generation entrepreneurship emerge and shape the market processes. Under this broad overview, the book is sub-divided into three sections: "Entrepreneurship Education and Young Perspectives", "New Challenges for Entrepreneurship", and "Shaping the Next Generation of Entrepreneurship". The book balances empirical evidence with conceptual contributions.
Open Innovation Essentials for Small and Medium Enterprises
by
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have to approach open innovation differently than large companies. This practical guide on open innovation is expressly for entrepreneurs and managers in SMEs. The authors provide strategies, techniques, and Òtricks of the tradeÓ enabling SMEs to practice open innovation systems profitability and enhance the long-term value of their company. Included are tools such as brokers, auctions, crowdsourcing, technology transfer, and spin-ups, making it useful for people already in business, starting businesses, or seeking supplemental material for courses.
Peace Through Entrepreneurship
by
Joblessness is the root cause of the global unrest threatening American security. Fostering entrepreneurship is the remedy. The combined weight of American diplomacy and military power cannot end unrest and extremism in the Middle East and other troubled regions of the world, Steven Koltai argues. Koltai says an alternative approach would work: investing in entrepreneurship and reaping the benefits of the jobs created through entrepreneurial startups. From 9/11 and the Arab Spring to the self-proclaimed Islamic caliphate, instability and terror breed where young people cannot find jobs. Koltai marshals evidence to show that joblessness--not religious or cultural conflict--is the root cause of the unrest that vexes American foreign policy and threatens international security. Drawing on Koltai’s stint as senior adviser for Entrepreneurship in Secretary Hillary Clinton’s State Department, and his thirty-year career as a successful entrepreneur and business executive, Peace through Entrepreneurship argues for the significant elevation of entrepreneurship in the service of foreign policy; not rural microfinance or mercantile trading but the scalable stuff of Silicon Valley and Sam Walton, generating the vast majority of new jobs in economies large and small. Peace through Entrepreneurship offers a nonmilitary, long-term solution at a time of disillusionment with Washington’s "big development” approach to unstable and underdeveloped parts of the world--and when the new normal is fear of terrorist attacks against Western targets, beheadings in Syria, and jihad. Extremism will not be resolved by a war on terror. The answer, Koltai shows, is stimulating entrepreneurial economic opportunities for the virtually limitless supply of desperate, unemployed young men and women leading lives of endless economic frustration.
Pilot to profit : navigating modern entrepreneurship to build your business using online marketing, social media, content marketing and sales
by
Ready to generate sales, build brand buzz, and watch your cash flow soar? Entrepreneurs, prepare for takeoff! Pilot to Profit clears up the confusion of modern entrepreneurship--so you can build a smart, successful, and sustainable business with sky-high returns. If you find yourself overwhelmed with questions--Do I really need to be on Instagram, Facebook and Twitter? How do these other people command such high fees (and how can I)? How do I double my profits this year without doubling the work?--this book can provide answers to help you get unstuck, as well as proven strategies to help your business get found and turn connections into paying customers, whether you're an established enterprise or just starting out. Learn how to: Gain a stronger money mindset and stop sabotaging your ability to be paid what you're worth for the work you do Set your money-making "radar" on high alert Create a clearly defined business model that maximizes what comes in, with less effort put out Find the right channels to grow your business so you can reach more people Create content that raises your credibility and puts you on the map (because without great content, your business might never be found) Use email and social media to grow your fan base Lastly, you'll walk away understanding how to sell what you do, whom to sell it to, and precisely how to find and connect with those people. This book takes you step-by-step on your journey to building a successful, profitable business you love. With Pilot to Profit, you're officially cleared for takeoff.
Profit : Plan for It, Get It-The Entrepreneurs Handbook.
by
If you want to take your business to the next level, then this book could lead you there. You most likely have a love for whatever area you have chosen as a focus for your business. This is a great start. However, many small business owners do not have the business and management background to make that business as profitable as it could be. In consulting with many of these small businesses, I found that a few simple business practices could be very beneficial to their growth. In this book, I will try to share some of these practices with you. This book is designed to help an entrepreneur increase his profit by introducing how he can use a simplified profit-and-loss statement of four to ten items as a tool to analyze his business from a financial perspective. He will be shown how he can use these items in a formula to help him plan and make decisions for future growth and profit. We will discuss skills and practices that have been used to improve sales, management, leadership, and planning skills. This book is designed to help you improve your profitability.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship
by
Sustainable Entrepreneurship: How entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunitiespresents new frameworks to illustrate how entrepreneurs create value from sustainable opportunities and producing benefits for their business, society, and the environment. Employing research and analytical techniques from a wide variety of disciplines, including strategic management, regional studies, and innovation studies, Sustainable Entrepreneurship contributes to existing literature on this subject by delving deeply into the nature of sustainable entrepreneurial opportunities through the analysis of how contemporary wealth creators capitalize on those openings. Francesca Masciarelli and Simona Leonelli argue that entrepreneurship plays a crucial role in resolving ecological challenges through the creation of products, services and production methods that are simultaneously environmentally friendly and competitive on the market. This rigorous work offers unique new insights and represents a step towards the development of a more comprehensive analysis of sustainable entrepreneurship. By drawing on diverse perspectives, it demonstrates that the entrepreneur should consider the main sources of entrepreneurial opportunities and scrutinize the strategies and the local conditions that enable firms to create value.
Trailblazing in entrepreneurship : creating new paths for understanding the field
by
In this book, the authors present a challenge for future research to build a stronger, more complete understanding of entrepreneurial phenomena. They argue that this more complete picture of entrepreneurial phenomena will likely come from scholars who undertake at least some trailblazing projects; from scholars who broaden the range of research questions, the potential outcomes of entrepreneurial action, and the selection and combination of research methods; and from researchers who avoid the endless debates about the margins of the field and its sub-fields or about whether one theoretical or philosophical lens is superior to another. This book offers suggestions for future research through a variety of topics including prosocial action, innovation, family business, sustainability and development, and the financial, social, and psychological costs of failure. It promises to make an important contribution to the development of the field and help academics, organizations, and society make useful contributions to the generation of entrepreneurial research.
Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality
by
Economic inequality continues to contribute to political and social instability around the world. This instability stifles development and results in widening the wealth gap between the "haves" and "have nots," further eroding stability. It has been argued that entrepreneurship is a prime contributor to this vicious cycle. Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality contends that this is only true when the opportunity for entrepreneurship is limited to a few. The authors maintain that when entrepreneurship is open to anyone who is properly motivated, innovative, and has a goal of growth for their enterprise, it helps build wealth for a greater number of people. The concept of "social entrepreneurship" is introduced, where entrepreneurship becomes a vehicle for explicitly addressing community-based economic and social challenges using markets. The book uses examples of entrepreneurial projects and programs that have attempted to address inequality to discuss entrepreneurship as an economic development strategy and its role in addressing the challenges of economic inequality. It advocates thinking and acting systemically, creating and sustaining entrepreneurial support ecosystems, in order to generate the synergy required to scale-up development and transform our economies and provides a distinctive perspective on a pressing social and economic issue, with significant implications for the future of the United States and the world.
The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship
by
Written by leading scholars, The Wiley Handbook of Entrepreneurship provides a distinctive overview of methodological, theoretical and paradigm changes in the area of entrepreneurship research. It is divided into four parts covering history and theory, individual differences and creativity, organizational aspects of innovation including intrapreneurship, and macroeconomic aspects such as social entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship in developing countries. The result is a must-have resource for seasoned researchers and newcomers alike, as well as practitioners and advanced students of business, entrepreneurship, and social and organizational psychology.
The Introduction to Deaf Identity is where the learners will discover self, culture and language identity as a Deaf person. The learners will explore aspects of the Deaf: personality traits, language and socio-cultural identity. The learners will also witness the history of Deaf people around the world, amidst their struggles in establishing their identity to empathize with them as they go through different milestones in the Deaf world. Guided by journal writing, the students will reflect and relate the theories of Deaf identity in their personal life, especially in family and community.
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies
by
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is the first introductory course book that explores the theoretical foundations used in sign language interpreting studies. Authors Roy, Brunson, and Stone examine the disciplines whose theoretical frameworks and methodologies have influenced the academic study of interpreting. With this text, explanations for how interpreted events occur, how interpreted products are created, and how the interpreting process is studied can be framed within a variety of theoretical perspectives, forming a foundation for the emerging transdiscipline of Interpreting Studies. ​​ As sign language interpreting has emerged and evolved in the last 20 years as an academic field of study, the scope of learning has broadened to include fields beyond the language and culture of deaf people. This text surveys six disciplines that have informed the study of sign language interpreting: history, translation, linguistics, sociology, social psychology, and cognitive psychology, along with their major ideas, principal scholars, and ways of viewing human interaction. Each chapter includes clear learning goals, definitions, discussion questions, and images to aid understanding. The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is required reading for upper-level undergraduate or first-year graduate students in interpreting, Deaf studies, and sign language programs.
Deaf culture A to Z
by
An alphabetic look at Deaf culture.
Deaf gain : raising the stakes for human diversity
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Deaf studies today! : beyond talk
by
Beyond Talk: Deaf Studies Today! 2012 Conference Proceedings contains original submissions by presenters at the conference held on the campus of Utah Valley University. This volume is the fifth in the series of proceedings from the Deaf Studies Today! conference. It features papers by the following authors: Patti Durr Christine B Brown Andrew Byrne, Ph.D. Merrilee Gietz Heather Clark Hannah M. Dostal, Ph.D. and Lisa M. Bowers Brian Malzkuhn Joseph Hill, Ph.D. Lewis Kummer, Ed.D. and Cynthia Plue, Ed.D. J. Freeman King, Ed.D. Rebecca Furland Nigel Howard and Liz Scully David H. Smith, Ph.D. and Bryan Berrett, Ed.D Sheryl B. Cooper, Ph.D. and Jody H. Cripps, Ph.D. Tabitha Jacques Mark Zaurov Carol Sanderson-MacNicholl Noppawan Chainarong, Vee Yee Chong, and Jennifer Witteborg
Early literacy behaviors of Filipino deaf children
by
Filipino sign language : a compilation of signs from regions of the Philippines.
by
For hearing people only : answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the deaf community, its culture, and the "deaf reality"
by
Provides answers to commonly asked questions about deaf people, their culture, and their language.
An Introduction to Filipino Sign Language
by
The Life Story of Mother Delight Rice and Her Children
by
Delight Rice, the hearing daughter of deaf parents, was a pioneering teacher of deaf-blind pupils at the Wisconsin and Ohio Schools for the Deaf during the early 1900s. In 1907 the U.S. government sent her to establish a deaf education system in the Philippines, which was occupied by American military forces during the Spanish-American War. Initially unable to find any deaf children in Manila and surrounding provinces, she and American constabularies ventured into the interior mountains, heavily populated by wild, hostile headhunting tribes, in search of deaf children. They rode U.S. Army wagons and on burros for more than 1,000 miles on their successful mission. This book chronicles Delight Rice's life and legendary contributions to deaf education in the United States and the Philippines.
Many Ways to Be Deaf
by
Twenty-four international scholars contribute articles on linguistic and cultural diversity in deaf communities worldwide, including Japan, Viet Nam, Nigeria, Ireland, Brazil, and the United States. The wide- ranging topics include the evolution of British fingerspelling beginning in the 17th centur
The Next Generation of Research in Interpreter Education
by
This collection contributes to an emerging body of research in sign language interpreter education, a field in which research on teaching practices has been rare. The Next Generation of Research in Interpreter Education investigates learning experiences and teaching practices that provide the evidence necessary to inform and advance instructional approaches. The five studies included in this volume examine role-play activities in the classroom, the experiences of Deaf students in interpreting programs, reducing anxiety in the interpreting process, mentoring, and self-assessment. The contributors are a nascent group of educators who represent a growing mastery of contemporary standards in interpreter education. Their chapters share a common theme: the experiences and learning environments of students as they progress toward entry into the interpreting profession.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education
by
The field of deaf studies, language, and education has grown dramatically over the past forty years. From work on the linguistics of sign language and parent-child interactions to analyses of school placement and the the mapping of brain function in deaf individuals, research across a range ofdisciplines has greatly expanded not just our knowledge of deafness and the deaf, but also the very origins of language, social interaction, and thinking.In this updated edition of the landmark original volume, a range of international experts present a comprehensive overview of the field of deaf studies, language, and education. Written for students, practitioners, and researchers, The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume1, is a uniquely ambitious work that has altered both the theoretical and applied landscapes.Pairing practical information with detailed analyses of what works, why, and for whom - all while banishing the paternalism that once dogged the field - this first of two volumes features specially-commissioned, updated essays on topics including: language and language development, hearing andspeech perception, education, literacy, cognition, and the complex cultural, social, and psychological issues associated with deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. The range of these topics shows the current state of research and identifies the opportunites and challenges that lie ahead.Combining historical background, research, and strategies for teaching and service provision, the two-volume Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education stands as the benchmark reference work in the field of deaf studies.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Signed Language Interpreting in the 21st Century
by
This text provides interpreting students with a broad knowledge base that encompasses the latest research, addresses current trends and perspectives of the Deaf community, and promotes critical thinking and open dialogue about the working conditions, ethics, boundaries, and competencies needed by a highly qualified interpreter in various settings. This volume expands the resources available to aspiring interpreters, including Deaf interpreters, and incorporates the voices of renowned experts on topics relevant to today's practitioners. Each chapter provides students with objectives, keywords, and discussion questions. The chapters convey clear information about topics that include credentialing, disposition and aptitude for becoming an interpreter, interpreting for people who are DeafBlind, and working within specialty settings, such as legal and healthcare. A key resource for interpreter certification test preparation, this text follows the interpreter's ethical, practical, and professional development through a career of lifelong learning and service.
Signs and voices : deaf culture, identity, language, and arts
by
Cochlear implants, mainstreaming, genetic engineering, and other ethical dilemmas confronting deaf people mandated a new, wide-ranging examination of these issues, fulfilled by Signs and Voices: Deaf Culture, Identity, Language, and Arts. This collection, carefully chosen from the 2004 Signs and Voices Conference, the Presidential Forum on American Sign Language at the Modern Language Association Convention, and other sources, addresses all of the factors now changing the cultural landscape for deaf people. To ensure quality and breadth of knowledge, editors Kristin A. Lingren, Doreen DeLuca, and Donna Jo Napoli selected the work of renowned scholars and performers Shannon Allen, H-Dirksen L. Bauman, Adrian Blue, Brenda Jo Brueggemann, Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Peter Cook, David P. Corina, Michael Davidson, Kristen Harmon, Tom Humphries, Sotaro Kita, Heather Knapp, Robert G. Lee, Irene W. Leigh, Kenny Lerner, Carole Neidle, Peter Novak, AslI Özyürek, David M. Perlmutter, Anne Senghas, and Ronnie Wilbur. Signs and Voices is divided into three sections--Culture and Identity, Language and Literacy, and American Sign Language in the Arts--each of which focuses on a particular set of theoretical and practical concerns. Also, the included DVD presents many of the performances from the Arts section. Taken together, these essays and DVD point to new directions in a broad range of fields, including cognitive science, deaf studies, disability studies, education, linguistics, literary criticism, philosophy, and psychology. This extraordinary showcase of innovative and rigorous cross-disciplinary study will prove invaluable to everyone interested in the current state of the Deaf community.
Some Kids Are Deaf
by
Some people are deaf. What does that mean? Using simple, engaging text and full-color photos, readers learn what deafness is, how it can be caused, and what daily life is like for someone who can't hear.
Understanding Deaf Culture
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
The Introduction to Deaf Identity is where the learners will discover self, culture and language identity as a Deaf person. The learners will explore aspects of the Deaf: personality traits, language and socio-cultural identity. The learners will also witness the history of Deaf people around the world, amidst their struggles in establishing their identity to empathize with them as they go through different milestones in the Deaf world. Guided by journal writing, the students will reflect and relate the theories of Deaf identity in their personal life, especially in family and community.
Captioning and Subtitling for d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing Audiences
by
"Captioning and Subtitling for d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing Audiences is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of captioning and subtitling, with examples and exercises at the end of each chapter. Analyzing the requirements of d/Deaf and hard of hearing audiences in detail, as well as treating the linguistic and technical considerations necessary for effective captioning, this volume will familiarize the reader with the characteristics, needs, and diversity of d/Deaf and hard of hearing audiences. Based on first-hand experience in the field, the book provides a step-by-step guide to making live performances accessible to d/Deaf and hard of hearing audiences. The guide will be [a resource for] students of audiovisual translation, professional subtitlers, and captioners, as well as any organization or venue that engages with d/Deaf and hard of hearing people."--Provided by publisher.
The deaf history reader
by
The Deaf History Reader presents nine masterful chapters that bring together a remarkably vivid depiction of the varied Deaf experience in America. This collection features the finest scholarship from a noteworthy group of historians, including Reginald Boyd, Barry A. Crouch, Mary French, Brian H. Greenwald, Harlan Lane, Harry G. Lang, Kent R. Olney, Richard Pillard, Jill Hendricks Porco, Michael Reis, and volume editor John Vickrey Van Cleve. The incisive articles collected here include an exploration of the genesis of the Deaf community and early evidence of the use of sign language; a comparison of a failed, oralist school for deaf students in Virginia to the success of the American School for the Deaf in Hartford, Connecticut; the development of Deaf consciousness among people who carried a dominant gene for deafness; a biographical sketch of Mary Ann Walworth Booth, an accomplished deaf woman who lived on the Western frontier; an account of Deaf agency in the Indiana Institution and the Evansville Day School; the early antecedents of mainstreaming deaf children despite the objections of their parents; a profile of Alexander Graham Bell that contrasts his support of eugenics to his defense of Deaf rights; the conflicting actions of supervisors of the Pennsylvania Society for the Advancement of the Deaf; and finally, the critical role played by deaf people in the Chicago Mission for the Deaf's success in maintaining the Deaf community for more than five decades. The remarkably rich range of topics treated in The Deaf History Reader assure its future status as a standard resource for all Deaf scholars and students.
Education of d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing Children Perspectives on Language and Literacy Development
by
A significant number of d/Deaf and hard of hearing (d/Dhh) children and adolescents experience challenges in acquiring a functional level of English language and literacy skills in the United States (and elsewhere). To provide an understanding of this issue, this book explores the theoretical underpinnings and synthesizes major research findings. It also covers critical controversial areas such as the use of assistive hearing devices, language, and literacy assessments, and inclusion. Although the targeted population is children and adolescents who are d/Dhh, contributors found it necessary to apply our understanding of the development of English in other populations of struggling readers and writers such as children with language or literacy disabilities and those for whom English is not the home language. Collectively, this information should assist scholars in conducting further research and enable educators to develop general instructional guidelines and strategies to improve the language and literacy levels of d/Dhh students. It is clear that there is not a 'one-size-fits-all' concept, but, rather, research and instruction should be differentiated to meet the needs of d/Dhh students. It is our hope that this book stimulates further theorizing and research and, most importantly, offers evidence- and reason-based practices for improving language and literacy abilities of d/Dhh students.
Emergence of Sign Languages
by
We are pleased to present a Special Issue of Languages on the topic of Sign Language Emergence. Sign languages are the only extant languages that can be caught in the act of being born and developing with no model, and they, therefore, offer the only empirical evidence for language emergence in human societies. We have brought together a collection of articles on emerging sign languages that contribute a great deal to our current understanding of this process.This Special Issue covers eleven different emerging sign languages around the world. The articles deal with several aspects of language emergence, including, most notably: (1) the relationship between the emerging language and the culture of the larger society; (2) the role of iconicity in the emergence of sign language; (3) the relationship between the shared context in a small signing community and the degree of variation in the vocabulary; and (4) the vulnerability of budding sign languages. Spoken creole languages are also young, but are different from emerging sign languages, in that the speakers of pidgins from which creoles are assumed to have descended already had native languages. One article compares the features of creoles and of emerging sign languages.We are especially pleased with the diversity and breadth of interests of the contributors to the volume, who are based on four continents. The languages that they cover are equally diverse in their geographical provenance.
For hearing people only : answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about the deaf community, its culture, and the "deaf reality"
by
Provides answers to commonly asked questions about deaf people, their culture, and their language.
Inside Deaf Culture
by
In this absorbing story of the changing life of a community, the authors of Deaf in America reveal historical events and forces that have shaped the ways that Deaf people define themselves today. Inside Deaf Culture relates Deaf people's search for a voice of their own, and their proud self-discovery and self-description as a flourishing culture. Padden and Humphries show how the nineteenth-century schools for the deaf, with their denigration of sign language and their insistence on oralist teaching, shaped the lives of Deaf people for generations to come. They describe how Deaf culture and art thrived in mid-twentieth century Deaf clubs and Deaf theatre, and profile controversial contemporary technologies. Most triumphant is the story of the survival of the rich and complex language American Sign Language, long misunderstood but finally recently recognized by a hearing world that could not conceive of language in a form other than speech. In a moving conclusion, the authors describe their own very different pathways into the Deaf community, and reveal the confidence and anxiety of the people of this tenuous community as it faces the future. Inside Deaf Culture celebrates the experience of a minority culture--its common past, present debates, and promise for the future. From these pages emerge clear and bold voices, speaking out from inside this once silenced community.
Introduction to Aural Rehabilitation
by
i>Introduction to Aural Rehabilitation, Third Edition provides comprehensive preparation for future audiology and speech-language pathology professionals to serve children and adults with hearing loss. The information is presented in a logical and readable sequence by first introducing the nature of aural rehabilitation, and then discussing considerations for children, adults, and older adults with impaired hearing. This thoroughly updated third edition includes the latest research and findings for each chapter topic: from hearing aid technology, non-hearing aid assistive technology, cochlear implant surgery and benefits, to techniques in speech and language development on behalf of children with impaired hearing and techniques for adult aural rehabilitation. Each chapter is authored by internationally recognized authorities on the topics of working with those with impaired hearing, hearing aids for children and adults, the influence of hearing impairment on communication, family counseling, educational management, cochlear implantation, and many others. Introduction to Aural Rehabilitation highlights the most important clinical and practical aspects of providing aural rehabilitation services, while avoiding the technical detail of theoretical texts. Key Features Contributions from more than 15 experts in the field of aural rehabilitation Chapter outlines begin each chapter and highlight key topics 15+ appendices with materials and scales for communication assessments New to the Third Edition All chapters have been significantly revised, including updated and expanded references The latest information on cochlear implantation for children, surgical procedures and benefits, hearing aids, and non-hearing aid assistive listening devices Updated end-of-chapter study questions for use as test materials or as quizzes to test student retention of information
Language, Power, and Resistance : Mainstreaming Deaf Education
by
The current policy of educating d/Deaf and h/Hard of hearing (DHH) students in a mainstream setting, rather than in the segregated environments of deaf schools, has been portrayed as a positive step forward in creating greater equality for DHH students. In Language, Power, and Resistance, Elizabeth S. Mathews explores this claim through qualitative research with DHH children in the Republic of Ireland, their families, their teachers, and their experiences of the education system. While sensitive to the historical context of deaf education, Mathews focuses on the contemporary education system and the ways in which the mainstreaming agenda fits into larger discussions about the classification, treatment, and normalization of DHH children. The research upon which this book is based examined the implications that mainstreaming has for the tensions between the hegemonic medical model of deafness and the social model of Deafness. This volume explores how different types of power are used in the deaf education system to establish, maintain, and also resist medical views of deafness. Mathews frames this discussion as one of power relations across parents, children, and professionals working within the system. She looks at how various forms of power are used to influence decisions, to resist decisions, and to shape the structure and delivery of deaf education. The author's findings are a significant contribution to the debates on inclusive education for DHH students and will resonate in myriad social and geographic contexts.
Learning to Be Deaf
by
The Contributions to the Sociology of Language series features publications dealing with sociolinguistic theory, methods, findings and applications. It addresses the study of language in society in its broadest sense, as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches - theoretical and empirical - supplement and complement each other. The series invites the attention of scholars interested in language in society from a broad range of disciplines - anthropology, education, history, linguistics, political science, and sociology. To discuss your book idea or submit a proposal, please contact Natalie Fecher.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education
by
The field of deaf studies, language, and education has grown dramatically over the past forty years. From work on the linguistics of sign language and parent-child interactions to analyses of school placement and the the mapping of brain function in deaf individuals, research across a range ofdisciplines has greatly expanded not just our knowledge of deafness and the deaf, but also the very origins of language, social interaction, and thinking.In this updated edition of the landmark original volume, a range of international experts present a comprehensive overview of the field of deaf studies, language, and education. Written for students, practitioners, and researchers, The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education, Volume1, is a uniquely ambitious work that has altered both the theoretical and applied landscapes.Pairing practical information with detailed analyses of what works, why, and for whom - all while banishing the paternalism that once dogged the field - this first of two volumes features specially-commissioned, updated essays on topics including: language and language development, hearing andspeech perception, education, literacy, cognition, and the complex cultural, social, and psychological issues associated with deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. The range of these topics shows the current state of research and identifies the opportunites and challenges that lie ahead.Combining historical background, research, and strategies for teaching and service provision, the two-volume Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies, Language, and Education stands as the benchmark reference work in the field of deaf studies.
The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia
by
The time has come for a new in-depth encyclopedic collection of entries defining the current state of Deaf Studies at an international level using critical and intersectional lenses encompassing the field. The emergence of Deaf Studies programs at colleges and universities and the broadened knowledge of social sciences (including but not limited to Deaf History, Deaf Culture, Signed Languages, Deaf Bilingual Education, Deaf Art, and more) have served to expand the activities of research, teaching, analysis, and curriculum development. The field has experienced a major shift due to increasing awareness of Deaf Studies research since the mid-1960s. The field has been further influenced by the Deaf community's movement, resistance, activism and politics worldwide, as well as the impact of technological advances, such as in communications, with cell phones, computers, and other devices. This new Encyclopedia shifts focus away from the medical model that has view deaf individuals as needing to be remedied in order to correct so-called hearing and speaking deficiencies for the sole purpose of assimilation into mainstream society. The members of deaf communities are part of a distinct cultural and linguistic group with a unique, vibrant community, and way of being. As precedence, The SAGE Deaf Studies Encyclopedia carves out a new and critical perspective that breathes meaning into organic deaf experiences through a new critical theory lens. Such a focus is novel in that it comes from deaf and hearing allies of the communities where historically, institutions of medicine and disability ride roughshod over authentic experiences.
Understanding Deaf Culture
by
This book presents a 'Traveller's Guide' to Deaf Culture, starting from the premise that Deaf cultures have an important contribution to make to other academic disciplines, and human lives in general. Within and outside Deaf communities, there is a need for an account of the new concept of Deaf culture, which enables readers to assess its place alongside work on other minority cultures and multilingual discourses. The book aims to assess the concepts of culture, on their own terms and in their many guises and to apply these to Deaf communities. The author illustrates the pitfalls which have been created for those communities by the medical concept of 'deafness' and contrasts this with his new concept of "Deafhood", a process by which every Deaf child, family and adult implicitly explains their existence in the world to themselves and each other.
Understanding Deafness, Language and Cognitive Development
by
The study of childhood deafness offers researchers many interesting insights into the role of experience and sensory inputs for the development of language and cognition. This volume provides a state of the art look at these questions and how they are being applied in the areas of clinical and educational settings. It also marks the career and contributions of one of the greatest scholars in the field of deafness: Bencie Woll. As the field of deafness goes through rapid and profound changes, we hope that this volume captures the latest perspectives regarding the impacts of these changes for our understanding of child development. The volume will be of essential interest to language development researchers as well as teachers and clinical researchers.
When the mind hears : a history of the deaf
by
"When the Mind Hears, the first comprehensive history of the deaf, is also a powerful and compassionate study of the anatomy of prejudice and the motives and means of oppression. It is a narrative, told largely from the vantage point of Laurent Clerc, the deaf Frenchman who was an intellectual leader of the deaf community in France and then in America. Ultimately, the story of the deaf is a tragic one, as educators throughout history have sought to abolish sign language from the education of the deaf. The debate, involving such issues as minority rights, integration (or "mainstreaming"), and bilingual education, rages anew today. Scrupulously documented but never dispassionate, When the Mind Hears vividly conveys the anger and frustration of all those who, deprived of their language, are deprived of their rightful heritage."--Provided by publisher.
Words Made Flesh : Nineteenth-Century Deaf Education and the Growth of Deaf Culture.
by
During the early nineteenth century, schools for the deaf appeared in the United States for the first time. These schools were committed to the use of the sign language to educate deaf students. Manual education made the growth of the deaf community possible, for it gathered deaf people together in sizable numbers for the first time in American history. It also fueled the emergence of Deaf culture, as the schools became agents of cultural transformations. a. Just as the Deaf community began to be recognized as a minority culture, in the 1850s, a powerful movement arose to undo it, namely oral education. Advocates of oral education, deeply influenced by the writings of public school pioneer Horace Mann, argued that deaf students should stop signing and should start speaking in the hope that the Deaf community would be abandoned, and its language and culture would vanish. In this revisionist history, Words Made Flesh explores the educational battles of the nineteenth century from both hearing and deaf points of view. It places the growth of the Deaf community at the heart of the story of deaf education and explains how the unexpected emergence of Deafness provoked the pedagogical battles that dominated the field of deaf education in the nineteenth century, and still reverberate today. a
This course enables individuals to create, collaborate, and share information with others. Students will explore the possibilities and limitations of social media and will have hands-on experience with several forms of social media technology, such as Facebook, Twitter, blogs, and wikis. Those who complete this course will know how to use social media productively and have a framework for understanding and evaluating new tools and platforms.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies
by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram for Seniors for Dummies
by
Enjoy the top social media sites with ease and security Done correctly, social media is a way to connect friends, family, and the world while still maintaining security and privacy. Facebook, Twitter, & Instagram For Seniors For Dummies, 3rd Edition offers advice on how to enjoy the three most popular social media options while avoiding worry about who sees what you share. Written by social media expert Marsha Collier, this book walks you through establishing accounts, making connections, and sharing content including photos and video. You learn the settings to adjust on each platform to maintain privacy and filter out the content you don't want. This book also explains the subtle art of avoiding or blocking people on social platforms without jeopardizing your real-world relationships! Take control of what you share Connect with others Take and share your best pictures Use social media as a news source Social media sites are great fun once you learn how to cut through the clutter--and this book shows you how!
Likeable Social Media, Third Edition: How to Delight Your Customers, Create an Irresistible Brand, & Be Generally Amazing on All Social Networks That Matter
by
The New York Times/USA Today bestselling guide has been updated with brand-new tactics, platforms, case studies, and statistics More than 3 billion people are now on social media. If you're not in the social media marketing game, you're not in the game at all. This new edition of the classic guide to building your brand and attracting loyal customers through smart, savvy social media engagement has new case studies that demonstrate the latest best practices; critical information about new and relevant social media platforms, such as Snapchat, along with updated tools, and tactics around video, mobile, paid media, and data; and need-to-know insight into existing platforms/content, including Instagram and Facebook stories.
Offline : free your mind from smartphone and social media stress
by
Authors Imran Rashid and Soren Kenner have sparked an international debate by revealing the "mind hacks" Facebook, Apple, Google, and Instagram use to get you and your children hooked on their products. In Offline, they deliver an eye-opening research-based journey into the world of tech giants, smartphones, social engineering, and subconscious manipulation. This provocative work shows you how digital devices change individuals and communities for better and worse. A must-read if you or your kids use smartphones or tablets and spend time browsing social networks, playing online games or even just browsing sites with news and entertainment. Learn how to recognize 'mind hacks' and avoid the potentially disastrous side-effects of digital pollution. Unplug from the matrix. Learn digital habits that work for you.
Portfolio Building Activities in Social Media
by
Featuring 50 real-world activities across various social media platforms! Portfolio Building Activities in Social Media shows students how to communicate on social media professionally and strategically by giving them hands-on experiences with real-world challenges. From brand analyses to budget assignments to pitch activities, this practical exercise guide offers students multiple opportunities to create and build their portfolio of work. Designed to be used with Freberg's Social Media for Strategic Communication, but flexible enough to bundle with any PR textbook, these exercises are useful to any professor looking to incorporate more activities around social media and digital brand development.
Researching Learning, Insight, and Transformation in Online Talk
by
Looking for Insight, Transformation, and Learning in Online Talk is a comprehensive guide to analyzing digital interaction in formal and informal online spaces. The book establishes a new research framework for addressing major challenges that have arisen as social exchanges, meaning-making, and knowledge-building increasingly take place in social media, discussion forums, and online communities. With a focus on methodological alignment to support valid and trustworthy knowledge claims, the authors present a series of design decisions to help researchers: frame their object of interest, unpacking underlying assumptions; understand key differences between researcher-influenced and pre-existing online talk; ethically extract and organize data for analysis; and apply rigorous qualitative, quantitative, and computational methods to answer their research questions. Written for scholars in education, business, communication, media studies, health sciences, political sciences, and beyond, this is a thorough approach to the research methods and concerns essential to the study of talk in online contexts.
Social media and ourselves
by
YouTube Marketing for Dummies
by
Advice from a YouTube insider on how to creative effective campaigns YouTube is the top destination for online video. With over a billion viewers around the globe, it's also valuable real estate for marketers looking to get their message out. YouTube Marketing For Dummies shares insight from a former YouTube employee who helped large and small businesses create effective marketing campaigns. Inside, you'll discover proven game plans for buying advertising, launching a content marketing campaign, building a branded channel and community, and evaluating the results of your work. Plus, you'll find trusted, proven ways to get the most bang for your buck from the internet's #1 destination for video content. Create a plan that fits your business needs Launch an ad campaign Find video creation strategies Launch a branded channel Are you ready to identify, launch, and measure a YouTube marketing campaign? Everything you need is a page away!
This course enables individuals to create, collaborate, and share information with others. Students will explore the possibilities and limitations of social media and will have hands-on experience with several forms of social media technology, such as Facebook, Twitter, blogs, and wikis. Those who complete this course will know how to use social media productively and have a framework for understanding and evaluating new tools and platforms.
Analyzing Social Media Networks with NodeXL
by
Analyzing Social Media Networks with NodeXL: Insights from a Connected World, Second Edition, provides readers with a thorough, practical and updated guide to NodeXL, the open-source social network analysis (SNA) plug-in for use with Excel. The book analyzes social media, provides a NodeXL tutorial, and presents network analysis case studies, all of which are revised to reflect the latest developments. Sections cover history and concepts, mapping and modeling, the detailed operation of NodeXL, and case studies, including e-mail, Twitter, Facebook, Flickr and YouTube. In addition, there are descriptions of each system and types of analysis for identifying people, documents, groups and events. This book is perfect for use as a course text in social network analysis or as a guide for practicing NodeXL users. Walks users through NodeXL while also explaining the theory and development behind each step Demonstrates how visual analytics research can be applied to SNA tools for the mass market Includes updated case studies from researchers who use NodeXL on popular networks like email, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram Includes downloadable companion materials and online resources at https://www.smrfoundation.org/nodexl/teaching-with-nodexl/teaching-resources/
Approaches to Internet Pragmatics
by
Internet-mediated communication is pervasive nowadays, in an age in which many people shy away from physical settings and often rely, instead, on social media and messaging apps for their everyday communicative needs. Since pragmatics deals with communication in context and how more gets communicated than is said (or typed), applications of this linguistic perspective to internet communication, under the umbrella label of internet pragmatics, are not only welcome, but necessary. The volume covers straightforward applications of pragmatic phenomena to internet interactions, as happens with speech acts and contextualization, and internet-specific kinds of communication such as the one taking place on WhatsApp, WeChat and Twitter. This collection also addresses the role of emoticons and emoji in typed-text dialogues and the importance of "physical place" in internet interactions (exhibiting an interplay of online-offline environments), as is the case in the role of place in locative media and in broader place-related communication, as in migration.
Information Spread in a Social Media Age
by
The rise of social networks and social media has led to a massive shift in the ways information is dispersed. Platforms like Twitter and Facebook allow people to more easily connect as a community, but they can also be avenues for misinformation, fake news, and polarization. The need to examine, model, and analyze the trajectory of information spread within this new paradigm has never been greater. This text expands upon the authors' combined teaching experience, engineering knowledge, and multiple academic journal publications on these topics to present an intuitive and easy to understand exploration of social media information spread alongside the technical and mathematical concepts. By design, this book uses simple language and accessible and modern case studies (including those centered around United States mass shootings, the #MeToo social movement, and more) to ensure it is accessible to the casual reader. At the same time, readers with prior knowledge of the topics will benefit from the mathematical model and control elements and accompanying sample simulation code for each main topic. By reading this book and working through the included exercises, readers will gain a general understanding of modern social media systems, network fundamentals, model development techniques, and social marketing. The mathematical modeling of information spread over social media is heavily emphasized through a review of existing epidemiology and marketing based models. The book then presents novel models developed by the authors to account for modern social media concerns such as community filter bubbles, strongly polarized groups, and contentious information spread. Readers will learn how to build and execute simple case studies using Twitter data to help verify the text's proposed models. Once the reader is armed with a fundamental understanding of mathematical modeling and social media-based system considerations, the book introduces more complex engineering control concepts, including controller design, PID control, and optimal control. Examples of control methods for social campaigns and misinformation mitigation applications are covered in a step-by-step format from problem formulation to solution simulation and results discussions. While many of the examples and methods are framed in the context of controlling social media information spread, the material is also directly applicable to many different types of controllable systems. With the essential background, models, and tools presented within, any interested reader can take the first steps toward exploring and taming the growing complexity of the modern social media age.
Instagram for Dummies
by
Are you on Insta? Start sharing pictures and a lot, lot more Instagram For Dummies helps you navigate Instagram and all the updates coming to the platform. For new and experienced users, this book keeps you in the know, so you can post to your feed, create Reels and Stories, broadcast and watch live video, and so much more. This handy guide covers creating Reels to attract more followers, adding updates and stickers for stories, and the addition of multiple feeds so you can customize your experience. There are so many new features coming to this ever-more-popular social platform, you need a friend like Dummies to help you keep up. Create viral content, or just share cat pics with your close friends and family. Learn the basics of the Instagram app and web interfaces Get started with your first posts, Stories, and Reels Discover the many new features that are making Instagram more fun than ever Find out how to make your posts scroll-stopping and more popular This is the perfect how-to guide for both newbie and experienced social media users who need a guide on setting up Instagram, expanding their audience, and doing more on the app.
Likeable social media : how to delight your customers, create an irresistible brand, and be generally amazing on all social networks that matter
by
Harness the power of social media to attract new customers and transform your business!More than three billion people are now on social media. If you're not in the social media marketing game, you're not in the game at all. From one of the world's leading figures in the world of social media marketing, Likeable Social Media reveals everything you need to know about building your brand and attracting & retaining loyal customers through smart, savvy social media engagement. This updated edition of the bestselling classic is packed with expert advice and new case studies that demonstrate the latest best practices. You'll find critical information about new and relevant social media platforms, such as Snapchat, along with updated tools, and tactics around video, mobile, paid media, and data; and need-to-know insights into existing platforms/content, including Instagram, LinkedIn and Facebook stories. Likeable Social Media shows you how to: *Engage customers and crowdsource innovation online *Create content that resonates with consumers and provides value *Integrate social media into the entire customer experience *Effectively deal with criticism and negative feedback on social media *Grow your audience across social channels, and much more.
LinkedIn Profile Optimization for Dummies
by
Give your LinkedIn profile the makeover it deserves--and get the attention you deserve Look at your profile: you know it could be a little better. Too many LinkedIn users are just posting a basic resume and hoping for the offers to come flooding in, missing out on the incredible opportunity the platform offers to properly showcase their talents, products, and services to 610 million professionals in over 200 countries. LinkedIn is way more than a resume tool--to display your professional past and present--it's also your career future and personal brand. Used to its fullest extent, it helps you demonstrate the unique value and culture you provide, the skills and aspirations that make you different, to get the outcomes you truly want. But how's it done? Profile branding expert Donna Serdula pioneered the concept of LinkedIn Profile Optimization and through her Website, LinkedIn-Makever.com, has helped over 5000 professionals use LinkedIn to achieve increased success. In this guide she applies that experience to help you use all of LinkedIn's capabilities to meet your goals, whether they be job search, reputation management, or sales--including how to: Create a memorable, successful profile Optimize personal keywords Showcase your experience, accomplishments, and unique value Use LinkedIn features to grow your network and more You never get a second chance to make a first impression--and people are Googling you right now: Get a fresh online look and get results!
My Facebook for Seniors
by
Easy, clear, readable, and focused on what you want to do. Step-by-step instructions for the tasks you care about most Large, full-color, close-up photos show you exactly what to do Common-sense help whenever you run into problems using the Facebook app and website Tips and notes to help you connect with family and friends The full-color, step-by-step tasks-in legible print-walk you through sharing posts, photos, and videos on Facebook. Whether you are new to Facebook or would like to explore more of its features, My Facebook for Seniors makes learning to use the world's most popular social media site simple and fun. The full-color, step-by-step instructions make it easy to connect with family, friends, and colleagues; share digital photos and videos; interact with topic-oriented groups; and much more. Veteran author Michael Miller has written more than 200 nonfiction books and is known for his ability to explain complex topics to everyday readers. Michael wrote this book from the 50+ point of view, using relevant examples and covering all the most popular tasks. Here are just a few things you will learn how to do in this top-selling book: · Sign up for Facebook (it's free!) and create a new account · Use Facebook on your smartphone, tablet, or computer · Configure Facebook's privacy settings to keep your personal information private · Discover how to avoid fake news posted in your News Feed · Find out what you should-and shouldn't-share on Facebook · Find old friends who are also on Facebook · Discover how best to use Facebook to keep in touch with your kids and grandkids · Use the News Feed to discover what your friends and family are up to · Update your friends and family on your current activities
My Social Media for Seniors
by
My Social Media for Seniors Step-by-step instructions for the tasks you care about most Large, full-color, close-up photos show you exactly what to do Common-sense help whenever you run into problems Tips and notes to help you along the way Learn how to get the most out of social media! We've identified the essential skills you need to stay connected with the people you care about; reconnect with old friends and classmates; and share your life with loved ones near and far. Our crystal-clear instructions respect your smarts but never assume you're an expert. Big, colorful photos on nearly every page make this book incredibly easy to read and use! · Learn the pros and cons of social media and how to use it safely · Find out what to share-and what not to share-on social media · Distinguish between fake news and real news online · Use social media to find friends, family, schoolmates, and co-workers · Keep in touch with friends and family on Facebook® · Save and share interesting images on PinterestTM · Connect with people and businesses on LinkedIn® · Tweet and retweet on TwitterTM · Share photos on InstagramTM · Use Skype to participate in video chats with friends and family members
Social Media for Small Business
by
Discover how social media can transform your business and help you attract more customers Social Media For Small Business delivers a step-by-step guide to unlocking the potential of social media to grow your business. Award-winning author and entrepreneur Franziska Iseli walks you through how to use Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, YouTube, Twitter, and Pinterest to market your small-to medium-sized business. The book provides you with: Effective marketing strategies to get more out of your social media efforts. Systems to bring structure into your entire marketing approach. Tools to make your brand irresistible across your customer touchpoints. Case studies to highlight the application of the book's principles to the real-world Practical strategies you can put in place immediately to see a rapid return on investment Perfect for busy business owners, business managers and marketing teams wanting to find new and effective marketing tools to attract more customers, Social Media For Small Business also belongs on the bookshelves of anyone who has difficulty with or wants to learn more about how social media can have a positive impact on their business and brand.
Social Media Marketing, Second Edition
by
Faced with constant changes in consumer behavior, marketers are seeking various tools to promote and market their brands. Among those tools, the most impactful is consumer-generated content (CGC). CGC is viewed as consumers' vote of confidence, which is a form of social proof. CGC allows consumers to be involved with the companies' marketing strategy. Brands and companies have enabled consumers to be producers of original content, cocreators for an existing brand, and curators for trending ideas in the marketing place. The author explains why it is even more important today that brands need consumers' voices to advocate their brands. In this lively and practical book, she uses theories to explain consumers' psychology and offers practical examples of which social media platforms are conducive to CGC and why. In addition, she explains how consumers use CGC in different countries, the importance of influencer marketing, and ultimately teaches the strategy of using CGC effectively.
Social media marketing : Praxishandbuch für Twitter, Facebook, Instagram & Co.
by
Social Media Marketing All-In-One for Dummies
by
Get social with the bestselling social media marketing book No person can ignore social media these days--and no business can afford to ignore it either. Our lives are mediated through the flicker of Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and Instagram--and brands are increasingly interwoven with our online identities. Even for the 90% of marketers who interact with social media regularly, its pace and scale can be confusing to the point of distraction. Social Media Marketing All-in-One For Dummies helps you take a step back, make sense of the noise, and get your brand voice heard over the babble--in the way you want it to be. These nine mini-books in one give you essential, straightforward, and friendly guidance on how to use the major social platforms to promote your business, engage your customers, and use feedback to make your product or service the best that it can be. From evaluating the right social mix and planning your strategy to the really fun stuff--like creating videos on Snapchat and TikTok, diving deep on a podcast, or looking pretty on Pinterest--you'll find everything you need to get your social ducks in a row and say the right things. And once the campaign is over, you can follow the guidance here to evaluate success and iterate on your approach, before getting right back out there for an even bigger second bite. Keep up with the latest changes on Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, TikTok, and more Blend your social side with your traditional marketing presence Become more engaging and metric your success Get to know your fans with user data Wherever you're coming from--social media strategist, site manager, marketer, or something else--social media is where your customers are. This book shows you how to be there, too.
Social Media Marketing for Dummies
by
Make friends and sell things to people through social media Social media technology is restlessly inventive, providing thousands of awesome ways for you to market your business inexpensively and on a large scale--often directly into the pockets of consumers. But in the proliferating, ever-changing world of tweets, influencers, handles, and alerts, it can be hard to know where to begin and then to evaluate what's actually working for you. In the new edition of Social Media Marketing for Dummies, leading SMM voices Shiv Singh and Stephanie Diamond clear away the confusion and show you the smartest, most effective ways to plan, launch, manage, and assess your campaigns--and then iterate and optimize for increased success. Incorporating the latest trends and presented in a friendly, easily digestible step-by-step style, you'll find the ultimate blueprint for developing your best SMM strategy. In no time, you'll find out how to line up with Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, and Google, develop a unique and compelling voice, and influence your key audience all the way to the bank. Choose the best SMM combination for you Avoid common mistakes and pitfalls Track your customers from awareness to retention Try out the latest stuff that really works Whether your organization is large or small, it simply doesn't pay to be shy. Find your voice, get social, and chat your way to attracting and keeping new customers today!
Social Network Analytics
by
Social Network Analytics: Computational Research Methods and Techniques focuses on various technical concepts and aspects of social network analysis. The book features the latest developments and findings in this emerging area of research. In addition, it includes a variety of applications from several domains, such as scientific research, and the business and industrial sectors. The technical aspects of analysis are covered in detail, including visualizing and modeling, network theory, mathematical models, the big data analytics of social networks, multidimensional scaling, and more. As analyzing social network data is rapidly gaining interest in the scientific research community because of the importance of the information and insights that can be culled from the wealth of data inherent in the various aspects of the network, this book provides insights on measuring the relationships and flows between people, groups, organizations, computers, URLs, and more. Examines a variety of data analytic techniques that can be applied to social networks Discusses various methods of visualizing, modeling and tracking network patterns, organization, growth and change Covers the most recent research on social network analysis and includes applications to a number of domains
To know is to compare : studying social media across nations, media, and platforms
by
"The authors argue that scholarship on social media has been limited by an over-reliance on single country studies that focus on one platform at a time, without considering the ties between platforms and other media. To overcome these limitations, the authors propose that social media are better understood by comparing processes of development and use across nations, media, and platforms"-- Provided by publisher.
This course will help the Deaf student understand basic rules and regulations in relation to business contracts and obligations. The students will be able to determine what contract to use in different business situations. This course will also orient the learner in the basics of labor law, the rights and obligations of the entrepreneur and employees. This will also include discussions on the different tax requirements of an entrepreneurial endeavor.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment
by
Prepare to ace your business law course as the #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles. ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT - COMPREHENSIVE EDITION, 23E reinforces your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. You�ll also find invaluable information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON�S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT helps you prepare you for class with all of the in-text and online resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment, Comprehensive Volume
by
In addition to preparing you to ace your business law course, ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW AND THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT, COMPREHENSIVE VOLUME, 22nd Edition, provides information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. This #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles by reinforcing your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW will help you prepare you for class and give you all the resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Business, the internet and the law
by
Business Law
by
BUSINESS LAW: TEXT AND CASES--AN ACCELERATED COURSE delivers a concise, authoritative treatment of business law topics typically covered in a one-semester business law course. The text also provides an ideal blend of classic black-letter law and cutting-edge coverage of contemporary issues and cases. The text�s strong student orientation makes the law accessible, interesting, and relevant, and the cases, content, and features represent the latest developments in business law. An excellent assortment of included cases ranges from precedent-setting landmarks to important recent decisions. In addition, numerous features and exercises help students master the material and apply what they have learned to real-world issues. Ethical, global, e-commerce, digital, and corporate themes are integrated throughout; for example, new Digital Update features affecting the law are included throughout this edition. Specific text features that students will find valuable include: NUMBERED EXAMPLES, CASE IN POINTS, SAMPLE ANSWERS, NEW STUDENT-FRIENDLY CONCEPT SUMMARY DESIGN, and EXHIBITS.
Business law 2014
by
This book is a comprehensive text which provides a clear and current appreciation of the main rules and legal principles encountered in a course for non-lawyers. It considers the legal environment in which businesses must operate in all states and territories.
Business Law and the Regulation of Business
by
Praised by students for its accurate and straightforward coverage of the law, BUSINESS LAW AND THE REGULATION OF BUSINESS illustrates how legal concepts can be applied to common business situations. This book's comprehensive, yet succinct approach provides the depth of coverage ideal for business success and CPA exam preparation without the technical jargon. Choose Mann/Roberts' BUSINESS LAW AND THE REGULATION OF BUSINESS, 11TH EDITION for the business law presentation you can trust, understand and retain for long-term business success.
Business Law Today, Standard
by
Interesting, clear, and applied, BUSINESS LAW TODAY: STANDARD EDITION, 11E is the ideal guide to the law and what it means in the business world -- from contracts and secured transactions to warranties and government regulations. Easy to understand with an engaging writing style that is matched by vibrant visuals, BUSINESS LAW TODAY: STANDARD EDITION covers contemporary topics that impact not only the business world, but also your life. You examine the financial crisis and its impact on business law, identity theft, immigration law, and diversity issues. Fascinating features and intriguing cases highlight the practicality of the concepts you are learning. In addition, numerous learning support resources provide tools that address various learning styles.
Employment Law for Business
by
The entrepreneur's guide to law and strategy
by
Business Insider calls The ENTREPRENEUR�S GUIDE �perhaps the most useful business book you can ever read� and lists it among twenty-five must-read books for entrepreneurs. THE ENTREPRENEUR�S GUIDE TO LAW AND STRATEGY, 5E examines stages of starting a business -- from start-up and growth to public offering, while highlighting legal preparations and pitfalls. Cutting-edge examples show how legally astute entrepreneurs can strategically increase realizable value, deploy resources, and manage risk. The book discusses leaving your job, hiring former coworkers, competing with a former employer, workplace legislation, product liability, and bankruptcy. You examine current issues including today�s workforce in the �gig� economy, �crowdsourcing� capital and social media, computer hacking and identity theft. Legal discussion integrates with core strategic concepts, such as Porter�s Five Forces, the resource-based view of the firm, the value proposition, activities in the value chain and more.
Essentials OF Business Law
by
No other text conveys such a passion for this profoundly important discipline. Delivering the material in their signature engaging style, the authors pepper their writing with a focus on human conflict that illustrates legal issues from the business manager's perspective. While more brief than traditional business law texts, ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS LAW, 5TH Edition provides solid coverage of the core topics, especially contracts.
Essentials of business law.
by
Essentials of Philippine business law
by
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today's global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
International Business Law and Its Environment
by
Today most people agree that no business is purely domestic and that even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND ITS LEGAL ENVIRONMENT is designed to deliver comprehensive, yet accessible, coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally, along with the related cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues faced by global business managers. Focusing on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, the authors present the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country through real-world examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to learning the special challenges of doing business in emerging economies, the 9th Edition helps students understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
Law and Ethics in the Business Environment
by
Climate change. Telematic surveillance. The gig economy. Transgender rights at work. Food security. Native advertising. Now you can take a closer look at the hot topics impacting business law and ethics today as you examine real applications in the thought-provoking LAW AND ETHICS IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, 9E. This edition dives into current controversies and makes classroom discussion with your instructor and peers come alive. Content prompts you to carefully consider recent, important court cases, while readings challenge you to think critically about contemporary legal and ethical dilemmas. Interactive assignments, such as role play, mock trials, and negotiation exercises, sharpen your ability to tackle tough problems and communicate effectively.
Law for Business
by
Overview: Law for Business has set the standard as an easy-to-read textbookthat provides students with the tools for understanding the legal environment of business.This, the 12th edition, has not strayed from that winning formula. The text goes wellbeyond merely identifying the current legal rules and regulations affecting business byoffering insights into new developments and trends that promise to greatly affect the futureof both domestic and international businesses. The result is a comprehensive, yet concise,treatment of the legal issues of fundamental importance to business students and the businessprofession.Feedback from faculty and students alike confirms that they particularly like the clearexposition, the careful selection and editing of high-interest cases, and the text’s attractiveand readable design.
The law on transfer and business taxation : with illustrations, problems, and solutions
by
Obligations & contracts
by
Obligations and contracts (law and application) : for business and law students
by
Smith and Roberson's Business Law
by
The most complete, credible, and authentic business law text available, the Sixteenth Edition of SMITH & ROBERSON'S BUSINESS LAW by Richard A. Mann and Barry S. Roberts continues a long tradition of accuracy, thoroughness, and consistent coverage of the latest issues and emerging trends. This updated classic delivers a comprehensive, detailed presentation of business law that covers all topics included in the business law section of the certified public accountant (CPA) exam. In addition, this text covers the legal responsibilities and liabilities of accountants section and the corporate governance portion of business environment and concepts section of the CPA Exam. The cases--located at the end of each chapter--offer an excellent mix of landmark and current decisions and are edited to preserve a large portion of the language of the court. Proven, comprehensive, and completely up-to-date, this trusted and thorough text will challenge and engage your students--and ensure they leave your class with a solid understanding of modern business law.
Transfer and business taxation : principles and laws with accounting applications
by
This course will help the Deaf student understand basic rules and regulations in relation to business contracts and obligations. The students will be able to determine what contract to use in different business situations. This course will also orient the learner in the basics of labor law, the rights and obligations of the entrepreneur and employees. This will also include discussions on the different tax requirements of an entrepreneurial endeavor.
AI Concepts for Business Applications
by
The business world has been hearing about Artificial Intelligence (AI) and blockchain. AI was the superstar topic of conversations at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland this past January 2019. Here, Nick Brestoff, a former attorney who now holds eight (8) patents for business applications that use AI and the breakthrough form of AI -- "deep learning," provides his readers with a "no math" explanation of deep learning that's followed by numerous applications in a wide variety of contexts. In this book, he opens the door to his journey of understanding and innovation, all in an effort to empower his readers to come up with business-relevant innovations of their own.
Betting the Company : Complex Negotiation Strategies for Law and Business
by
Where the fate of a company is on the line in a negotiation, legal and business teams must work seamlessly to reach a successful conclusion. Unfortunately, there's often a gap between lawyers, who are typically untrained in business strategy, and business executives, who lack basic knowledge of contract law and regulations.In Betting the Company: Complex Negotiation Strategies for Law and Business, Andrew Trask and Andrew DeGuire offer a thorough introduction to enable lawyers and business people to understand the theoretical concepts and to apply practical tools to conduct a successful, multi-faceted negotiation. The authors, both of whom have extensive experience conducting high-stakes negotiation, explain the different strategic considerations negotiators face, from the pressures on individuals representing a larger group to the difficulties that arise from clashes of corporate culture. They also discuss the specific challenges raised by negotiations that involve multiple parties, multiple issues, and take place over longer periods of time. Throughout this illuminating book, Trask and DeGuire provide concrete, practical advice on how best to guide companies through the most difficult negotiations.
Business Law
by
This comprehensive textbook provides a thorough and accessible introduction to business law for the non-law student. Packed with up-to-date and relevant examples, it demonstrates the real applicability of the law to the business world, making it an invaluable companion for all those tackling business law for the first time.Whether you're a would-be entrepreneur or looking to a career in management, this book gives you the solid base you need to make confident business decisions in the future. Designed for non-lawyers, Business Law is written in a clear and easy-to-follow style which avoids excessive legal terminology and presents the need-to-know facts and cases.Fully referenced throughout and with an accompanying Online Resource Centre, Business Law combines accurate legal detail with strong learning tools such as self-test questions, chapter summaries and key definitions, helping you successfully navigate your way through this often complex subject.
Business Liability and Economic Damages, Second Edition
by
This book covers the subject of economic damages and its role in insurance claims, lawsuits, and injunctions against businesses. Businesses exist to provide goods and services to customers, and in doing so, they take risks. Among these risks is the chance of losing money in lawsuits filed by customers, employees, and others negatively impacted by the business. Insurance provides some protection against these liabilities, but lawsuits still take their toll. This book covers the subject of economic damages and its role in insurance claims, lawsuits, and injunctions against businesses. This book will help the reader to identify economic damages as a component of business liability, describe the business risk posed by economic damages, explain some key determinants of economic damages, and estimate economic damages and business loss in a variety of cases.
Business Negotiations and the Law
by
Business Negotiations and the Law: The Protection of Weak Professional Parties in Standard Form Contracting aims to explore the issues surrounding contract negotiations between entrepreneurs and other professionals when one of the parties does not have the same level of bargaining power as the other. The need to protect weaker parties from unfair contract terms exists not only in relationships between businesses and consumers, but in business to business contracts also. This book focuses on the problem of small enterprises, independent contractors and other professional weak parties and examines these from a European point of view. There are significant differences between Member States as to decisions regarding regulatory context on the protection of weaker professional parties in asymmetrical contractual situations. However, European businesses are overwhelmingly smaller in size, so protecting weaker parties becomes key in facilitating successful and efficient negotiations. The book provides a critical and comparative overview of the area and recent regulatory developments, both to clarify the direction that European legislation is heading, and to explore the tools needed to assure the effectiveness of the common market. This text will be of interest to policy makers, researchers of European legislation, and students of commercial and business law.
The Business Privacy Law Handbook
by
This authoritative handbook serves as your one-stop guide to understanding and complying with the complex, evolving world of corporate privacy law. You find guidance on collecting and using customer information, learn how to comply with data protection laws and understand the industry-specific obligations of banks, healthcare providers, communications companies and other lines of business.
Corporate Citizen : New Perspectives on the Globalized Rule of Law
by
The contributors to Corporate Citizen explore the legal frameworks and standards of conduct for multinational corporations. In a globalized world governed by domestic and international law, these corporations can be everywhere and nowhere at once, reaping financial benefits and enjoying the protections of investor-state arbitration but rarely being held accountable for the economic, environmental, and human rights harms they may have caused. Given the far-reaching power and success of the transnational corporation, and the many legal tools allowing these companies to avoid liability, how can governments protect their citizens? Broad-ranging in perspective, colourful and thought-provoking, the chapters in Corporate Citizen make the case that because the success of corporate global citizenship risks undermining national and international democratic governance, the multinational corporation must be more closely scrutinized and controlled - in the service of humanity and the protection of the natural environment.
Covid-19 and Business Law
by
Harmonisation of law, a term that refers to an effort to bring two different legal traditions in harmony with one another, has developed a rather negative connotation over time when mentioned in the context of Shari'ah and common law. Harmonisation began to be looked at as an attempt by one legal system to impose its values on the other. A major reason for that is the lack of understanding of the scope to which these two legal traditions converge. One of the principal findings of this book is that Shari'ah and common law have many more commonalities than differences. As a result, the need for harmonisation between the two might have been exaggerated. The similarities do not need to be harmonised. Rather, they need to be acknowledged and appreciated. If the differences between Shari'ah and common law, which undoubtedly exist as evidenced in this book, are approached from the position of appreciation for commonalities, the ambiance to reconcile the differences would be more conducive to the harmonisation process which would, in that case, be reflective of compromise. This book is intended to help readers better understand Shari'ah and common law and aid harmonization efforts when needed.
Equipment leasing and financing : a product sales and business profit strategy
by
This book explains how companies that sell equipment and other products can increase product sales and add an additional profit center by establishing their own innovative leasing and financing operation. Industry data shows that the need for equipment and other product financing has evolved over the past few decades to where now nine out of ten U.S. companies use leasing or other forms of third party financing to acquire the equipment or other products they need. For market-aggressive companies offering products for sale, having an available in-house customer product leasing and financing program as a product marketing strategy can dramatically increase their ability to close product sales. In the past, establishing an in-house financing activity was difficult and expensive, requiring unique and substantial additional business operational and financing components in addition to an extensive learning curve. This is no longer the case. In recent years, there have been wide-spread market advances surrounding the financing of equipment and other products that enable forward-thinking companies to cost-effectively establish their own in-house product financing activity, using readily available, state-of the-art financing software programs, and third-party back-office services to manage any part of the financing process. This book will provide a product vendor with the turnkey know how it needs to assess the viability of establishing an in-house equipment financing operation, as well as the various considerations needed to set up and run its own cost-effective and profitable product financing activity.
Innovation and Development in Business Law
by
This volume contains the scientific papers presented at the Tenth International Conference ,,Perspectives of Business Law in the Third Millennium"" that was held on 8 November 2019 in online format on Zoom. The conference is organized each year by the Faculty of Law of the Bucharest University of Economic Studies together with the Society of Juridical and Administrative Sciences. The scientific studies included in this volume are grouped into five chapters: Commercial law; Labor law; Criminal law; European and international law. The present volume is addressed to practitioners, researchers, st.
Law, Economics, and Conflict
by
In Law, Economics, and Conflict, Kaushik Basu and Robert C. Hockett bring together international experts to offer new perspectives on how to take analytic tools from the realm of academic research out into the real world to address pressing policy questions. As the essays discuss, political polarization, regional conflicts, climate change, and the dramatic technological breakthroughs of the digital age have all left the standard tools of regulation floundering in the twenty-first century. These failures have, in turn, precipitated significant questions about the fundamentals of law and economics. The contributors address law and economics in diverse settings and situations, including central banking and the use of capital controls, fighting corruption in China, rural credit markets in India, pawnshops in the United States, the limitations of antitrust law, and the role of international monetary regimes. Collectively, the essays in Law, Economics, and Conflict rethink how the insights of law and economics can inform policies that provide individuals with the space and means to work, innovate, and prosper—while guiding states and international organization to regulate in ways that limit conflict, reduce national and global inequality, and ensure fairness. Contributors: Kaushik Basu; Kimberly Bolch; University of Oxford; Marieke Bos, Stockholm School of Economics; Susan Payne Carter, US Military Academy at West Point; Peter Cornelisse, Erasmus University Rotterdam; Gaël Giraud, Georgetown University; Nicole Hassoun, Binghamton University; Robert C. Hockett; Karla Hoff, Columbia University and World Bank; Yair Listokin, Yale Law School; Cheryl Long, Xiamen University and Wang Yanan Institute for Study of Economics (WISE); Luis Felipe López-Calva, UN Development Programme; Célestin Monga, Harvard University; Paige Marta Skiba, Vanderbilt Law School; Anand V. Swamy, Williams College; Erik Thorbecke, Cornell University; James Walsh, University of Oxford. Contributors: Kimberly B. Bolch, Marieke Bos, Susan Payne Carter, Peter A. Cornelisse, Gaël Giraud, Nicole Hassoun, Karla Hoff, Yair Listokin, Cheryl Long, Luis F. López-Calva, Célestin Monga, Paige Marta Skiba, Anand V. Swamy, Erik Thorbecke, James Walsh
The Law and Economics of Patent Damages, Antitrust, and Legal Process
by
Law and economics research has had an enormous impact on the laws of contracts, torts, property, crimes, corporations, and antitrust, as well as public regulation and fundamental rights. The Law and Economics of Patent Damages, Antitrust, and Legal Process examines several areas of important research by a variety of international scholars. It contains technical papers on the appropriate way to estimate damages in patent disputes, as well as methods for evaluating relevant markets and vertically integrated firms when determining the competitive effects of mergers and other actions. There are also papers on the implication of different legal processes, regulations, and liability rules on consumer welfare, which range from the impact of delays in legal decisions in labour cases in France to issues of criminal liability related to the use of artificial intelligence. This volume of Research in Law and Economicsis a must-read for researchers and professionals of patent damages, antitrust, labour, and legal process.
The Law in Plain English for Small Business
by
Starting a small business is easy. Doing it right is not. Every decision you make today directly impacts your future success. Careful planning is crucial for identifying your goals and creating a path to achievement. Understanding the many legal obligations as well as legal protections available to you is key. The Law (In Plain English)® for Small Business is your one-stop guide for making the right decision every time. It covers the topics that concern you the most and provides clear and accurate explanations of the laws affecting your small business. All the basic tools needed to begin operations are included such as- - Incorporating - Advertising - Taxes - Licenses - Trademarks - Insurance _______________________________________________________________________________ It also keeps an eye on the future by examining such unique issues as- - Franchising - Succession Planning - Multilevel Marketing - eBusiness Considerations _____________________________________________________________________________ No matter what stage your business is at, it is never too late to get on track. So, whether you are thinking about opening a small business, wanting to make sure that you do it right, or ready to expand to the next level-The Law (In Plain English)® for Small Business has everything you need!
The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law : Essentials for Today's Business
by
In today's litigious business world, cyber-related matters could land you in court. As a computer security professional, you are protecting your data, but are you protecting your company? While you know industry standards and regulations, you may not be a legal expert. Fortunately, in a few hours of reading, rather than months of classroom study, Tari Schreider's The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law: Essentials for Today's Business, lets you integrate legal issues into your security program. Tari Schreider, a board-certified information security practitioner with a criminal justice administration background, has written a much-needed book that bridges the gap between cybersecurity programs and cybersecurity law. He says, "My nearly 40 years in the fields of cybersecurity, risk management, and disaster recovery have taught me some immutable truths. One of these truths is that failure to consider the law when developing a cybersecurity program results in a protective façade or false sense of security." In a friendly style, offering real-world business examples from his own experience supported by a wealth of court cases, Schreider covers the range of practical information you will need as you explore - and prepare to apply - cybersecurity law. His practical, easy-to-understand explanations help you to: Understand your legal duty to act reasonably and responsibly to protect assets and information. Identify which cybersecurity laws have the potential to impact your cybersecurity program. Upgrade cybersecurity policies to comply with state, federal, and regulatory statutes. Communicate effectively about cybersecurity law with corporate legal department and counsel. Understand the implications of emerging legislation for your cybersecurity program. Know how to avoid losing a cybersecurity court case on procedure - and develop strategies to handle a dispute out of court. Develop an international view of cybersecurity and data privacy - and international legal frameworks. Schreider takes you beyond security standards and regulatory controls to ensure that your current or future cybersecurity program complies with all laws and legal jurisdictions. Hundreds of citations and references allow you to dig deeper as you explore specific topics relevant to your organization or your studies. This book needs to be required reading before your next discussion with your corporate legal department.
Women, business and the law 2018.
by
How can governments ensure that women have the same employment and entrepreneurship opportunities as men? One important step is to level the legal playing field so that the rules for operating in the worlds of work and business apply equally regardless of gender. Women, Business and the Law 2018, the fifth edition in a series, examines laws affecting women’s economic inclusion in 189 economies worldwide. It tracks progress that has been made over the past two years while identifying opportunities for reform to ensure economic empowerment for all. The report updates all indicators as of June 1, 2017 and explores new areas of research, including financial inclusion.
Women, Business and the Law 2019 : a Decade of Reform.
by
The World Bank Group’s Women, Business and the Law examines laws and regulations affecting women’s prospects as entrepreneurs and employees across 187 economies. Its goal is to inform policy discussions on how to remove legal restrictions on women and promote research on how to improve women’s economic inclusion. Women, Business and the Law 2019: A Decade of Reform introduces a new index measuring legal rights for women throughout their working lives in 187 economies. The index is composed of 35 data points grouped into eight indicators. The data covers a 10-year period not only to understand the current situation but to see how laws affecting women’s equality of opportunity have evolved over time. The index assesses economic rights at milestones spanning the arc of a woman’s working life: the ability to move freely; starting a job; getting paid; legal capacity within marriage; having children; running a business; managing assets; and getting a pension.
In this course, one will learn how to best manage resources as an entrepreneur starting from supplier to production up to the time that product or service reach target customers. The student will learn how to manage inventories from raw materials to the finish product. The Deaf student will also learn how to streamline production to cut costs and maximize margin, including the different ways of distribution process so product or service will reach customers in its proper time and place.
Global Operations, Supply and Contract Management: Interdependent, Overlapping, and a Route to Competitive Advantage
by
This book attempts to address the lack of connectedness between topics that have traditionally been dealt with as discrete and self-contained. By reflecting on how these topic areas work together and have the capability to offer businesses a complete supply capability to complement the customer focus of sales and marketing, this book provides a holistic view of how the whole of the supply side of a business can be coordinated and provide support to competitive advantage.Topics covered include how businesses function in the global business context, the role and importance of design and quality thinking in operations and operations management, the logistics of supply, contracts and informal agreements, as well as current trends and new technological processes. Finally, it concludes with global operations, supply and contract management and competitive advantage.By providing this bigger picture view it will allow both supply chain students and practitioners as well as their cognate colleagues a chance to see how the crucial connections and interfaces need to be considered and optimized for global success. This book is essential reading for students and managers in the field of operations management and international trade and business.
Matching Supply with Demand : an introduction to operations management
by
Operations and Supply Chain Management : the core
by
Operations management : sustainability and supply chain management
by
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT in the SUPPLY CHAIN: DECISIONS & CASES
by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
Product Management for Dummies
by
Your one-stop guide to becoming a product management prodigy Product management plays a pivotal role in organizations. In fact, it's now considered the fourth most important title in corporate America--yet only a tiny fraction of product managers have been trained for this vital position. If you're one of the hundreds of thousands of people who hold this essential job--or simply aspire to break into a new role--Product Management For Dummies gives you the tools to increase your skill level and manage products like a pro. From defining what product management is--and isn't--to exploring the rising importance of product management in the corporate world, this friendly and accessible guide quickly gets you up to speed on everything it takes to thrive in this growing field. It offers plain-English explanations of the product life cycle, market research, competitive analysis, market and pricing strategy, product roadmaps, the people skills it takes to effectively influence and negotiate, and so much more. Create a winning strategy for your product Gather and analyze customer and market feedback Prioritize and convey requirements to engineering teams effectively Maximize revenues and profitability Product managers are responsible for so much more than meets the eye--and this friendly, authoritative guide lifts the curtain on what it takes to succeed.
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management
by
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is the essential guide to the principles and practices of sustainable logistics operations. Based on extensive research, this book covers the whole scope of sustainable logistics. The case studies, with particular attention for use in a teaching context, relate the theoretical concepts to practice and what is happening 'on the ground'. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management examines all the key areas in sustainable logistics and supply chain management, including: sustainable product design and packaging; sustainable purchasing and procurement; environmental impact of freight transport; sustainable warehousing and storage; and much more. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is a highly accessible guide to sustainable supply chain management. It provides an excellent insight into the topic that will help managers, students, and scholars grasp the fundamentals of green supply and logistics management. A vital teaching resource for courses on sustainable logistics, this revised edition includes valuable supporting online materials.
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management
by
Sustainable Operations and Supply Chain Management addresses the most relevant topics of operations and supply chain management from the perspective of sustainability. The main focus is to provide a step by step guide for managerial decisions made along the product life-cycle, following a path made up of the following steps: product design, sourcing, manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution, reverses logistics and recovery.
In this course, one will learn how to best manage resources as an entrepreneur starting from supplier to production up to the time that product or service reach target customers. The student will learn how to manage inventories from raw materials to the finish product. The Deaf student will also learn how to streamline production to cut costs and maximize margin, including the different ways of distribution process so product or service will reach customers in its proper time and place.
Developing Sustainable Supply Chains to Drive Value, Volume II : Management Issues, Insights, Concepts, and Tools—Implementation
by
Sustainability is changing and changing rapidly. It is becoming more widespread as companies and customers uncover its power and attractiveness and sustainability also receiving more attention in the press. Support for sustainability lies within new tools, frameworks, and approaches. The authors capture these and other developments in this two volume second edition of Developing Sustainable Supply Chains. In the first volume, the authors assess major management opportunities; the second focuses on implementation; when combined the result is a complete, action-oriented treatment of sustainability. Written by two of the leading academic researchers in this area, this series introduces the reader, whether they are student, manager, or experienced sustainability advocate, to the various tools, frameworks, and approaches that work.
E-Enabled Operations Management
by
Although the theory of operations management has been presented in many textbooks published in the last two decades, the subject of e-enabled operations management is rather short of easily accessible literature. The approach to operations management described in this book is unusual with respect to what is found in standard textbooks. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) impact the ways firms are organised and managed, and as a consequence change the practical means used to conduct business operations. The features of this book are threefold. System approach to business modelling: Business activities, controlling functions and associated information systems are described within a coherent analytical system framework allowing a clear understanding of the various current control and costing concepts. Operations costing is not usually included in textbooks as part of operations management, but it should be. Cost targeting has become an integral part of good practice of business management. Validity of models: Apparently simple models are analyzed in depth. Students must be fully aware of the assumptions made when models are formulated and of their conditions of validity. Applying a model implies automatically that assumptions of a sort are taken for granted. Logistics, procurement and quality management: These three business functions are critical key success factors for managing e-enabled supply chains from suppliers to customers. That is why their main tools are introduced in this document.
Essentials of Supply Chain Management
by
The bestselling guide to the field, updated with the latest innovations Essentials of Supply Chain Management is the definitive guide to the field, providing both broad coverage and necessary detail from a practical, real-world perspective. From clear explanation of fundamental concepts to insightful discussion of supply chain innovation, this book offers students and professionals a comprehensive introduction with immediately-applicable understanding. The fourth edition has been updated to reflect the current state of the field, with coverage of the latest technologies and new case studies that illustrate critical concepts in action. Organized for easy navigation and ease-of-use, this invaluable guide also serves as a quick reference for managers in the field seeking tips and techniques for maximizing efficiency and turning the supply chain into a source of competitive advantage. The supply chain underpins the entire structure of manufacturing and retailing. Well-run, it can help a company become a global behemoth--or, if poorly-managed, it can sink a company before the product ever sees the light of day. The supply chain involves many moving parts, constantly-changing variables, and a network of other business that may have different priorities and interests--keeping it all running smoothly is a complex, but immensely powerful skill. This book takes you inside the supply chain to show you what you need to know. Understand the fundamental concepts behind supply chain management Learn how supply chains work, and how to measure their performance Explore the ways in which innovation is improving supply chains around the world Examine the supply chain as a source of competitive advantage Whether you're at the front or the back of your supply chain, your business is affected by every other company and event in the chain. Deep understanding and a host of practical skills are required to accurately predict, react to, and manage the ever-changing stream of events that could potentially disrupt the flow. Essentials of Supply Chain Management prepares you to take on the challenge and succeed.
International Journal of Operations and Production Management, Volume 34
by
Lean Product Management : Successful products from fuzzy business ideas
by
A guide to product management exploring the best practices: identifying the impact-driven product, planning for success, setting up and measuring time-bound metrics, and developing a lean product roadmap. Key Features Identifying Impact-Driven Products Investing in Key Business Outcomes Value mapping to maintain a lean product backlog Utilizing time-bound product metrics Eliminating process waste Book Description Lean Product Management is about finding the smartest way to build an Impact Driven Product that can deliver value to customers and meet business outcomes when operating under internal and external constraints. Author, Mangalam Nandakumar, is a product management expert, with over 17 years of experience in the field. Businesses today are competing to innovate. Cost is no longer the constraint, execution is. It is essential for any business to harness whatever competitive advantage they can, and it is absolutely vital to deliver the best customer experience possible. The opportunities for creating impact are there, but product managers have to improvise on their strategy every day in order to capitalize on them. This is the Agile battleground, where you need to stay Lean and be able to respond to abstract feedback from an ever shifting market. This is where Lean Product Management will help you thrive. Lean Product Management is an essential guide for product managers, and to anyone embarking on a new product development. Mangalam Nandakumar will help you to align your product strategy with business outcomes and customer impact. She introduces the concept of investing in Key Business Outcomes as part of the product strategy in order to provide an objective metric about which product idea and strategy to pursue. You will learn how to create impactful end-to-end product experiences by engaging stakeholders and reacting to external feedback. What you will learn How do you execute ideas that matter? How can you define the right success metrics? How can you plan for product success? How do you capture qualitative and quantitative insights about the product? How do you know whether your product aligns to desired business goals? What processes are slowing you down? Who this book is for If you are leading a team that is building a new product, then this book is for you. The book is targeted at product managers, functional leads in enterprises, business sponsors venturing into new product offerings, product development teams, and start-up founders.
The LIVING Supply Chain : The Evolving Imperative of Operating in Real Time
by
Creates a managerial compass for entering into the LIVING (Live, Intelligent, Velocity, Interactive, Networked, and Good) era of supply chain management and defines the imperative for creating Velocity and Visibility as the focal point for exploiting new digital, mobile, and cloud-based technologies Written by well-known researchers in the field, this book addresses the changes that have occurred and are still unfolding at various organizations that are involved in building real-time supply chains. The authors draw on their experiences with multiple companies, along with references to the natural evolution of ecosystems throughout to help identify the "new rules of supply chain management." The LIVING principles associated with the rapid digitization and technology changes occurring in the global economy are discussed, along with the push to become more sustainable and responsive to customer needs. " Handfield and Linton reveal the "secret ingredient" to leveraging the power of a well managed supply chain....will revolutionize the way companies approach supply chain management." Frank Crespo, Vice President, Global Supply Network Division (CPO/Logistics/IoT Analytics), Caterpillar Inc. " The LIVING supply chain is a wake up call to any enterprise that depends on suppliers and contractors. Be fast, be nimble and make supply chain transparency the nucleus of your operations or become endangered." Paul Massih, Vice President, BP PSCM " ...a fascinating journey through the future of supply chain management ... a must read for every supplychain professional." Yossi Sheffi, Professor, MIT Center for Transportation and Logistics " ... a great "living" reading on how to bring supply chains to a powerful living state. The idea of Live-Interactive-Velocity-Intelligent-Networked-Good is the foundation of how supply chains can be agile, adaptive and aligned. ...of value to every supply chain executive and practitioner." Hau Lee, Professor, Stanford University " Successful businesses are those that support the success of their customers. This book captures the essence of our volatile, uncertain world and the opportunities that exist for the commercially astute, organizationally integrated business. More important, it offers insight to the recipe for 21st century operations and the management of complex supply ecosystems." Tim Cummins, CEO, International Association of Commercial and Contract Management " A LIVING supply chain requires a living company. The authors make a great case for how Flex is creating a living company to thrive in the living supply chain." Tom Choi, Harold E. Fear on Eminent Scholar Chair of Purchasing Management, Arizona State University, Executive Director, CAPS Research " To survive we need to have an adaptive supply chain and capability to both optimize and adapt simultaneously. This book begins to describe the ability to shift from functional silos to E2E Frictionless flow with the maturity to make E2E tradeoff decisions as a key enabler for success." Wayne Rothman, Vice President, Enterprise Supply Chain Planning, Johnson & Johnson "A fantastic read and excellent stories from Dr. Handfield and Tom." Joanne E. Wright, Vice President, IBM Supply Chain ROBERT HANDFIELD, PhD, is Bank of America University Distinguished Professor of Supply Chain Management and Director of the Supply Chain Resource Cooperative at North Carolina State University. The author of four books and over 150 journal articles, Dr. Handfield received his PhD in Opera
Next Generation Demand Management : People, Process, Analytics, and Technology
by
A practical framework for revenue-boosting supply chain management Next Generation Demand Management is a guidebook to next generation Demand Management, with an implementation framework that improves revenue forecasts and enhances profitability. This proven approach is structured around the four key catalysts of an efficient planning strategy: people, processes, analytics, and technology. The discussion covers the changes in behavior, skills, and integrated processes that are required for proper implementation, as well as the descriptive and predictive analytics tools and skills that make the process sustainable. Corporate culture changes require a shift in leadership focus, and this guide describes the necessary "champion" with the authority to drive adoption and stress accountability while focusing on customer excellence. Real world examples with actual data illustrate important concepts alongside case studies highlighting best-in-class as well as startup approaches. Reliable forecasts are the primary product of demand planning, a multi-step operational supply chain management process that is increasingly seen as a survival tactic in the changing marketplace. This book provides a practical framework for efficient implementation, and complete guidance toward the supplementary changes required to reap the full benefit. Learn the key principles of demand driven planning Implement new behaviors, skills, and processes Adopt scalable technology and analytics capabilities Align inventory with demand, and increase channel profitability Whether your company is a large multinational or an early startup, your revenue predictions are only as strong as your supply chain management system. Implementing a proven, more structured process can be the catalyst your company needs to overcome that one lingering obstacle between forecast and goal. Next Generation Demand Management gives you the framework for building the foundation of your growth.
Operations management : emerging trend in the digital era
by
Global competition has caused fundamental changes in the competitive environment of the manufacturing and service industries. Firms should develop strategic objectives that, upon achievement, result in a competitive advantage in the market place. The forces of globalization on one hand and rapidly growing marketing opportunities overseas, especially in emerging economies on the other, have led to the expansion of operations on a global scale. The book aims to cover the main topics characterizing operations management including both strategic issues and practical applications. A global environmental business including both manufacturing and services is analyzed. The book contains original research and application chapters from different perspectives. It is enriched through the analyses of case studies.
Operations Management and Data Analytics Modelling
by
Operations Management and Data Analytics Modelling: Economic Crises Perspective addresses real operation management problems in thrust areas like the healthcare and energy management sectors and Industry 4.0. It discusses recent advances and trends in developing data-driven operation management-based methodologies, big data analysis, application of computers in industrial engineering, optimization techniques, development of decision support systems for industrial operation, the role of a multiple-criteria decision-making (MCDM) approach in operation management, fuzzy set theory-based operation management modelling and Lean Six Sigma. Features Discusses the importance of data analytics in industrial operations to improve economy Provides step-by-step implementation of operation management models to identify best practices Covers in-depth analysis using data-based operation management tools and techniques Discusses mathematical modelling for novel operation management models to solve industrial problems This book is aimed at graduate students and professionals in the field of industrial and production engineering, mechanical engineering and materials science.
Operations Management for Dummies
by
The plain language guide to getting things running smoothly in the world of business Operations management is all about efficiency, and Operations Management For Dummies is all about efficiently teaching you what you need to know about this business hot topic. This book tracks typical operations management MBA courses, and it will help you un-muddle concepts like process mapping, bottlenecks, Lean Production, and supply chain management. Learn to step into a business, see what needs improving, and plug in the latest tools and ideas to shape things up in any industry. This latest edition covers, you guessed it, digital transformation. Technology is completely upending operations management, and Dummies walks you through the latest, so you can stay at the front of the pack. Other new stuff inside: supply chain traceability, ethical sourcing and carbon footprint, business resiliency, and modularizing the supply chain. It's all here! Optimize operations and increase revenue with strategies and ideas that make businesses run better and cheaper Get easy-to-understand explanations of complex topics and theories in operations management Learn how operations management is affected by digital transformation and sustainability concerns Evaluate, design, improve, and scale all sorts of processes, regardless of business size or area of operation Businesses can't operate successfully without effective operations and supply management. That makes Operations Management For Dummies a must--for MBA students and business professionals alike.
Operations Management in Agriculture
by
Operations Management in Agriculture bridges the knowledge gap on operations management for agricultural machinery. It complements traditional topics (cost of using and choosing machinery) with advanced engineering approaches recently applied in agricultural machinery management (area coverage planning and sequential scheduling). The book covers new technologies in bio-production systems (robotics, IoT) and environmental compliance by employing a systems engineering perspective with focuses on sub-systems, including advanced optimization, supply chain systems, sustainability, autonomous vehicles and IT-driven decision-making. It will be a valuable resource for students studying decision-making and those working to improve the efficiency, effectiveness and sustainability of production through machinery choice. Covers agricultural machinery management related courses and a number of other courses within the agricultural engineering discipline Provides core tools for machine operations management, including machinery selection and cost of usage Presents current knowledge for agricultural machinery management in a science-based format
Operations Management in China
by
This book takes readers inside Chinese organizations and shows how factories are built, labor is managed, goods are sourced, quality is controlled, and logistics are handled. Leading business schools routinely offer undergraduate and postgraduate degrees in operations and supply chain management. Yet 200,000 U.S. jobs in supply chain management go unfilled each year owing to lack of talent. The talent that U.S. companies need, and that this book provides, is understanding how to make and buy products from China. How important is China to U.S. operations? In 2018, U.S. imports from China reached $600 billion. Half of these imports were bought by U.S. manufacturers. A dependency on Chinese goods is even greater when looking at U.S. supply chains. Sixty cents of every dollar that U.S. consumers spend on goods made in China go to U.S. workers and companies. Successful operations and supply chain managers understand manufacturing in China. This book takes readers inside Chinese organizations and shows how factories are built, labor is managed, goods are sourced, quality is controlled, and logistics are handled. Through this immersion experience, readers are able to see the opportunities and pitfalls in manufacturing in China.
Research Methods for Operations Management
by
Research Methods for Operations Management, second edition is a toolkit of research approaches primarily for advanced students and beginner researchers but also a reference book for any researcher in OM. Many students begin their career in research limited by the one or few approaches taken by their department. The concise, accessible overviews found here equip them with an understanding of a variety of methods and how to use them, enabling them to tailor their research project to their own strengths and goals. The more seasoned researcher will find comprehensive descriptions and analyses on a wide variety of research approaches. This updated and enhanced edition responds to the latest developments in OM, including the growing prominence of services and production of intangible products, and the increasing use of secondary data and of mixed approaches. Alternative research approaches are included and explored to help with the early planning of research. This edition also includes expanded literature review and analysis to guide students towards the next steps in their reading, and more detailed step-by-step advice to tie theory with the researcher's own practice. Including contributions from an impressive range of the field's leading thinkers in OM research, this is a guide that no-one embarking on an OM research project should be without.
RFID for the Supply Chain and Operations Professional, Second Edition
by
RFID (radio-frequency identification) is increasing its presence in our personal and business lives--you name it and RFID is likely to be finding its way there. RFID has many advantages over other auto-ID technologies, including its ability to read tags at the item level while the items are still in boxes and pallets and out of line of sight. In addition, RFID tags are reusable, which helps reduce the costs associated with an RFID system. RFID is a technology that can provide decision makers with real-time information to result in better and timelier decisions. It can help increase efficiency, security, and asset control. This second edition contains updated information on the technology and its uses, new and updated examples, and a new case study. This book provides readers with no prior knowledge of RFID with the basics of the technology, guidelines for considering its use, examples of how RFID is being used effectively in a variety of organizations, and guidelines for implementing an RFID system.
“Nothing happens until a sale is made”. Following this quote, this course introduces the various techniques and settings of selling products to the target market. These will include face-to-face selling, on-line, consignments, and others. The students will be required to undergo actual selling of product or service. Through this course, one will gain practice in self-sufficiency and responsibility in producing, maintaining quality, selling and packaging products for public consumption. The students will also learn how to monitor and document operations, present findings for improvement of business processes, production processes and products for future operations.
Business hack : the wealth dragon way to build a successful business in the digital age
by
Master the online tools available to grow your business and conquer the competition Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media--offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. In today's dynamic business environment, strong and ongoing engagement in social media marketing is no longer an option-it is a necessity. From local craft-based businesses to new tech start-ups and even global multinational corporations, effective cyber-marketing can be instrumental in determining success. A comprehensive digital strategy enables you to compete across all platforms and maintain viability and relevance in the face of intense competition. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing The Internet and rise of digital media have changed the rules of business and marketing. It is now possible for small and new businesses to compete and thrive in the global marketplace through intelligent use of digital and social media marketing. Business Hack provides the tools and knowledge necessary to succeed in the 21st century.
Digital marketing : communicating, selling and connecting
by
Digital Marketing: Communicating, Selling and Connectingis an invaluable and vital tool for students seeking a comprehensive introduction to the subject of digital marketing. Written by a leading expert in the field, it is an unparalleled resource for students in marketing, as well as an accessible supplementary text for business and management students. Covering digital marketing's background and development, its practical challenges and unique benefits, and its operational foundations, this textbook introduces both technological and marketing concepts. It culminates with discussion of the future of digital marketing in an increasingly networked world. Key Features: In-depth introductions to the foundations and basic operating principles of digital marketing Multiple chapters covering consumer decision making online, and how digital marketing affects the consumer Chapters on service technology and visual design, for a deeper understanding of digital marketing Coverage of digital marketing in both B2B and B2C contexts Discussion of legal and ethical aspects of digital marketing Discussion questions in each chapter to promote engagement with the material and deepen student understanding. Charles Hofacker has drawn on extensive expertise to create an invaluable resource. Written for undergraduate students of marketing and digital marketing this textbook will be useful for anyone looking for an introduction to the subject.
Direct Selling for Dummies
by
Get ready to sell like you've never sold before! Ever wonder if your next job didn't have to feel so much like a...well, job? Then you might be ready for direct selling, where you remove the middleman and sell products directly to consumers! In Direct Selling For Dummies, you'll tap into your entrepreneurial spirit and learn the basics of how to get started, pick the best selling model, and achieve success in this rapidly growing industry. You'll also discover: Expanded info on online and social media selling, which has replaced in-home selling as the predominant sales method A guide to transforming your home office into a productivity dream Instructions on how to host online or Facebook-hosted direct-selling parties Perfect for anyone looking to join the 7.7 million direct sellers already working in North America, Direct Selling For Dummies can help you break into a fun, exciting, and lucrative new industry! Are you ready?
Direct Selling Success
by
The eagerly awaited sequel to the worldwide bestseller How to Build a Multi-Level Money Machine from Direct Selling icon and Hall of Famer Randy Gage Randy Gage revolutionized the Direct Selling profession with the bestselling phenomenon How to Build a Multi-Level Money Machine, translated into more than 20 languages. Now he's at it again with the long-waited sequel: Direct Selling Success. This all-new book is the ultimate textbook on creating success in the business. You'll learn everything from choosing the right company, finding the best candidates, becoming a rock star recruiter--to advanced skills like making powerful presentations, becoming a leader, and creating a leadership factory on your team. Since Randy's previous book took the profession by storm, there have been significant changes to the business that demand a fully up-to-date sequel: Regulatory oversight of the industry has increased dramatically, it's now much trickier to make simple product or income claims, and distributors are hungry for the right information on how to get it done. The business model has gained widespread public acceptance--it's now common for industry companies to secure naming rights for sports arenas and sponsor major league teams. Even Warren Buffet and Forbes Magazine promote the business. More and more people are taking on side hustles and are considering or already in the business.Maybe the biggest change is the impact of e-commerce, social media, and mobile apps on the business today. Randy's up-to-the-minute book explains how you can become successful in this new environment. The need for expert, proven guidance on the Direct Selling and Network Marketing profession has never been greater than right now. Direct Selling Success will help you: Choose the best company for you Locate the best candidates Become a Rock Star recruiter Design your system to create maximum duplication Employ the latest e-commerce and social media marketing techniques to grow your business Conduct powerful persuasive presentations Become a positive, dynamic leader for your team The Direct Selling industry continues to experience robust growth. The opportunity to generate passive income and create complete financial freedom is immense under current conditions. Direct Selling Success is a must-have resource for anyone who wants to build a team of customers and distributors that will generate residual income for years to come.
Disruptive selling : a new approach to sales, marketing and customer service
by
Adopt disruptive selling strategies that will empower your customers and ensure you stay competitive in the constantly evolving digital landscape with this carefully researched book, featuring case studies and examples from disruptive organizations such as AirBnB, Zalando and Bol.com.The heyday of the classic sales force is over. Customers lead mobile and online lives, and successful companies use disruptive concepts to engage with the digitally empowered consumer. This book will help companies transform themselves to the new age of selling by matching supply to demand in an innovative way. Successful disruptive selling concepts must be based on the right combination of a series of factors, including an understanding of what motivates customers' corresponding value propositions, appropriate organizational structures, and the right overarching business culture.Disruptive Selling demystifies all of this, and more. Featuring case studies and examples from disruptive organizations such as AirBnB, Zalando and Bol.com, it will empower readers to look critically at their organizations and begin their own disruptive selling journeys. Containing a carefully researched, clearly explained framework and practical guidelines that will allow readers to get started immediately, this book is the ultimate guide to remaining competitive and adaptive in a continually changing world.
Essentials of marketing : a marketing strategy planning approach
by
Inbound selling : how to change the way you sell to match how people buy
by
Change the way you think about sales to sell more, and sell better. Over the past decade, Inbound Marketing has changed the way companies earn buyers' trust and build their brands - through meaningful, helpful content. But with that change comes unprecedented access to information in a few quick keystrokes. Enter the age of the empowered buyer, one who no longer has to rely on a sales rep to research their challenges or learn more about how a company's offering might fit their needs. Now, with more than 60% of purchasing decisions made in the absence of a sales rep, the role of the rep itself has been called into question. With no end in sight to this trend, sales professionals and the managers who lead them must transform both the way they think about selling and how they go about executing their sales playbook. Expert author and HubSpot Sales Director, Brian Signorelli has viewed the sales paradigm shift from the inside--his unique insights perfectly describe the steps sales professionals must take to meet the needs of the empowered customer. In this book, readers will learn: How inbound sales grew out of inbound marketing concepts and practices A step-by-step approach for sales professionals to become inbound sellers What it really means to be a frontline sales manager who leads a team of inbound sellers The role executive leadership plays in affecting an inbound sales transformation For front-line seller, sales manager, executives, and other sales professionals, Inbound Selling is the complete resource to help your business thrive in the age of the empowered buyer.
Lean for sales : bringing the science of lean to the art of selling
by
This groundbreaking book describes the Lean journey as it extends to a business area that is mission critical, yet has been virtually untouched by the Lean transformation. Lean for Sales: Bringing the Science of Lean to the Art of Selling provides sales professionals, and their management teams, with a structured, fact-based approach to boosting sales close rates and delivering improved business value to customers. The time-tested Lean selling techniques described in this book have been proven to deliver profound results. In fact, it is not uncommon for sales close rates to see a threefold increase over current rates as a result of using the techniques described in this book. After reading the book, you will understand how to integrate the science of Lean with the art of sales to: Create winning sales proposals Use Lean selling storyboards to confirm what is truly valuable to your client and their business Improve sales team collaboration Define and qualify a client's unique business problems and goals Manage sales process performance using a multi-dimensional measurement system that looks beyond sales revenue to include client value and process effectiveness This book outlines an innovative and proven approach to creating a common language with your customers that is based on waste elimination, root cause analysis, and time to value. Making the management of the sales cycle fact-based, rather than leaving it to intuition, this Lean selling manual presents tools that will enable sales professionals, and their managers, to collect sales opportunity data early and discard those leads that will ultimately waste valuable time and resources.
SELL (with SELL5 Online, 1 Term (6 Months) Printed Access Card)
by
Learn Principles of Selling YOUR Way with SELL5! SELL5�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, SELL Online allows easy exploration of SELL5 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what�s important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Selling : building partnerships
by
Selling: the New Norm
by
Why read another book on selling? Simple. Today's client is more informed; more sophisticated, and has more access to information. Selling professionals today need to be keener to fulfill the needs of the client by offering value, and most important, trust. In the increasing age and rage of globalization and the Internet, competition rises. Selling professionals today need to determine better ways to reach the economic decision maker and better articulate their value. Selling: The New Norm is such a book. This book will provide the tools and templates required to meet today's sales challenges.
Selling Boldly
by
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER! IF YOU'RE IN SALES, FEAR HAS COST YOU MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, AND THIS BOOK IS FOR YOU. Fear is the reason most salespeople don't like to pick up the phone (salespeople average just four hours per week on the phone, and our job is to talk to humans!). Fear is the reason we don't ask for the business more, even though our customers want to buy from us. Fear is the reason we don't offer our customers additional products and services, even though they would love to buy more from us. This book deals with that fear. You will learn exactly how to overcome this destructive fear in sales, and replace it with confidence, optimism, gratitude, joy, and proactive sales work. These are the powerful principles in the new field of positive psychology which are transforming how we work and succeed. Selling Boldly is the first book that leverages positive psychology to help you sell more. You'll also learn a series of fast, simple sales-growth techniques--like how to add on to existing orders; and how to close 20% more quotes and proposals instantly; and how to properly ask for and receive referrals--that will grow your sales...dramatically and quickly. Alex Goldfayn's clients grow their sales by 10-20% annually, every year, as long as they apply his simple approaches. YOU ALREADY KNOW WHAT TO DO I am not going to teach you much in this book that you don't already know. You're a professional salesperson. You do this for a living. You know, for example, that testimonials and referrals are among the best ways we have to grow sales, right? But do you ask for them enough? Most people don't. You know that calling a customer on the phone is more effective than emailing her, but you still often revert to email. You know your customers buy other products and services that you can help them with, but you don't ask them about these products. You'd like to help them, and they would like more of your help -- that is why they've been with you for five or ten or twenty years -- but nevertheless we don't ask them. There is a difference between knowing what to do, and actually doing it. I know you know. With Selling Boldly, we start to do what we already know. We will cover what keeps us from doing these things (fear), how to overcome it (by listening to your happy customers), and how to implement these simple but powerful sales growth techniques (by briefly planning them, also doing them). Because sales growth comes from doing, not knowing. Today, we start doing. And growing. These approaches are laid out in this book, in precise detail, for you to implement in your own work. Alex doesn't hold anything back in this manual for selling more. What's the secret to selling more? There is no secret. There is no magic bullet. There is only the work. There are only the mindsets, and the communications. In Selling Boldly, Alex teaches readers how to attain these mindsets, and how to implement these communications, so that sales have no choice but to grow!
Selling Your House for Dummies
by
Sell your house in any market Whether you're selling your home yourself or using a realtor, this helpful guide offers all the information you need to make an otherwise-stressful undertaking go smoothly. In Selling Your House For Dummies, you'll find plain-English, easy-to-follow information on the latest mortgage application and approval processes, the hottest websites used in the house-selling process, and revised tax laws that affect the housing and real estate markets. From the author team behind America's #1 bestselling real estate book, Home Buying Kit For Dummies, this book offers Eric Tyson and Ray Brown's time-tested advice, recommendations, and strategies for selling your house given current market conditions. From staging your home to utilizing technology to sell your house directly to home buyers, this trusted resource is packed with tips and ideas to make your home the most appealing house on the block. Prepare your property for the best offer Stage and market your house successfully Negotiate and successfully close the sale Make sense of contracts and forms used in the house-selling process Get the tried-and-true advice that will help you sell your property!
Smarketing
by
This is the first book that explores the shift that will become the future state operating model for companies seeking to remain competitive and relevant in this fast-changing digital world. Since the earliest days of 'modern' marketing and sales, the departments that ran these key functions have been separate empires. They have different leaders, different budgets, and different organizational structures. However, with the overwhelming impact of continuous disruption, many organizations have been left floundering, unsure of how to get traction in the market. The old rule book has been torn up and thrown away.Smarketing explains how and why companies should blend sales and marketing into one single, streamlined smarketing department. Sales people will become better marketers, and marketers better sales people, leading to bigger, better business growth all round. With clearly defined implementation strategies that can be applied by any company, regardless of size or sector, Smarketing is an invaluable resource for any marketing or sales professional looking to drive growth and success in the new era of marketing.
Social Selling Mastery
by
A concrete framework for engaging today's buyer and building relationships Social Selling Mastery provides a key resource for sales and marketing professionals seeking a better way to connect with today's customer. Author Jamie Shanks has personally built Social Selling solutions in nearly every industry, and in this book, he shows you how to capture the mindshare of business leadership and turn relationships into sales. The key is to reach the buyer where they're conducting due diligence--online. The challenge is then to strike the right balance, and be seen as a helpful resource that can guide the buyer toward their ideal solution. This book presents a concrete Social Selling curriculum that teaches you everything you need to know in order to leverage the new business environment into top sales figures. Beginning with the big picture and gradually honing the focus, you'll learn the techniques that will change your entire approach to the buyer. Social Selling is not social media marketing. It's a different approach, more one-to-one rather than one-to-many. It's these personal relationships that build revenue, and this book helps you master the methods today's business demands. Reach and engage customers online Provide value and insight into the buying process Learn more effective Social Selling tactics Develop the relationships that lead to sales Today's buyers are engaging sales professionals much later in the buying process, but 74 percent of deals go to the sales professional who was first to engage the buyer and provide helpful insight. The sales community has realized the need for change--top performers have already leveraged Social Selling as a means of engagement, but many more are stuck doing "random acts of social," unsure of how to proceed. Social Selling Mastery provides a bridge across the skills gap, with essential guidance on selling to the modern buyer.
Stop Selling and Start Leading
by
NAMED THE #3 TOP SALES BOOK OF 2018! Make extraordinary sales happen! In the Age of the Customer, sales effectiveness depends mightily on the buyer experience. Despite nearly-universal agreement on the need for creating value in every step of the buyer's journey, sellers continue to struggle with how to create that value and connect meaningfully with buyers. New research bridges the gap and reveals the behavioral blueprint for sellers that makes buyers more likely to meet with them -- and more likely to buy from them. In Stop Selling & Start Leading, you'll discover that the very same behaviors that make leaders more effective also work to make sellers more effective, too. This critical shift in the selling mindset, and in the sales role itself, is the key to boosting your overall sales effectiveness. * Inspire, challenge, and enable buyers * Change your behavior to build trust and increase sales * Step into your leadership potential * See yourself the way your buyers do * Feel good about selling again When you're aiming for quota attainment and real connections with buyers, this book gives you the confidence and skills you need.
“Nothing happens until a sale is made”. Following this quote, this course introduces the various techniques and settings of selling products to the target market. These will include face-to-face selling, on-line, consignments, and others. The students will be required to undergo actual selling of product or service. Through this course, one will gain practice in self-sufficiency and responsibility in producing, maintaining quality, selling and packaging products for public consumption. The students will also learn how to monitor and document operations, present findings for improvement of business processes, production processes and products for future operations.
5-Minute Selling
by
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER Add 50% to 100% to Your Sales�In 5 Minutes Per Day 5-Minute Selling presents a proven, simple process that can double your sales, even if you don�t have time for an elaborate new sales system. When you spend your days scrambling to take orders and resolving customer issues, there is little time for new sales techniques. This book is for you. In 5-Minute Selling, Alex Goldfayn describes how thousands of his clients and workshop attendees have generated dramatic annual sales growth with short bursts of action throughout the day. With three-second efforts throughout the day, you can add 50 to 100% to your sales. The techniques in this book are simple but powerful: You�ll learn the power of picking up the phone proactively to call customers and prospects when nothing is wrong, because almost nobody does this You�ll get approaches for offering customers additional products and services�and asking about what else they are buying elsewhere�because almost nobody does this either You�ll also learn about the low-tech but incredibly effective singular impact of the hand-written note In short, 5-Minute Selling is about showing customers and prospects that we care about them more than our competition does with simple, repeated, lightning-fast, high-value, consistent communications. Don�t Read This Book, DO THIS BOOK: 5-Minute Selling lays out a Two-Week Challenge for you implement in your sales work. Follow the detailed process for five minutes per day, for 10 working days (less than one total hour of time), and, like thousands before you, you will begin to see dramatic improvements in your sales growth.
Brilliant Selling
by
What do brilliant salespeople know, do and say that makes them so successful? The world has changed, and businesses need brilliant salespeople not just to survive but to thrive. The modern buyer has become even more sophisticated, intolerant and price sensitive. Today's brilliant salespeople need to respond and not just react. This updated edition of the best-selling book combines a focus on the core principles, skills and behaviours of brilliant salespeople as well as new content to meet today's challenges, including: * How to influence more people more of the time * Discovering what your customer really wants * How to build relationships easily and effortlessly * How to sell authentically * Priorities in building your personal brand * The key principles and 'how tos' of social selling * Influencing in today's hybrid world - and much, much more. If you apply what you learn in this new fully updated edition you will be able to differentiate yourself as well as improve your sales results.
The digital selling handbook
by
Actionable advice for sales professionals and business owners for growing sales in today's increasingly virtual marketplace Rapid changes in where and how people live, work, and do business in recent years, have triggered major shifts in how customers shop for and buy virtually everything! Sales and marketing professionals are faced with the harsh reality of rethinking their entire approach to engaging clients in today's virtual marketplace--or risk quickly becoming irrelevant. They need to rethink their entire sales approach--and Digital Selling Handbook shows them how to do it. This comprehensive guide builds readers' understanding of customer psychology and buying behavior in the new digital-first world. It provides best practices for engaging customers using a variety of methods. Digital selling expert and founder of Sales Excellence, Inc., Bill Stinnett covers the entire sales and marketing process, showing how to: Create a magnetic personal brand that attracts prospective customers Engage customers earlier in the buying process Develop an evergreen lead machine using strategies of world-class organizations Write articles, emails, and social media posts that trigger customer action Find and create new opportunities through outbound prospecting Turn customer conversations into sales opportunities and revenue Finding and attracting new business will always be one of the most vital aspects of business success. In today's transformed world of selling, those with the smartest, more forward-looking strategies will be the ones to come out on top. The Digital Selling Handbook provides everything you need keep ahead of the curve and in front of the competition.
Direct Selling
by
The Power of Direct Selling. Direct selling is not an industry per se nor is it merely a go-to-market business model and channel to reach consumers. It is bigger than any of this - direct selling is people. The ability for people with entrepreneurial spirit to build a successful business, whether it be from the ground up or by representing a company's product, is at the heart of direct selling and it is people who made (and continue to make) direct selling the successful marketplace that it is today. The direct selling marketplace is comprised of mission-driven and socially responsible companies offering a wide variety of product and services, and the list of direct selling companies is abundant with entrepreneurs who built their businesses by utilizing an independent salesforce channel to market and sell their products or services directly to consumers. Possibly one of the most prominent of these entrepreneurs is Mary Kay Ash, a legend as a glass-ceiling breaker and a woman who built a very successful business with a go-to-market strategy of direct selling. Unlike Mary Kay Ash, however, not all aspiring business owners are willing/able to invest their savings and time on a start-up business. These micro-entrepreneurs desire to have the economic and social benefits of managing their own businesses but do not want the startup costs and demands associated with traditional business planning. As such, becoming a direct selling distributor offers a low-risk, low-cost pathway to micro-entrepreneurship. The traditional barriers to small business ownership are removed when a micro-entrepreneur builds a direct selling business that is backed by established brands. These established brands, several of which are featured in this book, offer the micro-entrepreneurs quality products, business training, and technological resources to achieve a self-determined metric of success. Framed within the context of entrepreneurship and an historical overview of the long-term sustainability of this business model, this book is intended for practitioners who want to read about the breadth and depth of direct selling. Importantly, this book provides considerable depth in terms of three particular issues associated with direct selling: Compensation, Ethics & compliance, and Global reach. For scholars, this book is built on a strong foundation of valid and reliable research endeavors. The authors have published research on direct selling in high quality, reputable and peer-reviewed academic and practitioner journals. Thus, this book can add foundationally to the research efforts of academics who are conducting research in a wide variety of topics (such as sales, women empowerment, business strategy, ethics, distribution models, gig economy, and global entry - to name a few), as well as to members of the press who want reliable and valid content upon which to build their stories. The book's content is also particularly informative for policymakers at the local, state, national, and international levels. For students, reading this book will offer a variety of insights, particularly related to the intricacies of channel selection and design. Direct Selling: A Global and Social Business Model is a collective project from eight academics and practitioners who have dedicated much of their careers to understanding direct selling as both a go-to-market strategy and a channel of distribution and to capturing the people who are the foundation of direct selling. The pages of this book bring together a wealth of research and knowledge that can inform a broad spectrum of constituents about the economic and social benefits of direct selling, while also providing detail and clarity on key issues related to direct selling as a sustainable business model.
Direct Selling for Dummies
by
Get ready to sell like you've never sold before! Ever wonder if your next job didn't have to feel so much like a...well, job? Then you might be ready for direct selling, where you remove the middleman and sell products directly to consumers! In Direct Selling For Dummies, you'll tap into your entrepreneurial spirit and learn the basics of how to get started, pick the best selling model, and achieve success in this rapidly growing industry. You'll also discover: Expanded info on online and social media selling, which has replaced in-home selling as the predominant sales method A guide to transforming your home office into a productivity dream Instructions on how to host online or Facebook-hosted direct-selling parties Perfect for anyone looking to join the 7.7 million direct sellers already working in North America, Direct Selling For Dummies can help you break into a fun, exciting, and lucrative new industry! Are you ready?
Direct Selling Success
by
The eagerly awaited sequel to the worldwide bestseller How to Build a Multi-Level Money Machine from Direct Selling icon and Hall of Famer Randy Gage Randy Gage revolutionized the Direct Selling profession with the bestselling phenomenon How to Build a Multi-Level Money Machine, translated into more than 20 languages. Now he's at it again with the long-waited sequel: Direct Selling Success. This all-new book is the ultimate textbook on creating success in the business. You'll learn everything from choosing the right company, finding the best candidates, becoming a rock star recruiter--to advanced skills like making powerful presentations, becoming a leader, and creating a leadership factory on your team. Since Randy's previous book took the profession by storm, there have been significant changes to the business that demand a fully up-to-date sequel: Regulatory oversight of the industry has increased dramatically, it's now much trickier to make simple product or income claims, and distributors are hungry for the right information on how to get it done. The business model has gained widespread public acceptance--it's now common for industry companies to secure naming rights for sports arenas and sponsor major league teams. Even Warren Buffet and Forbes Magazine promote the business. More and more people are taking on side hustles and are considering or already in the business.Maybe the biggest change is the impact of e-commerce, social media, and mobile apps on the business today. Randy's up-to-the-minute book explains how you can become successful in this new environment. The need for expert, proven guidance on the Direct Selling and Network Marketing profession has never been greater than right now. Direct Selling Success will help you: Choose the best company for you Locate the best candidates Become a Rock Star recruiter Design your system to create maximum duplication Employ the latest e-commerce and social media marketing techniques to grow your business Conduct powerful persuasive presentations Become a positive, dynamic leader for your team The Direct Selling industry continues to experience robust growth. The opportunity to generate passive income and create complete financial freedom is immense under current conditions. Direct Selling Success is a must-have resource for anyone who wants to build a team of customers and distributors that will generate residual income for years to come.
Every job is a sales job : how to use the art of selling to win at work
by
While you may not have “sales” in your title, that doesn’t mean you don’t have to sell. Renowned sales authority Dr. Cindy McGovern believes that everyone is a salesperson, regardless of his or her job description. When you ask for a referral, network to form a new connection, or interview for a job, you’re selling the other person on an ideal version of yourself. Every Job is a Sales Job will help you learn to identify “selling” opportunities that you may have overlooked. This indispensable roadmap will show you how to take control of your personal and professional success.
McGovern shares her proven 5-step sales process to help you attract new business, retain existing customers, and spot opportunities to promote yourself and your ideas. You’ll learn how to:
•Create a plan and set attainable goals
•Identify subtle opportunities that could result in future success
•Establish trust and listen for clues to understand what others need
•Ask for what you want and move past the fear of rejection
•Follow up on your ask, be grateful, and pay it forward
•Muster up the courage to ask for referrals and references
Inbound Selling
by
Change the way you think about sales to sell more, and sell better. Over the past decade, Inbound Marketing has changed the way companies earn buyers' trust and build their brands - through meaningful, helpful content. But with that change comes unprecedented access to information in a few quick keystrokes. Enter the age of the empowered buyer, one who no longer has to rely on a sales rep to research their challenges or learn more about how a company's offering might fit their needs. Now, with more than 60% of purchasing decisions made in the absence of a sales rep, the role of the rep itself has been called into question. With no end in sight to this trend, sales professionals and the managers who lead them must transform both the way they think about selling and how they go about executing their sales playbook. Expert author and HubSpot Sales Director, Brian Signorelli has viewed the sales paradigm shift from the inside--his unique insights perfectly describe the steps sales professionals must take to meet the needs of the empowered customer. In this book, readers will learn: How inbound sales grew out of inbound marketing concepts and practices A step-by-step approach for sales professionals to become inbound sellers What it really means to be a frontline sales manager who leads a team of inbound sellers The role executive leadership plays in affecting an inbound sales transformation For front-line seller, sales manager, executives, and other sales professionals, Inbound Selling is the complete resource to help your business thrive in the age of the empowered buyer.
Innovative Selling
by
Innovative Selling is a unique book for corporate sales professionals and their sales leaders about how to prepare, manage, cope, and succeed at corporate global sales. Recent research has discovered concerning underlying discontent with professional sales people who represent global sales organizations. This book assists the sales professionals with navigating the dilemmas and pitfalls that confront today's corporate sellers so they emerge at the other end mentally healthy, skilled, and sane. The book also tackles and simplifies the basic steps of the overall sales process, territory planning, and product training, so as to ultimately improve your sales results. Many sales people today are looking for a simple and concise book to guide them through the corporate sales process-this is the book for you.
Reengineering retail : the future of selling in a post-digital world
by
Since the release of Doug Stephens’ first book, The Retail Revival, change in the global retail sector has accelerated beyond even the boldest forecasts. As predicted, online giants like Amazon and Alibaba.com are growing at a dizzying pace. Hundreds of well-known brick and mortar retailers have closed their doors, and brands and retailers across categories are struggling to understand the shifting needs and expectations of a new consumer. Picking up where The Retail Revival left off, Reengineering Retail explores the coming revolution in the global retail and consumer goods market, offering sales and marketing executives a roadmap to the future. Author and internationally renowned consumer futurist, Doug Stephens, paints a bold vision of the future where every aspect of the retail experience as we know it, will be radically transformed. From online to bricks and mortar, the very concept of what stores are, how consumers shop them, and even the core economic model for revenue, will be will be profoundly reinvented; changes sure to affect not only retailers large and small but any business with a stake in the global retail industry. Infused with real world examples and interviews with industry disruptors, Reengineering Retail illustrates the vast opportunities at play for bold brands and business leaders. Stephens’ strategies will provide businesses with the foresight required to move quickly and effectively into the future.
Selling Boldly
by
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER! IF YOU'RE IN SALES, FEAR HAS COST YOU MILLIONS OF DOLLARS, AND THIS BOOK IS FOR YOU. Fear is the reason most salespeople don't like to pick up the phone (salespeople average just four hours per week on the phone, and our job is to talk to humans!). Fear is the reason we don't ask for the business more, even though our customers want to buy from us. Fear is the reason we don't offer our customers additional products and services, even though they would love to buy more from us. This book deals with that fear. You will learn exactly how to overcome this destructive fear in sales, and replace it with confidence, optimism, gratitude, joy, and proactive sales work. These are the powerful principles in the new field of positive psychology which are transforming how we work and succeed. Selling Boldly is the first book that leverages positive psychology to help you sell more. You'll also learn a series of fast, simple sales-growth techniques--like how to add on to existing orders; and how to close 20% more quotes and proposals instantly; and how to properly ask for and receive referrals--that will grow your sales...dramatically and quickly. Alex Goldfayn's clients grow their sales by 10-20% annually, every year, as long as they apply his simple approaches. YOU ALREADY KNOW WHAT TO DO I am not going to teach you much in this book that you don't already know. You're a professional salesperson. You do this for a living. You know, for example, that testimonials and referrals are among the best ways we have to grow sales, right? But do you ask for them enough? Most people don't. You know that calling a customer on the phone is more effective than emailing her, but you still often revert to email. You know your customers buy other products and services that you can help them with, but you don't ask them about these products. You'd like to help them, and they would like more of your help -- that is why they've been with you for five or ten or twenty years -- but nevertheless we don't ask them. There is a difference between knowing what to do, and actually doing it. I know you know. With Selling Boldly, we start to do what we already know. We will cover what keeps us from doing these things (fear), how to overcome it (by listening to your happy customers), and how to implement these simple but powerful sales growth techniques (by briefly planning them, also doing them). Because sales growth comes from doing, not knowing. Today, we start doing. And growing. These approaches are laid out in this book, in precise detail, for you to implement in your own work. Alex doesn't hold anything back in this manual for selling more. What's the secret to selling more? There is no secret. There is no magic bullet. There is only the work. There are only the mindsets, and the communications. In Selling Boldly, Alex teaches readers how to attain these mindsets, and how to implement these communications, so that sales have no choice but to grow!
Selling from Your Comfort Zone
by
You don't have to betray yourself or your values to close stellar sales. This book introduces a simple formula for a personalized approach to building connections through alignment and problem-solving. So many salespeople believe that they have to push themselves out of their comfort zones and compromise their values to sell products. But, as Stacey Hall shows, the comfort zone can actually be a power zone that leads to sales, satisfaction, and success. Selling from Your Comfort Zone shifts away from pushy and spammy sales tactics and instead shows how you can bring meaning to your role as a salesperson. Hall teaches how to remain in alignment with your calling, with yourself, with what you are selling, with your prospects, and with what you are saying to your prospects. By being aligned with your core values and personality traits, you will have more confidence, energy, and courage to achieve your goals, which greatly increases the chances of success. Studies reveal that while men generally rely on improving and driving outcomes to close sales, women tend to emphasize building connections, shaping solutions, and collaborating. Hall's Alignment Marketing formula combines both skillsets in an easy-to-follow process for gently expanding your comfort zone to the edge of its safe boundaries. By adopting this approach, you can stay flexible and resilient in the face of problems and objections that all salespeople encounter along the way.
Selling on Amazon for Dummies
by
Sell on Amazon and Make Them Do the Heavy Lifting Selling on Amazon has become one of the most popular ways to earn income online. In fact, there are over 2 million people selling on Amazon worldwide. Amazon allows any business, no matter how small, to get their products in front of millions of customers and take advantage of the largest fulfillment network in the world. It also allows businesses to leverage their first-class customer service and storage capabilities. Selling on Amazon For Dummies walks owners through the process of building a business on Amazon--a business that can be built almost anywhere in the world, as long as you have access to a computer and the internet. The basics of selling on Amazon Using FBA Getting started Deciding what to sell Conducting product research Finding your way around Seller Central Product sourcing, shipping and returns, Amazon subscription, fees, sales tax, and more How to earn ROIs (Returns on Your Investments) Selling on Amazon For Dummies provides the strategies, tools, and education you need, including turnkey solutions focused on sales, marketing, branding, and marketplace development to analyze and maximize opportunities.
Selling social : procurement, purchasing, and social enterprises
by
"Since the 2010s, all levels of governments in Canada have gradually initiated social procurement as a policy tool to further their social values and political agendas. Social enterprises of various shapes and sizes across the country have served as partners in the execution of those agendas. Selling Social examines the experiences of these enterprises in social procurement and social purchasing. Selling Social presents the findings of a three-year Canadian research project detailing experiences of work integration social enterprises (WISEs) selling their goods and services to organizational purchasers, including governments, businesses, and non-profit organizations. Drawing on survey findings and interviews, the book explores a diverse group of social enterprises from across Canada, showcasing their successes and their challenges based on real-life examples to aid social enterprises that are considering this path. The book emphasizes the importance of including social and environmental considerations in procurement and purchasing decisions, particularly at larger scales and through public policy. In doing so, Selling Social extends the understanding of social enterprises beyond their social and economic outcomes and into the broader movement toward responsible procurement and purchasing."-- Provided by publisher.
Selling Social Media
by
Facebook, Twitter, Snapchat, YouTube, LinkedIn, and dozens of other services have been described as the vanguard of creative destruction across the media industries-disruptors of established business, heroes of a new economic narrative that supposes that the attention of individual users can be measured, managed, manipulated, backing methods that securitized, patented, and litigated attention in ways impossible before. Selling Social Media catalogues the key terms and discourses of the rise of social media firms with a particular emphasis on monetization, securitization, disruption, and litigation. Tensions between ideas and terms are critical, as the ways that different aspects of social media business are described change depending on the audience, scale, and maturity of the firm. These divergent discourses are bound together into a single story of social media, an industry that challenges the theories and descriptions of media that have come before. Through a reading of social media business this book offers a chance to revisit media theory in the context of a new social media companies and products that depend on a different understanding of media audiences, media industries, and public agency.
Selling the hug your customers way : the proven process for becoming a passionate and successful salesperson for life
by
In Selling the Hug Your Customers Way, Jack Mitchell shows how to build powerful successful relationships with customers—the kind that deliver excellent sales results. For the first time, he shares how the process he has developed from a lifetime of selling and watching great sellers will produce a win-win-win outcome and loyal customers for life and shows how effective sellers don’t sell but allow customers to buy. The book describes how to acquire the mindset and skills to become a great seller—the heart of which is genuine caring and consideration for customers.
Selling the Price Increase
by
A practical guide for successfully navigating the single greatest growth and profit improvement opportunity for B2B enterprises: price increases The payoff for implementing price increases without losing customers is massive! Effective price increase campaigns are far more effective at boosting topline revenue and generating profits than acquiring new customers. The problem is that price increase initiatives--whether broad-based or targeted to specific accounts--strike fear and anxiety into the hearts of sales professionals and account managers who are tasked with selling them to their customers. Approaching customers with price increases sits at the tip top of the pantheon of things salespeople hate to do because they fear that raising prices will reduce sales volume or open the door to competitors. Yet when sold effectively, customers accept price increases, remain loyal, and often buy even more. In Selling the Price Increase: The Ultimate B2B Field Guide for Raising Prices Without Losing Customers, celebrated sales trainer Jeb Blount reveals the strategies, tactics, techniques, and frameworks that allow you to successfully master price increase initiatives. From crafting effective price increase messages to protecting hard-won relationships, handling common objections, and making the case for the value you deliver, this comprehensive guide walks you through each step of the price increase sales process. In each chapter, you'll find practical exercises designed to help you master the Selling the Price Increase system. As you dive into these powerful insights, and with each new chapter, you'll gain greater and greater confidence in your ability to successfully engage customers in price increase conversations. You'll learn: How to navigate multiple price increase scenarios: broad-based, targeted, non-negotiable, negotiable, defending, presenting, and asking The eight price increase narratives and three drivers of customer price increase acceptance How to neutralize and get past the five big price increase fears and anxieties How to avoid the big mistakes that trigger resentment and drive customers into the arms of your competitors The 9-Box Risk-Profile Framework for targeting accounts for price increases A repeatable process for confidently approaching price increase conversations The Five-Step Price Increase Messaging Framework Proven frameworks for reducing resistance and handling price increase objections How to negotiate profitable outcomes with high-risk profile accounts Winning strategies for coaching and leading successful price increase initiatives Following in the footsteps of his blockbuster bestsellers Fanatical Prospecting, Sales EQ, Objections, Inked, and Virtual Selling, Jeb Blount's Selling the Price Increase puts the same strategies employed by his clients--a who's who of the world's most prestigious organizations--right into your hands. Selling the Price Increase is an essential handbook for sales professionals, account managers, customer success teams, and other revenue generation leaders looking for a page-turning and insightful roadmap to navigating the essential--and nerve-wracking--world of price increases.
Selling through tough times
by
As a sales professional, you know that it’s harder to sell in tough times—whether it’s a recession, industry-wide challenge, or global pandemic. You may also have noticed that some salespeople and managers not only survive, but thrive through tough times. How do they do it? What do they do to thrive through adversity?
Paul Reilly explains it all in Selling Through Tough Times: Customers buy differently in tough times, so salespeople need to sell differently in tough times. In this eye-opening and indispensable guide, he shows how to develop the right mindset and adapt your skills to prevail in even the most challenging selling climate. His plan includes both immediate, hands-on action plans (including six Daily Mental Flex activities) as well as longer-range strategies to ensure you (and your team) never get caught on the back foot again.
While the principals of selling are constant, Reilly demonstrates how changing your tactics in tough times will not only help you through current difficulties, but help you emerge stronger. You’ll discover how to redefine value in customer terms, reposition products and services, and how to employ different persuasion tactics. You’ll also learn how to select and pursue the right opportunities, win more deals, and—crucially—protect profit by embracing the “tough timers” mental attitude.
Tough times are inevitable and often unpredictable. But in Selling Through Tough Times, you’ll find the tools and mindset you need to power through them—and come out on top.
Selling to the C-suite : what every executive wants you to know about successfully selling to the top
by
How do the best salespeople become trusted advisors to top executives? How do they prepare the right message and get in front of the right influencers and decision-makers? How do they close major sales and establish loyalty for the long-term?
The authors of this groundbreaking book took a novel approach to answer these questions by asking more than 500 senior decision-makers what they look for when salespeople call. What these top executives reveal will change the way you sell.
This second edition has been updated with new insights on how to stand out and succeed in a market where executives are using social media and other technologies as a key part of their buying process. You’ll learn how to:
•Target the most relevant executives in any sales opportunity
•Win support from the executive’s network of gatekeepers and influencers
•Position yourself as the supplier who will add the most value with least risk
•Update your prospecting and selling skills for the digital age
•Sell higher, win bigger, and close faster.
Based on the world’s largest study of its kind, Selling to the C-Suite, Second Edition blends empirical research with practical insights to help you sell higher, faster, and stronger.
Selling with Noble Purpose
by
Don't let anyone tell you that you have to choose between making money and making a difference. Selling With Noble Purpose: How to Drive Revenue and Do Work That Makes You Proud, 2nd Edition is an update of the acclaimed book that changed the game in sales. Using real-world data, compelling stories and psychological research, Selling With Noble Purpose explains why salespeople who genuinely understand how they can make a difference to customers outsell those who only focus on internal targets and quotas. Sales leadership experts McLeod and Lotardo reveal how a Noble Sales Purpose (NSP) can drive a team to outstanding sales numbers. Whether you're an executive, manager or aspiring sales leader, you'll discover how to find your own Noble Sales Purpose and create a sales force of True Believers. This new edition covers: How firms overcome ferocious competition and how you can do the same Why sales organizations with a clear NSP outperform traditional sales teams How to avoid the trap of behaving like a transactional salesperson Why well-intended leaders often unknowingly erode purpose and differentiation How to use your NSP to increase customer engagement Why an NSP gives you clarity during times of uncertainty In an era where organizations often believe that money is the primary way to motivate salespeople, Selling with Noble Purpose offers and exciting and sustainable alternative.
Selling Your Expertise
by
Wall Street Journal bestseller Build your book of business and sell more services with this expert guide for knowledge professionals How do rainmakers consistently and continuously sell their ideas and grow their client base? What is the secret to their ongoing success? Whether they are in accounting, consulting, investment banking, law, or any other type of professional service, it's not just their knowledge, experience, and unique services that set them apart. They succeed by adopting the mindset, mastering the strategies, and employing the tactics at the heart of rainmaking. In Selling Your Expertise: The Mindset, Strategies, and Tactics of Successful Rainmakers, veteran communications, sales, and leadership consultant Robert Chen provides a practical guide to selling knowledge-based services in a market that demands credibility and subject-matter authority. Chen and his colleagues at Exec|Comm have helped hundreds of thousands of professionals learn to sell, influence, and negotiate more effectively. This book condenses Chen's first-hand experience and over 40 years of Exec|Comm's best sales advice, along with interviews featuring other successful rainmakers from a variety of professions and industries. Whether you're a national practice partner at a Big Four consulting firm or an independent attorney just starting out, this book equips you with the real-life knowledge you need to: Develop a client-focused mindset to help build a thriving book of business Use effective strategies to find your ideal prospects and turn them into long-term clients, using concrete metrics to assess whether you're on the right track Apply practical tactics to build a trusted reputation, sharpen communication skills, manage the challenges of not having enough time to sell, and push beyond obstacles The perfect book for consultants, investment bankers, lawyers, research analysts, and accountants, Selling Your Expertise is an invaluable resource for any professional who makes a living by selling solutions to their clients' most pressing needs.
Selling Your Startup
by
Learn how to sell your startup from an acquisition expert Many entrepreneurs dream of the day their company is acquired and they secure a perfect exit. But information about the process of getting your business acquired usually comes from expensive investment bankers who typically advise late-stage startups. In Selling Your Startup, serial entrepreneur Alejandro Cremades delivers an accessible guide on how to sell your startup. With first-hand experience as a fully exited entrepreneur, investment banker, and lawyer, Cremades describes the tips and tricks startup founders need to sell their early-stage to growth-stage business. In this book, you'll discover: The role that investment bankers play in the acquisition process, how they add value, and how to break down their fees Preparing your company for sale, including compiling a pitch book, putting its finances in order, and building a target list of potential acquirers How to get to a Letter of Intent, perform due diligence, and reach a purchase agreement Perfect for entrepreneurs of all kinds, Selling Your Startup is a must-have roadmap to the practical realities of company acquisition and contains proven guidance on crafting your perfect exit.
Short Selling for the Long Term
by
Find a method to evaluate stocks-- and build a record of impressive returns Short Selling for the Long Term describes the methods used by Joseph Parnes, President of Technomart, to obtain consistent returns in the stock market. Most investors fail to exceed the returns represented by the Standard and Poor's Stock Index, but Parnes often does using his investment philosophy. This book outlines his method of stock assessment, providing an understandable formula. If the formula tells a reader to buy a stock, then, as explained, there is a significant chance that stock will go up. If the formula tells a reader to short a stock, then the book shows how there is a significant chance that the stock will go down. Parnes advocates the use of short selling as a long-term strategy in combination with long positions, so advisors and individual investors alike can profit in both rising and falling markets. While most investing books focus on how to make money over the long term in a rising markets, Parnes's focus on short selling as a way of capturing volatility sets this book apart from the crowd. He offers insights into the difference between option trading and shorting which make his system useful in both type of markets. * Profit in a bear market * Borrow the stock you want to bet against * Sell borrowed shares * Learn the secrets of long-term short selling strategy * Buy shares back and close by delivering at the new, lower price Short Selling for the Long Term is essential reading for investment advisors, fund managers, and individual investors.
Social Selling Im B2B
by
Dieses Open-Access-Buch bietet einen Überblick über die Grundlagen des Social Sellings und die Einordnung ins Vertriebs- und Marketingmanagement. Dazu werden Social Selling spezifische Ansätze wie Personal Branding, Employee Advocacy, Content Marketing, Influencer Marketing sowie Social Listening vorgestellt. Im Fokus stehen weiterhin ein Überblick über Plattformen und Tools sowie die Diskussion von Risiken im Kontext des Social Sellings. Fallstudien zeigen, wie mit Social- Selling-Programmen Vertriebsziele erreicht werden können. Social Selling ist ein Vertriebstrend, der in den letzten Jahren aus den USA nach Europa kam. Social Selling basiert auf der Nutzung sozialer Netzwerke zum Auffinden der richtigen Interessenten, zum Aufbau von vertrauenswürdigen Beziehungen und zum Erreichen von Vertriebszielen. Im gelebten Praxisalltag boomt das Thema ,,Social Selling", jedoch fehlt noch der strukturierte Überblick über dieses innovative Thema.
Stop Selling and Start Leading
by
NAMED THE #3 TOP SALES BOOK OF 2018! Make extraordinary sales happen! In the Age of the Customer, sales effectiveness depends mightily on the buyer experience. Despite nearly-universal agreement on the need for creating value in every step of the buyer's journey, sellers continue to struggle with how to create that value and connect meaningfully with buyers. New research bridges the gap and reveals the behavioral blueprint for sellers that makes buyers more likely to meet with them -- and more likely to buy from them. In Stop Selling & Start Leading, you'll discover that the very same behaviors that make leaders more effective also work to make sellers more effective, too. This critical shift in the selling mindset, and in the sales role itself, is the key to boosting your overall sales effectiveness. * Inspire, challenge, and enable buyers * Change your behavior to build trust and increase sales * Step into your leadership potential * See yourself the way your buyers do * Feel good about selling again When you're aiming for quota attainment and real connections with buyers, this book gives you the confidence and skills you need.
Virtual Selling
by
And just like that, everything changed . . . A global pandemic. Panic. Social distancing. Working from home. In a heartbeat, we went from happy hours to virtual happy hours. From conferences to virtual conferences. From selling to virtual selling. To remain competitive, sales and business professionals were required to shift the way they engaged prospects and customers. Overnight, virtual selling became the new normal. Now, it is here to stay. Virtual selling can be challenging. It's more difficult to make human to human connections. It's natural to feel intimidated by technology and digital tools. Few of us haven't felt the wave of insecurity the instant a video camera is pointed in our direction. Yet, virtual selling is powerful because it allows you to engage more prospects and customers, in less time, at a lower cost, while reducing the sales cycle. Virtual Selling is the definitive guide to leveraging video-based technology and virtual communication channels to engage prospects, advance pipeline opportunities, and seal the deal. You'll learn a complete system for blending video, phone, text, live chat, social media, and direct messaging into your sales process to increase productivity and reduce sales cycles. Jeb Blount, one of the most celebrated sales trainers of our generation, teaches you: How to leverage human psychology to gain more influence on video calls The seven technical elements of impactful video sales calls The five human elements of highly effective video sales calls How to overcome your fear of the camera and always be video ready How to deliver engaging and impactful virtual demos and presentations Powerful video messaging strategies for engaging hard to reach stakeholders The Four-Step Video Prospecting Framework The Five-Step Telephone Prospecting Framework The LDA Method for handling telephone prospecting objections Advanced email prospecting strategies and frameworks How to leverage text messaging for prospecting and down pipeline communication The law of familiarity and how it takes the friction out of virtual selling The 5C's of Social Selling Why it is imperative to become proficient with reactive and proactive chat Strategies for direct messaging - the "Swiss Army Knife" of virtual selling How to leverage a blended virtual/physical selling approach to close deals faster As you dive into these powerful insights, and with each new chapter, you'll gain greater and greater confidence in your ability to effectively engage prospects and customers through virtual communication channels. And, with this newfound confidence, your success and income will soar. Following in the footsteps of his blockbuster bestsellers People Buy You, Fanatical Prospecting, Sales EQ, Objections, and Inked, Jeb Blount's Virtual Selling puts the same strategies employed by his clients--a who's who of the world's most prestigious organizations--right into your hands.
This course will introduce the Deaf students to the complete process of bringing a new product or service to the market. It describes and elaborates the two parallel paths involved in the product development process namely: 1) idea generation, product design and detail engineering and 2) market research and market analysis. The course aims to facilitate the development of innovativeness, creativity and decision making abilities of the students to equip them as future Deaf entrepreneurs. Seminars and exposure trips will help in acquiring skills in making food and non-food products that are for small-scale production and selling. The students will be able to test different products and determine the qualities that make them match the needs and wants of the buyers.
Decision-Making for New Product Development in Small Businesses
by
What goes on in a small firm that lives or dies by its capacity to innovate? How are decisions made on new product development, and how does that feed into the ecological, social and financial sustainability of the firm? This book answers the questions through an in-depth look at a small business that manufactures high-end carpet yarn. Using advanced analytical techniques to interrogate rich qualitative data, the book draws together established theories of decision-making and new product development, coupled with thinking about business sustainability to improve our understanding of this important area of business practice. The book further reinforces the importance and role of organizational learning in organizational decision-making, based on novel analysis of empirically developed qualitative data.
Designing Supply Chains New Product Development
by
This book deals with the design of a supply chain supporting a Research and Development (R&D) product that will be taken to a large-scale commercialization phase. Because supply chains themselves in recent years have become a source of sustainable competitive advantage, they are a topic of great interest to business professionals. While the literature on supply-chain management is extensive, the same cannot be said for supply-chain design in general and R&D supply chains in particular. This book is based on our experience designing an R&D supply chain for a Fortune Global 10 energy company. R&D supply chains are oftentimes developed without the process discipline and rigor that typically characterize the development of other products emerging from R&D programs. As such, this text serves to bridge the gap for everyday practitioners involved in R&D efforts in addition to anyone looking to improve the overall effectiveness and efficiency of their supply chain.
Design thinking : new product development essentials from the PDMA
by
Develop a more systematic, human-centered, results-oriented thought process Design Thinking is the Product Development and Management Association's (PDMA) guide to better problem solving and decision-making in product development and beyond. The second in the New Product Development Essentials series, this book shows you how to bridge the gap between the strategic importance of design and the tactical approach of design thinking. You'll learn how to approach new product development from a fresh perspective, with a focus on systematic, targeted thinking that results in a repeatable, human-centered problem-solving process. Integrating high-level discussion with practical, actionable strategy, this book helps you re-tool your thought processes in a way that translates well beyond product development, giving you a new way to approach business strategy and more. Design is a process of systematic creativity that yields the most appropriate solution to a properly identified problem. Design thinking disrupts stalemates and brings logic to the forefront of the conversation. This book shows you how to adopt these techniques and train your brain to see the answer to any question, at any level, in any stage of the development process. Become a better problem-solver in every aspect of business Connect strategy with practice in the context of product development Systematically map out your new product, service, or business Experiment with new thought processes and decision making strategies You can't rely on old ways of thinking to produce the newest, most cutting-edge solutions. Product development is the bedrock of business --whether your "product" is a tangible object, a service, or the business itself -- and your approach must be consistently and reliably productive. Design Thinking helps you internalize this essential process so you can bring value to innovation and merge strategy with reality.
Flexible Product Development
by
In this landmark book, Preston Smith attributes the recent decline in innovation to pressure from financial markets that drives management toward rigid development approaches such as phased development processes, Six Sigma, and project office. These processes have unintentionally (but effectively) made changes during development more difficult, disruptive, and expensive, while the need for change continues at an accelerating pace. Flexible Product Development is a hands-on resource that provides the tools and strategies needed to restore flexibility to any organization and remove the obstacles that stand in the way of responsive new product development. Preston Smith introduces approaches that can enhance development process flexibility by creating and maintaining development options, delaying decisions, and, in general, reducing the cost of change. Step-by-step, he explains the basics of flexible product development, provides a broad array of flexibility-enhancing tools, and guides the reader in modifying the organization's values to embrace this new way of operating.
Frugal Innovation and the New Product Development Process
by
This book explores the new product development process of firms developing frugal innovation for the base-of-the-pyramid (BOP) markets in developing countries. Frugal innovations are products characterised by an affordable price-point, durability, usability and core functionalities that are highly adapted to BOP consumers' needs. Frugal products have the potential to drive the development progress and living standards of low-income consumers. With an innovation framework developed from worldwide frugal case studies, this book provides detailed insights through two in-depth start-up firms in Indonesia that have successfully launched frugal products for the low-income market. These two start-ups have addressed two major development challenges for not just Indonesia, but also the global BOP market - traditional methods of cooking and access to clean drinking water. A detailed roadmap is developed from insights into the processes and management decisions of these two start-ups and combined with previous studies on frugal products. Providing a detailed roadmap across the different phases and stages of the new product development process when developing frugal products, this book will be insightful to not only innovators but also investors and government agencies supporting their activities. two start-ups and combined with previous studies on frugal products. Providing a detailed roadmap across the different phases and stages of the new product development process when developing frugal products, this book will be insightful to not only innovators but also investors and government agencies supporting their activities.
Handbook of Research on New Product Development
by
New products are the major driver of revenue growth in today's dynamic business environment. In this Handbook, the world's foremost experts on new product development bring together the latest thinking on this vitally important topic. These thought-leading authors organize knowledge into useful and insightful frameworks, covering all aspects of new product development: companies, collaborators, customers, context, markets, and performance. The contributors delve into a broad range of topics, covering each one deeply and comprehensively. Careful attention to the development of these topics make it a fantastic single-source reference for state-of-the-art knowledge on new product development, including comprehensive sets of questions and discussion topics to inspire future research.Managers will benefit from the Handbook by expanding their knowledge of new product development, and for researchers, the book provides a comprehensive look at the current research, as well as offering opportunities to continue expanding on this body of knowledge.
Innovation Management and New Product Development
by
This booknbsp;is suitable for undergraduates and postgraduates on a wide range of courses from marketing, strategic management, business studies and engineering. The subject of innovation management is often treated as a series of separate specialism#146;s, rather than an integrated task. The main aim of this book, however, is to bring together the areas of innovation management and new product development and to keep a strong emphasis on innovation as a management process. Written in an accessible style, this title sets three key areas for the student: Innovation management, managing technology and knowledge and new product development. As innovation continues to be at the forefront of economic and political debate about how to improve the competitiveness of economies and firms, Innovation Management and New Product Development will give you some insight into the problems faced by firms as they try to develop innovative products that will help them survive and prosper.nbsp;This new edition includes new large sections on entrepreneurship, process innovation and counterfeit and imitation. Also this edition includes brand new cases covering new developments in the industry including CSI-DNA Fingerprinting, folding shipping containers.
International Marketing
by
Now in its second edition, International Marketing continues to provide its trademark integrated approach that explores marketing concepts in depth within a truly international context. The authors discuss five key factors that impact any international marketing venture - culture, language, political/legal systems, economic systems, and technological differences - in relation to the core marketing concepts of markets, products, pricing, distribution (place), and promotion. The book also covers sustainability and bottom-of-the-pyramid issues within each chapter with rich illustrations and examples from both multinational companies and smaller local concerns. New to the second edition: More global focus through new examples, case studies and the experience brought by new co-author, Barbara Czarnecka Brand new chapter on Culture & Cross-Cultural Marketing, including political unrest and the recent return to nationalism (e.g. Brexit and the Trump presidency) and further coverage of developing countries New coverage of digital advances and social media marketing Updated theory and methods, including Service Dominant Logic (S-DL), Consumer Culture Theory (CCT), and Netnography Additional videos supplementing the comprehensive online resource package for students and lecturers A wealth of online resources complement this book. These include a test bank of 50-65 questions per chapter, PowerPoint slides, sample syllabi, interactive maps, country fact sheets, flashcards, SAGE journal articles, and guidelines for developing a marketing plan.
International Trade in Goods
by
For a couple of years, more and more micro-econometric studies in international trade use data on exports and imports on goods that are based on transaction level data collected by the customs. These data cover detailed information on the goods traded, its value, its weight, and the country of destination (for exports) or origin (for imports). In contrast to data from surveys of firms that were used in empirical studies in the past, these data do not only focus on 'who trades and how much', but also on 'who trades how much of which goods of which value and which weight with firms from which countries'. These transaction data have been used in empirical studies that shed light on various aspects of trade in goods for the first time. This book contains a comprehensive survey of the international literature and selected studies that report results for Germany, the third largest exporter and importer of goods in the world market.
Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition
by
Authored by a team of experts, the new edition of this bestseller presents practical techniques for managing inventory and production throughout supply chains. It covers the current context of inventory and production management, replenishment systems for managing individual inventories within a firm, managing inventory in multiple locations and firms, and production management. The book presents sophisticated concepts and solutions with an eye towards today's economy of global demand, cost-saving, and rapid cycles. It explains how to decrease working capital andnbsp;how to deal with coordinating chains across boundaries.
Lean driven innovation : powering product development at the Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company
by
In 2005, Goodyear's research and development (R&D) engine was not performing up to its full potential. The R&D organization developed high-quality tires, but the projects were not always successful. Goodyear embarked on a major initiative to transform its innovation creation processes by learning, understanding, and applying lean product development principles. Within five years, Goodyear saw its product development cycle times slashed by 70 percent, on-time delivery performance rise close to 100 percent, and throughput improve three-fold - all achieved with no increase in the R&D budget. Lean-Driven Innovation: Powering Product Development at The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company describes in great detail how the Goodyear team was able to achieve such significant improvements. Revealing the ups and downs of this successful transformation, the book shares experiences of how this seismic change was managed, how people were engaged, and how Goodyear dramatically reinvigorated its product development and innovation processes--and, in the process, delivered substantial more value to customers and to the company. The book also explains how lean product development helped Goodyear dramatically improve revenue by having every new product available when the market needed it. Presenting wide-ranging perspectives from all levels of leadership, this book is ideal for anyone in R&D daring to take on a lean initiative in R&D or who is struggling with a lean transformation that is not delivering to its full potential. Since the book focuses on universal lean principles, it is as insightful to other manufacturing and nonmanufacturing disciplines in any industry as well. The book presents invaluable insights gained by the author during his 36 years within Goodyear, of which 10 have been directly involved in trying to develop, implement, and sustain lean to achieve the company's business objectives. It distills ideas, practices, failures, and successes into key principles that lean product development practitioners can easily implement. After reading this book, you will gain a practical path for applying lean to the innovation processes of your organization, including where to begin and what to do, regardless of the industry and the status of your transformation. Watch Norbert Majerus discuss Lean-Driven Innovation at: https://youtu.be/yIlJEMJIcyA
Leveraging constraints for innovation : new product development essentials from the PDMA
by
Provides managers with actionable insight into a select set of innovation constraints and how to best deal with them This PDMA Essentials Book, the third in this series, provides a framework of individual, organizational, and market and societal constraints that guides managers in identifying specific constraints related to their innovation activities and provides them with corresponding tools and practices to overcome and leverage those constraints. Written by a team of international innovation experts, Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is presented in three parts. The first part, Individual Constraints, provides insights into how to: simultaneously solve social and commercial needs for greater creativity; apply a multi-stage approach to overcome knowledge sharing in teams; and anticipate and account for psychographic differences among customers during product launch. In the second part, Organizational Constraints, insights emerge that provide guidance on how to: identify and solve for sources of innovation constraints within the company; implement and manage virtual NPD teams; and effectively organize new service development in professional services. The last part, Market Constraints, examines how to: adapt firm capabilities to overcome constraints preventing consumers in low-end and under-resourced markets from purchasing new products; implement inclusive innovation strategies to address markets constrained by underdeveloped infrastructures; develop solutions for women and other disadvantaged market traders in emerging markets. This book: Is a single comprehensive volume that covers the full spectrum of constraint-related strategies and techniques in a coherent, integrated fashion Provides a set of frameworks, techniques, and tools that can be immediately implemented by individuals across firms Offers how-to knowledge on specific tools and methods as applied to innovating products and services when facing constraints as well as for the development of new business models Integrates problem- and solution-based knowledge to enable companies to develop sustainable growth strategies by leveraging constraints and restrictions toward innovation strategies, processes and offerings Leveraging Constraints for Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is an ideal book for all product development professionals, including marketers, engineers, project managers, and business managers in both startups and well-established firms, and from a broad range of industries from heavy manufacturing to the service sector.
The mastery of innovation : a field guide to lean product development
by
What do Ford Motor Company, Steelcase, Scania, Goodyear, Novo Nordisk, and Philips Electronics have in common? They all need to get their best ideas to market as fast as possible. They need to achieve the mastery of innovation. When these companies needed to accelerate time-to-market, get more new products to customers, and improve their ROI from investments in R&D, they turned to Lean Product Development to help them master the process of innovation. By adapting Lean ideas to their specific product development challenges, they learned how to focus innovation on the problems that would maximize customer and business value, and deliver on their best ideas. Winner of a Shingo Research and Professional Publication Award! The Mastery of Innovation: A Field Guide to Lean Product Development describes the experiences of 19 companies that have achieved significant results from Lean Product Development. Their stories show that Lean Product Development delivers results: Ford Motor Company completely reinvented its Global Product Development System and put decades of knowledge about automotive design at its engineers' fingertips DJO Global, a medical device company, more than tripled the number of products they released to the market and cut development time by 60% Playworld Systems cut time-to-market in half-twice The diverse set of North American and European case studies in this book range from very small product development organizations (three engineers) to very large (more than 10,000). Some of the industries represented include automotive, medical devices, industrial products, consumer electronics, pharmaceuticals, scientific instruments, and aerospace. These companies have generously shared their knowledge about Lean Product Development to help you get your best ideas to market faster.
Materials and Sustainable Development
by
This book, from noted materials selection authority Mike Ashby, provides a structure and framework for analyzing sustainable development and the role of materials in it. The aim is to introduce ways of exploring sustainable development to readers in a way that avoids simplistic interpretations and approaches complexity in a systematic way. There is no completely "right" answer to questions of sustainable development - instead, there is a thoughtful, well-researched response that recognizes concerns of stakeholders, the conflicting priorities and the economic, legal and social aspects of a technology as well as its environmental legacy. The intent is not to offer solutions to sustainability challenges but rather to improve the quality of discussion and enable informed, balanced debate.
The Mcgraw-Hill 36-Hour Course Product Development
by
Learn the Secrets Behind World-Class Product Development In a world overloaded with new products and services, making a single offering stand out is a Herculean task. Or is it? Market leaders are developing innovative processes that all but guarantee the success of their new products--and now their secrets areavailable to you. The McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Course: Product Development gives you the critical edge in a product-saturated world. Presenting the most current marketing tools and best practices, it provides proven methods behind successful product development, along with case studies from the most creative companies of our time--Apple, Google, Cisco, Toyota, Pixar, and many others. In less than a week, you'll be an expert on: Creating a value proposition that motivates a customerto buy your new product Protecting intellectual property to sustain a competitive advantage Creating a budget and securing the capital you need Managing the design, fabrication, integration, anddelivery processes Master the essentials of product development Maximize your study time Measure your progress with chapter tests and a free online exam Earn a Certificate of Achievement online Designed as an easy, self-paced "course" complete with chapter-ending quizzes and an online final exam, The McGraw-Hill 36-Hour Course: Product Development puts you on the fast track to making your dream product a success.
New Product Development for Dummies
by
The global consumer product market is exploding. In 2006 alone,150,000 new products were brought to market. Now for the bad news:of those, fewer than 5% were hits, and fewer than 15% will evenexist five years from now. Written for small business owners and entrepreneurs looking foran inside track on new product development, New ProductDevelopment for Dummies offers you a unique opportunity tolearn from two consummate insiders the secrets of successfullydeveloping, marketing and making a bundle from a new product orservice. You learn proven techniques for sizing up market potentialand divining customer needs. You get tested-in-the-trenchesstrategies for launching a new product or service. And you get afrank, in-depth appraisal of the most challenging issues facing newproduct developers today, including the need to collaborate withglobal partners, optimizing technology development for a21st century marketplace, getting start-up capital in anincreasingly competitive environment, and much more. Key topicscovered include: Developing a winning NPD strategy Generating bold new ideas for products and services Understanding what your customers really want Keeping projects on track, on budget, and on-time Building effective cross-functional teams Planning and executing a blockbuster launch Collaborating with global partners Maximizing your chances for success No matter what size or type of business you?re in, thisbook provides you with an unbeatable competitive advantage in thebooming global marketplace for new products and services.
Open innovation : new product development essentials from the PDMA
by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
Product Management for Dummies
by
Your one-stop guide to becoming a product management prodigy Product management plays a pivotal role in organizations. In fact, it's now considered the fourth most important title in corporate America--yet only a tiny fraction of product managers have been trained for this vital position. If you're one of the hundreds of thousands of people who hold this essential job--or simply aspire to break into a new role--Product Management For Dummies gives you the tools to increase your skill level and manage products like a pro. From defining what product management is--and isn't--to exploring the rising importance of product management in the corporate world, this friendly and accessible guide quickly gets you up to speed on everything it takes to thrive in this growing field. It offers plain-English explanations of the product life cycle, market research, competitive analysis, market and pricing strategy, product roadmaps, the people skills it takes to effectively influence and negotiate, and so much more. Create a winning strategy for your product Gather and analyze customer and market feedback Prioritize and convey requirements to engineering teams effectively Maximize revenues and profitability Product managers are responsible for so much more than meets the eye--and this friendly, authoritative guide lifts the curtain on what it takes to succeed.
Strategic management of technological innovation
by
"This book approaches the subject of innovation management as a strategic process. It is organized to mirror the strategic management process used in most strategy textbooks, progressing from assessing the competitive dynamics of a situation to strategy formulation, to strategy implementation."--Publisher's description
This course will introduce the Deaf students to the complete process of bringing a new product or service to the market. It describes and elaborates the two parallel paths involved in the product development process namely: 1) idea generation, product design and detail engineering and 2) market research and market analysis. The course aims to facilitate the development of innovativeness, creativity and decision making abilities of the students to equip them as future Deaf entrepreneurs. Seminars and exposure trips will help in acquiring skills in making food and non-food products that are for small-scale production and selling. The students will be able to test different products and determine the qualities that make them match the needs and wants of the buyers.
Agile product and project management : a step-by -step guide to building the right products
by
Use this comprehensive Agile product and project management guide with real-world case studies and examples for self-learning or as a student textbook. Whether you are a CEO or a student, this book will take you from Agile delivery to team topology and product-market fit. Agile delivery is becoming a mainstream project management framework, increasing demand for an understanding of modern related concepts. Agile Product and Project Management covers IT delivery and project management basics while approaching IT as a customer-centric product delivery ecosystem. The book covers two major topics: building the RIGHT product and building the product RIGHT. Each chapter builds on the materials in the previous chapter. Terminology and exercises are introduced sequentially. The book takes you on a journey from identifying a product using Agile principles to delivering and iterating on this process, step-by-step. The final chapter provides practical advice on role-based interviews, career progression, professional certifications and affiliations, and communities of practice. You'll Learn The Objectives and Key Results (OKR) framework, which explains why every project has to align with organizational objectives and how these objectives are used to measure project success Agile (Scrum, Kanban, XP), Waterfall, and hybrid product and project management practices, and how to apply the "working backwards" framework from the customer to IT projects The Lean Startup framework of product design, based on the "build-measure-learn" feedback loop, and compared with Waterfall requirements gathering and project scope management Design Thinking and customer research practices The product backlog taxonomy (epic, user story, subtask, bug, etc.), prioritization techniques, ongoing backlog maintenance, and stakeholder communication Major aspects of IT delivery, including Agile teams, roles, frameworks, and success criteria Waterfall planning and Scrum, in detail, including its Sprint structure, artifacts, roles, and ceremonies (meetings) as well as a comparison of Agile scaling frameworks Case studies of modern technology leaders, from startups to FAANG Examples of release plans and delivery reports based on actual projects in a wide range of companies, ways to minimize technical debt, implement DevOps, and establish quality management practices for software products Effective ways of managing dependencies and delivering products that delight customers and made the Silicon Valley giants successful and allowed for rapid business growth Who This Book Is For Graduate students specializing in computer science, information systems, project management, and related management areas; practitioners seeking professional development; and project management professionals looking to grow their careers into Agile product and project management.
Becoming a leader in product development : an evidence-based guide to the essentials
by
It is becoming increasingly challenging for product development leaders to effectively lead as workplace demands continue to increase. The rate of change in technology, society, and business places immense pressure on leaders to ensure their groups move in the direction of their goals. What might have worked in the past no longer works. Organizational surveys show that firms struggle with leadership. Product development leaders routinely complain of burnout and stress while their teams members complain of workplace dissatisfaction, resulting in organizational underperformance. The lack of evidence-based leadership literature for product development leaders means that many leaders are left to figure things out with little guidance. They do not have a reliable resource that they can refer to when they face leadership challenges and, as a result, struggle during times of crisis and change. This book addresses this challenge by providing a theory-informed set of techniques for product development leaders. Becoming a Leader in Product Development provides an evidence-base set of practices for product development leaders. In doing so, it explores what leadership is and the leader's role in the leadership process, the impact of national culture and organizational culture on the leadership process, and the need for product development leaders to practice adaptive and servant leadership, followership, and self-care. The underlying theories for each topic are reviewed and then brought to life through stories and examples.
Designing the future : how Ford, Toyota, and other world-class organizations use lean product development to drive innovation and transform their business
by
Providing vital lessons any business leader can use as an engine of innovation, this book takes you through the process of bringing the best of Lean management to your enterprise in order to link your business strategy to superior value designed for customers. -- Edited summary from book.
Design Thinking : New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA
by
Develop a more systematic, human-centered, results-oriented thought process Design Thinking is the Product Development and Management Association's (PDMA) guide to better problem solving and decision-making in product development and beyond. The second in the New Product Development Essentials series, this book shows you how to bridge the gap between the strategic importance of design and the tactical approach of design thinking. You'll learn how to approach new product development from a fresh perspective, with a focus on systematic, targeted thinking that results in a repeatable, human-centered problem-solving process. Integrating high-level discussion with practical, actionable strategy, this book helps you re-tool your thought processes in a way that translates well beyond product development, giving you a new way to approach business strategy and more. Design is a process of systematic creativity that yields the most appropriate solution to a properly identified problem. Design thinking disrupts stalemates and brings logic to the forefront of the conversation. This book shows you how to adopt these techniques and train your brain to see the answer to any question, at any level, in any stage of the development process. Become a better problem-solver in every aspect of business Connect strategy with practice in the context of product development Systematically map out your new product, service, or business Experiment with new thought processes and decision making strategies You can't rely on old ways of thinking to produce the newest, most cutting-edge solutions. Product development is the bedrock of business --whether your "product" is a tangible object, a service, or the business itself -- and your approach must be consistently and reliably productive. Design Thinking helps you internalize this essential process so you can bring value to innovation and merge strategy with reality.
Digital Product Management
by
With this practical guide, you'll learn how to understand the needs of external customers without requirements elicitation or sign-offs, the difference between customer and business value, and why you need to create both. You'll discover how to respond to changes in the market and the actions of competitors. You'll understand how to develop new products, launch them into the market, and how to deliver business outcomes through the maturity and eventual retirement of your product.
Experiment-driven product development
by
Improving your craft is a key skill for product and user experience professionals working in the digital era. There are many established methods of product development to inspire and focus teams—Sprint, Lean, Agile, Kanban—all of which focus on solutions to customer and business problems. Enter XDPD, or Experiment-Driven Product Development—a new approach that turns the spotlight on questions to be answered, rather than on solutions.
Within XDPD, discovery is a mindset, not a project phase. In Experiment-Driven Product Development, author Paul Rissen introduces a philosophy of product development that will hone your skills in discovery, research and learning. By guiding you through a practical, immediately applicable framework, you can learn to ask, and answer, questions which will supercharge your product development, making teams smarter and better at developing products and services that deliver for users and businesses alike.
When applying the XDPD framework within your organization, the concept of an experiment—a structured way of asking, and answering, questions—becomes the foundation of almost everything you do, instilling a constant sense of discovery that keeps your team inspired. All types of activities, from data analysis to writing software, are seen through the lens of research. Rather than treating research as a separate task from the rest of product development, this book approaches the entire practice as one of research and continuous discovery.
Designing successful experiments takes practice. That’s where Rissen’s years of industry expertise come in. In this book, you are given step-by-step tools to ensure that meaningful, efficient progress is made with each experiment. This approach will prove beneficial to your team, your users, and most importantly, to your product’s lasting success.
Experiment-Driven Product Development offers a greater appreciation of the craft of experimentation and helps you adapt it in your own context. In our modern age of innovation, XDPD can put you ahead. Go forth and experiment!
Global Production Networks : Operations Design and Management
by
The phenomenon of globalization has increased in recent decades due to the opening of borders in Eastern Europe and the sudden emergence of other countries in the global trade economy. Yet, the process of becoming global to get access to growing markets or to achieve quality, service, and/or cost advantages from the reconfigured Value Chains is one
How to Integrate Quality by Efficient Design (QbED) in Product Development
by
The development of a robust drug product requires juggling many competing priorities such as overcoming scientific challenges, following regulatory requirements, and managing business-related concerns. Unfortunately, despite large resources spent on R&D, multifactor productivity of pharmaceuticals is on the decline for several years now. Because of this business reality, pharmaceutical companies have seen a notable change in the traditional operating model and footprint over the past couple of decades. Outsourcing, in particular, has emerged as a successful business model for many pharmaceutical companies looking for ways to strategically increase their R&D capabilities and to augment their in-house resources. How to Integrate Quality by Efficient Design (QbED) in Product Development bridges the gap between theory and practice when it comes to strategic decision-making in a pharmaceutical research scenario. This book will introduce the concept of QbED and focus on various aspects such as patient-centric product designs, platform-based manufacturing technologies, business acuity, and regulatory strategies to balance the challenges in outsourcing with the need for strategic and statistically sound experiments rooted in good science. Detailed discussions will cover pharmaceutical business models, regulatory approval process, quality by design (QbD), business analytics, and manufacturing excellence specifically for small molecules and solid oral dosage forms. With the addition of case studies, flowcharts, diagrams, and data visualizations, How to Integrate Quality by Efficient Design (QbED) in Product Development will be a practical reference to help professionals working in the area of pharmaceutical drug development, strategy, and outsourcing management. Part of the Expertise in Pharmaceutical Process Technology series edited by Michael Levin Integrates pharmaceutical business models, economics, and outsourcing-related challenges into pharmaceutical product development Discusses relevant literature references in quality risk management, business strategy, QbD, and product development Provides decision-making flowcharts, conceptual diagrams, and data visualizations to make the book useful, easy to read, and to understand
Lean Product Management : Successful products from fuzzy business ideas
by
A guide to product management exploring the best practices: identifying the impact-driven product, planning for success, setting up and measuring time-bound metrics, and developing a lean product roadmap. Key Features Identifying Impact-Driven Products Investing in Key Business Outcomes Value mapping to maintain a lean product backlog Utilizing time-bound product metrics Eliminating process waste Book Description Lean Product Management is about finding the smartest way to build an Impact Driven Product that can deliver value to customers and meet business outcomes when operating under internal and external constraints. Author, Mangalam Nandakumar, is a product management expert, with over 17 years of experience in the field. Businesses today are competing to innovate. Cost is no longer the constraint, execution is. It is essential for any business to harness whatever competitive advantage they can, and it is absolutely vital to deliver the best customer experience possible. The opportunities for creating impact are there, but product managers have to improvise on their strategy every day in order to capitalize on them. This is the Agile battleground, where you need to stay Lean and be able to respond to abstract feedback from an ever shifting market. This is where Lean Product Management will help you thrive. Lean Product Management is an essential guide for product managers, and to anyone embarking on a new product development. Mangalam Nandakumar will help you to align your product strategy with business outcomes and customer impact. She introduces the concept of investing in Key Business Outcomes as part of the product strategy in order to provide an objective metric about which product idea and strategy to pursue. You will learn how to create impactful end-to-end product experiences by engaging stakeholders and reacting to external feedback. What you will learn How do you execute ideas that matter? How can you define the right success metrics? How can you plan for product success? How do you capture qualitative and quantitative insights about the product? How do you know whether your product aligns to desired business goals? What processes are slowing you down? Who this book is for If you are leading a team that is building a new product, then this book is for you. The book is targeted at product managers, functional leads in enterprises, business sponsors venturing into new product offerings, product development teams, and start-up founders.
Managing Technology and Product Development Programmes
by
An authoritative guide to new product development for early career engineers and engineering students Managing Technology and Product Development Programmes provides a clear framework and essential guide for understanding how research ideas and new technologies are developed into reliable products which can sold successfully in the private or business marketplace. Drawing on the author's practical experience in a variety of engineering industries, this important book fills a gap in the product development literature. It links back into the engineering processes that drives the actual creation of products and represents the practical realisation of innovation. Comprehensive in scope, the book reviews all elements of new product development. The topics discussed range from the economics of new product development, the quality processes, prototype development, manufacturing processes, determining customer needs, value proposition and testing. Whilst the book is designed with an emphasis on engineered products, the principles can be applied to other fields as well. This important resource: Takes a holistic approach to new product development Links technology and product development to business needs Structures technology and product development from the basic idea to the completed off-the-shelf product Explores the broad range of skills and the technical expertise needed when developing new products Details the various levels of new technologies and products and how to track where they are in the development cycle Written for engineers and students in engineering, as well as a more experienced audience, and for those funding technology development, Managing Technology and Product Development Programmes offers a thorough understanding of the skills and information engineers need in order to successfully convert ideas and technologies into products that are fit for the marketplace.
The Mastery of Innovation : A Field Guide to Lean Product Development
by
What do Ford Motor Company, Steelcase, Scania, Goodyear, Novo Nordisk, and Philips Electronics have in common? They all need to get their best ideas to market as fast as possible. They need to achieve the mastery of innovation.When these companies needed to accelerate time-to-market, get more new products to customers, and improve their ROI from in
Open Innovation : New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA
by
A clear, practical guide to implementing Open Innovation for new product development Open Innovation: New Product Development Essentials from the PDMA is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of the Open Innovation method. Written by experts from the Product Development and Management Association, the book packages a collection of Open Innovation tools in a digestible and actionable format. Real-world case studies drawn from the authors' own successes and failures illustrate the concepts presented, providing accurate representation of the opportunities and challenges of Open Innovation implementation. Key tools are presented with a focus on immediate applications for business, allowing NPD professionals to easily discern where this cutting edge development method can push innovation forward. Open Innovation assumes that companies can and should use both internal and external ideas and paths to market, permeating the boundaries between firm and environment. Innovations transfer outward and inward through purchase, licensing, joint ventures, and spin-offs, allowing companies to expand beyond their own research and dramatically improve productivity through collaboration. PDMA Essentials provides practical guidance on exploiting the Open Innovation model to these ends, with clear guidance on all aspects of the new product development process. Topics include: Product platforming and idea competitions Customer immersion and interaction Collaborative product design and development Innovation networks, rewards, and incentives Many practitioners charged with innovation have only a vague understanding of the specific tools available for Open Innovation, and how they might be applied. As the marketplace shifts dramatically to keep pace with changing consumer behaviors, remaining relevant increasingly means ramping up innovation processes. PDMA Essentials provides the tools NPD practitioners need to implement a leading innovation method, and drive continued growth.
The PDMA Handbook of Innovation and New Product Development
by
THE PDMA HANDBOOK OF INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT State-of-the-art overview of all aspects of new product development from start to finish The Product Development and Management Association (PDMA) Handbook of Innovation and New Product Development provides an exceptional review of cutting-edge topics for both new and experienced product development leaders, and academics interested in emerging research, offering a comprehensive and updated guide to the practices, processes, and tools critical to achieving and sustaining new product/service development success in today's world and delivering valuable information on the fundamentals as well as emerging practices. This edition is completely revised to include 32 new and refreshed chapters on topics including: Creating Successful Innovation, Sustainable New Product Development (NPD), Digital Transformation of NPD, the Changing Role of Design Thinking, Market Forecasting, and much more. In The Product Development and Management Association (PDMA) Handbook of Innovation and New Product Development, readers can expect to find specific information on: What separates the winners from the losers when it comes to new products, plus what drives new product success from a holistic standpoint Effective front end innovation practices, portfolio management for product innovation, and identifying significant new business opportunities Obtaining customer needs for product development, harnessing user research for product innovation, and making market analytics work for you Design thinking, artificial intelligence and new product development The 4th edition of The Product Development and Management Association (PDMA) Handbook of Innovation and New Product Development is an essential reference for anyone with responsibility for product development activities, from novices looking for fundamentals to experts seeking insights on emerging concepts and is relevant for all functions and all industries. The Product Development and Management Association (PDMA) is a global community connecting thousands of members whose skills, expertise and experience power the most recognized and respected innovative companies in the world. PDMA's unique triad of members include product development and management practitioners, academics, and service providers in a variety of industries and knowledge areas, including new product process, strategy innovation, market research, tools and metrics, organizational issues and portfolio management.
Practical user research : everything you need to know to integrate user research to your product development
by
Explore how User Research has been influenced over the years by a range of disciplines, such as HCI, usability, anthropology, cognitive psychology, ergonomics etc. This book aims to contribute to the User Research community and covers topics that will help UX professionals, students and stakeholders to gain a better understanding of what User Research is. Throughout the book you will acquire a practical skill set, ranging from how to get the research going, to building a case in order to receive the budget and resources needed. It will provide you with a clear account of how to organise your research, how to plan it, and how to manage stakeholders expectations throughout the project. Youll see how to fit User Research into your organization and incorporate it through the different product development phases (Discovery, Alpha, Beta until Live), as well as how to grow a User Research team. Practical User Research reviews the methodologies used for User Research, looks at how to recruit participants along with how to collect and analyse data, finally focusing on how to interpret and present your findings. Cross-cultural research, accessibility and assisted digital research will also be discussed throughout this book. The final chapter gives you 10 project briefs, with which you will be able to apply your new skill set and put into practice what you have learnt.
Product Development
by
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT An insightful development roadmap to help engineers and businesspeople successfully bring a product to market In Product Development: An Engineer's Guide to Business Considerations, Real-World Product Testing, and Launch, accomplished project manager, engineer, and business strategist David V. Tennant delivers a comprehensive walkthrough of the full scope of product development activities, from initial business considerations to real-world product testing and launch. The book covers key product development considerations like determining the target market, working with a product development team, management challenges, funding, user identification, ergonomics, product design, testing, and launch. The distinguished author presents the material in the form of practical, hands-on tutorials with case studies featuring large corporations and small- and mid-size firms. He also includes team exercises and question-and-answer features to help early-career and aspiring engineers acquire the interdisciplinary and inter-department coordination skills they'll require to successfully bring a new product to market. Readers will learn about the critical roles played by the engineering, marketing, and finance departments, as well as each stage of the product development process. The book also includes: Thorough introductions to product development and the role of the marketing group in product development, including corporate strategy, product and business plans, and marketing leadership Comprehensive explorations of the role of the engineering group in product development, including functional areas led by engineers and engineering leadership Practical discussions of the core team and teamwork in product development, including executives' roles, the role of the accounting department, and the identification of key stakeholders In-depth examinations of how to move forward with product development after project approval Perfect for early- and mid-career engineers working in product-oriented companies, as well as marketers and other business professionals seeking to understand engineering best practices, Product Development is the ideal reference for use in upper-level undergraduate Product Development courses.
Product development within artificial intelligence, ethics and legal risk
by
This open-access-book synthesizes a supportive developer checklist considering sustainable Team and agile Project Management in the challenge of Artificial Intelligence and limits of image recognition. The study bases on technical, ethical, and legal requirements with examples concerning autonomous vehicles. As the first of its kind, it analyzes all reported car accidents state wide (1.28 million) over a 10-year period. Integrating of highly sensitive international court rulings and growing consumer expectations make this book a helpful guide for product and team development from initial concept until market launch. The author Thomas Winkle (Prof. Dr.-Ing., MBA Communication & Leadership) is a multiple author in best-selling Springer books such as "Autonomous Driving: Technical, Legal and Social Aspects" or the "Handbook of Driver Assistance Systems". His work bases on three decades in sustainable team consulting as employee and researcher in the legal departments of three car manufacturers as well as a professor at IU International University and TU Munich. Thomas Winkle received the Volkswagen research award for his significant Human-Centered Design into the development of the Automatic Emergency Brake. He was responsible to prepare the ADAS Code of Practice. As consultant at international courts, he links Artificial Intelligence, Ethics, Sustainable Agile Management, Mindful Communication and Law using Autonomous Vehicles example definition requirements.
Product Management for AI
by
The increasing push to develop products that integrate AI puts the intersection of AI and product management into sharp focus. AI brings many challenges to traditional product management, including nondeterministic outcomes and the potential for bias against particular groups. These problems aren't insurmountable, but they're real, and they cause many projects to fail before they're deployed. In this report, authors Justin Norman, Pete Skomoroch, and Mike Loukides present four in-depth essays to help business leaders, AI specialists, and data scientists examine what makes AI different. Once you're familiar with the issues, you'll be better prepared to anticipate and solve the problems you face as you develop an AI project and shepherd it into production. Originally published in O'Reilly Radar, each of these essays provides helpful supporting examples. Essays include: "What You Need to Know about Product Management for AI," by Pete Skomoroch and Mike Loukides "Practical Skills for the AI Product Manager," by Pete Skomoroch, Mike Loukides, and Justin Norman "Bringing an AI Product to Market," by Pete Skomoroch, Mike Loukides, and Justin Norman "AI Product Management after Deployment," Mike Loukides and Justin Norman.
Product Management in Practice
by
Product management has become a critical function for modern organizations, from small startups to corporate enterprises. And yet, the day-to-day work of product management remains largely misunderstood. In theory, product managers are high-flying visionaries who build products that people love. In practice, they're hard-working facilitators who bring clarity and focus to their teams. In this thoroughly revised and expanded edition, Matt LeMay provides real-world guidance for current and aspiring product managers. Updated for the era of remote and hybrid work, this book provides actionable answers to product management's most persistent and confounding questions, starting with: What exactly am I supposed to do all day? With this book, you'll learn: What the day-to-day work of product management entails--and how to excel at it Why no job title or description will resolve the ambiguity of your role How to bridge the false dichotomy between "strategy" and "execution" Why the temptation to focus on decks and documentation can be bad for your team (and for you) How to prioritize your time and pick your battles
Technical building blocks : a technology reference for real-world product development
by
This book offers comprehensive coverage of the various technologies and techniques used to build technical products. You will learn how technical product development is collaboratively done across multiple technical teams, primarily those in software engineering, data engineering, and AI/ML engineering. You will also be introduced to the technologies these teams use to develop features and products. any roles in the organization work alongside these technical product development teams and act as liaisons between them, the stakeholders, the customers, and the leadership team. The people in these roles must understand technical aspects ranging from system design to artificial intelligence, and be able to engage in technical discussions with the engineering teams to determine the pros, cons, and risks associated with the development of a technology product or feature. Technical Building Blocks will help you master these technical skills. The book has just the right level of technical details to neither overwhelm with unnecessary technical depth, nor be superficial. From concepts to code snippets, authors Gaurav Sagar and Vitalii Syrovatskyi cover it all to give you an understanding of the engineer's mind and their work. Special emphasis on figures and charts will help you grasp complex ideas more quickly. After reading this book, youll be able to effectively communicate with engineering teams, provide valuable inputs in the system design review meetings of upcoming features and products, synthesize and simplify technical updates for cross-functional teams and stakeholders, and pass those dreaded technical interviews at your dream companies. What You Will Learn Intrinsic details of the teams and techniques used for product development Concepts of cloud computing and its deployment models System design fundamentals required to architect features and products Evolution of data pipelines and data storage solutions to support big data ML and deep learning algorithms to build intelligence into products Securing products through identity and access management using cryptography Role and working of blockchains, smart contracts, NFTs, and dApps in Web3 .
The internet has become an unending source of information, communication and commerce. This phenomenon creates more opportunities for website developers who know how to write programs and not limited to website design. In this course, the Deaf student will be introduced to PHP and Javascripting as a language to continue to work on the website made from Web Development class.
Computer Graphics Programming in OpenGL with JAVA
by
This new edition provides step-by-step instruction on modern 3D graphics shader programming in OpenGL, along with its theoretical foundations. It is appropriate both for computer science undergraduate graphics programming courses in degree programs that emphasize Java, and for professionals interested in mastering 3D graphics skills who prefer Java. It has been designed in a 4-color, "teach-yourself" format with numerous examples that the reader can run just as presented. New sections have been added covering soft shadows, performance optimization, Nsight debugging, as well as updated industry-standard libraries and steps for running the examples on a Macintosh. Includes companion files with all of the source code, models, textures, skyboxes and normal maps used in the book. Features: * Includes new sections on implementing soft shadows, performance optimization, and updated tools such as the JOML math library and the NVIDIA® Nsight(tm) debugger. * Covers modern OpenGL 4.0+ shader programming in Java/JOGL, with instructions for both PC/Windows and Macintosh. * Illustrates every technique with complete running code examples. Everything needed to install the libraries and run every example is provided and fully explained. * Includes step-by-step instruction for every GLSL programmable pipeline stage (vertex, tessellation, geometry, and fragment). * Includes companion files with code, object models, figures, and more.
Computing and Programming with Java
by
Java is a programming language that is specifically designed to have minimal implementation dependencies. It is built as an object-oriented language. Its syntax is largely influenced by C++. Java applications are compiled to bytecode. They run on any Java virtual machine. It is the most widely used language for Client-Server web applications. It plays a crucial role in mobile operating systems. This book is a compilation of chapters that discuss the most vital concepts in the field of Java. It is compiled in such a manner, that it will provide in-depth knowledge about the techniques of computing and programming with Java. In this book, constant effort has been made to make the understanding of the difficult concepts of Java programming as easy and informative as possible, for the readers.
Concurrent, Real-Time and Distributed Programming in Java
by
This book provides an introduction to concurrent, real-time, distributed programming with Java object-oriented language support as an algorithm description tool. It describes in particular the mechanisms of synchronization (cooperative and competitive) and sharing of data (internal class, static variables) between threads in Java. He then discusses the use of Java for real-time applications. Consequently, a presentation of the RTSJ (Real Time Specification for Java) specification dedicated to the development of real-time applications in Java is also introduced in this book. Finally, a presentation of programming distributed in Java is presented in this book. We are particularly interested in communication using the TCP Sockets and high-level communication using Java Remote Method Invocation (RMI). The book also contains an annex which contains a practical set of application exercises in relation to the theme of the book. Knowledge of the Java language is a prerequisite for understanding the book.
Java All-In-One for Dummies
by
Your one-stop guide to programming with Java If you've always wanted to program with Java but didn't know where to start, this will be the java-stained reference you'll turn to again and again. Fully updated for the JDK 9, this deep reference on the world's most popular programming language is the perfect starting point for building things with Java--and an invaluable ongoing reference as you continue to deepen your knowledge. Clocking in at over 900 pages, Java All-in-One For Dummies takes the intimidation out of learning Java and offers clear, step-by-step guidance on how to download and install Java tools; work with variables, numbers, expressions, statements, loops, methods, and exceptions; create applets, servlets, and JavaServer pages; handle and organize data; and so much more. Focuses on the vital information that enables you to get up and running quickly with Java Provides details on the new features of JDK 9 Shows you how to create simple Swing programs Includes design tips on layout, buttons, and labels Everything you need to know to program with Java is included in this practical, easy-to-use guide!
Java for Dummies
by
A new edition of the bestselling guide to Java If you want to learn to speak the world's most popular programming language like a native, Java For Dummies is your ideal companion. With a focus on reusing existing code, it quickly and easily shows you how to create basic Java objects, work with Java classes and methods, understand the value of variables, learn to control program flow with loops or decision-making statements, and so much more! Java is everywhere, runs on almost any computer, and is the engine that drives the coolest applications. Written for anyone who's ever wanted to tackle programming with Java but never knew quite where to begin, this bestselling guide is your ticket to success! Featuring updates on everything you'll encounter in Java 9--and brimming with tons of step-by-step instruction--it's the perfect resource to get you up and running with Java in a jiffy! Discover the latest features and tools in Java 9 Learn to combine several smaller programs to create a bigger program Create basic Java objects and reuse code Confidently handle exceptions and events If you're ready to jump into Java, this bestselling guide will help keep your head above water!
Java Programming
by
Discover the power of Java� for developing applications today when you trust the engaging, hands-on approach in Farrell's JAVA PROGRAMMING, 9E. Even if you're a first-time programmer, JAVA PROGRAMMING can show you how to quickly start developing useful programs, all while still mastering the basic principles of structured and object-oriented programming. Unique, reader-friendly explanations and meaningful programming exercises emphasize business applications and game creation while useful debugging exercises and contemporary case problems further expand your understanding. Additional digital learning resources within MindTap provide interactive learning tools as well as coding IDE (Integrated Development Environment) labs for practicing and expanding your skills.
Java Programming for Android Developers for Dummies
by
Develop the next killer Android App using Java programming! Android is everywhere! It runs more than half the smartphones in the U.S.--and Java makes it go. If you want to cash in on its popularity by learning to build Android apps with Java, all the easy-to-follow guidance you need to get started is at your fingertips. Inside, you'll learn the basics of Java and grasp how it works with Android; then, you'll go on to create your first real, working application. How cool is that? The demand for Android apps isn't showing any signs of slowing, but if you're a mobile developer who wants to get in on the action, it's vital that you get the necessary Java background to be a success. With the help of Java Programming for Android Developers For Dummies, you'll quickly and painlessly discover the ins and outs of using Java to create groundbreaking Android apps--no prior knowledge or experience required! Get the know-how to create an Android program from the ground up Make sense of basic Java development concepts and techniques Develop the skills to handle programming challenges Find out how to debug your app Don't sit back and watch other developers release apps that bring in the bucks! Everything you need to create that next killer Android app is just a page away!
Learn PHP 7
by
This new book on PHP 7 introduces writing solid, secure, object-oriented code in the new PHP 7: you will create a complete three-tier application using a natural process of building and testing modules within each tier. This practical approach teaches you about app development and introduces PHP features when they are actually needed rather than providing you with abstract theory and contrived examples. In Learn PHP 7, programming examples take advantage of the newest PHP features, including enhanced password encryption using password_hash. This book takes a learn-by-doing approach, providing you with complete coding examples. "Do It" exercises in each chapter provide the opportunity to make adjustments to the example code. The end of chapter programming exercises allow you to develop your own applications using the algorithms demonstrated in the chapter. Each tier is logically and physically separated using object-oriented and dependency injection techniques, thus allowing independent tiers that can be updated with little or no effect on the other tiers. In addition to teaching good programming practices through OOP, there is a strong emphasis on creating secure code. As each chapter is completed, the reader is provide the opportunity to design and create an application reinforcing the concepts learned.
OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II Exam Guide (Exam 1Z0-809)
by
This effective self-study guide covers every topic on the current version of the OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II exam Take the latest version of the OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II exam with complete confidence using the detailed information contained in this comprehensive test preparation system. Written by a team of expert authors, including two developers of the original SCJP exam, this authoritative guide offers complete coverage of every subject on the test and lays out essential Java programming skills. OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II Exam Guide (Exam 1Z0-809) is an integrated study system based on proven pedagogy. Throughout, step-by-step exercises; self-tests; and "Exam Watch," "Inside the Exam," and "On the Job" notes reinforce practical skills while fully preparing you for the challenging exam. In all, the book and accompanying digital content feature more than 250 practice questions that mirror those on the live test in tone, format, and content. *Provides 100% coverage of every objective on exam 1Z0-809 *Electronic content includes two complete practice exams and a secured book PDF *Written by expert team including the co-developers of the original SCJP exam
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies
by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
PHP 7 in Easy Steps
by
PHP 7 in easy steps will teach you to code server-side scripts. It begins by explaining how to install a free web server and the PHP interpreter to create an environment in which you can produce your own data-driven server-side web pages. You will learn how to write PHP server-side scripts and how to make MySQL database queries. Examples illustrate how to store and retrieve Session Data, how to provide a Message Board, and how to access Web Services APIs over Hypertext Transfer Protocol. PHP 7 in easy steps has an easy-to-follow style that will appeal to anyone who wants to begin producing data-driven web pages, as well as to web developers wanting to add server-side interaction to their websites, and the programmer who quickly wants to add PHP to his or her skills set. It will also appeal to the hobbyists who want to begin creating scripts for upload to their own ISP, the student, and to those seeking a career in computing who need a fundamental understanding of server-side programming with PHP.
PHP 7 Programming Cookbook
by
Over 80 recipes that will take your PHP 7 web development skills to the next level!About This Book* This is the most up-to-date book in the market on PHP* It covers the new features of version 7.x, best practices for server-side programming, and MVC frameworks* The recipe-based approach will allow you to explore the unique capabilities that PHP offers to web programmersWho This Book Is ForIf you are an aspiring web developer, mobile developer, or backend programmer, then this book is for you as it will take your PHP programming skills to next level. Basic knowledge of PHP programming is assumed.What You Will Learn* Use advanced PHP 7 features, such as the Abstract Syntax Tree, Uniform Variable Syntax, Scalar Type Hints, Generator Delegation, Anonymous Classes, and the Context Sensitive Lexer* Discover where and when PHP 5 code needs to be re-written to avoid backwards-compatibility breaks* Improve the overall application security and error handling by taking advantage of classes that implement the new throwable interface* Solve practical real-world programming problems using PHP 7* Develop middle-wareclasses that allow PHP developers to gluedifferent open source libraries together seamlessly* Define and Implement PSR-7 classes* Create custom middleware using PSR-7 compliant classes* Test and debug your code, and get to know the best practicesIn DetailPHP 7 comes with a myriad of new features and great tools to optimize your code and make your code perform faster than in previous versions. Most importantly, it allows you to maintain high traffic on your websites with low-cost hardware and servers through a multithreading web server.This book demonstrates intermediate to advanced PHP techniques with a focus on PHP 7. Each recipe is designed to solve practical, real-world problems faced by PHP developers like yourself every day. We also cover new ways of writing PHP code made possible only in version 7. In addition, we discuss backward-compatibility breaks and give you plenty of guidance on when and where PHP 5 code needs to be changed to produce the correct results when running under PHP 7. This book also incorporates the latest PHP 7.x features.By the end of the book, you will be equipped with the tools and skills required to deliver efficient applications for your websites and enterprises.Style and approachThis book takes a recipe-based approach, with real-world examples that can serve as building blocks for a larger application. Each recipe is self-contained with no external dependencies. This book follows a problem-solution strategy so you understand how to deal with various scenarios you may encounter while using PHP 7 in your daily activities.
Php 7 Quick Scripting Reference, Second Edition
by
This pocket reference guide has been updated with the new PHP 7.0 release. It is a condensed, code-rich scripting and syntax handbook for the PHP scripting language. PHP 7 Quick Scripting Reference presents the essential PHP script in a well-organized format. You won't find any technical jargon, bloated samples, drawn out history lessons or witty stories in this book. What you will find is a Web scripting language reference that is concise, to the point and highly accessible. The book is packed with useful information and is a must-have for any PHP programmer or Web developer. In it, you will find a concise reference to the PHP 7 scripting language syntax. It includes short, simple and focused code examples and a well laid out table of contents and a comprehensive index allowing easy review. What you'll learn Discover what is new in PHP 7 and how to get started with it Work with variables, operators, strings, arrays, conditionals, loops and other language constructs Group and reuse code with functions, methods and namespaces Use object-oriented features such as classes, inheritance, abstract classes and interfaces Import files and retrieve user data Make use of type declarations and type conversions Test variables, create references and use overloading methods Store user data with cookies and sessions Deal with errors through error handling, exception handling and assertions Who this book is for Experienced PHP programmers and web developers, who may be new to PHP.
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers
by
Update your skill set for ES 6 and 7 with the ultimate JavaScript guide for pros Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the essential guide to next-level JavaScript development. Written for intermediate-to-advanced programmers, this book jumps right into the technical details to help you clean up your code and become a more sophisticated JavaScript developer. From JavaScript-specific object-oriented programming and inheritance, to combining JavaScript with HTML and other markup languages, expert instruction walks you through the fundamentals and beyond. This new fourth edition has been updated to cover ECMAScript 6 and 7 (also known as ES2015 and ES2016) and the major re-imagination and departure from ES 5.1; new frameworks and libraries, new techniques, new testing tools, and more are explained in detail for the professional developer, with a practical focus that helps you put your new skills to work on real-world projects. The latest--and most dramatic--ES release is already being incorporated into JavaScript engines in major browsers; this, coupled with the rise in mobile web traffic increasing demand for responsive, dynamic web design, means that all web developers need to update their skills--and this book is your ideal resource for quick, relevant guidance. Get up to date with ECMAScript 6 and 7, new frameworks, and new libraries Delve into web animation, emerging APIs, and build systems Test more effectively with mocks, unit tests, functional tests, and other tools Plan your builds for future ES releases Even if you think you know JavaScript, new ES releases bring big changes that will affect the way you work. For a professional-level update that doesn't waste time on coding fundamentals, Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the ultimate resource to bring you up to speed.
Pro Spring Security
by
Build and deploy secure Spring Framework and Spring Boot-based enterprise Java applications with the Spring Security Framework. This book explores a comprehensive set of functionalities to implement industry-standard authentication and authorization mechanisms for Java applications. Pro Spring Security, Second Edition has been updated to incorporate the changes in Spring Framework 5 and Spring Boot 2. It is an advanced tutorial and reference that guides you through the implementation of the security features for a Java web application by presenting consistent examples built from the ground up. This book also provides you with a broader look into Spring security by including up-to-date use cases such as building a security layer for RESTful web services and Grails applications. What You Will Learn Explore the scope of security and how to use the Spring Security Framework Master Spring security architecture and design Secure the web tier in Spring Work with alternative authentication providers Take advantage of business objects and logic security Extend Spring security with other frameworks and languages Secure the service layer Who This Book Is For Experienced Spring and Java developers with prior experience in building Spring Framework or Boot-based applications.
Safety of web applications : risks, encryption and handling vulnerabilities with PHP
by
Safety of Web Applications: Risks, Encryption and Handling Vulnerabilities with PHP explores many areas that can help computer science students and developers integrate security into their applications. The Internet is not secure, but it's very friendly as a tool for storing and manipulating data. Customer confidence in Internet software is based on it's ability to prevent damage and attacks, but secure software is complicated, depending on several factors, including good risk estimation, good code architecture, cyphering, web server configuration, coding to prevent the most common attacks, and identification and rights allocation.
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies
by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
The internet has become an unending source of information, communication and commerce. This phenomenon creates more opportunities for website developers who know how to write programs and not limited to website design. In this course, the Deaf student will be introduced to PHP and Javascripting as a language to continue to work on the website made from Web Development class.
Android Application Development All-In-One for Dummies
by
Conquer the world of Android app development Android has taken over the mobile and TV markets and become unstoppable! Android offers a vast stage for developers to serve millions--and rake in the profits--with diverse and wide-ranging app ideas. Whether you're a raw recruit or a veteran programmer, you can get in on the action and become a master of the Android programming universe with the new edition of Android Application Development For Dummies All-in-One. In addition to receiving guidance on mobile and TV development, you'll find overviews of native code, watch, car, Android wear, and other device development. This friendly, easy-to-follow book kicks off by offering a fundamental understanding of Android's major technical ideas, including functional programming techniques. It moves on to show you how to work effectively in Studio, program cool new features, and test your app to make sure it's ready to release to a waiting world. You'll also have an opportunity to brush up on your Kotlin and develop your marketing savvy. There are millions of potential customers out there, and you want to stand out from the crowd! Understand new features and enhancements Get development best-practices Know your Android hardware Access online materials With a market share like Android's, the stakes couldn't be higher. Android Application Development For Dummies All-in-One levels the field and gives you the tools you need to take on the world.
The Art of Modern PHP 8
by
Discover how to apply the principles of OOP, types, and package management the right wayKey Features* Explore the latest PHP 8.1 features and modern web development practices* Refactor your legacy codebase using modern features and styles in PHP* Create your own Composer packages that can be reused across all PHP projectsBook DescriptionPHP has come a long way since its introduction. While the language has evolved with PHP 8, there are still a lot of websites running on a version of PHP that is no longer supported. If you are a PHP developer working with legacy PHP systems and want to discover the tenants of modern PHP, this is the book for you.The Art of Modern PHP 8 walks you through the latest PHP features and language concepts. The book helps you upgrade your knowledge of PHP programming and practices. Starting with object-oriented programming (OOP) in PHP and related language features, you'll work through modern programming techniques such as inheritance, understand how it contrasts with composition, and finally look at more advanced language features. You'll learn about the MVC pattern by developing your own MVC system and advance to understanding what a DI container does by building a toy DI container. The book gives you an overview of Composer and how to use it to create reusable PHP packages. You'll also find techniques for deploying these packages to package libraries for other developers to explore.By the end of this PHP book, you'll have equipped yourself with modern server-side programming techniques using the latest versions of PHP.What you will learn* Understand how to use modern PHP features such as objects, types, and more* Get to grips with PHP package management using Composer* Explore dependency injection for your PHP applications* Find out what the differences are between legacy and modern PHP 8 code and practices* Write clean PHP code and implement design patterns* Get hands-on with modern PHP using examples applying MVC and DI techniquesWho this book is forThe book is for existing PHP developers and CTO-level professionals who are working with PHP technologies, including legacy PHP, in production. The book assumes beginner-level knowledge of PHP programming as well as experience with server-side development.
Beginning Jakarta EE Web Development
by
Start building Java-based web applications now, even if you're a complete newcomer to Java. Comprehensive and example-driven, this book is all you need to develop dynamic Java-based web applications using JSP, connect to databases with JSF, and put them into action using the popular open source Java web server, Apache Tomcat. Beginning Jakarta EE Web Development is a comprehensive introduction to building Java-based web applications using JSP, JSF, MySQL, and the Apache Tomcat web application server. Other APIs including JSON, JSTL, and XML parser are covered along the way. Key concepts are made easy to grasp with numerous working examples and a walk-through of the development of a complete ecommerce project. This book is written for professionals by practicing Java web application professionals and experts. What You Will Learn Build Java-based web applications using JSP and JSF with Eclipse Jakarta EE Configure your database with MySQL Define XML documents for your applications Use the Apache MyFaces APIs to create JSF applications Integrate and implement JSF and JSP together Build an online ecommerce web application Who This Book Is For Programmers new to programming in Java and programming in general.
Beginning Java MVC 1. 0
by
Get started with using the new Java MVC 1.0 framework for model, view, and controller development for building modern Java-based web, native, and microservices applications. Beginning Java MVC teaches you the basics, then dives in to models, views, controllers. Next, you learn data binding, events, application types, view engines, and more. You will be given practical examples along the way to reinforce what you have learned. Furthermore, you'll work with annotations, internationalization, security, and deployment. After reading this book, you'll have the know how to build your first full Java-based MVC application. What You Will Learn Discover the Java MVC 1.0 APIs and how to use them Master the Model, View and Controller design pattern Carry out data binding Write events Work with view engines Who This Book Is For Those new to Java MVC 1.0. Some prior experience with Java programming recommended, especially with JSF or Struts.
Clean Code in PHP
by
Practical lessons, examples, and practices from PHP experts on how to take your PHP skills to a professional level Key Features: Easily navigate to key clean code principles specific to PHP development with this hands-on guideLearn the how and why of writing clean code through practical examplesSkip the superfluous knowledge and grasp everything that's relevant to the real-world development environment Book Description: PHP is a beginner-friendly language, but also one that is rife with complaints of bad code; yet no clean code books are specific to PHP. Enter Clean Code in PHP. This book is a one-stop guide to learning the theory and best practices of clean code specific to real-world PHP app development environments. This PHP book is cleanly split to help you navigate through coding practices and theories to understand and adopt the nuances of the clean code paradigm. In addition to covering best practices, tooling for code quality, and PHP design patterns, this book also presents tips and techniques for working on large-scale PHP apps with a team and writing effective documentation for your PHP projects. By the end of this book, you'll be able to write human-friendly PHP code, which will fuel your PHP career growth and set you apart from the competition. What You Will Learn: Build a solid foundation in clean coding to craft human-readable codeUnderstand metrics to determine the quality of your codeGet to grips with the basics of automated testsImplement continuous integration for your PHP applicationsGet an overview of software design patterns to help you write reusable codeGain an understanding of coding guidelines and practices for working in teams Who this book is for: This book is for early-career PHP developers who wish to avoid writing messy code by learning how to write understandable and maintainable code that sets them apart from rest. The book assumes familiarity with PHP coding and principles, but no knowledge of advanced principles will be necessary.
Cloud Native Java
by
What separates the traditional enterprise from the likes of Amazon, Netflix, and Etsy? Those companies have refined the art of cloud native development to maintain their competitive edge and stay well ahead of the competition. This practical guide shows Java/JVM developers how to build better software, faster, using Spring Boot, Spring Cloud, and Cloud Foundry. Many organizations have already waded into cloud computing, test-driven development, microservices, and continuous integration and delivery. Authors Josh Long and Kenny Bastani fully immerse you in the tools and methodologies that will help you transform your legacy application into one that is genuinely cloud native. In four sections, this book takes you through: The Basics: learn the motivations behind cloud native thinking; configure and test a Spring Boot application; and move your legacy application to the cloud Web Services: build HTTP and RESTful services with Spring; route requests in your distributed system; and build edge services closer to the data Data Integration: manage your data with Spring Data, and integrate distributed services with Spring's support for event-driven, messaging-centric architectures Production: make your system observable; use service brokers to connect stateful services; and understand the big ideas behind continuous delivery
The Definitive Guide to JSF in Java EE 8
by
Learn and master the new features in the JSF 2.3 MVC web framework in this definitive guide written by two of the JavaServer Faces (JSF) specification leads. The authors take you through real-world examples that demonstrate how these new features are used with other APIs in Java EE 8. You'll see the new and exciting ways JSF applications can use to communicate between a client and a server, such as using WebSockets, invoking bean methods directly from Ajax, executing client-side JavaScript when Ajax calls complete, and more Along the way you'll broaden your knowledge of JSF components and web APIs best practices, and learn a great deal about the internals of JSF and the design decisions that have been made when building the JSF API. For example, you'll see what artefacts are now CDI injectable, how CDI changed JSF internally, and what some of the caveats are when working with the CDI versions of a JSF artefact. Furthermore, you'll build an example application from scratch. After reading The Definitive Guide to JSF in Java EE 8, you'll be ready to build your own efficient and secure web applications. What You Will Learn Leverage the new features in JSF 2.3 in your existing applications Integrate JSF and CDI Use the brand new Component Search Expression framework, which enables you to more easily locate components from your template Extend the Component Search Expression framework with your own search operators Work with the different ways of mapping requests to JSF, make your application use extensionless URLs, and programmatically inspect which resources are present in your application Master the best practices for web application development and see which are obsolete Who This Book Is For Existing JSF or Java developers who need to create a web UI. No prior knowledge of JSF is required, but the book does skew towards the more experienced developer. Concepts such as dependency injection and MVC are assumed to be known, as is a general knowledge about HTML, HTTP and other web standards.
Design Patterns and Best Practices in Java
by
Create various design patterns to master the art of solving problems using Java Key Features This book demonstrates the shift from OOP to functional programming and covers reactive and functional patterns in a clear and step-by-step manner All the design patterns come with a practical use case as part of the explanation, which will improve your productivity Tackle all kinds of performance-related issues and streamline your development Book Description Having a knowledge of design patterns enables you, as a developer, to improve your code base, promote code reuse, and make the architecture more robust. As languages evolve, new features take time to fully understand before they are adopted en masse. The mission of this book is to ease the adoption of the latest trends and provide good practices for programmers. We focus on showing you the practical aspects of smarter coding in Java. We'll start off by going over object-oriented (OOP) and functional programming (FP) paradigms, moving on to describe the most frequently used design patterns in their classical format and explain how Java's functional programming features are changing them. You will learn to enhance implementations by mixing OOP and FP, and finally get to know about the reactive programming model, where FP and OOP are used in conjunction with a view to writing better code. Gradually, the book will show you the latest trends in architecture, moving from MVC to microservices and serverless architecture. We will finish off by highlighting the new Java features and best practices. By the end of the book, you will be able to efficiently address common problems faced while developing applications and be comfortable working on scalable and maintainable projects of any size. What you will learn Understand the OOP and FP paradigms Explore the traditional Java design patterns Get to know the new functional features of Java See how design patterns are changed and affected by the new features Discover what reactive programming is and why is it the natural augmentation of FP Work with reactive design patterns and find the best ways to solve common problems using them See the latest trends in architecture and the shift from MVC to serverless applications Use best practices when working with the new features Who this book is for This book is for those who are familiar with Java development and want to be in the driver's seat when it comes to modern development techniques. Basic OOP Java programming experience and elementary familiarity with Java is expected.
Design Patterns and Best Practices in Java
by
Create various design patterns to master the art of solving problems using Java Key Features This book demonstrates the shift from OOP to functional programming and covers reactive and functional patterns in a clear and step-by-step manner All the design patterns come with a practical use case as part of the explanation, which will improve your productivity Tackle all kinds of performance-related issues and streamline your development Book Description Having a knowledge of design patterns enables you, as a developer, to improve your code base, promote code reuse, and make the architecture more robust. As languages evolve, new features take time to fully understand before they are adopted en masse. The mission of this book is to ease the adoption of the latest trends and provide good practices for programmers. We focus on showing you the practical aspects of smarter coding in Java. We'll start off by going over object-oriented (OOP) and functional programming (FP) paradigms, moving on to describe the most frequently used design patterns in their classical format and explain how Java's functional programming features are changing them. You will learn to enhance implementations by mixing OOP and FP, and finally get to know about the reactive programming model, where FP and OOP are used in conjunction with a view to writing better code. Gradually, the book will show you the latest trends in architecture, moving from MVC to microservices and serverless architecture. We will finish off by highlighting the new Java features and best practices. By the end of the book, you will be able to efficiently address common problems faced while developing applications and be comfortable working on scalable and maintainable projects of any size. What you will learn Understand the OOP and FP paradigms Explore the traditional Java design patterns Get to know the new functional features of Java See how design patterns are changed and affected by the new features Discover what reactive programming is and why is it the natural augmentation of FP Work with reactive design patterns and find the best ways to solve common problems using them See the latest trends in architecture and the shift from MVC to serverless applications Use best practices when working with the new features Who this book is for This book is for those who are familiar with Java development and want to be in the driver's seat when it comes to modern development techniques. Basic OOP Java programming experience and elementary familiarity with Java is expected.
Essential cryptography for JavaScript developers
by
Discover how to take advantage of common cryptographic operations to build safer apps that respect users' privacy with the help of examples in JavaScript for Node.js and browsers Key Features Understand how to implement common cryptographic operations in your code with practical examples Learn about picking modern safe algorithms, which libraries you should rely on, and how to use them correctly Build modern and secure applications that respect your users' privacy with cryptography Book Description If you're a software developer, this book will give you an introduction to cryptography, helping you understand how to make the most of it for your applications. The book contains extensive code samples in JavaScript, both for Node.js and for frontend apps running in a web browser, although the core concepts can be used by developers working with any programming language and framework. With a purely hands-on approach that is focused on sharing actionable knowledge, you'll learn about the common categories of cryptographic operations that you can leverage in all apps you're developing, including hashing, encryption with symmetric, asymmetric and hybrid ciphers, and digital signatures. You'll learn when to use these operations and how to choose and implement the most popular algorithms to perform them, including SHA-2, Argon2, AES, ChaCha20-Poly1305, RSA, and Elliptic Curve Cryptography. Later, you'll learn how to deal with password and key management. All code in this book is written in JavaScript and designed to run in Node.js or as part of frontend apps for web browsers. By the end of this book, you'll be able to build solutions that leverage cryptography to protect user privacy, offer better security against an expanding and more complex threat landscape, help meet data protection requirements, and unlock new opportunities. What you will learn Write JavaScript code that uses cryptography running within a Node.js environment for the server-side or in frontend applications for web browsers Use modern, safe hashing functions for calculating digests and key derivation, including SHA-2 and Argon2 Practice encrypting messages and files with a symmetric key using AES and ChaCha20-Poly1305 Use asymmetric and hybrid encryption, leveraging RSA and Elliptic Curve Cryptography with ECDH and ECIES Calculate and verify digital signatures using RSA and ECDSA/EdDSA Manage passwords and encryption keys safely Who this book is for This cryptography book is an introductory guide for software developers who don't necessarily have a background in cryptography but are interested in learning how to integrate it in their solutions, correctly and safely. You'll need to have at least intermediate-level knowledge of building apps with JavaScript and familiarity with Node.js to make the most of this book.
Full Stack AngularJS for Java Developers
by
Get introduced to full stack enterprise development. Whether you are new to AngularJS and Spring RESTful web services, or you are a seasoned expert, you will be able to build a full-featured web application from scratch using AngularJS and Spring RESTful web services. Full stack web development is in demand because you can explore the best of different tools and frameworks and yet make your apps solid and reliable in design, scalability, robustness, and security. This book assists you in creating your own full stack development environment that includes the powerful and revamped AngularJS, and Spring REST. The architecture of modern applications is covered to prevent the development of isolated desktop and mobile applications. By the time you reach the end of this book you will have built a full-featured dynamic app. You will start your journey by setting up a Spring Boot development environment and creating your RESTful services to perform CRUD operations. Then you will migrate the front-end tools--AngularJS and Bootstrap--into your Spring Boot application to consume RESTful services. You will secure your REST API using Spring Security and consume your secured REST API using AngularJS. What You'll Learn Build a REST application with Spring Boot Expose CRUD operations using RESTful endpoints Create a single page application by integrating Angular JS and Bootstrap in Spring Boot Secure REST APIs using Spring Security Consume secured RESTful Services using Angular JS Build a REST client using a REST template to consume RESTful services Test RESTful services using the Spring MVC Test Framework Who This Book Is For Web application developers with previous Java programming experience who want to create enterprise-grade, scalable Java apps using powerful front tools such as AngularJS and Bootstrap along with popular back-end frameworks such as Spring Boot
Introducing Play Framework
by
Enter the world of rapid web application development. This gentle introduction to Play covers all you need to know: it carefully introduces the background concepts before diving into examples, making learning Play 2 enjoyable (it includes the latest Play framework version 2.8). Introducing Play Framework is crisp, up-to-the-point, and full of valuable information. You will find chapters covering the basics of Play, the sbt build system, the Ebean ORM, web services using Play, production deployment, cache, and more with actual pragmatic code snippets for common tasks. After reading and using this book, you'll be able to build and deploy Java-based web applications with the Play framework. What You Will Learn Use the Play framework to do rapid Java-based web application development Work with Play controllers and Play views Create web services using JSON and XML Persist data and access databases Use Play modules Carry out asynch programming Cache, deploy, and work with code snippets in Play Who This Book Is For Those with at least some prior experience with Java.
Java All-In-One for Dummies
by
Your one-stop guide to programming with Java If you've always wanted to program with Java but didn't know where to start, this will be the java-stained reference you'll turn to again and again. Fully updated for the JDK 9, this deep reference on the world's most popular programming language is the perfect starting point for building things with Java--and an invaluable ongoing reference as you continue to deepen your knowledge. Clocking in at over 900 pages, Java All-in-One For Dummies takes the intimidation out of learning Java and offers clear, step-by-step guidance on how to download and install Java tools; work with variables, numbers, expressions, statements, loops, methods, and exceptions; create applets, servlets, and JavaServer pages; handle and organize data; and so much more. Focuses on the vital information that enables you to get up and running quickly with Java Provides details on the new features of JDK 9 Shows you how to create simple Swing programs Includes design tips on layout, buttons, and labels Everything you need to know to program with Java is included in this practical, easy-to-use guide!
Java APIs, Extensions and Libraries
by
This book completes the Apress Java learning journey and is a comprehensive approach to learning Java APIs, extensions, and modules such as Java EE integration, mobile Java modules, JavaFX, and JDBC. In this book, you'll learn how to build user interfaces with Swing and JavaFX as well as how to write network programs with the new Java 9 and much more. Java APIs, Extensions and Libraries is for Java programmers who are familiar with the fundamentals of the Java language and Java programming, who are now ready to call upon the power of extended Java functionality available from the huge array of Java APIs, extensions, and libraries. After reading and learning from this book you'll be ready to become a professional Java programmer. What You'll Learn Extend your Java skills beyond the fundamental object-oriented concepts and core language features Apply Java Swing for building Java front ends Get started with Java network programming Connect to databases and access data from Java programs using the JDBC API Work with JavaFX, RMI (Remote Method Invocation), and JNI (Java Native Interface) Use the new scripting features of Java Who This Book Is For Java programmers who are familiar with the fundamentals of the Java language and Java programming.
Java Design Patterns
by
Get hands-on experience implementing 26 of the most common design patterns using Java and Eclipse. In addition to Gang of Four (GoF) design patterns, you will also learn about alternative design patterns, and understand the criticisms of design patterns with an overview of anti-patterns. For each pattern you will see at least one real-world scenario, a computer-world example, and a complete implementation including output. This book has three parts. The first part covers 23 Gang of Four (GoF) design patterns. The second part includes three alternative design patterns. The third part presents criticisms of design patterns with an overview of anti-patterns. You will work through easy-to-follow examples to understand the concepts in depth and you will have a collection of programs to port over to your own projects. A Q&A session is included in each chapter and covers the pros and cons of each pattern. The last chapter presents FAQs about the design patterns. The step-by-step approach of the book helps you apply your skills to learn other patterns on your own, and to be familiar with the latest version of Java and Eclipse. What You'll Learn Work with each of the design patterns Implement design patterns in real-world applications Choose from alternative design patterns by comparing their pros and cons Use the Eclipse IDE to write code and generate output Read the in-depth Q&A session in each chapter with pros and cons for each design pattern Who This Book Is For Software developers, architects, and programmers
Java EE 8 Cookbook
by
A practical guide for building effective enterprise solutions with Java EE 8 Key Features Recipes to get you up-and-running with Java EE 8 application development Learn how to apply the major Java EE 8 APIs and specifications Implement microservices and Reactive programming with Java EE 8 Book Description Java EE is a collection of technologies and APIs to support Enterprise Application development. The choice of what to use and when can be dauntingly complex for any developer. This book will help you master this. Packed with easy to follow recipes, this is your guide to becoming productive with Java EE 8. You will begin by seeing the latest features of Java EE 8, including major Java EE 8 APIs and specifications such as JSF 2.3, and CDI 2.0, and what they mean for you. You will use the new features of Java EE 8 to implement web-based services for your client applications. You will then learn to process the Model and Streaming APIs using JSON-P and JSON-B and will learn to use the Java Lambdas support offered in JSON-P. There are more recipes to fine-tune your RESTful development, and you will learn about the Reactive enhancements offered by the JAX-RS 2.1 specification. Later on, you will learn about the role of multithreading in your enterprise applications and how to integrate them for transaction handling. This is followed by implementing microservices with Java EE and the advancements made by Java EE for cloud computing. The final set of recipes shows you how take advantage of the latest security features and authenticate your enterprise application. At the end of the book, the Appendix shows you how knowledge sharing can change your career and your life. What you will learn Actionable information on the new features of Java EE 8 Using the most important APIs with real and working code Building server side applications, web services, and web applications Deploying and managing your application using the most important Java EE servers Building and deploying microservices using Java EE 8 Building Reactive application by joining Java EE APIs and core Java features Moving your application to the cloud using containers Practical ways to improve your projects and career through community involvement Who this book is for This book is for developers who want to become proficient with Java EE 8 for their enterprise application development. Basic knowledge of Java is assumed
Java EE 8 Development with Eclipse
by
Develop and deploy fully functional applications and microservices utilising Tomcat, Glassfish servers, Cloud and docker in Java EE 8 Key Features Explore the complete workflow of developing enterprise Java applications Develop microservices with Docker Container and deploy it in cloud Simplify Java EE application development Book Description Java EE is one of the most popular tools for enterprise application design and development. With recent changes to Java EE 8 specifications, Java EE application development has become a lot simpler with the new specifications, some of which compete with the existing specifications. This guide provides a complete overview of developing highly performant, robust and secure enterprise applications with Java EE with Eclipse. The book begins by exploring different Java EE technologies and how to use them (JSP, JSF, JPA, JDBC, EJB, and more), along with suitable technologies for different scenarios. You will learn how to set up the development environment for Java EE applications and understand Java EE specifications in detail, with an emphasis on examples. The book takes you through deployment of an application in Tomcat, GlassFish Servers, and also in the cloud. It goes beyond the basics and covers topics like debugging, testing, deployment, and securing your Java EE applications. You'll also get to know techniques to develop cloud-ready microservices in Java EE. What you will learn Set up Eclipse, Tomcat, and Glassfish servers for Java EE application development Use JSP, Servlet, JSF, and EJBs to create a user interface and write business logic Create Java EE database applications using JDBC and JPA Handle asynchronous messages using MDBs for better scalability Deploy and debug Java EE applications and create SOAP and REST web services Write unit tests and calculate code coverage Use Eclipse MAT (Memory Analysis Tool) to debug memory issues Create and deploy microservices Who this book is for If you are a Java developer with little or no experience in Java EE application development, or if you have experience in Java EE technology but are looking for tips to simplify and accelerate your development process, then this book is for you.
Java EE Web Application Primer
by
Build an online messaging app using Java Servlets, JSP, Expression Language, JSTL, JPQL, Sessions/Cookies, HTML/CSS/JavaScript, and the Bootstrap framework. This book explains Java EE, along with its associated technologies making it perfect for those with at least basic programming experience in Java or C. Java EE Web Application Primer teaches you how to develop complete web applications using Oracle as the database. By the end of the book you will have developed an online messaging app like Twitter. From there you can create other applications such as an online survey tool. What You'll Learn Build a Twitter-like web application called Bullhorn using Java, Oracle, and more Create web applications using Eclipse Design web pages with HTML forms, tables, and more Use SQL along with Java and Oracle for database accessibility Connect to a database using the Java Persistence APIs Create dynamic web pages with JavaScript, JSP, and the tag libraries Get web pages to stand out with Bootstrap, jQuery, and CSS Who This Book Is For Those with at least basic programming experience in Java or C.
Java for Dummies
by
A new edition of the bestselling guide to Java If you want to learn to speak the world's most popular programming language like a native, Java For Dummies is your ideal companion. With a focus on reusing existing code, it quickly and easily shows you how to create basic Java objects, work with Java classes and methods, understand the value of variables, learn to control program flow with loops or decision-making statements, and so much more! Java is everywhere, runs on almost any computer, and is the engine that drives the coolest applications. Written for anyone who's ever wanted to tackle programming with Java but never knew quite where to begin, this bestselling guide is your ticket to success! Featuring updates on everything you'll encounter in Java 9--and brimming with tons of step-by-step instruction--it's the perfect resource to get you up and running with Java in a jiffy! Discover the latest features and tools in Java 9 Learn to combine several smaller programs to create a bigger program Create basic Java objects and reuse code Confidently handle exceptions and events If you're ready to jump into Java, this bestselling guide will help keep your head above water!
Javascript Absolute Beginner's Guide, Third Edition
by
Make the most of today's JavaScript--even if you've never programmed anything before. JavaScript Absolute Beginner's Guide, Third Edition is the fastest way to learn JavaScript, starting with the basics and gradually going deeper and broader into all the techniques you need to begin building highly scalable, performant web apps and experiences. Do what you want, the way you want, one incredibly easy step at a time! Learn all this, and much more: Start fast with the basics: values, variables, functions, conditionals, loops, closures, and more Create well-organized, clear code that's easy to reuse and improve Learn proven best practices to build web apps that scale with outstanding performance Make the most of powerful object-oriented techniques to build complex, extensible apps Wrangle data like a pro by learning how to use the popular JSON standard, arrays, web storage, and more Translate your ideas into visually compelling and interactive content by learning how to work with the DOM Identify and fix issues quickly by learning how to use the in-browser development tools Understand the ins and outs of events and how you can use them to react to actions the user or the page will perform Learn how to ensure your code runs lightning-fast with extra coverage of performance optimizations and techniques you can use Learn the basics that set you up to more quickly use modern web frameworks like React, Vue, Next.js, and Nuxt Explore advanced features such as object destructuring, making web requests, the class syntax, accessing your webcam, variable hoisting, and more Get up-to-speed on the latest JavaScript enhancements proposed by the EcmaScript standard
JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies
by
A developer's resource to learning one of the most-used scripting languages JavaScript All-in-One For Dummies saves you shelf space by offering a complete introduction to JavaScript and how it's used in the real world. This book serves up JavaScript coding basics before diving into the tools, libraries, frameworks, and runtime environments new and experienced coders need to know. Start by learning the basics of JavaScript and progress through the techniques and tools used by professional JavaScript developers, even if you've never written code before. You also get the details of today's hottest libraries and frameworks--React.js, Vue.js, Svelte, and Node.js. Learn the basics of web and application development with the JavaScript language Grasp the similarities and differences between React.js, Vue.js, and Svelte Discover how to write server-side JavaScript and how to access databases with Node.js Gain a highly marketable skill, with one of the most popular coding languages Launch or further your career as a coder with easy-to-follow instruction This is the go-to Dummies guide for future and current coders who need an all-inclusive guide JavaScript. This is the go-to Dummies guide for future and current coders who need an all-inclusive guide to the world of JavaScript.
JavaScript from Beginner to Professional
by
Start your journey towards becoming a JavaScript developer with the help of more than 100 fun exercises and projectsKey Features* Write eloquent JavaScript and employ fundamental and advanced features to create your own web apps* Interact with the browser with HTML and JavaScript, and add dynamic images, shapes, and text with HTML5 Canvas* Build a password checker, paint web app, hangman game, and many more fun projectsBook DescriptionThis book demonstrates the capabilities of JavaScript for web application development by combining theoretical learning with code exercises and fun projects that you can challenge yourself with. The guiding principle of the book is to show how straightforward JavaScript techniques can be used to make web apps ranging from dynamic websites to simple browser-based games.JavaScript from Beginner to Professional focuses on key programming concepts and Document Object Model manipulations that are used to solve common problems in professional web applications. These include data validation, manipulating the appearance of web pages, working with asynchronous and concurrent code.The book uses project-based learning to provide context for the theoretical components in a series of code examples that can be used as modules of an application, such as input validators, games, and simple animations. This will be supplemented with a brief crash course on HTML and CSS to illustrate how JavaScript components fit into a complete web application.As you learn the concepts, you can try them in your own editor or browser console to get a solid understanding of how they work and what they do. By the end of this JavaScript book, you will feel confident writing core JavaScript code and be equipped to progress to more advanced libraries, frameworks, and environments such as React, Angular, and Node.js.What you will learn* Use logic statements to make decisions within your code* Save time with JavaScript loops by avoiding writing the same code repeatedly* Use JavaScript functions and methods to selectively execute code* Connect to HTML5 elements and bring your own web pages to life with interactive content* Make your search patterns more effective with regular expressions* Explore concurrency and asynchronous programming to process events efficiently and improve performance* Get a head start on your next steps with primers on key libraries, frameworks, and APIsWho this book is forThis book is for people who are new to JavaScript (JS) or those looking to build up their skills in web development. Basic familiarity with HTML & CSS would be beneficial.Whether you are a junior or intermediate developer who needs an easy-to-understand practical guide for JS concepts, a developer who wants to transition into working with JS, or a student studying programming concepts using JS, this book will prove helpful.
JavaScript from Frontend to Backend
by
Delve into the world of web development with Vue.js, Node.js, and MongoDB by exploring essential JavaScript concepts on the client side and the server side Key Features Get up and running with JavaScript, the most popular web development language in the world Cut through the complexity and focus on the simple aspects of web development Build a simple web application using Vue.js, Node.js, and MongoDB Book Description JavaScript, the most widely used programming language in the world, has numerous libraries and modules and a dizzying array of need-to-know topics. Picking a starting point can be difficult. Enter JavaScript from Frontend to Backend. This concise, practical guide will get you up to speed in next to no time. This book begins with the basics of variables and objects in JavaScript and then moves quickly on to building components on the client-side with Vue.js and a simple list management application. After that, the focus shifts to the server-side and Node.js, where you'll examine the MVC model and explore the Express module. Once you've got to grips with the server-side and the client-side, the only thing that remains is the database. You'll discover MongoDB and the Mongoose module. In the final chapter of this fast-paced guide, you'll combine all these pieces to integrate a Vue.js application into a Node.js server, using Express to structure the server code and MongoDB to store the information. By the end of this book, you will have the skills and confidence to successfully implement JavaScript concepts in your own projects and begin your career as a JavaScript developer. What you will learn Trigger deferred processing with JavaScript Implement Express and MongoDB with Node.js Build components with Vue.js Understand how to create and use modules with Node.js Familiarize yourself with npm Build a client-side application entirely with JavaScript Dive into full stack development with Vue.js, Node.js, and MongoDB Who this book is for This book is for JavaScript developers looking to strengthen their core JavaScript concepts and implement them in building full stack apps. Prior knowledge of HTML and CSS is a must.
The Joy of JavaScript
by
The Joy of JavaScript introduces techniques that turn JavaScript programmers into JavaScript pros. Summary Whether building interactive browser-based applications or creating server-side applications in Node, JavaScript is the most widely used language for web programming. With new features, language improvements, paradigms, and potential use cases appearing regularly, there's never been a more exciting time to be a JavaScript developer. In The Joy of JavaScript, author and JavaScript expert Luis Atencio teaches you key design concepts that lead to clean, lean, modular, and easy-to-maintain code. Purchase of the print book includes a free eBook in PDF, Kindle, and ePub formats from Manning Publications. About the technology JavaScript is at the heart of web applications on the browser side and, via the popular Node.js runtime, it often powers the server side too. Simply put, the web runs on JavaScript. About the book The Joy of JavaScript introduces techniques that turn JavaScript programmers into JavaScript pros. You'll work with cutting edge APIs, language features, and coding styles to tackle tricky problems in an elegant manner. Along the way, you'll practice good object design, drive business logic with functional thinking, and untangle complex data flows. What's inside JavaScript's objects and module system Working with higher order functions Identifying and creating composable software Preparing for upcoming JavaScript features About the reader Written for experienced and passionate JavaScript developers. About the author Luis Atencio is a software engineer for Citrix Systems, author of Manning's Functional Programming in JavaScript, and co-author of Manning's RxJS in Action. Table of Contents 1 JavaScript reloaded PART 1 - OBJECTS 2 Inheritance-based object modeling 3 Linked, compositional object models PART 2 - FUNCTIONS 4 Writing composable, pure code 5 Higher-kinded composition PART 3 - CODE 6 ECMAScript Modules 7 Hooked on metaprogramming PART 4 - DATA 8 Linear async flows 9 Stream programming
Learn Enough JavaScript to Be Dangerous
by
All You Need to Know, and Nothing You Don't, to Write JavaScript for the Web and Beyond JavaScript plays a key role in modern software development, not only because it is the only language that runs inside virtually all web browsers, but also because it has become widely used for back-end and general-purpose development as well. Although JavaScript is a big language, you don't need to learn "everything" about it to get started, just how to use it efficiently to solve real problems. In Learn Enough JavaScript to Be Dangerous, renowned instructor Michael Hartl teaches the specific concepts, skills, and approaches you need to be professionally productive. Even if you've never programmed before, Hartl helps you quickly build technical sophistication and master the lore you need to succeed. Treating JavaScript as a general-purpose language right from the start, Hartl offers examples for creating dynamic effects in browsers and for writing scripts and modules using Node.js. Focused exercises help you internalize what matters, without wasting time on details pros don't care about. Soon, it'll be like you were born knowing this stuff--and you'll be suddenly, seriously dangerous. Learn enough about . . . Rapidly deploying a simple JavaScript app to the live Web Working with strings and other native JavaScript objects Applying functions and elegant, powerful functional-programming techniques Creating new objects with both properties and methods Writing tests and improving code with test-driven development (TDD) Developing and using self-contained, modular NPM software packages Adding interactivity with event listeners, dynamic HTML forms, and DOM manipulation Writing useful, nontrivial JavaScript shell scripts Building an industrial-grade interactive website with JavaScript, from start to finish Michael Hartl's Learn Enough series includes books and video courses that focus on the most important parts of each subject, so you don't have to learn everything to get started--you just have to learn enough to be dangerous and solve technical problems yourself. Register your book for convenient access to downloads, updates, and/or corrections as they become available. See inside book for details.
Learning JavaScript Design Patterns : a JavaScript and React developer's guide
by
Do you want to write beautiful, structured, and maintainable JavaScript by applying modern design patterns to the language? Do you want clean, efficient, manageable code? Want to stay up-to-date with the latest best practices? If so, the updated second edition of Learning JavaScript Design Patterns is the ideal place to start. Author Addy Osmani shows you how to apply modern design patterns to JavaScript and React--including modules, mixins, observers, and mediators. You'll learn about performance and rendering patterns such as server-side rendering and Islands architecture. You'll also learn how architectural patterns like MVC, MVP, and MVVM are useful from the perspective of a modern web application developer. This book explores: Architectural patterns for structuring your components and apps More than 20 design patterns in JavaScript and React, applicable for developers at any level Different pattern categories including creational, structural, and behavioral Essential performance patterns including dynamic imports and code-splitting Rendering patterns such as server-side rendering, hydration, Islands architecture, and more Additionally, you'll explore modern JavaScript syntax like JavaScript modules, React patterns like Hooks, higher-order components (HOCs), and more, to stay ahead in the ever-evolving world of web development.
Learning PHP, MySQL & JavaScript
by
Build interactive, data-driven websites with the potent combination of open source technologies and web standards, even if you have only basic HTML knowledge. With the latest edition of this popular hands-on guide, you'll tackle dynamic web programming using the most recent versions of today's core technologies: PHP, MySQL, JavaScript, CSS, HTML5, jQuery, and the powerful React library.
Web designers will learn how to use these technologies together while picking up valuable web programming practices along the way, including how to optimize websites for mobile devices. You'll put everything together to build a fully functional social networking site suitable for both desktop and mobile browsers.
Learning TypeScript : enhance your web development skills using type-safe JavaScript
by
TypeScript has conquered the world of JavaScript: it's one of the world's fastest growing and most popular languages across developer surveys, widely used in consumer and business companies alike, and frequently credited for helping massive web applications scale. But what is TypeScript? How does it work, why does it work, and how can we use it? Learning TypeScript takes beginner to intermediate JavaScript programmers from knowing nothing about "types" or a "type system" to full mastery of the fundamentals of TypeScript. It's more than a means to find bugs and typos--it's a useful system for declaring the way our JavaScript should work and helping us stick to it.
Learn PHP 8 : using MySQL, JavaScript, CSS3, and HTML5
by
Write solid, secure, object-oriented code in the new PHP 8. In this book you will create a complete three-tier application using a natural process of building and testing modules within each tier. This practical approach teaches you about app development and introduces PHP features when they are actually needed rather than providing you with abstract theory and contrived examples. In Learn PHP 8, programming examples take advantage of the newest PHP features; you'll follow a learn-by-doing approach, which provides you with complete coding examples. "Do It" exercises in each chapter provide the opportunity to make adjustments to the example code. The end-of-chapter programming exercises allow you to develop your own applications using the algorithms demonstrated in the chapter. Each tier is logically and physically separated using object-oriented and dependency injection techniques, thus allowing independent tiers that can be updated with little or no effect on the other tiers. In addition to teaching good programming practices through OOP, there is a strong emphasis on creating secure code. As each chapter is completed, you'll have the opportunity to design and create an application reinforcing the concepts learned. You will: Program PHP 8 web applications Use interfaces, containers, and platforms Apply modular programming Manage data objects and use MySQL and other databases Work with multi-functional and secure user interfaces Handle logging exceptions and more
Learn to code with JavaScript
by
A hands-on, practical Introduction to coding! Do you want to learn to code? Perhaps you want to learn how to build the next social media sensation or blockbuster game? Or perhaps you just want to get some valuable coding experience under your belt? This easy-to-follow, practical, and fun guide is the perfect place to start on your coding journey. You'll be learning to program with JavaScript - the most popular programming language on Earth. And it runs in web browsers, making it particularly suited to creating web-based apps and games. But the principles and techniques that you'll learn will provide you with a foundation to go on and learn many other languages, too. You'll learn: Programming basics, including data types, variables and more How to use logic to control the flow of a program How to use loops to repeat code over and over again How to write functions that can be used to store code in reusable blocks How to store data in collections such as arrays, sets and maps How to create objects that store properties and actions And much more! Along the way, you'll build a collection of fun applications, including games and interactive web pages. Start learning to code today!
Mastering JavaScript Functional Programming
by
Apply functional programming techniques to write testable terser code for frontend and backend development with improved clarity, concurrency, and performance Purchase of the print or Kindle book includes a free PDF eBook Key Features: Apply functional programming concepts and techniques to everyday JavaScript or TypeScript programmingMaster functional programming in JavaScript and TypeScript to solve real-world development problemsApply functional programming to get better testable programs with higher modularity and reusability Book Description: Functional programming is a programming paradigm that uses functions for developing software. This book is filled with examples that enable you to leverage the latest JavaScript and TypeScript versions to produce modern and clean code, as well as teach you to how apply functional programming techniques to develop more efficient algorithms, write more concise code, and simplify unit testing. This book provides comprehensive coverage of the major topics in functional programming to produce shorter, clearer, and testable programs. You'll begin by getting to grips with writing and testing pure functions, reducing side effects, as well as other key features to make your applications functional in nature. The book specifically explores techniques to simplify coding, apply recursion, perform high-level coding, learn ways to achieve immutability, implement design patterns, and work with data types. By the end of this book, you'll have developed the practical programming skills needed to confidently enhance your applications by adding functional programming to wherever it's most suitable. What You Will Learn: Understand when to use functional programming versus classic object-oriented programmingUse declarative coding instead of imperative coding for clearer, more understandable codeKnow how to avoid side effects and create more reliable code with closures and immutable dataUse recursion to help design and implement more understandable solutions to complex problemsDefine functional programing data types with or without TypeScript, add type checking, and implement immutabilityApply advanced containers to get better structures to tackle errors and implement async programming Who this book is for: If you are a JavaScript or TypeScript developer looking to enhance your programming skills, then this book is for you. The book applies to both frontend developers working with frameworks such as React, Vue, or Angular as well as backend developers using Node.js or Deno.
OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II Exam Guide (Exam 1Z0-809)
by
This effective self-study guide covers every topic on the current version of the OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II exam Take the latest version of the OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II exam with complete confidence using the detailed information contained in this comprehensive test preparation system. Written by a team of expert authors, including two developers of the original SCJP exam, this authoritative guide offers complete coverage of every subject on the test and lays out essential Java programming skills. OCP Java SE 8 Programmer II Exam Guide (Exam 1Z0-809) is an integrated study system based on proven pedagogy. Throughout, step-by-step exercises; self-tests; and "Exam Watch," "Inside the Exam," and "On the Job" notes reinforce practical skills while fully preparing you for the challenging exam. In all, the book and accompanying digital content feature more than 250 practice questions that mirror those on the live test in tone, format, and content. *Provides 100% coverage of every objective on exam 1Z0-809 *Electronic content includes two complete practice exams and a secured book PDF *Written by expert team including the co-developers of the original SCJP exam
PHP & MySQL
by
PHP & MySQL: Novice to Ninja, 7th Edition is a hands-on guide to learning all the tools, principles, and techniques needed to build a professional web application using PHP & MySQL. Comprehensively updated to cover PHP 8 and modern best practice, this highly practical and fun book covers everything from installation through to creating a complete online content management system. Gain a thorough understanding of PHP syntax Master database design principles and SQL Write robust, maintainable, best practice code Build a working content management system (CMS) And much more!.
PHP 7 solutions : dynamic web design made easy
by
Make your websites more dynamic by adding a feedback form, creating a private area where members can upload images that are automatically resized, or perhaps storing all your content in a database in this fourth edition of David Powers' highly-respected PHP Solutions: Dynamic Web Design Made Easy. This examples-laden new edition has been updated by David to incorporate the latest techniques and changes to PHP including the arrival of PHP 7. In this book, new features include the spaceship and null coalesce operators, generators, using array shorthand syntax for list(), array dereferencing, and array unpacking with the splat operator. The problem is, you're not a programmer and the thought of writing code sends a chill up your spine. Or maybe you've dabbled a bit in PHP and MySQL, but you can't get past baby steps. If this describes you, then you've just found the right book. PHP and the MySQL database are deservedly the most popular combination for creating dynamic websites. They're free, easy to use, and provided by many web hosting companies in their standard packages. This book also covers MariaDB, a seamless replacement for MySQL that has been adopted on many web servers. Unfortunately, most PHP books either expect you to be an expert already or force you to go through endless exercises of little practical value. In contrast, this book gives you real value right away through a series of practical examples that you can incorporate directly into your sites, optimizing performance and adding functionality such as file uploading, email feedback forms, image galleries, content management systems, and much more. Each solution is created with not only functionality in mind, but also visual design. But this book doesn't just provide a collection of ready-made scripts: each PHP solution builds on what's gone before, teaching you the basics of PHP and database design quickly and painlessly. By the end of the book, you'll have the confidence to start writing your own scrip ts or--if you prefer to leave that task to others--to adapt existing scripts to your own requirements. Right from the start, you're shown how easy it is to protect your sites by adopting secure coding practices. You will: Design and build dynamic PHP-based web sites and applications Get started right away through practical examples that you can reuse Incorporate PHP 7 elements including arrays Work with the latest PHP 7 techniques, innovations, and best practices.
PHP 8 basics : for programming and web development
by
Take advantage of PHP 8's powerful features to create basic web applications, solve code tests (required for most job interviews nowadays), and begin moving towards more advanced PHP concepts. This book provides an introduction to PHP 8, including modules, attributes, JIT compiler, and union types, as well as related frameworks such as Symfony. You will explore fundamental PHP concepts through both practical and hands-on examples. You'll not only gain a solid understanding of PHP fundamentals, but will also be prepared to handle new concepts and technologies as they emerge. After working through the book and its associated demo code, you will be able to build your first basic web application. What You Will Learn Develop web applications with PHP 8 Use Vagrant, Docker, JSON API and more Work with data, form data, arrays, objections, exceptions, regex, and more Utilize PHP frameworks like Laravel and Symfony Who This Book Is For Those new to PHP 8 or PHP in general. Some prior experience in web development and DB handling is recommended.
PHP 8 for absolute beginners : basic website and web application development
by
Embark on a practical journey of building dynamic sites aided by multiple projects that can be easily adapted to real-world scenarios. This third edition will show you how to become a confident PHP developer, ready to take the next steps to being a Full Stack Developer and/or successful website or web application programmer. You won't be swamped with every detail of the full PHP language up front - instead, you'll be introduced to a small, versatile subset of PHP by learning to use it creatively to develop dynamic projects. You will see how to use variables, control structures, functions, and object-oriented programming. Secure programming techniques are used throughout the book to demonstrate the proper way to defend against hackers. You will learn how to plan and create MySQL/MariaDB databases and access them using PHP. During this process, you will be introduced to data objects, UI design concepts, and design patterns. Model-View-Controller (MVC) methodology will be used to keep a consistent logical design for each project. Four main projects will be introduced: an image gallery, a blogging system, a data management dashboard, and an interactive game. Initially, a general discussion of how operating systems make programming easier, more reliable, and efficient will be provided. A brief example will follow to demonstrate installation of the latest versions of Apache, PHP, and MySQL/MariaDB. Basic PHP logic will be used during the development of the first project, an image gallery. Once these concepts have been absorbed, a further review of additional concepts of PHP 8 will be discussed, followed by an extensive blogging system will use MVC to reinforce and introduce additional PHP techniques. You'll also discover the use of Google Charts to create a data management dashboard. Finally, you'll explore arrays in more depth by developing logic for a checkers game. Along the way, exercises and projects are provided to reinforce what has been learned.
PHP 8 programming tips, tricks and best practices : a practical guide offering insights into the new features and usage changes in PHP 8.X
by
Discover effective techniques, workarounds, and expert guidance for avoiding situations where your application might break following PHP 8 migration Key Features Get the hang of all the new features introduced in PHP 8 Learn how to detect potential code breaks and keep your application code running smoothly in PHP 8 Explore an exciting new trend - asynchronous PHP programming using Swoole and Fibers Book DescriptionThanks to its ease of use, PHP is a highly popular programming language used on over 78% of all web servers connected to the Internet. PHP 8 Programming Tips, Tricks, and Best Practices will help you to get up-to-speed with PHP 8 quickly. The book is intended for any PHP developer who wants to become familiar with the cool new features available in PHP 8, and covers areas where developers might experience backward compatibility issues with their existing code after a PHP 8 update. The book thoroughly explores best practices, and highlights ways in which PHP 8 enforces these practices in a much more rigorous fashion than its earlier versions. You'll start by exploring new PHP 8 features in the area of object-oriented programming (OOP), followed by enhancements at the procedural level. You'll then learn about potential backward compatible breaks and discover best practices for improving performance. The last chapter of the book gives you insights into PHP async, a revolutionary new way of programming, by providing detailed coverage and examples of asynchronous programming using the Swoole extension and Fibers. By the end of this PHP book, you'll not only have mastered the new features, but you'll also know exactly what to watch out for when migrating older PHP applications to PHP 8. What you will learn Gain a comprehensive understanding of the new PHP 8 object-oriented features Discover new PHP 8 procedural programming enhancements Understand improvements in error handling in PHP 8 Identify potential backward compatibility issues Avoid traps due to changes in PHP extensions Find out which features have been deprecated and/or removed in PHP 8 Become well-versed with programming best practices enforced by PHP 8 Who this book is for This book is for PHP developers at all levels who have experience in PHP 5 or above. If you're just getting started with PHP, you'll find the code examples useful for learning the language. Developers who have worked for a few months on one or more PHP projects will be able to apply the tips and techniques to the code at hand, while those with many years of PHP experience are sure to appreciate the concise coverage of new PHP 8 features.
PHP 8 quick scripting reference : a pocket guide to PHP web scripting
by
This pocket reference has been updated with the new PHP 8 release. It is a condensed, code-rich scripting and syntax handbook for the PHP scripting language. You won't find any technical jargon, bloated samples, drawn-out history lessons or witty stories in this book. What you will find is a web scripting language reference that is concise, to the point, and highly accessible. The book is packed with useful information and is a must-have for any PHP programmer or web developer. In it, you will find a concise reference to the PHP 8 scripting language syntax. It includes short, simple, and focused code examples; a well-laid-out table of contents; and a comprehensive index allowing easy review. PHP 8 Quick Scripting Reference presents the essentials of PHP in a well-organized format, including new features in PHP 8 such as the just in time (JIT) compiler, union types, nullsafe operator, null coalescing assignment operator, match expressions, named arguments, throw expressions, static return type, non-capturing catches, reclassified engine warnings and constructor property promotion. You will: Discover what is new in PHP 8 and how to get started with it Work with variables, operators, strings, arrays, conditionals, loops, and other constructs Group and reuse code with functions, methods, and namespaces Use object-oriented features such as classes, inheritance, abstract classes, and interfaces Import files and retrieve user data Make use of type declarations and type conversions Test variables, create references, and use overloading methods Store user data with cookies and sessions Deal with errors through error handling, exception handling, and assertions.
PHP 8 solutions : dynamic web design and development made easy
by
Make your websites more dynamic by adding a feedback form, creating a private area where members can upload images that are automatically resized, or storing all your content in a database. David Powers has updated his definitive book to incorporate the latest techniques and changes to PHP with the arrival of PHP 8. New features include named attributes, constructor property promotion, the stricter and more concise match expression, union types, and more. The problem is, you're not a programmer and the thought of writing code sends a chill up your spine. Or maybe you've dabbled a bit in PHP and MySQL, but you can't get past baby steps. If this describes you, then you've just found the right book. PHP powers four out of every five websites that use a server-side language. In combination with the MySQL database it's ideal for creating dynamic websites. PHP and MySQL are free, easy to use, and provided by many web hosting companies in their standard packages. This book also covers MariaDB, a seamless replacement for MySQL that has been adopted on many web servers. Unfortunately, most PHP books either expect you to be an expert already or force you to go through endless exercises of little practical value. In contrast, this book gives you real value right away through a series of practical examples that you can incorporate directly into your sites, optimizing performance and adding functionality such as file uploading, email feedback forms, image galleries, content management systems, and much more. Each solution is created with not only functionality in mind, but also visual design. But this book doesn't just provide a collection of ready-made scripts: each PHP solution builds on what's gone before, teaching you the basics of PHP and database design quickly and painlessly. You'll learn how to optimize your code using object-oriented programming (OOP) techniques. By the end of the book, you'll have the confidence to start writing your own scripts or-if you prefer to leave that task to others-to adapt existing scripts to your own requirements. Right from the start, you're shown how easy it is to protect your sites by adopting secure coding practices. What You Will Learn Design and build dynamic PHP-based web sites and applications Get started right away through practical examples that you can reuse Incorporate PHP 8 elements including named attributes, constructor property promotion, and union types.
PHP Cookbook : modern code solutions for professional developers
by
If you're a PHP developer looking for proven solutions to common problems, this cookbook provides code recipes to help you resolve numerous scenarios. By leveraging modern versions of PHP through version 8.1, these self-contained recipes provide fully realized solutions that can help you solve similar problems in your day-to-day work. Whether you're new to development or merely new to PHP, these recipes will help you unpack the most powerful features of this programming language. Author Eric Mann, a regular contributor to php[architec magazine, frequently makes presentations on software architecture and has built scalable projects for startups and Fortune 500 companies alike. Learn the type system of modern PHP Build efficient applications composed of functions and objects Understand key concepts such as encryption, error handling, debugging, and performance tuning Explore the PHP package/extension ecosystem Learn how to build basic web and basic command-line applications Work securely with files on a machine, both encrypted and in plain text
PHP in Easy Steps, 4th Edition Updated for PHP 8
by
PHP in easy steps, 4th edition demonstrates every aspect of the language you'll need to produce professional web programming results. Its examples provide clear syntax-highlighted code, which is freely downloadable, showing PHP language basics including variables, arrays, logic, looping, functions and classes. Install a free web server and the PHP interpreter to create an environment in which you can produce your own data-driven web pages. Write PHP server-side scripts; master PHP operators and control structures; process HTML form data; get cookies and session data; access Web Services APIs over HTTP... and much more! PHP in easy steps, 4th edition is ideal for PHP newbies who want to quickly learn the fundamentals of server-side programming with PHP and create interactive web pages. Also, useful for PHP pros who want to grasp the new PHP 8 features and achieve optimum performance! Updated for PHP 8.
The PHP Workshop
by
Get to grips with the fundamentals of PHP programming and learn to build dynamic, testable PHP web applications with the help of real-world examples and hands-on projects Key Features Start building modern and testable PHP web applications Master the basic syntax and fundamental features of PHP Implement object-oriented programming to write modular, well-structured code Book Description Do you want to build your own websites, but have never really been confident enough to turn your ideas into real projects? If your web development skills are a bit rusty, or if you've simply never programmed before, The PHP Workshop will show you how to build dynamic websites using PHP with the help of engaging examples and challenging activities. This PHP tutorial starts with an introduction to PHP, getting you set up with a productive development environment. You will write, execute, and troubleshoot your first PHP script using a built-in templating engine and server. Next, you'll learn about variables and data types, and see how conditions and loops help control the flow of a PHP program. Progressing through the chapters, you'll use HTTP methods to turn your PHP scripts into web apps, persist data by connecting to an external database, handle application errors, and improve functionality by using third-party packages. By the end of this Workshop, you'll be well-versed in web application development, and have the knowledge and skills to creatively tackle your own ambitious projects with PHP. What you will learn Set up a development environment and write your first PHP scripts Use inheritance, encapsulation, polymorphism and other OOP concepts Use HTTP and understand the request-response cycle of an application Perform file operations and interact with external databases Deal with application errors and handle exceptions Use third-party libraries and manage dependencies Connect your application to web services to allow for data exchange Who this book is for This book on PHP for beginners will help you if you're just getting started with PHP. Although prior programming experience is not necessary, a basic understanding of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript will help you grasp the concepts covered more easily.
Practical machine learning in Javascript : tensorflow.js for web developers
by
Build machine learning web applications without having to learn a new language. This book will help you develop basic knowledge of machine learning concepts and applications. You'll learn not only theory, but also dive into code samples and example projects with TensorFlow.js. Using these skills and your already honed skills as a web developer, you'll add a whole new field of development to your skill set. This will give you a more concrete understanding of the possibilities offered by machine learning. Discover how ML will impact the future of not just programming in general, but web development specifically. Get started in machine learning with web technologies. Machine learning is currently one of the most exciting technology fields with the potential to impact industries from health to home automation to retail, and even art. Google has now introduced TensorFlow.js--an iteration of TensorFlow aimed directly at web developers. Practical Machine Learning in JavaScript will help you stay relevant in the tech industry with new tools, trends, and best practices. You will: Use the JavaScript framework for ML Build machine learning applications for the web Develop dynamic and intelligent web content.
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers
by
Update your skill set for ES 6 and 7 with the ultimate JavaScript guide for pros Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the essential guide to next-level JavaScript development. Written for intermediate-to-advanced programmers, this book jumps right into the technical details to help you clean up your code and become a more sophisticated JavaScript developer. From JavaScript-specific object-oriented programming and inheritance, to combining JavaScript with HTML and other markup languages, expert instruction walks you through the fundamentals and beyond. This new fourth edition has been updated to cover ECMAScript 6 and 7 (also known as ES2015 and ES2016) and the major re-imagination and departure from ES 5.1; new frameworks and libraries, new techniques, new testing tools, and more are explained in detail for the professional developer, with a practical focus that helps you put your new skills to work on real-world projects. The latest--and most dramatic--ES release is already being incorporated into JavaScript engines in major browsers; this, coupled with the rise in mobile web traffic increasing demand for responsive, dynamic web design, means that all web developers need to update their skills--and this book is your ideal resource for quick, relevant guidance. Get up to date with ECMAScript 6 and 7, new frameworks, and new libraries Delve into web animation, emerging APIs, and build systems Test more effectively with mocks, unit tests, functional tests, and other tools Plan your builds for future ES releases Even if you think you know JavaScript, new ES releases bring big changes that will affect the way you work. For a professional-level update that doesn't waste time on coding fundamentals, Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the ultimate resource to bring you up to speed.
Programming for absolute beginners : using the JavaScript programming language
by
New programmers start here...this book introduces students or aspiring professionals to the world of computer programming using JavaScript and related technologies. This book doesn't just teach the basics of programming, but also all of the tools that new programmers need to get started, including the basics of making web pages and how the Internet works. Programming for Absolute Beginners offers practice problems, activities, and a host of resources to get new programmers started, plus a large glossary of terms introduced in the book and that a new programmer might encounter when learning on their own. No special software is required; this book will help you regardless of what your computer setup is, and source code will be freely available via GitHub. What You Will Learn How computers work How computers communicate over networks How web pages are built with HTML and CSS How JavaScript works How JavaScript interacts with web pages Intermediate JavaScript topics such as recursion and scoping Using JavaScript for network communication Who This Book Is For Anyone wanting to begin computer programming, including students who need to learn the fundamentals and early professionals who want to go back and revisit the basics.
Programming PHP : creating dynamic web pages
by
"Why is PHP the most widely used programming language on the web? This updated edition teaches everything you need to know to create effective web applications using the latest features in PHP 7.4. You'll start with the big picture and then dive into language syntax, programming techniques, and other details, using examples that illustrate both correct usage and common idioms. If you have a working knowledge of HTML, authors Kevin Tatroe and Peter MacIntyre provide many style tips and practical programming advice in a clear and concise manner to help you become a top-notch PHP programmer."-- Provided by publisher
Pro PHP 8 MVC : model view controller architecture-driven application development
by
Examine the building blocks that make any good MVC framework using PHP 8. This book exposes all the considerations that many developers take for granted when using a popular framework, and teaches you how to make this MVC framework your own. You'll quickly get started writing your first bit of framework code, then, you build a variety of examples using aspects of an MVC framework, including a router, a template engine, a database library, a persistence engine (ORM), and a testing framework. In the next section, you'll implement sessions, caches, file systems, queues, logging, and mail. You'll wrap up by building a larger scale sample web application: a sales website for a company that sells rockets. Along the way, this book lays bare all the secret parts of MVC to take with you to apply to your own PHP-based MVC projects. You will: Build PHP-based web applications using the model view controller (MVC) architecture Write your first bit of framework code Compare the code you write with how the popular frameworks do the same kinds of things Create various aspects of applications, engines, and other frameworks Wrap up with a sample case study application.
Pro Spring MVC with WebFlux
by
Explore the designs of the Spring MVC and WebFlux frameworks, and apply similar designs and techniques to your own code. Along with detailed analysis of the code and functionality, this book includes numerous tips and tricks to help you get the most out of Spring MVC, WebFlux, and Java-based web application development in general using Spring. You'll see how Spring MVC is a modern web application framework built upon the latest Spring Framework 5 and Spring Boot 2. Spring MVC is suitable for building reusable web controller modules that encapsulate rich page navigation rules. Pro Spring MVC with WebFlux takes great care in covering every inch of Spring MVC with WebFlux to give you the complete picture. Along with all the best-known features of these frameworks, you'll discover some new hidden treasures. You'll also learn how to correctly and safely extend the frameworks to create customized solutions. This book is for anyone who wishes to write robust, modern, and useful web applications with the Spring Framework. After reading and using this book, you'll become proficient with Spring MVC and be able to apply it to your own Java web applications and microservices. What You Will Learn Use Spring MVC with WebFlux to build Java-based web applications Employ the various Spring MVC architectures Work with controllers and routing functions Build microservices and web services using Spring MVC and REST Create reactive web applications using Spring WebFlux Secure Spring MVC and Spring WebFlux Deploy your Spring MVC application to the cloud Who This Book Is For Those with at least some prior experience with Java web application development. Some previous experience with Spring Boot or the Spring Framework is recommended.
Pro Spring Security
by
Build and deploy secure Spring Framework and Spring Boot-based enterprise Java applications with the Spring Security Framework. This book explores a comprehensive set of functionalities to implement industry-standard authentication and authorization mechanisms for Java applications. Pro Spring Security, Second Edition has been updated to incorporate the changes in Spring Framework 5 and Spring Boot 2. It is an advanced tutorial and reference that guides you through the implementation of the security features for a Java web application by presenting consistent examples built from the ground up. This book also provides you with a broader look into Spring security by including up-to-date use cases such as building a security layer for RESTful web services and Grails applications. What You Will Learn Explore the scope of security and how to use the Spring Security Framework Master Spring security architecture and design Secure the web tier in Spring Work with alternative authentication providers Take advantage of business objects and logic security Extend Spring security with other frameworks and languages Secure the service layer Who This Book Is For Experienced Spring and Java developers with prior experience in building Spring Framework or Boot-based applications.
Real-World Software Development
by
Explore the latest Java-based software development techniques and methodologies through the project-based approach in this practical guide. Unlike books that use abstract examples and lots of theory, Real-World Software Development shows you how to develop several relevant projects while learning best practices along the way. With this engaging approach, junior developers capable of writing basic Java code will learn about state-of-the-art software development practices for building modern, robust and maintainable Java software. You'll work with many different software development topics that are often excluded from software develop how-to references. Featuring real-world examples, this book teaches you techniques and methodologies for functional programming, automated testing, security, architecture, and distributed systems.
Software Architecture with Spring 5. 0
by
Discover how different software architectural models can help you solve problems, and learn best practices for the software development cycle Key Features Learn concepts related to software architecture and embrace them using the latest features of Spring 5 Discover architectural models and learn when to apply them Gain knowledge of architectural principles and how they can be used to provide accountability and rationale for architectural decisions Book Description Spring 5 and its ecosystem can be used to build robust architectures effectively. Software architecture is the underlying piece that helps us accomplish our business goals whilst supporting the features that a product demands. This book explains in detail how to choose the right architecture and apply best practices during your software development cycle to avoid technical debt and support every business requirement. Choosing the right architecture model to support your business requirements is one of the key decisions you need to take when a new product is being created from scratch or is being refactored to support new business demands. This book gives you insights into the most common architectural models and guides you when and where they can be used. During this journey, you'll see cutting-edge technologies surrounding the Spring products, and understand how to use agile techniques such as DevOps and continuous delivery to take your software to production effectively. By the end of this book, you'll not only know the ins and outs of Spring, but also be able to make critical design decisions that surpass your clients' expectations. What you will learn Understand the key principles of software architecture Uncover the most common architectural models available Analyze scenarios where an architecture model should be used Implement agile techniques to take your software to production Secure the products you are working on Master tricks that will help you build high-performant applications Use cutting-edge technologies to build products Who this book is for If you're an experienced Spring developer aspiring to become an architect of enterprise-grade applications, this book is for you. It's also ideal for software architects who want to leverage Spring to create effective application blueprints.
Spring: Developing Java Applications for the Enterprise
by
Leverage the power of Spring MVC, Spring Boot, Spring Cloud, and additional popular web frameworks
Test-Driven Java Development, Second Edition
by
This book will teach the concepts of test driven development in Java so you can build clean, maintainable and robust code Key Features Explore the most popular TDD tools and frameworks and become more proficient in building applications Create applications with better code design, fewer bugs, and higher test coverage, enabling you to get them to market quickly Implement test-driven programming methods into your development workflows Book Description Test-driven development (TDD) is a development approach that relies on a test-first procedure that emphasizes writing a test before writing the necessary code, and then refactoring the code to optimize it.The value of performing TDD with Java, one of the longest established programming languages, is to improve the productivity of programmers and the maintainability and performance of code, and develop a deeper understanding of the language and how to employ it effectively. Starting with the basics of TDD and understanding why its adoption is beneficial, this book will take you from the first steps of TDD with Java until you are confident enough to embrace the practice in your day-to-day routine.You'll be guided through setting up tools, frameworks, and the environment you need, and we will dive right into hands-on exercises with the goal of mastering one practice, tool, or framework at a time. You'll learn about the Red-Green-Refactor procedure, how to write unit tests, and how to use them as executable documentation.With this book, you'll also discover how to design simple and easily maintainable code, work with mocks, utilize behavior-driven development, refactor old legacy code, and release a half-finished feature to production with feature toggles.You will finish this book with a deep understanding of the test-driven development methodology and the confidence to apply it to application programming with Java. What you will learn Explore the tools and frameworks required for effective TDD development Perform the Red-Green-Refactor process efficiently, the pillar around which all other TDD procedures are based Master effective unit testing in isolation from the rest of your code Design simple and easily maintainable code by implementing different techniques Use mocking frameworks and techniques to easily write and quickly execute tests Develop an application to implement behavior-driven development in conjunction with unit testing Enable and disable features using feature toggles Who this book is for If you're an experienced Java developer and want to implement more effective methods of programming systems and applications, then this book is for you.
Testing JavaScript Applications
by
Testing JavaScript Applications teaches you how to implement an automated testing plan for JavaScript-based web applications. Summary Automated testing will help you write high-quality software in less time, with more confidence, fewer bugs, and without constant manual oversight. Testing JavaScript Applications is a guide to building a comprehensive and reliable JS application testing suite, covering both how to write tests and how JS testing tools work under the hood. You'll learn from Lucas de Costa, a core contributor to popular JS testing libraries, as he shares a quality mindset for making testing decisions that deliver a real contribution to your business. You'll benefit from informative explanations and diagrams, easily-transferable code samples, and useful tips on using the latest and most consolidated libraries and frameworks of the JavaScript ecosystem. Purchase of the print book includes a free eBook in PDF, Kindle, and ePub formats from Manning Publications. About the technology Automated testing is essential to delivering good JavaScript applications every time. A complete testing strategy needs to cover functions in isolation, integration between different parts of your code, and correctness from the end user's perspective. This book will teach you how to deliver reliable software quickly and confidently. About the book Testing JavaScript Applications teaches you how to implement an automated testing plan for JavaScript-based web applications. It describes practical testing strategies, covers useful tools and libraries, and explains how to foster a culture of quality. In this clearly-written, example-rich book, you'll explore approaches for both backend and frontend applications and learn how to validate your software much more quickly and reliably. What's inside Unit, end-to-end, and integration testing Managing test cost and complexity Practicing test-driven development Dealing with external dependencies Tools like like Jest and Cypress About the reader For junior JavaScript developers. About the author Lucas da Costa is a core maintainer of Chai and Sinon.JS, two of the most popular testing tools in the JavaScript ecosystem, and contributed to numerous other open-source projects, including Jest. Table of Contents PART 1 - TESTING JAVASCRIPT APPLICATIONS 1 An introduction to automated testing 2 What to test and when? Part 2 - WRITING TESTS 3 Testing techniques 4 Testing backend applications 5 Advanced backend testing techniques 6 Testing frontend applications 7 The React testing ecosystem 8 Testing React applications 9 Test-driven development 10 UI-based end-to-end testing 11 Writing UI-based end-to-end tests PART 3 - BUSINESS IMPACT 12 Continuous integration and continuous delivery 13 A culture of quality
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies
by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
In this information-filled world, technology has helped organized these data into useful knowledge for decision making purposes. Programmers are constantly challenged on how to to organize massive data that will be able to give out quality, and timely reports. In this course, the student will learn basic MSAccess, and mySQL, as used with all the other programming languages previously learned, to create, manipulate databases, and incorporate them into a web project from PROGRA1.
Access 2019 Bible
by
Master database creation and management Access 2019 Bible is your, comprehensive reference to the world's most popular database management tool. With clear guidance toward everything from the basics to the advanced, this go-to reference helps you take advantage of everything Access 2019 has to offer. Whether you're new to Access or getting started with Access 2019, you'll find everything you need to know to create the database solution perfectly tailored to your needs, with expert guidance every step of the way. The companion website features all examples and databases used in the book, plus trial software and a special offer from Database Creations. Start from the beginning for a complete tutorial, or dip in and grab what you need when you need it. Access enables database novices and programmers to store, organize, view, analyze, and share data, as well as build powerful, integrable, custom database solutions -- but databases can be complex, and difficult to navigate. This book helps you harness the power of the database with a solid understanding of their purpose, construction, and application. Understand database objects and design systems objects Build forms, create tables, manipulate datasheets, and add data validation Use Visual Basic automation and XML Data Access Page design Exchange data with other Office applications, including Word, Excel, and more From database fundamentals and terminology to XML and Web services, this book has everything you need to maximize Access 2019 and build the database you need.
Access 2019 for Dummies
by
Easy steps to practical databases People who really know how to build, populate, and simplify databases are few and far between. Access 2019 For Dummies is here to help you join the ranks of office heroes who possess these precious skills. This book offers clear and simple advice on how to build and operate databases as well as create simple forms, import data from outside sources, query databases for information, and share knowledge in reports. In short, it's the book that holds all the secrets behind the mysteries of Access! Build effective databases from the ground up Simplify your data entry with forms and tables Write queries that produce answers to your data questions Simplify input with forms There's no time like the present to get your hands on the insight that database beginners need to become Access gurus.
Learn PHP 7 : object oriented modular programming using HTML5, CSS3, Javascript, XML, JSON, and MySQL
by
This new book on PHP 7 introduces writing solid, secure, object-oriented code in the new PHP 7: you will create a complete three-tier application using a natural process of building and testing modules within each tier. This practical approach teaches you about app development and introduces PHP features when they are actually needed rather than providing you with abstract theory and contrived examples. In Learn PHP 7, programming examples take advantage of the newest PHP features, including enhanced password encryption using password_hash. This book takes a learn-by-doing approach, providing you with complete coding examples. "Do It" exercises in each chapter provide the opportunity to make adjustments to the example code. The end of chapter programming exercises allow you to develop your own applications using the algorithms demonstrated in the chapter. Each tier is logically and physically separated using object-oriented and dependency injection techniques, thus allowing independent tiers that can be updated with little or no effect on the other tiers. In addition to teaching good programming practices through OOP, there is a strong emphasis on creating secure code. As each chapter is completed, the reader is provide the opportunity to design and create an application reinforcing the concepts learned.
Office 2019 All-In-One for Dummies
by
One practical book that's ten books in one: Learn everything you need to know about Microsoft Office with one comprehensive guide on your bookshelf To know your way around all the applications within Microsoft Office would require you to be part mathematician, part storyteller, and part graphic designer--with some scheduling wizard and database architect sprinkled in. If these talents don't come naturally to you in equal measure, don't panic--Office 2019 All-in-One For Dummies can help. This hefty but easily accessible tome opens with Book 1, an overview of the Office suite of applications and tips for handling text and becoming more efficient. From there, you'll find a book on each of the suite's major applications: Word: Learn the basics of word processing with Word, plus lay out text and pages; use Word's styles and proofing tools; construct tables, reports, and scholarly papers; and become familiar with manipulating documents. Excel: In addition to refining your worksheets so they're easier to understand, you can also master formulas, functions, and data analysis. PowerPoint: Find out how to make your presentations come alive with text, graphics, backgrounds, audio, and video. This book also contains a chapter with guidance and tips for delivering presentations--in person or virtually. Outlook: From helping you to manage your contacts, inbox, calendar, and tasks, Outlook can organize your days and keep you working productively. Access: Not everyone needs to build and maintain databases, but if that's part of your job, this book has all the hands-on information you need to get going: Build a database table, enter data, sort and query data, and filter data into report format. Publisher: The Publisher book is a quick-and-dirty introduction into desktop publishing, helping you to design a publication using built-in color schemes, templates, fonts, and finishing touches like borders and backgrounds. The last three books cover material that applies to all the applications. Book 8 shows you how to create charts, handle graphics and photos, and draw lines and shapes. Book 9 provides a quick primer on customizing the Ribbon, the Quick Access toolbar, and the Status bar, and guidance on distributing your work (via printing, emailing, converting to PDF, and more). Finally, Book 10 wraps up with how to use OneDrive, especially for file sharing and online collaboration. If you need to make sense of Office and don't have time to waste, Office 2019 All-in-One For Dummies is the reference you'll want to keep close by!
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies
by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Practical Guide for Oracle SQL, T-SQL and MySQL
by
SQL is a widely used to access most databases, therefore database developers and system administrators should be familiar with it. This hands-on SQL book will help beginner and intermediate users to write queries that apply complex conditions on a table. The book's unique side by side approach makes it easy for the reader to learn three major query languages in the IT industry. The author has over 20 years of experience in database design. KEY FEATURES: Contains numerous practical screenshots of Oracle SQL, T-SQL, MySQL statements and results. Shows the differences between Oracle SQL, T-SQL and MySQL side by side. Gives a real world experience for SQL developers and database administrators. Sample data is available to work on (available on our website).
In this information-filled world, technology has helped organized these data into useful knowledge for decision making purposes. Programmers are constantly challenged on how to to organize massive data that will be able to give out quality, and timely reports. In this course, the student will learn basic MSAccess, and mySQL, as used with all the other programming languages previously learned, to create, manipulate databases, and incorporate them into a web project from PROGRA1.
Access 2019 Bible
by
Master database creation and management Access 2019 Bible is your, comprehensive reference to the world's most popular database management tool. With clear guidance toward everything from the basics to the advanced, this go-to reference helps you take advantage of everything Access 2019 has to offer. Whether you're new to Access or getting started with Access 2019, you'll find everything you need to know to create the database solution perfectly tailored to your needs, with expert guidance every step of the way. The companion website features all examples and databases used in the book, plus trial software and a special offer from Database Creations. Start from the beginning for a complete tutorial, or dip in and grab what you need when you need it. Access enables database novices and programmers to store, organize, view, analyze, and share data, as well as build powerful, integrable, custom database solutions -- but databases can be complex, and difficult to navigate. This book helps you harness the power of the database with a solid understanding of their purpose, construction, and application. Understand database objects and design systems objects Build forms, create tables, manipulate datasheets, and add data validation Use Visual Basic automation and XML Data Access Page design Exchange data with other Office applications, including Word, Excel, and more From database fundamentals and terminology to XML and Web services, this book has everything you need to maximize Access 2019 and build the database you need.
Access 2019 for Dummies
by
Easy steps to practical databases People who really know how to build, populate, and simplify databases are few and far between. Access 2019 For Dummies is here to help you join the ranks of office heroes who possess these precious skills. This book offers clear and simple advice on how to build and operate databases as well as create simple forms, import data from outside sources, query databases for information, and share knowledge in reports. In short, it's the book that holds all the secrets behind the mysteries of Access! Build effective databases from the ground up Simplify your data entry with forms and tables Write queries that produce answers to your data questions Simplify input with forms There's no time like the present to get your hands on the insight that database beginners need to become Access gurus.
Access for Dummies
by
Become a database boss --and have fun doing it--with this accessible and easy-to-follow guide to Microsoft Access Databases hold the key to organizing and accessing all your data in one convenient place. And you don't have to be a data science wizard to build, populate, and organize your own. With Microsoft Access For Dummies, you'll learn to use the latest version of Microsoft's Access software to power your database needs. Need to understand the essentials before diving in? Check out our Basic Training in Part 1 where we teach you how to navigate the Access workspace and explore the foundations of databases. Ready for more advanced tutorials? Skip right to the sections on Data Management, Queries, or Reporting where we walk you through Access's more sophisticated capabilities. Not sure if you have Access via Office 2021 or Office 365? No worries - this book covers Access now matter how you access it. The book also shows you how to: Handle the most common problems that Access users encounter Import, export, and automatically edit data to populate your next database Write powerful and accurate queries to find exactly what you're looking for, exactly when you need it Microsoft Access For Dummies is the perfect resource for anyone expected to understand, use, or administer Access databases at the workplace, classroom, or any other data-driven destination.
Advanced MySQL 8
by
Design cost-efficient database solutions, scale enterprise operations and reduce overhead business costs with MySQL Key Features Explore the new and advanced features of MySQL 8.0 Use advanced techniques to optimize MySQL performance Create MySQL-based applications for your enterprise with the help of practical examples Book Description Advanced MySQL 8 teaches you to enhance your existing database infrastructure and build various tools to improve your enterprise applications and overall website performance. The book starts with the new and exciting MySQL 8.0 features and how to utilize them for maximum efficiency. As you make your way through the chapters, you will learn to optimize MySQL performance using indexes and advanced data query techniques for large queries. You will also discover MySQL Server 8.0 settings and work with the MySQL data dictionary to boost the performance of your database. In the concluding chapters, you will cover MySQL 8.0 Group Replication, which will enable you to create elastic, highly available, and fault-tolerant replication topologies. You will also explore backup and recovery techniques for your databases and understand important tips and tricks to help your critical data reach its full potential. By the end of this book, you'll have learned about new MySQL 8.0 security features that allow a database administrator (DBA) to simplify user management and increase the security of their multi-user environments. What you will learn Explore new and exciting features of MySQL 8.0 Analyze and optimize large MySQL queries Understand MySQL Server 8.0 settings Master the deployment of Group Replication and use it in an InnoDB cluster Monitor large distributed databases Discover different types of backups and recovery methods for your databases Explore tips to help your critical data reach its full potential Who this book is for Advanced MySQL 8 is for database administrators, data architects, and database developers who want to dive deeper into building advanced database applications in the MySQL environment.
Beginning Jakarta EE web development : using JSP, JSF, MySQL, and Apache Tomcat for building Java web applications
by
Start building Java-based web applications now, even if youre a complete newcomer to Java. Comprehensive and example-driven, this book is all you need to develop dynamic Java-based web applications using JSP, connect to databases with JSF, and put them into action using the popular open source Java web server, Apache Tomcat. Beginning Jakarta EE Web Development is a comprehensive introduction to building Java-based web applications using JSP, JSF, MySQL, and the Apache Tomcat web application server. Other APIs including JSON, JSTL, and XML parser are covered along the way. Key concepts are made easy to grasp with numerous working examples and a walk-through of the development of a complete ecommerce project. This book is written for professionals by practicing Java web application professionals and experts. You will: Build Java-based web applications using JSP and JSF with Eclipse Jakarta EE Configure your database with MySQL Define XML documents for your applications Use the Apache MyFaces APIs to create JSF applications Integrate and implement JSF and JSP together Build an online ecommerce web application.
Database-driven web development : learn to operate at a professional level with PERL and MySQL
by
Learn to operate at a professional level with HTML, CSS, DOM, JavaScript, PERL and the MySQL database. With plain language explanations and step-by-step examples, you will understand the key facets of web development that today's employers are looking for. Encapsulating knowledge that is usually found in many books rather than one, this is your one-stop tutorial to becoming a web professional. You will learn how to use the PERL scripting language and the MySQL database to create powerful web applications. Each chapter will become progressively more challenging as you progress through experimentation and ultimately master database-driven web development via the web applications studied in the last chapters. Including practical tips and guidance gleaned from 20+ years of working as a web developer, Thomas Valentine provides you with all the information you need to prosper as a professional database-driven web professional. You will: Leverage standard web technologies to benefit a database-driven approach Create an effective web development workstation with databases in mind Use the PERL scripting language and the MySQL database effectively Maximize the Apache Web Server.
Efficient MySQL Performance
by
You'll find several books on basic or advanced MySQL performance, but nothing in between. That's because explaining MySQL performance without addressing its complexity is difficult. This practical book bridges the gap by teaching software engineers mid-level MySQL knowledge beyond the fundamentals, but well shy of deep-level internals required by database administrators (DBAs). Daniel Nichter shows you how to apply the best practices and techniques that directly affect MySQL performance. You'll learn how to improve performance by analyzing query execution, indexing for common SQL clauses and table joins, optimizing data access, and understanding the most important MySQL metrics. You'll also discover how replication, transactions, row locking, and the cloud influenceMySQL performance. Understand why query response time is the North Star of MySQL performance Learn query metrics in detail, including aggregation, reporting, and analysis See how to index effectively for common SQL clauses and table joins Explore the most important server metrics and what they reveal about performance Dive into transactions and row locking to gain deep, actionable insight Achieve remarkable MySQL performance at any scale
High Performance MySQL
by
How can you realize MySQL's full power? With High Performance MySQL, you'll learn advanced techniques for everything from setting service-level objectives to designing schemas, indexes, and queries to tuning your server, operating system, and hardware to achieve your platform's full potential. This guide also teaches database administrators safe and practical ways to scale applications through replication, load balancing, high availability, and failover. Updated to reflect recent advances in cloud- and self-hosted MySQL, InnoDB performance, and new features and tools, this revised edition helps you design a relational data platform that will scale with your business. You'll learn best practices for database security along with hard-earned lessons in both performance and database stability. Dive into MySQL's architecture, including key facts about its storage engines Learn how server configuration works with your hardware and deployment choices Make query performance part of your software delivery process Examine enhancements to MySQL's replication and high availability Compare different MySQL offerings in managed cloud environments Explore MySQL's full stack optimization from application-side configuration to server tuning Turn traditional database management tasks into automated processes
Introducing Microsoft Access using macro programming techniques
by
Learn Microsoft Access by building a powerful database application from start to finish. Microsoft Access ships with every version of Office, from Office 2019 to Office 365 Home and Personal editions. Most people understand the value of having a reliable contact database, but few realize that Access can be an incredibly valuable data tool and an excellent gateway for learning database development. Introducing Microsoft Access Using Macro Programming Techniques approaches database development from a practical and experiential standpoint. You will learn important data concepts as you journey through each step of creating a database using Access. The example you will build takes advantage of a massive amount of data from an external source of nutritional data (USDA). You will leverage this freely available repository of information in multiple ways, putting Access to the test in creating powerful business solutions that you can then apply to your own data sets. The tables and records in this database will be used to demonstrate key relational principles in Access, including how to use the relationship window to understand the relationships between tables and how to create different objects such as queries, forms, reports, and macros. Using this approach, you will learn how desktop database development can be a powerful solution to meet your business needs. What You Will Learn Discover the relational database and how it is different from other databases Create database tables and establish relationships between them to create a solid relational database system Understand the concept and importance of referential integrity (RI) in data and databases Use different types of Access queries to extract the information you need from the database Show database information in individual, customized windows using Access Forms Present insightful information about the database using Access Reports Automate your database solutions with macros This book is for anyone who wants to learn how to build a database using Microsoft Access to create customized solutions. It is also useful for those working in IT managing large contact data sets (healthcare, retail, etc.) who need to learn the basics in order to create a professional database solution. Readers should have access to some version of Microsoft Access in order to perform the exercises in this book. Flavio Morgado is a food engineer with an MSc. degree in food science and technology, a VBA professional developer, and a professor of epidemiology, statistics, and medical informatics at UNIFESO, a health sciences university in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Flavio has written more than 30 books, including Programming Excel with VBA (Apress) and Microsoft Word Secrets (Apress), and has translated many technical books. He also loves animals and the exquisite nature of the surrounding rainforest, and when he is not teaching, writing, or developing, he can be found running or riding his mountain bike through the Teresopolis Mountains, followed by his eight dogs, or spending time on the stunningly beautiful beaches of Cabo Frio in Rio de Janeiro.
Introducing MySQL Shell : administration made easy with Python
by
Use MySQL Shell, the first modern and advanced client for connecting to and interacting with MySQL. It supports SQL, Python, and JavaScript. Thats right! You can write Python scripts and execute them within the shell interactively, or in batch mode. The level of automation available from Python combined with batch mode is especially helpful to those practicing DevOps methods in their database environments. Introducing MySQL Shell covers everything you need to know about MySQL Shell. You will learn how to use the shell for SQL, as well as the new application programming interfaces for working with a document store and even automating your management of MySQL servers using Python. The book includes a look at the supporting technologies and concepts such as JSON, schema-less documents, NoSQL, MySQL Replication, Group Replication, InnoDB Cluster, and more. MySQL Shell is the client that developers and database administrators have been waiting for. Far more powerful than the legacy client, MySQL Shell enables levels of automation that are useful not only for MySQL, but in the broader context of your career as well. Automate your work and build skills in one of the most in-demand languages. With MySQL Shell, you can do both! What You'll Learn: Use MySQL Shell with the newest features in MySQL 8 Discover what a Document Store is and how to manage it with MySQL Shell Configure Group Replication and InnoDB Cluster from MySQL Shell Understand the new MySQL Python application programming interfaces Write Python scripts for managing your data and the MySQL high availability features.
Learning MySQL
by
Get a comprehensive overview on how to set up and design an effective database with MySQL. This thoroughly updated edition covers MySQL's latest version, including its most important aspects. Whether you're deploying an environment, troubleshooting an issue, or engaging in disaster recovery, this practical guide provides the insights and tools necessary to take full advantage of this powerful RDBMS. Authors Vinicius Grippa and Sergey Kuzmichev from Percona show developers and DBAs methods for minimizing costs and maximizing availability and performance. You'll learn how to perform basic and advanced querying, monitoring and troubleshooting, database management and security, backup and recovery, and tuning for improved efficiency. This edition includes new chapters on high availability, load balancing, and using MySQL in the cloud. Get started with MySQL and learn how to use it in production Deploy MySQL databases on bare metal, on virtual machines, and in the cloud Design database infrastructures Code highly efficient queries Monitor and troubleshoot MySQL databases Execute efficient backup and restore operations Optimize database costs in the cloud Understand database concepts, especially those pertaining to MySQL
Learning PHP, MySQL & JavaScript
by
Build interactive, data-driven websites with the potent combination of open source technologies and web standards, even if you have only basic HTML knowledge. With the latest edition of this popular hands-on guide, you'll tackle dynamic web programming using the most recent versions of today's core technologies: PHP, MySQL, JavaScript, CSS, HTML5, jQuery, and the powerful React library.
Web designers will learn how to use these technologies together while picking up valuable web programming practices along the way, including how to optimize websites for mobile devices. You'll put everything together to build a fully functional social networking site suitable for both desktop and mobile browsers.
Learn PHP 8 : using MySQL, JavaScript, CSS3, and HTML5
by
Write solid, secure, object-oriented code in the new PHP 8. In this book you will create a complete three-tier application using a natural process of building and testing modules within each tier. This practical approach teaches you about app development and introduces PHP features when they are actually needed rather than providing you with abstract theory and contrived examples. In Learn PHP 8, programming examples take advantage of the newest PHP features; you'll follow a learn-by-doing approach, which provides you with complete coding examples. "Do It" exercises in each chapter provide the opportunity to make adjustments to the example code. The end-of-chapter programming exercises allow you to develop your own applications using the algorithms demonstrated in the chapter. Each tier is logically and physically separated using object-oriented and dependency injection techniques, thus allowing independent tiers that can be updated with little or no effect on the other tiers. In addition to teaching good programming practices through OOP, there is a strong emphasis on creating secure code. As each chapter is completed, you'll have the opportunity to design and create an application reinforcing the concepts learned. You will: Program PHP 8 web applications Use interfaces, containers, and platforms Apply modular programming Manage data objects and use MySQL and other databases Work with multi-functional and secure user interfaces Handle logging exceptions and more
Microsoft 365 Fundamental Guide over 100 tips and tricks to help you get up and running with m365 quickly
by
Become a Microsoft 365 superuser and overcome challenges using the wide range of features offered by Microsoft 365 apps including SharePoint, Teams, Power Automate, Planner, and To-Do Key Features Enhance your productivity with this consolidated guide to using all the tools available in Microsoft 365 Improve your collaboration and maximize efficiency using various M365 features Integrate project, task, and people management within one ecosystem Book Description With its extensive set of tools and features for improving productivity and collaboration, Microsoft 365 is being widely adopted by organizations worldwide. This book will help not only developers but also business people and those working with information to discover tips and tricks for making the most of the apps in the Microsoft 365 suite. The Microsoft 365 Fundamentals Guide is a compendium of best practices and tips to leverage M365 apps for effective collaboration and productivity. You'll find all that you need to work efficiently with the apps in the Microsoft 365 family in this complete, quick-start guide that takes you through the Microsoft 365 apps that you can use for your everyday activities. You'll learn how to boost your personal productivity with Microsoft Delve, MyAnalytics, Outlook, and OneNote. To enhance your communication and collaboration with teams, this book shows you how to make the best use of Microsoft OneDrive, Whiteboard, SharePoint, and Microsoft Teams. You'll also be able to be on top of your tasks and your team's activities, automating routines, forms, and apps with Microsoft Planner, To-Do, Power Automate, Power Apps, and Microsoft Forms. By the end of this book, you'll have understood the purpose of each Microsoft 365 app, when and how to use it, and learned tips and tricks to achieve more with M365. What you will learn Understand your Microsoft 365 apps better Apply best practices to boost your personal productivity Find out how to improve communications and collaboration within your teams Discover how to manage tasks and automate processes Get to know the features of M365 and how to implement them in your daily activities Build an integrated system for clear and effective communication Who this book is for Whether you're new to Microsoft 365 or an existing user looking to explore its wide range of features, you'll find this book helpful. Get started using this introductory guide or use it as a handy reference to explore the features of Microsoft 365. All you need is a basic understanding of computers.
MySQL 8 query performance tuning
by
Identify, analyze, and improve poorly performing queries that damage user experience and lead to lost revenue for your business. This book will help you make query tuning an integral part of your daily routine through a multi-step process that includes monitoring of execution times, identifying candidate queries for optimization, analyzing their current performance, and improving them to deliver results faster and with less overhead. Author Jesper Krogh systematically discusses each of these steps along with the data sources and the tools used to perform them. MySQL 8 Query Performance Tuning aims to help you improve query performance using a wide range of strategies. You will know how to analyze queries using both the traditional EXPLAIN command as well as the new EXPLAIN ANALYZE tool. You also will see how to use the Visual Explain feature to provide a visually-oriented view of an execution plan. Coverage of indexes includes indexing strategies and index statistics, and you will learn how histograms can be used to provide input on skewed data distributions that the optimizer can use to improve query performance. You will learn about locks, and how to investigate locking issues. And you will come away with an understanding of how the MySQL optimizer works, including the new hash join algorithm, and how to change the optimizer's behavior when needed to deliver faster execution times. You will gain the tools and skills needed to delight application users and to squeeze the most value from corporate computing resources. What You Will Learn Monitor query performance to identify poor performers Choose queries to optimize that will provide the greatest gain Analyze queries using tools such as EXPLAIN ANALYZE and Visual Explain Improve slow queries through a wide range of strategies Properly deploy indexes and histograms to aid in creating fast execution plans Understand and analyze locks to resolve contention and increase throughput Who This Book Is For Database administrators and SQL developers who are familiar with MySQL and need to participate in query tuning. While some experience with MySQL is required, no prior knowledge of query performance tuning is needed.
MySQL concurrency : locking and transactions for MySQL developers and DBAs
by
Know how locks work in MySQL and how they relate to transactions. This book explains the major role that locks play in database systems, showing how locks are essential in allowing high-concurrency workloads. You will learn about lock access levels and lock granularities from the user level as well as table locks to record and gap locks. Most importantly, the book covers troubleshooting techniques when locking becomes a pain point. Several of the lock types in MySQL have a duration of a transaction. For this reason, it is important to understand how transactions work. This book covers the basics of transactions as well as transaction isolation levels and how they affect locking. The book is meant to be your go-to resource for solving locking contention and similar problems in high-performance MySQL database applications. Detecting locking issues when they occur is the first key to resolving such issues. MySQL Concurrency provides techniques for detecting locking issues such as contention. The book shows how to analyze locks that are causing contention to see why those locks are in place. A collection of six comprehensive case studies combine locking and transactional theory with realistic lock conflicts. The case studies walk you through the symptoms to look for in order to identify which issue you are facing, the cause of the conflict, its analysis, solution, and how to prevent the issue in the future. You will: Understand which lock types exist in MySQL and how they are used Choose the best transaction isolation level for a given transaction Detect and analyze lock contention when it occurs Reduce locking issues in your applications Resolve deadlocks between transactions Resolve InnoDB record-level locking issues Resolve issues from metadata and schema locks.
MySQL Cookbook : solutions for database developers and administrators
by
For MySQL, the price of popularity comes with a flood of questions from users on how to solve specific data-related issues. That's where this cookbook comes in. When you need quick solutions or techniques, this handy resource provides scores of short, focused pieces of code, hundreds of worked-out examples, and clear, concise explanations for programmers who don't have the time (or expertise) to resolve MySQL problems from scratch. In this updated fourth edition, authors Sveta Smirnova and Alkin Tezuysal provide more than 200 recipes that cover powerful features in both MySQL 5.7 and 8.0. Beginners as well as professional database and web developers will dive into topics such as MySQL Shell, MySQL replication, and working with JSON. You'll learn how to: Connect to a server, issue queries, and retrieve results Retrieve data from the MySQL Server Store, retrieve, and manipulate strings Work with dates and times Sort query results and generate summaries Assess the characteristics of a dataset Write stored functions and procedures Use stored routines, triggers, and scheduled events Perform basic MySQL administration tasks Understand MySQL monitoring fundamentals.
MySQL crash course : a hands-on introduction to database development
by
"Covers all things MySQL from the basics of creating a table to the complexities of managing an entire database. Teaches how to build efficient databases through examples, exercises, and three hands-on projects. Topics include creating simple databases and tables, updating and deleting data, working with multiple tables, and avoiding common mishaps"-- Provided by publisher.
MySQL database service revealed
by
Access all the information you need to begin using the MySQL Database Service (MDS) in the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI). MDS is Oracle’s new platform as a service (PAAS) offering for open-source database users. This book covers getting started with an account in OCI, gives a brief overview of OCI services available, and provides a short tutorial on MDS. Reading this book helps you take advantage of the powerful OCI features by building your own MySQL database in the cloud. Examples in this book center around running MDS in OCI, and include several of the popular use cases as well as advice on how to implement them. In addition, you will learn more about the related MDS OCI features, such as the high availability features currently available. Finally, you will learn how to back up and restore your data as well as how to get your data into and out of the cloud. The skills you learn in this book will help you get started using MDS and letting Oracle do the heavy lifting of managing MDS operations and implementation.
The MySQL Workshop
by
Cut through the noise and get real results with a step-by-step approach to learning MySQL programming.
Office 365 All-In-One for Dummies
by
Multiply your productivity with the world's most straightforward guide to the world's most popular office software Microsoft Office 365 contains straightforward tools for virtually every office task you could possibly think of. And learning how to use this powerful software is much easier than you might expect! With the latest edition of Office 365 All-in-One For Dummies, you'll get a grip on some of the most popular and effective office software on the planet, including Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, Access, Publisher, and Teams. This expanded handbook walks you through the ins and outs of reviewing and composing documents with Word, hosting and joining meetings with Teams, crunching numbers with Excel, and answering emails with Outlook. And it's ideal for anyone who's brand new to Office and those who just need a quick refresher on the latest useful updates from Microsoft. In this one-stop reference, you'll find: Step-by-step instructions on the installation, maintenance, and navigation of all the critical components of Office 365 Guidance for using Office 365's built-in online and cloud functionality Complete explanations of what every part of Office 365 is used for and how to apply them to your life Office 365 All-in-One For Dummies is the last handbook you'll ever need to apply Microsoft's world-famous software suite to countless everyday tasks.
Office 2021 All-In-One for Dummies
by
Say hello to Office productivity with this one-stop reference With Office 2021 All-in-One For Dummies, you can get up and running with Microsoft's legendary software suite. This update covers all the tweaks you can find in the latest version of Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and Teams. You'll also learn how to make these apps work harder for you, because we dig deep into the tips and features that casual Office users might not know about. This edition also offers expanded coverage of Teams and other collaborative tools, so you can nail working from home, or just get a few of those meetings out of the way without having to leave your desk. How can you quickly give documents the same format in Word? What was that one useful Excel function, again? And how does setting up a meeting on Teams work? Office 2021 All-in-One For Dummies serves up quick and simple answers to these questions, along with hundreds of other answers you're expected to know when you work in Office. Learn how Microsoft Office works and get the most out of Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and Teams Make amazing charts and graphs that you can plug into your documents, spreadsheets, and presentations Get better at working collaboratively with file sharing options and other neat features Do more, faster with expert tips and guidance on the full suite of Office software for 2021 Whether you're new to Office or just need a refresher for the newest updates, the nine mini-books inside are your keys to getting stuff done.
PHP & MySQL
by
PHP & MySQL: Novice to Ninja, 7th Edition is a hands-on guide to learning all the tools, principles, and techniques needed to build a professional web application using PHP & MySQL. Comprehensively updated to cover PHP 8 and modern best practice, this highly practical and fun book covers everything from installation through to creating a complete online content management system. Gain a thorough understanding of PHP syntax Master database design principles and SQL Write robust, maintainable, best practice code Build a working content management system (CMS) And much more!.
Teach Yourself VISUALLY Microsoft 365
by
A fast-paced, useful, and easy introduction to Microsoft 365 For those who need the show as well as the tell, Teach Yourself VISUALLY Microsoft 365 is the visual walkthrough to Microsoft's latest suite of office products that will get you up-to-speed faster than any other resource on the market. This book offers image- and screenshot-rich tutorials alongside step-by-step instructions so you can see what you need to do to make the most of Microsoft 365. From getting a grip on the most basic Microsoft 365 functions to the advanced, new features known only by power users, the book provides you with the tools you need to make your work more streamlined and efficient. You'll also get: Up to date--and visually supported--guidance on the major Office apps that are part of Microsoft 365: Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and Access Full-color, two-page tutorials that get you up and running fast Easy-to-read instructions and stepwise advice to accompany the informative and crystal-clear images Ideal for people using Microsoft 365 for the very first time, Teach Yourself VISUALLY Microsoft 365 is also a can't-miss resource for long-time users of the software suite who need an introduction to the latest version and Office veterans seeking a refresher on what Microsoft 365 is capable of.
As an individual becomes a business outsourcing professional, project management will help in developing more effective and efficient systems. This course will walk the student in different stages of project management: planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation processes. The student will also learn how to handle and work within a diverse team of professionals.
CAPM Certified Associate in Project Management Practice Exams
by
Aligned with the PMBOK ® Guide, Sixth Edition, provides complete coverage of every objective on the 2018 CAPM exam Take the 2018 version of the challenging CAPM exam with confidence using this effective, exam-focused study resource. Designed to help you pass the exam with ease, the book contains more than 1000 realistic practice exam questions and is fully aligned with the Project Management Body of Knowledge, Sixth Edition. CAPM Certified Associate in Project Management Practice Exams covers each of the 57 learning objectives for the exam. The logical structure of the book allows readers to focus on specific topics and tailor their study to areas of expertise and weakness. Readers will get in-depth explanations of both the correct and incorrect answers for every question. *Aligned with the PMBOK Guide, Sixth Edition *Written by two experts in project management certification and training *Digital content includes 600 practice exam questions
Communicating Project Management
by
Communicating Project Management argues that the communication practices of project managers have necessarily become participatory, made up of complex strategies and processes solidly grounded in rhetorical concepts. The book draws on case studies across organizational contexts and combines individual experiences to investigate how project management relies on communication as teams develop products, services, and internal processes. The case studies also provide examples of how project managers can be understood and studied as writers, further arguing project managers must approach communication as designed experience that must be intentionally inclusive. Author Benjamin Lauren illustrates to readers how teams work together to manage projects through complex coordinative communication practices, and highlights how project managers are constantly learning and evolving by analyzing where they succeed and fail. He concludes that technical and professional communicators have a pivotal role in supporting and facilitating participative approaches to communicating project management.
Contemporary Project Management : organize, lead, plan, perform
by
Learn to master the most proven methods in project management as well as exciting new techniques emerging from current industry and today's most recent research with Kloppenborg's CONTEMPORARY PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 4E. This edition introduces time-tested manual techniques and progressive automated techniques, all consistent with the latest PMBOK® Guide and standards and integrated with Microsoft® Project 2016. The book's focused approach is ideal for building strong portfolios that showcase project management skills for future interviews. All content is consistent with the knowledge areas and processes of the 6th edition of the PMBOK® Guide to give you an advantage as you prepare to become a Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®) or Certified Project Management Professional (PMP®), if desired.
Effective Project Management
by
The popular guide to the project management body of knowledge, now fully updated Now in its eighth edition, this comprehensive guide to project management has long been considered the standard for both professionals and academics, with nearly 40,000 copies sold in the last three editions! Well-known expert Robert Wysocki has added four chapters of new content based on instructor feedback, enhancing the coverage of best-of-breed methods and tools for ensuring project management success. With enriched case studies, accompanying exercises and solutions on the companion website, and PowerPoint slides for all figures and tables, the book is ideal for instructors and students as well as active project managers. Serves as a comprehensive guide to project management for both educators and project management professionals Updated to cover the new PMBOK® Sixth Edition Examines traditional, agile, and extreme project management techniques; the Enterprise Project Management Model; and Kanban and Scrumban methodologies Includes a companion website with exercises and solutions and well as PowerPoint slides for all the figures and tables used Written by well-known project management expert Robert Wysocki Effective Project Management, Eighth Edition remains the comprehensive resource for project management practitioners, instructors, and students. (PMBOK is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.)
The Entrepreneurial Project Manager
by
Doing more with less is a skill mastered by entrepreneurs. Budgets are tight, deadlines are short, and time is of the essence. Entrepreneurial project managers use these parameters to their benefit. Hurdling over obstacles with the bare minimum of effort makes their projects and teams stand out. Focusing inward to develop the skills and mindset necessary to accomplish anything with anyone sets an entrepreneurial project manager apart from the group. This book builds on the basics of project management knowledge with tools and techniques to get you as well as your projects and teams performing on an advanced level. No matter your industry or experience level, this book gives you practical ways to improve any project. More importantly, it shows how you can improve your own performance. The biggest improvements a project manager can make are about him- or herself. Personal limitations can be the hardest obstacle to overcome, and this book explains how to overcome them. The techniques have been tried and tested by the author who shares them with you in this book. Whether in your projects or career, all the right things can be said and done, yet the results are always unpredictable. We all have little control over events. This book's tools and techniques give you the ability to handle anything that may come your way. Entrepreneurs are constantly changing and adapting to the world around them. They must stay cutting-edge to make their businesses thrive. This book explains how to take a cutting-edge approach to project management. The goal is to take your technical skills as a project manager, add the elements of an entrepreneur, and create a high-powered team around you as well as become the best project manager you can be.
The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management
by
The all-inclusive guide to exceptional project management The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management is the comprehensive guide to real-world project management methods, tools, and techniques. Practical, easy-to-use, and deeply thorough, this book gives you answers you need now. You'll find the cutting-edge ideas and hard-won wisdom of one of the field's leading experts, delivered in short, lively segments that address common management issues. Brief descriptions of important concepts, tips on real-world applications, and compact case studies illustrate the most sought-after skills and the pitfalls you should watch out for. This new fifth edition features new case studies, new information on engaging stakeholders, change management, new guidance on using Agile techniques, and new content that integrates current events and trends in the project management sphere. Project management is a complex role, with seemingly conflicting demands that must be coordinated into a single, overarching, executable strategy -- all within certain time, resource, and budget constraints. This book shows you how to get it all together and get it done, with expert guidance every step of the way. Navigate complex management issues effectively Master key concepts and real-world applications Learn from case studies of today's leading experts Keep your project on track, on time, and on budget From finding the right sponsor to clarifying objectives to setting a realistic schedule and budget projection, all across different departments, executive levels, or technical domains, project management incorporates a wide range of competencies. The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management shows you what you need to know, the best way to do it, and what to watch out for along the way.
Fundamentals of Project Management
by
Having already sold more than 200,000 copies and helped generations of project managers navigate the ins and outs of every aspect of successful project management, this revised fifth edition of Fundamentals of Project Management remains the perfect resource for succeeding in this complex discipline that has changed greatly in recent years. Fully updated in accordance with the latest version of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), this all-encompassing book contains new information and expanded coverage on topics including estimating; stakeholder management; procurement management; creating a communication plan; project closure; requirements for PMP certification; and much more. Readers will also learn how to:* Clarify project goals and objectives* Develop a work breakdown in structure* Create a project risk plan* Produce a realistic schedule* Manage change requests* Control and evaluate progress at every stageChock full of tools, techniques, examples, and instructive exercises, don't go one more day without equipping yourself with what PM World Journal calls " . . . a great resource for helping a project manager or other team member to learn new tools and techniques or refresh their knowledge."
The Handbook of Project Portfolio Management
by
Managing large and complex organizations; balancing the needs of business-as-usual, new products and services and business change; assuring risk across everything the business does; these are all core requirements of modern business which are provided by the discipline of portfolio management. The Handbook of Project Portfolio Management is the definitive publication that introduces and describes in detail project portfolio management in today's ever-changing world. The handbook contains the essential knowledge required for managing portfolios of business change with real-life examples that are being used by today's organizations in various industries and environments. The team of expert contributors includes many of the most experienced and highly regarded international writers and practitioners from the global project portfolio management industry, selected to provide the reader with examples, knowledge and the skills required to manage portfolios in any organization. Dennis Lock and Reinhard Wagner's definitive reference on project portfolio management explains: the context and role of the discipline; the practical processes, tools and techniques required for managing portfolios successfully; the capability required and how to develop it. The text also covers the recognized standards as well as emerging issues such as sustainability and environment. Collectively, this is a must-have guide from the leading commentators and practitioners on project portfolio management from across the world.
Hands on Project Management: Practice Your Skills with Simulation Based Training
by
Teaching project management is not an easy task. Part of the difficulty is the one-of-a-kind nature of projects. This book and the software that comes with it (Project Team Builder) present a unique approach to the teaching and training of project management -- an approach based on a software tool that combines an interactive, dynamic case study and a simple yet effective Project Management System. The book focuses on problems that the project manager faces in planning, monitoring and controlling projects.Together with the software, the book provides the user with the opportunity to experience complex Project Management situations, understand the situation, develop alternative ways to cope with it and select the best alternative based on rigorous analysis.Project Team Builder (PTB), the software that accompanies this book, is web-based, please visit www.sandboxmodel.com.To use PTB, you must enter the unique access code provided on the inside front cover of this book. If you are using an e-book, please click here for your unique code.This book also has accompany video tutorials. Visit www.sandboxmodel.com to access the Videos.
Managing Project Risks
by
A comprehensive overview of project risk management, providing guidance on implementing and improving project risk management systems in organizations This book provides a comprehensive overview of project risk management. Besides offering an easy-to-follow, yet systematic approach to project risk management, it also introduces topics which have an important bearing on how risks are managed but which are generally not found in other books, including risk knowledge management, cultural risk-shaping, project complexity, political risks, and strategic risk management. Many new concepts about risk management are introduced. Diagrams and tables, together with project examples and case studies, illustrate the authors' precepts and ideas. Each chapter in Managing Project Risks begins with an introduction to its topic and ends with a summary. The book starts by providing an understanding and overview of risk and continues with coverage of projects and project stakeholders. Ensuing chapters look at project risk management processes, contexts and risk drivers, identification, assessment and evaluation, response and treatment options, and risk monitoring and control. One chapter focuses entirely on risk knowledge management. Others explore the cultural shaping of risk, political risk in projects, computer applications, and more. The book finishes by examining the current state and potential future of project risk management. In essence, this book: Effectively communicates a conceptual and philosophical understanding of risk Establishes the nature of projects and the stakeholders involved in them Presents a systematic and logically progressive approach to the processes of project risk management Demonstrates how to recognize the drivers of project risks and the factors which shape them Emphasizes the importance of capturing and exploiting project risk knowledge Provides guidance about implementing and building (or improving) project risk management systems in organizations Managing Project Risks will benefit practitioners and students of project management across a wide range of industries and professions.
The Multiple Facets of Innovation Project Management
by
For firms and other organizations, innovation has become a means of anticipating and managing major changes in their external context and overcoming societal challenges such as sustainable development. As a result, they must innovate repeatedly and continuously. This book explores the multiple facets of innovation project management, defined as the set of activities implemented to bring into being and successfully complete one or several innovation projects. It combines research experience, in cooperation with practitioners, and a theoretical, transversal and global overview inspired from different research streams. The author develops methodologies and frameworks that might be put into practice, provides a case study of research conducted with an air systems manufacturing firm, and outlines avenues for further reflection on innovation project management practice improvement.
Principles of Sustainable Project Management
by
In an era of digital transformation and sharing economy, it is quite challenging to move to such vibrant future with past-tense methodologies. 'Principles of Sustainable Project Management' provides a unique approach to managing projects by combining the principles of sustainable management theory with the main processes and areas of knowledge in the currently established project management theory, in an applied context. Taking a truly international viewpoint, this important text: * Provides a broad scope that covers the main pillars (dimensions) of sustainability; social, environmental and economic; * Presents, explains and discusses the theory in the context of digital transformation linking to the contemporary tools such as AI and IoT with emphasis on Block chain applications in project management; * Uses international cases studies spanning all three dimensions of sustainability in the context of smart cities with emphasis on the shift towards disruptive innovation and lean start-ups; * Links contemporary tools and methodologies in project management (including Agile, Scrum, Lean) to the sustainable development projects in a variety of sectors including construction, energy, IT, tourism, logistics, new product development (NPD), and many more; * Presents, explains and discusses the imperative new approach required to address soft issues such as leadership and managing virtual teams as part of the shift towards sustainable project management. Written by a team of international experts, it tackles issues such as digital transformation, smart cities, green project management, sustainable infra-structure projects, IT software developments, managing innovation, corporate social responsibility and much more. With a complete set of online tutor resources to accompany the text, it is a vital resource for all those researching and working in all areas of sustainability.
Project Management
by
PROJECT MANAGEMENT THE #1 GUIDE FOR STUDENTS AND PROFESSIONALS, NOW UPDATED FOR THE LATEST TRENDS AND EMERGING ISSUES Project Management, or the "Project Management bible" as it's widely known, provides practical guidance on all aspects of project management. It features a streamlined approach to PM functions--in full alignment with the concepts and standards outlined in PMI's latest A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, (PMBOK® Guide)--without stinting on detailed coverage of the tools and methods used at all stages of a project. This 12th Edition has been updated to reflect recent changes to the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, and features in-depth coverage of emerging topics, including global stakeholder management, causes of failure, agile project management, project governance failure, customer approval milestones, classifying project metrics, and more. Also, supplementary materials are available for students, professionals, and instructors. Understand organizational structures and project management functions Learn how to control costs, manage risk, and analyze trade-offs Examine different methods used for planning, scheduling, QA, and more Work effectively with customers and stakeholders from around the globe As projects increase in scope and complexity, managing them across time zones, language barriers, and technology platforms requires a systematic approach that accounts for every detail. All the more reason to keep Project Management, 12th Edition within arm's reach throughout all stages of the projects you manage.
Project management : a managerial approach
by
Project Management : Case Studies
by
THE #1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT CASE STUDIES BOOK NOW FEATURING NEW CASES FROM DISNEY, THE OLYMPICS, AIRBUS, BOEING, AND MORE After on-the-job experience, case studies are the most important part of every project manager's training. This Fifth Edition of Project Management Case Studies features more than one hundred case studies that detail projects at high-profile companies around the world. These cases offer you a unique opportunity to experience, first-hand, project management in action within a variety of contexts and up against some of the most challenging conditions any project manager will likely face. New to this edition are case studies focusing on agile and scrum methodologies. Contains 100-plus case studies from companies that illustrate both successful and not-so-successful project management Represents an array of industries, including medical and pharmaceutical, aerospace, entertainment, sports, manufacturing, finance, telecommunications, and more Features 18 new case studies, including high-profile cases from Disney, the Olympics, Boeing 787 Dreamliner, and Airbus 380 Follows and supports preparation for the Project Management Professional (PMP)® Certification Exam Experienced PMs, project managers in training, and students alike will find this book to be an indispensable resource whether used as a standalone or combined with the bestselling Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling, 12th Edition. PMI, CAPM, PMBOK, PMP and Project Management Professional are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.
Project management : the managerial process
by
Project Management Best Practices: Achieving Global Excellence
by
The comprehensive guide to project management implementation, updated with the latest in the field Project management has spread beyond the IT world to become a critical part of business in every sphere; built on efficiency, analysis, and codified practice, professional project management leads to the sort of reproducible results and reliable processes that make a business successful. Project Management Best Practices provides implementation guidance for every phase of a project, based on the real-world methodologies from leading companies around the globe. Updated to align with the industry's latest best practices, this new Fourth Edition includes new discussion on Agile and Scrum, tradeoffs and constraints, Portfolio PMO tools, and much more. Get up-to-date information on the latest best practices that add value at every level of an organization Gain insight from more than 50 project managers at world-class organizations including Airbus, Heineken, RTA, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Sony, Cisco, Nokia, and more Delve deeper into implementation guidance for Agile, Scrum, and Six Sigma Explore more efficient methodologies, training, measurement, and metrics that boost organization-wide performance Adopt new approaches to culture and behavioral excellence, including conflict resolution, situational leadership, proactive management, staffing, and more Ideal for both college and corporate training, this book is accompanied by an Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint lecture slides that bring project management concepts right into the classroom. As the field continues to grow and evolve, it becomes increasingly important to stay current with new and established practices; this book provides comprehensive guidance on every aspect of project management, with invaluable real-world insight from leaders in the field.
Project Management Beyond Waterfall and Agile
by
This book goes beyond the paint by numbers approach, transcending the "how" of project management to the "what" and "why," which is critical for leaders of change. -- Dr. Joel B. Carboni, President and Founder, GPM Global and President, IPMA-USA Project Management beyond Waterfall and Agile presents a flexible, universal, and integrated three-dimensional model for managing projects, the Customizable and Adaptable Methodology for Managing Projects(tm) (CAMMP(tm) ). By tailoring and customizing the model to a specific industry or organization and by adapting it to a function or project classification, this model can be used to manage any project. CAMMP(tm) can also be used both in a traditional or an Agile environment. CAMMP(tm) integrates leading concepts on competence, processes, and sustainability. The model's three dimensions are project lifecycle, project management processes, and, finally, competence, sustainability, and best practices. The book explains how to integrate these dimensions to manage a project across the three dimensions and the project stages. CAMMP(tm) is a stage-gate process, which is vital for project success. The current state of practice in project management is not sustainable. The root causes of this problem include a lack of standardized processes, missing methods or methodological approaches, and no real organizational system for managing projects. This book introduces a system to address these shortcomings. It focuses on the elements of this system, which is a practical and systematic methodological approach for managing and delivering all types of projects. CAMMP(tm) integrates the best learning from the various global associations in the field. The book distills the experience and knowledge of a practitioner working in different roles for more than three decades on various types of projects of all sizes and complexities. It is a practical book by a practitioner writing for practitioners.
Project Management JumpStart
by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
The project workout : the ultimate guide to directing and managing business-led projects
by
Projects are an important strategic management tool and a way of life in every business. But how do you get started and ensure you realize the benefits you need? Now in its 5th edition, the Project Workout is the definitive book on business-led project management. It is a valuable companion for every executive and project manager as well as a comprehensive resource for students of project management. Projects are a way of life in every business and an important strategic management tool. But how do you ensure a project realizes the benefits you need? The Project Workout provides practical advice and techniques to direct and manage a project. Aimed at both project sponsors and project managers, it works through the life cycle of a project from initial idea to successful result. The practical approach is enhanced throughout with a series of "Workouts": exercises, techniques and checklists to help you put the book's advice into practice. The Workouts are supported by an on-line resource of tools, including MS project views, project logs and templates. This expanded edition contains a wealth of new information, including how to work with standards and methods, such as ISO 21500, BS6079 and PRINCE2 and PMBoK. The companion to this book, The Programme and Portfolio Workout, deals with directing and managing whole portfolios of projects, making sure everyone in your organization is working towards the same goals; together these books give you what you need to ensure all your projects succeed.
Successful Project Management
by
Master everything you need to work successfully in today's project management environment with SUCCESSFUL PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 7E. This best-selling book details how to organize and manage project teams -- from planning and scheduling to cost management.Each chapter aligns with PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) to ensure best practices. The book covers the latest business challenges, including project constraints, stakeholder concerns, the project charter, and how projects support strategic plans.Learn the keys to effective communication and discover how project management applies in the workplace with new cases and real-world vignettes. End-of-chapter and Internet exercises review concepts critical to project management. New MindTap digital resources provide videos, quizzes, and case animations. You work with the latest, popular project management software: Microsoft® Project 2016, available on the website. Find everything you need to manage projects in business today.
As an individual becomes a business outsourcing professional, project management will help in developing more effective and efficient systems. This course will walk the student in different stages of project management: planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation processes. The student will also learn how to handle and work within a diverse team of professionals.
Adaptable project management a combination of Agile and project management for all (PM4A)
by
Adaptable Project Management – A combination of Agile and Project Management for All (PM4A) dispels the myth that Agile approaches to project management can only be used for software development. It gives advice on how to combine the benefits of Agile and waterfall project management methodologies for successful project implementation.
Agile Project Management for Business Transformational Success
by
This book is intended to provide project management office (PMO) executives' practical information to promote enterprise Agile for business value compatibility within their organization. The primary benefit of this book is to promote a sense of common purpose and collaboration between the project delivery and the organization. Agile project delivery methods are adaptable to the emergence of unknown requirements identified in the later part of the project delivery lifecycle. The key success factor is direct business participation and collaboration to ensure that a business focus determines the output. Agile promotes innovation and creates synergies through a business focus viewing technology deployments as a catalyst for change rather than the final objective. Technology investments implemented through Agile processes result in improved market leadership, organizational alignment, and resource efficiency delivering competitive advantage.
Capital Project Management, Volume I
by
The volumes in this series may be likened to a complete case study of Tesla through the end of 2018. Many popular media articles are excerpted, abridged to illustrate points of theoretical emphasis. This keeps the story alive, meaningful, and urgent. Strategic management is a corpus of scholarship in the Academy of Management, as is technology and innovation management. Project management is found academically within operations management, and led in practice by the Project Management Institute. The volumes in this series intersect where these fields meet and capital projects are planned, budgeted, and financed. Volume I tells the Tesla story and then presents chapters that address, in order: corporate governance and project stakeholder or communication management, project portfolios as strategic corporate portfolios, and an executive-level review of the best-practice project management paradigm, as applied to capital projects. The epilogue takes the story through the end of 1Q2019 and offers additional commentary.
Co-Create : Harnessing the Human Element in Project Management
by
The Complete Software Project Manager : mastering technology from planning to launch and beyond
by
Your answer to the software project management gap The Complete Software Project Manager: From Planning to Launch and Beyond addresses an interesting problem experienced by today's project managers: they are often leading software projects, but have no background in technology. To close this gap in experience and help you improve your software project management skills, this essential text covers key topics, including: how to understand software development and why it is so difficult, how to plan a project, choose technology platforms, and develop project specifications, how to staff a project, how to develop a budget, test software development progress, and troubleshoot problems, and what to do when it all goes wrong. Real-life examples, hints, and management tools help you apply these new ideas, and lists of red flags, danger signals, and things to avoid at all costs assist in keeping your project on track. Companies have, due to the nature of the competitive environment, been somewhat forced to adopt new technologies. Oftentimes, the professionals leading the development of these technologies do not have any experience in the tech field--and this can cause problems. To improve efficiency and effectiveness, this groundbreaking book offers guidance to professionals who need a crash course in software project management. Review the basics of software project management, and dig into the more complicated topics that guide you in developing an effective management approach Avoid common pitfalls by perusing red flags, danger signals, and things to avoid at all costs Leverage practical roadmaps, charts, and step-by-step processes Explore real-world examples to see effective software project management in action The Complete Software Project Manager: From Planning to Launch and Beyond is a fundamental resource for professionals who are leading software projects but do not have a background in technology.
Core Concepts of Project Management
by
This book addresses project management in the context of general project management. An introductory chapter discusses project features in general. Part I of the book focuses attention on the important human element in project management. Part II discusses two processes involved in the initial project definition stage, as well as covering estimation. Part III involves planning and project risk and implementation. A feature of the book is an effort to tie content to that of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK). Each chapter includes reference to how each chapter relates to the PMBOK structure, and relationship to the 2020 PMP Exam Outline.
Effective Project Management : Traditional, Agile, Extreme
by
The popular guide to the project management body of knowledge, now fully updated Now in its eighth edition, this comprehensive guide to project management has long been considered the standard for both professionals and academics, with nearly 40,000 copies sold in the last three editions! Well-known expert Robert Wysocki has added four chapters of new content based on instructor feedback, enhancing the coverage of best-of-breed methods and tools for ensuring project management success. With enriched case studies, accompanying exercises and solutions on the companion website, and PowerPoint slides for all figures and tables, the book is ideal for instructors and students as well as active project managers. Serves as a comprehensive guide to project management for both educators and project management professionals Updated to cover the new PMBOK® Sixth Edition Examines traditional, agile, and extreme project management techniques; the Enterprise Project Management Model; and Kanban and Scrumban methodologies Includes a companion website with exercises and solutions and well as PowerPoint slides for all the figures and tables used Written by well-known project management expert Robert Wysocki Effective Project Management, Eighth Edition remains the comprehensive resource for project management practitioners, instructors, and students. (PMBOK is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.)
Everyday Project Management
by
"Everyday Project Management is a practical guide for anyone new or needing to learn more about project management. Unlike many other books, it does not rely on arcane concepts and terms, and simply tells it like it is." --Todd C. Williams, President of eCameron, Inc., and author of Filling Execution Gaps and Rescue the Problem Project Everyday Project Management provides the direction you need to apply project management's time-tested tools for keeping things on time and under budget. It introduces the wide variety of tasks you will have to tackle, including assembling a team, mapping out a plan, monitoring progress, keeping your team motivated, and using appropriate planning tools, such as project management software or wall charts. In addition, you'll gain a clearer picture of the project manager's role in the conception, planning, execution, control, and completion of a project. Each chapter offers essential bite-sized nuggets of wisdom that will help you succeed, outlining the kinds of challenges you'll encounter, the interpersonal issues that will arise, and ways to stay on time and on budget in pursuit of the desired quality outcome. You'll learn how Gantt charts can keep your project on schedule, how the critical path method can be used to conserve resources, and how to juggle multiple projects, bosses, and reporting structures. Whether you are managing one project or many, this quick and easy guide to the tasks, tools, and skills of project management will carry you from project launch to project completion. Most importantly, you will learn why having a work-life balance is vital to project managers who seek long and prosperous careers.
Hybrid Project Management
by
Hybrid Project Management A how-to guide for leaders of hybrid projects that covers technical and leadership principles across the project delivery spectrum. Hybrid Project Management offers practical guidance for combining waterfall and adaptive (Agile) project management approaches. This helpful guide includes advice on when to use each approach and how various methods can be combined and customized to meet the needs of projects and stakeholders. A sample case study demonstrates how to apply the concepts described throughout the text. An exciting new title from bestselling author Cyndi Snyder Dionisio on a top trending topic in the field, sample topics covered in Hybrid Project Management include: Variables to consider when choosing a development approach Project roles such as sponsors, product owners, project managers, scrum masters, and the project team Launching a hybrid project (vision statements and charters) and structuring the project (development approach, delivery cadence, lifecycle, and roadmap) Project scope requirements, backlogs, and user stories Hybrid scheduling that combines Gantt charts and release plans Leadership in a hybrid project, covering servant leadership, bias, critical thinking, emotional intelligence, motivation, and developing high‐performing teams Managing risk on hybrid projects including estimating reserve and using a risk-adjusted backlog Identifying metrics and reports for predictive and adaptive project work, such as burn charts, variance analysis, forecasts, and cumulative flow diagrams With over fifty percent of projects today being managed using a hybrid approach, Hybrid Project Management serves as an important guide to hybrid project management methods for project management professionals and academia. It is an invaluable resource for understanding the approach and effectively implementing it for better outcomes.
Innovation Project Management
by
INNOVATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT ACTIONABLE TOOLS, PROCESSES, AND METRICS FOR SUCCESSFULLY MANAGING INNOVATION PROJECTS, WITH EXCLUSIVE INSIGHTS FROM WORLD-CLASS ORGANIZATIONS AROUND THE WORLD The newly revised Second Edition of Innovation Project Management offers students and practicing professionals the tools, processes, and metrics needed to successfully manage innovation projects, providing value-based innovation project management metrics as well as guidance for how to establish a metrics management program. The highly qualified author analyzes innovation from all sides; through this approach, Innovation Project Management breaks down traditional project management methods and explains why and how innovation projects should be managed differently. The Second Edition includes exclusive insights from world-class organizations such as IBM, Hitachi, Repsol, Philips, Deloitte, IdeaScale, KAUST, and more. It includes six all new case studies, featuring a dive into brand management innovation from Lego. Each case study contains questions for discussion, and instructors have access to an Instructor's Manual via the book's companion website. Specific ideas discussed in Innovation Project Management include: Continuous versus discontinuous innovation, incremental versus radical innovation, understanding innovation differences, and incremental innovation versus new product development Identifying core competencies using SWOT analysis and nondisclosure agreements, secrecy agreements, and confidentiality agreements Implications and issues for project managers and innovation personnel, active listening, pitching the innovation, and cognitive biases Measuring intangible assets, customer/stakeholder impact on value metrics, customer value management programs, and the relationship between project management and value With its highly detailed and comprehensive coverage of the field, and with case studies from leading companies to show how concepts are applied in real-world situations, Innovation Project Management is a must-have title for practicing project managers, as well as students in project management, innovation, and entrepreneurship programs.
Leveraging Business Analysis for Project Success
by
Only 39 percent of projects today are successful. Nearly half of the projects that fail do so because of "poor requirements management" (PMI 2014). Leveraging Business Analysis for Project Success, Second Edition explores the role of the business analyst in setting a project up for success. It informs and educates project managers, sponsors, and organization leaders on what is necessary for project success. This book goes beyond requirements management in exploring how business analysis professionals (business analysts, product managers, product owners, and others) can contribute to increased profitability through project selection, scope definition, and postimplementation evaluation. The reader will learn about the history of business analysis, professional organizations and resources to support the profession, and what to expect from the business analysis professional at each phase of the project lifecycle as presented in a case study throughout the book. Project leaders will better be able to support the business analysis needs of the project by understanding the skills, expertise, tasks, resources, and time needed to do business analysis right and maximize the return on investment for each project.
The Multiple Facets of Innovation Project Management : Linking Theory and Practice.
by
For firms and other organizations, innovation has become a means of anticipating and managing major changes in their external context and overcoming societal challenges such as sustainable development. As a result, they must innovate repeatedly and continuously. This book explores the multiple facets of innovation project management, defined as the set of activities implemented to bring into being and successfully complete one or several innovation projects. It combines research experience, in cooperation with practitioners, and a theoretical, transversal and global overview inspired from different research streams. The author develops methodologies and frameworks that might be put into practice, provides a case study of research conducted with an air systems manufacturing firm, and outlines avenues for further reflection on innovation project management practice improvement.
PMP Project Management Professional All-In-One Exam Guide
by
Complete coverage of all objectives in the 2020 release of the PMP exam--fully aligned with the PMBOK Guide®, Sixth Edition This comprehensive resource offers complete coverage of all the material included on the Project Management Professional exam. You'll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth explanations. Written by a leading project management consultant and trainer, PMP Project Management Professional All-in-One Exam Guide will help you pass the exam with ease and will also serve as an essential on-the-job reference. Covers all exam topics, including: People Processes Business Environment Agile Best Practices Knowledge Areas Online content includes: Practice exams--test yourself by PMP exam domain or take a complete exam Video training from the author Worksheets for Float, Earned Value, Time Value of Money Printable PMP memory card.
Project and Program Management : a competency-based approach
by
Choosing the right people tocarry out a project is essential to its success. When multiple projects arecombined into a complex program, the human aspect becomes even more important.This book is the first to truly balance a complete account of the technicalaspects of project and program management with a practical approach tounderstanding and developing the core competencies required to accomplishdesired goals. On the technical side, this bookis a complete introduction to predicting costs, setting schedules, andassessing risks. On the people side, it sheds new light on how to molddifferent personality types into a team, how to motivate the team's members, andhow to produce extraordinary results. The author details the essential parts ofthe program management approach, describing the best way to define, organize,and schedule the work to be done, identifying risks and controlling costsduring the whole process. This fourth edition hasbeen significantly revised, with every chapter updated. The volume considersthe magnitude of recent social, political, and technological changes, and theimpact is represented throughout this book. Included are insights from numerousstudents who bring to the forefront their current real-world practices fromtheir individual businesses, industries, and disciplines.
Project Management
by
The goal of the new edition is to continue with a systems view of the world. For a more robust and worldwide market dissemination, the new edition has changed to a reference book. The project systems approach to project management, is needed in executing projects across countries and across cultures, which is a crucial requirement in today's globalized and intertwined economics. The book uses ample graphical representations to clarify the concepts and techniques presented. The case examples help to reinforce the topics covered. Several illustrative examples and practice exercises are included. Each chapter is updated and new chapters include Project Simulation and Project Templates. A new chapter on managing complex projects in an age of artificial intelligence adds a unique value to the book. Features Highlights contemporary best practices of project management Uses a systems framework to integrate quantitative and qualitative tools Offers illustrative examples and practice exercises Covers project schedule performance appraisal techniques Discusses the knowledge areas contained in the Project Management Book of Knowledge (PMBOK) Presents software applications for project management, as well as case examples
Project Management
by
Organisations increasingly look to project management to deal with short timeframes, tight budgets, changing requirements and risk management in everyday operations, as well as for major strategic projects. Project management knowledge and skills are now essential for professionals just about everywhere, from teachers, social workers and lawyers, to engineers, builders and accountants. Stephen Hartley's Project Management is based on the recognised global standard for project management, the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), and it incorporates aspects of Agile, PRINCE2, Lean and other popular methodologies. It offers a thorough overview of the principles of project management, combined with tools and guidelines to manage projects of all sizes, from inception to evaluation. Written in an accessible and engaging style, Stephen Hartley's widely used text has been fully revised and updated. It focuses on shared responsibility, transparent documentation, reporting achievement over activity, and continuous improvement. It is illustrated with examples and case studies, and accompanied by a suite of downloadable templates and tools. 'Stephen Hartley is without doubt Australia's leading authority on project management. This book is the bible for any current or future project manager.' - Dr Tim Baker, author of The End of the Performance Review
Project Management Absolute Beginner's Guide
by
Succeed as a project manager, even if you've never run a project before! This book is the fastest way to master every project management task, from upfront budgeting and scheduling through execution, managing teams through closing projects, and learning from experience. Updated with more insights from the front lines, including agile approaches, dealing with security and privacy priorities, and leading remote/virtual teams, along with the latest on Microsoft Project and PMI standards and certifications and a special bonus chapter on preparing for the new PMP certification. This book will show you exactly how to get the job done, one incredibly clear and easy step at a time. Project management has never, ever been this simple! This is today's best beginner's guide to modern project management--simple, practical instructions for succeeding with every task you'll need to perform! * Master the key skills and qualities every project manager needs * Learn how to lead projects, not just "manage" them * Avoid 15 most common mistakes new project managers make * Learn from troubled, successful, and "recovered" projects * Apply agile, hybrid, and traditional project management approaches * Learn the differences between a project manager, Scrum master, and product owner * Learn how DevOps and DevSecOps impact the project manager * Set the stage for success by effectively defining your project * Build a usable project plan and an accurate work breakdown structure (WBS) * Create budgets and schedules that help you manage risk * Use powerful control and reporting techniques, including earned value management * Smoothly manage project changes, issues, risks, deliverables, and quality * Manage project communications and stakeholder expectations * Organize and lead high-performance project teams * Manage cross-functional, cross-cultural, and virtual projects * Get started with agile and "critical chain" project management * Gain key insights that will accelerate your learning curve * Learn how to respond to real-life situations, not just what they teach you in school
Project Management Essentials, Second Edition
by
Project management is a critical skill across a broad range of disciplines. Yet most people, regardless of educational background, have never received training in how to plan, manage, and execute projects. Project Management Essentials, Second Edition, is the go-to book for tried and true project management skills combined with the most current ideas from Agile in a concise, up-to-date, user-friendly format. It follows the project life cycle and provides several ready-to-use templates. Readers can use this book to plan and manage a project from start to finish or as a reference for help with one particular component of project management. Alongside each template is a brief description of what each template is and why it is useful, with an example to illustrate it.
Project Management for Dummies
by
Improve your project management skills and accomplish more in no time at all In these days when projects seem to be bigger and more challenging than ever before, you need to make sure tasks stay on track, meet the budget, and keep everyone in the loop. Enter Project Management For Dummies. This friendly guide starts with the basics of project management and walks you through the different aspects of leading a project to a successful finish. After you've navigated your way through a couple of projects, you'll have the confidence to tackle even bigger (and more important) projects! In addition to explaining how to manage projects in a remote work environment, the book offers advice on identifying the right delivery approach, using social media in project management, and deploying agile project management. You'll also discover: What's new in project management tools and platforms so you can choose the best application for your team How to perfect your project management business document with an emphasis on strategy and business knowledge Details on the shift from process-based approaches to more holistic, principle-based strategies focused on project outcomes Examples of how to turn the strategies into smooth-flowing processes Best practices and suggestions for dealing with difficult or unexpected situations If you're planning to enroll in a project management course or take the Project Management Professionals Certification exam, Project Management For Dummies is the go-to resource to help you prepare. And if you simply want to improve your outcomes, this handy reference will have you and your team completing project goals like ninjas!
Project Management JumpStart
by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Project Management Maturity Model
by
Assisting organizations in improving their project management processes, the Project Management Maturity Model defines the industry standard for measuring project management maturity and agile and adaptive capabilities. Project Management Maturity Model, Fourth Edition provides a roadmap showing organizations how to move to higher levels of organizational behavior, improving project success and organizational performance. It's a comprehensive tool for enhancing project management practices, covering areas critical to organizational improvement, such as the project management office, management oversight, and professional development. It also provides methods for optimizing project management processes and suggestions for deploying the model as a strategic tool in improving business outcomes. New material in each chapter also outlines good practices for implementing adaptive an agile processes. The book also includes the Project Portfolio Management Maturity Model, which covers best practices for determining portfolio maturity, setting short-term priorities, implementing benefits realization management, improving portfolio management processes and tracking progress.　 The author, J. Kent Crawford, CEO of PM Solutions, describes the basics of project management maturity, including the benefits of assessing maturity, and presents a comprehensive framework for improving organization's processes. Chapters are based on the ten project management knowledge areas specified in the Project Management Institute's standard, the PMBOK® Guide. This edition provides new and revised materials based on the PMBOK® Guide including a fresh focus on agile and adaptive methods, benefits realization, and organizational change management. Organizations can use this book to: Determine the maturity of your organization's project management processes Gauge readiness for agile transformation Map out a logical path to improve your organization's processes Set priorities for short-term process improvement Track and visualize improvements in project management over time Learn to translate process maturity into business results After an objective assessment, an organization can set its goals for increasing the capability of its processes and develop a plan for reaching those goals. This book is ideal for anyone involved with improving the capability of an organization's project and portfolio management processes.
Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards : a guide to measuring and monitoring project performance
by
Harold Kerzner's essential strategies on measuring project management performance With the growth of complex projects, stakeholder involvement, and advancements in visual-based technology, metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) are key factors in evaluating project performance. Dashboard reporting systems provide accessible project performance data, and sharing this vital data in a concise and consistent manner is a key communication responsibility of all project managers. This third edition of Kerzner's groundbreaking work, Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards: A Guide to Measuring and Monitoring Project Performance, helps functional managers gain a thorough grasp of what metrics and KPIs are and how to use them. Plus, this edition includes new sections on processing dashboard information, portfolio management PMO and metrics, and BI tool flexibility. * Offers comprehensive coverage of the different dashboard types, design issues, and applications Provides full-color dashboards from some of the most successful project management companies, including IBM, Microsoft, and others Aligns with PMI's PMBOK® Guide and stresses value-driven project management PPT decks are available by chapter and a test bank will be available for use in seminar presentations and courses Get ready to bolster your awareness of what good metrics management really entails today--and be armed with the knowledge to measure performance more effectively.
Project Teams
by
Projects generally require skills and effort from multiple disciplines to develop project deliverables. Projects are executed in teams, as project tasks require multiple skills, judgment, and experience. Project teams roles should be assigned based on strengths of individuals. Project team process is a mediating mechanism linking variables such as members, team, and organizational characteristics that include structure, culture, supporting systems, performance and incentive systems, employee morality, and top management support. Team performance or teamwork is impacted by the structure of a team. Team structural characteristics include the number of team members, the status hierarchy, roles and responsibilities, and accepted norms for behaviors of individuals within the team. Further, understanding characteristics of virtual teams and their key attributes for improving global project performance are of critical importance. Social and behavioral skills that each person brings are important influencing factors in interactions with other team members and in forming a cohesive and productive team. Also, organization and national cultures influence their behaviors. Project Teams is an attempt to address all these topics in detail and offer a practical approach to managing projects successfully in the current business environment by including concepts, processes, techniques, and tools to manage and enhance performance of project teams and projects. This book would be meaningful for project management professionals and project managers in any organization and can be a useful resource for academic institutions in teaching management and project management disciplines.
Quantitative Tools of Project Management
by
This book addresses the use of quantitative tools to support general project management. Part I of the book deals with critical path modeling. Part II discusses risk modeling tools to include Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), critical chain modeling, and agile/scrum approaches. Project control through earned value analysis is also covered. Part III is a Microsoft Project orientation. A feature of the book is an effort to tie content to that of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK). Each chapter includes reference to how each chapter relates to the PMBOK structure and its relationship to the 2020 Project Management Professional (PMP) Exam Outline.
Stakeholder-Led Project Management : Changing the Way We Manage Projects
by
If stakeholders matter on projects, then they must make a difference to the way we plan, structure, and execute projects. This book provides a stakeholder-centric analysis of projects, and explains which engagement models are relevant to different types of projects--from simple office moves to IT enterprise changes, to transformational change of a business, and to complex social development. With case studies from around the world, the book illustrates what goes wrong when stakeholders are not engaged successfully, what amazing things happen when they are, and what lessons can be learned from both experiences. Cases drawn from a variety of contexts are used to demonstrate the application of stakeholder tools, leaving the reader with a very practical understanding of which techniques may be beneficially applied to their own projects. Key models introduced include the following: * The stakeholder-neutral to stakeholder-led project continuum * Role-based and agenda-based stakeholders * Purposeful communication--the 6-why model for communication * Power and influence in projects * The six principles of stakeholder engagement. This book is intended for project managers and those project staff involved in the engagement of stakeholders to deliver successful project outcomes.
Transforming project management
by
"Turn your strategic-planning dreams into business reality with these project management and leadership best practices Executing on strategic planning is one of the biggest challenges leaders today. For example, Harvard Business Review reports that IT project failure costs businesses $3 trillion dollars annually. Stop Strategic Planning into the Abyss provides business leaders the key to addressing this issue head on. Stop Strategic Planning into the Abyss takes you beyond envisioning a great strategy and into the realm of implementing it-with skill, care, and expertise. Strategy-execution guru Duane Petersen reveals his unique and proven approach for tying strategic planning directly to project management. He explains how to break down a strategic plan into key objectives and project portfolios to make sense of all the project "parts," then successfully lead the execution of the plan. You'll learn how to evaluate where you are versus where you want to be, develop plans to move your vision forward, translate strategic plans into action plans with tangible efforts, budgets, and schedules, and guide and inspire the individuals and teams tasked with implementing their plans"-- Provided by publisher
Using the Project Management Maturity Model : strategic planning for project management
by
The industry validated Project Management Maturity Model developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner--updated and expanded Using the Project Management Maturity Model offers assessment tools for organizations of all sizes to evaluate their progress in effectively integrating project management along the maturity curve. This Third Edition includes maturity metrics, examples of Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) reports, a new chapter on the characteristics of effective PMMM, assessment questions that align with the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, all-new illustrations that define advanced levels of maturity, assessment tools for organizations using traditional PM methods, and detailed guidance for organizations using Agile and Scrum. Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is broken down into three major parts. The first part discusses the principles of strategic planning and how it relates to project management, the definition of project management maturity, and the need for customization. The second part details the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM), which provides organizations with general guidance on how to perform strategic planning for project management. The third part of the book looks at some relatively new concepts in project management such as how assessments can be made to measure the firm's growth using PM 2.0 and PM 3.0. Features customizable maturity model assessment tools for organizations of all sizes Includes assessment questions updated to line up with PMBOK® Guide--6th Edition Offers detailed guidance on applying the maturity model for Agile and Scrum Includes PowerPoint decks to aid in teaching the maturity model Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is an ideal book for senior level and middle level corporate managers, project and team managers, engineers, project team members, and business consultants. It also benefits both business and engineering students in courses on advanced project management.
The Psychology of Deaf People course helps the learners better understand the self as Deaf individuals. It explores and understand the concepts, theories and researches specifically related to the psychological behavior of Deaf children and adults. It will help explain why the Deaf individuals act as such and connect these behaviors to underlying theories. This course will also lead to an adventure into the historical, contemporary, and future philosophical directions in educating Deaf people. Through readings on deaf psychology, interviews, film showing and other enriching activities, the learners will be able to connect the theories learned with actual experiences of Deaf people.
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies
by
The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is the first introductory course book that explores the theoretical foundations used in sign language interpreting studies. Authors Roy, Brunson, and Stone examine the disciplines whose theoretical frameworks and methodologies have influenced the academic study of interpreting. With this text, explanations for how interpreted events occur, how interpreted products are created, and how the interpreting process is studied can be framed within a variety of theoretical perspectives, forming a foundation for the emerging transdiscipline of Interpreting Studies. ​​ As sign language interpreting has emerged and evolved in the last 20 years as an academic field of study, the scope of learning has broadened to include fields beyond the language and culture of deaf people. This text surveys six disciplines that have informed the study of sign language interpreting: history, translation, linguistics, sociology, social psychology, and cognitive psychology, along with their major ideas, principal scholars, and ways of viewing human interaction. Each chapter includes clear learning goals, definitions, discussion questions, and images to aid understanding. The Academic Foundations of Interpreting Studies is required reading for upper-level undergraduate or first-year graduate students in interpreting, Deaf studies, and sign language programs.
Conversations with Interpreter Educators
by
Sign language interpreter education is a relatively young field that is moving toward more theory-based and research-oriented approaches. The concept of sharing research, which is strongly encouraged in this academic community, inspired Christine Monikowski to develop a volume that collects and distills the best teaching practices of leading academics in the interpreting field. In Conversations with Interpreter Educators, Monikowski assembles a group of 17 professors in the field of sign language interpretation. Through individual interviews conducted via Skype, Monikowski engages them in informal conversations about their teaching experiences and the professional publications that have influenced their teaching philosophies. She guides each conversation by asking these experts to share a scholarly publication that they assign to their students. They discuss the merits of the text and its role in the classroom, which serves to highlight the varying goals each professor sets for students. The complexity of the interpreting task, self-reflection, critical thinking, linguistics, backchannel feedback, and cultural understanding are a sampling of topics explored in these exchanges. Engaging and accessible, Monikowski's conversations offer evidence-based practices that will inform and inspire her fellow educators.
Deaf Eyes on Interpreting
by
As the ASL-English interpreting field has become professionalized, there is a growing disconnect between interpreters and the Deaf consumers they serve. Whereas interpreting used to be a community-based practice, the field is growing into a research-based profession that begins in a classroom rather than in the Deaf community. Despite the many gains being made in the interpreting services profession, with an emphasis on the accuracy of the interpreted work, the perspectives of Deaf individuals are rarely documented in the literature. Opportunities for enhanced participation and full inclusion need to be considered in order for Deaf people to best represent themselves to the hearing, nonsigning public as competent and intelligent individuals. Deaf Eyes on Interpreting brings Deaf people to the forefront of the discussions about what constitutes quality interpreting services. The contributors are all Deaf professionals who use interpreters on a regular basis, and their insights and recommendations are based on research as well as on personal experiences. These multiple perspectives reveal strategies to maximize access to interpreted work and hearing environments and to facilitate trust and understanding between interpreters and Deaf consumers. Interpreter educators, interpreting students, professional interpreters, and Deaf individuals will all benefit from the approaches offered in this collection.
Deaf gain : raising the stakes for human diversity
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
The Global Politics of Impairment and Disability
by
Disability is of central concern to the developing world but has largely been under-represented in global development debates, discourses and negotiations. Similarly, disability studies has overlooked both the theorists and the social experience of the global South, and there has been a one-way transfer of ideas and knowledge from the North to the South in this field. This volume seeks to redress the processes of scholarly colonialism by drawing together a diverse set of understandings, theorizing and experiences. The chapters situate disability within the Southern context and support the work of Southern disabled scholars and activists seeking to decolonize Southern experiences, knowledges and absences in the field while simultaneously attempting to make an intervention into able-bodied (mainstream) development discourses, practices and politics. This book was originally published as a special issue of Third World Quarterly.
Identity in Applied Linguistics Research
by
This book provides a broad survey of historical and contemporary treatments of identity in various branches of Applied Linguistics, identifying common themes and areas for future research. The volume explores theoretical and methodological approaches and features detailed empirical accounts and case studies. The book not only presents current debates in Applied Linguistics and related fields but also the theoretical and practical implications of studying identity from various perspectives and disciplinary approaches. It also offers researchers a new approach to the study of identity: 'The Dynamic Integrated Systems Approach'. As such Identity in Applied Linguistics Research is an ideal text for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students, and academics and practitioners working on issues of identity.
Interpreter Education in the Digital Age
by
This collection brings together innovative research and approaches for blended learning using digital technology in interpreter education for signed and spoken languages. Volume editors Suzanne Ehrlich and Jemina Napier call upon the expertise of 21 experts, including themselves, to report on the current technology used to provide digital enhancements to interpreter education in Australia, New Zealand, Brazil, Belgium, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Divided into three parts, Innovation, Change, and Community Engagement, this study focuses on the technology itself, rather than how technology enhances curriculum, delivery, or resources. Initiatives described in this collection range from the implementation of on-demand interpreting using iPad technology to create personalized, small-group, multidimensional models suited to digital media for 160 languages; introducing students to interpreting in a 3D world through an IVY virtual environment; applying gaming principles to interpreter education; assessing the amenability of the digital pen in the hybrid mode of interpreting; developing multimedia content for both open access and structured interpreter education environments; to preparing interpreting students for interactions in social media forums, and more. Interpreter Education in the Digital Age provides a context for the application of technologies in interpreter education from an international viewpoint across languages and modalities.
Introduction to Multicultural Counseling for Helping Professionals
by
Introduction to Multicultural Counseling for Helping Professionals is the essential introductory text in the area of multicultural counseling. Providing a broad survey of counseling techniques for different ethnic, religious and social groups, it is at once thorough and easily understood. Beyond its topic-specific sections, Introduction to Multicultural Counseling for Helping Professionals also includes chapters on the theory and history of multicultural counseling, expanded cultural resources, and an appendix explaining its interrelationship with CACREP accreditation requirements. Now in its third edition, Introduction to Multicultural Counseling for Helping Professionals is updated and revised to reflect the changing landscape of the 21st century. It contains updated statistics on fluid demographics in the U.S., a stronger social-justice perspective throughout the text, and a new chapter on counseling undocumented immigrants. The text is supplemented with online materials, including updated PowerPoint slides with discussion questions and classroom activities, a testbank with new questions for each chapter, and a sample course syllabus, each of which is presented in an updated, more attractive layout.
Keywords for Disability Studies
by
Introduces key terms, concepts, debates, and histories for Disability Studies Keywords for Disability Studies aims to broaden and define the conceptual framework of disability studies for readers and practitioners in the field and beyond. The volume engages some of the most pressing debates of our time, such as prenatal testing, euthanasia, accessibility in public transportation and the workplace, post-traumatic stress, and questions about the beginning and end of life. Each of the 60 essays in Keywords for Disability Studies focuses on a distinct critical concept, including "ethics," "medicalization," "performance," "reproduction," "identity," and "stigma," among others. Although the essays recognize that "disability" is often used as an umbrella term, the contributors to the volume avoid treating individual disabilities as keywords, and instead interrogate concepts that encompass different components of the social and bodily experience of disability. The essays approach disability as an embodied condition, a mutable historical phenomenon, and a social, political, and cultural identity. An invaluable resource for students and scholars alike, Keywords for Disability Studies brings the debates that have often remained internal to disability studies into a wider field of critical discourse, providing opportunities for fresh theoretical considerations of the field's core presuppositions through a variety of disciplinary perspectives. Visit keywords.nyupress.org for online essays, teaching resources, and more.
Language, power, and resistance : mainstreaming deaf education
by
The current policy of educating d/Deaf and h/Hard of hearing (DHH) students in a mainstream setting, rather than in the segregated environments of deaf schools, has been portrayed as a positive step forward in creating greater equality for DHH students. In Language, Power, and Resistance, Elizabeth S. Mathews explores this claim through qualitative research with DHH children in the Republic of Ireland, their families, their teachers, and their experiences of the education system. While sensitive to the historical context of deaf education, Mathews focuses on the contemporary education system and the ways in which the mainstreaming agenda fits into larger discussions about the classification, treatment, and normalization of DHH children. The research upon which this book is based examined the implications that mainstreaming has for the tensions between the hegemonic medical model of deafness and the social model of Deafness. This volume explores how different types of power are used in the deaf education system to establish, maintain, and also resist medical views of deafness. Mathews frames this discussion as one of power relations across parents, children, and professionals working within the system. She looks at how various forms of power are used to influence decisions, to resist decisions, and to shape the structure and delivery of deaf education. The author's findings are a significant contribution to the debates on inclusive education for DHH students and will resonate in myriad social and geographic contexts.
The Life Story of Mother Delight Rice and Her Children
by
Delight Rice, the hearing daughter of deaf parents, was a pioneering teacher of deaf-blind pupils at the Wisconsin and Ohio Schools for the Deaf during the early 1900s.In 1907 the U.S. government sent her to establish a deaf education system in the Philippines, which was occupied by American military forces during the Spanish-American War. Initially unable to find any deaf children in Manila and surrounding provinces, she and American constabularies ventured into the interior mountains, heavily populated by wild, hostile headhunting tribes, in search of deaf children. They rode U.S. Army wagons and on burros for more than 1,000 miles on their successful mission.This book chronicles Delight Rice's life and legendary contributions to deaf education in the United States and the Philippines.
The Next Generation of Research in Interpreter Education
by
This collection contributes to an emerging body of research in sign language interpreter education, a field in which research on teaching practices has been rare. The Next Generation of Research in Interpreter Education investigates learning experiences and teaching practices that provide the evidence necessary to inform and advance instructional approaches. The five studies included in this volume examine role-play activities in the classroom, the experiences of Deaf students in interpreting programs, reducing anxiety in the interpreting process, mentoring, and self-assessment. The contributors are a nascent group of educators who represent a growing mastery of contemporary standards in interpreter education. Their chapters share a common theme: the experiences and learning environments of students as they progress toward entry into the interpreting profession.
The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies in Language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. The contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholarsand practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of effortsto identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself;and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and DeafEducation, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
Research Methods in Sign Language Studies
by
Research Methods in Sign Language Studies is a landmark work on sign language research, which spans the fields of linguistics, experimental and developmental psychology, brain research, and language assessment. Examines a broad range of topics, including ethical and political issues, key methodologies, and the collection of linguistic, cognitive, neuroscientific, and neuropsychological data Provides tips and recommendations to improve research quality at all levels and encourages readers to approach the field from the perspective of diversity rather than disability Incorporates research on sign languages from Europe, Asia, North and South America, and Africa Brings together top researchers on the subject from around the world, including many who are themselves deaf
The Psychology of Deaf People course helps the learners better understand the self as Deaf individuals. It explores and understand the concepts, theories and researches specifically related to the psychological behavior of Deaf children and adults. It will help explain why the Deaf individuals act as such and connect these behaviors to underlying theories. This course will also lead to an adventure into the historical, contemporary, and future philosophical directions in educating Deaf people. Through readings on deaf psychology, interviews, film showing and other enriching activities, the learners will be able to connect the theories learned with actual experiences of Deaf people.
Abbé Sicard's Deaf Education
by
Abbé Sicard was a French revolutionary priest and an innovator of French and American sign language. He enjoyed a meteoric rise from Toulouse and Bordeaux to Paris and, despite his non-conformist tendencies, he escaped the guillotine. In fact, the revolutionaries acknowledged his position and during the Terror of 1794, they made him the director of the first school for the deaf. Later, he became a member of the first Ecole Normale, the National Institute, and the Académie Française. He is recognized today as having developed Enlightenment theories of pantomime, "signing,' and a form of "universal language" that later spread to Russia, Spain, and America. This is the first book-length biography of Sicard published in any language since 1873, despite Sicard's international renown. This thoughtful, engaging work explores French and American sign language and deaf studies set against the backdrop of the French Revolution and Napoleon.
Deaf epistemologies, identity, and learning : a comparative perspective
by
Goedele A.M. De Clerck presents cross-cultural comparative research that examines and documents where deaf flourishing occurs and how it can be advanced. She spotlights collective and dynamic resources of knowledge and learning; the coexistence of lived differences; social, linguistic, cultural, and psychological capital; and human potential and creativity. Deaf Epistemologies, Identity, and Learning argues for an inclusive approach to the intrinsic human diversity in society, education, and scholarship, and shows how emotions of hope, frustration, and humiliation contribute to the construction of identity and community. De Clerck also considers global to local dynamics in deaf identity, deaf culture, deaf education, and deaf empowerment. She presents empirical research through case studies of the emancipation processes for deaf people in Flanders (a region of Belgium), the United States (specifically, at Gallaudet University in Washington, DC), and the West African nation of Cameroon. These three settings illuminate different phases of emancipation in different contexts, and the research findings are integrated into a broader literature review and subjected to theoretical reflection. De Clerck's anthropology of deaf flourishing draws from her critical application of the empowerment paradigm in settings of daily life, research, leadership, and community work, as she explores identity and well-being through an interdisciplinary lens. This work is centered around practices of signed storytelling and posits learning as the primary access and pathway to culture, identity, values, and change. Change driven by the learning process is considered an awakening--and through this awakening, the deaf community can gain hope, empowerment, and full citizenship. In this way, deaf people are allowed to shape their histories, and the result is the elevation of all aspects of deaf lives around the world.
Deaf Gain
by
Deaf people are usually regarded by the hearing world as having a lack, as missing a sense. Yet a definition of deaf people based on hearing loss obscures a wealth of ways in which societies have benefited from the significant contributions of deaf people. In this bold intervention into ongoing debates about disability and what it means to be human, experts from a variety of disciplines--neuroscience, linguistics, bioethics, history, cultural studies, education, public policy, art, and architecture--advance the concept of Deaf Gain and challenge assumptions about what is normal. Through their in-depth articulation of Deaf Gain, the editors and authors of this pathbreaking volume approach deafness as a distinct way of being in the world, one which opens up perceptions, perspectives, and insights that are less common to the majority of hearing persons. For example, deaf individuals tend to have unique capabilities in spatial and facial recognition, peripheral processing, and the detection of images. And users of sign language, which neuroscientists have shown to be biologically equivalent to speech, contribute toward a robust range of creative expression and understanding. By framing deafness in terms of its intellectual, creative, and cultural benefits, Deaf Gain recognizes physical and cognitive difference as a vital aspect of human diversity. Contributors: David Armstrong; Benjamin Bahan, Gallaudet U; Hansel Bauman, Gallaudet U; John D. Bonvillian, U of Virginia; Alison Bryan; Teresa Blankmeyer Burke, Gallaudet U; Cindee Calton; Debra Cole; Matthew Dye, U of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Steve Emery; Ofelia García, CUNY; Peter C. Hauser, Rochester Institute of Technology; Geo Kartheiser; Caroline Kobek Pezzarossi; Christopher Krentz, U of Virginia; Annelies Kusters; Irene W. Leigh, Gallaudet U; Elizabeth M. Lockwood, U of Arizona; Summer Loeffler; Mara Lúcia Massuti, Instituto Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna A. Morere, Gallaudet U; Kati Morton; Ronice Müller de Quadros, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Donna Jo Napoli, Swarthmore College; Jennifer Nelson, Gallaudet U; Laura-Ann Petitto, Gallaudet U; Suvi Pylvänen, Kymenlaakso U of Applied Sciences; Antti Raike, Aalto U; Päivi Rainò, U of Applied Sciences Humak; Katherine D. Rogers; Clara Sherley-Appel; Kristin Snoddon, U of Alberta; Karin Strobel, U Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; Hilary Sutherland; Rachel Sutton-Spence, U of Bristol, England; James Tabery, U of Utah; Jennifer Grinder Witteborg; Mark Zaurov.
Early intervention for deaf and hard-of-hearing infants, toddlers and their families : interdisciplinary perspectives
by
A "must-have" for every professional studying or working with the families of deaf and hard-of-hearing infants and toddlers, Dr. Marilyn Sass-Lehrer provides readers with the evidence-based knowledge needed to implement interdisciplinary and collaborative early interventional programming for professionals and students.Featuring a collaborative team of expert contributors across a variety of backgrounds and disciplines - including educators, audiologists, speech-language pathologists, and health care providers - Early Intervention for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Infants, Toddlers, and Their Families presents students and specialists with the fundamental knowledge they need to effectively design and deliver care to this population.
Education of d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing Children Perspectives on Language and Literacy Development
by
A significant number of d/Deaf and hard of hearing (d/Dhh) children and adolescents experience challenges in acquiring a functional level of English language and literacy skills in the United States (and elsewhere). To provide an understanding of this issue, this book explores the theoretical underpinnings and synthesizes major research findings. It also covers critical controversial areas such as the use of assistive hearing devices, language, and literacy assessments, and inclusion. Although the targeted population is children and adolescents who are d/Dhh, contributors found it necessary to apply our understanding of the development of English in other populations of struggling readers and writers such as children with language or literacy disabilities and those for whom English is not the home language. Collectively, this information should assist scholars in conducting further research and enable educators to develop general instructional guidelines and strategies to improve the language and literacy levels of d/Dhh students. It is clear that there is not a 'one-size-fits-all' concept, but, rather, research and instruction should be differentiated to meet the needs of d/Dhh students. It is our hope that this book stimulates further theorizing and research and, most importantly, offers evidence- and reason-based practices for improving language and literacy abilities of d/Dhh students.
Emergence of Sign Languages
by
We are pleased to present a Special Issue of Languages on the topic of Sign Language Emergence. Sign languages are the only extant languages that can be caught in the act of being born and developing with no model, and they, therefore, offer the only empirical evidence for language emergence in human societies. We have brought together a collection of articles on emerging sign languages that contribute a great deal to our current understanding of this process.This Special Issue covers eleven different emerging sign languages around the world. The articles deal with several aspects of language emergence, including, most notably: (1) the relationship between the emerging language and the culture of the larger society; (2) the role of iconicity in the emergence of sign language; (3) the relationship between the shared context in a small signing community and the degree of variation in the vocabulary; and (4) the vulnerability of budding sign languages. Spoken creole languages are also young, but are different from emerging sign languages, in that the speakers of pidgins from which creoles are assumed to have descended already had native languages. One article compares the features of creoles and of emerging sign languages.We are especially pleased with the diversity and breadth of interests of the contributors to the volume, who are based on four continents. The languages that they cover are equally diverse in their geographical provenance.
English as a foreign language for deaf and hard-of-hearing persons : challenges and strategies
by
Deaf and hard-of-hearing students form a specific group of foreign language learners. They need to use foreign languages just like their hearing peers if they want to enjoy the same benefits of globalization and technical advancements of today, yet they cannot take part in the same foreign language education. As sign language users, lip-readers or persons relying on hearing aids or cochlear implants in their everyday communication, they need special support in learning a foreign language. This book has been written by teachers and researchers involved in teaching English as a foreign language.
Language, Power, and Resistance
by
The current policy of educating d/Deaf and h/Hard of hearing (DHH) students in a mainstream setting, rather than in the segregated environments of deaf schools, has been portrayed as a positive step forward in creating greater equality for DHH students. In Language, Power, and Resistance, Elizabeth S. Mathews explores this claim through qualitative research with DHH children in the Republic of Ireland, their families, their teachers, and their experiences of the education system. While sensitive to the historical context of deaf education, Mathews focuses on the contemporary education system and the ways in which the mainstreaming agenda fits into larger discussions about the classification, treatment, and normalization of DHH children. The research upon which this book is based examined the implications that mainstreaming has for the tensions between the hegemonic medical model of deafness and the social model of Deafness. This volume explores how different types of power are used in the deaf education system to establish, maintain, and also resist medical views of deafness. Mathews frames this discussion as one of power relations across parents, children, and professionals working within the system. She looks at how various forms of power are used to influence decisions, to resist decisions, and to shape the structure and delivery of deaf education. The author's findings are a significant contribution to the debates on inclusive education for DHH students and will resonate in myriad social and geographic contexts.
Languages and Languaging in Deaf Education : a Framework for Pedagogy
by
Languages and Languaging in Deaf Education offers a profound vision for deaf education and studies, as author Ruth Swanwick offers bold contributions towards a new pedagogical framework. With a primary focus on the language and learning experiences of deaf children, this book creates a crucial dialogue between the field of deaf education and studies and the wider field of language education and research.Swanwick's fresh perspective on languages and languaging in deaf education brings new understandings of children's language repertoire, and further extends the meaning and application of dynamic plurilingual pedagogies. Ruth Swanwick addresses two major questions essential to the field: How do we understand and describe deaf children's language use and experience in terms of current concepts of language plurality and diversity? And, how does knowledge of, and a different perspective on, deaf children's language diversity and pluralism inform pedagogy? In this latest addition to the Professional Perspectives on Deafness series, Swanwick presents a new framework to imagine the classroom, synthesizing multilingual language practices, translanguaging, research, and practice.
Music for Children with Hearing Loss
by
Written by an expert in the field who is both a teacher and a teacher-educator, this book is an in-depth and practical resource for educators and parents who wish to introduce music to children with hearing loss.Author Lyn Schraer-Joiner makes a compelling case for offering music education to children with hearing loss before presenting a series of important and up-to-date teaching strategies meant to inform their educational experience, including preparations for the classroom, communication strategies for parents and teaching staff, and tips on more specific or technical matters such as conducting musical audiograms. These resources provide a solid background for hands-on instructional materials such as music lessons, supplemental activities, educational resources, discussion points, and journal samples for the classroom and home.Schraer-Joiner goes to great lengths to offer detailed, purposeful suggestions for specific classroom settings such as general music, choral ensemble, and instrumental ensemble as well as a set of recommended listening lessons that take this potential variety of settings into account. Furthermore, Schraer-Joiner provides suggestions for incorporating music into everyday activities and also presents an overview of recent research which reinforces the benefits of music upon social and emotional development as well as speech and language development. Each chapter concludes with a section entitled "For Your Consideration" which features review questions, ideas, and instructional activities that teachers and parents can accomplish with deaf and hard of hearing children. The book's "Kids Only" online component provides deaf and hard-of-hearing children with descriptions of the many opportunities available to them in the arts, inspirational case studies and stories, as well as important ideas and topics for deaf and hard-of-hearing children to consider discussing with the teachers, family members, and healthcareprofessionals that they work with.The message of this book is a powerful one particularly in this day and age. As hearing aid and cochlear implant technologies improve and become increasingly widespread, all teachers--especially music teachers--should expect to see more deaf and hard-of-hearing children in their classrooms. Awareness and preparation are not only vital in aiding these children in the classroom, but are in fact required of teachers by federal law.This book is a comprehensive resource for teachers and parents who wish to gain a better understanding of the emerging field of music education for students with hearing loss.
The Oxford handbook of deaf studies in language
by
Language development, and the challenges it can present for individuals who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, have long been a focus of research, theory, and practice in D/deaf studies and deaf education. Over the past 150 years, but most especially near the end of the 20th and beginning of the 21st century, advances in the acquisition and development of language competencies and skills have been increasing rapidly.This volume addresses many of those accomplishments as well as remaining challenges and new questions that have arisen from multiple perspectives: theoretical, linguistic, social-emotional, neuro-biological, and socio-cultural. Contributors comprise an international group of prominent scholars and practitioners from a variety of academic and clinical backgrounds. The result is a volume that addresses, in detail, current knowledge, emerging questions, and innovative educational practice in a variety of contexts. The volume takes on topics such as discussion of the transformation of efforts to identify a "best" language approach (the "sign" versus "speech" debate) to a stronger focus on individual strengths, potentials, and choices for selecting and even combining approaches; the effects of language on other areas of development as well as effects from other domains on language itself; and how neurological, socio-cognitive, and linguistic bases of learning are leading to more specialized approaches to instruction that address the challenges that remain for deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals. This volume both complements and extends The Oxford Handbook of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, Volumes 1 and 2, going further into the unique challenges and demands for deaf or hard-of-hearing individuals than any other text and providing not only compilations of what is known but setting the course for investigating what is still to be learned.
The Oxford handbook of music therapy
by
Music therapy is growing internationally to be one of the leading evidence-based psychosocial allied health professions, meeting needs right across the lifespan. Music therapy is a relational therapy in which the therapist and client collaborate to discover how music can be used to strengthen positive relating skills, attending to the client's immediate and longer term needs through assessment, treatment planning, implementation, and evaluation of a music therapyprogramme. Music therapy is based upon the capacity of music provided by a trained and qualified practitioner to support, integrate, and heal trauma, pain, psychological distress, and to develop and extend the existing capacities of the client.In the Oxford Handbook of Music Therapy, international leaders in the field from 10 countries have contributed their expertise to showcase contemporary music therapy. They share knowledgable perspectives from multiple models of music therapy that have developed throughout the world, including Nordoff-Robbins Music Therapy, The Field of Play, Community Music Therapy, and Resource Oriented Music Therapy. There is extensive information provided as to how music therapists practice and with whom, aswell as the techniques used in music therapy individually and in groups, the research basis for the work, and professional and training issues in the field.The book is clearly laid out in five sections; contexts and populations, models and approaches, methods and techniques, research methods, and training and professional issues. Course materials can be structured around the book, or the book can be used as a starting point for students' learning about a model or population. Music therapy students will enjoy the clear descriptions of practice, the clinical vignettes, and the helpful pointers and tips for developing placement work.Unequalled in depth and breadth, this landmark publication is an essential resource for those starting out in Music Therapy, as well as for experienced practitioners.
Psychological and Psychoeducational Assessment of Deaf and Hard of Hearing Children and Adolescents
by
The obstacles to valid and meaningful assessment of deaf and hard of hearing children and adolescents are great, yet professionals are regularly asked to conduct comprehensive evaluations to determine resource and program eligibility, test modifications in school, classroom and home recommendations, and referrals. In this important new text, the authors define the skills required of the examiners, explain the complex nature of these assessments, and describe ways to intelligently use existing tests. Authors Margery S. Miller, Tania Thomas-Presswood, Kurt Metz, and Jennifer Lukomski bring a wealth of knowledge and experience to this in-depth treatment of topics essential to educators and school psychologists. They cover such critical areas as test construction and measurement; the diversity in American Deaf culture; the role of parents in the assessment process; neuropsychological assessments; nonverbal methods for assessing intelligence; and the need for sign language competency when testing cognitive and language skills. The text concludes with recommendations for the development of valid and reliable tests for all students who are deaf and hard of hearing.
Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies
by
This fully revised and expanded second edition of the Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies takes a multidisciplinary approach to disability and provides an authoritative and up-to-date overview of the main issues in the field around the world today. Adopting an international perspective and arranged thematically, it surveys the state of the discipline, examining emerging and cutting-edge areas as well as core areas of contention. Divided in five parts, this comprehensive handbook covers: Different models and approaches to disability. How key impairment groups have engaged with disability studies and the writings within the discipline. Policy and legislation responses to disability studies and to disability activism. Disability studies and its interaction with other disciplines, such as history, philosophy, sport, and science and technology studies. Disability studies and different life experiences, examining how disability and disability studies intersects with ethnicity, sexuality, gender, childhood and ageing. Containing 15 revised chapters and 12 new chapters from an international selection of leading scholars, this authoritative handbook is an invaluable reference for all academics, researchers, and more advanced students in disability studies and associated disciplines such as sociology, health studies and social work. Chapter 6 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.
The SAGE encyclopedia of human communication sciences and disorders
by
The SAGE Encyclopedia of Communication Sciences and Disorders is an in-depth encyclopedia aimed at students interested in interdisciplinary perspectives on human communication - both normal and disordered - across the lifespan. This timely and unique set will look at the spectrum of communication disorders, from causation and prevention to testing and assessment; through rehabilitation, intervention, and education. Examples of the interdisciplinary reach of this encyclopedia: A strong focus on health issues, with topics such as Asperger's syndrome, fetal alcohol syndrome, anatomy of the human larynx, dementia, etc. Including core psychology and cognitive sciences topics, such as social development, stigma, language acquisition, self-help groups, memory, depression, memory, Behaviorism, and cognitive development Education is covered in topics such as cooperative learning, special education, classroom-based service delivery The editors have recruited top researchers and clinicians across multiple fields to contribute to approximately 640 signed entries across four volumes.
Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities
by
Increased interaction between sign language communities and the mainstream societies in which they function is creating the potential for greater equality of opportunity for people who are deaf and hard of hearing. In this volume, renowned scholars and policy makers from around the world present innovative and groundbreaking perspectives on the relationships among sign language, sustainable development, and equal opportunities. The contributors to this volume offer creative and open-minded explorations of the construct of sustainability that are informed by their work with deaf individuals, deaf communities, families of deaf children, and other stakeholders. Sign Language, Sustainable Development, and Equal Opportunities describes sustainability in relation to: · identity, resilience, and well-being · participatory citizenship · historical perspectives on sign language use in educational contexts · sign language learning and teaching · human rights and inclusive education · literate thought and literacy · the sign language factor and the development of sign language communities in sub-Saharan Africa · sign language legislation These changing communities' understanding of what is required to become sustainable--in areas such as full participation and citizenship in society, economic well-being, access to quality education, and cultural and linguistic identity--is also taking new forms. This work contributes to the paradigm shifts regarding deaf emancipation and deaf education taking place around the world.
Sign Languages of the World
by
Although a number of edited collections deal with either the languages of the world or the languages of particular regions or genetic families, only a few cover sign languages or even include a substantial amount of information on them. This handbook provides information on some 38 sign languages, including basic facts about each of the languages, structural aspects, history and culture of the Deaf communities, and history of research. This information will be of interest not just to general audiences, including those who are deaf, but also to linguists and students of linguistics. By providing information on sign languages in a manner accessible to a less specialist audience, this volume fills an important gap in the literature.
Uncanny bodies : superhero comics and disability
by
Superhero comics reckon with issues of corporeal control. And while they commonly deal in characters of exceptional or superhuman ability, they have also shown an increasing attention and sensitivity to diverse forms of disability, both physical and cognitive. The essays in this collection reveal how the superhero genre, in fusing fantasy with realism, provides a visual forum for engaging with issues of disability and intersectional identity (race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality) and helps to imagine different ways of being in the world. Working from the premise that the theoretical mode of the uncanny, with its interest in what is simultaneously known and unknown, ordinary and extraordinary, opens new ways to think about categories and markers of identity, Uncanny Bodiesexplores how continuums of ability in superhero comics can reflect, resist, or reevaluate broader cultural conceptions about disability. The chapters focus on lesser-known characters--such as Echo, Omega the Unknown, and the Silver Scorpion--as well as the famous Barbara Gordon and the protagonist of the acclaimed series Hawkeye, whose superheroic uncanniness provides a counterpoint to constructs of normalcy. Several essays explore how superhero comics can provide a vocabulary and discourse for conceptualizing disability more broadly. Thoughtful and challenging, this eye-opening examination of superhero comics breaks new ground in disability studies and scholarship in popular culture. In addition to the editors, the contributors are Sarah Bowden, Charlie Christie, Sarah Gibbons, Andrew Godfrey-Meers, Marit Hanson, Charles Hatfield, Naja Later, Lauren O'Connor, Daniel J. O'Rourke, Daniel Pinti, Lauranne Poharec, and Deleasa Randall-Griffiths.
Understanding Deafness, Language and Cognitive Development
by
The study of childhood deafness offers researchers many interesting insights into the role of experience and sensory inputs for the development of language and cognition. This volume provides a state of the art look at these questions and how they are being applied in the areas of clinical and educational settings. It also marks the career and contributions of one of the greatest scholars in the field of deafness: Bencie Woll. As the field of deafness goes through rapid and profound changes, we hope that this volume captures the latest perspectives regarding the impacts of these changes for our understanding of child development. The volume will be of essential interest to language development researchers as well as teachers and clinical researchers.
Video-based aural rehabilitation guide : enhancing listening and spoken language in children and adults
by
The Video-Based Aural Rehabilitation Guide: Enhancing Listening and Spoken Language in Children and Adults is the first aural rehabilitation book of its kind to intertwine chapter text with over 200 captioned videos. This unique resource is intended to educate undergraduate and graduate students in speech-language pathology, audiology, and education of the deaf and hard of hearing, as well as enhance the knowledge and skills of practicing professionals. The extensive videos are also an invaluable resource for students enrolled in a clinical or student teaching practicum. Videos feature speech-language pathologists, audiologists, Listening and Spoken Language Specialists, teachers of the deaf and hard of hearing, early interventionists, otologists, and occupational therapists practicing in settings such as clinics, private practices, schools, hospitals, and the community. Topics addressed in the text and videos include hearing technologies, aural rehabilitation procedures, factors that affect intervention outcomes, fundamentals of assessment, supports for education, counseling for children and adults with hearing loss, and the psychosocial well-being of persons with hearing loss and their families. The Video-Based Aural Rehabilitation Guide can be used as a stand-alone text or as a companion alongside the most frequently used aural rehabilitation textbooks. Key Features Over 200 captioned videos accessible on a companion site Collaboration among 14 professionals in audiology, speech-language pathology, Listening and Spoken Language, medicine, education, research, and psychology Chapters with concise summaries, recommended resources for further learning, and study questions with answer keys Background information on the individuals featured in the videos This exciting new text with instructional videos is a much-needed bridge that integrates the disciplines of speech-language pathology, audiology, and education of the deaf and hard of hearing to educate professionals serving children and adults with hearing loss and their families.
Video-Based Aural Rehabilitation Workbook
by
"The Video-Based Aural Rehabilitation Guide is the first book of its kind to intertwine chapter text with over 200 captioned videos. This unique resource is intended to educate undergraduate and graduate students in speech-language pathology, audiology, and education of the deaf and hard of hearing, as well as enhance the knowledge and skills of practicing professionals. The extensive videos are an invaluable resource for students enrolled in a clinical or student teaching practicum. Videos feature speech-language pathologists, audiologists, Listening and Spoken Language Specialists, teachers of the deaf and hard of hearing, early interventionists, otologists, and occupational therapists practicing in settings such as clinics, private practices, schools, hospitals, and the community. Topics addressed in the text and videos include hearing technologies, aural rehabilitation procedures, factors that affect intervention outcomes, fundamentals of assessment, supports for education, counseling for children and adults with hearing loss, and the psychosocial well-being of persons with hearing loss and their families"--
Visual Communication and Art Direction
This course trains the Deaf designer in conceptualizing, developing, and producing design materials that are processed creatively and executed based on industry-standard formats in the purpose of relaying an intent or message using the most appropriate and effective visual themes or compositions. Applying the basics learned from classes such as Digital Imaging and Design Elements and Principles, the Deaf students are expected to give graphic outputs developed by effective content layout, and produced in collateral form (print or digital) with its creative integrity preserved as it reaches your target audience. This includes concepts in basic layout, respect of visual cues, understanding of typography, logo design, storytelling, and concept generation processed by critical thinking. The Deaf students will have exposure to contemporary insights derived from actual cases in the constantly evolving field of graphic and advertising design, and how new developments in technology have helped bring innovative solutions.
The AIGA Guide to Careers in Graphic and Communication Design
by
What graphic design is, what designers need to know, and who becomes a designer have all evolved as the computer went from being a tool to also becoming our primary medium for communication. How jobs are advertised and how prospective candidates communicate with prospective employers have changed as well, as has the culture and context for many workplaces, requiring new approaches for how to find your first (and last) position. Through clear prose, a broad survey of contexts where designers find themselves in the present day, and interviews with designers, The AIGA Guide to Careers in Graphic and Communication Design is an invaluable resource for finding your place in this quickly changing and growing field. The book includes interviews with over 40 designers at all levels working in-house and out-of-house in studios, consultancies, or alone, including: Nicholas Blechman, The New Yorker; Rob Giampietro, Google; Njoki Gitahi, IDEO; Hilary Greenbaum, Whitney Museum; Holly Gressley, Vox Media; Cemre Güngör, Facebook; Natasha Jen, Pentagram; Renda Morton, The New York Times; and Alisa Wolfson, Leo Burnett Worldwide.
Basics Interactive Design: Interface Design
by
If you want to design successful user interfaces then you need clear and effective visual communication. Interface Design will help you achieve this using a range of incisive case studies, interviews with professional designers and clear hands-on advice to help you produce user-focused front-end designs for a range of digital media interfaces. This book introduces the major elements of graphic design for digital media - layout, colour, iconography, imagery and typography, and shows how these visual communication basics can combine to produce positive interactive user experiences. With practical advice on improving communication between designers and developer, and a tantalizing look at designing interactivity for all five senses, this is a must-have introduction to developing interfaces that users will love.
Color Design Workbook: New, Revised Edition
by
From the meanings behind colours to working with colour in presentations, Color Design Workbook provides readers with the vital information needed to apply colour creatively and effectively to design work.
Digital Storytelling
by
In this revised and updated edition of the StoryCenter's popular guide to digital storytelling, StoryCenter founder Joe Lambert offers budding storytellers the skills and tools they need to craft compelling digital stories. Using a "Seven Steps" approach, Lambert helps storytellers identify the fundamentals of dynamic digital storytelling - from conceiving a story, to seeing, assembling, and sharing it. Readers will also find new explorations of the global applications of digital storytelling in education and other fields, as well as additional information about copyright, ethics, and distribution. The book is filled with resources about past and present projects on the grassroots and institutional level, including new chapters specifically for students and a discussion of the latest tools and projects in mobile device-based media. This accessible guide's meaningful examples and inviting tone makes this an essential for any student learning the steps toward digital storytelling.
Graphic Design for Architects
by
Graphic Design for Architects is a handbook of techniques, explanations and examples of graphic design most relevant to architects. The book covers a variety of scales of graphic design, everything from portfolio design and competition boards, to signage and building super-graphics - to address every phase of architectural production.　 This book combines and expands on information typically found in graphic design, information design, and architectural graphics books. As architectural communication increases to include more territory and components of a project, it is important for designers to be knowledgeable about the various ways in which to communicate visually. For instance, signage should be designed as part of the process - not something added at the end of a project; and the portfolio is a manifestation of how the designer works, not just an application to sell a design sensibility. In thinking about architecture as a systematic and visual project, the graphic design techniques outlined in this book will help architects process, organize and structure their work through the lens of visual communication. Each chapter is titled and organized by common architectural modes of communication and production. The chapters speak to architects by directly addressing projects and topics relevant to their work, while the information inside each chapter presents graphic design methods to achieve the architects' work. In this way, readers don't have to search through graphic design books to figure out what's relevant to them - this book provides a complete reference of graphic techniques and methods most useful to architects in getting their work done.
The Graphic Design Reader
by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners.Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin.Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography.The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Graphic design school : a foundation course for graphic designers working in print, moving image and digital media
by
Practical advice on all aspects of graphic design - from the understanding the basics to devising an original concept and creating successful finished designs.
Graphic Design Solutions
by
GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS, 6th EDITION, is the most comprehensive reference on graphic design for print and screen media. It introduces the principles of design and how they apply to the various graphic design disciplines--all explained and illustrated with vivid, professional art and diagrams. Providing a solid foundation for typographic design, advertising design and graphic design, its in-depth coverage includes such topics as design principles, the design process, concept generation, branding and visual identity, design for web and mobile, package design, portfolio development, social media, ad campaigns and more. GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS has everything you need to know to start formulating concepts and creating powerful, effective visual messages.
Handbook of Digital Imaging
by
A comprehensive and practical analysis and overview of the imaging chain through acquisition, processing and display The Handbook of Digital Imaging provides a coherent overview of the imaging science amalgam, focusing on the capture, storage and display of images. The volumes are arranged thematically to provide a seamless analysis of the imaging chain from source (image acquisition) to destination (image print/display). The coverage is planned to have a very practical orientation to provide a comprehensive source of information for practicing engineers designing and developing modern digital imaging systems. The content will be drawn from all aspects of digital imaging including optics, sensors, quality, control, colour encoding and decoding, compression, projection and display. Contains approximately 50 highly illustrated articles printed in full colour throughout Over 50 Contributors from Europe, US and Asia from academia and industry The 3 volumes are organized thematically for enhanced usability: Volume 1: Image Capture and Storage; Volume 2: Image Display and Reproduction, Hardcopy Technology, Halftoning and Physical Evaluation, Models for Halftone Reproduction; Volume 3: Imaging System Applications, Media Imaging, Remote Imaging, Medical and Forensic Imaging 3 Volumes www.handbookofdigitalimaging.com
Introduction to Graphic Design
by
For a great foundation as a graphic design student, look no further than Aaris Sherin's Introduction to Graphic Design. Sherin will introduce you to the formal structure of graphic design, so you can understand and utilise the main techniques of your chosen profession, and learn how they apply to print and screen-based projects. Whether you need to conceptualise a new poster, develop an exciting advertisement, structure an app or create eye-catching signage, chapters can be read in any order you choose, depending on which area you wish to concentrate. Whatever your approach, you'll be encouraged to use critical thinking, visual exploration and understand the special relationship graphic designers have to creative problem solving. There are also chapters devoted to imagery, color, and typography, using a thematic approach to creative problem-solving. With over 500 images showing examples from international designers, helpful diagrams, highlighted key terms and concepts, Design in Action case studies, exercises and chapter-by-chapter Dos and Don'ts, Introduction to Graphic Design will give newcomers to graphic design the confidence to give visual form to concepts and ideas.
Layout workbook : a real-world guide to building pages in graphic design
by
Layout Workbook is one of five volumes in Rockport's series of practical and inspirational workbooks that cover the fundamental areas of the graphic design business.
The power and influence of illustration : achieving impact and lasting significance through visual communication
by
Delving into the rationale behind influential communication, The Power And Influence Of Illustration helps you understand how to work with a message to create convincing illustrations for your audience.Alan Male explains how illustrative imagery can lampoon, shock, insult, threaten, subvert, ridicule, express discontent and proclaim political and religious allegiance. He explores how its tools have been used in the past, and looks at how contemporary illustrators can use their own work to persuade - and discusses where the line between persuasion and propaganda lies. These issues are explored using hundreds of full colour images from international artists, both contemporary and historical.
The Routledge Companion to Disability and Media
by
An authoritative and indispensable guide to disability and media, this thoughtfully curated collection features varied and provocative contributions from distinguished scholars globally, alongside next-generation research leaders. Disability and media has emerged as a dynamic and exciting area of contemporary culture and social life. Media-- especially digital technology--play a vital role in disability transformations, with widespread implications for global societies and how we understand communications. This book addresses this development, from representation and audience through technologies, innovations and challenges of the field. Through the varied and global perspectives of leading researchers, writers, and practitioners, including many authors with lived experience of disability, it covers a wide range of traditional, emergent and future media forms and formats. International in scope and orientation, The Routledge Companion to Disability and Media offers students and scholars alike a comprehensive survey of the intersections between disability studies and media studies This book is available as an accessible eBook. For more information, please visit https://taylorandfrancis.com/about/corporate-responsibility/accessibility-at-taylor-francis/.
Sustainable Graphic Design
by
There is little appreciation for what happens to graphic design artifacts after their useful life has ended. Sustainable Graphic Design outlines graphic design's relationship to production and consumption, demonstrating how designers can contribute solution-oriented responses to consumption, through tools and methodologies applicable to both education and practice. The book provides an overview of sustainable graphic design, based on global engagement with design's relationship to consumption, and features highly creative work inspired by complex issues and including studies of a variety of visual artifacts, the larger built environment and the very ordinary products of consumption. Presenting cutting-edge work in graphic design from practitioners, educators and students from North America, Northern Europe, Australia and the Far East, the book helps students visualize their future roles engaging with the field in response to ecological concerns, social justice and present systems of design by using extensive case studies of student work with step-by step instructions adapted for use by instructors.
Thoughts on Design
by
One of the seminal texts of graphic design, Paul Rand's Thoughts on Design is now back in print for the first time since the 1970s. Writing at the height of his career, Rand articulated in his slender volume the pioneering vision that all design should seamlessly integrate form and function. This facsimile edition preserves Rand's original 1947 essay with the adjustments he made to its text and imagery for a revised printing in 1970, and adds only an informative and inspiring new foreword by design luminary Michael Bierut. As relevant today as it was when first published, this classic treatise is an indispensable addition to the library of every designer.
Typographic design : form and communication
by
Precise visual communication requires first-rate typography skills Typographic Design: Form and Communication, Sixth Edition is the latest update to the classic typography text that covers all aspects of designing with type. Revised to reflect the shift in graphic design conception and understanding, the book contains a brand-new exploration of typography in media versus typography in motion, and provides the latest information on emerging trends and technology in the design process. Full-color images showcase recent design examples and a companion website features a robust collection of resources for students and instructors. Striking a balance between fundamental information and pivotal new knowledge and ideas, the book provides the perfect basis for engaging new learners as well as seasoned professionals. Typography is the comprehensive design of type, encompassing selection, placement, manipulation, and communication. An integral element of the graphic designer's arsenal, typography skills translate across industry boundaries into print, video, film, television, packaging, advertising, digital design, and more. Typographic Design provides insight, information, and practical instruction for every step in the process, from concept to execution. Topics include: Letterforms, syntax, and legibility Communication and the typographic message Evolution and technology of typography Typographic design processes, and using the grid The book also contains case studies that illustrate the successful use of typography, demonstrating the impact of good type on the overall design, and a listing of type specimens that exhibit good communication through good design. Words are an important part of the human condition, and presentation can have a major impact on the message. Graphic designers must be able to manipulate type to convey precisely what's intended, and Typographic Design is a comprehensive guide to mastery.
Visual Communication
by
Visual communication is just as important as verbal communication, if not more so. VISUAL COMMUNICATION: IMAGES WITH MESSAGES shows you how visual perception is used in all forms of communication, whether it's graphic design, photography, television, video, or interactive media. In addition, this 6th edition is presented in full color from cover to cover. And because it's packed with study and review tools, it not only clearly explains the theories you need to know, it helps you prepare for tests and will help you succeed in the class. Available with InfoTrac® Student Collections http://gocengage.com/infotrac.
Visual Communication Design
by
Where do design principles come from? Are they abstract "rules" established by professionals or do they have roots in human experience? And if we encounter these visual phenomena in our everyday lives, how do designers use them to attract our attention, orient our behavior, and create compelling and memorable communication that stands out among the thousands of messages we confront each day? Today's work in visual communication design shifts emphasis from simply designing objects to designing experiences; to crafting form that acknowledges cognitive and cultural influences on interpretation. In response, Meredith Davis and Jamer Hunt provide a new slant on design basics from the perspective of audiences and users. Chapters break down our interactions with communication as a sequence of meaningful episodes, each with related visual concepts that shape the interpretive experience. Explanatory illustrations and professional design examples support definitions of visual concepts and discussions of context. Work spans print, screen, and environmental applications from around the world. This introduction to visual communication design demystifies the foundational concepts that underpin professional design decisions and shape our experiences in a complex visual world.
Visual Communication and Art Direction
This course trains the Deaf designer in conceptualizing, developing, and producing design materials that are processed creatively and executed based on industry-standard formats in the purpose of relaying an intent or message using the most appropriate and effective visual themes or compositions. Applying the basics learned from classes such as Digital Imaging and Design Elements and Principles, the Deaf students are expected to give graphic outputs developed by effective content layout, and produced in collateral form (print or digital) with its creative integrity preserved as it reaches your target audience. This includes concepts in basic layout, respect of visual cues, understanding of typography, logo design, storytelling, and concept generation processed by critical thinking. The Deaf students will have exposure to contemporary insights derived from actual cases in the constantly evolving field of graphic and advertising design, and how new developments in technology have helped bring innovative solutions.
Art Direction and Production Design
by
How is the look of a film achieved? In Art Direction and Production Design, six outstanding scholars survey the careers of notable art directors, the influence of specific design styles, the key roles played by particular studios and films in shaping the field, the effect of technological changes on production design, and the shifts in industrial modes of organization. The craft's purpose is to produce an overall pictorial "vision" for films, and in 1924 a group of designers formed the Cinemagundi Club--their skills encompassed set design, painting, decoration, construction, and budgeting. A few years later, in recognition of their contributions to filmmaking, the first Academy Awards for art direction were given, a clear indication of just how essential the oversight of production design had become to the so-called majors. The original essays presented in Art Direction and Production Design trace the trajectory from Thomas Edison's primitive studio, the Black Maria, to the growth of the Hollywood "studio system," to the influence of sound, to a discussion of the "auteur theory," and to contemporary Hollywood in which computer-generated imagery has become common. By 2000, the Society of Motion Picture Art Directors became the Art Directors Guild, emphasizing the significance of the contributions of art direction and production design to filmmaking. Art Direction and Production Design is a volume in the Behind the Silver Screen series--other titles in the series include Acting, Animation, Cinematography, Directing, Editing and Special/Visual Effects, Producers, Screenwriting, and Sound.
Communications Writing and Design
by
Communications Writing and Design is an integrated, project-based introduction to effective writing and design across the persuasive domains of communication. Build a strong foundation of core writing and design skills using professionally-designed examples that illustrate and reinforce key principles Readers learn and analyze techniques by creating 15 projects in marketing, advertising, PR, and social media with the help of strategy suggestions, practical tips, and professional production techniques Written by an experienced professional and teacher, with a focus on the cross-disciplinary nature of contemporary communication work Learning is reinforced through a variety of pedagogical features: learning objectives, helpful mnemonics, real-life projects and applications, chapter references for further study, and end-of-chapter summaries and exercises A companion website with multimedia slides, exam questions, learning videos, and design guides provides additional learning tools for students and instructors
Cool infographics : effective communication with data visualization and design
by
Make information memorable with creative visual design techniques Research shows that visual information is more quickly and easily understood, and much more likely to be remembered. This innovative book presents the design process and the best software tools for creating infographics that communicate. Including a special section on how to construct the increasingly popular infographic resume, the book offers graphic designers, marketers, and business professionals vital information on the most effective ways to present data. Explains why infographics and data visualizations work Shares the tools and techniques for creating great infographics Covers online infographics used for marketing, including social media and search engine optimization (SEO) Shows how to market your skills with a visual, infographic resume Explores the many internal business uses of infographics, including board meeting presentations, annual reports, consumer research statistics, marketing strategies, business plans, and visual explanations of products and services to your customers With Cool Infographics, you'll learn to create infographics to successfully reach your target audience and tell clear stories with your data.
Digital Imaging
by
Digital imaging is used widely in various real-life applications today. There are a number of potential digital imaging applications that include different areas such as television, photography, robotics, remote sensing, medical diagnosis, reconnaissance, architectural and engineering design, art, crime prevention, geographical information systems, communication, intellectual property, retail catalogs, nudity detection, face finding, industrial, and others. This book is specifically dedicated to digital imaging research, applications, techniques, tools, and algorithms that originate from different fields such as image processing, computer vision, pattern recognition, signal processing, artificial intelligence, intelligent systems, and soft computing. In general, this comprehensive book contains state-of-the-art chapters focusing on the latest developments using theories, methods, approaches, algorithms, analyses, display of images, visual information, and videos.
A Few Minutes of Design
by
"A series of deceptively simple--and fun--exercises . . . A marvelous invitation to anyone with an interest in creativity, invention, and design." --Michael Bierut, Partner, Pentagram, New York Even concert pianists do warm-up exercises to limber up the fingers and clear the mind for the performance ahead. Designers are, or should be, no different. This delightful collection provides fifty-two exercises or activities to jump-start your creative juices, free you from creative block, start a new project, or finish an existing one. Each exercise offers insight into the innumerable small decisions involved in design. How to join this part to that, how to establish a pattern or continue the series, how to say it without words, what fits, and what doesn't? For established practicing designers or creatives in any field, these activities are sometimes playful, sometimes challenging--but always enlightening.
Visual Communication
by
Visual Communication: Understanding Images in Media and Culture provides a theoretical and empirical toolkit to examine implications of mediated images. It explores a range of approaches to visual analysis, while also providing a hands-on guide to applying methods to students’ own work. The book: • Illustrates a range of perspectives, from content analysis and semiotics, to multimodal and critical discourse analysis • Explores the centrality of images to issues of identity and representation, politics and activism, and commodities and consumption • Brings theory to life with a host of original case studies, from celebrity videos on Youtube and civil unrest on Twitter, to the lifestyle branding of Vice Media and Getty Images • Shows students how to combine approaches and methods to best suit their own research questions and projects An invaluable guide to analysing contemporary media images, this is essential reading for students and researchers of visual communication and visual culture.
Visual Communication Design
by
Where do design principles come from? Are they abstract "rules" established by professionals or do they have roots in human experience? And if we encounter these visual phenomena in our everyday lives, how do designers use them to attract our attention, orient our behavior, and create compelling and memorable communication that stands out among the thousands of messages we confront each day? Today's work in visual communication design shifts emphasis from simply designing objects to designing experiences; to crafting form that acknowledges cognitive and cultural influences on interpretation. In response, Meredith Davis and Jamer Hunt provide a new slant on design basics from the perspective of audiences and users. Chapters break down our interactions with communication as a sequence of meaningful episodes, each with related visual concepts that shape the interpretive experience. Explanatory illustrations and professional design examples support definitions of visual concepts and discussions of context. Work spans print, screen, and environmental applications from around the world. This introduction to visual communication design demystifies the foundational concepts that underpin professional design decisions and shape our experiences in a complex visual world.
Visual Communication for Cybersecurity: Beyond Awareness to Advocacy
by
Cybersecurity needs a change in communication. It is time to show the world that cybersecurity is an exciting and diverse field to work in. Cybersecurity is not only about hackers and technical gobbledygook. It is a diverse field of work with a lot of collaboration with other disciplines. Over the years, security professionals have tried different awareness strategies to promote their work and to improve the knowledge of their audience but without much success. Communication problems are holding back advances in the field. Visual Communication for Cybersecurity explores the possibilities of visual communication as a tool to improve the communication about cybersecurity and to better connect with non-experts. Visual communication is useful to explain complex topics and to solve complex problems. Visual tools are easy to share through social media and have the possibility to reach a wide audience. When applied strategically, visual communication can contribute to a people-centric approach to security, where employees are encouraged to actively engage in security activities rather than simply complying with the policies. Cybersecurity education does not usually include communication theory or creative skills. Many experts think that it is not part of their job and is best left to the communication department or they think that they lack any creative talent. This book introduces communication theories and models, gives practical tips, and shows many examples. The book can support students in cybersecurity education and professionals searching for alternatives to bullet-point presentations and textual reports. On top of that, if this book succeeds in inspiring the reader to start creating visuals, it may also give the reader the pleasure of seeing new possibilities and improving their performance. The book is divided into different parts for readers with different interests. There is no need to read the book from cover to cover; the chapters are organized thematically. Readers that are interested in how to apply communication theory to cybersecurity will enjoy the chapters about learning the context in which communication takes place and how people are persuaded. Readers that are looking for inspiration and examples of how to use visuals in their daily tasks go straight to the third section of the book. The last section is a workbook that will help the reader to take the first steps towards using visual communication at work.
Visual Design Solutions
by
Enhance learners' interest and understanding with visual design for instructional and information products No matter what medium you use to deliver content, if the visual design fails, the experience falls flat. Meaningful graphics and a compelling visual design supercharge instruction, training, and presentations, but this isn't easy to accomplish. Now you can conquer your design fears and knowledge gaps with Visual Design Solutions: a resource for learning professionals seeking to raise the bar on their graphics and visual design skills. This informal and friendly book guides you through the process and principles used by professional graphic designers. It also presents creative solutions and examples that you can start using right away. Anyone who envisions, designs, or creates instructional or informational graphics will benefit from the design strategies laid out in this comprehensive resource. Written by Connie Malamed, an art educator and instructional designer, this book will help you tap into your creativity, design with intention, and produce polished work. Whereas most graphic design books focus on logos, packaging, and brochures, Visual Design Solutions focuses on eLearning, presentations, and performance support. Visual Design Solutions includes practical guidelines for making smart design choices, ways to create professional-looking products, and principles for successful graphics that facilitate learning. Ideal for instructional designers, trainers, presenters, and professors who want to advance from haphazard to intentional design, this book will help them realize their design potential. Gain the knowledge and confidence to design impressive, effective visuals for learning Increase learner comprehension and retention with visual strategies offered by an expert author Serves as a reference and a resource, with a wealth of examples for inspiration and ideas Addresses an intimidating topic in an informal, friendly style In four parts, the book provides a thorough overview of the design process and design concepts; explores space, image, and typography; and presents workable solutions for your most persistent and puzzling design problems. Get started and begin creating captivating graphics for your learners.
In this course, the Deaf student will undergo the process of proposing a multimedia project and going through the pre, actual and post production of the project. In the project, the students will propose to integrate Benildean values with the multimedia skills acquired using a mixture of interactive media, to promote the needs of the Deaf Community.
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking
by
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking: From Script to Screen explores what goes into the making of Hollywood's greatest motion pictures. Join veteran script consultant Linda Seger as she examines contemporary and classic screenplays on their perilous journey from script to screen. This fully revised and updated edition includes interviews with over 80 well-known artists in their fields including writers, producers, directors, actors, editors, composers, and production designers. Their discussions about the art and craft of filmmaking - including how and why they make their decisions - provides filmmaking and screenwriting students and professionals with the ultimate guide to creating the best possible "blueprint" for a film and to also fully understand the artistic and technical decisions being made by all those involved in the process.
Create to learn : introduction to digital literacy
by
Want to learn something well? Make media to advance knowledge and gain new ideas. You don't have to be a communication professional to create to learn. Today, with free and low-cost digital tools, everyone can compose videos, blogs and websites, remixes, podcasts, screencasts, infographics, animation, remixes and more. By creating to learn, people internalize ideas and express information creatively in ways that may inspire others. Create to Learn is a ground-breaking book that helps learners create multimedia texts as they develop both critical thinking and communication skills. Written by Renee Hobbs, one of the foremost experts in media literacy, this book introduces a wide range of conceptual principles at the heart of multimedia composition and digital pedagogy. Its approach is useful for anyone who sees the profound educational value of creating multimedia projects in an increasingly digital and connected world. Students will become skilled multimedia communicators by learning how to gather information, generate ideas, and develop media projects using contemporary digital tools and platforms. Illustrative examples from a variety of student-produced multimedia projects along with helpful online materials offer support and boost confidence. Create to Learn will help anyone make informed and strategic communication decisions as they create media for any academic, personal or professional project.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems
by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video
by
Digital Compositing for Film and Video is a hands-on, how-to guide that addresses the problems and difficult choices faced by the professional compositor in real-life situations. This book presents you with tips, tricks and techniques for dealing with the badly shot elements, color artifacts, and mismatched lighting that bedevil compositors. Included in this book is: in-depth, practical methods for bluescreen matte extraction, despill operations, compositing operations, and color correction-the "meat and potatoes" of all digital effects. Written in a completely software independent style, it is totally applicable to any brand of compositing software. The second edition contains many important additions: * printed in full color with over 400 color photos and illustrations * companion DVD with 3.7 gigabytes of test images, including hard to get HiDef video and feature film scans * new section on working with HiDef video * new section on digital intermediate, the feature film finishing process of today * more Adobe Photoshop blending modes and procedures * new material that reveals the add-mix composite, light wrap, slot gags, and how to defeat banding problems
Film and Video Production in the Cloud
by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling
by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Production design for screen : visual storytelling in film and television
by
Packed with colour film stills, exclusive pre-production artwork and behind-the-scenes production images, this landmark book celebrates the production designer's contribution to visual storytelling on screen. It illuminates the visual concepts behind familiar screen spaces and unpicks how and why they are so effective in conveying character and story.Seven case studies, developed from exclusive interviews with world-renowned designers, reveal the concepts behind some of the most engaging imagery on screen and establish a dialogue around the shared language of visual storytelling. Jane Barnwell offers a new methodology for evaluating the designer's work on screen through five categories of analysis: space, interiors and exteriors, light, colour and set decorating. All of which combine to create the visual concept evident in the final screen image and together provide a model for the analysis of production design.Practical exercises and examples of real world projects walk you through the design process from breaking down the script and developing initial ideas to identifying a coherent conceptual vision. If you are a filmmaker, Production Design for Screen will inspire and guide you in your own work.
Storytelling for Interactive Digital Media and Video Games
by
The evolution of story-telling is as old as the human race; from the beginning, when our ancestors first gathered around a campfire to share wondrous tales through oral traditions, to today, with information and stories being shared through waves and filling screens with words and images. Stories have always surrounded us, and united us in ways other disciplines can't. Storytelling for Interactive Digital Media and Video Games lays out the construct of the story, and how it can be manipulated by the storyteller through sound, video, lighting, graphics, and color. This book is the perfect guide to aspiring storytellers as it illustrates the different manner of how and why stories are told, and how to make them "interactive." Storytelling features heavy game development as a method of storytelling and delivery, and how to develop compelling plots, characters, settings, and actions inside a game. The concept of digital storytelling will be explored, and how this differs from previous incarnations of mediums for stories Key Features: Explores the necessary elements of a story (setting, character, events, sequence, and perspective) and how they affect the viewer of the story Discusses media and its role in storytelling, including images, art, sound, video, and animation Explores the effect of interactivity on the story, such as contest TV, web-based storytelling, kiosks, and games Shows the different types of story themes in gaming and how they are interwoven Describes how to make games engaging and rewarding intrinsically and extrinsically
Video Field Production and Editing
by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985. of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Video Production
by
The second edition of Video Production has been thoroughly revised to include a new chapter on Multimedia Production apart from a score of new topics combined with new images and anecdotes.Beginning with creating an understanding of visual grammar for video production, the book goes on to discuss the parts of a video camera, the roles of the personnel involved, and the three phases of video production-pre-production, production, and post-production. It moves from the conceptual to thepractical-discussing in detail scriptwriting, lighting, sound, and editing; single-camera and multi-camera production processes; and the techniques involved in electronic news gathering and electronic field production. Video and broadcast technology and the various delivery options available inIndia and abroad are also discussed in detail.
Visual Typologies from the Early Modern to the Contemporary
by
Visual Typologies from the Early Modern to the Contemporaryinvestigates the pictorial representation of types from the sixteenth to the twenty- first century. Originating in longstanding visual traditions, including street crier prints and costume albums, these images share certain conventions as they seek to convey knowledge about different peoples. The genre of the type became widespread in the early modern period, developing into a global language of identity. The chapters explore diverse pictorial representations of types, customs, and dress in numerous media, including paintings, prints, postcards, photographs, and garments. Together, they reveal that the activation of typological strategies, including seriality, repetition, appropriation, and subversion has produced a universal and dynamic pictorial language. Typological images highlight the tensions between the local and the international, the specific and the communal, and similarity and difference inherent in the construction of identity. The first full- length study to treat these images as a broader genre, Visual Typologiesgives voice to a marginalized form of representation. Together, the chapters debunk the classification of such images as unmediated and authentic representations, offering fresh methodological frameworks to consider their meanings locally and globally, and establishing common ground about the operations of objects that sought to shape, embody, or challenge individual and collective identities.
In this course, the Deaf student will undergo the process of proposing a multimedia project and going through the pre, actual and post production of the project. In the project, the students will propose to integrate Benildean values with the multimedia skills acquired using a mixture of interactive media, to promote the needs of the Deaf Community.
Blender for video production quick start guide
by
One of the critical components of any workflow related to video production is a reliable tool to create and edit media such as video and audio. In most cases, you will find video producers using software that can only cut and mount video in a "traditional" way. What if you could use a software that offers not only options to edit and cut video, but also create 3D content and animation? With Blender, you can make use of a fantastic set of tools to edit and cut video, and also produce 3D content that will enable you to take your productions to the next level.
Do you want to take footage from a camera and cut or add sound and titles? This book will show you how Blender can do that for you! You will learn to add 3D virtual objects to the same footage that will help you to create a full 3D environment. Using some camera tricks, you can even turn Blender into a powerful 2.5D animation software to create compelling infographics to produce educational, marketing, and instructional videos. You will also learn how to work with motion tracking to mix live-action footage with virtual objects. You will then learn how to use the video editing capabilities of Blender and match 3D content to your project for YouTube or any other media.
Toward the end of the book, you will export the project to YouTube using optimal settings for the best performance in the platform.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems
by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video
by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Digital video concepts, methods, and metrics : quality, compression, performance, and power trade-off analysis
by
Digital Video Concepts, Methods, and Metrics: Quality, Compression, Performance, and Power Trade-off Analysis is a concise reference for professionals in a wide range of applications and vocations. It focuses on giving the reader mastery over the concepts, methods and metrics of digital video coding, so that readers have sufficient understanding to choose and tune coding parameters for optimum results that would suit their particular needs for quality, compression, speed and power. The practical aspects are many: Uploading video to the Internet is only the beginning of a trend where a consumer controls video quality and speed by trading off various other factors. Open source and proprietary applications such as video e-mail, private party content generation, editing and archiving, and cloud asset management would give further control to the end-user. Digital video is frequently compressed and coded for easier storage and transmission. This process involves visual quality loss due to typical data compression techniques and requires use of high performance computing systems. A careful balance between the amount of compression, the visual quality loss and the coding speed is necessary to keep the total system cost down, while delivering a good user experience for various video applications. At the same time, power consumption optimizations are also essential to get the job done on inexpensive consumer platforms. Trade-offs can be made among these factors, and relevant considerations are particularly important in resource-constrained low power devices. To better understand the trade-offs this book discusses a comprehensive set of engineering principles, strategies, methods and metrics. It also exposes readers to approaches on how to differentiate and rank video coding solutions.
Image - Action - Space : Situating the Screen in Visual Practice
by
Screen-based media, such as touch-screens, navigation systems and virtual reality applications merge images and operations. They turn viewing first and foremost into using and reflect the turn towards an active role of the image in guiding a user's action and perception. From professional environments to everyday life multiple configurations of screens organise working routines, structure interaction, and situate users in space both within and beyond the boundaries of the screen. This volume examines the linking of screen, space, and operation in fields such as remote navigation, architecture, medicine, interface design, and film production asking how the interaction with and through screens structures their users' action and perception.
Interactive InDesign CC : bridging the gap between print & digital publishing
by
With a growing focus on digital destinations, the publishing landscape is evolving at a dizzying speed and InDesign CC is at the forefront of the digital frontier. Known as the premiere layout application for magazine and print collateral, InDesign is also a powerful creation tool for both static and interactive PDF, Flash SWF, EPUB, and apps that can be published for sale in various app stores. This tutorial-based guide to InDesign CC provides you with a hands-on experience of the EPUB creation process, InDesign animation, Digital Publishing Suite app creation, creation of interactive PDFs, and a host of techniques that serve equally well in both print and digital production. This extensively detailed book is filled with over 700 screenshots, explicit diagrams, and step-by-step real-world exercises to get you up and running with: *InDesign Animation *Buttons, forms, and other interactive elements *Interactive PDFs *EPUB *App building with DPS *The fundamentals of HTML, CSS, and GREP *A treasure trove of trips and techniques that will forever transform your work with InDesign.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling
by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Introduction to Video Production
by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Production focuses on the fundamental principles and aesthetics of video production and the technologies used in both studio and field environments. Ronald J. Compesi and Jaime S. Gomez cover each aspect of the process step by step, from preproduction to lighting, sound, directing, editing, graphics, and distribution. Taking into account the changes in workflow and production planning and distribution brought on by the advent of digital media, this second edition has been updated throughout to account for the increasing popularity of DSLR cameras, online distribution, the rise of portable cameras and mobile video, and much more. Key features include: a thorough overview of video production in studio and field environments without being overly technical, allowing students to get the "big picture" of production; coverage of new digital production, recording, and editing technologies; over 300 photos and line art illustrating aesthetic elements, technical issues, and production planning; key words identified in boldface throughout the text and reinforced in a comprehensive glossary of terms.
Introduction to Video Production
by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Productionfocuses on the fundamental principles of video production and the technologies used in production. This book discusses video aesthetics, technologies, and production practice in a clear and concise manner. It also emphasizes the importance of teamwork and planning in the production process. Chapters are clearly organized and heavily illustrated, with key terms identified in boldface. With Introduction to Video Production, readers will learn not only how the technology works, but how to work with the technology and with each other.
Learn Adobe Animate CC for interactive media : Adobe certified associate exam preparation
by
"Knowing the industry-standard animation and interactivity tool Adobe Animate CC (previously known as "Flash Professional") can help you get a foothold in the exciting web design and mobile app-development world. Learn Animate CC by building cool creative projects that will teach you how to: Design and animate vector artwork -- Compose an animated greeting card using HTML5 -- Build a promotional video with text and images animated in 3D -- Construct a working digital clock using ActionScript -- Design and code an interactive quiz for mobile devices."--Publisher
Mastering Adobe Captivate 2019 : build cutting edge professional SCORM compliant and interactive eLearning content with Adobe Captivate
by
Create responsive eLearning content, including quizzes, demonstrations, simulations and Virtual Reality projects that fit on any device with Adobe Captivate 2019 Key Features Build responsive, interactive and highly engaging eLearning content with Adobe Captivate 2019 Build Virtual Reality eLearning experiences with Adobe Captivate 2019 Assess your student knowledge with interactive and random quizzes Seamlessly integrate your eLearning content with any SCORM or xAPI compliant LMS Book Description Adobe Captivate is used to create highly engaging, interactive, and responsive eLearning content. This book takes you through the production of a few pieces of eLearning content, covering all the project types and workflows of Adobe Captivate. First, you will learn how to create a typical interactive Captivate project. This will give you the opportunity to review all Captivate objects and uncover the application's main tools. Then, you will use the built-in capture engine of Captivate to create an interactive software simulation and a Video Demo that can be published as an MP4 video. Then, you will approach the advanced responsive features of Captivate to create a project that can be viewed on any device. And finally, you will immerse your learners in a 360o environment by creating Virtual Reality projects of Adobe Captivate. At the end of the book, you will empower your workflow and projects with the newer and most advanced features of the application, including variables, advanced actions, JavaScript, and using Captivate 2019 with other applications. If you want to produce high quality eLearning content using a wide variety of techniques, implement eLearning in your company, enable eLearning on any device, assess the effectiveness of the learning by using extensive Quizzing features, or are simply interested in eLearning, this book has you covered! What you will learn Learn how to use the objects in Captivate to build professional eLearning content Enhance your projects by adding interactivity, animations, and more Add multimedia elements, such as audio and video, to create engaging learning experiences Use themes to craft a unique visual experience Use question slides to create SCORM-compliant quizzes that integrate seamlessly with your LMS Make your content fit any device with responsive features of Captivate Create immersive 360° experiences with Virtual Reality projects of Captivate 2019 Integrate Captivate with other applications (such as PowerPoint and Photoshop) to establish a professional eLearning production workflow Publish your project in a wide variety of formats including HTML5 and Flash Who this book is for If you are a teacher, instructional designer, eLearning developer, or human resources manager who wants to implement eLearning, then this book is for you. A basic knowledge of your OS is all it takes to create the next generation of responsive eLearning content.
Shoot, Edit, Share
by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Single-Camera Video Production
by
Single Camera Video Production, fifth editionis intended for the beginning media student and as a reference for experienced media professionals to review the rapidly changing technology and production techniques in the digital media production field. Single Camera Video Productionprovides an overview of the entire video production process and is especially geared to present production techniques used in single-camera video production. Presented in a concise, easy-to-understand format, readers gain the insight they need to create their own (digital) video productions. Clear illustrations demonstrate the techniques presented in the book. This new edition expands the concentration on digital equipment and production techniques applicable to single camera video production. Field production is accentuated without ignoring studio single camera production. There is also detailed coverage of digital non-linear editing, digital audio, and lighting for digital productions. A new section is included on production workflow designed to carry out the importance of advanced and consistent planning of a production from audience analysis to format choices and eventual distribution methods that must start during the preproduction stage. Presented in an easy to follow, two-page spread layout, the topics are concise and clear. More than 100 new illustrations show the latest equipment and techniques. An expanded production bibliography and glossary complete the additions to this book. Don't miss the other Media Manuals from Focal Press! Check out Grammar of the Shot 2e and Grammar of the Edit 2e. Praise for the last edition: "Single-Camera Video Production is easy reading for the newcomer yet it has enough depth for the video professional. Chapters on digital video, nonlinear editing and a full description of pre-production treatments and contracts make it an excellent resource." - Videomaker "The Focal Press Media Manual series sets out to deliver practical advice, technical know-how and practical skills in a direct, no-nonsense way, without information overload, making sure the essentials are all well-covered. Musburger's Single Camera Video Production, now in its fourth edition, faithfully sticks to this format, with surprising clarity for a complex technology...What is really good about this manual is that it explains every aspect of production and every role on set, but also how they dovetail to support each other...This is a manual that as the name suggests, you should keep close at hand. It is invaluable as a quick-access reference...a pocket book that will pay for itself time and time again throughout many productions." - www.shootingpeople.org
Video Production
by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production 101
by
The need for students and young professionals to be effective communicators and media creators has never been so essential as it is today. Crafting multimedia messages across a variety of platforms is the key growth skill of the 21st century, and strong visual and verbal communication skills, media literacy, and technical proficiency all play a critical role. Video Production 101: Delivering the Message introduces and explores the roles of story development, producing, directing, camerawork, editing, sound design, and other aspects key to media creation. After each topic is explored students develop their skills with hands-on activities in each chapter, such as making a video self-portrait, visual poem, public service announcement, promotional video, short fiction film, and documentary. The authors include videos so readers can watch and learn some of the more visually-oriented concepts. Video Production 101 teaches the way students want to learn - in a project-based and results oriented structure, covering the process of media creation in all its varieties. Accessible and engaging, this book is the ultimate guide for anyone who wants to take control and clearly, effectively, and powerfully deliver his or her message to the world using video.
Video Production Handbook
by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
Visual Content Marketing : Leveraging Infographics, Video, and Interactive Media to Attract and Engage Customers
by
Your ticket to generating better results through infographics Visual Content Marketing is a more than just a guide to infographics. Written for business people dealing with complex offerings, this is a hands-on, in-the-trenches guide to leveraging this emerging medium to reach bottomline business goals. Uniquely, this book addresses the full range of visual solutions, with an emphasis on using these products to create real business value. Inside, you'll learn the ins and outs of infographics, interactive pictograms, video, animations, data-driven visualizations, and other conversion-generating graphical content. Get inspired by the groundbreaking examples showcased here, and learn how to manage every aspect of visual content, from sourcing suppliers to leveraging content on the appropriate media platforms. Author Stephen Gamble is a leader in visual marketing solutions, with over twenty years of experience in the industry. Thousands look to his firm, Frame Concepts, for insider tips on generating revenue with the help of innovative graphics. This insider knowledge is at your fingertips in Visual Content Marketing. To meet your demanding business goals, you need new ideas. This book will show you how to infuse visual content where and when it counts. Generate high-quality leads and revenue with infographics, video, data visualizations, and more Identify the visual marketing and engagement strategies that will work for your business Source and manage talented content suppliers who will deliver on your strategic vision Integrate eye-popping visual solutions to update your brand and achieve your business goals Focusing on the visual is the secret to success in the effort to win customer engagement and attention. Visual Content Marketing is applicable to every business function and industry. With this book, you have the start-to-finish information you need to leverage visual solutions to great effect.
Writing for Multimedia and the Web
by
Learning how to write for just one type of interactive media, such as web sites or games, is not enough! To be truly successful as an interactive writer or designer, you need to understand how to create content for all types of new media. Writing for Multimedia and the Web is the most comprehensive guide available for interactive writing. It covers web sites, computer games, e-learning courses, training programs, immersive exhibits, and much more. Earlier editions have garnered rave reviews as a writing handbook for multimedia and web professionals, as well as a classroom text for interactive writing and design. New Sections and Completely Updated Chapters: *Writing a corporate web site: T. Rowe Price *Creating blogs and podcasts *Web writing tips from usability experts *Optimizing text for web search engines *Defining the user with use cases and user scenarios *Dealing with web editors *Software for organizing and writing interactive media content *Script formats for all types of multimedia and web projects *Writing careers
In this course, the Deaf student will complete the production of approved multimedia project as proposed in Visual Production One. A full documentation of the design and concepts applied in the project will be compiled and submitted to a panel where the student will defend ideas regarding the works previously done. Being one of the final courses, the Deaf students will also undergo trainings on work ethics and standard office practices in preparation for work internship. Managing project development based on pre-agreed timeline is an important factor in this course as much as the quality of output that the student will generate.
The collaborative art of filmmaking : from script to screen
by
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking: From Script to Screen explores what goes into the making of Hollywood's greatest motion pictures. Join veteran script consultant Linda Seger as she examines contemporary and classic screenplays on their perilous journey from script to screen. This fully revised and updated edition includes interviews with over 80 well-known artists in their fields including writers, producers, directors, actors, editors, composers, and production designers. Their discussions about the art and craft of filmmaking - including how and why they make their decisions - provides filmmaking and screenwriting students and professionals with the ultimate guide to creating the best possible "blueprint" for a film and to also fully understand the artistic and technical decisions being made by all those involved in the process.
Corporate Video Production
by
Go beyond the bland talking-head and PowerPoint slide-style of most corporate videos and learn how to land coveted corporate contracts with these comprehensive techniques from an industry veteran. Stuart Sweetow teaches you how to make imaginative corporate videos with eye-catching design, rhythmic editing tricks, and essential scriptwriting and interview techniques. Learn how to shoot on location or in a studio and how to work with employees-turned-actors. Also, discover how to get contracts and to produce online videos and podcasts for corporations, government agencies and non-profit organizations.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud
by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Smartphone Video Storytelling
by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it¿s becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Video Field Production and Editing
by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985. of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Video Production
by
The second edition of Video Production has been thoroughly revised to include a new chapter on Multimedia Production apart from a score of new topics combined with new images and anecdotes.Beginning with creating an understanding of visual grammar for video production, the book goes on to discuss the parts of a video camera, the roles of the personnel involved, and the three phases of video production-pre-production, production, and post-production. It moves from the conceptual to thepractical-discussing in detail scriptwriting, lighting, sound, and editing; single-camera and multi-camera production processes; and the techniques involved in electronic news gathering and electronic field production. Video and broadcast technology and the various delivery options available inIndia and abroad are also discussed in detail.
In this course, the Deaf student will complete the production of approved multimedia project as proposed in Visual Production One. A full documentation of the design and concepts applied in the project will be compiled and submitted to a panel where the student will defend ideas regarding the works previously done. Being one of the final courses, the Deaf students will also undergo trainings on work ethics and standard office practices in preparation for work internship. Managing project development based on pre-agreed timeline is an important factor in this course as much as the quality of output that the student will generate.
Blender for video production quick start guide
by
One of the critical components of any workflow related to video production is a reliable tool to create and edit media such as video and audio. In most cases, you will find video producers using software that can only cut and mount video in a "traditional" way. What if you could use a software that offers not only options to edit and cut video, but also create 3D content and animation? With Blender, you can make use of a fantastic set of tools to edit and cut video, and also produce 3D content that will enable you to take your productions to the next level.
Do you want to take footage from a camera and cut or add sound and titles? This book will show you how Blender can do that for you! You will learn to add 3D virtual objects to the same footage that will help you to create a full 3D environment. Using some camera tricks, you can even turn Blender into a powerful 2.5D animation software to create compelling infographics to produce educational, marketing, and instructional videos. You will also learn how to work with motion tracking to mix live-action footage with virtual objects. You will then learn how to use the video editing capabilities of Blender and match 3D content to your project for YouTube or any other media.
Toward the end of the book, you will export the project to YouTube using optimal settings for the best performance in the platform.
Corporate Video Production
by
Go beyond the bland talking-head and PowerPoint slide-style of most corporate videos and learn how to land coveted corporate contracts with these comprehensive techniques from an industry veteran. Stuart Sweetow teaches you how to make imaginative corporate videos with eye-catching design, rhythmic editing tricks, and essential scriptwriting and interview techniques. Learn how to shoot on location or in a studio and how to work with employees-turned-actors. Also, discover how to get contracts and to produce online videos and podcasts for corporations, government agencies and non-profit organizations.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video
by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution
by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices, The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution helps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
Image - Action - Space : Situating the Screen in Visual Practice
by
Screen-based media, such as touch-screens, navigation systems and virtual reality applications merge images and operations. They turn viewing first and foremost into using and reflect the turn towards an active role of the image in guiding a user's action and perception. From professional environments to everyday life multiple configurations of screens organise working routines, structure interaction, and situate users in space both within and beyond the boundaries of the screen. This volume examines the linking of screen, space, and operation in fields such as remote navigation, architecture, medicine, interface design, and film production asking how the interaction with and through screens structures their users' action and perception.
Introduction to Video Production
by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Production focuses on the fundamental principles and aesthetics of video production and the technologies used in both studio and field environments. Ronald J. Compesi and Jaime S. Gomez cover each aspect of the process step by step, from preproduction to lighting, sound, directing, editing, graphics, and distribution. Taking into account the changes in workflow and production planning and distribution brought on by the advent of digital media, this second edition has been updated throughout to account for the increasing popularity of DSLR cameras, online distribution, the rise of portable cameras and mobile video, and much more. Key features include: a thorough overview of video production in studio and field environments without being overly technical, allowing students to get the "big picture" of production; coverage of new digital production, recording, and editing technologies; over 300 photos and line art illustrating aesthetic elements, technical issues, and production planning; key words identified in boldface throughout the text and reinforced in a comprehensive glossary of terms.
The practitioner's guide to POLCA : the production control system for high-mix, low-volume and custom products
by
POLCA (Paired-cell Overlapping Loops of Cards with Authorization) is a card-based visual control system that manages the flow of jobs through the shop floor: at each operation, it controls which job should be worked on next to meet delivery targets. POLCA ensures that upstream operations use their capacity effectively by working on jobs that are needed downstream, while at the same time preventing excessive work-in-process (WIP) build-ups when bottlenecks appear unexpectedly. POLCA is particularly suited to companies manufacturing high-mix, low-volume and customized products. Such companies struggle with long lead times, late deliveries, and daily expediting to meet delivery dates. ERP systems are not designed to deal with this highly variable environment, and add-on software such as Finite Capacity Scheduling systems can require complex installation. Also, the Kanban system does not work well with low-volume or custom production. POLCA has delivered impressive results in such environments. It does not require any complex software implementation: it can be used without an ERP system or it can seamlessly complement an existing ERP system. This book: Provides a step-by-step roadmap on how to implement POLCA; invaluable for both companies that wish to implement POLCA as well as consultants and academics advising such companies. Explains the concepts in practical and easy-to-understand terms by showing detailed shop-floor examples. Includes more than 100 illustrations for understanding how POLCA works as well as for elaborating on details of the implementation steps. Contains case studies written by company owners and executives documenting their POLCA implementation process and the results achieved in various industries in six countries.
Smartphone Video Storytelling
by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it¿s becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone.
Video Production
by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production Handbook
by
Techniques matter! Great ideas don't automatically translate into great programs. It's not enough simply to show what is going on. The way you present your subject will influence how your audience responds. You need to choose your picture and sound carefully, to convey your ideas in an interesting, persuasive way. This book will show you how. Video Production Handbookshows the full production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. The book focuses especially on why each step occurs as it does and provides guidance in choosing the simplest methods of creating the shots you want in your video project. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Suitable for students and beginning videographers, the new edition of this classic text retains its clarity and directness but has been completely revised and updated. This practical sourcebook has been specially prepared to give you an at-a-glance guide to quality video program-making on a modest budget. Emphasis throughout is on excellence with economy; whether you are working alone or with a small multi-camera group. The well-tried techniques detailed here will steer you through the hazards of production, helping you to avoid those frustrating, time-wasting problems, and to create an effective video program. * Highly visual: more than 450 full color photos and illustrations demonstrate techniques * Modern: Revised by Jim Owens, who brings a wealth of hands-on experience to the text; up-to-date information on current equipment, techniques, and new distribution outlets such as the Web and mobile phones * A complete resource: Detailed teaching ancillaries are available for instructors, including instructor's manual, test bank, sample syllabi, image collection, video content, and more * Brand new coverage of contemporary distribution methods * Interviews featuring industry professionals provide students with inside knowledge of the industry * Sidebars featuring new coverage of topics such as shooting for 3D, shooting with HDSLRs for video, and much more!
Video Production Handbook
by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
Visual Ethics
by
This volume includes six varied contributions to the study of visual ethics in organizations. The implications of our visual world for organizational life and personal behaviour have received scant research attention. This volume sets out to address that lack of research. It includes contributions on empirical studies, film, personal portraits, social research using the photovoice method, bureaucracy and critical theory. Contributors show how the application of disciplines developed for the study of films can help us to understand how organizations are perceived, and how visual images can be used in empirical research about organizations, ethics and organizational citizenship behaviour. Some say philosophy has abandoned art, some that humans lack moral vision. A number of contributors show how a careful and informed study of art can enhance our understanding of organizational life. This volume seeks to put the visual back into ethics and organizations.
Articulating one’s thought and ideas through writing is an essential skill of an outsourcing professional. In this course, the Deaf student will learn how to package the message attractive enough to the specific audience using the right platform. Topics include the dynamics and essentials of copywriting, making taglines, short scripts, web content and the likes and be a sought after asset in the industry. The projects created in this course will be integrated to the creative portfolio.
Discipline-Specific Writing
by
Discipline-Specific Writing provides an introduction and guide to the teaching of this topic for students and trainee teachers. This book highlights the importance of discipline-specific writing as a critical area of competence for students, and covers both the theory and practice of teaching this crucial topic. With chapters from practitioners and researchers working across a wide range of contexts around the world, Discipline-Specific Writing: Explores teaching strategies in a variety of specific areas including science and technology, social science and business; Discusses curriculum development, course design and assessment, providing a framework for the reader; Analyses the teaching of language features including grammar and vocabulary for academic writing; Demonstrates the use of genre analysis, annotated bibliographies and corpora as tools for teaching; Provides practical suggestions for use in the classroom, questions for discussion and additional activities with each chapter. Discipline-Specific Writing is key reading for students taking courses in English for Specific Purposes, Applied Linguistics, TESOL, TEFL and CELTA.
Effective Curriculum for Teaching L2 Writing
by
Effective Curriculum for Teaching L2 Writing sets out a clear big picture for curricular thinking about L2 writing pedagogy and offers a step-by-step guide to curriculum design with practical examples and illustrations. Its main purpose is to help pre-service and practicing teachers design courses for teaching academic writing and to do this as efficiently and effectively as possible. Bringing together the what and the how-to with research-based principles, what sets this book apart is its overarching focus on language pedagogy and language building. Part 1 examines curricular foundations in general and focuses on what is socially valued in L2 writing and pedagogy at school and at the college and university level. Part 2 is concerned with the nitty-gritty̶--the daily realities of curricular design and classroom instruction. Part 3 takes a close look at the key pedagogical ingredients of teaching academic L2 writing: vocabulary and collocations, grammar for academic writing, and down-to-earth techniques for helping L2 writers to organize discourse and ideas. The Appendix provides an extensive checklist for developing curricula for a course or several courses in language teaching.
Filipino sa piling larang : (akademiko)
by
How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper
by
An essential guide for succeeding in today's competitive environment, this book provides beginning scientists and experienced researchers with practical advice on writing about their work and getting published. This brand new, updated edition also includes a new chapter on editing one's own work, a section on publicizing and archiving one's paper, and updates on authorship, including information on new authorship criteria and on the author identification number ORCID. The book guides readers through the processes involved in writing for and publishing in scientific journals, from choosing a suitable journal, to writing each part of the paper, to submitting the paper and responding to peer review, through checking the proofs. It covers ethical issues in scientific publishing, explains rights and permissions, and discusses writing grant proposals, giving presentations and writing for general audiences.
The IBM style guide : conventions for writers and editors
by
The IBM Style Guide distills IBM wisdom for developing superior content: information that is consistent, clear, concise, and easy to translate. The IBM Style Guide can help any organization improve and standardize content across authors, delivery mechanisms, and geographic locations. This expert guide contains practical guidance on topic-based writing, writing content for different media types, and writing for global audiences. Throughout, the authors illustrate the guidance with many examples of correct and incorrect usage. Writers and editors will find authoritative guidance on issues ranging from structuring information to writing usable procedures to presenting web addresses to handling cultural sensitivities. The guidelines cover these topics: Using language and grammar to write clearly and consistently Applying punctuation marks and special characters correctly Formatting, organizing, and structuring information so that it is easy to find and use Using footnotes, cross-references, and links to point readers to valuable, related information Presenting numerical information clearly Documenting computer interfaces to make it easy for users to achieve their goals Writing for diverse audiences, including guidelines for improving accessibility Preparing clear and effective glossaries and indexes The IBM Style Guide can help any organization or individual create and manage content more effectively. The guidelines are especially valuable for businesses that have not previously adopted a corporate style guide, for anyone who writes or edits for IBM as an employee or outside contractor, and for anyone who uses modern approaches to information architecture.
Language Acquisition and Academic Writing
by
* Written by a leading scholar in composition theory * Accessible and jargon-free, the book presents a new approach to writing instruction based in linguistic research and theory * Includes sample texts and guidelines ready for writing teachers to use
Professional Writing
by
Offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary introduction to professional writing for different media, synthesising methods and ideas developed in linguistics, journalism, public relations and marketing. This third edition contains new material on public relations writing and social media, as well as additional material on digital sources.
Reflective practice : writing and professional development
by
Reflecting thoughtfully on your work is vital for improving your own self-awareness, effectiveness and professional development. This newly updated fifth edition of Gillie Bolton's bestselling book explores reflective writing as a creative and dynamic process for this critical enquiry. New to this edition: An expanded range of exercises and activities A new emphasis on using e-portfolios Further guidance on reflective writing assignments Enhanced discussion of reflection as a key employability skill Additional online resources This popular book has been used worldwide in various disciplines including education, social work, business and management, medicine and healthcare and is essential reading for students and professionals seeking to enhance their reflective writing skills and to examine their own practice in greater critical depth.
Successful Writing at Work
by
SUCCESSFUL WRITING AT WORK, 11th Edition, is a comprehensive introduction to workplace writing with real-world examples and problems; an easy-to-read style; and thorough guidelines for planning, drafting, revising, editing, formatting, and producing professional documents in the global workplace. After a discussion of the writing process and collaboration, the author explores basic business communications (including e-communications and social media), letters, resumes, and other job search materials; proceeds to how to conduct research and document sources; and ends with guidance on more advanced tasks such as preparing visuals, websites, instructions, procedures, proposals, short and long reports, and presentations. You will learn how to be an effective problem solver at work, understand and write for a global audience, write clear and effective sentences, paragraphs, and documents, and select the best communication technologies to accomplish your goals.
Technical Communication
by
Join the thousands of students who have used Anderson's TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION: A READER-CENTERED APPROACH to develop the communication skills that employers consistently rank at the very top of the qualifications they seek in college graduates. You will learn to meet the special demands and expectations of the workplace by adapting and building on what you already know about writing and speaking effectively. Chapters guide you through the writing process and teach you how to communicate successfully at work, whether in print, orally, online, or through social media. Throughout, you'll find easy-to-learn guidelines and thoroughly annotated examples of effective communications.
User Guides, Manuals and Technical Writing
by
This book is intended for anyone whose job involves writing formal documentation. It is aimed at non-native speakers of English, but should also be of use for native speakers who have no training in technical writing. Technical writing is a skill that you can learn and this book outlines some simple ideas for writing clear documentation that will reflect well on your company, its image and its brand. The book has four parts: Structure and Content: Through examples, you will learn best practices in writing the various sections of a manual and what content to include. Clear Unambiguous English: You will learn how to write short clear sentences and paragraphs whose meaning will be immediately clear to the reader. Layout and Order Information: Here you will find guidelines on style issues, e.g., headings, bullets, punctuation and capitalization. Typical Grammar and Vocabulary Mistakes: This section is divided alphabetically and covers grammatical and vocabulary issues that are typical of user manuals.
Writing Analytically (w/ MLA9E and APA7E Updates)
by
Learning to write well requires learning to use writing as a tool to think well--and this book shows you how. WRITING ANALYTICALLY leads you through the process of analysis and synthesis and helps you to generate original, well-developed ideas. Whether you're already a confident writer or someone who feels stranded amidst your notes and sources--waiting for the light bulb of inspiration to rescue you--this book will help you improve your skills. It's built on a series of tools for thinking that proceed step-by-step. Applying the tools will enable you to see more and arrive at better ideas about whatever you're analyzing. You'll learn to determine which details are important in your subject, how to go about figuring out why they are important, and most important, how to talk and write about what they mean.
Writing Successful Grant Proposals from the Top down and Bottom Up
by
This text provides comprehensive advice on how to build a successful grant proposal, from the top down and from the bottom up. Editor Robert J. Sternberg gathers editorial expertise from distinguished members of associations in the Federation of Associations of Behavioral and Brain Sciences, which includes some of the most successful grant applicants and grant givers in the field of brain and behavioral sciences. The chapter authors offer readers practical advice on planning, executing, submitting, and revising grant proposals in order to maximize their chances of success. Exploring both grant writers′ and grant providers′ perspectives, the text provides valuable insight into general strategies on how to write and submit proposals, as well as detailed information on the various types of proposals needed to reach particular research and teaching goals.
Articulating one’s thought and ideas through writing is an essential skill of an outsourcing professional. In this course, the Deaf student will learn how to package the message attractive enough to the specific audience using the right platform. Topics include the dynamics and essentials of copywriting, making taglines, short scripts, web content and the likes and be a sought after asset in the industry. The projects created in this course will be integrated to the creative portfolio.
Advances in Corpus-Based Research on Academic Writing
by
This volume showcases some of the latest research on academic writing by leading and up-and-coming corpus linguists. The studies included in the volume are based on a wide range of corpora spanning first and second language academic writing at different levels of writing expertise, containing texts from a variety of academic disciplines (and sub-disciplines) and of different academic registers. Particularly novel aspects of the collection are the inclusion of research that combines rhetorical moves with multi-dimensional analysis, studies that cover both fixed and variable phraseological items (lexical bundles, phrase-frames, constructions), and work that is based on corpora of English as an academic lingua franca. Going beyond merely summarizing their findings, the authors also discuss what their research means for academic writing practice and pedagogical settings. The volume will be of interest to researchers, students, and teachers who would like to expand their knowledge of how academic writing functions and what it looks like in a variety of contexts.
Constructivist Blended Learning Approach
by
Oleg Tarnopolsky (Doctor of Pedagogy, Fulbright Awards, 1994 and 2005) is Full Professor at Alfred Nobel University, Dnipropetrovsk (Ukraine) where he heads the Department of Applied Linguistics and Methods in Foreign Language Teaching. His research and publications focus on different aspects of language teaching. He is the author of more than 250 works (books, articles, textbooks) on teaching English as a foreign language published in his home country and across Europe, in Canada and in China. Contact: Managing Editor: Anna Borowska, PhD, aborowska@versita.com
Mind Your Writing
by
Um erfolgreich schreiben und publizieren zu können, müssen wissenschaftlich Schreibende sich über ihre Kompetenzen und ihre Rolle as Schreibende im Klaren sein. Sie müssen Grundsatzfragen über ihr Schreiben beantworten können, damit sie bewusste und strategische Entscheidungen treffen können. Nur so werden sie zu Schreibprofis, die ihren Beruf erfolgreich ausüben.
Readercentric Writing for Digital Media
by
This book presents an altogether new approach to writing and evaluating writing in digital media. It suggests that usability theory provides few tools for evaluating content, because usability theory assumes only one kind of writing on the Internet. The author suggests three models: user-centric (usability model), persuasion-centric (encouraging the reader to linger and be persuaded--Canon camera ads), and quality-centric (encouraging the reader to linger and learn or be entertained because of the quality of the writing--NASA.gov and YouTube). Designed for professional writers and writing students, this text provides a rubric for writing in digital media, but more importantly, it provides a rubric and vocabulary for identifying and explaining problems in copy that already exists. The Internet has become a pastiche of cut-and-paste content, often placed by non-writers to fill space for no particular reason or by computers with no oversight from humans (e.g., Amazon.com). Because these snippets are typically on topic (but often for the wrong purpose or audience), professional writers have difficulty identifying the problems and an even harder time explaining them. Finding an effective tool for identifying and explaining problems in digital content becomes a particularly important problem as writers increasingly struggle with growing complications in complex information systems (systems that create and manage their own content with little human intervention). Being able to look at a body of copy and immediately see that it is problematic is an important skill that is lacking in a surprising number of professional writers.
Technical Writing
by
Technical Writing: A Practical Guide for Engineers, Scientists, and Nontechnical Professionals, Second Edition enables readers to write, edit, and publish materials of a technical nature, including books, articles, reports, and electronic media. Written by a renowned engineer and widely published technical author, this guide complements traditional writer's reference manuals on technical writing through presentation of first-hand examples that help readers understand practical considerations in writing and producing technical content. These examples illustrate how a publication originates as well as various challenges and solutions. The second edition contains new material in every chapter including new topics, additional examples, insights, tips and tricks, new vignettes and more exercises. Appendices have been added for writing checklists and writing samples. The references and glossary have been updated and expanded.　 In addition, a focus on writing for the nontechnical persons working in the technology world and the nonnative English speaker has been incorporated. Written in an informal, conversational style, unlike traditional college writing texts, the book also contains many interesting vignettes and personal stories　to add interest to　otherwise stodgy lessons.
Technical Writing for Business People
by
Technical writing is about communicating key information to the people who need it. It might be a manual for an application, a guide to using heavy machinery, or a diagnostic aide for medical practitioners. It needs to be clear and it needs to be precise. This book shows you how to achieve this and more. Whatever the content or context, in this book you'll discover the essential tools and resources that you need to create technical writing that works for everyone.
Technical Writing for Dummies
by
Learn to document the technology that makes the world go Technical Writing For Dummies is a master class on how to build a career writing user manuals, e-learning, streaming, simulations, and more. It even zooms into the metaverse. Whether you're new to the field, a seasoned professional, or a technical person who needs to write, this guide arms you with the skills you need to cash in on this flourishing world of technical writing. This isn't your average how-to. It's a compendium of innovative industry knowledge that will help you set yourself apart with the latest trends and best practices in technical writing. As a tech writer, you'll need a robust skillset that allows you to offer clear and concise documentation for just about anything. This new edition of Technical Writing For Dummies--updated for all of today's tech writing advances--can get you there. Uncover the basics of technical writing and master common documentation types Get insight into the career paths available to tech writers today Discover new remote collaboration options and cloud-based tools for technical writers Learn how to elevate your documents for high search engine optimization (SEO) rankings Improve your craft to connect with diverse, global audiences Whether you're a technical writer or technical professional who needs to write--you can learn the best practices of effective technical writing, as well as how to navigate its various formats and platforms, thanks to this handy Dummies guide.
What is good academic writing? : insights into discipline-specific student writing
by
"Each chapter provides an answer to the titular question by an EAP expert based on research which includes analysis of student writing and interviews with academics from around the world, as they are the people who determine what 'good writing' is in their discipline. Chapters look at established disciplines which have had less attention in the EAP and academic writing literature to date, including music, formal linguistics, and dentistry, as well as new and growing fields of study such as new media"-- Provided by publisher
What makes writing academic : rethinking theory for practice
by
"This book argues that what makes writing academic emerges from socio-academic and historical practices rather than conventionalised stylistic, linguistic or syntactic forms. Using a critical realist lens, it re-imagines academic writings as 21st century open systems that change according to affordances perceived by writers. By re-imagining how, which and whose knowledge emerges, conceptual spaces are created whereby writing practices can be pluralised and democratised. Academic communication hinges on being able to write in certain forms but not others, which risks excluding knowledge that may lend itself to alternative forms of representation, such as dialogues, chronicles, manifestos, blogs, poems and comics. Moreover, because academic ability tends to be misleadingly conflated with writing ability, limiting how the academy writes to a relatively narrow set of forms (such as the traditional essay or thesis) may be preventing a range of abilities from emerging. Standardised forms require abstracts, introductions, main bodies and conclusions that are also predominantly monolingual and monomodal: this can narrow, distort, constrain or flatten epistemic representation, leading to a range of epistemic losses (as well as gains). Based on examples from a range of academic writers, including students, and drawing on the history of academia, philosophy, socio-semiotic research, integrational and sociolinguistics as well as studies in multimodal and visual thinking, the book proposes that academic writings be re-imagined as multimodal artefacts that allow a wider range of epistemic affordances to emerge."-- Provided by publisher.
Writing and Language Learning
by
The current volume aspires to add to previous research on the connection between writing and language learning from a dual perspective: It seeks to reflect current progress in the domain as well as to foster future developments in theory and research. The theoretical postulations contained in Part I identify and expand in novel ways the diverse lenses through which the varied, multi-faceted dimensions of the connection between writing and language learning can be explored. The methodological reflections put forward in Part III signal theoretically-grounded and pedagogically-relevant paths along which future empirical work can grow. The empirical studies reported in Part II illuminate the myriad of individual, educational, and task-related variables that (may) mediate short-term and long-term language learning outcomes. These studies examine diverse forms of writing, performed in varied environments (including pen-and-paper and digital writing), conditions (writing individually and/or collaboratively), and instructional settings (academic settings - including secondary school and college level institutions - as well as out-of-school contexts).
Writing and publishing scientific papers : a primer for the non-English speaker
by
Gábor Lövei's scientific communication course for students and scientists explores the intricacies involved in publishing primary scientific papers, and has been taught in more than twenty countries. Writing and Publishing Scientific Papers is the distillation of Lövei's lecture notes and experience gathered over two decades; it is the coursebook many have been waiting for.
Writing Differently
by
Despite a substantial body of work arguing for a new form of writing about management, organisations, workers, ourselves, and our lives, these calls are ironically made within the traditional scientific language. This volume of Dialogues in Critical Management Studiesmakes an important effort to facilitate the growth of a nascent movement to write differently and thus capitalise on the fruitful and creative margins which this opens up. Writing Differentlyis a critical, insightful, poetic and timely collection of essays, poems, plays and auto-ethnographic pieces that showcases the potential of academic writing. These texts reflect how writing is not always something we control or have agency over, demonstrate the multiple ways of expressions that are possible when we write about that which matters and exhibit the rich and varied forms of writing that emerge in the processes of being involved in scholarly work. The volume will be of interest to those interested in alternative ways of working, researching, thinking, organizing, writing research and research lives.
